release guide volume 1...5.2.3 steel design by indian standard code is800 5.2.4 aci code 318-99...

200
GT STRUDL ® Version 29 Release Guide Volume 1 of 2 December 2006 Computer-Aided Structural Engineering Center School of Civil & Environmental Engineering Georgia Institute of Technology Atlanta, Georgia 30332-0355 U.S.A. Telephone: (404) 894-2260 Fax: (404) 894-8014 e-mail: [email protected]

Upload: others

Post on 10-Jun-2021

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7

GT STRUDL reg

Version 29

Release Guide

Volume 1 of 2

December 2006

Computer-Aided Structural Engineering Center School of Civil amp Environmental Engineering

Georgia Institute of Technology Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

USA

Telephone (404) 894-2260 Fax (404) 894-8014

e-mail caseccegatechedu

- ii -

NOTICES

This GTSTRUDLreg Release Guide is applicable to Version 29 with a release date in theGTSTRUDL title block of December 2006

The GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the GeorgiaTech Research Corporation Atlanta Georgia USA

GTMenu and its documentation were developed as an enhancement to GTSTRUDLauthored by the Computer-Aided Structural Engineering Center Georgia Institute ofTechnology

DISCLAIMER

NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIAINSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED ORIMPLIED AS TO THE DOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OFTHE PROGRAM DESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USER OF THE PROGRAM ISEXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OFTHE PROGRAM IN THEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

Commercial Software Rights Legend

Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shallbe restricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to thecopyright license under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

copy Copyright 2006Georgia Tech Research Corporation

Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355USA

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

S)))))))))))))))))QGTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgiacopy Windows XP Windows 2000 Windows NT Windows ME and Windows 98 areregistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Redmond Washingtoncopy Excel is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Redmond Washington

- iii -

Table of Contents

NOTICES ii

DISCLAIMER ii

Commercial Software Rights Legend ii

CHAPTER 1

Introduction 1-1

CHAPTER 2

New Features in Version 29 2-1

21 Data Base Exchange (DBX) 2-1

22 Dynamics 2-1

23 Elastic Buckling 2-5

24 General 2-6

25 GTMenu 2-13

26 GTSTRUDL Output Window 2-33

27 Model Wizard 2-38

28 Nonlinear Analysis 2-38

29 Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis 2-39

210 Offshore 2-39

211 Reinforced Concrete Design 2-41

212 Rigid Bodies 2-41

213 Scope Editor 2-42

214 Static Analysis 2-45

215 Steel Design 2-46

216 Steel Tables 2-48

217 Utility Programs 2-48

- iv -

CHAPTER 3 ERROR CORRECTIONS

31 Dynamic Analysis 3-132 Finite Elements 3-233 General 3-234 GTMenu 3-335 Model Wizard 3-436 Nonlinear Analysis 3-437 Offshore 3-538 Reinforced Concrete Design 3-539 Static Analysis 3-5310 Steel Design 3-6

CHAPTER 4 KNOWN DEFICIENCIES

41 Finite Elements 4-142 General InputOutput 4-243 GTMenu 4-344 Rigid Bodies 4-445 Scope Environment 4-4

CHAPTER 5 PRERELEASE FEATURES

51 Introduction 51-152 Design Prerelease Features 52-1

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters 52-1522 GTSTRUDL BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters 52-31523 GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800 52-53524 ACI Code 318-99 52-71525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables 51-75526 ASD9-E Code 52-77527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite

Element Analysis (The DESIGN SLAB Command) 52-9353 Analysis Prerelease Features 53-1

531 The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command 53-1532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and Nonlinear

Dynamic Analysis 53-5

- v -

54 General Prerelease Features 54-1

541 ROTATE LOAD Command 54-1

542 COUTPUT Command 54-5

543 Reference Coordinate System Command 54-7

543-1 Printing Reference Coordinate System Command 54-10

544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing 54-11

545 GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands 54-13

- vi -

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL Introduction

1 - 1

Chapter 1

Introduction

Version 29 covers GTSTRUDL operating on PCrsquos under the Windows XP andWindows 2000 operating systems Chapter 2 presents the new features and enhancementswhich have been added since the Version 28 and Version 281 releases Chapter 3 providesyou with details regarding error corrections that have been made since the Version 28 andVersion 281 releases Chapter 4 describes known problems with Version 29 Chapter 5describes prerelease features -- new features which have been developed and subjected tolimited testing or features for which the user documentation have not been added to theGTSTRUDL User Reference Manual The command formats and functionality of theprerelease features may change before they become supported features based on additionaltesting and feedback from users

The Prerelease features are subdivided into Design Analysis and General categories Thefeatures in these categories and their sections numbers in Chapter 5 are shown below

52 Design Prerelease Features

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

522 BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters

523 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800

524 ACI Code 318-99

525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables

526 ASD9-E Code

527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite Element Analysis(The DESIGN SLAB Command)

53 Analysis Prerelease Features

531 Calculate Error Estimate Command

532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and Nonlinear DynamicAnalysis

Introduction GT STRUDL

1 - 2

54 General Prerelease Features

541 Rotate Load Command

542 Coutput Command

543 Reference Coordinate System Command

544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

545 GTMenu Point coordinates and Line Incidences Commands

We encourage you to experiment with these prerelease features and provide us withsuggestions to improve these features as well as other GTSTRUDL capabilities

Note that GTMenu is described in Volume 2 of the Version 29 Release Guide TheGTMenu Release Guide is available under Help in the GTSTRUDL Output Window (Help -Reference Documentation - GTMenu)

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 1

Chapter 2

New Features in Version 29

This chapter provides you with details regarding new features and enhancements thathave been added to many of the functional areas of GTSTRUDL in Version 29 This releaseguide is also available online upon execution of GTSTRUDL under Help - ReferenceDocumentation -GT STRUDL Release Guide

21 Data Base Exchange (DBX)

1 A SUPPORTS ONLY option has been added the WRITE JOINT RESULTScommand If SUPPORTS ONLY is specified joints in the given list that have notbeen specified as supports will be ignored and not included in the generated file Thiswill make it easier to export results for foundation design The syntax of the revisedcommand is shown below

WRITE JOINT RESULTS ( SUPPORTS (ONLY) ) JOINTS list

This options is described in Volume 5 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manualon page Summary 2-4

22 Dynamics

1 A new eigenvalue analysis procedure designated as GTSELANCZOS has beenimplemented The GTSELANCZOS method includes numerous modifications tocomputer RAM virtual memory and hard drive management operations that haveresulted in eigenvalue analysis time-to-solve efficiency improvements for all modelsand in particular time-to-solve improvements of between 50 and 100 times formodels exceeding 30000 degrees of freedom The GTSELANCZOS method isspecified in the EIGENPROBLEM PARAMETERS as shown in the example below

EIGENPROBLEM PARAMETERSNUMBER OF MODES 15SOLVE USING GTSELANCZOSEND

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 2

2 Variable support motion loads are now supported by transient physical analysis asperformed by the DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PHYSICAL and PERFORM PHYSICALANALYSIS commands You may now specify different time histories at differentjoints

The STORE TIME HISTORY command has been extended as follows in order toprovide for the specification and storage of VELOCITY and DISPLACEMENT timehistories in addition to ACCELERATION time histories

STORE TIME (HISTORY) (

FORCEACCELERATIONVELOCITY

DISPLACEMENT

TRANSLATION ROTATION

)

name (FACTOR s)

⎨⎪⎪

⎩⎪⎪

⎬⎪⎪

⎭⎪⎪

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

rarrminus

v1 t1 v2 t2 vn tn

A new category of loading has been implemented as part of the TRANSIENTLOADING command as follows

JOINTS

NODESlist

DISPLACEMENT

VELOCITY

ACCELERATION

TRANSLATION

ROTATION

X

Y

Z

file specs

function specs

(START (TIME) v )

where

file specs FILE filnam ([FACTOR] v )

function specsSINE

COSINE[AMPLITUDE] v [FREQUENCY] v ([PHASE] v )

5

1

2 3 4

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

minus

=

=

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 3

This command is used to specify DISPLACEMENT VELOCITY andACCELERATION joint motion time history data for fully fixed degrees of freedomand is described in Section 2441 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL ReferenceM a n u a l A n e x a m p l e o f t h e u s e o f t h e J O I N TDISPLACEMENTVELOCITYACCELERATION command in the TRANSIENTLOADING command follows

UNITS CYCLES

TRANSIENT LOADING 1

JOINT 1 DISPL TRANSL Y FILE DSIN30

JOINT 1 ACCEL TRANSL Y FUNCT SINE 100E0 -

FREQ 10 PHASE 025 START TIME 01

INTEGRATE FROM 00 TO 10 AT 001

END TRANSIENT LOADING

3 The external results file system for response spectrum and transient dynamicanalyses has been enhanced so that the amount of results data that can be stored andaccessed is now limited only by the amount of unused hard drive disk space Inprevious versions each class of results data was limited in size to two gigabytes

4 The PRINT DYNAMIC FILE command has been extended with the addition of anew NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE option an example of which is shownbelow

PRINT DYNAMIC FILE lsquoMyRSFilersquo NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE 1

The NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE option provides for the specification of thenumber of data points to enter on each line of the resulting report that lists the datapoints contained in the specified response spectrum or time history data file thedefault being four The NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE may be specified as 12 3 or 4 where for any value other than these the default value of 4 is assumed

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 4

An example of a response spectrum file report when NUMBER OF POINTS PERLINE 1 is specified as shown below

21 gt PRINT DYNAMIC FILE MyRSFile NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE 1

PROBLEM DATA FROM INTERNAL STORAGE

JOB ID - NONE JOB TITLE - GTSTRUDL 29 ACTIVE UNITS - LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME FEET KIP CYC DEGF SEC

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RESPONSE SPECTRA FILE HORIZONT TYPE SPECTRAL ACCEL (LIN) VS FREQUENCY (LIN) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DAMPING RESPONSE FREQUENCY RESPONSE FREQUENCY RESPONSE

70 0772800 010000 0869400 011100 0966000 012500 112700 014300 128800 016700 154560 020000 238280 030000 108514 060000 148120 19020 148120 10000

90 0386400 010000 0434700 011100 0483000 012500 0563500 014300 0644000 016700 0772800 020000 119140 030000 542570 060000 740600 19020 740600 10000

5 Response spectrum analysis now checks the frequencyperiod bounds of responsespectrum curves and issues a warning message if a structural frequency is found tolie outside the bounds of any of the response spectrum curves for the active responsespectrum loads

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 5

6 The volume of warning messages pertaining to missing results reported by theCREATE PSEUDO STATIC LOAD command has been greatly reduced

7 The Form Static Form UBC97 Static and Form IS1893 Static Load commands havebeen brought to release status These features were prerelease features in previousversions They are now documented in Section 2492 2493 and 2494respectively in Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

8 The List Response Spectrum Base and Story Shear capability has been brought torelease status This feature was a prerelease feature in previous versions and isdocumented in Section 2467 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

9 Another new eigenvalue analysis procedure designated as GTHCLANCZOS hasalso been implemented The GTHCLANCZOS method is a modified form of theGTLANCZOS method in which the Lanczos tridiagonalization of the stiffness anddynamic matrices is performed on matrix hypercolumn blocks consisting of acommand-specified number of matrix elements By default the number ofhypercolumn matrix elements is taken as 10000000 The GTHCLANCZOS methodis most useful when an eigenvalue analysis is to be performed on a model havinggreater than 60000 degrees of freedom (10000 six-degree-of-freedom joints) to befollowed later by a transient analysis andor a response spectrum analysis TheGTHCLANCZOS method is specified in the EIGENPROBLEM PARAMETERScommands (Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is included here sincenot all users have installed Version 281)

23 Elastic Buckling

1 Space truss members may now be used in an elastic buckling analysis Previouslyonly space frame members and plate elements were allowed

2 Space frame members may now have member releases including elastic connectionswhen performing a buckling analysis

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 6

24 General

1 The output for PRINT GROUP has been changed to include quotes (lsquo) around non-integer names and continuation symbols (-) for multi-line lists This makes it easyto copy-and-paste from the output into a new command

Old format

JOINT NAMES 99999 A1002 A1003 A1004 A1005 A1006 A1007 A1008 A1009 A1010

New format

JOINT NAMES 99999 A1002 A1003 A1004 A1005 A1006 A1007 - A1008 A1009 A1010

The revised PRINT GROUP Command is documented in Section 21223 ofVolume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

2 The EXISTING option for member-types which includes members finite elementsnonlinear springs cables rigid bodies and superelements has been improved to addthe optional subtype filter MEMBERS ELEMENTS NLS or CABLES ONLY Thiswill restrict the generated list to that subtype only which is helpful when the varioussubtypes are mixed in the naming scheme The syntax of the command is shownbelow

EXISTING

MEMBERS

ELEMENTS

NLS

CABLES

ONLY )

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

ACTIVE AND INACTIVE

(list2

)

(BUT list3

) (PLUS list4

)

( ( )

⎨⎪⎪

⎩⎪⎪

⎬⎪⎪

⎭⎪⎪

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

rarr

minus

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 7

An example of the usage of the command is shown below

PRINT MEM PROP MEMBERS EXISTING MEMBERS ONLY 1 TO 100

The list will contain all members in the range 1 to 100 but exclude any finiteelements nonlinear springs cables rigid bodies or superelements The use ofldquoONLYrdquo is optional

The modified EXISTING list option is described in Section 2122 of Volume 1 ofthe GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

3 The CALCULATE SOIL SPRINGS command now allows a joint to be released inthe direction of a nonlinear spring (COMPRESSION ONLY option) Previously awarning message would be generated and the CALCULATE SOIL SPRINGcommand would not be processed

4 The CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION command has been added to allowyou to automatically generate a BETA angle by specifying the orientation of amembers local XY or XZ plane The syntax of the command is shown below

where

v1 v2 v3 are the global X Y and Z coordinates of the orientation vector Anyvalue not given is assumed to be 00

list is a list of members to be oriented based on the given vector Finiteelements cables nonlinear springs or superelements included in thelist will be excluded without a warning message

AXIS Specify whether the orientation vector locates the local XY plane orthe local XZ plane When AXIS is not specified Y is assumed

YZ

X Y Z

CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION (AXIS )

(FROM) (VECTOR) [ ] v [ ] v [ ] v MEMBER list1 2 3

rarrminus

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 8

The CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION command is used to calculate aBETA angle for a list of members The calculated BETA angle will rotate themember so that the orientation vector will lie in the memberrsquos local XY or XZ planedepending on which axis was specified

The CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION command is documented in Section21105 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

5 The GENERATE LOAD command in the MOVING LOAD GENERATOR has threenew options and the format of the output has been changed The revisedGENERATE LOAD command is shown below

where the new options are

MOMENT ARM

The MOMENT ARM option allows you specify a torsional moment (moment X) tobe applied along with the concentrated load to account for moving loads that areapplied eccentric to the centerline of the member v2 is the length of the momentarm in the current length units The value of the applied torsional moment is equalto FYv1v2 where FY is the concentrated force v1 is the scale factor and v2 isspecified moment arm length MOMENT ARM does not apply to LANE LOADS

GENERATE (LOAD)

X

Y

Z

([SCALE] v1) (MOMENT (X) (ARM) v2rarr minus

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

)

( (INITIAL)i1 a1

)PRINT ON

PRINT OFF

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

rarrminus

( CREATE (GROUP) i2a2 ( title ) )

⎧⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎫⎬⎪

⎭⎪

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 9

INITIAL a1

The INITIAL option now accepts alpha names You may specify a prefix only(ML) or a prefix and a starting integer (ML101) If the specified sequence ofloading names is not honored due to a conflict with a pre-existing load name amessage will be printed This warning message will also be printed if an integersequence is interrupted

CREATE GROUP

The CREATE GROUP option will create a group from the generated loads This isuseful for including the moving loads in a CREATE AUTOMATIC LOADCOMBINATIONS command The group name may be either integer or alpha-numeric A group title is optional and if specified is limited to 64 characters

The Output from the command has also been changed If PRINT ON is specified(the default) the printed output is now fully compatible with the LOADINGcommand This allows you to copy the output edit and then use the changed outputas loading commands in a subsequent GTSTRUDL job

The MOVING LOAD GENERATOR is documented in Section 211135 ofVolume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

6 When the PRINT MEMBER PROPERTIES command is specified for members withPipe cross-sections from the Table database the OD ID and TH-PIPE of the pipecross-section are now printed as shown below

OD = outside diameter

ID = inside diameter

TH-PIPE = thickness

45 gt PRINT MEMBER PROPERTIES1 PROBLEM DATA FROM INTERNAL STORAGE

JOB ID - FR322 JOB TITLE - Ex1 Check PRINT MEMBER PROPERTIES for Pipe cross-section from T

ACTIVE UNITS - LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME INCH KIP RAD DEGF SEC

MEMBER PROPERTIES-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MEMBERSEG TYPE AX AY AZ IX IY IZ SY SZ YD ZD YC ZC EY EZ ID OD TH-PIPE SC

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 10

f f f fmin a by2

bz2= minus +

f f f fmax a by2

bz2= + +

1 TABLE RoundHSS 12100 6082 6082 208000 104000 104000 23800 23800 HSS8750x0500 8750 8750 4375 4375 0000 0000 7820 8750 0465 0000

2 TABLE RoundHSS 12100 6082 6082 208000 104000 104000 23800 23800 HSS8750x0500 8750 8750 4375 4375 0000 0000 7820 8750 0465 0000

3 TABLE RoundHSS 5720 2881 2881 39000 19500 19500 7020 7020 HSS5563x0375 5563 5563 2782 2782 0000 0000 4865 5563 0349 0000

4 TABLE RoundHSS 5720 2881 2881 39000 19500 19500 7020 7020 HSS5563x0375 5563 5563 2782 2782 0000 0000 4865 5563 0349 0000

5 TABLE WSHAPES9 13200 4040 6168 1310 50000 350000 12400 58100 W12x45 12060 8045 6030 4022 0000 0000 6 TABLE WSHAPES9 13200 4040 6168 1310 50000 350000 12400 58100 W12x45 12060 8045 6030 4022 0000 0000 7 TABLE RoundHSS 8060 4033 4033 245000 122000 122000 21800 21800 HSS11250x0250 11250 11250 5625 5625 0000 0000 10784 11250 0233 0000

8 TABLE RoundHSS 8060 4033 4033 245000 122000 122000 21800 21800 HSS11250x0250 11250 11250 5625 5625 0000 0000 10784 11250 0233 0000

END OF DATA FROM INTERNAL STORAGE

7 The LIST SECTION STRESS command has been modified to print the maximumand minimum combined normal stresses based on the square root of sum of thesquares computation for the pipe and solid round bar cross-sections as shown below

8 Section stresses now can be output for unsymmetrical cross-sections When theUNSYMMETRIC option of the LIST SECTION command is specified the sectionstresses are computed and printed for the positive and negative axes sides of thecross-section See Section 21146 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Referencemanual for further information

9 A new REFORM command option has been added to the FROM LOAD commandto recreate the form loads based on the original specifications given by the user Thisoption is very useful when a self weight loading (ie load specified by the SELFWEIGHT command) is used in the FORM LOAD command or an independentloading included in the FORM LOAD command has been changed The new FORMLOAD REFORM command will recreate the form load using the original

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 11

specifications When FORM LOAD commands have been specified the userspecified loads and the load factors are now stored in the database When the FORMLOAD REFORM command is specified the active form loads are then recreatedbased on the userrsquos original specs The new REFORM option also has been addedto the STIFFNESS ANALYSIS and NONLINEAR ANALYSIS commands Thenew REFORM command structure is documented in the following sections

1 FORM LOAD REFORM command Section 2111321 of Volume 1

2 STIFFNESS ANALYSIS REFORM command Section 21132 of Volume 1

3 NONLINEAR ANALYSIS REFORM command Section 2543 of Volume 3

The advantages of the new REFORM option are as follows

A When a self weight which has been specified by the SELF WEIGHT commandor when an independent load used in the FORM LOAD command had beenmodified the REFORM option can be used to recreate the form load againPreviously you had to delete the form loads and respecify the form loads again

B FORM LOADs can be graphically viewed on the structure in the GTMenu attheir combined and factored state while LOAD COMBINATIONS cannot beviewed graphically

C PRINT LOAD DATA shows the combined and factored state of the FORMLOAD commands and also shows the user specified loads and the load factorsused to create the form loads

D Since NONLINEAR ANALYSIS requires a FORM LOAD command usingnonlinear analysis for steel design is now much easer

E The new REFORM option gives the FORM LOAD command the power of beinga load combination and an independent load at a same time

10 A new CONVERT LOAD COMBINATIONS TO FORM LOADS command hasbeen implemented to change user specified load combinations to form loads Thisis often desired when a user intends to perform a nonlinear analysis or would like toview the combined factored load state graphically This command also has an optionto allow FORM LOADS to be converted to LOAD COMBINATIONS Thiscommand has been documented in the Section 2111322 of Volume 1 of theGTSTRUDL Reference manual

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 12

11 The LIST SUM FORCES command has been brought to release status Thiscommand is used to perform a computation of resultant forces along a cut defined byjoints which may contain members and elements The LIST SUM FORCEScommand is documented in Section 2374 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDLReference manual

12 The RUN command has been brought to release status and is now documented inSection 211217 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference manual In additionthe HIDE option has been added allowing you to prevent the appearance of the blackWindows command window when batch (bat or cmd) or console programs are run

13 The ALIGN command has been brought to release status and is now documented inSection 211216 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference manual Thiscommand is useful for aligning members which are almost vertical so that theyconform to the ldquoSpecial Caserdquo of the Beta angle

14 The DELETE JOINTS WITHOUT JOINT COORDINATES command has beenbrought to release status and is documented in Section 2137 of Volume 1 of theGTSTRUDL Reference manual

15 AREA LOAD error checking for illegal member configurations has been improvedAn illegal member configuration is one where the areas to be loaded are not simplybounded For example X bracing should not be included in an AREA LOADrequest but declared INACTIVE before the AREA LOAD command In additionmore modeling errors including overlapping members (where some or all of twomembers centroidal axes are co-incident) are detected and reported (Note Thisfeature was added to Version 281 and is included here since not all users haveinstalled Version 281)

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 13

25 GTMenu

1 The fonts color and button sizes used in GTMenu have been changed to be moreconsistent with those used in the main GTStrudl Output Window An example of therevised GTMenu Desktop is shown below

2 The Button Bar has been revised to include new Display Load Display Model andAnnotate Model buttons in order to make these features more accessible Anexample of the new Button Bar is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 14

The new Display Load and Display Model buttons will bring up the Display Loadand Display Model dialogs which were available in previous versions only byselecting Display on the Menu Bar and then selecting either Loads or Model fromthe pulldown

The addition of these new buttons to the Button Bar makes these highly used featuresmore accessible The new Annotate Model button will bring up the dialog to labeldimensions and coordinates and joint element and member names as well asplacing comments in the Graphical Display Area In previous versions this featurewas available only by selecting the Label button and then selecting DimensionsCoordinates etc from the pulldown

The Label Settings button will bring up the revised Label Settings dialog shownbelow

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 15

This dialog has new options which allow you to ldquoLabel Structural Attributesrdquo asshown below

If the Support Status on Screen Independent Active Load or Member Release boxesare checked that information will be displayed in the Graphical Display Areapermanently That is each time the Graphical Display area is redrawn informationindicated by the check boxes shown above will also be displayed in the GraphicsWindow You may also have the support legend information displayed in a List BoxThis feature is particularly useful when you have a large number of different supportconditions such as you might have when you have an elastic foundation

3 The revised Display Model dialog now allows you to display additional modelinformation In particular you may now have member lengths KY and KZ factorsand the effective lengths LY and LZ displayed in the Graphical Display Area Therevised Display Model dialog is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 16

An example of a structure with the lengths and KZ values labeled is shown below

In the above figure the member lengths as well as the member section names and themember numbers are labeled and rotated so that they are aligned with the membersMember releases are also rotated so they are aligned with the member This featurewas requested by a number of our users at the June 2006 GTSTRUDL Users Groupmeeting

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 17

4 The Edit pulldown from the Menu Bar now includes options which will allow youto Move or Extrude all or portions of a model The revised Edit pulldown is shownbelow

5 The new Move Model option allows you to move the model based on the distancebetween two joints or by incrementing the coordinates The Move Model dialog isshown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 18

6 Another new option has been added to the Edit pulldown which will allow you toextrude a model You may extrude a planar truss or frame model to create additionalplanes and you may have members connecting the various planes You may alsoextrude one dimensional members into 2D finite elements This option is usefulwhen you want to extrude a member in a floor plane vertically but you want to haveit model a shearwall in a building The third option allows you to extrude a 2D finiteelement mesh into a mesh of 3D solids You may specify uniform or variablespacing when extruding a model using any of these options

An example of the new Extrude Model dialog is shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 19

An example illustrating the use of the Extrude Selected Joints to ConnectingMembers option is shown below

A two dimensional frame is shown above The model was extruded by selecting allof the joints except the joints on the bottom of the frame The result after extrusionis shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 20

An example illustrating the use of the Extruding 2D finite elements to 3D (solid)finite elements is shown

The two dimensional finite element model is shown above The model produced byextruding the above model to a model containing three dimensional solid finiteelements is shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 21

7 The Copy Model option under the Edit pulldown now has an option which will allowyou to create a Mirror Image of all or a portion of your model The revised CopyModel dialog and the Specify Mirror Plane dialogs are shown below

The Maintain incidence order check box in the Specify Mirror Plane dialog abovewill maintain the same incidence order for the newly created elements as the originalelements so all elements will have the same incidence order

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 22

An example of a two dimensional finite element model before and after using thenew Mirror Image option is shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 23

8 The efficiency of rotating large finite element models using the cursor has beengreatly improved Now only the boundary lines are drawn as the structure isrotating The wire frame of the model is drawn when the cursor is released Anexample showing a solid model and the boundary outline which appears when themodel is rotated are shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 24

9 The following information is now written to the Windows Registry Thisinformation will now be retained between executions of GTSTRUDL and you willnot need to respecify the information

Display Label Settings - display and labeling of points curves jointsmembersetc

Default Settings - color font and display options

Color Map

Redraw Solid options

Set Arrow Key increments

10 An option to reset all of the above items to their original settings except for theDisplay Label Settings has been added to the Set Display Options (Options - DefaultSettings - Display Options) dialog as shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 25

11 Punching Shear results are now available for display under the Results pulldown asshown below

The new Punching Shear dialog is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 26

12 A check box has been added to the Results - Diagrams and Envelopes dialog whichwill allow you to automatically label the maximum and minimum values on diagramsand envelopes This feature will minimize the time required by users to label thesevalues and their locations The modified Member Forces dialog is shown below withthe box checked to ldquoLabel Max and Minrdquo

An example of a structure with the maximum and minimum values automaticallylabeled is shown on the following page

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 27

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 28

13 The Redraw Solid function in GTMenu will now draw members with variableproperties and use the length of the segments to draw the members with variableproperties This feature is particularly useful in offshore structures where memberswith variable diameter pipes are often used An example of an offshore structurewith variable properties is shown below

14 Redraw Solid will now draw I-GIRDER and PLATE GIRDER prismatic andvariable member cross sections which were specified in the Member Propertiescommand

15 For models which contain 3D solid finite elements Redraw Solid will now draw thesolid display much faster as only the exterior faces of the solid will be drawn Thiswill also improve the efficiency of the Scope Editor and Printing of the display fromRedraw Solid as a fewer number of faces must be printed or brought into the ScopeEditor The time to produce contouring results has also been greatly reduced formodels which contain 3D solid finite elements

16 The boundaries of a finite element are now also highlighted when it is selected witha right click of the mouse Previously only an ldquoxrdquo would be drawn at the centroidof the element

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 29

17 A joint member or element may now be ldquodeselectedrdquo by selecting it again in ldquoHitrdquomode When an item is initially selected a red ldquoxrdquo is drawn Now when the itemis selected again (deselected) the red ldquoxrdquo is replaced with an ldquoxrdquo drawn in the samecolor as the Global Coordinate Axes

18 The Moving Load dialog has been modified to make the Diagram option visiblewhen the dialog is opened

19 The Graphics Window is now active upon entering GTMenu This enables the userto use the HotKeys immediately without requiring a mouse click in the GraphicsWindow to activate it

20 Additional cylindrical coordinate systems are now available in GTMenu Previouslyonly a cylindrical coordinate system about the Y axis was available NowldquoCylindrical Xrdquo and ldquoCylindrical Zrdquo coordinate systems are available under theCoordinate System pulldown from the Menu Bar as shown below

21 A joint may now be used to specify the location of a plane parallel to a global planewhen selecting a domain Previously the user could enter only a coordinate valueto specify this location The revised Global Plane dialog is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 30

22 The model is no longer redrawn when selecting a filename or when entering theView menu

23 The ldquoirdquo hotkey now produces an isometric display

24 When creating a joint at a line intersection when the endpoints of the line are pointsthe user is now prompted to enter ldquoPointsrdquo

25 A right click in the Graphics Window now lists up to 20 duplicates (joints memberselements) which exist at the same location in the Inquire Output window

26 When splitting a member using the Variable option the cursor is now automaticallypositioned in the Number of Members input box

27 When labeling reactions using the ldquoAllrdquo mode the labeling is now confined to jointsin the current window

28 The output of large numbers will automatically be converted to an exponentialformat rather than trying to use a fixed format which may result in an overflow

29 The box indicating the currently active independent load on the Button Bar now hasthe title ldquoIndependent Loadrdquo

30 When creating three-dimensional solid elements the text input box for an elementrsquosthickness is now omitted

31 The structure is now immediately redrawn when the Z-up checkbox is selected in theView dialog

32 The screen layout has been adjusted to accommodate widescreen displays

33 Abbreviations have been eliminated in the output from the Check Model dialog

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 31

34 The Check Model output now includes a summary of information such as themaximum and minimum element aspect ratios and the maximum and minimummember volumes as well as the element or members associated with the maximumand minimum values An example of the Member Volume Ratio summary outputis shown below

35 The current active units are now output at the top of the output from Check Modelas also shown in the above figure

36 A right mouse click will now interrupt output from Check Model after outputting upto 500 lines of output This is particularly useful if the user selected output ofinformation such as the member volume or element aspect ratios for large modelswithout realizing the amount of output that could result Also clicking on the Cancelbutton will also interrupt the Check Model output

37 The number of members or elements now appears in the prompts when a user hasrequested the member volume or slenderness ratios or the element aspect ratios to beoutput from the Check Model dialog

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 32

38 Large numbers are now automatically output in an exponential format whenperforming a Check Model These large numbers often occur when the structuralweight or load summation information was output

39 When members with variable properties are selected by right clicking in the GraphicsWindow the Inquire Output window now shows the Property Groups and segmentlengths for each segment of the variable member as shown below

40 Member loads may now be input and displayed in the currently active coordinatesystem

41 If a Local member load is displayed as Global components and then one of the globalcomponents is edited the complete local member load is reformed when the load issubsequently stored

42 The default increments for Zoom and Pan have been changed to 002 and the defaultincrement for Rotate has been changed to 20

43 Steel Parameter information has been compressed when using Generate Input File

44 Information related to loads created using a Form Load command is now stored inGTMenu and retained when entering or exiting GTMenu A GTMenu GeneratedInput File now contains Form Load commands

45 When editing IDrsquos of joints members or elements the tab or arrow keys may nowbe used to move the cursor between names in the ID list

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 33

26 GT STRUDL Output Window

1 A new option has been added to the File menu - Launch Windows Explorer

This pick will open a new Windows Explorer starting in your Working DirectoryThis allows you to browse your computer to find or move files easily

2 The File - Save menu selection has been expanded as shown below

Three new options have been added to the above pulldown

Text Input File

This option is the same as the ldquoCreate a NEW text input filerdquo in the File menu andhas been added here for user convenience An input file based on the currentGTSTRUDL data base will be created Note that this input file is not a copy of theinput file (if any) used to create the current data base and any comments that existedwill not appear in the new input file This input file is the same as if you were inGTMenu and selected the File - Generate GT STRUDL text input option

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 34

Text Input File plus Command History

An input file based on the current GTSTRUDL data base will be created and thecurrent Command History will be appended The Command History is commandsyou have typed or created using dialogs in the current GTSTRUDL session Thisoption is useful to easily add analysis and design commands you have createdRemember to review the created file before you use it in a subsequent GTSTRUDLsession

Text Input File plus Command History and Edit

This option is the same as above plus the created input file is opened in WindowsNotepad to review and edit

3 The Analysis pulldown has been modified and you can now launch the new staticanalysis equation solvers GTSES and GTHCS as shown below

More information on the GTSES and GTHCS equations solvers may be found inSection 214

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 35

4 The Analysis problems found option in the Analysis pulldown has also beenextended to include the GTSES solver when selecting ldquoInstabilities found ldquo in thepulldown shown below

5 The Dynamic Analysis Eigenvalue dialog now has an option to use the newGTSELanczos eigensolver as shown below

Further information on the GTSELanczos eigensolver may be found in Section 22In addition the Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis dialog now has an option to ldquoUse theSparse Equation Solverrdquo

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 36

6 The Results datasheets now have an option which allows you to changes units in thedatasheets as noted below

7 Harmonic results versus frequency may now be displayed as shown in the followingdialogs and plot

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 37

8 The Steel Design Wizard has a new Advanced button which will display the variousoptions

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 38

27 Model Wizard

1 A lsquoTangentrdquo option has been added to the the Tank Wizard to allow for a smoothtransition from the circular to hemispherical portions of the tank as shown below

2 Compression Only and In-Plane springs have been added to the Rectangular TankWizard

28 Nonlinear Analysis

1 The new Commands DEFINE PLASTIC HINGE CROSS SECTION DELETEPLASTIC HINGE CROSS SECTION and PRINT PLASTIC HINGE CROSSSECTION have been implemented These new commands can be used to definegeneral customized plastic hinge cross section data structures that can be used todefine the fiber geometry and material properties for plastic hinges or plasticsegments at the start and end of members These new commands are described inSection 2522 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

2 A new BASE ISOLATION ELEMENT DATA command has been implemented forthe purpose of defining a new class of two-node global base isolation elementsincluding at this time a sliding friction bearing element where the slidingbearingsurface is flat and a friction pendulum element where the slidingbearing surface is

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 39

assumed to be concave and spherical The element supports both a constant frictionmodel and a variable friction model in which the instantaneous coefficient of frictionis a function of slider velocity and bearing pressure The base isolation elements areapplicable for both nonlinear static and dynamic analyses The BASE ISOLATIONELEMENT DATA command is described in Section 2533 of Volume 3 of theGTSTRUDL Reference Manual

29 Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis

1 Nonlinear dynamic analysis has been brought to a release status In previousversions of GTSTRUDL nonlinear dynamic analysis was a prerelease feature TheDYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEAR command is described in Section 24102of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

2 The GTSES option has been added to the DYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEARcommand an example of which is shown below

DYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEAR GTSES NEWMARK BETA 025

The GTSES options provides for the selection of an alternate equation solver thattakes maximum advantage of the sparsity of the the assembled stiffness mass anddamping matrices for the solution of the nonlinear equations of motion Comparedto the standard default equation solver larger models can be handled andsignificantly faster solution times can be realized

3 The nonlinear hysteretic spring element NLS4PH has been brought to release statusThis element was a prerelease feature in previous versions and is documented inSection 2532 in Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

210 Offshore

1 Several new parameters have been added to the FATIGUE MEMBER commandThe CHORD LENGTH FACTOR parameter provides for the specification of a chordlength factor The actual chord length that is used in the computation of SCF factorsfor a fatigue brace member is now computed by multiplying the length of the chordmember associated with the brace member by the specified CHORD LENGTHFACTOR The CHORD LENGTH FACTOR must be greater than 00 and is takenas 10 by default See Section 531 Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL ReferenceManual for more information

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 40

The CHORD FIXITY parameter has been added to the FATIGUE MEMBERcommand The CHORD FIXITY parameter is used for the computation of SCFfactors according to the Efthymiou method The value of the CHORD FIXITYparameter may vary from 05 to 10 and is taken as 07 by default See Section 531of Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual for more information

2 Offshore punching shear check results are now stored in the database There are nowthree ways to display or output the punching shear check results

A Display the Punching shear results in GTMenu as described in Section 25

B View the results using the datasheet under the SteelDesign pulldown in theGTSTRUDL Output Window

C Print the punching shear results with the LIST PUNCHING SHEAR CHECKRESULTS command (Section 211443 of Volume 1)

3 The FATIGUE MEMBER command has been enhanced to include an option to nowselect the Efthymiou equations to compute stress concentration factors for tubularjoints having T Y K and X classifications Only the Kuang andor Smedleyequations were available in Version 28 and previous versions This is described inSection 531 of Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual (Note Thisfeature was added to Version 281 and is included here since not all users haveinstalled Version 281)

4 A new and more efficient command has been implemented for fatigue analysis Thenew PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command can now be used instead of theexisting COMPUTE FATIGUE LIFE command The abbreviated syntax of the newPERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command is shown below

PERFORM FATIGUE (ANALYSIS)PSD

DISCRETE(BASE PERIOD v ) -b

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

(stress information) (deletions) (REPORT (SCF DIAGNOSTICS))

The complete syntax of the PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command may befound in Section 565 of Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 41

The PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command executes the fatigue lifecomputations on a joint-by-joint basis which dramatically improves the efficiencyof the fatigue analysis computations and increases the size of the fatigue analysis jobthat can be solved (number of fatigue wave loads and number of fatigue members)The PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command performs all fatigue analysiscomputations including automatic joint classification if requested computation offatigue stresses computation of transfer functions and computation of fatiguedamage and life The PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command should not beused in conjunction with the split fatigue analysis commands described in Section56 of Volume 8

The REPORT SCF DIAGNOSTICS option causes SCF equation diagnosticinformation and joint classification information to be reported during the fatigueanalysis computations If not given this report which can be quite lengthy issuppressed All other command options are identical to those of the COMPUTEFATIGUE LIFE command described in Section 553 Volume 8 (Note This featurewas added to Version 281 and is included here since not all users have installedVersion 281)

5 For the APILRFD1 code the reduction for FYLD has been removed as it is notneeded for LRFD (Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is includedhere since not all users have installed Version 281)

211 Reinforced Concrete Design

1 A new prerelease feature has been implemented which will design the slabreinforcing steel due to flexure along a cut in a finite element mesh composed ofplate bending or plate elements The DESIGN SLAB REINFORCEMENTcommand is documented in Section 527

212 Rigid Bodies

1 The TYPE RIGID command now includes a new GLOBAL option for the RIGIDPLANE PLATE and PIN joint constraints When this option is given the planarcoordinate systems for these rigid bodies coincides with the global coordinatesystem

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 42

The important implication of being able to use the GLOBAL option is that SLAVERELEASES and JOINT RELEASES (for master joints that are also supports andhave no other incident members and finite elements) are more easily specified withrespect to the global coordinate system The revised TYPE RIGID command isdescribed in Section 26521 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

213 Scope Editor

GTSTRUDL 29 includes a new version of the Scope Editor Version 40 You willsee the new version number in the title bar of the Scope Editor In addition a muchhigher resolution for drawing is now being used You will probably not see thehigher resolution on the screen unless you zoom in but printing is greatly improvedThis means that a version 40 Scope Editor document cannot be read with previousversions (32a and earlier) although earlier Scope Editor documents can be openedwith 40 Zooming has been improved so that the ldquozoomed tordquo area will remain inthe view

1 Improved Options

You can now set margins in the Options dialog using the General page (see below)This allows you to restrict the drawing area to be inside an applied templateMargins are specified in 001 inch (025 mm) increments The Options dialog maybe reached from the View - Options menu pick In addition an equivalent dialog isavailable in GTMenu from the File - Page Setup menu pick

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 43

2 Automatic ldquoDaterdquo ldquoTimerdquo and ldquoPromptrdquo fields in Templates

You can now add automatic date and time stamps and user supplied text data toScope Editor documents when you use a template When you create the ScopeEditor document to used as a template you can add text entries that will be replacedwith the requested data The new text uses the same font and rotation as the originalso you can determine the size color etc of the inserted text

DateCreate a text entry with the characters ldquoltltDaterdquo followed with an optional integer1-7 which correspond the Date tool discussed earlier When the template is appliedto a GTMenu file or new Scope Editor document ldquoltltDaterdquo will be replaced with thecurrent date and the font of the date text will match the font of the ldquoltltDaterdquo entrySee the Tools - Date menu pick for a description of the seven available date formats

TimeCreate a text entry with the characters ldquoltltTimerdquo followed with an optional ldquo12rdquoldquoAMrdquo or ldquoPMrdquo for a 12-hour time or ldquo24rdquo for a 24-hour time When the Templateis applied to a GTMenu file or new Scope Editor document ldquoltltTimerdquo will bereplaced with the current time and the font of the time text will match the font of theldquoltltTimerdquo entry

PromptCreate a text entry with the characters ldquoltltPromptrdquo followed with an optional lsquohintrsquofor the prompt When the template is applied to a GTMenu file or new Scope Editordocument ldquoltltPromptrdquo will be replaced with what you type into the Promptwindow For example the entry ldquoltltPrompt Title of documentrdquo would bring up thisdialog box each time you print from GTMenu whether it is the ldquoPrintrdquo button or theFile - Print Preview and Edit selection

ldquoCancelrdquo will cause the prompt entry to be ignored meaning nothing will be insertedinto the Scope Editor document

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 44

Examples

If these entries were in your template

They would appear in your document as this

3 Improved Paragraph Tool

The Paragraph tool now maintains the associated text as a single block of textwhereas in previous versions the Paragraph text was separated into individual linesof text This means you can now move change the font or edit the paragraph as ablock after it has been created

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 45

214 Static Analysis

1 The STIFFNESS ANALYSIS command has been extended as follows

The new option GTSES provides for the selection of a new significantly moreefficient equation solver The large majority of problems that can be solved by thedefault solver can be solved significantly faster by the GTSES solver and manylarge problems that could not be solved previously by the default solver now can besolved very efficiently by the GTSES solver To date the GTSES solver hasdemonstrated a 10 to 50 fold increase in speed for problem sizes up to 350000degrees of freedom

The revised STIFFNESS ANALYSIS command with the new GTSES option andother new options is documented in Volume 1 - Section 21132 of the GTSTRUDLReference Manual

2 The sparse matrix solver has also been extended to the PERFORM NUMERICALINSTABILITY ANALYSIS command using a syntax similar to that of theSTIFFNESS ANALYSIS command

PERFORM NUMERICAL INSTABILITY ANALYSIS GTSES

The revised PERFORM NUMERICAL INSTABILITY command is documented inVolume 1 - Section 211314 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

3 The statistical output from the GTHCS equation solver has been improved to nowoutput information regarding the number of degrees of freedom the number of termsin the skyline and the number of hyper-columns (Note This feature was added toVersion 281 and is included here since not all users have installed Version 281)

NJP i

STIFFNESS (ANALYSIS) WITHOUT REDUCE (BAND)GTSES

⎧ ⎫⎪ ⎪⎨ ⎬⎪ ⎪⎩ ⎭

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 46

215 Steel Design

1 Three new parameters have been added to CAN97 code The new parameter namesare K U1Y and U1Z These parameter are applicable to the combined axial andbending equations of Clauses 1381(b) 1381(c) 1382(b) and 1382(c) The newparameters are described below

Table CAN97

CAN97 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Combined Stresses

K 10 Effective length factor used in the computation of the Cr inthe Clauses 1381(b) and 1382(b)

U1Y Computed Factor to account for moment gradient and for second-ordereffect of axial force acting on the deformed member Thisparameter is applicable to the combined axial and Y axisbending The default value is computed according to theClause 1383 of the 1997 CISC Seventh Edition

U1Z Computed Factor to account for moment gradient and for second-ordereffect of axial force acting on the deformed member Thisparameter is applicable to the combined axial and Z axisbending The default value is computed according to theClause 1383 of the 1997 CISC Seventh Edition

2 A new parameter called lsquoClass3 has been added to BS5950 and 00BS5950 codesThis parameter allows the user to request that the code check or design to beperformed based on the class 3 classification A user specified value of lsquoYESrsquo forthis parameter indicates that when code check or design is performed for BS5950 or00BS5950 code equations based on the Class 3 classification should be used Thismeans when user specifies a value of lsquoYESrsquo for parameter lsquoClass3 BS5950 or00BS5950 code check will assume that the member is a class 3 cross-section Thedefault value for this parameter is lsquoNOrsquo This indicates that the program computesthe classification of the member based on the cross-section properties

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 47

3 Two new cross-sections have been added to the LRFD3 code The new cross-sections are Solid Round Bar and Solid Rectangular Bar cross-sections You maycode check or design based on axial and bending effect in these cross-sections TheLRFD3 code check parameters are discussed in the Table LRFD31-1 The LRFD3code is documented in Section 521 of this Release Guide as a prerelease feature

4 Parameter ALSTRINC has been added to the APIWSD20 and AISI89 codesALSTRINC is used to specify the 13 allowable stress increase for wind or seismicloads

5 Steel Deflection Check and Design has been brought to release status and isdocumented in Section 214 of Volume 2A of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

Three new parameters have been added to deflection check or design The newparameters set deflection limitations based on the load list The new parameters areldquoDefLimLordquo ldquoDefLimYLrdquo and ldquoDefLimZLrdquo These new parameters are similar tothe existing parameters ldquoDefLimitrdquo ldquoDefLim-Yrdquo and DefLim-Zrdquo except you cannow specify deflection limitations based on the load list rather than member listNote that parameters ldquoDefLimitrdquo ldquoDefLim-Yrdquo and DefLim-Zrdquo are for settingdeflection limitations based on the member list and the parameters ldquoDefLimLordquoldquoDefLimYLrdquo and ldquoDefLimZLrdquo are for setting deflection limitations based on theload list

6 A new warning message has been added to the LRFD codes (ie LRFD3 and LRFD2codes) to indicate that nonlinear analysis is required Load and resistance factordesign (LRFD) codes require nonlinear analysis to account for the second order (P))effects of the frame structures If linear static analysis (elastic analysis stiffnessanalysis) has been used a warning message is issued that nonlinear analysis isrequired for LRFD codes

7 Steel grades for pipe and tube cross-sections have been added to ASD9 and 78AISCcodes Steel grades are listed in the Table 21-3a in Volume 2A of the GTSTRUDLReference Manual

8 A new parameter called lsquoClass3 has been added to EC3 code This parameter allowsthe user to request that the code check or design to be performed based on the class3 classification A user specified value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates thatwhen a code check or design is performed for EC3 code equations based on theClass 3 classification should be used When a value of lsquoYESrsquo has been specified forparameter lsquoClass3 EC3 code check will assume that the member is a class 3 cross-

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 48

section The default value for this parameter is lsquoNOrsquo This indicates that theprogram computes the classification of the member based on the cross-sectionproperties (Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is included here sincenot all users have installed Version 281)

9 The Summarize command for the critical section prints the summary results for thesection that has the highest actualallowable ratio When the KLr actualallowableratio is the highest ratio during a code check or design the Summarize command forthe critical section outputs that sectionrsquos summary results In general prismaticsections have the same KLr ratio for each loading and section Since the KLr valueis the same for all sections when the Summarize command is issued and the KLr isthe highest actualallowable ratio the summary results for the last loading and lastsection are printed In this version of GTSTRUDL the summarize output for thecritical section has been modified to also print the section with the highest stressvalue The section which has the highest stress value also has the highest KLr ratio(Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is included here since not all usershave installed Version 281)

216 Steel Tables

1 European channel (U) profiles from Table ldquoU-Stahlrdquo of the ldquoSTAHLBAU-PROFILES 21 neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck1997 have been added to GTSTRUDL

217 Utility Programs

1 A new utility program npf2ssc has been added to convert Neutral Plot Files (NPF) intoScope Editor (SSC) files This allows users who generate NPFs with PLOT commandsor through GTSelos to use the Scope Editor to view and print their files

This utility program may be found at the following location after installing Version 29

ltinstallgtUtilitiesnpf2ssc

where ltinstallgt is CProgram FilesGTStrudl by default

Please see the Readme file in the above directory for more information about optionsfor npf2ssc

GT STRUDL Error Corrections

3 - 1

CHAPTER 3

ERROR CORRECTIONS

This chapter describes changes that have been made to GTSTRUDL to correct errors Theseerrors may have produced aborts incorrect results or restricted use of a feature in previous versionsof GTSTRUDL Please note that some error corrections listed below were previously corrected inVersion 281 and noted in the Version 281 Release Guide These error corrections are also notedhere since Version 281 was not installed by all users The error corrections are discussed by the primary feature areas of GTSTRUDL

31 Dynamic Analysis

1 The FORM MISSING MASS command now functions as documented and assumes adamping ratio if the word RATIO or PERCENT is omitted after DAMPING Previously anerror message would be output and a damping ratio of 00 would be assumed This correctionwas previously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here forcompleteness (GPRF 200503)

2 The INERTIA OF JOINTS FROM LOADS command will no longer abort if memberfiniteelement loads are present in any of the loading conditions specified in the command and anyof the membersfinite elements have undefined properties This correction was previouslynoted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (GPRF200505)

3 The CREATE PSEUDO STATIC LOAD command will no longer compute a SSRS pseudostatic load for other than response spectrum modal combination types when two or moreresponse spectrum source loads are specified Incorrect member section forces no longer willbe computed for SSRS pseudo static loads computed from types of dynamic loads other thanresponse spectrum mode combinations (GPRF 200508)

4 Response spectrum mode combination stress and strain results for 2D3D finite elements arenow correct when the external file solver is used for the response spectrum analysis Thisproblem was corrected in Version 281 (GPRF 200613)

Error Corrections GT STRUDL

3 - 2

32 Finite Elements

1 Results will now be computed correctly when global temperature gradients are applied to theBPHQ BPHT SBHQ SBHQ6 SBHT and SBHT6 elements (GPRF 200604)

33 General

1 The FORM LOAD command will now copy member loads on the IPCABLE element to thenew loading condition Previously an error message would be output and member loads onthe IPCABLE element would not be copied to the new loading condition This correction waspreviously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness(GPRF 200506)

2 An abort will no longer occur if a model containing a self weight loading was saved undera version prior to Version 28 and then is subsequently restored in Version 28 and theSTIFFNESS ANALYSIS command is specified This correction was previously noted in theVersion 281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (GPRF 200507)

3 Users have reported cases where they have encountered the Scan flag being On during an

analysis and after specifying SCAN OFF a subsequent analysis still reported that Scan wasOn This problem has been corrected This correction was previously noted in the Version281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (No GPRF issued)

4 The LIST REACTIONS and LIST SUMMATION REACTIONS commands now producecorrect results when master joints of joint ties constraints are also support joints (GPRF200606)

5 Section force computation will no longer abort for pseudo static loads computed fromresponse spectrum and harmonic loads if the number of modes used to compute the responsespectrum andor harmonic analysis results is greater than the number of modes available atthe time the section force computation is attempted The conditions that cause this abort arenow detected and reported as invalid and inconsistent (GPRF 200607)

6 The specification of rigid bodies as members or finite elements in DELETIONS mode hasbeen made a valid method for deleting a rigid body and its corresponding constraint data Inprevious versions the specification of rigid bodies as members or finite elements inDELETIONS mode caused the deletion of the rigid body name and incidence data but notthe constraint data thus causing errors in subsequent analysis executions (GPRF 200611)

GT STRUDL Error Corrections

3 - 3

34 GTMenu(GPRFrsquos are not issued for GTMenu unless specifically noted below)

1 An input file is now generated correctly when an N-Point line follows a curve specification

2 A Moving Load Diagram animation no longer aborts when the animation is steppedbackwards

3 Contouring will no longer abort after the structure has been modified in GTMenu but beforeanother analysis request has been performed

4 A Beta angle may now be edited by selecting the member to be edited from the InquireOutput dialog Previously the user would enter a new Beta angle but it would not beaccepted

5 An error has been corrected in Redraw Solid for circular members such as pipes round barsand circular concrete members Previously part of the circular member would be omittedfrom the Redraw Solid display

6 Linear member load data in the input file created by GTMenu will no longer have asterisks() for the start (LA) and end (LB) of the linear member loads

7 GTMenu will now contour finite elements results including error estimates for models whichcontain a mixture of finite elements and nonlinear springs In previous versions ofGTSTRUDL contouring would stop when the first nonlinear spring or cable element wasencountered in the list of elements Now contouring will process the complete list ofelements and the nonlinear spring and cable elements will be ignored

8 Joints with springs in some directions and rigid restraints in other directions are no longerignored in the Check Model - Rigid Body Constraints check in GTMenu

9 Rotated releases are now considered correctly in the Check Model - Rigid Body Constraintscheck in GTMenu

10 In some instances triangular member loads would be translated into GTMenu incorrectly andthe resulting load display would indicate that the loads were not on the loaded member Thisoccurred in one instance where the member with the triangular load also had a membertemperature load added after the triangular load This problem has been corrected

Error Corrections GT STRUDL

3 - 4

11 The global coordinate axes are now drawn only once when entering GTMenu

12 The dialog indicating the current loads is now cleared so it will not contain a previous list ora duplicate of the current loads

13 Deleted joints are now ignored when Placing Members with the Split at Intersections optionis selected Previously erroneous members would be created and an abort could occur

14 The display of members with the same eccentricities has been corrected Previously theeccentricities could have been scaled incorrectly when several members had the sameeccentricities

15 Members with the same variable cross section properties but with different segment lengthsare now handled correctly Previously the properties including the segment lengths wereconsidered to be the same resulting in incorrect segment lengths being assigned to some ofthe members upon leaving GTMenu or when creating an input file in GTMenu

35 Model Wizard

1 The new Model Wizard discussed in the Version 28 Release Guide was inadvertently omittedfrom the Version 28 installation The Model Wizard in Version 29 includes the new featuresin Version 28 plus the additional features discussed in Chapter 2 of this Release Guide Thiscorrection was previously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here forcompleteness (No GPRF issued)

2 The cylindrical and rectangular tank options will now create correct element loads when theactive force unit is kilonewtons

36 Nonlinear Analysis

1 Nonlinear analysis or pushover analysis will no longer abort if a calculated plastichingesegment strain exceeds the strain corresponding to the last stress-strain point of a user-specified stress-strain curve for that plastic hingesegment (GPRF 200608)

2 Computation of the section force components My and Mz for nonlinear geometric framemembers has been updated to include the higher order correction for cross section rotationfor the case when non-zero shear center eccentricities are defined for the member properties(GPRF 200610)

3 Cable prestress analysis no longer aborts and executes properly when the CHORD LENGTH

GT STRUDL Error Corrections

3 - 5

parameter is not specified in one or more DEFINE CABLE NETWORK commands and thenumber of nodes vary among the cable elements identified in the DEFINE CABLENETWORK commands (GPRF 200612)

37 Offshore

1 In Version 28 the simplified fatigue analysis for standard fatigue members aborted Thesimplified fatigue analysis should ignore such members and now does so in Version 29 Thiscorrection was previously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here forcompleteness (No GPRF issued)

2 The SELECT command will no longer abort when the APIWSD20 offshore design code isspecified This abort was due to an uninitialized variable and did not always occur inprevious versions This was corrected in Versions 28 and 281 but was omitted from therelease guides for these versions and is noted here for completeness (GPRF 200501)

38 Reinforced Concrete Design

1 When a GIRDER was PROPORTIONED the 2nd and subsequent analysis members in thegirder were possibly rotated 90 or 180 degrees for girders that lay parallel to a global axisThis problem has been corrected (GPRF 200601)

2 A SAVE will not work correctly when MEMBER PROPERTIES were specified using aTABLE section in a reinforced concrete job and the DETAIL command was used (GPRF 200602)

3 The output for the spiral reinforcement designed with the PROPORTION command iscorrect regardless of the active units (GPRF 200605)

39 Static Analysis

1 The GTHCS static analysis solver will now produce correct results for loadings whichcontain JOINT DISPLACEMENTS (GPRF 200603)

Error Corrections GT STRUDL

3 - 6

310 Steel Design

1 Automatic K-factor computations now correctly compute the K-factors when the parameterFRLY or FRLZ has been specified This correction was previously noted in the Version281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (GPRF 200504)

2 The value shown for the section location from the List Code Check Results command andthe Code Check Datasheet for metric codes (ie EC3 BS5950 etc) is now the correctvalue (GPRF 200609)

GT STRUDL Known Deficiencies

4 - 1

CHAPTER 4

KNOWN DEFICIENCIES

This chapter describes known problems or deficiencies in Version 29 Thesedeficiencies have been evaluated and based on our experience they are seldom encounteredor there are workarounds The following sections describe the known problems ordeficiencies by functional area

41 Finite Elements

1 The ELEMENT LOAD command documentation indicates that header informationsuch as type and load specs are allowed If information is given in the header andan attempt is made to override the header information a message is output indicatingan invalid command or incorrect information is stored (GPRF 9006)

2 Incorrect results (displacements stresses reactions frequencies etc) will resultif a RIGIDITY MATRIX is used to specify the material properties for the IPSLIPSQ and TRANS3D elements (GPRF 9309)

3 The CALCULATE RESULTANT command may either abort or print out anerroneous error message for cuts that appear to be parallel to the Planar Y axis(GPRF 9421)

4 If a superelement is given the same name as a member or finite element an abort willoccur in the DEVELOP STATIC PROPERTIES command (GPRF 9508)

5 The curved elements TYPE lsquoSCURVrsquo and lsquoPCURVrsquo will produce incorrect resultsfor tangential member loads (FORCE X) An example of the loading commandwhich will produce this problem is shown below

LOADING 1MEMBER LOADS1 FORCE X UNIFORM W -10

where member (element) 1 is a lsquoSCURVrsquo or lsquoPCURVrsquo element(GPRF 9913)

Known Deficiencies GT STRUDL

4 - 2

42 General InputOutput

1 An infinite loop may occur if a GENERATE MEMBERS or GENERATEELEMENTS command is followed by a REPEAT command with an incorrectformat An example of an incorrect REPEAT command is shown below by theunderlined portion of the REPEAT Command

GENERATE 5 MEM ID 1 INC 1 FROM 1 INC 1 TO 2 INC 1REPEAT 2 TIMES ID 5 FROM 7 INC 1 TO 8 INC 1

Only the increment may be specified on the REPEAT command (GPRF 9322)

2 Rigid body elements can not be deleted or inactivated as conventional finiteelements The specification of rigid body elements as conventional finite elementsin the INACTIVE command or in DELETIONS mode will cause an abort in asubsequent stiffness nonlinear or dynamic analysis (GPRF 9721)

3 The path plus file name on a SAVE or RESTORE is limited to 256 characters If thelimitation is exceeded the path plus file name will be truncated to 256 characters This is a Windows limitation on the file name including the path (No GPRF issued)

4 Object groups created by the DEFINE OBJECT command may not be used in aGROUP LIST as part of a list If the OBJECT group is the last group in the listprocessing will be correct However if individual components follow the OBJECTgroup they will fail Also you can not copy members or joints from the OBJECTgroup into a new group

(GPRF 9926)

5 Numerical precision problems will occur if joint coordinate values are specified inthe JOINT COORDINATES command with more than a total of seven digitsSimilar precision problems will occur for joint coordinate data specified in automaticgeneration commands (GPRF 200016)

6 Internal member results will be incorrect under the following conditions

1 Dynamic analysis is performed (response spectra or time history)

2 Pseudo Static Loadings are created

3 Buckling Analysis is Performed

4 Internal member results are output or used in a subsequent steel design afterthe Buckling Analysis

GT STRUDL Known Deficiencies

4 - 3

In addition the eigenvalues and eigenvectors from the Dynamic Analysis areoverwritten by the eigenvalues and eigenvectors from the Buckling Analysis

We consider this problem to be very rare since we had never encountered a jobwhich contained both a Dynamic Analysis and a Buckling Analysis prior to this errorreport

WorkaroundExecute the Buckling Analysis in a separate run which does not contain adynamic analysis

Alternatively execute the Buckling Analysis before the Dynamic Analysisand output the Buckling results and then perform a Dynamic Analysis TheDynamic Analysis results will then overwrite the buckling multiplier andmode shape which is acceptable since the buckling results have been outputand are not used in any subsequent calculations in GTSTRUDL

(GPRF 200414)

43 GTMenu

1 Gravity loads and Self-Weight loads are generated incorrectly for the TRANS3Delement

Workaround Specify the self-weight using Body Forces under Element LoadsELEMENT LOADS command is described in Section 23541 ofVolume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

(GPRF 9518)

2 The Copy Model feature under Edit in the Menu Bar will generate an incorrectmodel if the model contains the TRANS3D element

Workaround Use the DEFINE OBJECT and COPY OBJECT commands inCommand Mode as described in Section 21671 and 21675 ofVolume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

(GPRF 9521)

4 The Load Summations option available under CHECK MODEL will produceincorrect load summations for line edge and body loads on all finite elements TheLoad Summations are also incorrect for projected loads on finite elements The load

Known Deficiencies GT STRUDL

4 - 4

summations for line and edge loadings should be divided by the thickness of theloaded elements The body force summations should be multiplied by the thicknessof the loaded elements

Workaround You can check the load summation by specifying the LIST SUMREACTIONS command after STIFFNESS ANALYSIS

(No GPRF issued)

5 Projected element loads will be displayed incorrectly when they are created or whenthey are displayed using Display Model 6 Loads

Workaround Verify that the loads are correct in the GTSTRUDL Output Windowusing the PRINT LOAD DATA command or by checking thereactions using LIST SUM REACTIONS

(No GPRF issued)

44 Rigid Bodies

1 Response spectrum analysis may abort if rigid bodies andor joint ties with slavereleases are present in the model (GPRF 9918)

2 Static and dynamic analyses will abort if member releases are specified for rigidbodies (GPRF 200502)

45 Scope Environment

1 OVERLAY DIAGRAM in the Plotter Environment produces diagrams that are muchsmaller relative to the plot size than the Scope environment does This is because thestructure plot is magnified to fill the Plotter graphics area but the height of thediagram is not increased As a work-around use the PLOT FORMAT SCALEcommand to decrease the scale factor which will increase the size of the diagramThe current value is printed with a Scope Environment OVERLAY DIAGRAMThe value printed with a Plotter Environment OVERLAY DIAGRAM is incorrectFor example if a Moment Z diagram is OVERLAYed with a scale factor of 1000on the Scope the command PLOT FORMAT SCALE MOMENT Z 50 would scalea reasonable OVERLAY DIAGRAM for the Plotter(GPRF 9619)

GT STRUDL Prerelease Features

51 - 1

CHAPTER 5

PRERELEASE FEATURES

51 Introduction

This chapter describes new features that have been added to GTSTRUDL but areclassified as prerelease features due to one or more of the following reasons

1 The feature has undergone only limited testing This limited testingproduced satisfactory results However more extensive testing is requiredbefore the feature will be included as a released feature and documented inthe GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual

2 The command formats may change in response to user feedback

3 The functionality of the feature may be enhanced in to response to userfeedback

The Prerelease features in Version 29 are subdivided into Design Analysis and Generalcategories The features in these categories are shown below

52 Design Prerelease Features

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

522 BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters

523 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800

524 ACI Code 318-99

525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables

526 ASD9-E Code

527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite ElementAnalysis (The DESIGN SLAB Command)

Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

51 - 2

53 Analysis Prerelease Features

531 Calculate Error Estimate Command

532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and NonlinearDynamic Analysis

54 General Prerelease Features

541 Rotate Load Command

542 Coutput Command

543 Reference Coordinate System Command

544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

545 GTMenu Point Coordinates and Line Incidences Commands

We encourage you to experiment with these prerelease features and provide us withsuggestions to improve these features as well as other GTSTRUDL capabilities

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

52 - 1

52 Design Prerelease Features

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

LRFD3 CodeAmerican Institute of Steel Construction

Load and Resistance Factor DesignAISC LRFD Third Edition

LRFD312 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

The LRFD3 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

Design for bi-axial bending and axial forcesI shapes Round BarsChannels Square BarsSingle Angles Rectangular BarsTees Plate GirdersDouble Angles

Design for bi-axial bending axial and torsional forcesRound HSS (Pipes)Rectangular and Square HSS (Structural Tubes)

The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columnsuniversal beams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles withdoubly symmetric cross-sections

The code is primarily based on the AISC ldquoLoad and Resistance Factor DesignSpecification for Structural Steel Buildingsrdquo adopted December 27 1999 with errataincorporated as of September 4 2001 The Specification is contained in the Third Editionof the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Load and Resistance Factor Design (96) TheLRFD3 code utilizes the Load and Resistance Factor design techniques of the AISCSpecification

Second order elastic analysis using factored loads is required by the GTSTRUDLLRFD3 code Second order effects may be considered by using GTSTRUDL NonlinearAnalysis (Section 25 or Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual) GTSTRUDL LRFD3code check does not consider the technique discussed in Section C12 of AISC Manual ofSteel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Third Edition for determination ofMu (B1 and B2 factors) in lieu of a second order analysis

Joan
LRFD3 Manual
Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 LRFD3 Manual 13

GT STRUDLreg

S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e U s e r M a n u a l

Volume 2 - LRFD3

Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

Rev T ii V2

This page intentionally left blank

V2 iii Rev T

GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

Revision No

DateReleased Description

T 2006

V2 iv Rev T

This page intentionally left blank

V2 v Rev T

NOTICES

GTSTRUDLreg User Reference Manual Volume 2 - LRFD3 Steel Design Codes RevisionT is applicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released 2006 and subsequent versions

GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

DISCLAIMER

NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

Commercial Software Rights Legend

Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

Copyright copy 2006

Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Printed in United States of America

V2 vi Rev T

This page intentionally left blank

V2 vii Rev T

Table of Contents

Chapter Page

NOTICES v

DISCLAIMER v

Commercial Software Rights Legend v

Table of Contents vii

LRFD31 GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code LRFD311 - 1LRFD311 Introduction LRFD311 - 1LRFD312 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters LRFD312 - 1

LRFD32 Properties used by LRFD3 LRFD32 - 1LRFD33 Parameters Used by LRFD3 LRFD33 - 1

Appendix A References A - 1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B - 1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles C - 1

List of Figures

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 LRFD312 - 2Figure LRFD32-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 LRFD32 - 2Figure LRFD33-1 Local Axis Buckling LRFD33 - 16Figure LRFD33-2 SIDESWAY Conditions LRFD33 - 20

List of Tables

Table LRFD31-1 LRFD3 Code Parameters LRFD312 - 9Table LRFD31-2 GTSTRUDL AISC Codes LRFD312 - 25Table LRFD31-3 GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the Design based

on the LRFD3 Code LRFD312 - 27Table LRFD31-4 ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based

on the 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition LRFD312 - 29Table LRFD31-5 ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based

on the 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition LRFD312 - 30

V2 viii Rev T

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code

V2 LRFD311 - 1 Rev T

LRFD31 GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code

LRFD311 Introduction

The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters and properties forthe GTSTRUDL steel design LRFD3 code This volume is only applicable to steel designLRFD3 code

GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD311 - 2 V2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 1 Rev T

LRFD3 CodeAmerican Institute of Steel Construction

Load and Resistance Factor DesignAISC LRFD Third Edition

LRFD312 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

The LRFD3 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

Design for bi-axial bending and axial forcesI shapes Round BarsChannels Square BarsSingle Angles Rectangular BarsTees Plate GirdersDouble Angles

Design for bi-axial bending axial and torsional forcesRound HSS (Pipes)Rectangular and Square HSS (Structural Tubes)

The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columnsuniversal beams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles withdoubly symmetric cross-sections

The code is primarily based on the AISC ldquoLoad and Resistance Factor DesignSpecification for Structural Steel Buildingsrdquo adopted December 27 1999 with errataincorporated as of September 4 2001 The Specification is contained in the Third Editionof the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Load and Resistance Factor Design (96) TheLRFD3 code utilizes the Load and Resistance Factor design techniques of the AISCSpecification

Second order elastic analysis using factored loads is required by the GTSTRUDLLRFD3 code Second order effects may be considered by using GTSTRUDL NonlinearAnalysis (Section 25 or Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual) GTSTRUDL LRFD3code check does not consider the technique discussed in Section C12 of AISC Manual ofSteel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Third Edition for determination ofMu (B1 and B2 factors) in lieu of a second order analysis

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 2 V2

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 3 Rev T

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (continued)

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 4 V2

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (Continued)

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 5 Rev T

The following assumptions are made throughout the LRFD3 code

1 Open cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) are normally not used in situations whereinsignificant torsional moments must be resisted by the member Torsionalstresses are usually small for open cross-sections when compared to axial andbending stresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion inopen cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) The designer is reminded to check the torsionalstresses for open cross-sections (I shape channels single angles doubleangles tees bars and plate girders) whenever they become significant

2 Torsional stresses are checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and squareHSS (structural tubes) based on the Section 61 on Page 162-8 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Combined torsion shear flexure andor axial forcesare also checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square HSS(structural tubes) based on the Section 72 on Page 162-10 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Closed cross-sections (HSS) are frequently used insituations wherein significant torsional moments must be resisted by themembers Generally the normal and shear stresses due to warping in closedcross-sections (HSS) are insignificant and the total torsional moment can beassumed to be resisted by pure torsional shear stresses (Saint-Venantrsquostorsion)

3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed4 Modified column slenderness for double angle member is considered

(Section E4 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition) Modified columnslenderness of the double angle member is computed based on the userspecified or designed number of the intermediate connectors

5 Double angles contain an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

The sections of the AISC LRFD Third Edition specifications (96) which areconsidered by the GTSTRUDL LRFD3 code are summarized below

Section Title

Chapter D Tension membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosSection D1 Design tensile strength

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 6 V2

Section Title

Chapter E Columns and other compression membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for unstiffened compression

elementsTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for stiffened compression

elementsSection E2 Design compressive strength for flexural bucklingSection E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional bucklingSection E4 Built-up memberSection E41 Design strength Modified column slendernessSection E42 Detailing requirements

Appendix E Columns and other compression membersAppendix E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional buckling

Appendix B Design requirementsAppendix B53a Unstiffened compression elementsAppendix B53b Stiffened compression elementsAppendix B53c Design propertiesSection B53d Design strength

Chapter F Beam and other flexural membersSection F11 YieldingSection F12 Lateral-Torsional BucklingSection F12a Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb LrSection F12b Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb gt LrSection F12c Tees and Double angles

Appendix F Beams and other flexural membersAppendix F1 Design for flexureTable A-F11 Nominal strength parameters

Appendix F2 Design for shearAppendix F22 Design shear strengthAppendix F23 Transverse stiffeners

Appendix G Plate GirdersAppendix G1 LimitationsAppendix G2 Design flexural strengthAppendix G3 Design shear strengthAppendix G4 Transverse stiffenersAppendix G5 Flexure-shear

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 7 Rev T

Section Title

Chapter H Member under combined forcesSection H1 Symmetric members subject to bending and axial forceSection H11 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and tensionSection H12 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and

compression

Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Single-Angle Members

Section Title

Section 2 TensionSection 3 ShearSection 4 CompressionSection 5 FlexureSection 51 Flexure Design StrengthSection 53 Bending About Principal AxesSection 6 Combined ForcesSection 61 Members in Flexure and Axial CompressionSection 62 Members in Flexure and Axial Tension

Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Steel Hollow StructuralSections

Section Title

Table 22-1 Limiting Wall Slenderness for Compression Elements

Section 3 Tension MembersSection 31 Design Tensile StrengthSection 4 Column and Other Compression Members Section 42 Design Compressive StrengthSection 5 Beams and Other Flexural MembersSection 51 Design Flexural StrengthSection 52 Design Shear StrengthSection 6 Torsion MembersSection 61 Design Torsional StrengthSection 7 Members Under Combined ForcesSection 71 Design for Combined Flexure and Axial Force

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 8 V2

Section Title

Section 72 Design for Combined Torsion Shear Flexure andor AxialForce

Tensile or compressive axial strengths bi-axial bending shear strengths andcombined strengths are considered for all cross-sections Parameters allowing for thechanges which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may beinvoked at the users discretion

The detailed explanation of the code parameters and cross-section properties are asfollows

1 Table LRFD31-1 Shows the parameters used by LRFD3 codeTable LRFD31-1 contains the applicableparameter names their default values and a briefdescription of the parameters

2 Section LRFD32 Describes the cross-section properties used foreach shape

3 Section LRFD33 Contains detailed discussion of the parametersused by the LRFD3 code and they are presentedin the alphabetic order in this section

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 9 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify LRFD3 for code name Secondorder elastic analysis using factored loads is required by theGTSTRUDL LRFD3 code Second order effect may beconsidered by using GTSTRUDL Nonlinear Analysis(Section 25 of Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual)See Sections LRFD32 and LRFD33 for a more detaileddescription of parameters and cross-section properties

TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table LRFD31-3 for a list ofavailable table names

CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less thanor equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

a 100000 The clear distance between transverse stiffeners This(inches) parameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the

computation of the limiting shear strength The default valueindicates that the shear check does not consider transversestiffeners

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 10 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

SECTYPE Computed Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shapeThis parameter is used to compute the value of Fr Fr is thecompressive residual stress in flangeROLLED = rolled shape Compressive residual stress is

equal to 10 ksi WELDED = welded shape Compressive residual stress

is equal to 165 ksi

Material Properties

STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5 for steel grades andtheir properties

Fy Computed Yield stress of member Computed from parameterlsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

Fu Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromparameter lsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

Fyf Fy Minimum yield stress of the flange If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFywrsquo also

Fyw Fy Minimum yield stress of the web If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFyfrsquo also

RedFy 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFyrsquo This factor timesparameter lsquoFyrsquo gives the Fy value used by the code Used toaccount for property changes at high temperatures

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 11 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Material Properties (continued)

RedFu 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFursquo Similar to parameterlsquoRedFyrsquo

REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toparameter RedFy

Slenderness Ratio

SLENCOMP 200 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to axial compression When no value isspecified for this parameter the value of 200 is used for themaximum slenderness ratio

SLENTEN 300 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for a membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

K-Factors

COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A ofthe User Reference Manual)YES = compute KY and KZ factorsKY = compute KY onlyKZ = compute KZ onlyNO = use default or specified values for KY and

KZ

K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 12 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

K-Factors (continued)

KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KY

KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KZ

Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should beprinted after the code check or select command output Thecolumn names attached to the start and end of the codechecked member is also printed This printed informationallows the user to inspect the automatic detection of thecolumns attached to the start and end of the designedmember A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values andthe names of the attached columns to the start and end of thedesigned member should not be printed

SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Y axis YES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 13 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

K-Factors (continued)

SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localZ axis YES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered as acantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automaticallyNO = member or physical member is not cantileverYES = member or physical member is cantilever

GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 14 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Buckling Length

LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the mem-ber

LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the mem-ber

FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LY is computed

FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

Flexural-Torsional Buckling

KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local X axisof the profile The default is computed as the length of themember This parameter is used in flexural-torsionalbuckling stress Fe computations

FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LX is computed

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 15 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Bending Strength

CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending strength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12aEquation F1-3)

UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange The default iscomputed as the length of the member In this parameter nodistinction is made between the unbraced length for the topor bottom flange See UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 16 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Channel Parameter

Tipping YES This is the parameter indicating that the tipping effect shouldbe considered When the load is applied to the top flange ofthe channel and the flange is not braced there is a tippingeffect that reduces the critical moment A value of YES forthis parameter indicates that the flange is unbraced and theflange is loaded as such that causes tipping effect In thiscase the reduced critical moment may be conservativelyapproximated by setting the warping buckling factor X2

equal to zero A value of NO indicates that the tipping effectdoes not happen and the warping buckling factor iscomputed based on the Equation F1-9 of the AISC LRFDThird Edition

Single Angle Parameter

Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing elastic lateral-torsionalbuckling moment Mob (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section53 on the page 163-6) for major axis bending (bendingabout the principal Y axis)

Tee Parameter

SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the tee section

Double Angle Parameters

nConnect 0 Number of connectors between individual angles The userspecified value is used during the code check When theSELECT MEMBER (design) is requested the user specifiedvalue is used unless more connectors are required If the

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 17 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Double Angle Parameters (continued)

designed number of connectors are larger than the userspecified value the computed number of connectors are usedand printed after the SELECT MEMBER result Thedefault value of zero indicates that the angles are connectedat the ends only Following are additional options that youcan specify for this parameter0 = angles are connected at the ends of the memberndash1 = requesting the number of connectors to be computed

during code checkndash2 = bypass modified column slenderness equations

This will bypass the check for the Section E41 ofthe AISC LRFD Third Edition

ConnType WELDED Type of the intermediate connectors that are used for doubleangle Choices are SNUG and WELDEDSNUG = intermediate connectors that are snug-tight

boltedWELDED = intermediate connectors that are welded or

fully tensioned bolted This is the default

L Computed Actual member length is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check connector spacing (Section E42 ofthe AISC LRFD) and also used in the computation of themodified column slenderness (KLr)m (Section E41 of theAISC LRFD) This parameter is used to compute thedistance between connectors a = L(n+1) where lsquoarsquo is thedistance between connectors lsquoLrsquo is the physical memberlength and lsquonrsquo is the number of connectors The default iscomputed as the length of the member

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 18 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Double Angle Parameters (continued)

K 10 Effective length factor for an individual component (singleangle) This parameter is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check the connector spacing (Section E42of the AISC LRFD)

SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the double anglesection

Round HSS (Pipes) Shear Check Parameters

avy Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Y axisdirection of a member This parameter is used to check theY direction shear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96)This parameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section162 of the LRFD Third Edition The default is computed asthe length of the member

avz Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Z axisdirection of a member This parameter is used to check theZ direction shear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96)This parameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section162 of the LRFD Third Edition The default is computed asthe length of the member

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 19 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Round HSS (Pipes) Torsion Check Parameter

LX Computed This parameter is to specify the distance between torsionalrestraints LX is used in the equation 61-2 on Page 162-8of AISC LRFD Third Edition (96) This parameter is similarto the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation 52-2 of the AISC LRFDHSS specification in the Section 162 of the LRFD ThirdEdition The default is computed as the length of the mem-ber

Rectangular Hollow Structural Section (HSS) Parameters

Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing limiting compressive bendingstrength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12aEquation F1-3) for minor axis bending (bending about the Y-axis)

UNLCW Computed Unbraced length of the compression web about the local Yaxis of the profile The default is taken as length of member

FRUNLCW Computed Fractional form of the parameter UNLCW allows unbracedlength to be specified as a fraction of the total length Usedonly when UNLCW is computed

Plate Girder Parameters

Fyst Fy Minimum yield stress of the transverse stiffeners materialIf not specified it is assumed equal to the parameter Fy

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 20 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

Ast 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners area Thisparameter is used to check Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd

Edition The specified transverse stiffeners area is checkedto see if it is smaller than the computed value from EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Thedefault value of 00 indicates that the transverse stiffenersarea of Appendix G4 is not checked

Ist 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners moment ofinertia This parameter is used to check Appendix F23 ofAISC LRFD 3rd Edition for the required transverse stiffenersmoment of inertia The default value of 00 indicates that thetransverse stiffeners moment of inertia according toAppendix F23 is not checked

Dstiff 24 Parameter to specify the factor D that is used in the EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Adefault value of 24 for single plate stiffeners is assumedThe value of factor D (parameter lsquoDstiffrsquo) in the Equation A-G4-1 is dependent on the type of transverse stiffeners usedin a plate girder Alternate values are as follows10 = for stiffeners in pairs This is the default value

when the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is greater than 1

18 = for single angle stiffeners24 = for single plate stiffeners This is the default

value when the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is equal to 1

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 21 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

NumBars 10 Parameter to specify a number of single plate stiffeners Thedefault value for this parameter indicates 1 single platestiffener

Stiff-H 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquos height Parameters lsquoStiff-Hrsquo lsquoStiff-Wrsquo andlsquoNumBarsrsquo are used for the automatic computation of theparameters lsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo The automatic computation of theparameters lsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo is based on the rectangular barstiffeners geometry If transverse stiffeners are notrectangular bar parameters lsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo should bespecified

Stiff-W 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquos width See parameter lsquoStiff-Hrsquo for moreinformation

Force Limitation

FXMIN 05 (lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

FYMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

FZMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 22 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Force Limitation (continued)

MXMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum torsional moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

MYMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

MZMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

Output Processing and System Parameters

SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an expla-nation

PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values forlimit state and load and resistance factor codes The defaultoutput from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the section limiting values should be printedinstead of default section forces

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 23 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

TRACE 40 Flag indicating when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for anexplanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section

forces

VALUES 10 Flag indicating if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for the explanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 24 V2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 25 Rev T

Table LRFD31-2GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

Code ParameterName Table Application

LRFD3 LRFD31-1 Checks compliance of I shapes channels single angles teesVolume double angles round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square 2 - LRFD3 HSS (structural tubes) solid round square and rectangular

bars and plate girder profiles to the 1999 AISC LRFDThird Edition Specification (96)

ASD9-E ASD9-E1-1 Checks compliance of I shape profiles to the 1989 AISCVolume ASD Ninth Edition specification (72) with equations that 2 - ASD9-E have been modified to include the modulus of elasticity

(constant E) LRFD2 LRFD2 Checks compliance of I shapes pipes structural tubing plate

Volume 2A girders (subjected to bi-axial bending and axial force)single and double angles (subjected to axial forces only)shape profiles to the 1993 AISC LRFD Second EditionSpecification (81)

ASD9 ASD9 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2A double angles solid round bars pipes solid squares and

rectangular bars and structural tubing shape profiles to the1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition Specification (72)

78AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1978 AISC Specification (33)Eighth Edition including 1980 updates

For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 26 V2

Table LRFD31-2 (continued)GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

Code ParameterName Table Application

69AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1969 AISC Specification (16)Seventh Edition including supplements 1 2 and 3

W78AISC 2231 Similar to 78AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 78AISC code which

was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

DBLANG 2231 Checks compliance of double angle profiles to the 1969 Volume 2B AISC Specification (16) Seventh Edition including supple-

ments 1 2 and 3

W69AISC 2231 Similar to 69AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 69AISC code which

was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 27 Rev T

Table LRFD31-3GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the LRFD3 Code

Profile Shapes Reference

I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table namesfor I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universalbeam shapes universal column shapes etc

Channels See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of channel table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of tee table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

Round HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of round HSS (pipecircular hollow section) table names applicable to LRFD3 code

Rectangular HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squareHSS (structural tube rectangular and square hollow section) tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid round bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid square bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid rectangular bartable names applicable to LRFD3 codes

Plate Girders See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of plate girder tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 28 V2

Table LRFD31-4

ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and STshapes from AISC Tables

Steel GradeASTM

Designation

Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5

A36 3658

3658

3658

3658

3658

A529-G50 5065

5065

NA NA NA

A529-G55 5570

5570

NA NA NA

A572-G42 4260

4260

4260

4260

4260

A572-G50 5065

5065

5065

5065

5065

A572-G55 5570

5570

5570

5570

5570

A572-G60 6075

6075

6075

NA NA

A572-G65 6580

6580

6580

NA NA

A913-G50 5060

5060

5060

5060

5060

A913-G60 6075

6075

6075

6075

6075

A913-G65 6580

6580

6580

6580

6580

A913-G70 7090

7090

7090

7090

7090

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 29 Rev T

Table LRFD31-4 (continued)

ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and ST shapes from AISC Tables

Steel GradeASTM

Designation

Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5

A992a 5065

5065

5065

5065

5065

A242 5070

5070

46b

67b42a

63a42a

63a

A588 5070

5070

5070

5070

5070

a Applicable to W shapes onlyb Applicable to W and HP shapes onlyNA Indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel

GTSTRUDL assumes Fy and Fu to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for thesecombinations of group number and steel grade Minimum yield stresses (Fy) and minimumtensile strengths (Fu) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included in the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition specification

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 30 V2

Table LRFD31-5

ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

Applicable Shapes Round HSS Steel Pipe and Rectangular HSS

Steel GradeASTM

Designation

Applicable Shape SeriesFy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

Round HSS Steel Pipe Rectangular HSS

A53-GB NA 3560

NA

A500-GB 4258

NA 4658

A500-GC 4662

NA 5062

A501 3658

NA 3658

A618-GIA618-GII

Thickness 34

5070 NA

5070

A618-GIA618-GII

Thickness gt 34

4667 NA

4667

A618GIII 5065

NA 5065

A242-G46 NA NA 4667

A242-G50 NA NA 5070

A588 NA NA 5070

A847 5070

NA 5070

NA Not applicable See Table LRFD31-4 for more explanation

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 1 Rev T

LRFD32 Properties Used by LRFD3

This section describes the profile properties used by the LRFD3 code Since eachshape has different properties that are required by the design code the properties of eachshape are listed separately The tables supplied with GTSTRUDL contain these propertiesrequired for design in addition to the properties required for analysis New tables createdby the user should include the same properties if the LRFD3 code is to be used Theorientation of the principal axes (Z and Y) for each shape is shown in Figure LRFD32-1

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 2 V2

Figure LRFD32-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 3 Rev T

Figure LRFD32-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (Continued)

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 4 V2

I shapes

For W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams the following propertiesare required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice

the flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided by

the flange thicknessHTW = htw assumed web depth for stability (h) divided by the web

thickness where h is the clear distance between flanges less thefillet or corner radius for rolled shapes (see AISC Manual of SteelConstruction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Third EditionDecember 1999) When htw is not specified for the cross-sectionin the GTSTRUDL or USER tables the value of INTYD dividedby the WBTK is used INTYD is the clear distance betweenflanges and WBTK is the thickness of the web

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 5 Rev T

CW = warping constant If not specified it is computed asZD3(YDndashFLTK)2(FLTK)240

ND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 10 W shapes= 11 S shapes= 12 HP shapes= 13 M shapes

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 6 V2

Channels

For Channels the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-ZC))SYS = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (from Y axis to the web extreme fiber)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice

the flange thicknessEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 20 Standard Channels (C)= 21 Miscellaneous Channels (MC)

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 7 Rev T

Single Angles

For Single Angles the properties are in principal axes the following proper-ties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y-shear area along the Y-principle axis AY is taken as a value

that will produce the maximum transverse shear from the equationFYAY where FY is the Y-shear force in the Y-principle axisdirection In this case AY is taken as the term (IZtimesTHICKQZ)where QZ is the first moment of the area above the Z-principleaxis about the Z-principle axis See SP Timoshenko and J MGere Mechanics of Materials D Von Nostrand New York 1972

AZ = Z-shear area along the Z-principle axis AZ is taken as a valuethat will produce the maximum transverse shear from the equationFZAZ where FZ is the Z-shear force in the Z-principle axisdirection In this case AZ is taken as the term (IYtimesTHICKQY)where QY is the first moment of the area above the Y-principleaxis about the Y-principle axis See SP Timoshenko and JMGere Mechanics of Materials D Von Nostrand New York 1972

IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the principal Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the principal Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the principal Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the principal Z axisSY = positive direction section modulus about the principal Y axis

(IYZC)SYS = negative direction section modulus about the principal Y axis

(IY(ZD-ZC)) (note if both legs are equal LEG1 = LEG2 thenSY = SYS)

SZ = positive direction section modulus about the principal Z axis(IZYC)

SZS = negative direction section modulus about the principal Z axis(IZ(YD-YC))

ZY = plastic section modulus about the principal Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the principal Z axisTHICK = thickness of the single angleLEG1 = length of the longer legLEG2 = length of the shorter legYD = depth parallel to principal Y axis

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 8 V2

= LEG2timescos (ALPHA)+THICKtimessin (ALPHA)YC = positive Y direction distance from the principal Z axis to the

extreme fiber along the principal Y axisZD = depth parallel to principal Z axis

= LEG1timescos (ALPHA) + LEG2timessin (ALPHA)ZC = positive Z direction distance from the principal Y axis to the

extreme fiber along the principal Z axisALPHA = angle between the longer leg of the angle and the principal Z axisEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principal Y

axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principal Z

axisCW = warping constant If not specified it is computed as

((LEG1ndashTHICK2)3 + (LEG2ndashTHICK2)3)THICK336WEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 30 single angles

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 9 Rev T

Tees

For Tees the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times web

thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis

(IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)ZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (from Z axis to top-of-flange)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus the

flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided by

the flange thicknessHTW = htw assumed web depth for stability (h) divided by the web

thickness where h is the clear distance from bottom of the stem tothe flange less the fillet or corner radius for rolled shapes (seeAISC Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance FactorDesign Third Edition December 1999) When htw is notspecified for the cross-section in the GTSTRUDL or USER tablesthe value of INTYD divided by the WBTK is used INTYD is theprofile depth minus the flange thickness and WBTK is thethickness of the web

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 10 V2

EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 40 WT shapes= 41 ST shapes= 43 MT shapes

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 11 Rev T

Double Angles

For Double Angles the following properties are required

AX = cross section areaAY = Y-axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times twice

the leg thicknessAZ = Z-axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about Y axisSZ = negative direction section modulus about Z axis (IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about Z axis (IZYC)ZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisTHICK = thickness of the flange (note the thickness of both single angles

is assumed to be the same and uniform)LEGl = length of the longer leg of each single angle which makes up the

double angleLEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle which makes up the

double angleSPACING = spacing between the single angles When each angle is in contact

SPACING equals zeroYD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axisZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axisEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 44 equal legs back-to-back double angles= 45 long legs back-to-back double angles= 46 short legs back-to-back double angles

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 12 V2

Solid Round Bars

For Solid Round Bars the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 34 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 34 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axis (diameter of bar)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (radius of bar)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (diameter of bar)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (radius of bar)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 50 solid round bars

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 13 Rev T

Round HSS (Pipes)

For Round HSS (Pipes) the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 12 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 12 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisOD = outside diameter of the pipeID = inside diameter of the pipeTHICK = thickness of the pipeYD = depth parallel to Y axis (OD)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (OD20)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (OD)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (OD20)ND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 51 round HSS (pipes)

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 14 V2

Square and Rectangular Bars

For Square and Rectangular Bars Both the Square and Rectangular Barsrequire the following properties

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (YD2)ZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (ZD2)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 60 square bars= 61 rectangular bars

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 15 Rev T

Square and Rectangular HSS (Structural Tubing)

For Square and Rectangular HSS (Structural Tubing) the following properties arerequired

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as twice the web thickness times the

flat width of the webAZ = Z axis shear area computed as twice the flange thickness times the

flat width of the flangeIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about Z axisSY = section modulus about Y axisSZ = section modulus about Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (YD2)ZD = profile widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (ZD2)INTYD = flat width of the web (YD-2timesFLTK-2timesradius)INTZD = flat width of the flange (ZD-2timesWBTK-2timesradius)EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 62 structural tubing

It is assumed that the outside radius of the corners of a structural tube equals twicethe thickness of the tube

radius = 2 times FLTK

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 16 V2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 1 Rev T

LRFD33 Parameters Used by LRFD3

The parameters used by LRFD3 code may be grouped into three general categories

1 System parameters 2 Control parameters 3 Code parameters

The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT and CHECK commandresults Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checked and specifycomparison tolerances The code parameters are used to specify information and coefficientsdirectly referenced in the code With the notable exception of CODETOL parameters of thesecond group are seldom used A knowledge of the system and control parameters allowsthe user greater flexibility when using the LRFD3 code The vast majority of parameters fallinto the code category and have a direct bearing on LRFD3 code and the results it produces

For the categories described above the parameters used by LRFD3 code are present-ed below and are summarized in the Table LRFD33-1 The system and control parametersare discussed first followed by the code parameters

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 2 V2

Table LRFD331

Parameters in LRFD3

Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

a 100000 (in) Real value in active unitsAst 00 Real value in active unitsavy Member Length Real value in active unitsavz Member Length Real value in active unitsCantiMem NO YESCB Computed Real valueCby Computed Real valueCODE Required LRFD3CODETOL 00 Percent ToleranceCOMPK NO YES KY KZConnType WELDED SNUGDstiff 24 10 18FRLX 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLY 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLZ 10 Fraction of member lengthFRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member lengthFRUNLCW 10 Fraction of member lengthFu Computed Real value in active unitsFXMIN 05 (lb) Real value in active unitsFy Computed Real value in active unitsFyf Fy Real value in active unitsFYMIN 05 (lb) Real value in active unitsFyst Fy Real value in active unitsFyw Fy Real value in active unitsFZMIN 05 (lb) Real value in active unitsGAY Computed Real valueGAZ Computed Real valueGBY Computed Real valueGBZ Computed Real valueIst 00 Real value in active unitsK 10 Real valueKX 10 Real valueKY 10 Real valueKZ 10 Real valueL Member Length Real value in active units

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 3 Rev T

Table LRFD33-1 (continued)

Parameters in LRFD3

Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

LX Member Length Real value in active unitsLY Member Length Real value in active unitsLZ Member Length Real value in active unitsMXMIN 200 (in-lb) Real value in active unitsMYMIN 200 (in-lb) Real value in active unitsMZMIN 200 (in-lb) Real value in active unitsnConnect 0 -1 -2NumBars 10 Real valuePF 10 Fraction of areaPRIDTA 10 20Print-K YES NOPrintLim NO YESREDE 10 Reduction factor for ERedFu 10 Reduction factor for FuRedFy 10 Reduction factor for FySDSWAYY YES NOSDSWAYZ YES NOSECTYPE Computed ROLLED WELDEDSFYBend 10 Real valueSLENCOMP 2000 Real valueSLENTEN 3000 Real valueSTEELGRD A36 Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5Stiff-H 00 Real value in active unitsStiff-W 00 Real value in active unitsSUMMARY NO YESTBLNAM WSHAPES9 Table LRFD31-3Tipping YES NOTRACE 4 1 2 3UNLCF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFBF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFTF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCW Member Length Real value in active unitsVALUES 1 2 3 4

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 4 V2

System Parameters

PrintLim NO YES

Parameter to request to print the section limiting values for limit state andload and resistance factor design codes This parameter is applicable to the steeldesign CHECK and SELECT commands The default output from CHECK orSELECT command prints the section force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the section limiting values should be printed instead ofdefault section forces

SUMMARY NO YES

Unlike the TRACE and VALUES parameters SUMMARY does not directlyproduce output during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARYinvokes a bookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parametervalues used at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed orchecked The two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NOthe bookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specifiedall provisions and parameters in the code Summary Description (Sections 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has beenrecorded

TRACE 1 2 3 4

The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are

1 - no provisions are output2 - outputs any provisions which fail3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and4 - outputs the largest value of actualallowable ratio computed

Whenever 2 or 3 is selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 5 Rev T

acting on the member for that section and loading For each provision at that sectionand loading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio areoutput Figure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACEvalue of 3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actualexceeded the allowable are output The order in which provisions are output dependson the code being used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loadingWhen no value is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 isassumed The default output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK commandshows the member name the code name the profile name the table name theloading condition and the section location where the largest actualallowable valueoccurs the provision name corresponding to the largest actualallowable value thelargest value of actualallowable ratio computed and the internal member sectionforces at the section with the largest actualallowable ratio

VALUES 1 2 3 4

VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused while SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values areoutput The four options for VALUES are

1 - no parameter or property values is output2 - outputs only parameter values3 - outputs only property values and4 - outputs both parameter and property values

Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 6 V2

Control Parameters

CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODET-OL the user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

FXMIN 05 lb Alternate value in active units

FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force to be considered by thecode Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

FYMIN 05 lb Alternate value in active units

FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

FZMIN 05 lb Alternate value in active units

FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 7 Rev T

MXMIN 200 in-lb Alternate value in active units

MXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude X axis moment to be consideredTorsional moments about the X axis are treated as zero when their absolute valueis below MXMIN

MYMIN 200 in-lb Alternate value in active units

MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MYMIN

MZMIN 200 in-lb Alternate value in active units

MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MZMIN

NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MXMIN MYMIN and MZMINshould always be greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces andmoments are not made Forces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and lessmay be present due to numerical limitations of the computer In most structuresforces of this magnitude are negligible when compared to the forces usually foundin a member Default values for the minimums are appropriate for mostapplications

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 8 V2

Code Parameters

a 100000 in Alternate value in active units

This parameter is used to specify the clear distance between transversestiffeners This parameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in thecomputation of the limiting shear stress The default value of 100000 inchesindicates that the shear check does not consider transverse stiffeners A userspecified value for the parameter a that causes the automatic computation of theah ratio The ah ratio is computed based on the specified value for the parametera divided by h h is defined as the total depth minus twice the flange thicknessh is assumed to be equal to the property INTYD which is the clear distancebetween the flanges (see Section LRFDE32)

Ast 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Ast is used to specify the transverse stiffeners area Thisparameter is used to check Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition The specifiedtransverse stiffeners area is checked to see if it is smaller than the computed valuefrom Equation A-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition The defaultvalue of 00 indicates that the transverse stiffeners area of Appendix G4 is notchecked An alternative value in active units may be specified by the user Notethat the parameter Ast is applicable to plate girders only

avy Computed Alternate value in active units

avy is the parameter to specify the length of essentially constant shear in theY axis direction of a member This parameter is used to check the Y directionshear of a pipe cross-section This parameter is similar to the variable a in theEquation 52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section 162 of theLRFD Third Edition (96) The default is computed as the effective member lengthSee the LY parameter for a description of the effective length An alternative valuein active units may be specified by the user Note that the parameter avy isapplicable to pipes cross-sections only

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 9 Rev T

avz Computed Alternate value in active units

avz is the parameter to specify the length of essentially constant shear in theZ axis direction of a member This parameter is used to check the Z direction shearof a pipe cross-section This parameter is similar to the variable a in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section 162 of the LRFD ThirdEdition (96) The default is computed as the effective member length See the LZparameter for a description of the effective length An alternative value in activeunits may be specified by the user Note that the parameter avz is applicable topipes cross-sections only

CantiMem NO YES

This parameter indicates that a member or a physical member which is partof a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation This parameter can be used in special cases when the program cannot automatically detect that the beam connected to the column is a cantilever Thespecial case when this parameter may be used is when the beam that is connectedto the column is part of a cantilever truss system and the program automatically isnot able to detect that the beam should be considered as a cantilever beam in theK-factor computation Keep in mind that only true cantilever members or physicalmembers are detected automatically A value of YES for this parameter indicatesthat the member of physical member is cantilever

CB Computed Alternate value

CB is the coefficient Cb used in Section F12a of the 1999 AISC LRFD ThirdEdition Specification (96) Cb is a modification factor for non-uniform momentdiagram when both ends of the beam segment are braced This coefficientincreases the limiting nominal compressive flexural strength when a momentgradient exists over the unbraced length of the compression flange

LRFD Eq F1-3

where

Mmax = absolute value of maximum moment in the unbraced segmentabout the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)

MA = absolute value of moment at quarter point of the unbraced segment

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 10 V2

about the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)MB = absolute value of moment at centerline of the unbraced beam

segment about the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)MC = absolute value of moment at three-quarter point of the unbraced

beam segment about the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)

When computing the default value of Cb the compression flange is assumedto be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where theactual unbraced length is different than the eccentric member length (start to endof the member) the user should specify a value for parameter CB A value of 10is always conservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

Cby Computed Alternate value

Cby is the coefficient Cb used in Section F12a of the 1999 AISC LRFDThird Edition Specification (96) This parameter is applicable to rectangularhollow structural section HSS (structural tube) cross-section only Cby is amodification factor for non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beamsegment are braced This coefficient increases the limiting nominal compressiveflexural strength when a moment gradient exists over the unbraced length of thecompression flange Cby is used for the rectangular hollow structural section HSS(structural tube) cross-sections under Y axis bending

LRFD Eq F1-3

where

Mmax = absolute value of maximum moment in the unbraced segmentabout the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

MA = absolute value of moment at quarter point of the unbraced segmentabout the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

MB = absolute value of moment at centerline of the unbraced beamsegment about the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

MC = absolute value of moment at three-quarter point of the unbracedbeam segment about the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

When computing the default value of Cby the compression web is assumedto be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where theactual unbraced length is different than the eccentric member length (start to end

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 11 Rev T

of the member) the user should specify a value for parameter Cby A value of 10is always conservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

CODE Required

The CODE parameter indicates the code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of LRFD3 must be specified for thisparameter to check code based on 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition LRFD3design or code check is based on the AISC LRFD Load and Resistance FactorDesign Specification for Structural Steel Buildings adopted December 27 1999with errata incorporated as of September 4 2001 (96)

COMPK NO YES KY KZ

The COMPK parameter is used to specify how the values of the effectivelength parameters KY and KZ are defined The default value of NO indicates thatthe values of KY and KZ are either specified by the user or taken as 10 by default

The value of YES indicates that the values of KY and KZ are to be computedby GTSTRUDL in the member selection and code check procedures (SELECT orCHECK command) The K-factors computed by GTSTRUDL is based on theAISC (American Institute of Steel Construction) guidelines If the value ofCOMPK is NO the values of KY and KZ are taken as either specified by the useror as 10 by default

The value of KY or KZ for the parameter COMPK indicates that only thespecified effective length factor should be computed Refer to Section 22 ofVolume 2A for more discussion of the effective length factor computation

ConnType WELDED SNUG

Type of the intermediate connectors that are used for double angle Choicesare SNUG and WELDED

SNUG = intermediate connectors that are snug-tight boltedWELDED = intermediate connectors that are welded or fully tensioned

bolted This is the default

Note that the parameter ConnType is applicable to double angles only

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 12 V2

Dstiff 24 10 18

This parameter is used to specify the factor D that is used in the Equation A-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition (96) A default value of 24 forsingle plate stiffeners is assumed The value of factor D (parameter Dstiff) in theEquation A-G4-1 is dependent on the type of transverse stiffeners used in a plategirder Alternate values are as follows

10 = for stiffeners in pairs This is the default value when the specifiedvalue for the parameter NumBars is greater than 1

18 = for single angle stiffeners24 = for single plate stiffeners This is the default value when the

specified value for the parameter NumBars is equal to 1

Note that the parameter Dstiff is applicable to plate girders only

FRLX 10 Fraction of member length

FRLX specifies the unbraced length of torsional buckling LX as a fractionof the members effective length FRLX may be less than or greater than 10 Thisoption works only when LX is computed

FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members effective length FRLY may be less than or greater than10 This option works only when LY is computed

FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members effective length FRLZ may be less than or greater than10 This option works only when LZ is computed

FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

FRUNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange UNLCFas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCF may be less than orgreater than 10 This option works only when UNLCF is computed

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 13 Rev T

FRUNLCW 10 Fraction of member length

FRUNLCW specifies the unbraced length of the compression web UNLCWas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCW may be less than orgreater than 10 This parameter works only when UNLCW is computed Notethat the parameter FRUNLCW is applicable to rectangular hollow structuralsection HSS (structural tube) only

Fu Computed Alternate value in active units

The minimum tensile strength of a member may be specified via Fu WhenFu is specified the STEELGRD and profile GRPNUM are not considered and thevalue of Fu remains constant for the member

Fy Computed Alternate value in active units

Fy may be used to specify the yield strength of a member rather than havingit computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When Fy is specified for amember its value remains constant irrespective of profile size under considerationThe value of STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it wasspecified

Fyf Fy Alternate value in active units

Parameter Fyf may be used to specify the yield strength of the flange Whenparameter Fyf is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equalto the parameter Fy When a value is specified for this parameter the member isassumed to be hybrid cross-section An alternative value in active units may bespecified by the user

Fyst Fy Alternate value in active units

Parameter Fyst may be used to specify the yield strength of the plate girderstransverse stiffeners material When parameter Fyst is not specified the value forthis parameter is assumed to be equal to the parameter Fy This parameter is usedto check the transverse stiffeners of the plate girder An alternative value in activeunits may be specified by the user Note that the parameter Fyst is applicable toplate girders only

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 14 V2

Fyw Fy Alternate value in active units

Parameter Fyw may be used to specify the yield strength of the web Whenparameter Fyw is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equalto the parameter Fy When a value is specified for this parameter the member isassumed to be hybrid cross-section An alternative value in active units may bespecified by the user

GAY Computed Alternative value

GAY is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

GAZ Computed Alternative value

GAZ is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

GBY Computed Alternative value

GBY is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

GBZ Computed Alternative value

GBZ is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

Ist 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Ist is used to specify the transverse stiffeners moment of inertiaThis parameter is used to check Appendix F23 of ASIC LRFD 3rd Edition for therequired transverse stiffeners moment of inertia The default value of 00 indicatesthat the transverse stiffeners moment of inertia according to Appendix F23 ofAISC LRFD 3rd Edition is not checked An alternative value in active units maybe specified by the user Note that the parameter Ist is applicable to plate girdersonly

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 15 Rev T

K 10 Alternate value

Effective length factor for an individual component (single angle) Thisparameter is used to design a number of connectors and to check the connectorspacing (Section E42 of the AISC LRFD 3rd Edition) Note that the parameter lsquoKrsquois applicable to double angles only

KX 10 Alternative value

KX is the effective length factor for torsional buckling This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling A default value of 10 isassumed An alternate value may be specified by the user

KY 10 Alternative value computed

KY is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local memberY axis (Figure LRFD33-1) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

(1) KY is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified bythe user if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

(2) KY is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KY Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

KZ 10 Alternative value computed

KZ is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Zaxis (Figure LRFD33-1) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

(1) KZ is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified bythe user if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

(2) KZ is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KZ Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 16 V2

Figure LRFD33-1 Local Axis Buckling

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 17 Rev T

L Computed Alternate value in active units

Actual physical member length is used to design a number of connectors andto check connector spacing (Section E42 of the AISC LRFD 3rd Edition) and alsoused in the computation of the modified column slenderness (KLr)m (Section E41of the AISC LRFD 3rd Edition) This parameter is used to compute the distancebetween connectors a = L(n+1) where lsquoarsquo is the distance between connectors lsquoLrsquois the member length and lsquonrsquo is the number of connectors The default iscomputed as the length of the member Note that the parameter lsquoLrsquo is applicableto double angles only

LX Computed Alternate value in active units

LX is the distance between torsional buckling restraints This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling The default is computedas the effective member length times the value of the FRLX parameter See theLY parameter below for a description of the effective length An alternate valuein the active units may be specified by the user

LY Computed Alternate value in active units

LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure LRFD33-1 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLY parameter The effective length of a member is the joint-to-joint distance unless eccentricities andor end joint sizes are given Wheneccentricities are given the eccentric start-to-end length of the member is usedFor end joint sizes the end joint size at both ends is subtracted from the effectivelength which would have been used LY may be specified larger or smaller thanthe members effective length and no comparisons are made between the two SeeSection 218 of Volume 1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end jointsizes

LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure LRFD33-1 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLZ parameter See the LY parameter above for a descriptionof the effective length

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 18 V2

nConnect 0 Alternate value

Number of connectors between individual angles The user specified valueis used during code check When the SELECT MEMBER (design) is requestedthe user specified value is used unless more connectors are required If thedesigned number of connectors are larger than the user specified value thecomputed number of connectors are used and printed after the SELECT MEMBERresult The default value of zero indicates that the angles are connected at the endsonly Following are additional options that you can specify for this parameter

0 = angles are connected at the ends of the memberndash1 = requesting the number of connectors to be computed during code

checkndash2 = bypass modified column slenderness equations This will bypass the

check for the Section E41 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition

Note that the parameter nConnect is applicable to double angles only

NumBars 10 Alternate value

Parameter to specify a number of single plate stiffeners The default valuefor this parameter indicates one (1) single plate stiffener An alternative value maybe specified by the user Note that the parameter NumBars is applicable to plategirders only

PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

Print-K YES NO

Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the default code checkor select command output (TRACE 4 output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the computed K-factor values should be printed after thecode check or select command output The column names attached to the start andend of the code checked member is also printed This printed information allowsthe user to inspect the automatic detection of the columns attached to the start andend of the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values andthe names of the attached columns to the start and end of the designed membershould not be printed

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 19 Rev T

REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the LRFD3 code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

RedFu 10 Reduction factor for Fu

RedFu allows a user to account for changes in the minimum tensile strengthFu of a member such as those which occur at high temperatures RedFu ismultiplied by Fu to give the value used for minimum tensile strength

RedFy 10 Reduction factor for Fy

The parameter RedFy is a reduction factor for the yield strength Fy of amember This parameter is intended to reflect the change in yield strength whichoccurs at higher temperatures An alternate use for RedFy would be to introducean additional factor of safety into the design equations The yield strength used inthe provision is equal to RedFy multiplied by Fy (RedFy times Fy)

SDSWAYY YES NO

SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented avalue of NO should be specified Figure LRFD33-2 illustrates the direction ofsway relative to the column orientation

SDSWAYZ YES NO

SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented avalue of NO should be specified Figure LRFD33-2 illustrates the direction ofsway relative to the column orientation

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 20 V2

Figure LRFD33-2 SIDESWAY Conditions

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 21 Rev T

SECTYPE Computed ROLLED WELDED

This parameter defines the type of a cross-section specified in the structuralmodel This parameter is used to compute the value of Fr Fr is the compressiveresidual stress in the flange The value of ROLLED indicates that the members arehot rolled cross-sections The compressive residual stress Fr is equal to 10 ksi formembers that are indicated as rolled cross-sections The value of WELDED forthe parameter SECTYPE indicates that the members are welded or cold-formedcross-sections The compressive residual stress Fr is equal to 165 ksi for membersthat are indicated as welded cross-sections The default value for SECTYPEparameter indicates that the plate girders are assumed to be welded and all othercross-sections are assumed to be rolled

SFYBend 10 Alternate value

Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of the limit state of Yaxis (minor axis) bending of the tee and double angle sections Note that theparameter SFYBend is applicable to tees and double angles only

SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of2000 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 3000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

STEELGRD A36 Value from Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5

STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to be madeUsing the value of STEELGRD the yield strength (Fy) can be correctlydetermined

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 22 V2

Stiff-H 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Stiff-H is used to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionsheight Parameters Stiff-H Stiff-W and NumBars are used for the automaticcomputation of the parameters Ast and Ist is based on the rectangular barstiffeners geometry If the transverse stiffeners are not rectangular bar parametersAst and Ist should be specified An alternative value may be specified by theuser Note that the parameter Stiff-H is applicable to plate girders only

Stiff-W 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Stiff-W is used to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionswidth Parameters Stiff-H Stiff-W and NumBars are used for the automaticcomputation of the parameters Ast and Ist The automatic computation of theparameters of the parameters Ast and Ist is based on the rectangular barstiffeners geometry If the transverse stiffeners are not rectangular bar parametersAst and Ist should be specified An alternative value may be specified by theuser Note that the parameter Stiff-W is applicable to plate girders only

Tipping YES NO

This is the parameter indicating that the tipping effect should be consideredWhen the load is applied to the top flange of the channel and the flange is notbraced there is a tipping effect that reduces the critical moment A value of YESfor this parameter indicates that the flange is unbraced and the flange is loaded assuch that causes tipping effect In this case the reduced critical moment may beconservatively approximated by setting the warping buckling factor X2 equal tozero A value of NO indicates that the tipping effect does not happen and thewarping buckling factor is computed based on the Equation F1-9 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition

UNLCF Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange which isused in computing the allowable bending stress of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression flangeshould be used The default is computed as the effective length of the membertimes the value of the FRUNLCF parameter Refer to the parameter LY for adiscussion of a members effective length

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 23 Rev T

UNLCFBF Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCFBF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thebottom flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of amember Bottom flange is defined as the flange in the local negative Y axisdirection of a cross section as shown in Figure LRFD33-4 UNLCFBF is usedwhen negative strong axis bending (negative MZ) is acting on the member whichcauses compression on the bottom flange The maximum distance between pointsof adequate lateral support for the bottom compression flange should be usedWhen an alternate value for this parameter has not been specified the value for theparameter UNLCF is used See parameter UNLCF for the default treatment of theparameter UNLCFBF

UNLCFTF Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCFTF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thetop flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a memberTop flange is defined as the flange in the local positive Y axis direction of a crosssection as shown in Figure LRFD33-4 UNLCFTF is used when positive strongaxis bending (positive MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression onthe top flange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateral supportfor the top compression flange should be used When an alternate value for thisparameter has not been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used Seeparameter UNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFTF

UNLCW Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCW specifies the unbraced length of the compression web which isused in computing the limiting bending capacity of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression web shouldbe used The default is computed as the effective length of the member times thevalue of the FRUNLCW parameter Refer to the parameter LY for a discussion ofa members effective length An alternative value in active units may be specifiedby the user Note that the parameter UNLCW is applicable to rectangular hollowstructural sections HSS (structural tubes) only

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 24 V2

Figure LRFD33-4 Unbraced length of the compression flange forthe TOP and BOTTOM flange

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 1 Rev T

APPENDIX A References

1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W Anthony Dillon CivilEngineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of TechnologyCambridge Mass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-49 September 1967

4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-56 May 1968

5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-91 November 1968

6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and Steel MemberSelection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass January 1972

7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MIT Press1967

8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR67-47 September 1967

9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTM A506-68January 1968

10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency PO Box3956 San Francisco California 94119

11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor PO Box231 Worcester Mass 01613

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 2 V 2

12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R67-58 September1967

15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1963

16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1969

17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill Book Company1967

18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering Georgia Instituteof Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science McGraw-Hill London Third Edition 1977

20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids and Structures4 1968

23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil Engineering July1970

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 3 Rev T

24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements Research ReportR71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural Design LanguageM S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September 1969

26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California at Berkeley1966

27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation in FiniteElement Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Department of CivilEngineering June 1976

28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of Technology Netherlands tobe published

29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G7337 1960

30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite Elements Proceedingsof the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods in Civil EngineeringAmerican Society of Civil Engineers Nashville Tennessee November 1969

31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE - Manualsand Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1980

34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1978

35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Edited byBruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs NewJersey 1968

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 4 V 2

37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design and BehaviorInternational Textbook Company 1971

38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston Publishing CompanyInc Reston Virginia 1977

39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design in StructuralSteel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I Gilmor CanadianInstitute of Steel Construction 1977

41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES Subsystem STRUDLCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 Users ManualCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc 1975

44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite Element AnalysisPrentice 1976

47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press 1965

48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by Matrix DecompositionJournal of the Engineering Mechanics Division American Society of CivilEngineers April 1968

49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRAN by theTridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparse butUnstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEE Conference onDecision and Control San Diego California January 1979

51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for the EigenproblemJ INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 5 Rev T

52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channels andTees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil EngineeringAtlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1977

55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures John Wileyand Sons Inc 1974

58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill 1970

59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic Stability McGraw-Hill1961

60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed Sections GTICESSystems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta Georgia June 1981

61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for Random VibrationsReport No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering Research Center Universityof California Berkeley June 1980

62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm for Reducingthe Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM Journal Numerical AnalysisVol 13 No 2 April 1976

63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse SymmetricMatrices Proceedings of the 24th National Conference Association for ComputingMachinery 1969

64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 6 V 2

65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln ArcWelding Foundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-Strain Model forConfined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114 No 8 August1988

67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding SocietyMiami Florida December 1983

68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1983

69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122 February1978

70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

71 ASCE 4-98 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and CommentaryAmerican Society of Civil Engineers New York New York 2000

72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth Edition AmericanInstitute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York 1988

75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel Institute WashingtonDC 1989

77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk Grove VillageIL 60007 January 7 1994

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 7 Rev T

78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North American EditionNo 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street Wayne Michigan 481841993

79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS 5950 Part1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuous Construction HotRolled Sections London England 1990

80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design First EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume I SecondEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1993

82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 Section PropertiesMember Capacities 4th Edition Published by The Steel Construction Institute inassociation with the British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited BritishSteel PIC Berkshire England 1996

83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTM A6MAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories Aluminum Companyof America

85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society of Civil Engineers NewYork New York 1991

86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95 AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 Power LineSystems Inc 1995

88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Model ofOrdinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of Structural EngineeringVol 124 No 3 March 1998

89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 8 V 2

90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules forbuildings (together with United Kingdom National Application Document) DDENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INSTEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS 8081989 New DelhiSeptember 1989

94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections April15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1997

95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design of rolledand welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 London England May2001

96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering Design ProvisionsInternational Conference of Building Officials Whittier California April 1997

GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

V2 LRFD3 Appendix B - 1 Rev T

Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please see Appendix Bof Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix B - 2 V 2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

V2 LRFD3 Appendix C - 1 Rev T

Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please see Appendix Cof Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tables provided withGTSTRUDL

Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix C - 2 V 2

End of Document

  • Title Page
  • Revision History
  • NOTICES
  • Table of Contents
  • GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code
    • Introduction
    • LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters
      • Properties Used by LRFD3
      • Parameters Used by LRFD3
      • Appendix A References
      • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
      • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles
        • File Attachment
          LRFD3 Manual

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 2

          Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 3

          Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (continued)

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 4

          Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (Continued)

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 5

          The following assumptions are made throughout the LRFD3 code

          1 Open cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) are normally not used in situations whereinsignificant torsional moments must be resisted by the member Torsionalstresses are usually small for open cross-sections when compared to axial andbending stresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion inopen cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) The designer is reminded to check the torsionalstresses for open cross-sections (I shape channels single angles doubleangles tees bars and plate girders) whenever they become significant

          2 Torsional stresses are checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and squareHSS (structural tubes) based on the Section 61 on Page 162-8 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Combined torsion shear flexure andor axial forcesare also checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square HSS(structural tubes) based on the Section 72 on Page 162-10 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Closed cross-sections (HSS) are frequently used insituations wherein significant torsional moments must be resisted by themembers Generally the normal and shear stresses due to warping in closedcross-sections (HSS) are insignificant and the total torsional moment can beassumed to be resisted by pure torsional shear stresses (Saint-Venantrsquostorsion)

          3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

          4 Modified column slenderness for double angle member is considered(Section E4 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition) Modified columnslenderness of the double angle member is computed based on the userspecified or designed number of the intermediate connectors

          5 Double angles contain an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 6

          The sections of the AISC LRFD Third Edition specifications (96) which areconsidered by the GTSTRUDL LRFD3 code are summarized below

          Section TitleChapter D Tension membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosSection D1 Design tensile strength

          Chapter E Columns and other compression membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for unstiffened compression elementsTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for stiffened compression elementsSection E2 Design compressive strength for flexural bucklingSection E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional bucklingSection E4 Built-up memberSection E41 Design strength Modified column slendernessSection E42 Detailing requirements

          Appendix E Columns and other compression membersAppendix E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional buckling

          Appendix B Design requirementsAppendix B53a Unstiffened compression elementsAppendix B53b Stiffened compression elementsAppendix B53c Design propertiesSection B53d Design strength

          Chapter F Beam and other flexural membersSection F11 YieldingSection F12 Lateral-Torsional BucklingSection F12a Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb Lr

          Section F12b Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb gt Lr

          Section F12c Tees and Double angles

          Appendix F Beams and other flexural membersAppendix F1 Design for flexureTable A-F11 Nominal strength parameters

          Appendix F2 Design for shearAppendix F22 Design shear strengthAppendix F23 Transverse stiffeners

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 7

          Section Title

          Appendix G Plate GirdersAppendix G1 LimitationsAppendix G2 Design flexural strengthAppendix G3 Design shear strengthAppendix G4 Transverse stiffenersAppendix G5 Flexure-shear

          Chapter H Member under combined forcesSection H1 Symmetric members subject to bending and axial forceSection H11 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and tensionSection H12 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and

          compression

          Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Single-Angle Members

          Section Title

          Section 2 TensionSection 3 ShearSection 4 CompressionSection 5 FlexureSection 51 Flexure Design StrengthSection 53 Bending About Principal AxesSection 6 Combined ForcesSection 61 Members in Flexure and Axial CompressionSection 62 Members in Flexure and Axial Tension

          Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Steel Hollow StructuralSections

          Section Title

          Table 22-1 Limiting Wall Slenderness for Compression Elements

          Section 3 Tension MembersSection 31 Design Tensile StrengthSection 4 Column and Other Compression Members Section 42 Design Compressive StrengthSection 5 Beams and Other Flexural MembersSection 51 Design Flexural Strength

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 8

          Section Title

          Section 52 Design Shear StrengthSection 6 Torsion MembersSection 61 Design Torsional StrengthSection 7 Members Under Combined ForcesSection 71 Design for Combined Flexure and Axial ForceSection 72 Design for Combined Torsion Shear Flexure andor Axial

          Force

          Tensile or compressive axial strengths bi-axial bending shear strengths andcombined strengths are considered for all cross-sections Parameters allowing for thechanges which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may beinvoked at the users discretion

          The detailed explanation of the code parameters and cross-section properties are asfollows

          1 Table LRFD31-1 Shows the parameters used by LRFD3 code TableLRFD31-1 contains the applicable parameter namestheir default values and a brief description of theparameters

          2 Section LRFD32 Describes the cross-section properties used for eachshape

          3 Section LRFD33 Contains detailed discussion of the parameters usedby the LRFD3 code and they are presented in thealphabetic order in this section

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 9

          Table LRFD31-1LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify LRFD3 for code name Secondorder elastic analysis using factored loads is required by theGTSTRUDL LRFD3 code Second order effect may beconsidered by using GTSTRUDL Nonlinear Analysis(Section 25 of Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual)See Sections LRFD32 and LRFD33 for a more detaileddescription of parameters and cross-section properties

          TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table LRFD31-3 for a list ofavailable table names

          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less thanor equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

          a 100000 The clear distance between transverse stiffeners This(inches) parameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the

          computation of the limiting shear strength The default valueindicates that the shear check does not consider transversestiffeners

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 10

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          SECTYPE Computed Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shapeThis parameter is used to compute the value of Fr Fr is thecompressive residual stress in flange

          ROLLED = rolled shape Compressive residual stress isequal to 10 ksi

          WELDED = welded shape Compressive residual stressis equal to 165 ksi

          Material Properties

          STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5 for steel grades andtheir properties

          Fy Computed Yield stress of member Computed from parameterlsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

          Fu Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromparameter lsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

          Fyf Fy Minimum yield stress of the flange If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFywrsquo also

          Fyw Fy Minimum yield stress of the web If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFyfrsquo also

          RedFy 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFyrsquo This factor timesparameter lsquoFyrsquo gives the Fy value used by the code Used toaccount for property changes at high temperatures

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 11

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Material Properties (continued)

          RedFu 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFursquo Similar to parameterlsquoRedFyrsquo

          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toparameter RedFy

          Slenderness Ratio

          SLENCOMP 200 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for a membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 200 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

          SLENTEN 300 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for a membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified for thisparameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

          K-Factors

          COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A ofthe User Reference Manual)

          YES = compute KY and KZ factors

          KY = compute KY only

          KZ = compute KZ only

          NO = use default or specified values for KY andKZ

          K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 12

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          K-Factors (continued)

          KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KY

          KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KZ

          Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should be printedafter the code check or select command output The columnnames attached to the start and end of the code checkedmember is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columnsattached to the start and end of the designed member Avalue of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and the names ofthe attached columns to the start and end of the designedmember should not be printed

          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localY axis

          YES = sidesway permitted

          NO = sidesway prevented

          K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 13

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          K-Factors (continued)

          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localZ axis

          YES = sidesway permitted

          NO = sidesway prevented

          CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered as acantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automatically

          NO = member or physical member is not cantilever

          YES = member or physical member is cantilever

          GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

          GAZ ComputedG-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual)

          GBY ComputedG-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual)

          GBZ ComputedG-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 14

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Buckling Length

          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the member

          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the member

          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LY is computed

          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

          Flexural-Torsional Buckling

          KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

          LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local X axisof the profile The default is computed as the length of themember This parameter is used in flexural-torsionalbuckling stress Fe computations

          FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LX is computed

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 15

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Bending Strength

          CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending strength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12aEquation F1-3)

          UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange The default iscomputed as the length of the member In this parameter nodistinction is made between the unbraced length for the topor bottom flange See UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

          FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

          UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

          UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 16

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Channel Parameter

          Tipping YES This is the parameter indicating that the tipping effect shouldbe considered When the load is applied to the top flange ofthe channel and the flange is not braced there is a tippingeffect that reduces the critical moment A value of YES forthis parameter indicates that the flange is unbraced and theflange is loaded as such that causes tipping effect In thiscase the reduced critical moment may be conservativelyapproximated by setting the warping buckling factor X2 equalto zero A value of NO indicates that the tipping effect doesnot happen and the warping buckling factor is computedbased on the Equation F1-9 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition

          Single Angle Parameter

          Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing elastic lateral-torsionalbuckling moment Mob (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section53 on the page 163-6) for major axis bending (bending aboutthe principal Y axis)

          Tee Parameter

          SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the tee section

          Double Angle Parameters

          nConnect 0 Number of connectors between individual angles The userspecified value is used during the code check When theSELECT MEMBER (design) is requested the user specifiedvalue is used unless more connectors are required If the

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 17

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Double Angle Parameters (continued)

          designed number of connectors are larger than the userspecified value the computed number of connectors are usedand printed after the SELECT MEMBER result The defaultvalue of zero indicates that the angles are connected at theends only Following are additional options that you canspecify for this parameter

          0 = angles are connected at the ends of the member

          ndash1 = requesting the number of connectors to be computedduring code check

          ndash2 = bypass modified column slenderness equationsThis will bypass the check for the Section E41 ofthe AISC LRFD Third Edition

          ConnType WELDED Type of the intermediate connectors that are used for doubleangle Choices are SNUG and WELDED

          SNUG = intermediate connectors that are snug-tightbolted

          WELDED = intermediate connectors that are welded orfully tensioned bolted This is the default

          L Computed Actual member length is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check connector spacing (Section E42 ofthe AISC LRFD) and also used in the computation of themodified column slenderness (KLr)m (Section E41 of theAISC LRFD) This parameter is used to compute the distancebetween connectors a = L(n+1) where lsquoarsquo is the distancebetween connectors lsquoLrsquo is the physical member length andlsquonrsquo is the number of connectors The default is computed asthe length of the member

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 18

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Double Angle Parameters (continued)

          K 10 Effective length factor for an individual component (singleangle) This parameter is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check the connector spacing (Section E42of the AISC LRFD)

          SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the double anglesection

          Round HSS (Pipes) Shear Check Parameters

          avy Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Y axisdirection of a member This parameter is used to check the Ydirection shear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96)This parameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section162 of the LRFD Third Edition The default is computed asthe length of the member

          avz Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Z axis directionof a member This parameter is used to check the Z directionshear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96) Thisparameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation 52-2of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section 162 ofthe LRFD Third Edition The default is computed as thelength of the member

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 19

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Round HSS (Pipes) Torsion Check Parameter

          LX Computed This parameter is to specify the distance between torsionalrestraints LX is used in the equation 61-2 on Page 162-8 ofAISC LRFD Third Edition (96) This parameter is similar tothe variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation 52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSSspecification in the Section 162 of the LRFD Third EditionThe default is computed as the length of the member

          Rectangular Hollow Structural Section (HSS) Parameters

          Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing limiting compressive bendingstrength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12a EquationF1-3) for minor axis bending (bending about the Y-axis)

          UNLCW Computed Unbraced length of the compression web about the local Yaxis of the profile The default is taken as length of member

          FRUNLCW Computed Fractional form of the parameter UNLCW allows unbracedlength to be specified as a fraction of the total length Usedonly when UNLCW is computed

          Plate Girder Parameters

          Fyst Fy Minimum yield stress of the transverse stiffeners material Ifnot specified it is assumed equal to the parameter Fy

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 20

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

          Ast 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners area Thisparameter is used to check Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd

          Edition The specified transverse stiffeners area is checkedto see if it is smaller than the computed value from EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Thedefault value of 00 indicates that the transverse stiffenersarea of Appendix G4 is not checked

          Ist 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners moment ofinertia This parameter is used to check Appendix F23 ofAISC LRFD 3rd Edition for the required transverse stiffenersmoment of inertia The default value of 00 indicates that thetransverse stiffeners moment of inertia according to AppendixF23 is not checked

          Dstiff 24 Parameter to specify the factor D that is used in the EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Adefault value of 24 for single plate stiffeners is assumed Thevalue of factor D (parameter lsquoDstiffrsquo) in the Equation A-G4-1is dependent on the type of transverse stiffeners used in aplate girder Alternate values are as follows

          10 = for stiffeners in pairs This is the default valuewhen the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is greater than 1

          18 = for single angle stiffeners

          24 = for single plate stiffeners This is the defaultvalue when the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is equal to 1

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 21

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

          NumBars 10 Parameter to specify a number of single plate stiffeners Thedefault value for this parameter indicates 1 single platestiffener

          Stiff-H 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquosheight Parameters lsquoStiff-Hrsquo lsquoStiff-Wrsquo and lsquoNumBarsrsquo areused for the automatic computation of the parameters lsquoAstrsquoand lsquoIstrsquo The automatic computation of the parameters lsquoAstrsquoand lsquoIstrsquo is based on the rectangular bar stiffeners geometryIf transverse stiffeners are not rectangular bar parameterslsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo should be specified

          Stiff-W 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquoswidth See parameter lsquoStiff-Hrsquo for more information

          Force Limitation

          FXMIN 05 (lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

          FYMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          FZMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 22

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Force Limitation (continued)

          MXMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum torsional moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MYMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MZMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          Output Processing and System Parameters

          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an expla-nation

          PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values forlimit state and load and resistance factor codes The defaultoutput from CHECK or SELECT command prints the sectionforce values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicatesthat the section limiting values should be printed instead ofdefault section forces

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 23

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

          TRACE 40 Flag indicating when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an explanation

          1 = never

          2 = on failure

          3 = all checks

          4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and sectionforces

          VALUES 10 Flag indicating if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for the explanation

          1 = no output

          2 = output parameters

          3 = output properties

          4 = output parameters and properties

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 24

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 25

          Table LRFD31-2

          GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

          Code ParameterName Table Application

          LRFD3 LRFD31-1 Checks compliance of I shapes channels single angles teesVolume double angles round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square 2 - LRFD3 HSS (structural tubes) solid round square and rectangular

          bars and plate girder profiles to the 1999 AISC LRFDThird Edition Specification (96)

          ASD9-E ASD9-E1-1 Checks compliance of I shape profiles to the 1989 AISCVolume ASD Ninth Edition specification (72) with equations that 2 - ASD9-E have been modified to include the modulus of elasticity

          (constant E) LRFD2 LRFD2 Checks compliance of I shapes pipes structural tubing plate

          Volume 2A girders (subjected to bi-axial bending and axial force)single and double angles (subjected to axial forces only)shape profiles to the 1993 AISC LRFD Second EditionSpecification (81)

          ASD9 ASD9 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2A double angles solid round bars pipes solid squares and

          rectangular bars and structural tubing shape profiles to the1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition Specification (72)

          78AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

          and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1978 AISC Specification (33)Eighth Edition including 1980 updates

          For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 26

          Table LRFD31-2 (continued)

          GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

          Code ParameterName Table Application

          69AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

          and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1969 AISC Specification (16)Seventh Edition including supplements 1 2 and 3

          W78AISC 2231 Similar to 78AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 78AISC code which

          was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

          DBLANG 2231 Checks compliance of double angle profiles to the 1969 Volume 2B AISC Specification (16) Seventh Edition including supple-

          ments 1 2 and 3

          W69AISC 2231 Similar to 69AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 69AISC code which

          was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

          For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 27

          Table LRFD31-3

          GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the LRFD3 Code

          Profile Shapes Reference

          I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table namesfor I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universalbeam shapes universal column shapes etc

          Channels See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of channel table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

          Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

          Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of tee table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

          Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

          Round HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of round HSS (pipecircular hollow section) table names applicable to LRFD3 code

          Rectangular HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squareHSS (structural tube rectangular and square hollow section) tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

          Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid round bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

          Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid square bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

          Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid rectangular bartable names applicable to LRFD3 codes

          Plate Girders See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of plate girder tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 28

          Table LRFD31-4

          ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

          Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and STshapes from AISC Tables

          Steel GradeASTM

          DesignationGroup Number Per ASTM A6

          Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

          Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5A36 36

          583658

          3658

          3658

          3658

          A529-G50 5065

          5065

          NA NA NA

          A529-G55 5570

          5570

          NA NA NA

          A572-G42 4260

          4260

          4260

          4260

          4260

          A572-G50 5065

          5065

          5065

          5065

          5065

          A572-G55 5570

          5570

          5570

          5570

          5570

          A572-G60 6075

          6075

          6075

          NA NA

          A572-G65 6580

          6580

          6580

          NA NA

          A913-G50 5060

          5060

          5060

          5060

          5060

          A913-G60 6075

          6075

          6075

          6075

          6075

          A913-G65 6580

          6580

          6580

          6580

          6580

          A913-G70 7090

          7090

          7090

          7090

          7090

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 29

          Table LRFD31-4 (continued)

          ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

          Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and ST shapes from AISC Tables

          Steel GradeASTM

          DesignationGroup Number Per ASTM A6

          Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

          Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5A992a 50

          655065

          5065

          5065

          5065

          A242 5070

          5070

          46b

          67b42a

          63a42a

          63a

          A588 5070

          5070

          5070

          5070

          5070

          a Applicable to W shapes only

          b Applicable to W and HP shapes only

          NA Indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steelGTSTRUDL assumes Fy and Fu to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for thesecombinations of group number and steel grade Minimum yield stresses (Fy) and minimumtensile strengths (Fu) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included in the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition specification

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 30

          Table LRFD31-5

          ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

          Applicable Shapes Round HSS Steel Pipe and Rectangular HSS

          Steel GradeASTM

          DesignationApplicable Shape Series

          Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

          Round HSS Steel Pipe Rectangular HSSA53-GB NA 35

          60NA

          A500-GB 4258

          NA 4658

          A500-GC 4662

          NA 5062

          A501 3658

          NA 3658

          A618-GIA618-GII

          Thickness 34

          5070 NA

          5070

          A618-GIA618-GII

          Thickness gt 34

          4667 NA

          4667

          A618GIII 5065

          NA 5065

          A242-G46 NA NA 4667

          A242-G50 NA NA 5070

          A588 NA NA 5070

          A847 5070

          NA 5070

          NA Not applicable See Table LRFD31-4 for more explanation

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 31

          522 BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

          00BS5950 CodeBritish StandardBS 5950-12000

          00BS595012 00BS5950 Code

          The 00BS5950 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

          I shapes Subjected to bending and axial forceSingle Angles Subjected to axial force onlyCircular Hollow Sections (Pipes) Subjected to bending and axial force

          The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columns universalbeams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles with doublysymmetric cross-sections

          The code is based on the BS 5950-12000 British Standard Structural use of steelwork inbuilding Part 1 Code of practice for design rolled and welded sections amendment number13199 issued May 2001 The 00BS5950 code utilizes the limit state design techniques of theBSI (British Standard Institution) specification

          The following assumptions are made throughout the 00BS5950 code

          1 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bending stressesand may be neglected No checks are made for torsion The designer is remindedto check the torsional stresses whenever they become significant

          2 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

          Joan
          Text Box
          Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 00BS5950 Manual

          GT STRUDLreg

          S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e U s e r M a n u a l

          Volume 2 - 00BS5950

          Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

          Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

          Rev T ii V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          V2 iii Rev T

          GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

          Revision No

          DateReleased Description

          T 2006

          V2 iv Rev T

          This page intentionally left blank

          V2 v Rev T

          NOTICES

          GTSTRUDLreg User Manual Volume 2 - 00BS5950 Steel Design Codes Revision T isapplicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released 2006 and subsequent versions

          GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

          GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

          DISCLAIMER

          NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

          Commercial Software Rights Legend

          Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

          This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

          Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

          Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

          Copyright copy 2006

          Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332

          ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

          Printed in United States of America

          V2 vi Rev T

          This page intentionally left blank

          V2 vii Rev T

          Table of Contents

          Chapter Page

          NOTICES v

          DISCLAIMER v

          Commercial Software Rights Legend v

          Table of Contents vii

          00BS59501 GTSTRUDL Steel Design 00BS5950 Code 1 - 100BS595011 Introduction 11 - 100BS595012 00BS5950 Code 12 - 1

          00BS59502 Properties used by 00BS5950 2 - 100BS59503 Parameters Used by 00BS5950 3 -1

          00BS59504 Provisions of 00BS5950 4 - 100BS595041 General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 41 - 100BS595042 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes 42 - 100BS595043 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle 43 - 100BS595044 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section

          (CHS Pipe) 44 - 1

          Appendix A References A - 1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B - 1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles C - 1

          List of Figures

          Figure 00BS59501-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950 12 - 2Figure 00BS59502-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950 2 - 2Figure 00BS59503-1 Local Axis Buckling 3 - 14Figure 00BS59503-2 SIDESWAY Conditions 3 - 21Figure 00BS595042-1 Effective cross-section for determining Aeff 42 - 6Figure 00BS595042-2 Effective cross-section web fully effective for determining

          Zyeff and Zzeff 42 - 10Figure 00BS595042-3 Bending Stresses for I Shapes 42 - 32Figure 00BS595044-1 Bending Stresses for Circular Hollow Section

          (CHS Pipe) 44 - 17

          V2 viii Rev T

          List of Tables

          Table 00BS59501-1 00BS5950 Code Parameters 12 - 7Table 00BS59501-2 GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the Design based

          on the 00BS5950 Code 12 - 17Table 00BS59501-3 Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950)

          and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification 12 - 18Table 00BS59501-4 Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ for

          Nominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computationBritish Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification 12 - 20

          Table 00BS59501-5 Effective Length LE British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification 12 - 21

          Table 00BS59503-1 Parameters in 00BS5950 3 - 2Table 00BS59503-2 Effective Length LE British Standard BS 5950-1

          2000 Specification 3 - 10Table 00BS59503-3 Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ for

          Nominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computationBritish Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification 3 - 11

          Table 00BS59503-4 Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification 3 - 24

          Table 00BS595042-1 Flange Classification Provision lsquoClass-Frsquo for 00BS5950 Code 42 - 15

          Table 00BS595042-2 Web Classification Provision lsquoClass-Wrsquo for 00BS5950 Code 42 - 16

          Table 00BS595043-1 Single Angle Classification Provision lsquoClassrsquo for 00BS5950 Code 43 - 6

          Table 00BS595044-1 Classification Provision lsquoClass-Axrsquo for 00BS5950 Code 44 - 6

          Table 00BS595044-2 Classification Provision lsquoClass-Bersquo for 00BS5950 Code 44 - 7

          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes

          V2 00BS595011 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59501 GTSTRUDL Steel Design 00BS5950 Code

          00BS595011 Introduction

          The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters properties and thecode provisions for the GTSTRUDL steel design 00BS5950 code This volume is onlyapplicable to steel design 00BS5950 code

          GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595011 - 2 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code

          V2 00BS595012 - 1 Rev T

          00BS5950 CodeBritish StandardBS 5950-12000

          00BS595012 00BS5950 Code

          The 00BS5950 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of thefollowing shapes

          I shapes Subjected to bending and axial forceSingle Angles Subjected to axial force onlyCircular Hollow Sections (Pipes) Subjected to bending and axial force

          The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columnsuniversal beams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles withdoubly symmetric cross-sections

          The code is based on the BS 5950-12000 British Standard Structural use ofsteelwork in building Part 1 Code of practice for design rolled and welded sectionsamendment number 13199 issued May 2001 The 00BS5950 code utilizes the limit statedesign techniques of the BSI (British Standard Institution) specification

          The following assumptions are made throughout the 00BS5950 code

          1 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bendingstresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

          2 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

          00BS5950 Code GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 2 V2

          Figure 00BS59501-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code

          V2 00BS595012 - 3 Rev T

          The sections of the BS 5950-12000 specifications (95) that are considered by theGTSTRUDL 00BS5950 code are summarized below

          Section Title

          3 Properties of materials and section properties35 Classification of cross-sections351 General352 Classification353 Flanges of compound I- or H-sections

          Table 11 Limiting width-to-thickness ratios for sectionsother than CHS and RHS

          355 Stress ratios for classification3562 I- or H-sections with equal flanges3564 Circular hollow sections3622 Effective area3623 Effective modulus when web is fully effective364 Equal-leg angle sections365 Alternative method366 Circular hollow sections

          4 Design of structural members423 Shear capacity

          425 Moment capacity4252 Low shear4253 High shear

          43 Lateral-torsional buckling434 Destabilizing load435 Effective length for lateral-torsional buckling

          Table 13 Effective length LE for beams withoutintermediate restraint

          4362 I- H- channel and box sections with equal flanges4364 Buckling resistance moment4365 Bending strength pb

          4366 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT

          Table 18 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT forlateral-torsional buckling

          00BS5950 Code GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 4 V2

          Section Title

          4369 Ratio $W

          445 Shear buckling resistance4452 Simplified method4453 More exact method

          46 Tension members461 Tension capacity472 Slenderness

          47 Compression members472 Slenderness474 Compression resistance475 Compressive strength

          Table 23 Allocation of strut curve

          48 Members with combined moment and axial force482 Tension members with moments4822 Simplified method4823 More exact method

          483 Compression members with moments4832 Cross-section capacity

          4833 Member buckling resistance48331 Simplified method

          Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexuralbuckling

          48332 More exact method for I- or H-sections with equal flangesTable 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexural

          buckling48333 More exact method for CHS RHS or box sections with equal flanges

          Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m forflexural buckling

          49 Members with biaxial moments

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code

          V2 00BS595012 - 5 Rev T

          Section Title

          Annex B (normative)Lateral-torsional buckling of members subject to bending

          B2 Buckling resistanceB21 Bending strengthB22 Perry factor and Robertson constantB23 Uniform I H and channel sections with equal flanges

          Annex C (normative)Compressive strength

          C1 Strut formulaC2 Perry factor and Robertson constant

          Annex H (normative)Web buckling resistance

          H1 Shear buckling strength

          Annex I (normative)Combined axial compression and bending

          I2 Reduced plastic moment capacityI21 I- or H-section with equal flanges

          Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered for all cross-sections except single angles (tension or compressionaxial stresses only) Provisions for columns in simple construction are included Parametersallowing for the changes which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have beenincluded and may be invoked at the users discretion

          The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

          1 Table 00BS59501-1 Shows the parameters used by 00BS5950 codeTable 00BS59501-1 contains the applicable

          parameter names their default values and a briefdescription of the parameters

          2 Section 00BS59502 Describes the cross-section properties used foreach shape

          00BS5950 Code GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 6 V2

          3 Section 00BS59503 Contains detail discussion of the parameters usedby the 00BS5950 code and they are presented inthe alphabetic order in this section

          4 Sections 00BS59504 Describes the subsections in the Section00BS59504

          5 Section 00BS595041 Defines the symbols used in the 00BS5950 codeprovisions

          6 Section 00BS595042 Contains detailed discussion of the codeprovisions and the equations applicable to the Ishape cross-sections subjected to bending andaxial forces

          7 Section 00BS595043 Contains detailed discussion of the codeprovisions and the equations applicable to thesingle angle cross-sections subjected to axial forceonly

          8 Section 00BS595044 Contains detailed discussion of the codeprovisions and the equations applicable to thecircular hollow sections (CHS pipes) subjected tobending and axial forces

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 7 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify 00BS5950 for code nameSee Sections 00BS59502 00BS59503 and 00BS59504for a more detailed description

          TBLNAM UNIBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table 00BS59501-2 forchoices

          METHOD EXACT Identifies the design method This parameter indicates thetype of method that should be used for the shear orcombined capacity checks BOTH = Use simplified and the more exact

          methods See Sections 445 482 and483 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          EXACT = Use the more exact method SeeSections 4453 4823 48332 and48333 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          SIMPLIFY = Use simplified method See Sections4452 4822 and 4832 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          SECTYPE ROLLED Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shapeThis parameter is used to determine the equations that areapplicable to the rolled or welded shapeROLLED = Member is hot rolledWELDED = Member is weldedcoldformed

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 8 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          SHRAREAF Computed SHeaR AREA Factor is used for the computation of theshear area When an alternate value other than COM-PUTE or TABLE is specified shear area is computed asthe SHRAREAF times the cross sectional area (AV = AY= SHRAREAF times AX)COMPUTE = Compute the shear area based on the

          Section 423 of BS 5950-12000 (95)except for single and double anglesShear area for single and double anglesare extracted from GTSTRUDL or US-ER table

          TABLE = Shear area from GTSTRUDL or USERtable is used

          a 2540000(mm) Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is usedto compute ad ratio ad is the ratio of the distancebetween stiffeners to web depth An arbitrary high valueof 2540000 (mm) has been assumed as a default toindicate that the web stiffeners are absent A value isnecessary to account for web stiffeners in the shearcapacity calculation (Provisions 4452 and 4453)

          SimpSupp NO Indicates that if a member is simply supported or notThis parameter is used to determine the equations that areapplicable to the simply supported members (Provisionslsquo4252Zrsquo lsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253YrsquoNO = Member is not simply supportedYES = Member is simply supported

          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provi-sions of a code The ratio of actuallimiting must be lessthan or equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 9 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

          Material Properties

          STEELGRD S235JRG2 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member ismade See Table 00BS59501-3 for STEEL GRaDes andtheir properties

          Py Computed Design strength py (yield stress) of member Computedfrom parameter STEELGRD if not given

          REDPy 10 Reduction factor for parameter Py This factor timesparameter Py gives the design strength (py) value used bythe code Used to account for property changes at hightemperatures

          Pyf Py Design strength of the flange If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter Py This parameter isused to define a hybrid cross-section see parameter Pywalso

          Pyw Py Design strength of the web If not specified it is assumedequal to the parameter Py This parameter is used todefine a hybrid cross-section see parameter Pyf also

          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similarto REDPy

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 10 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Slenderness Ratio

          SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) fora member subjected to axial compression The defaultvalue for maximum compression slenderness ratio isequal to 180

          SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for amember subjected to axial tension Only a user-specifiedvalue will initiate the slenderness ratio check for a tensionmember

          Effective Length for a Compression Member

          EFLEY 10 Effective factor value used for the computation ofnominal effective length LEy = EFLEY times LY for acompression member Nominal effective length LEY isused in the computation of maximum slenderness ratioabout the local Y axis of the profile See Table00BS59501-4 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 ofBS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEY values

          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of thecross-section This parameter is used to compute nominaleffective length LEy for a compression member (LEy =EFLEY times LY) The default value is computed as a lengthof the member

          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used forparameter LY (LY = FRLY times Member Length)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 11 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Effective Length for a Compression Member (continued)

          EFLEZ 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of nominaleffective length LEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compressionmember Nominal effective length LEZ is used in the com-putation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Z axisof the profile See Table 00BS59501-4 or Sections 472473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEZvalues

          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of thecross-section This parameter is used to compute nominaleffective length LEz for a compression member (LEz = EFLEZtimes LZ) The default value is computed as a length of themember

          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LZ(LZ = FRLZ times Member Length)

          Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling

          LE LLT Effective length of a member for lateral torsional bucklingof a beam with restraints at the ends Default value is theeffective length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling of a member under bending see parameter LLT(LE = EFLE times LLT) See Table 00BS59501-5 foralternative values and also see Table 13 and 14 of theBS5950-12000 (95)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 12 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling (continued)

          EFLE 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of theeffective length LE of a member under bending Used onlywhen default value of LLT is used for parameter LE (LE =EFLE times LLT see Table 00BS59501-5 and parameter LE)

          LLT Computed Segment length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling (unbraced length) This parameter generally usedto specify the segment length of the compression flangerestraint against lateral-torsional buckling (unbraced lengthof the compression flange) Computed as length of member

          FRLLT 10 Fractional value used for the computation of the unbracedlateral-torsional buckling length of a member LLT Usedonly when default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameterLLT (LLT = FRLLT times Member Length)

          Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors

          mLT Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsionalbuckling (mLT) which is used in the member bucklingresistance equations This parameter modifies Z axisbending buckling capacity in combined axial and bendingcapacity equations See Section 00BS59503 for moreexplanation

          my Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling(my) which is used in the member buckling resistanceequations This parameter modifies Y axis bending capacityin combined axial and bending capacity equations SeeSection 00BS59503 for more explanation

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 13 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

          mz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling(mz) which is used in the member buckling resistanceequations This parameter modifies Z axis bending capacityin combined axial and bending capacity equations SeeSection 00BS59503 for more explanation

          myz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexuralbuckling (myz) which is used in the member out-of-planebuckling resistance equations This parameter modifies Yaxis bending capacity in combined axial and bendingcapacity equations See Section 00BS59503 for moreexplanation

          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about thelocal Y axisYES = Sidesway permittedNO = Sidesway prevented

          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about thelocal Z axisYES = Sidesway permittedNO = Sidesway prevented

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 14 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

          DESTLDY YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Y axisdirection (and possibly rotation about the member local Yaxis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load isapplied in the local Z axis direction of a member and boththe load and the member are free to deflect laterally (andpossibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember This parameter is only applicable to LOADS listor ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERS commandYES = Destabilizing loadNO = Normal load

          DESTLDZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Z axisdirection (and possibly rotation about the member local Zaxis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load isapplied to the top flange (local Y axis load) of a member andboth the load and the flange are free to deflect laterally (andpossibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember This parameter is only applicable to LOADS listor ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERS commandYES = Destabilizing loadNO = Normal load

          Force Limitation

          FXMIN 2224 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero Units are in newtons (N)

          FYMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 15 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Force Limitation (continued)

          FZMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          Output Processing

          MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles inmost tables

          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an expla-nation

          PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values forlimit state and load and resistance factor codes Thisparameter is applicable to the steel design CHECK andSELECT commands The default output from CHECK orSELECT command prints the section force values A valueof lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that the section limitingvalues should be printed instead of default section forces

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 16 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Output Processing (continued)

          TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for theexplanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section

          forces

          VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for the explanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 17 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-2

          GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the 00BS5950 Code

          Profile Shapes Reference

          I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of ApplicableTable names for universal beams universal columnsjoists universal bearing piles I shapes W S M HPshapes wide flange shapes etc

          Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angletable names applicable to 00BS5950 code

          Circular Hollow Sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of circular hollowsection (pipe round HSS) table names applicable to00BS5950 code

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 18 V2

          Table 00BS59501-3

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S185 185 175 290

          S235JR 235 225 340

          S235JRG1 235 225 340

          S235JRG2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J0 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G3 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G4 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S275JR 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J0 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G3 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G4 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275N 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          S275NL 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 19 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-3 (continued)

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S355JR 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J0 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355N 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S355NL 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S420N 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S420NL 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S460N 460 440 430 410 400 550

          S460NL 460 440 430 410 400 550

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 20 V2

          Table 00BS59501-4

          Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ forNominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computation

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          a) non-sway mode

          Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of structure EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition at both ends

          Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 07Partially restrained in direction at both ends 085Restrained in direction at one end 085Not restrained in direction at either end 10

          b) sway mode

          One end Other end EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition and restrainedin direction

          Not held inposition

          Effectively restrained in direction 12Partially restrained in direction 15Not restrained in direction 20

          Excluding angle channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with Section4710 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          EFLEY 15 MEMBER 1 $ LEy = 15LY for member 1EFLEZ 12 MEMBER 25 $ LEz = 12LZ for member 25

          LY and LZ are the unbraced length for buckling about the local Y and Z axis of the cross-section (see parameter LY and LZ)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 21 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-5

          Effective Length LE

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          Conditions of restraint at supports Alternate values forParameter LE

          Loading conditions

          Normal

          DESTLDZ = NO

          Destabilizing

          DESTLDZ = YES

          Default value for parameter LE LLT EFLLTtimesLLT EFLLTtimesLLT

          Compression flange laterally restrained Nominal torsional restraint against rotation about longitudinal axis

          Both flanges fully restrained againstrotation on plan

          A1 07LLT 085LLT

          Compression flange fully restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A2 075LLT 09LLT

          Both flanges partially restrained againstrotation on plan

          A3 08LLT 095LLT

          Compression flange partially restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A4 085LLT 10LLT

          Both flanges free to rotate on plan A5 10LLT 12LLT

          Compression flange laterally unrestrained Both flanges free to rotate on plan

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided byconnection of bottom flange to supports

          A6 10LLT + 2D 12LLT + 2D

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided only bypressure of bottom flange onto supports

          A7 12LLT + 2D 14LLT + 2D

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          DESTLDZ NO LOAD 2DESTLDZ YES LOAD 5LE A3 MEMBER 1 $ LE = 08LLT for load 2 and

          $ LE = 095LLT for load 5LE A7 MEMBER 8 $ LE = 12LLT+2D for load 2 and

          $ LE = 14LLT+2D for load 5

          1 D is the depth of cross-section (table property YD)2 Default value for parameter EFLLT is equal to 103 For cantilevers and other types of beams not in Table 00BS59501-6 use parameter EFLLT to specify the effective length

          factor (LE = EFLLTtimesLLT)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 22 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59502 Properties used by 00BS5950

          This section describes the profile properties used by the 00BS5950 code Since eachshape has different properties that are required by the design code the properties of eachshape are listed separately The tables supplied with GTSTRUDL contain these propertiesrequired for design in addition to the properties required for analysis New tables created bythe user should include the same properties if the 00BS5950 code is to be used Theorientation of the principle axes (Z and Y) for each shape is shown in Figure 00BS59502-1

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 2 V2

          Figure 00BS59502-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 3 Rev T

          I Shapes

          For universal shapes W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams thefollowing properties are required

          AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the total profile depth (YD)

          times the web thickness (WBTK)AZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = total profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Y axis (half of the total profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = web depth (clear depth of the web) This is the property d in

          the BS 5950-12000 Specification (95) and GTSTRUDL Britishtables contain this value in the database Web depth (cleardepth of the web) is computed as cross-section depth minustwice the flange thickness and minus twice the connectioncurve radius between the web and the flange This property inother tables like AISC tables have slightly different definitionFor example INTYD in the AISC tables are defined as the totalprofile depth (YD) minus twice the flange thickness (FLTK)This property for welded section is defined as the total profiledepth (YD) minus twice the flange thickness (FLTK)

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 4 V2

          BF2TF = this is the property taken from the table database The bT ratioof the flange computed as frac12 the flange width (property lsquoZDrsquo)divided by the flange thickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo) If thisproperty is not available frac12 the flange width (property lsquoZDrsquo)divided by the flange thickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo) is used

          EY = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the Yaxis

          EZ = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the Zaxis

          H or CW = warping constantND = nominal depthX = torsional index (corresponds to x in BS 5950-12000) If not

          specified the torsional index is computed based on the equationgiven in the Annex B23 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          U = buckling parameter (corresponds to u in BS 5950-12000) Ifnot specified the buckling parameter is computed based on theequation given in the Annex B23 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          WEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

          = 10 I shapes= 12 H shapes

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 5 Rev T

          Single Angles

          For single angles the properties are defined with respect to the principleaxes the following properties are required

          AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y-shear area along the Y-principle axis AY is taken as a value

          that will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FYAY where FY is the Y-shear force in the Y-principle axis direction In this case AY is taken as the term(IZtimesTHICKQZ) where QZ is the first moment of the areaabove the Z-principle axis about the Z-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and JM Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

          AZ = Z-shear area along the Z-principle axis AZ is taken as a valuethat will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FZAZ where FZ is the Z-shear force in the Z-principle axis direction In this case AZ is taken as the term(IYtimesTHICKQY) where QY is the first moment of the areaabove the Y-principle axis about the Y-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and JM Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

          IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-

          ZC)) (note if both legs are equal LEG1 = LEG2 then SY =SYS)

          SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZ(YD-

          YC))THICK = thickness of the single angleLEG1 = length of the longer leg

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 6 V2

          LEG2 = length of the shorter legYD = depth parallel to the Y axis

          = LEG2timescos (ALPHA)+THICKtimessin (ALPHA)YC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Y axisZD = depth parallel to the principle Z axis

          = LEG1timescos (ALPHA) + LEG2timessin (ALPHA)ZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Z axisALPHA = angle between the longer leg of the angle and the principle Z

          axisEY = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the

          principle Y axisEZ = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the

          principle Z axisWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

          = 30 single angles

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 7 Rev T

          Circular Hollow Sections (Pipes)

          For circular hollow sections (pipes) the following properties are required

          AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as frac12 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as frac12 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic modulus about the Z axisOD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (pipe)ID = inside diameter of the circular hollow section (pipe)THICK = thickness of the circular hollow section (pipe)YD = depth parallel to the Y axis (OD)YC = distance to the extreme fiber in the positive Y direction

          (OD20)ZD = depth parallel to the Z axis (OD)ZC = distance to the extreme fiber in the positive Z direction

          (OD20)ND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

          = 51 circular hollow section (pipe)

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 8 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59503 Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          The parameters used by 00BS5950 code may be grouped into three generalcategories

          1 System parameters2 Control parameters3 Code parameters

          The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT and CHECK commandresults Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checked and specifycomparison tolerances The third group referred to as code parameters are used to specifyinformation and coefficients directly referenced in the code With the notable exception ofCODETOL parameters of the second group are seldom used A knowledge of the systemand control parameters allows the user greater flexibility when using the 00BS5950 codeThe vast majority of parameters fall into the code category and have a direct bearing on00BS5950 code and the results it produces

          For the categories described above the parameters used by 00BS5950 code arepresented below and are summarized in the Table 00BS59503-1 The system and controlparameters are discussed first followed by the code parameters

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 2 V2

          Table 00BS59503-1

          Parameters in 00BS5950

          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

          a 2540000 (mm) Real value in active unitsCODE Required 00BS5950CODETOL 00 Percent ToleranceDESTLDY YES NODESTLDZ YES NOEFLE 10 Real valueEFLEY 10 Real valueEFLEZ 10 Real valueFRLLT 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLY 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLZ 10 Fraction of member lengthFXMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFYMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFZMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsLE LY Real value in active unitsLLT Member Length Real value in active unitsLY Member Length Real value in active unitsLZ Member Length Real value in active unitsMETHOD EXACT BOTH SIMPLIFYmLT Computed Real valuemy Computed Real valueMYMIN 22600 (Nndashmm) Real value in active unitsmyz Computed Real value in active unitsmz Computed Real value in active unitsMZMIN 22600 (ndashmm) Real value in active unitsPF 10 Fraction of areaPRIDTA 10 20PrintLim NO YESPy Computed Real value in active unitsPyf Py Real value in active units

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 3 Rev T

          Table 00BS59503-1 (continued)

          Parameters in 00BS5950

          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

          Pyw Py Real value in active unitsREDE 10 Reduction factor for EREDPy 10 Reduction factor for FYSDSWAYY YES NOSDSWAYZ YES NOSECTYPE ROLLED WELDEDSHRAREAF Computed COMPUTE TABLE Real valueSimpSupp NO YESSLENCOMP 1800 Real valueSLENTEN Computed Real valueSTEELGRD S235JRG2 Table 00BS59503-4SUMMARY NO YESTBLNAM UNIBEAMS Table 00BS59501-3TRACE 4 1 2 3VALUES 1 2 3 4

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 4 V2

          System Parameters

          PRIDTA 1 2

          The PRIDTA parameter may be used to monitor the selection procedurewhich is used during a SELECT Its output is of minimal use in a productionenvironment and is therefore not recommended to the user The two options are (1)for no output and (2) for output monitoring the flow through the selection procedureThe primary use of PRIDTA is to compare the different selection procedures and itis listed here only for completeness CHECK commands are not affected byPRIDTA

          PrintLim NO YES

          Parameter to request to print the section limiting values for limit state andload and resistance factor codes This parameter is applicable to the steel designCHECK and SELECT commands The default output from CHECK or SELECTcommand prints the section force values A value of YES for this parameterindicates that the section limiting values should be printed instead of default sectionforces

          SUMMARY NO YES

          Unlike the preceding parameters SUMMARY does not directly produceoutput during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARY invokes abookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parameter valuesused at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed or checkedThe two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NO thebookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specified allprovisions and parameters in the code Summary Description (Sections 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has been recorded

          TRACE 1 2 3 4

          The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 5 Rev T

          1 - no provisions are output2 - outputs any provisions which fail3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and4 - outputs the two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed

          Whenever 2 or 3 is selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces actingon the member for that section and loading For each provision at that section andloading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio are outputFigure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACE value of3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actual exceeded theallowable are output The order in which provisions are output depends on the codebeing used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loading When novalue is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 is assumed Thedefault output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK command shows themember name the code name the profile name the table name the loadingconditions and the section locations where the two largest actualallowable valuesoccur the provision names corresponding to the two largest actualallowable valuesthe two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed and the internal membersection forces at the section with the largest actualallowable ratio

          VALUES 1 2 3 4

          VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused while SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values are outputThe four options for VALUES are

          1 - no parameter or property values is output2 - outputs only parameter values3 - outputs only property values and4 - outputs both parameter and property values

          Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 6 V2

          Control Parameters

          CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

          CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

          With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODETOLthe user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

          FXMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

          FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force which is considered bythe code Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

          FYMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

          FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

          FZMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

          FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 7 Rev T

          MYMIN 22600 Nndashmm Alternate value in active units

          MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MYMIN

          MZMIN 22600 Nndashmm Alternate value in active units

          MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MZMIN

          NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MYMIN and MZMIN shouldalways be greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces andmoments are not made Forces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and lessmay be present due to numerical limitations of the computer In most structuresforces of this magnitude are negligible when compared to the forces usuallyfound in a member Default values for the minimums are appropriate for mostapplications

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 8 V2

          Code Parameters

          a 2540000 mm Alternate value in active units

          Parameter a is the clear distance between transverse stiffeners Thisparameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the computation of thelimiting shear stress The default value indicates that the shear check does notconsider transverse stiffeners A user-specified value for parameter a causes theautomatic computation of the ah ratio lsquohrsquo is defined as the total depth minus twicethe flange thickness for I-shapes lsquohrsquo is the same as the table property INTYDINTYD is the clear distance between flanges (see Section 00BS59502)

          CODE Required

          The CODE parameter indicates the code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of 00BS5950 must be specified for thisparameter to check code based on 1997 CISC Seventh Edition 00BS5950 designor code check is based on the Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh EditionCanadian Institute of Steel Construction November 1997 The 00BS5950 code isbased on the Limit State Design

          DESTLDY YES NO

          This parameter indicates the presence or absence of a destabilizing load whichcauses movement in the member local Y axis direction (and possibly rotation aboutthe member local Y axis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load is appliedin the local Z axis direction of a member and both the load and the member are freeto deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember The default value of YES for this parameter indicates that the user-specified loads applied to the members are destabilizing loads which causesmovement in the members local Y axis direction (and possibly rotation about themember local Y axis) A user-specified value of NO for this parameter indicates thatthe specified loads are normal loads and do not cause movement or rotation Thisparameter is only applicable to LOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERScommand

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 9 Rev T

          DESTLDZ YES NO

          This parameter indicates the presence or absence of a destabilizing load whichcauses movement in the member local Z axis direction (and possibly rotation aboutthe member local Z axis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load is appliedin the local Y axis direction of a member and both the load and the member are freeto deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember The default value of YES for this parameter indicates that the user-specified loads applied to the members are destabilizing loads which causesmovement in the members local Z axis direction (and possibly rotation about themember local Z axis) A user-specified value of NO for this parameter indicates thatthe specified loads are normal loads and do not cause movement or rotation Thisparameter is only applicable to LOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERScommand

          EFLE 10 Alternate value

          EFLE specified the effective factor value used for the computation of theeffective length LE for lateral-torsional buckling of a member under bending Thisparameter is used only when default value of LLT is used for parameter LE (LE =EFLE times LLT see Table 00BS59503-2 and parameter LE also see Table 13 and 14of the BS 5950-12000 (95)) EFLE may be less than or greater than 10

          EFLEY 10 Alternative value

          Effective factor value used for the computation of nominal effective lengthLEy = EFLEY times LY for a compression member Nominal effective length LEY isused in the computation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Y axis of theprofile See Table 00BS59503-3 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEY values

          EFLEZ 10 Alternative value

          Effective factor value used for the computation of nominal effective lengthLEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compression member Nominal effective length LEZ is usedin the computation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Z axis of theprofile See Table 00BS59503-3 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEY values

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 10 V2

          Table 00BS59503-2

          Effective Length LE

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          Conditions of restraint at supports Alternate values forParameter LE

          Loading conditions

          Normal

          DESTLDZ = NO

          Destabilizing

          DESTLDZ = YES

          Default value for parameter LE LLT EFLLTtimesLLT EFLLTtimesLLT

          Compression flange laterally restrained Nominal torsional restraint against rotation about longitudinal axis

          Both flanges fully restrained againstrotation on plan

          A1 07LLT 085LLT

          Compression flange fully restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A2 075LLT 09LLT

          Both flanges partially restrained againstrotation on plan

          A3 08LLT 095LLT

          Compression flange partially restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A4 085LLT 10LLT

          Both flanges free to rotate on plan A5 10LLT 12LLT

          Compression flange laterally unrestrained Both flanges free to rotate on plan

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided byconnection of bottom flange to supports

          A6 10LLT + 2D 12LLT + 2D

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided only bypressure of bottom flange onto supports

          A7 12LLT + 2D 14LLT + 2D

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          DESTLDZ NO LOAD 2DESTLDZ YES LOAD 5LE A3 MEMBER 1 $ LE = 08LLT for load 2 and

          $ LE = 095LLT for load 5LE A7 MEMBER 8 $ LE = 12LLT+2D for load 2 and

          $ LE = 14LLT+2D for load 5

          1 D is the depth of cross-section (table property YD)2 Default value for parameter EFLLT is equal to 103 For cantilevers and other types of beams not in Table 00BS59503-2 use parameter EFLLT to specify the effective length

          factor (LE = EFLLTtimesLLT)

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 11 Rev T

          Table 00BS59503-3

          Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ forNominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computation

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          a) non-sway mode

          Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of structure EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition at both ends

          Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 07Partially restrained in direction at both ends 085Restrained in direction at one end 085Not restrained in direction at either end 10

          b) sway mode

          One end Other end EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition and restrainedin direction

          Not held inposition

          Effectively restrained in direction 12Partially restrained in direction 15Not restrained in direction 20

          Excluding angle channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with Section4710 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          EFLEY 15 MEMBER 1 $ LEy = 15LY for member 1EFLEZ 12 MEMBER 25 $ LEz = 12LZ for member 25

          LY and LZ are the unbraced length for buckling about the local Y and Z axis of the cross-section(see parameter LY and LZ)

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 12 V2

          FRLLT 10 Fraction of member length

          This parameter specifies the fractional value used for the computation of theunbraced lateral-torsional buckling length of a member LLT FRLLT is used onlywhen default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LLT (LLT = FRLLT timesMember Length) FRLLT may be less than or greater than 10

          FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

          FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members flexible length FRLY may be less than or greater than 10This parameter is used only when LY is computed (LY = FRLY Member Length)

          FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

          FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members flexible length FRLZ may be less than or greater than 10This parameter is used only when LZ is computed (LZ = FRLZ Member Length)

          LE LLT Alternate value in active units

          LE specifies the effective length of a member for lateral-torsional bucklingof a beam with restraints at the ends Default value is the effective length betweenrestraints against lateral-torsional buckling of a member under bending seeparameter LLT (LE = EFLE times LLT) See Table 00BS59503-2 for alternative valuesand also see Tables 13 and 14 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) See the LLT parameterbelow for a description of the lateral-torsional buckling length (unbraced length ofthe compression flange) An alternate value in the active units may be specified bythe user

          LLT Computed Alternate value in active units

          LLT specifies the segment length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling (unbraced length) This parameter generally is used to specify the segmentlength of the compression flange restraint against lateral-torsional buckling (unbracedlength of the compression flange) The default is computed as the flexible memberlength times the value of the FRLLT parameter See the LY parameter below fora description of the flexible member length

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 13 Rev T

          LY Computed Alternate value in active units

          LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure 00BS59503-1 This parameter is used to compute the nominal effectivelength LEy = EFLEY times LY for a compression member The default is computed asthe flexible member length times the value of the FRLY parameter The flexiblelength of a member is the joint-to-joint distance unless eccentricities andor end jointsizes are given When eccentricities are given the eccentric start-to-end length of themember is used For end joint sizes the end joint size at both ends is subtracted fromthe actual joint-to-joint length LY may be specified larger or smaller than themembers flexible length and no comparisons are made between the two SeeSection 218 of Volume 1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end jointsizes

          LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

          LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure 00BS59503-1 This parameter is used to compute the nominal effectivelength LEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compression member The default is computed asthe flexible member length times the value of the FRLZ parameter See the LYparameter above for a description of the flexible member length

          METHOD EXACT SIMPLIFY BOTH

          This parameter is to specify the design method that should be used for thecode check or design of a member There are two design method available for00BS5950 code simplify and exact method A user-specified method for thisparameter indicates the type of equations that should be used for the shear orcombined capacity checks The default value of EXACT for this parameter indicatesthat the exact method discussed in the Sections 4453 4823 48332 and48333 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) should be used The user-specified value ofSIMPLIFY indicates that the simplified method in the Sections 4452 4822 and4832 of BS 5950-12000 (95) should be used The value of BOTH for thisparameter indicates that both the exact and simplified method equations of BS 5950-12000 (95) should be used (see Sections 445 482 and 483 of BS 5950-12000)

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 14 V2

          Figure 00BS59503-1 Local Axis Buckling

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 15 Rev T

          mLT Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomLTrsquo corresponds to the factor mLT and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for lateral-torsional buckling used in the member buckling resistanceequations mLT is a modification factor for a non-uniform moment diagram whenboth ends of the beam segment are braced mLT is calculated based on the major axismoments over the segment length LLT LLT is the segment length between restraintsagainst lateral-torsional buckling (see parameter lsquoLLTrsquo) Factor mLT is used in thelateral-torsional buckling equations mLT is discussed in the Section 4366 and Table18 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

          mLT = 0 2015 05 015

          0 442 3 4

          max

          ++ +

          geM M M

          MmLTbut

          mLT = 10 for cantilever member

          mLT = 10 for the destabilizing load

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum major axis moment (Z axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = absolute value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at quarter

          point of the unbraced segmentM3 = absolute value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at

          centerline of the unbraced beam segmentM4 = absolute value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at three-

          quarter point of the unbraced beam segment

          When computing the default value of mLT the compression flange is assumedto be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where theactual unbraced length is different than the eccentric member length (start to end ofthe member) the user should specify a value for the parameter lsquomLTrsquo A value of10 is always conservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specifiedvalue for the parameter lsquoLLTrsquo is not equal to the eccentric memberlength a value of 10 is assumed

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 16 V2

          my Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomyrsquo corresponds to the factor my and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for flexural buckling used in the member buckling resistanceequations Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) my is a modification factorfor non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beam segment are braced

          my is calculated based on the minor axis moments over the segment length Ly Ly isthe segment length between restraints against flexural buckling about the minor axis(see parameter lsquoLYrsquo) Factor my is used in the combined buckling resistanceequations (Section 4833 and Table 26 of the BS 5950-12000)

          my = 0 201 0 6 01 082 3 4 24

          max max+

          + +ge

          M M MM

          mM

          Mybut

          mdash if sway mode (sidesway) permitted about the Y axis my $ 085see parameter SDSWAYY A value of YES for parameter SDSWAYYindicates that sidesway is permitted

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at quarter point of

          the unbraced segmentM3 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at centerline of the

          unbraced beam segmentM4 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at three-quarter

          point of the unbraced beam segmentM24 = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)

          in the central half of the segment (maximum moment between M2

          (quarter point) and M4 (three-quarter point) location)

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 are all lie on the same side of the axis (all moments arepositive or negative) their value all taken as positive

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 lie both sides of the axis (some positive and somenegative moments) the side leading to the larger value of my is taken asthe positive side

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 17 Rev T

          When computing the default value of my the member is assumed to besupported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where the actual unbracedlength is different than the eccentric member length (start to end of the member) theuser should specify a value for the parameter lsquomyrsquo A value of 10 is alwaysconservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specified valuefor the parameter lsquoLYrsquo is not equal to the eccentric member length a valueof 10 is assumed

          myz Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomyzrsquo corresponds to the factor myz and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for lateral flexural buckling used in the member out-of-plane bucklingresistance equations Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) myz is amodification factor for non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beamsegment are braced myz is calculated based on the minor axis moments over thesegment length Lz Lz is the segment length between restraints against flexuralbuckling about the major axis (see parameter lsquoLZrsquo) Factor myz is used in thecombined buckling resistance equations (Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000)

          myz = 0 201 0 6 01 082 3 4 24

          max max+

          + +ge

          M M MM

          mM

          Myzbut

          mdash if sway mode (sidesway) permitted about the Z axis (in-plane)myz $ 085see parameter SDSWAYZ A value of YES for parameter SDSWAYZindicates that sidesway is permitted

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at quarter point of

          the unbraced segmentM3 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at centerline of the

          unbraced beam segmentM4 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at three-quarter

          point of the unbraced beam segment

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 18 V2

          0 201 0 6 01 082 3 4 24

          max max+

          + +ge

          M M MM

          mM

          Mzbut

          M24 = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)in the central half of the segment (maximum moment between M2

          (quarter point) and M4 (three-quarter point) location)

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 are all lie on the same side of the axis (all moments arepositive or negative) their value all taken as positive

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 lie both sides of the axis (some positive and somenegative moments) the side leading to the larger value of my is taken asthe positive side

          When computing the default value of myz the member is assumed to besupported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where the actual unbracedlength is different than the eccentric member length (start to end of the member) theuser should specify a value for the parameter lsquomyzrsquo A value of 10 is alwaysconservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specified valuefor the parameter lsquoLZrsquo is not equal to the eccentric member length avalue of 10 is assumed

          mz Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomzrsquo corresponds to the factor mz and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for flexural buckling used in the member buckling resistanceequations Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) mz is a modification factorfor non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beam segment are bracedmz is calculated based on the major axis moments over the segment length Lz Lz isthe segment length between restraints against flexural buckling about the major axis(see parameter lsquoLZrsquo) Factor mz is used in the combined buckling resistanceequations (Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000)

          mz =

          mdash if sway mode (sidesway) permitted about the Z axis (in-plane)mz $ 085see parameter SDSWAYZ A value of YES for parameter SDSWAYZindicates that sidesway is permitted

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 19 Rev T

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum major axis moment (Z axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at quarter point of

          the unbraced segmentM3 = value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at centerline of the

          unbraced beam segmentM4 = value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at three-quarter

          point of the unbraced beam segmentM24 = absolute value of maximum major axis moment (Z axis moment)

          in the central half of the segment (maximum moment between M2

          (quarter point) and M4 (three-quarter point) location)mdash if M2 M3 and M4 are all lie on the same side of the axis (all moments are

          positive or negative) their value all taken as positivemdash if M2 M3 and M4 lie both sides of the axis (some positive and some

          negative moments) the side leading to the larger value of mz is taken asthe positive side

          When computing the default value of mz the member is assumed to besupported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where the actual unbracedlength is different than the eccentric member length (start to end of the member) theuser should specify a value for the parameter lsquomzrsquo A value of 10 is alwaysconservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specified valuefor the parameter lsquoLZrsquo is not equal to the eccentric member length avalue of 10 is assumed

          PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

          PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

          Py Computed Alternate value in active units

          FY may be used to specify the design strength of a member rather thanhaving it computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When FY is specified for amember its value remains constant irrespective of profile size under consideration

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 20 V2

          The value of STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it wasspecified

          Pyf Py Alternate value in active units

          Parameter Pyf may be used to specify the design strength of the flange WhenPyf is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equal to theparameter Py When a value is specified for this parameter the member is assumedto be a hybrid cross-section

          Pyw Py Alternate value in active units

          Parameter Pyw may be used to specify the design strength of the web WhenPyw is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equal to theparameter Py When a value is specified for this parameter the member is assumedto be a hybrid cross-section

          REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

          The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the 00BS5950 code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

          REDPy 10 Reduction factor for Py

          REDFU allows a user to account for changes in the minimum tensile(ultimate) strength FU of a member such as those which occur at high temperaturesREDFU is multiplied by FU to give the value used for minimum tensile (ultimate)strength

          SDSWAYY YES NO

          SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure 00BS59503-2 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 21 Rev T

          Figure 00BS59503-2 SIDESWAY Conditions

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 22 V2

          SDSWAYZ YES NO

          SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure 00BS59503-2 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

          SECTYPE ROLLED WELDED

          This parameter defines the type of a cross-section specified in the structuralmodel The default value of ROLLED indicates that the members are hot rolledcross-sections An alternative value of WELDED for the parameter SECTYPEindicates that the members are welded or cold-formed cross-sections

          SHRAREAF Computed COMPUTE TABLE

          This parameter is used to specify shear area factor for the computation of theshear area The default or user-specified value of COMPUTE indicates that the sheararea should be computed based on the Section 423 of BS 5950-12000 (95) exceptfor single and double angles Shear area for single and double angles are extractedfrom GTSTRUDL or USER table database A use specified value of TABLE for thisparameter indicates that the shear area from GTSTRUDL or USER table should beused When an alternate value other than COMPUTE or TABLE is specified sheararea is computed as the SHRAREAF times the cross sectional area (Avy = Avz = SHRAREAF times AX)

          SimpSupp NO YES

          This parameter is used to specify the support condition of the member Toavoid irreversible deformation under serviceability loads the value of Mc should belimited to 12pyZ in the case of a simply supported beam This parameter is used todetermine if the 12pyZ limitation is applicable to the provisions lsquo4252Zrsquolsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo (see Section 4251 of the BS 5950-12000)The default value of NO for this parameter indicates that the member is not simplysupported A user-specified value of YES for this parameter indicates that themember is simply supported and the equations in the provisions lsquo4252Zrsquolsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo are limited to 12pyZ

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 23 Rev T

          SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

          SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of2000 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

          SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

          SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 3000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

          STEELGRD S235JRG2 Value from Table 00BS59503-4

          STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to be madeUsing the value of STEELGRD the design strength (Py) can be correctly determinedThis is particularly important for the higher strength steels since the design strengthdecrease when the thickness t is larger than 16 mm as shown in Table 00BS59503-4

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 24 V2

          Table 00BS59503-4

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S185 185 175 290

          S235JR 235 225 340

          S235JRG1 235 225 340

          S235JRG2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J0 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G3 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G4 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S275JR 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J0 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G3 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G4 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275N 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          S275NL 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 25 Rev T

          Table 00BS59503-4 (continued)

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S355JR 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J0 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355N 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S355NL 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S420N 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S420NL 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S460N 460 440 430 410 400 550

          S460NL 460 440 430 410 400 550

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 26 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Provisions of 00BS5950

          V2 00BS5950 4 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59504 Provisions of 00BS5950

          This section presents the equations used in 00BS5950 code to determine theacceptability of a profile The equations have been divided into provisions where eachprovision represents a comparison which may be output with the TRACE parameter andorstored with the SUMMARY parameter Provision names used in SUMMARY and TRACEoutput are given and then the equations used in the particular provision are followed Eachprovision is accompanied by a brief description of the check being made and the section ofthe BS 5950-12000 (95) specification on which it is based Conditions which determinewhether or not a provision is to be checked are described before each provision Symbolsparameters and properties used in the provisions have been described in the precedingsections

          A special provision ldquoNotCheckrdquo is used to indicate that no profile is available for thedesired grade of steel (STEELGRD) which is large enough to carry the forces acting on themember When this condition occurs no other provisions are checked for the member

          The remainder of this section is divided into three (3) subsections Since each shapehas a unique design procedure they are presented in separate subsections as shown below

          Shape Subsection

          I shapes 00BS595042

          Single Angles 00BS595043

          Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) 00BS595044

          Provisions of 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59504 - 2 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595041 General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          This section defines the symbols used in describing the provisions of the 00BS5950code To minimize confusion the notation of the British Standard BS 5950-12000 (95)specification is used whenever possible Symbols that are determined from parameters areidentified in this section When appropriate the units of a symbol are shown after itsdefinition

          A = cross-section area (mm2)= AX

          Ae = effective net cross-sectional area (mm2)= (PF) AX

          Aeff = effective cross-sectional area (see provisionlsquoAeffrsquo) (mm2)

          Ag = AX = gross cross-sectional area (mm2)Avy = shear area in the Y direction (mm2)Avz = shear area in the Z direction (mm2)AX = Ag = cross-sectional area (see property lsquoAXrsquo Section

          00BS59502) (mm2)AY = cross-sectional shear area in Y direction (see

          property lsquoAYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm2)AZ = cross-sectional shear area in Z direction (mm2)a = stiffener spacing Clear distance between

          transverse stiffeners (see parameter lsquoarsquo) (mm)B = flange width (mm)

          = ZDBF2TF = bT = section property (see Section 00BS59502)b = ZD 2 = flange width (mm)b = LEG2 = length of the shorter leg (mm)bT = BF2TF = ratio of frac12 flange width to flange thickness (ie I

          shape)D = overall depth (see property lsquoYDrsquo) (mm)D = OD = outside diameter circular hollow section (CHS

          pipe) (mm)d = INTYD = web depth (see provision lsquodTrsquo) (mm)d = LEG1 = length of the longer leg (mm)dt = dt = if this property is not available in the table

          database d divided by lsquoWBTKrsquo is used

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 2 V2

          E = modulus of elasticity of steel (see parameterREDE (E = REDEtimes(the analysis constant E)))(MPa)

          F = axial tension force (N)= FX

          Fc = axial compression (N)FLTK = T = flange thickness (mm)FRLEY = factor used to compute nominal effective

          unbraced length about the member Y axisDefault value is equal to 10 (see ParameterlsquoFRLEYrsquo)

          FRLEZ = factor used to compute nominal effectiveunbraced length about the member Z axisDefault value is equal to 10 (see ParameterlsquoFRLEYrsquo)

          FRLY = fractional form of the parameter lsquoLYrsquo allowsunbraced length to be specified as fractions of thetotal length Used only when lsquoLYrsquo is computed

          FRLZ = fractional form of the parameter lsquoLZrsquo allowsunbraced length to be specified as fractions of thetotal length Used only when lsquoLZrsquo is computed

          Ft = actual tension force at a section (N)FX = axial section force (positive represents a tensile

          force negative represents a compressive force)(N)

          FXMIN = smallest magnitude axial force which will beconsidered by the code (see parameter FXMIN)(N)

          FY = shear force in member Y direction (N)FYMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Y

          direction which will be considered by the code(see parameter FYMIN) (N)

          Fvy = actual shear force in member Y direction (N)= FY

          Fvz = actual shear force in member Z direction (N)= FZ

          FZ = shear force in member Z direction (N)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 3 Rev T

          FZMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Zdirection which will be considered by the code(see parameter FZMIN) (N)

          ff = mean longitudinal stress in the smaller flange dueto moment andor axial force (Nmm2)

          =FXAX

          MZSZ

          +

          G = shear modulus of steel (see Parameter REDE (G = REDEtimes(the analysis constant G)) (Nmm2)

          hs = distance between the shear centers of the flanges(mm)

          = YD - FLTKINTYD = section property (see Section 00BS59502) (mm)Ix = IX = J = torsional constant (mm4)Iy = IY = moment of inertia about the member Y axis

          (mm4)Iz = IZ = moment of inertia about the member Z axis

          (mm4)J = IX = torsional constant (mm4)KLr = Klr = controlling slenderness ratioKy = KY = effective length factor about the member Y axis

          (see parameter KY)Kz = KZ = effective length factor about the member Z axis

          (see parameter KZ)Lr = limiting slenderness ratio for tension memberLE = effective length for lateral-torsional buckling (see

          provision lsquoLErsquo) (mm)LEG1 = length of the single angle longer leg (see property

          lsquoLEG1rsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)LEG2 = length of the single angle shorter leg (see property

          lsquoLEG2rsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the

          member local Y axis (mm)= FRLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about themember local Z axis (mm)

          = FRLEZ timesLz

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 4 V2

          Lx = LX = unbraced length for torsional buckling about themember X axis (mm)

          Ly = LY = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis(see parameters LY and FRLY) (mm)

          Lz = LZ = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis(see parameters LZ and FRLZ) (mm)

          lr = actual slenderness ratio for tension memberMb = buckling resistance moment (see provision

          lsquo4364) (Nndashmm)Mcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in

          the absence of axial load (see provisionslsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253Yrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          Mcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) inthe absence of axial load (see provisionslsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          MLT = maximum major axis (Z axis) moment in thesegment length Lx governing Mb (Nndashmm)

          Mpf = plastic moment capacity of the smaller flangeabout its own equal area axis perpendicular to theplane of the web determined using pyf (Nndashmm)

          = pyf ( FLTK times ZD2 2 )Mpw = plastic moment capacity of the smaller web about

          its own equal area axis perpendicular to the planeof the web determined using pyw (Nndashmm)

          = pyw ( INTYD times WBTK2 4 )Mry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment

          capacity in the presence of axial force (seeprovision lsquoMryrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          Mrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic momentcapacity in the presence of axial force (seeprovision lsquoMrzrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          My = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) atthe section (Nndashmm)

          = MYMY = actual moment about the member Y axis (Nndashmm)MYMIN = smallest magnitude member Y axis moment

          which will be considered by the code (see param-eter MYMIN) (Nndashmm)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 5 Rev T

          Mz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at thesection (Nndashmm)

          = MZMZ = actual moment about the member Z axis

          (Nndashmm)Mzmax = maximum major axis (Z axis) moment in the

          segment (Nndashmm)MZMIN = smallest magnitude member Z axis moment which

          will be considered by the code (see parameterMZMIN) (Nndashmm)

          mLT = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsional buckling (see parameter lsquomLTrsquo)

          my = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Yaxis (minor axis) (see parameter lsquomyrsquo)

          myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateralflexural buckling (see parameter lsquomyzrsquo)

          mZ = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Zaxis (major axis) (see parameter lsquomzrsquo)

          OD = outside diameter circular hollow section (CHSpipe) (see property lsquoODrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm)

          Pc = smaller value of Pcy and Pcz (see provision lsquoC1Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo) (N)

          PF = factor to compute the net area for memberssubject to axial tension default value equal to 10(see parameter lsquoPFrsquo)

          Pt = limiting tension capacity (N)Pv = shear capacity (see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo) (N)

          = 06 py AvPvy = shear capacity (see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo) (N)Pvz = shear capacity (see provision lsquo423 Zrsquo) (N)Py = py = this is the parameter lsquoPyrsquo for specifying the

          design strength of steel (Nmm2)Pyf = pyf = this is the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo for specifying the

          design strength of the flange If a value for theparameter lsquoPyfrsquo is not specified value ofparameter lsquoPyrsquo is used (Nmm2)

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 6 V2

          Pyw = pyw = this is the parameter lsquoPywrsquo for specifying thedesign strength of the web If a value for theparameter lsquoPywrsquo is not specified value ofparameter lsquoPyrsquo is used (Nmm2)

          pb = bending strength for resistance to lateral-torsionalbuckling (see provision lsquoB21) (Nmm2)

          pcy = compressive strength about the Y axesComputation of compression resistance pcy isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcz = compressive strength about the Z axesComputation of compression resistance pcz isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pczrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcsy = value of pcy for a reduced slenderness of8(AeffAg)05 in which 8y is based on the radius ofgyration ry of the gross cross-sectionComputation of compression resistance pcy isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcsz = value of pcz for a reduced slenderness of8(AeffAg)05 in which 8z is based on the radius ofgyration rz of the gross cross-sectionComputation of compression resistance pcz isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pczrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcyr = compressive strength about principal Y axesThis value is computed for unequal leg singleangle with class 4 slender cross-section Reduceddesign strength pyr is used for the computation ofthe pcyr Computation of compression resistancepcy is shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo

          pczr = compressive strength about principal Z axes Thisvalue is computed for unequal leg single anglewith class 4 slender cross-section Reduceddesign strength pzr is used for the computation ofthe pczr Computation of compression resistancepcz is shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          pE = (B2 E 8LT2)

          py = Py = design strength of steel This is the parameterlsquoPyrsquo (Nmm2)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 7 Rev T

          pyf = Pyf = design strength of the flange This is theparameter lsquoPyfrsquo (Nmm2)

          pyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section thathas a class 4 slender web (see provision lsquoPyrrsquo)(Nmm2)

          pyrAxial = reduced design strength for a member under axialcompression with a class 4 slender cross-section(see provision lsquoPyrAxialrsquo) (Nmm2)

          pyrBending = reduced design strength for a member undercompression due to bending with a class 4 slendercross-section (see provision lsquoPyrBendrsquo)

          pyw = Pyw = design strength of the web This is the parameterlsquoPywrsquo (Nmm2)

          qw = shear buckling strength of the web (Annex H1 ofBS 5950-12000) (Nmm2)

          ry = RY = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (seeproperty lsquoRYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          rz = RZ = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (seeproperty lsquoRZrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          SECTYPE = parameter to indicate that the cross-section isrolled or welded shape (see parameter SECTYPE)

          SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) formember subjected to axial tension

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) formember subjected to axial compression Defaultvalue is 180

          Srz = reduced plastic modulus about the major axes (Zaxis) (mm3)

          SY = Zy = section modulus about the member local Y axis(see property lsquoSYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          SZ = Zz = section modulus about the member local Z axis(see property lsquoSZrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Sy = ZY = plastic modulus about the minor axis (local Y axis(see property lsquoZYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Syeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about theY axis (see provision lsquoSyeffrsquo) (mm3)

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 8 V2

          Sz = ZZ = plastic modulus about the major axis (local Zaxis) (see property lsquoZZrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm3)

          Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about theZ axis (see provision lsquoSzeffrsquo) (mm3)

          Svz = plastic modulus of the shear area in Z direction(mm3)

          = (D2 t) 4 for rolled I and H sections= (d2 t) 4 for welded I and H sections

          T = FLTK = flange thickness (see property lsquoFLTKrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          THICK = thickness of the single angle (see propertylsquoTHICKrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          THICK = thickness circular hollow section (CHS pipe) (seeproperty lsquoTHICKrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          t = WBTK = web thickness (see property lsquoWBTKrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          t = THICK = thickness of the single angle (mm)t = THICK = thickness circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          (mm)u = buckling parameter of a cross-section (see

          provision lsquoursquo)Vw = shear buckling resistance based on simplified

          method see provision 4452 (Section 4452 ofBS 5950-12000) (N)

          = d t qw

          v = slenderness factor for a beam (see provision lsquovrsquo)WBTK = t = web thickness (see property lsquoWBTKrsquo Section

          00BS59502) (mm)x = torsional index of a cross-section (see provision

          lsquoxrsquo)YC = centroid of the cross-section The positive Y

          direction distance from the local Z axis to theextreme fiber along the local Y axis (half of theprofile depth) (see property lsquoYCrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          YD = cross-section depth ( see property lsquoYDrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 9 Rev T

          ZC = positive member Z direction distance from themember Y axis to the extreme fiber along themember Z axis (see property lsquoZCrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          ZD = flange width (see property lsquoZDrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          ZY = Sy = plastic modulus about the member local Y axis(see property lsquoZYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Zy = SY = section modulus about the minor axis (local Yaxis) (see property lsquoSYrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm3)

          Zyeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about theY axis (see provision lsquoZyeffrsquo) (mm3)

          ZZ = Sz = plastic modulus about the member local Z axis(see property lsquoZZrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Zz = SZ = section modulus about the major axis (local Zaxis) (see property lsquoSZrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm3)

          Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about theZ axis (see provision lsquoZzeffrsquo) (mm3)

          LT = robertson constant$W = see provision lsquoBetaWrsquo for this ratio$ = Dt$1 = dt$2 = (b+d)t$3 = limiting value for Dt for a class 3 semi-compact

          cross-section$31 = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact$32 = limiting value for (b+d)t for a class 3 semi-

          compact$2f = limiting value for bT for a class 2 compact flange$3f = limiting value for bT for a class 3 semi-compact

          flange$2w = limiting value for dt for a class 2 compact web$3w = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact

          web( = (1 IyIz)

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 10 V2

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          = ( )2750 5

          p y

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by100

          0LT = Perry factor coefficient for lateral torsionalbuckling (see provision lsquoB22)

          8L0 = limiting equivalent slenderness8LT = equivalent slenderness (see provision lsquoLamdaLTrsquo)8y = LE ry

          B = constant pi value of 31415927 is used hereDy = shear reduction factorDz = shear reduction factor

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595042 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          Section Classification - I shapes

          bT (Limiting flange width to thickness ratio bT BS 5950-12000 Section35 and Table 11)

          The bT section classification for I-shapes is done using the following tables

          For SECTYPE = ROLLED

          bTRolled Sections

          Flange ClassificationRolled Sections

          bT 9g Class 1 Plastic

          bT 10g Class 2 Compact

          bT 15g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          bT gt 15g Class 4 Slender

          For SECTYPE = WELDED

          bTWelded Sections

          Flange ClassificationWelded Sections

          bT 8g Class 1 Plastic

          bT 9g Class 2 Compact

          bT 13g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          bT gt 13g Class 4 Slender

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 2 V2

          WherebT = BF2TF (Property from Table)BF2TF = this is the property taken from the table database

          The bT ratio of the flange computed as frac12 theflange width (property lsquoZDrsquo) divided by the flangethickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo) If this property is notavailable frac12 the flange width (property lsquoZDrsquo)divided by the flange thickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo)is used

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquopyf = design strength of the flange This is the parameter

          lsquoPyfrsquo If a value for the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo is notspecified value of parameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          SECTYPE = parameter to indicate that the cross-section is rolledor welded shape

          T = flange thickness= FLTK (Property from Table)

          ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 3 Rev T

          dt (Limiting web width to thickness ratio dt BS 5950-12000 Section 35and Table 11)

          The dt section classification for I-shapes is done using the following table

          dt Web ClassificationNeutral axis at mid-depth

          dt but $ 40g80

          1 1

          ε+ r

          Class 1 Plastic

          dt but $ 40g100

          1 15 1

          ε+ r

          Class 2 Compact

          dt but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Class 3 Semi-Compact

          dt gt but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Class 4 Slender

          WhereFor member under axial compression

          FX is negative and FX $ FXMIN

          r1 = but -1 lt r1 1| |F

          dt pc

          yw

          r2 =| |F

          A pc

          g yw

          For member under tension or pure bending (no axial force)FX is positive and FX $ FXMIN orFX lt FXMIN and MY $ MYMIN or MZ $ MZMIN

          r1 = r2 = 00

          Ag = gross cross-sectional area= AX (Property from Table)

          d = web depthdt = INTYD WBTKFc = axial compression

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 4 V2

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)INTYD = web depth (clear depth of the web) This is the property d

          in the BS 5950-12000 code and GTSTRUDL Britishtables contain this value in the database Web depth (cleardepth of the web) is computed as cross-section depthminus twice the flange thickness and minus twice theconnection curve radius between the web and the flangeThis property in other tables like AISC tables have slightlydifferent definition For example INTYD in the AISCtables are defined as the total profile depth (YD) minustwice the flange thickness (FLTK) This property forwelded section is defined as the total profile depth (YD)minus twice the flange thickness (FLTK)

          (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquopyf = design strength of the flange This is the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo

          If a value for the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo is not specified value ofparameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          pyw = design strength of the web This is the parameter lsquoPywrsquoIf a value for the parameter lsquoPywrsquo is not specified valueof parameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          t = web thickness= WBTK (Property from Table)

          WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 5 Rev T

          Aeff (Effective cross-sectional area Aeff BS 5950-12000 Section 3622)

          The effective cross-sectional area is computed when eighter the flange (provisionslsquobTrsquo and lsquoClass-Frsquo) or web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is a class 4 slender Theeffective cross-section area Aeff is computed based on the effective cross-section as shownin Figure 00BS595042-1

          When Provision Class-F = 40 or Class-W = 40

          FX is negative compression forceFX $ FXMIN

          For Rolled and Welded I-sectiondeff = 2times20tg but dAeff = Ag (d deff) t

          For Rolled H-sectionbeff = 2times15Tg but ZDAeff = Ag 2times(ZD beff)T

          For Welded H-sectionbeff = 2times13Tg + t but ZDAeff = Ag 2times(ZD beff)T

          WhereAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)d = web depth See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanation

          = INTYD (Property from Table)FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)T = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 6 V2

          00BS595042-1 Effective cross-section for determining Aeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 7 Rev T

          ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          Syeff (Effective plastic modulus about the minor axis (local Y axis) Syeff BS 5950-12000 Section 3562)

          The effective plastic modulus about the minor axis (local Y axis) is computed wheneither the flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo and lsquoClass-Frsquo) or web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) isless than or equal to class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-F 3 and Class-W 3One of the Class-F or Class-W has to be equal to 3

          MY $ MYMIN

          Syeff = ( )Z S Zb T

          y y y

          f

          f

          f

          + minusminus

          minus

          β

          β

          β

          3

          3

          2

          1

          1

          Whereb = flange outstand

          = ZD 2py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquopyf = design strength of the flange This is the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo

          If a value for the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo is not specified valueof parameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          SECTYPE = parameter to indicate that the cross-section is rolled orwelded shape

          Sy = plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)= ZY (Property from Table)

          T = flange thicknessZy = section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = SY (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 8 V2

          $2f = limiting value for bT for a class 2 compact flange= 10g for rolled section (parameter SECTYPE =

          ROLLED)= 9g for welded section (parameter SECTYPE =

          WELDED)$3f = limiting value for bT for a class 3 semi-compact flange

          = 15g for rolled section (parameter SECTYPE =ROLLED)

          = 13g for welded section (parameter SECTYPE =WELDED)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          Szeff (Effective plastic modulus about the major axis (local Z axis) Szeff BS5950-12000 Section 3562)

          The effective plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis) is computed when eitherthe flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo and lsquoClass-Frsquo) or web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is lessthan or equal to class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-F 3 and Class-W 3One of the Class-F or Class-W has to be equal to 3

          MZ $ MZMIN

          Szeff = ( )Z S Zd t

          z z z

          w

          w

          w

          + minus

          minus

          minus

          β

          ββ

          32

          3

          2

          2

          1

          1

          but

          Szeff ( )Z S Zb T

          z z z

          f

          f

          f

          + minusminus

          minus

          β

          β

          β

          3

          3

          2

          1

          1

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 9 Rev T

          Whered = web depth See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationSz = plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)Zz = section modulus about the major axis (Z axis)$2w = limiting value for dt for a class 2 compact web

          = but $ 40g100

          1 15 1

          ε+ r

          $3w = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact web

          = but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Symbols b py pyf SECTYPE T $2f $3f and g are defined in the provisionlsquoSyeffrsquo

          Symbols r1 and r2 are defined in the provision lsquodtrsquo

          Zyeff (Effective minor axis section modulus Zyeff about the local Y axis forrolled and welded H-sections BS 5950-12000 Section 3623)

          The effective section modulus is computed when the flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo andlsquoClass-Frsquo) is a class 4 slender and the web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is not a class 4slender The provision is applicable to rolled and welded H-sections only The effectiveminor axis (Y axis) section modulus Zyeff for the H-section is computed based on theeffective cross-section as shown in Figure 00BS595042-2

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Compute centroid of the cross-section Zceff based on the effective cross-sectionproperty

          beff = 15Tg for Rolled H-section= 13Tg + t2 for Welded H-section

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 10 V2

          00BS595042-2 Effective cross-section web fully effective for determining Zyeff andZzeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 11 Rev T

          A1 = 2 times beff times FLTK times (beff2)A2 = (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK times beff

          A3 = 2 times (ZD2) times FLTK times ((ZD4) + beff)A4 = 2 times beff times FLTK + (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK + 2 times (ZD2) times

          FLTK

          Zceff =A A A

          A1 2 3

          4

          + +

          Compute effective minor axis moment of inertia about the Y axis

          B1 =2

          3

          3times timesFLTK beff

          bt = ZD Zceff ((ZD2) beff)

          B2 =2

          3

          3times timesFLTK bt

          B3 = ( )INTYD WBTKINTYD WBTK ZD bt

          times+ times minus

          32

          122( )

          IYeff = B1 + B2 + B3

          Compute effective minor axis section modulus about the Y axis

          Zyeff =IYZ

          eff

          c eff

          WhereFLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)T = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)YC = centroid of the cross-section The positive Y direction

          distance from the local Z axis to the extreme fiber along thelocal Y axis (half of the profile depth)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 12 V2

          YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          Zzeff (Effective major axis section modulus Zzeff about the local Z axis forrolled and welded H-sections BS 5950-12000 Section 3623)

          The effective section modulus is computed when the flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo andlsquoClass-Frsquo) is a class 4 slender and the web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is not a class 4slender The provision is applicable to rolled and welded H-sections only The effectivemajor axis (local Z axis) section modulus Zzeff for the H-section is computed based on theeffective cross-section as shown in Figure 00BS595042-2

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Compute centroid of the cross-section Yceff based on the effective cross-sectionproperty

          ZDeff = 2times15Tg for Rolled H-section= 2times13Tg + t for Welded H-section

          A1 = ZDeff times FLTK times (FLTK2)A2 = (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK times (FLTK + (YD 2timesFLTK) 2)A3 = ZD times FLTK times (YD FLTK2)A4 = ZDeff times FLTK + (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK + ZD times FLTK

          Yceff =A A A

          A1 2 3

          4

          + +

          Compute effective major axis moment of inertia about the local Z axis

          B1 =ZD FLTK

          ZD FLTK Y FLTKeffeff c eff

          times+ times times minus

          32

          122( )

          B2 =ZD FLTK

          ZD FLTK YC Y FLTKc eff

          times+ times times minus minus

          32

          122(( ) )

          B3 =WBTK Y FLTKc efftimes minus( )

          3

          3

          B4 =WBTK YD Y FLTKc efftimes minus minus(( ) )

          3

          3

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 13 Rev T

          IZeff = B1 + B2 + B3 + B4

          Compute effective major axis section modulus about the local Z axis

          Zzeff =IZY

          eff

          c eff

          WhereFLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)T = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)YC = centroid of the cross-section The positive Y direction

          distance from the local Z axis to the extreme fiber along thelocal Y axis (half of the profile depth)

          YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 14 V2

          Pyr (Reduced design strength pyr when web is class 4 slender BS 5950-12000 Section 365)

          When the web of a cross-section is a class 4 slender a reduced design strength pyr iscomputed at which the web of the cross-section would be a class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-W = 40

          pyr = ( )β β3

          2py

          Whered = web depth See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationt = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)$ = dt$3 = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact web

          = but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Symbols py r2 and g are defined in the provision lsquodtrsquo

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 15 Rev T

          Class-F (Section classification of the flange BS 5950-12000 Section 35Table 11)

          The lsquoClass-Frsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the flange width tothickness ratio bT check (see provision lsquobTrsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Frsquo indicates theclassification of the flange The Table 00BS595042-1 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595042-1

          Flange Classification Provision lsquoClass-Frsquo for 00BS5950 Code

          Value of lsquoClass-Frsquo 00BS5950 Flange Classifications

          1 Class 1 Plastic

          2 Class 2 Compact

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 16 V2

          Class-W (Section classification of the web BS 5950-12000 Section 35 andTable 11)

          The lsquoClass-Wrsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the web width tothickness ratio dt check (see provision lsquodtrsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Wrsquo indicates theclassification of the web The Table 00BS595042-2 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595042-2

          Web Classification Provision lsquoClass-Wrsquo for 00BS5950 code

          Value of lsquoClass-Wrsquo 00BS5950 Web Classifications

          1 Class 1 Plastic

          2 Class 2 Compact

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 17 Rev T

          Axial Tension - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX $ FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr BS 5950-12000)

          Actual lr = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          y

          y

          z

          z

          Limiting Lr = SLENTEN If user specifies a value forSLENTEN this provision ischecked

          WhereLy = actual unbraced length about the member local Y axis (see

          parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)Lz = actual unbraced length about the member local Z axis (see

          parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (see property

          lsquoRYrsquo)rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (see property

          lsquoRZrsquo)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ration (Lr) for

          member subjected to axial tension This is the parameterlsquoSLENTENrsquo

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 18 V2

          461 T (Tension capacity of a member for gross area BS 5950-12000Section 461)

          Actual Tension Force Ft = FX

          Limiting Tension Capacity Pt = py Ae

          WhereAe = (PF) AXAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)Ft = actual tension force at a sectionFX = actual axial section force Positive value represents a tensile forcePF = parameter default value equal to 10Pt = limiting tension capacitypy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 19 Rev T

          Axial Compression - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX $FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          LEr (Maximum slenderness ratio LEr BS 5950-12000 Section 472)

          Actual 8 = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          Ey

          y

          Ez

          z

          Limiting 8 = SLENCOMP default value is 180

          WhereEFLEY = parameter effective factor value used to compute

          nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis Default value is equal to 10

          EFLEZ = parameter effective factor value used to computenominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis Default value is equal to 10

          LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis

          = EFLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis

          = EFLEZ timesLz

          Ly = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (seeparameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)

          Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (seeparameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)

          ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (seeproperty lsquoRYrsquo)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 20 V2

          rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (seeproperty lsquoRZrsquo)

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) formember subjected to axial compression This is theparameter lsquoSLENCOMPrsquo

          474 (Compression resistance Pc BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          Actual Compression Force Fc = FX

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact or class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcy Ag pcz)

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Aeff pcsy Aeff pcsz)

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)AX = gross cross-sectional area property from tableFX = actual axial section force Negative value represents a

          compressive forcepcy pcz = compressive strength about Y and Z axes respectively

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are shownin the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          pcsy pcsz = value of pcy and pcz for a reduced slenderness of 8(AeffAg)05 inwhich 8 is based on the radius of gyration r of the gross cross-section Computation of compression resistance pcy and pczare shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 21 Rev T

          C1 Pcy (Computation of compression resistance about the Y and Z axes pcy

          C1 Pcz and pcz BS 5950-12000 Section 475 and Annex C1)

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are as follows

          Step 1 When maximum thickness of a cross-section is between 40 mm and 50mm the value of the pcy and pcz are computed as the average of the valuesfor thicknesses up to 40 mm and over 40 mm for the relevant value of py

          40 mm lt Maximum thickness 50 mm

          Maximum thickness = maximum of ( FLTK WBTK )FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)

          a Compute pcy and pcz based on the thickness less than and equal to 40mm This is steps 2 to 8 for thickness less than and equal to 40mmI Design strength py is computed according to the thickness less

          than or equal to 40 mmii Robertson constant is computed based on the thickness less

          than or equal to 40 mm (see step 7)

          b Compute pcy and pcz based on the thickness greater than 40 mmThis is steps 2 to 8 for thickness greater than 40 mmI Design strength py is computed according to the thickness

          greater than 40 mmii Robertson constant is computed based on the thickness

          greater than 40 mm (see step 7)

          c Average between the pcy computed from the a and b above

          pcy =( ) ( )p pcy t mm from a cy t mm from ble gt

          +40 40

          2

          d Average between the pcz computed from the a and b above

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 22 V2

          pcz =( ) ( )p pcz t mm from a cz t mm from ble gt

          +40 40

          2

          Step 2 Compute reduced slenderness for class 4 slender cross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class-F = 4

          8y = 8y(AeffAg)05

          8z = 8z(AeffAg)05

          When provision Class-W = 4

          py = pyr

          Step 3 For welded I or H sections reduce value of py (design strength) by 20Nmm2 (BS 5950-12000 Section 475) This reduction is applicableonly to this provision

          If parameter SECTYPE = WELDED

          py = py 200

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 23 Rev T

          Step 4 Compute Euler compressive strength (BS 5950-12000 Annex C1)

          pEy =π

          λ

          2

          2E

          y

          pEz = π

          λ

          2

          2E

          z

          Step 5 Compute limiting slenderness 80 (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          80 = 02 (B2 E py)05

          Step 6 Compute the Robertson Constant (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          For Rolled I-sectionsWhen maximum thickness 40 mm

          y = 35 curve bz = 20 curve a

          When maximum thickness gt 40 mmy = 55 curve cz = 35 curve b

          For Rolled H-sectionsWhen maximum thickness 40 mm

          y = 55 curve cz = 35 curve b

          When maximum thickness gt 40 mmy = 80 curve dz = 55 curve c

          For Welded I or H-sectionsWhen maximum thickness 40 mm

          y = 55 curve cz = 35 curve b

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 24 V2

          When maximum thickness gt 40 mmy = 80 curve dz = 35 curve b

          Step 7 Compute the Perry factor (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          0y = y (8y 80) 1000 but 0y $ 0

          0z = z (8z 80) 1000 but 0z $ 0

          Where y and z are the Robertson Constant shown in the Step 6 above

          Step 8 Compute the compressive strength pcy and pcz (BS 5950-12000 AnnexC1)

          pcy =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ey y

          y y Ey yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          pcz =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ez y

          z z Ez yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          Where

          Ny =p py y Ey+ +( )η 1

          2

          Nz =p py z Ez+ +( )η 1

          2Aeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)E = modulus of elasticity of steelpy = design strength of steel

          Symbols LEy LEz ry rz 8y and 8z are defined in the provision lsquoLEr

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 25 Rev T

          Shear Stresses - I shapes

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Y direction ispresent ie FY $ FYMIN

          423 Y (Shear capacity in Y direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          Limiting shear capacity Pvy = 06 py Avy

          WhereAvy = shear area in the Y directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avy = t D for rolled I and H sections= t d for welded I and H sections

          D = overall depth= YD (Property from Table)

          d = depth of the web= INTYD (Property from Table)

          FY = shear force in member Y directionINTYD = clear depth of the web (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvy = AYAY = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquoAvy = SHRAREAF times Ag

          Ag = gross cross-sectional area= AX (Property from Table)

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 26 V2

          4452 (Shear buckling check Simplified method BS 5950-12000 Section4452 and Annex H1)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          When dt gt 70 g = 70 (275 py)05 for rolled I and H sections

          dt gt 62 g = 62 (275 py)05 for welded I and H sections

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          Limiting shear buckling capacity Vb = Vw = d t qw

          Whered = depth of the web See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationFY = shear force in member Y directionpy = design strength of steelqw = shear buckling strength of the web (Annex H1 of BS 5950-

          12000)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          Shear buckling strength qw is calculated as follows (Annex H1 of BS 5950-12000)

          For Rolled I and H-SectionsIf 8w 09

          qw = pv

          If 8w gt 09qw = 09 pv 8w

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 27 Rev T

          For Welded I and H-SectionsIf 8w 08

          qw = pv

          If 08 lt 8w lt 125qw = [(1348 56 8w)9] pv

          If 8w $ 125qw = 09 pv 8w

          Wherepv = 06 pyw

          8w = [ pv qe ]05

          If ad 1

          qe =( )

          0 751 1000

          2

          2

          +

          a d d t

          If ad gt 1

          qe = ( )1

          0 75 10002

          2

          +

          a d d t

          Wherea = stiffener spacing

          = parameter lsquoarsquod = depth of the web See provision lsquodTrsquo for more

          explanationpyw = design strength of the web

          = parameter lsquoPywrsquot = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 28 V2

          4453 (Shear buckling check More exact method BS 5950-12000Sections 4453 4452 and Annex H1)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          When dt gt 70 g = 70 (275 py)05 for rolled I and H sections

          dt gt 62 g = 62 (275 py)05 for welded I and H sections

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          If the flange of the panel are fully stressed (ff = pyf)

          Limiting shear buckling capacity Vb = Vw = d t qw

          If the flanges are not fully stressed (ff lt pyf)

          Limiting shear buckling capacity Vb = Vw + Vf but Vb Pv

          Where

          Vf =( ) ( )

          ( )P d a f p

          M M

          v f yf

          pw pf

          1

          1 015

          2minus

          +

          If ff gt pyf then Vf = 00a = stiffener spacing

          = parameter lsquoarsquoAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)d = depth of the web See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationff = mean longitudinal stress in the smaller flange due to moment

          andor axial force

          =FXAX

          MZSZ

          +

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 29 Rev T

          FX = actual axial section forceINTYD = clear depth of the web (Property from Table)Mpf = plastic moment capacity of the smaller flange about its own

          equal area axis perpendicular to the plane of the webdetermined using pyf

          = pyf ( FLTK times ZD2 2 )Mpw = plastic moment capacity of the smaller web about its own

          equal area axis perpendicular to the plane of the webdetermined using pyw

          = pyw ( INTYD times WBTK2 4 )MZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPv = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo

          = 06 py Avy

          pyf = design strength of the flange= parameter lsquoPyfrsquo

          pyw = design strength of the web= parameter lsquoPywrsquo

          qw = shear buckling strength (see provision 4452)SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (Property from Table)Vw = shear buckling resistance based on simplified method see

          provision 4452 (Section 4452 of BS 5950-12000)= d t qw

          WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 30 V2

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Z direction ispresent ie FZ $ FZMIN

          423 Z (Shear capacity in Z direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvz = FZ

          Limiting shear capacity Pvz = 06 py Avz

          WhereAvz = shear area in the Z directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avz = 20 timesFLTKtimesZDFLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvz = AZAZ = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameterlsquoSHRAREAFrsquo This option only applicable to shear area in the Y direction(see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo)

          Avz = AZ

          FZ = shear force in the member Z directionpy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 31 Rev T

          Z Axis Bending - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to strong axis bending moment (about the Z axis) ie MZ$ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension flangeFigures 00BS595042-3 (a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

          4252Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvy Fvy 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Sz but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zz or= py Szeff

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zzeff

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 32 V2

          Figure 00BS595042-3 Bending Stresses for I Shapes

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 33 Rev T

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = pyr Zz

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = Minimum of (pyr Zz py Zzeff)

          WhereFvy = actual shear force in member Y direction

          = FYMZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoSz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 34 V2

          4253Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvyFvy gt 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Sz Dz Svz)

          but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zz Dz Svz 15) or= py (Szeff Dz Svz)

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zzeff Dz Svz 15)

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = pyr (Zz Dz Svz 15)

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment CapacityMcz = Minimum of [pyr (Zz Dz Svz 15) py (Zzeff Dz Svz 15)]

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 35 Rev T

          WhereD = overall depth

          = YD (Property from Table)d = depth of the web

          = INTYD (Property from Table)Fvy = shear force in member Y directionINTYD = clear depth of the web (Property from Table)MZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoqw = shear buckling strength (see provision 4452)Sz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoSvz = plastic modulus of the shear area in Z direction

          = (D2 t) 4 for rolled I and H sections= (d2 t) 4 for welded I and H sections

          t = web thickness= WBTK (Property from Table)

          Vw = shear buckling resistance based on simplified method seeprovision 4452 (Section 4452 of BS 5950-12000)

          = d t qw

          YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)Zz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquo

          Dz = shear reduction factor This is the maximum of the next twoequations below

          = [2(Fvy Pvy) 1]2 Fvy gt 06Pvy

          = [2(Fvy Vw) 1]2 Fvy gt 06Vw

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 36 V2

          Y Axis Bending - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to weak axis bending moment (about the Y axis) ie MY$ MYMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension flangeFigures 00BS595042-3 (c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

          4252Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvz Fvz 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Sy but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zy or= py Syeff

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zyeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 37 Rev T

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = pyr Zy

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = Minimum of (pyr Zy py Zyeff)

          WhereFvz = actual shear force in member Z direction

          = FZMY = actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Syeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoSyeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)Zyeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoZyeffrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 38 V2

          4253Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvzFvz gt 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Sy Dy Svy)

          but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zy Dy Svy 15) or= py (Syeff Dy Svy)

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zyeff Dy Svy 15)

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = pyr (Zy Dy Svy 15)

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment Capacity

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 39 Rev T

          Mcy = Minimum of [pyr (Zy Dy Svy 15) py (Zyeff Dy Svy 15)]

          WhereFvz = shear force in member Z directionMY = the actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Syeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoSyeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)Zyeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoZyeffrsquoDy = shear reduction factor

          = [2(Fvz Pvz) 1]2

          Svy = plastic modulus of the shear area in Y direction = (ZD x ZD x FLTK) 2

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 40 V2

          Lateral Torsional Buckling - I shapes

          4362 (Lateral-torsional buckling resistance check BS 5950-12000Section 4362)

          Actual Moment Mz = MZ

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = Mb mLT

          WhereMb = buckling resistance moment see provision lsquo4364Mz = major axis (Z axis) moment at the section being code checkedX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          4364 (Buckling resistance moment Mb BS 5950-12000 Section 4364)

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Mb = pb Sz

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Mb = pb Zz or alternativelyMb = pb Szeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 41 Rev T

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          Mb = pb Zzeff

          Wherepb = bending strength for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling see

          provision lsquoB21Sz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquo

          B21 (bending strength pb for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling BS 5950-12000 Annex B21)

          The bending strength pb for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling is calculated as thesmaller root of

          (pE pb)(py pb) = 0LT pE pb

          From which the value of pb may be obtained using

          pb =( )

          p p

          p p

          E y

          LT LT E yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 42 V2

          WherepE = (B2 E 8LT

          2)py = design strength

          NLT =( )p py LT E+ +η 1

          20LT = Perry factor coefficient for lateral torsional buckling see

          provision lsquoB228LT = equivalent slenderness see provision lsquoLamdaLTrsquo

          B22 (Perry factor 0LT BS 5950-12000 Annex B22)

          For rolled sections (parameter SECTYPE = ROLLED)

          0LT = LT(8LT 8L0) 1000 but 0LT $ 0

          For welded sections (parameter SECTYPE = WELDED)

          If 8LT 8L0

          0LT = 0

          If 8L0 lt 8LT lt 28L0

          0LT = 2LT(8LT 8L0) 1000

          If 28L0 8LT 38L0

          0LT = 2LT8L0 1000

          If 8LT gt 38L0

          0LT = LT(8LT 8L0) 1000

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 43 Rev T

          WhereLT = Robertson constant

          = 708L0 = limiting equivalent slenderness

          = 04(B2 E py)05

          8LT = equivalent slenderness see provision lsquoLamdaLTrsquopy = design strength of steel

          = pyr for class 4 slender webpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquo

          LamdaLT (Equivalent slenderness 8LT BS 5950-12000 Annex B23)

          8LT = uv y Wλ β

          WhereLE = effective length for lateral-torsional buckling see provision lsquoLErsquory = radius of gyration about the Y axis (minor axis)u = buckling parameter of a cross-section see provision lsquoursquov = slenderness factor for a beam see provision lsquovrsquox = torsional index of a cross-section see provision lsquoxrsquo$W = see provision lsquoBetaWrsquo for this ratio8y = LE ry

          LE (Effective length LE of a member BS 5950-12000 Section 43 Table 13)

          The effective length of a member is calculated based on one of the following userspecified approaches

          (1) DefaultLE = EFLE times LLT

          WhereLLT = Parameter lsquoLLTrsquo

          (2) User specified option

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 44 V2

          LE is obtained from 00BS59501-6 based on the user specified value of A1to A7 for parameter lsquoLErsquo Table 00BS59501-6 is based on the Table 13 ofBS 5950-12000 Section 43Also see parameters lsquoLErsquo lsquoEFLErsquo lsquoLLTrsquo and lsquoFRLLTrsquo

          u (Buckling parameter of a cross-section u BS 5950-12000 Annex B23)

          u =4 2

          2 2

          0 25S

          A hz

          s

          γ

          WhereA = cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)hs = distance between the shear centers of the flanges

          = YD - FLTKSz = plastic modulus about the Z axis (major axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)YD = total depth (Property from Table)( = (1 IyIz)

          v (Slenderness factor for a beam v BS 5950-12000 Annex B23)

          v =( )

          1

          1 0 052 0 25

          +

          λy x

          WhereLE = effective length for lateral-torsional buckling see provision lsquoLErsquory = radius of gyration about the Y axis (minor axis)x = torsional index of a cross-section see provision lsquoxrsquo8y = LE ry

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 45 Rev T

          x (Torsional index of a cross-section x BS 5950-12000 Appendix B23)

          x = 0566hs(AJ)05

          WhereA = cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)hs = distance between the shear centers of the flanges

          = YD - FLTKJ = torsion constant

          = IX (Property from Table)YD = total depth (Property from Table)

          BetaW (Ratio $W BS 5950-12000 Section 4369)

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          $W = 10For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          If Mb = pb Zz $W = Zz Sz

          If Mb = pb Szeff $W = Szeff Sz

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          $W = Zzeff Sz

          Wherepb = bending strength for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling see

          provision lsquoB21Sz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquo

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 46 V2

          Combined Axial and Bending - I shapes

          Axial Tension and Bending Moment - I shapes

          The next provisions are considered when axial tension and bending momentabout one or both axes is present

          4822T (Combined axial tension and bending moment Simplified methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4822)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo This provision is also checked when the parameterlsquoMETHODrsquo is equal to lsquoEXACTrsquo and the member is a class 3 semi-compact or class4 slender cross-section

          WhereFt = axial tension force at the section

          = FXMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253ZrsquoPt = axial tension capacity see provision lsquo461 TrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 47 Rev T

          4823T (Combined axial tension and bending moment More exact methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMM

          z

          rzle +10

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XMM

          y

          ryle +10

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XMM

          MM

          z

          rz

          zy

          ry

          z

          +

          le +

          1 2

          10

          WhereMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquopy = the design strengthz1 = 20z2 = 10X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 48 V2

          Mrz (Major Axis (Z axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mrz BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mrz = py Srz

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSrz = reduced plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis) The value

          of the Srz is computed based on the value of the axial force ration

          n =F

          A py

          If n t(D 2T)A Srz = SA

          tnz minus

          22

          4

          If n gt t(D 2T)A Srz =AB

          BDA

          n n2

          42

          1 1

          minus

          +

          minus( )

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)B = flange width

          = ZD (Property from Table)D = overall depth

          = YD (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXT = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)Sz = plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 49 Rev T

          Mry (Minor Axis (Y axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mry BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mry = py Sry

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSry = reduced plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis) The value

          of the Sry is computed based on the value of the axial force ration

          n =F

          A py

          If n tDA Sry = SAD

          ny minus

          22

          4

          If n gt tDA Sry =AT

          BTA

          n n2

          84

          1 1

          minus

          +

          minus( )

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)B = flange width

          = ZD (Property from Table)D = overall depth

          = YD (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXT = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)Sy = plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = ZY (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 50 V2

          Axial Compression and Bending Moment - I shapes

          The next provisions are considered when axial compression and bendingmoment about one or both axes is present

          4832a (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 1 plasticClass 2 compact and Class 3 semi-compact cross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(a))

          This provision is checked for class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compact cross-section

          WhereAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)Fc = axial compression force at a sectionMy = bending moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at a section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = bending moment about the major axis (Z axis) at a section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquopy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 51 Rev T

          4832b (Combined axial compression and bending moment More exact4823C method Class 1 plastic and Class 2 compact cross-section BS 5950-

          12000 Sections 4832(b) 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMM

          z

          rzle +10

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XMM

          Y

          ryle +10

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XMM

          MM

          z

          rz

          zy

          ry

          z

          +

          le +

          1 2

          10

          WhereMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZpy = design strength of steelz1 = 20z2 = 10X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 52 V2

          4832c (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 4 slendercross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(c))

          This provision is checked for class 4 slender cross-sections

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoSymbols Fc My Mcy Mz Mcz py and X are defined in the provision lsquo4832arsquo

          48331_a (Member buckling resistance check Simplified method48331_b BS 5950-12000 Section 48331)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Following equations are both checked

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compact

          X 48331_aFP

          m Mp Z

          m Mp Z

          c

          c

          z z

          y z

          y y

          y y+ + le +10

          X 48331_bFP

          m MM

          m Mp Z

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b

          y y

          y y+ + le +10

          For class 4 slender

          X 48331_aFP

          m Mp Z

          m Mp Z

          c

          c

          z z

          y z eff

          y y

          y y eff+ + le +

          10

          X 48331_bFP

          m MM

          m Mp Z

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b

          y y

          y y eff+ + le +

          10

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 53 Rev T

          WhereFc = axial compression force at a section

          = FXMb = buckling resistance moment capacity (about major axis Z axis)

          see provision lsquo4364rsquoMLT = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lx governing

          Mb Major axis moment at the section being code checkedMy = minor axis (Y axis) moment in the segment length Ly governing

          Pcy Minor axis moment at the section being code checkedMz = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lz governing

          Pcz Major axis moment at the section being code checkedmLT = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsional buckling

          see parameter lsquomLTrsquomy = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Y axis (minor axis)

          see parameter lsquomyrsquomZ = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Z axis (major axis)

          see parameter lsquomzrsquoPc = smaller value of Pcy and Pcz see provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1

          PczrsquoPcy = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo considering

          buckling about the minor axis (Y axis) onlyPcz = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pczrsquo considering

          buckling about the major axis (Z axis) onlypy = design strength of steel

          = pyr for class 4 slender webpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoZy = elastic section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = SY (Property from Table)Zyeff = effective elastic section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          see provision lsquoZyeffrsquoZz = elastic section modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic section modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          see provision lsquoZzeffrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 54 V2

          48332a_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48332a_2 moments about the major axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48332(a))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          For major axis (Z axis) in-plane buckling

          X 48332a_1FP

          m MM

          FP

          c

          cz

          z z

          cz

          c

          cz+ +

          le +1 05 10

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48332a_2FP

          m MM

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b+ le +10

          WhereMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo

          and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          48332b_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48332b_2 moments about the minor axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48332(b))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          For minor axis (Y axis) in-plane buckling

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 55 Rev T

          ( )( )( )

          ( )( )

          m M F P

          M F P

          m M F P

          M F Pz z c cz

          cz c cz

          y y c cy

          cy c cy

          1 05

          1

          1

          110

          +

          minus+

          +

          minusle +

          X 48332b_1FP

          m MM

          FP

          c

          cy

          y y

          cy

          c

          cy+ +

          le +1 10

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48332b_2FP

          m MM

          c

          cz

          yz y

          cy+ le +05 10

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo

          and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural buckling

          see parameter lsquomyzrsquoOther symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          48332c_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48332c_2 moments about both axes BS 5950-12000 Section 48332(c))48332c_3

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Member with moments about both axes MZ $ MZMIN and MY gt MYMIN

          For buckling with moments about both axes

          X 48332c_1FP

          m MM

          FP

          m MM

          c

          cz

          z z

          cz

          c

          cz

          yz y

          cy+ +

          + le +1 05 05 10

          For lateral-torsional buckling

          X 48332c_2FP

          m MM

          m MM

          FP

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b

          y y

          cy

          c

          cy+ + +

          le +1 10

          For interactive buckling

          X 48332c_3

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 56 V2

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo

          and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural buckling

          see parameter lsquomyzrsquoMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo

          and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595043 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          Section Classification - Single Angle

          bt (Limiting width to thickness ratio bt BS 5950-12000 Section 35 andTable 11)

          The bt section classification for single angle is done using the following table

          bt Classification

          bt 15g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          bt gt 15g Class 4 Slender

          Whereb = length of the shorter leg

          = LEG2 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 2 V2

          dt (Limiting width to thickness ratio dt BS 5950-12000 Section 35 andTable 11)

          The dt section classification for single angle is done using the following table

          dt Classification

          dt 15g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          dt gt 15g Class 4 Slender

          Whered = length of the longer leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 3 Rev T

          (b+d)t (Limiting sum of the widths to thickness ratio (b+d)t BS 5950-12000 Section 35 and Table 11)

          The (b+d)t section classification for single angle is done using the following table

          (b+d)t Classification

          (b+d)t 24g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          (b+d)t gt 24g Class 4 Slender

          Whereb = length of the shorter leg

          = LEG2 (Property from Table)d = length of the longer leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 4 V2

          Aeff (Effective cross-sectional area Aeff for equal leg single angle BS5950-12000 Section 364)

          The effective cross-sectional area for the hot rolled equal leg single angle is computedwhen the bt dt or (b+d)t checks indicate that the cross-section is a class 4 slender

          Aeff is computed when LEG1 = LEG2 (equal leg single angle)

          When Provision Class = 40

          Aeff = ( )12εb t

          A

          WhereA = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)b = length of the leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)t = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 5 Rev T

          Pyr (Reduced design strength pyr for unequal leg single angle with the class4 slender cross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 365)

          When a unequal leg single angle is a class 4 slender a reduced design strength pyr iscomputed at which the cross-section would be a class 3 semi-compact

          pyr is computed when LEG1 Ouml LEG2 (unequal leg single angle)

          When Provision Class = 40

          pyr1 = ( )β β31 1

          2py

          pyr2 = ( )β β32 22

          py

          pyr = Minimum of ( pyr1 pyr2 )

          Whered = length of the longer leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)$1 = dt$2 = (b+d)t$31 = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact

          = 15g$32 = limiting value for (b+d)t for a class 3 semi-compact

          = 24g

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 6 V2

          Class (Section classification of the single angle BS 5950-12000 Section35 Table 11)

          The lsquoClassrsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the bt dt and (b+d)tchecks (see provisions lsquobtrsquo lsquodtrsquo and lsquo(b+d)trsquo) The value of lsquoClassrsquo indicates theclassification of the single angle The Table 00BS595043-1 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595043-1

          Single Angle ClassificationProvision lsquoClassrsquo for 00BS5950 Code

          Value of lsquoClassrsquo 00BS5950 Classifications

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 7 Rev T

          Axial Tension - Single Angle

          For Single Angles subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX $ FXMINthe following provisions are checked

          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr BS 5950-12000)

          Actual lr = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          y

          y

          z

          z

          Limiting Lr = SLENTEN If user specifies a value forSLENTEN this provision ischecked

          WhereLy = actual unbraced length about the member principal Y axis

          (see parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)Lz = actual unbraced length about the member principal Z axis

          (see parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)ry = radius of gyration about the member principal Y axis (see

          property lsquoRYrsquo)rz = radius of gyration about the member principal Z axis (see

          property lsquoRZrsquo)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for member

          subjected to axial tension This is the parameterlsquoSLENTENrsquo

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 8 V2

          461 T (Tension capacity of a member for gross area BS 5950-12000Section 461)

          Actual Tension Force Ft = FX

          Limiting Tension Capacity Pt = py Ae

          WhereAe = (PF) AXAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)Ft = actual tension force at a sectionFX = actual axial section force Positive value represents a tensile forcePF = parameter default value equal to 10Pt = limiting tension capacitypy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 9 Rev T

          Axial Compression - Single Angle

          For single angles subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX $FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          LEr (Maximum slenderness ratio LEr BS 5950-12000 Section 472)

          Actual 8 = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          Ey

          y

          Ez

          z

          Limiting 8 = SLENCOMP default value is 180

          WhereEFLEY = parameter effective factor value used to compute

          nominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Y axis Default value is equal to 10

          EFLEZ = parameter effective factor value used to computenominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Z axis Default value is equal to 10

          LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Y axis

          = EFLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Z axis

          = EFLEZ timesLz

          Ly = actual unbraced length about the member principal Yaxis (see parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)

          Lz = actual unbraced length about the member principal Zaxis (see parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)

          ry = radius of gyration about the member principal Y axis(see property lsquoRYrsquo)

          rz = radius of gyration about the member principal Z axis(see property lsquoRZrsquo)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 10 V2

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) formember subjected to axial compression This is theparameter lsquoSLENCOMPrsquo

          474 (Compression resistance Pc BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          Actual Compression Force Fc = FX

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcy Ag pcz)

          For class 4 slender equal leg single angle cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Aeff pcsy Aeff pcsz)

          For class 4 slender unequal leg single angle cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcyr Ag pczr)

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)AX = gross cross-sectional area property from tableFX = actual axial section force Negative value represents a

          compressive forcepcy pcz = compressive strength about principal Y and Z axes

          respectively Computation of compression resistance pcy andpcz are shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 11 Rev T

          pcsy pcsz = value of pcy and pcz for a reduced slenderness of 8(AeffAg)05 inwhich 8 is based on the radius of gyration r of the gross cross-section These values are computed for equal leg singleangles with class 4 slender cross-section Computation ofcompression resistance pcy and pcz are shown in theprovisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          pcyr pczr = compressive strength about principal Y and Z axesrespectively These values are computed for unequal legsingle angle with class 4 slender cross-section Reduceddesign strength pyr is used for the computation of the pcyr andpczr Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz areshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          C1 Pcy (Computation of compression resistance about the Y and Z axes pcy

          C1 Pcz and Pcz BS 5950-12000 Section 475 and Annex C1)

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are as follows

          Step 1 Compute reduced slenderness for equal leg single angle class 4 slendercross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class = 4Equal leg single angle LEG1 = LEG2

          8y = 8y(AeffAg)05

          8z = 8z(AeffAg)05

          Step 2 Compute reduced design strength for unequal leg single angle class 4slender cross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class = 4Unequal leg single angle LEG1 Ouml LEG2

          py = pyr

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 12 V2

          Step 3 Compute Euler compressive strength (BS 5950-12000 Annex C1)

          pEy =π

          λ

          2

          2E

          y

          pEz = π

          λ

          2

          2E

          z

          Step 4 Compute limiting slenderness 80 (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          80 = 02 (B2 E py)05

          Step 5 Compute the Robertson Constant (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          y = 55 curve cz = 55 curve c

          Step 6 Compute the Perry factor (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          0y = y (8y 80) 1000 but 0y $ 0

          0z = z (8z 80) 1000 but 0z $ 0

          Where y and z are the Robertson Constant shown in the Step 5 above

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 13 Rev T

          Step 7 Compute the compressive strength pcy and pcz (BS 5950-12000 AnnexC1)

          pcy =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ey y

          y y Ey yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          pcz =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ez y

          z z Ez yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          Where

          Ny =p py y Ey+ +( )η 1

          2

          Nz =p py z Ez+ +( )η 1

          2Aeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)E = modulus of elasticity of steelpy = design strength of steel

          = pyr for unequal leg single angle class 4 slenderpyr = reduced design strength see provision lsquoPyrrsquo

          Symbols LEy LEz ry rz 8y and 8z are defined in the provision lsquoLEr

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 14 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595044 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section(CHS Pipe)

          Section Classification - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          DtAxia (Limiting outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a memberunder axial compression BS 5950-12000 Section 35 and Table12)

          The Dt section classification for circular hollow section (CHS pipe) is done usingthe following tables

          Dt Classification

          Dt 80g2 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          Dt gt 80g2 Class 4 Slender

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = OD (Property from Table)t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = THICK (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquo

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 2 V2

          DtBend (Limiting outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a memberunder compression due to bending BS 5950-12000 Section 35and Table 12)

          The Dt section classification for circular hollow section (CHS pipe) is done usingthe following tables

          Dt Classification

          Dt 40g2 Class 1 Plastic

          Dt 50g2 Class 2 Compact

          Dt 140g2 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          Dt gt 140g2 Class 4 Slender

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = OD (Property from Table)t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = THICK (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquo

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 3 Rev T

          366 (Check maximum overall diameter D BS 5950-12000 Section 366)

          Actual D = OD

          Limiting D = 240tg2

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS

          pipe)= OD (Property from Table)

          t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          Aeff (Effective cross-sectional area Aeff BS 5950-12000 Section 366)

          The effective cross-sectional area is computed for a circular hollow section (CHSPipe) member under axial compression with a class 4 slender

          When Provision Class-Ax = 40

          FX is negative compression forceFX $ FXMIN

          When D 240tg2

          Aeff = AD t p y

          80 2750 5

          WhereA = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 4 V2

          D = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= OD (Property from Table)

          t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= THICK (Property from Table)

          py = design strength of steel

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          Seff (Effective plastic modulus Seff BS 5950-12000 Section 3564)

          The effective plastic modulus is computed for a circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)member under compression due to bending with a class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-Be $ 3

          Seff = ( )ZD t p

          S Zy

          +

          minus

          minus1485 140 275 10 5

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS

          pipe)= OD (Property from Table)

          t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= THICK (Property from Table)

          py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquoS = plastic modulus

          = ZY or ZZ (Property from Table)Z = section modulus

          = SY or SZ (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 5 Rev T

          Zeff (Effective section modulus Zeff BS 5950-12000 Section 366)

          The effective section modulus is computed for a circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)member under compression due to bending with a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-Be = 40

          Zeff = ZD t p y

          140 2750 25

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = OD (Property from Table)t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = THICK (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquoZ = section modulus

          = SY or SZ (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 6 V2

          Class-Ax (Section classification for a member under axial compression BS5950-12000 Section 35 Table 12)

          The lsquoClass-Axrsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the outside diameter tothickness ratio Dt check (see provision lsquoDtAxiarsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Axrsquo indicates theclassification of the outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a member under axialcompression The Table 00BS595044-1 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595044-1

          Classification Provision lsquoClass-Axrsquo for 00BS5950 Code

          Value of lsquoClass-Axrsquo 00BS5950 Classifications

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 7 Rev T

          Class-Be (Section classification of the outside diameter to thickness ratio Dtfor a member under compression due to bending BS 5950-12000Section 35 and Table 12)

          The lsquoClass-Bersquo provision is used to summarize the results of the outside diameter tothickness ratio dt check (see provision lsquoDtBendrsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Bersquo indicates theclassification of the outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a member under compressiondue to bending The Table 00BS595044-2 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595044-2

          Classification Provision lsquoClass-Bersquo for 00BS5950 code

          Value of lsquoClass-Bersquo 00BS5950 Classifications

          1 Class 1 Plastic

          2 Class 2 Compact

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 8 V2

          Axial Tension - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) subjected to axial tension ie FX is positiveand FX $ FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr BS 5950-12000)

          Actual lr = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          y

          y

          z

          z

          Limiting Lr = SLENTEN If user specifies a value forSLENTEN this provision ischecked

          WhereLy = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (see

          parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (see

          parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (see property

          lsquoRYrsquo)rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (see property

          lsquoRZrsquo)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ration (Lr) for

          member subjected to axial tension This is the parameterlsquoSLENTENrsquo

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 9 Rev T

          461 T (Tension capacity of a member for gross area BS 5950-12000Section 461)

          Actual Tension Force Ft = FX

          Limiting Tension Capacity Pt = py Ae

          WhereAe = (PF) AXAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)Ft = actual tension force at a sectionFX = actual axial section force Positive value represents a tensile forcePF = parameter default value equal to 10Pt = limiting tension capacitypy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 10 V2

          Axial Compression - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) subjected to axial compression ie FX isnegative and FX $ FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          LEr (Maximum slenderness ratio LEr BS 5950-12000 Section 472)

          Actual 8 = Maximum λ λyEy

          yz

          Ez

          z

          Lr

          Lr

          = =

          Limiting 8 = SLENCOMP default value is 180

          WhereEFLEY = parameter effective factor value used to compute

          nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis Default value is equal to 10

          EFLEZ = parameter effective factor value used to computenominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis Default value is equal to 10

          LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis

          = EFLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis

          = EFLEZ timesLz

          Ly = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (seeparameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)

          Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (seeparameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)

          ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (seeproperty lsquoRYrsquo)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 11 Rev T

          rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (seeproperty lsquoRZrsquo)

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) formember subjected to axial compression This is theparameter lsquoSLENCOMPrsquo

          474 (Compression resistance Pc BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          Actual Compression Force Fc = FX

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact or class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Ax = 1 2 or 3

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcy Ag pcz)

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Ax = 4

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Aeff pcy Aeff pcz)

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)AX = gross cross-sectional area property from tableFX = actual axial section force Negative value represents a

          compressive forcepcy pcz = compressive strength about Y and Z axes respectively

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are shownin the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 12 V2

          C1 Pcy (Computation of compression resistance about the Y and Z axes pcy

          C1 Pcz and Pcz BS 5950-12000 Section 475 and Annex C1)

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are as follows

          Step 1 Compute reduced slenderness for class 4 slender cross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class-Ax = 4

          8y = 8y(AeffAg)05

          8z = 8z(AeffAg)05

          Step 2 Compute Euler compressive strength (BS 5950-12000 Annex C1)

          pEy =π

          λ

          2

          2E

          y

          pEz = π

          λ

          2

          2E

          z

          Step 3 Compute limiting slenderness 80 (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          80 = 02 (B2 E py)05

          Step 4 Compute the Robertson Constant (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          For Rolled hollow sectionsy = 20 curve az = 20 curve a

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 13 Rev T

          For Cold-formed (welded) hollow sectionsy = 55 curve cz = 55 curve c

          Step 5 Compute the Perry factor (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          0y = y (8y 80) 1000 but 0y $ 0

          0z = z (8z 80) 1000 but 0z $ 0

          Where y and z are the Robertson Constant shown in the Step 4 above

          Step 6 Compute the compressive strength pcy and pcz (BS 5950-12000 AnnexC1)

          pcy =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ey y

          y y Ey yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          pcz =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ez y

          z z Ez yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          Where

          Ny =p py y Ey+ +( )η 1

          2

          Nz =p py z Ez+ +( )η 1

          2E = modulus of elasticity of steelpy = design strength of steel

          Symbols LEy LEz ry rz 8y and 8z are defined in the provision lsquoLEr

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 14 V2

          Shear Stresses - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Y direction ispresent ie FY $ FYMIN

          423 Y (Shear capacity in Y direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          Limiting shear capacity Pvy = 06 py Avy

          WhereAvy = shear area in the Y directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avy = 06 AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)FY = shear force in member Y direction

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvy = AYAY = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquoAvy = SHRAREAF times AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)py = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 15 Rev T

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Z direction ispresent ie FZ $ FZMIN

          423 Z (Shear capacity in Z direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvz = FZ

          Limiting shear capacity Pvz = 06 py Avz

          WhereAvz = shear area in the Z directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avz = 06 AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)FZ = shear force in member Z direction

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvz = AZAZ = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquoAvz = SHRAREAF times AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)py = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 16 V2

          Z Axis Bending - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) subjected to strong axis bending moment(about the Z axis) ie MZ $ MZMIN the following provisions are checked Figures00BS595044-1 (a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

          4252Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvy Fvy 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Sz but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zz or= py Seff

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 17 Rev T

          Figure 00BS595044-1 Bending Stresses for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 18 V2

          WhereFvy = actual shear force in member Y direction

          = FYMZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Zeff = effective elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          4253Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvyFvy gt 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Sz Dz Svz)

          but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 19 Rev T

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zz Dz Svz 15) or= py (Seff Dz Svz)

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zeff Dz Svz 15)

          WhereFvy = shear force in member Y directionMZ = the actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Zeff = elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Dz = shear reduction factor

          = [2(Fvy Pvy) 1]2 Fvy gt 06Pvy

          Svz = plastic modulus of the shear area in Z direction Shear area isassumed as 06A (06AX) based on the Section 423 of BS5950-12000 Plastic modulus of the shear area is computedbased on 60 of the thickness

          = (d13 d2

          3) 6d1 = outside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = OD 04timesTHICKd2 = inside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = ID + 04timesTHICK

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 20 V2

          OD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)This is a property from the table database

          ID = inside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)This is a property from the table database

          THICK = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) This isa property from the table database

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 21 Rev T

          Y Axis Bending - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS pipe) subjected to weak axis bending moment(about the Y axis) ie MY $ MYMIN the following provisions are checked Figures00BS595044-1 (c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

          4252Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvz Fvz 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Sy but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zy or= py Seff

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zeff

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 22 V2

          WhereFvz = actual shear force in member Z direction

          = FZMY = actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Zeff = effective elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 23 Rev T

          4253Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvzFvz gt 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Sy Dy Svy)

          but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zy Dy Svy 15) or= py (Seff Dy Svy )

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zeff Dy Svy 15)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 24 V2

          WhereFvz = shear force in member Z directionMY = the actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Zeff = effective elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)Dy = shear reduction factor

          = [2(Fvz Pvz) 1]2

          Svy = plastic modulus of the shear area in Y direction Shear area isassumed as 06A (06AX) based on the Section 423 of BS5950-12000 Plastic modulus of the shear area is computedbased on 60 of the thickness

          = (d13 d2

          3) 6d1 = outside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = OD 04timesTHICKd2 = inside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = ID + 04timesTHICKOD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)

          This is a property from the table databaseID = inside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)

          This is a property from the table databaseTHICK = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) This is

          a property from the table databaseX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 25 Rev T

          Combined Axial and Bending - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          Axial Tension and Bending Moment - Circular Hollow Section (CHSPipe)

          The next provisions are considered when axial tension and bending momentabout one or both axes is present

          4822T (Combined axial tension and bending moment Simplified methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4822)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo This provision is also checked when the parameterlsquoMETHODrsquo is equal to lsquoEXACTrsquo and the member is a class 3 semi-compact or class4 slender cross-section

          WhereFt = axial tension force at the section

          = FXMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253ZrsquoPt = axial tension capacity see provision lsquo461 TrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 26 V2

          4823T (Combined axial tension and bending moment More exact methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMzMrz

          10le +

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XM yMry

          10le +

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XMzMrz

          z

          M yMry

          z

          10 1 2

          + le +

          WhereMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquopy = the design strengthz1 = 20z2 = 20X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 27 Rev T

          Mrz (Major Axis (Z axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mrz BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mrz = py Srz

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSrz = reduced plastic modulus about the major axes (Z axis) The value

          of the Srz is computed based on the value of the axial force ration

          n =F

          A py

          Srz = S nz cos π

          2

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXSz = plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)

          Mry (Minor Axis (Y axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mry BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mry = py Sry

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSry = reduced plastic modulus about the minor axes (Y axis) The

          value of the Sry is computed based on the value of the axial forceratio n

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 28 V2

          n =F

          A py

          Sry = S ny cos π

          2

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXSy = plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = ZY (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 29 Rev T

          Axial Compression and Bending Moment - Circular Hollow Section (CHSPipe)

          The next provisions are considered when axial compression and bendingmoment about one or both axes is present

          4832a (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 1 plasticClass 2 compact and Class 3 semi-compact cross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(a))

          This provision is checked for class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compact cross-section

          When Provision Class-Ax 3 and Class-Be 3

          WhereAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)Fc = axial compression force at a sectionMy = bending moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at a section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = bending moment about the major axis (Z axis) at a section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquopy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 30 V2

          4832b (Combined axial compression and bending moment More exact4823C method Class 1 plastic and Class 2 compact cross-section BS 5950-

          12000 Sections 4832(b) 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMzMrz

          10le +

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XMYMry

          10le +

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XM zM rz

          z

          M yM ry

          z

          10 1 2

          + le +

          WhereMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZpy = design strength of steelz1 = 20z2 = 20X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 31 Rev T

          4832c (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 4 slendercross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(c))

          This provision is checked for class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Ax = 4 or Class-Be = 4

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquo

          Symbols Fc My Mcy Mz Mcz py and X are defined in the provision lsquo4832arsquo

          48331_a (Member buckling resistance check Simplified method48331_b BS 5950-12000 Section 48331)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Following equations are both checked

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compactWhen Provision Class-Ax 3 and Class-Be 3

          X 48331_aFcPc

          mz MzpyZz

          my M ypyZy

          10+ + le +

          X 48331_bFcPcy

          mLT M LT

          Mb

          my M ypyZy

          10 + + le +

          For class 4 slenderWhen Provision Class-Ax = 4 or Class-Be = 4

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 32 V2

          X 48331_aFcPc

          mz MzpyZeff

          my M ypyZeff

          10 + + le +

          X 48331_bFcPcy

          mLT M LTMb

          my M ypyZeff

          10+ + le +

          WhereFc = axial compression force at a section

          = FXMb = Mcz

          Mcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absenceof axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquo

          MLT = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lx

          governing Mb Major axis moment at the section being codechecked

          My = minor axis (Y axis) moment in the segment length Ly

          governing Pcy Minor axis moment at the section being codechecked

          Mz = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lz

          governing Pcz Major axis moment at the section being codechecked

          mLT = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsionalbuckling see parameter lsquomLTrsquo

          my = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Y axis (minoraxis Y axis) see parameter lsquomyrsquo

          mZ = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Z axis (majoraxis) see parameter lsquomzrsquo

          Pc = smaller value of Pcy and Pcz see provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1Pczrsquo

          Pcy = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo consideringbuckling about the minor axis (Y axis) only

          Pcz = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pczrsquo consideringbuckling about the major axis (Z axis) only

          py = design strength of steelZeff = effective elastic section modulus see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZy = elastic section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = SY (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 33 Rev T

          Zz = elastic section modulus about the major axis = SZ (Property from Table)

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          48333a_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48333a_2 moment about the major axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48333(a))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          For major axis (Z axis) in-plane buckling

          X 48333a_1FcPcz

          mz MzMcz

          1 05FcPcz

          10 + +

          le +

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48333a_2FcPcy

          05mLT M LT

          Mcz 10 + le +

          WhereMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Zrsquo and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 34 V2

          48333b_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48333b_2 moments about the minor axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48333(b))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          For minor axis (Y axis) in-plane buckling

          X 48333b_1FcPcy

          my M yMcy

          1 05FcPcy

          10 + + le +

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48333b_2FcPcz

          05myz M y

          Mcy + le +10

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural

          buckling see parameter lsquomyzrsquoOther symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          48333c_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48333c_2 moment about both axes BS 5950-12000 Section 48333(c))48333c_3

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Member moments about both axes MZ $ MZMIN and MY gt MYMIN

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 35 Rev T

          For major axis buckling

          X 48333c_1FcPcz

          mz MzMcz

          1 05FcPcz

          05myz My

          Mcy10 + + + le +

          For minor axis lateral-torsional buckling (no lateral-torsional buckling check isneeded)

          X 48333c_2FcPcy

          05mLT M LT

          Mcz

          my M yMcy

          1 05FcPcy

          10 + + + le +

          For interactive buckling

          X 48333c_3( )( )

          ( )( )( )

          ( )mz Mz 1 05 Fc Pcz

          Mcz 1 Fc Pcz

          my My 1 05 Fc Pcy

          Mcy 1 Fc Pcy10

          +

          minus+

          +

          minusle +

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural

          buckling see parameter lsquomyzrsquoMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Zrsquo and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 36 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 1 Rev T

          APPENDIX A References

          1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

          2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W Anthony Dillon CivilEngineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology CambridgeMass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

          3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-49 September 1967

          4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-56 May 1968

          5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-91 November 1968

          6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and Steel MemberSelection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass January 1972

          7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MIT Press1967

          8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR67-47 September 1967

          9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTM A506-68January 1968

          10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency PO Box3956 San Francisco California 94119

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 2 V 2

          11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor PO Box231 Worcester Mass 01613

          12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

          13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

          14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R67-58 September1967

          15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1963

          16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1969

          17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill Book Company1967

          18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering Georgia Instituteof Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

          19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science McGraw-Hill London Third Edition 1977

          20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

          21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 3 Rev T

          22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids and Structures4 1968

          23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil Engineering July1970

          24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements Research ReportR71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

          25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural Design LanguageM S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September 1969

          26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California at Berkeley1966

          27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation in FiniteElement Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Department of CivilEngineering June 1976

          28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of Technology Netherlands tobe published

          29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G7337 1960

          30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite Elements Proceedingsof the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods in Civil EngineeringAmerican Society of Civil Engineers Nashville Tennessee November 1969

          31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

          32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE - Manualsand Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 4 V 2

          33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1980

          34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1978

          35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Edited byBruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

          36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs NewJersey 1968

          37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design and BehaviorInternational Textbook Company 1971

          38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston Publishing CompanyInc Reston Virginia 1977

          39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design in StructuralSteel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

          40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I Gilmor CanadianInstitute of Steel Construction 1977

          41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES Subsystem STRUDLCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

          42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 Users ManualCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

          43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc 1975

          44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

          45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

          46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite Element AnalysisPrentice 1976

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 5 Rev T

          47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press 1965

          48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by Matrix DecompositionJournal of the Engineering Mechanics Division American Society of CivilEngineers April 1968

          49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRAN by theTridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

          50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparse butUnstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEE Conference onDecision and Control San Diego California January 1979

          51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for the EigenproblemJ INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

          52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

          53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channels andTees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil EngineeringAtlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

          54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1977

          55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

          56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

          57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures John Wiley andSons Inc 1974

          58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill 1970

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 6 V 2

          59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic Stability McGraw-Hill1961

          60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed Sections GTICESSystems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta Georgia June 1981

          61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for Random VibrationsReport No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering Research Center Universityof California Berkeley June 1980

          62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm for Reducingthe Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM Journal Numerical AnalysisVol 13 No 2 April 1976

          63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse Symmetric MatricesProceedings of the 24th National Conference Association for Computing Machinery1969

          64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

          65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln Arc WeldingFoundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

          66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-Strain Model forConfined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114 No 8 August1988

          67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding Society MiamiFlorida December 1983

          68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1983

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V 2 00BS5950Appendix A - 7 Rev T

          69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122 February1978

          70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

          71 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary onStandard for Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures ASCESTANDARD American Society of Civil Engineers New York New YorkSeptember 1986

          72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth Edition AmericanInstitute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

          73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

          74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York 1988

          75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

          76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel Institute WashingtonDC 1989

          77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk Grove VillageIL 60007 January 7 1994

          78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North American EditionNo 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street Wayne Michigan 481841993

          79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS 5950 Part1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuous Construction HotRolled Sections London England 1990

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 8 V2

          80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design First EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

          81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume I SecondEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1993

          82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 Section PropertiesMember Capacities 4th Edition Published by The Steel Construction Institute inassociation with the British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited BritishSteel PIC Berkshire England 1996

          83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTM A6MAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

          84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories Aluminum Companyof America

          85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society of Civil Engineers NewYork New York 1991

          86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95 AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

          87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 Power LineSystems Inc 1995

          88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Model ofOrdinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of Structural EngineeringVol 124 No 3 March 1998

          89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

          90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules for buildings(together with United Kingdom National Application Document) DD ENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 9 Rev T

          91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

          92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INSTEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

          93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS 8081989 New DelhiSeptember 1989

          94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections April15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1997

          95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design of rolledand welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 London England May2001

          96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

          97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering Design ProvisionsInternational Conference of Building Officials Whittier California April 1997

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 10 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

          V2 00BS5950Appendix B - 1 Rev T

          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix B of Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix B - 2 V 2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

          V2 00BS5950Appendix C - 1 Rev T

          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix C of Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tablesprovided with GTSTRUDL

          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix C - 2 V 2

          End of Document

          • Title Page
          • Manual Revision History
          • Notices
          • Table of Contents
          • GTSTRUDL Steel Design 00BS5950 Code
            • Introduction
            • 00BS5950 Code
              • Properties used by 00BS5950
                • I Shapes
                • Single Angles
                • Circular Hollow Sections (Pipes)
                  • Parameters used by 00BS5950
                    • Parameters in 00BS5950
                    • System Parameters
                    • Control Parameters
                    • Code Parameters
                      • Provisions of 00BS5950
                        • General Nomenclature for 00BS5950
                        • I shapes
                        • Single Angle
                        • Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)
                          • Appendix A References
                          • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
                          • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles
                              1. File Attachment
                                00BS5950 Manual

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 32

                                Figure 00BS59501-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 33

                                The sections of the BS 5950-12000 specifications (95) that are considered by theGTSTRUDL 00BS5950 code are summarized below

                                Section Title

                                3 Properties of materials and section properties35 Classification of cross-sections351 General352 Classification353 Flanges of compound I- or H-sections

                                Table 11 Limiting width-to-thickness ratios for sections otherthan CHS and RHS

                                355 Stress ratios for classification3562 I- or H-sections with equal flanges3564 Circular hollow sections3622 Effective area3623 Effective modulus when web is fully effective364 Equal-leg angle sections365 Alternative method366 Circular hollow sections

                                4 Design of structural members423 Shear capacity

                                425 Moment capacity4252 Low shear4253 High shear

                                43 Lateral-torsional buckling434 Destabilizing load435 Effective length for lateral-torsional buckling

                                Table 13 Effective length LE for beams without intermediaterestraint

                                4362 I- H- channel and box sections with equal flanges4364 Buckling resistance moment4365 Bending strength pb4366 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT

                                Table 18 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT for lateral-torsional buckling

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 34

                                Section Title

                                4369 Ratio $W

                                445 Shear buckling resistance4452 Simplified method4453 More exact method

                                46 Tension members461 Tension capacity472 Slenderness

                                47 Compression members472 Slenderness474 Compression resistance475 Compressive strength

                                Table 23 Allocation of strut curve

                                48 Members with combined moment and axial force482 Tension members with moments4822 Simplified method4823 More exact method

                                483 Compression members with moments4832 Cross-section capacity

                                4833 Member buckling resistance48331 Simplified method

                                Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexuralbuckling

                                48332 More exact method for I- or H-sections with equal flangesTable 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexural

                                buckling48333 More exact method for CHS RHS or box sections with equal flanges

                                Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexuralbuckling

                                49 Members with biaxial moments

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 35

                                Section Title

                                Annex B (normative)Lateral-torsional buckling of members subject to bending

                                B2 Buckling resistanceB21 Bending strengthB22 Perry factor and Robertson constantB23 Uniform I H and channel sections with equal flanges

                                Annex C (normative)Compressive strength

                                C1 Strut formulaC2 Perry factor and Robertson constant

                                Annex H (normative)Web buckling resistance

                                H1 Shear buckling strength

                                Annex I (normative)Combined axial compression and bending

                                I2 Reduced plastic moment capacityI21 I- or H-section with equal flanges

                                Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered for all cross-sections except single angles (tension or compression axialstresses only) Provisions for columns in simple construction are included Parameters allowingfor the changes which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and maybe invoked at the users discretion

                                The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

                                1 Table 00BS59501-1 Shows the parameters used by 00BS5950 code Table00BS59501-1 contains the applicable parameternames their default values and a brief description ofthe parameters

                                2 Section 00BS59502 Describes the cross-section properties used for eachshape

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 36

                                3 Section 00BS59503 Contains detail discussion of the parameters used by the00BS5950 code and they are presented in the alphabeticorder in this section

                                4 Sections 00BS59504 Describes the subsections in the Section 00BS59504

                                5 Section 00BS595041 Defines the symbols used in the 00BS5950 codeprovisions

                                6 Section 00BS595042 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions andthe equations applicable to the I shape cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                7 Section 00BS595043 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions andthe equations applicable to the single angle cross-sections subjected to axial force only

                                8 Section 00BS595044 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions andthe equations applicable to the circular hollow sections(CHS pipes) subjected to bending and axial forces

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 37

                                Table 00BS59501-100BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking or memberselection Specify 00BS5950 for code name See Sections00BS59502 00BS59503 and 00BS59504 for a more detaileddescription

                                TBLNAM UNIBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table 00BS59501-2 for choices

                                METHOD EXACT Identifies the design method This parameter indicates the typeof method that should be used for the shear or combinedcapacity checks

                                BOTH = Use simplified and the more exact methods See Sections 445 482 and 483 of BS5950-12000 (95)

                                EXACT = Use the more exact method See Sections 4453 4823 48332 and 48333 of BS5950-12000 (95)

                                SIMPLIFY = Use simplified method See Sections 44524822 and 4832 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

                                SECTYPE ROLLED Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shape Thisparameter is used to determine the equations that are applicableto the rolled or welded shape

                                ROLLED = Member is hot rolled

                                WELDED = Member is weldedcoldformed

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 38

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                SHRAREAF Computed SHeaR AREA Factor is used for the computation of the sheararea When an alternate value other than COMPUTE orTABLE is specified shear area is computed as theSHRAREAF times the cross sectional area (AV = AY =SHRAREAF times AX)

                                COMPUTE = Compute the shear area based on the Section423 of BS 5950-12000 (95) except forsingle and double angles Shear area forsingle and double angles are extracted fromGTSTRUDL or USER table

                                TABLE = Shear area from GTSTRUDL or USER tableis used

                                a 2540000(mm) Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is used tocompute ad ratio ad is the ratio of the distance betweenstiffeners to web depth An arbitrary high value of 2540000(mm) has been assumed as a default to indicate that the webstiffeners are absent A value is necessary to account for webstiffeners in the shear capacity calculation (Provisions 4452and 4453)

                                SimpSupp NO Indicates that if a member is simply supported or not Thisparameter is used to determine the equations that are applicableto the simply supported members (Provisions lsquo4252Zrsquolsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo

                                NO = Member is not simply supported

                                YES = Member is simply supported

                                CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of actuallimiting must be less than orequal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 39

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject to axialtension

                                Material Properties

                                STEELGRD S235JRG2 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is made See Table 00BS59501-3 for STEEL GRaDes and theirproperties

                                Py Computed Design strength py (yield stress) of member Computed fromparameter STEELGRD if not given

                                REDPy 10 Reduction factor for parameter Py This factor times parameterPy gives the design strength (py) value used by the code Usedto account for property changes at high temperatures

                                Pyf Py Design strength of the flange If not specified it is assumedequal to the parameter Py This parameter is used to define ahybrid cross-section see parameter Pyw also

                                Pyw Py Design strength of the web If not specified it is assumedequal to the parameter Py This parameter is used to define ahybrid cross-section see parameter Pyf also

                                REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDPy

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 40

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Slenderness Ratio

                                SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) for amember subjected to axial compression The default value formaximum compression slenderness ratio is equal to 180

                                SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for a membersubjected to axial tension Only a user-specified value willinitiate the slenderness ratio check for a tension member

                                Effective Length for a Compression Member

                                EFLEY 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of nominaleffective length LEy = EFLEY times LY for a compressionmember Nominal effective length LEY is used in thecomputation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Yaxis of the profile See Table 00BS59501-4 or Sections 472473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEYvalues

                                LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of thecross-section This parameter is used to compute nominaleffective length LEy for a compression member (LEy = EFLEYtimes LY) The default value is computed as a length of the mem-ber

                                FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbraced length tobe specified as fractions of the total length Used only whendefault value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LY (LY =FRLY times Member Length)

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 41

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Effective Length for a Compression Member (continued)

                                EFLEZ 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of nominal effec-tive length LEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compression member Nominal effective length LEZ is used in the computation ofmaximum slenderness ratio about the local Z axis of the profile See Table 00BS59501-4 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 ofBS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEZ values

                                LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of the cross-section This parameter is used to compute nominal effectivelength LEz for a compression member (LEz = EFLEZ times LZ) Thedefault value is computed as a length of the member

                                FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ allows unbraced length to bespecified as fractions of the total length Used only when defaultvalue of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LZ (LZ = FRLZ timesMember Length)

                                Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling

                                LE LLT Effective length of a member for lateral torsional buckling of abeam with restraints at the ends Default value is the effectivelength between restraints against lateral-torsional buckling of amember under bending see parameter LLT (LE = EFLE times LLT) See Table 00BS59501-5 for alternative values and also see Table13 and 14 of the BS5950-12000 (95)

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 42

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling (continued)

                                EFLE 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of the effectivelength LE of a member under bending Used only when defaultvalue of LLT is used for parameter LE (LE = EFLE times LLT seeTable 00BS59501-5 and parameter LE)

                                LLT Computed Segment length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling (unbraced length) This parameter generally used tospecify the segment length of the compression flange restraintagainst lateral-torsional buckling (unbraced length of thecompression flange) Computed as length of member

                                FRLLT 10 Fractional value used for the computation of the unbraced lateral-torsional buckling length of a member LLT Used only whendefault value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LLT (LLT =FRLLT times Member Length)

                                Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors

                                mLT Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsional buckling(mLT) which is used in the member buckling resistance equations This parameter modifies Z axis bending buckling capacity incombined axial and bending capacity equations See Section00BS59503 for more explanation

                                my Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling (my)which is used in the member buckling resistance equations Thisparameter modifies Y axis bending capacity in combined axialand bending capacity equations See Section 00BS59503 formore explanation

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 43

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

                                mz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling (mz)which is used in the member buckling resistance equations Thisparameter modifies Z axis bending capacity in combined axialand bending capacity equations See Section 00BS59503 formore explanation

                                myz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural buckling(myz) which is used in the member out-of-plane bucklingresistance equations This parameter modifies Y axis bendingcapacity in combined axial and bending capacity equations SeeSection 00BS59503 for more explanation

                                SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about the localY axis

                                YES = Sidesway permitted

                                NO = Sidesway prevented

                                SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about the localZ axis

                                YES = Sidesway permitted

                                NO = Sidesway prevented

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 44

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

                                DESTLDY YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Y axis direction(and possibly rotation about the member local Y axis) Destabi-lizing load conditions exist when a load is applied in the local Zaxis direction of a member and both the load and the member arefree to deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also) relative tothe centroid of the member This parameter is only applicable toLOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERS command

                                YES = Destabilizing load

                                NO = Normal load

                                DESTLDZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Z axis direction(and possibly rotation about the member local Z axis) Destabi-lizing load conditions exist when a load is applied to the topflange (local Y axis load) of a member and both the load and theflange are free to deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also)relative to the centroid of the member This parameter is onlyapplicable to LOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERScommand

                                YES = Destabilizing load

                                NO = Normal load

                                Force Limitation

                                FXMIN 2224 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anything lessin magnitude is taken as zero Units are in newtons (N)

                                FYMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 45

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Force Limitation (continued)

                                FZMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                Output Processing

                                MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles in mosttables

                                SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an explanation

                                PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values for limitstate and load and resistance factor codes This parameter isapplicable to the steel design CHECK and SELECT commands The default output from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the section limiting values should be printed insteadof default section forces

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 46

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Output Processing (continued)

                                TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should be outputduring design or code checking See Section 72 of Volume 2A ofthe User Reference Manual for the explanation

                                1 = never

                                2 = on failure

                                3 = all checks

                                4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section forces

                                VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to be outputwhen retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual for the explanation

                                1 = no output

                                2 = output parameters

                                3 = output properties

                                4 = output parameters and properties

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 47

                                Table 00BS59501-2GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the

                                Design based on the 00BS5950 Code

                                Profile Shapes Reference

                                I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of Applicable Tablenames for universal beams universal columns joists universalbearing piles I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flangeshapes etc

                                Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle tablenames applicable to 00BS5950 code

                                Circular Hollow Sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of circular hollowsection (pipe round HSS) table names applicable to 00BS5950code

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 48

                                Table 00BS59501-3

                                Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

                                Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

                                t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

                                S185 185 175 290

                                S235JR 235 225 340

                                S235JRG1 235 225 340

                                S235JRG2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S235J0 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S235J2G3 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S235J2G4 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S275JR 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275J0 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275J2G3 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275J2G4 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275N 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

                                S275NL 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code and Parameters

                                52 - 49

                                Table 00BS59501-3 (continued)

                                Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

                                Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

                                t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

                                S355JR 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355J0 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355J2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355J2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355K2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355K2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355N 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

                                S355NL 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

                                S420N 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

                                S420NL 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

                                S460N 460 440 430 410 400 550

                                S460NL 460 440 430 410 400 550

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 50

                                Table 00BS59501-4Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ for

                                Nominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computationBritish Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

                                a) non-sway mode

                                Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of structure EFLEYand

                                EFLEZEffectively held inposition at both ends

                                Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 07Partially restrained in direction at both ends 085Restrained in direction at one end 085Not restrained in direction at either end 10

                                b) sway mode

                                One end Other end EFLEYand

                                EFLEZEffectively held inposition and restrainedin direction

                                Not held inposition

                                Effectively restrained in direction 12Partially restrained in direction 15Not restrained in direction 20

                                Excluding angle channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with Section4710 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

                                ExamplePARAMETERS

                                EFLEY 15 MEMBER 1 $ LEy = 15LY for member 1EFLEZ 12 MEMBER 25 $ LEz = 12LZ for member 25

                                LY and LZ are the unbraced length for buckling about the local Y and Z axis of thecross-section (see parameter LY and LZ)

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code and Parameters

                                52 - 51

                                Table 00BS59501-5Effective Length LE

                                British Standard BS 5950-12000 SpecificationConditions of restraint at supports Alternate values for

                                Parameter LELoading conditions

                                Normal

                                DESTLDZ = NO

                                Destabilizing

                                DESTLDZ = YES

                                Default value for parameter LE LLT EFLLTtimesLLT EFLLTtimesLLT

                                Compression flange laterally restrained Nominal torsional restraint against rotation about longitudinal axis

                                Both flanges fully restrained againstrotation on plan

                                A1 07LLT 085LLT

                                Compression flange fully restrainedagainst rotation on plan

                                A2 075LLT 09LLT

                                Both flanges partially restrained againstrotation on plan

                                A3 08LLT 095LLT

                                Compression flange partially restrainedagainst rotation on plan

                                A4 085LLT 10LLT

                                Both flanges free to rotate on plan A5 10LLT 12LLT

                                Compression flange laterally unrestrained Both flanges free to rotate on plan

                                Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided byconnection of bottom flange to supports

                                A6 10LLT + 2D 12LLT + 2D

                                Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided only bypressure of bottom flange onto supports

                                A7 12LLT + 2D 14LLT + 2D

                                ExamplePARAMETERS

                                DESTLDZ NO LOAD 2DESTLDZ YES LOAD 5LE A3 MEMBER 1 $ LE = 08LLT for load 2 and

                                $ LE = 095LLT for load 5LE A7 MEMBER 8 $ LE = 12LLT+2D for load 2 and

                                $ LE = 14LLT+2D for load 5

                                1 D is the depth of cross-section (table property YD)2 Default value for parameter EFLLT is equal to 103 For cantilevers and other types of beams not in Table 00BS59501-6 use parameter EFLLT to specify the effective

                                length factor (LE = EFLLTtimesLLT)

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 52

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                52 - 53

                                523 GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                A new steel design code named IS800 has been added

                                IS800 CodeIndian Standard

                                IS800-1984

                                IS80012 IS800 Code

                                The IS800 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

                                I shapes Round BarsChannels PipesSingle angles Square Bars Tees Rectangular BarsDouble angles Structural Tubing

                                The term I shapes is used to mean ROLLED I beams and columns universal beams andcolumns W S M and HP profiles with doubly symmetric cross-sections

                                The code is based on the Indian Standard ldquoCode of Practice for General Construction inSteel (Second Revision)rdquo adopted April 25 1984 (Twelfth Reprint December 1995incorporating Amendments No 1 and 2) IS800-1984 The IS800 code utilizes the allowablestress design techniques of the Indian Standard IS800-1984 code

                                Design criteria for the above shapes are presented in Section IS8004 A detaileddiscussion is presented on the allowable stresses for each of these shapes in Sections IS80052through IS800510

                                The following assumptions are made throughout the IS800 code

                                1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel

                                2 The modulus of elasticity of the steel is 200000 MPa This is of particularimportance since the computation of several constants appearing in the equationsof the IS800-1984 Specification (92) is based on this value

                                3 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bending stressesand may be neglected No checks are made for torsion The designer is remindedto check the torsional stresses whenever they become significant

                                Text Box
                                Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 IS800 Manual

                                GT STRUDLreg

                                S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e s U s e r M a n u a l

                                Volume 2 - IS800

                                Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

                                Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                V2 ii Rev T

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                V2 iii Rev T

                                GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

                                Revision No

                                DateReleased Description

                                T 122006 New Indian Standard IS800 Steel design code added toGTSTRUDL

                                V2 iv Rev T

                                NOTICES

                                GTSTRUDLreg Users Manual Volume 2 - IS800 Steel Design Code Revision T isapplicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released December 2006 and subsequent versions

                                GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

                                GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

                                DISCLAIMER

                                NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

                                Commercial Software Rights Legend

                                Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

                                This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

                                Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

                                Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                Copyright copy 2006

                                Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                                Printed in United States of America

                                V2 v Rev T

                                Table of Contents

                                Chapter Page

                                GTSTRUDL Users Reference Manual Revision History iii

                                Notices iv

                                Disclaimer iv

                                Commercial Software Rights Legend iv

                                Table of Contents v

                                IS8001 GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes 11 - 1IS80011 Introduction 11 - 1IS80012 IS800 Code 11 - 3

                                IS8002 Properties Used by IS800 2 - 1IS8003 Parameters Used by IS800 3 - 1IS8004 Provisions of IS800 4 - 1

                                IS80041 General Nomenclature for IS800 41 - 1IS80042 IS800 Provisions for I shapes 42 - 1IS80043 IS800 Provisions for Channels 43 - 1IS80044 IS800 Provisions for Single Angles 44 - 1IS80045 IS800 Provisions for Tees 45 - 1IS80046 IS800 Provisions for Double Angles 46 - 1IS80047 IS800 Provisions for Round Bars 47 - 1IS80048 IS800 Provisions for Pipes 48 - 1IS80049 IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars 49 - 1IS800410 IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing 410 - 1

                                APPENDICES

                                Appendix A References A-1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B-1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles C-1

                                LIST OF FIGURES

                                Figure IS8001-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes 11 - 4Figure IS8002-1 Local Axes for Design with IS800 2 - 2Figure IS8003-1 Computation of CMY and CMZ 3 - 10Figure IS8003-2 Local Axis Buckling 3 - 14Figure IS8003-3 SIDESWAY Conditions 3 - 17Figure IS8003-4 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the TOP

                                and BOTTOM flange 3 - 19

                                V2 vi Rev T

                                Figure IS80042-1 Effective cross-section Properties for I shapes 42 - 3Figure IS80042-2 Bending Stresses for I Shapes 42 - 19Figure IS80043-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Channels 43 - 2Figure IS80043-2 Bending Stresses for Channels 43 - 10Figure IS80044-2 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Single Angles 44 - 2Figure IS80044-2 Compressive Bending Stress for Single Angles 44 - 8Figure IS80044-3 QY and QZ Computation for Single Angles 44 - 21Figure IS80045-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Tees 45 - 2Figure IS80045-2 Bending Stresses for Tees 45 - 10Figure IS80046-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Equal and Long

                                Legs back-to-back Double Angles 46 - 2Figure IS80046-2 Effective Cross-section Properties for Short Legs back-

                                to-back Double Angles 46 - 3Figure IS80046-3 Compressive Bending Stresses for Double Angles 46 - 12Figure IS80047-1 Bending Stresses for Round Bars 47 - 5Figure IS80048-1 Bending Stresses for Pipes 48 - 6Figure IS80049-1 Bending Stresses for Square and Rectangular Bars 49 - 5Figure IS800410-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Structural Tubing 410 - 2Figure IS800410-2 Bending Stresses for Structural Tubing 410 - 10

                                LIST OF TABLES

                                Table IS8001-1 IS800 Code Parameters 11 - 11Table IS8001-2 GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Code(s) 11 - 18Table IS8001-3 GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the Design based on the

                                IS800 Codes 11 - 19Table IS8001-4 Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1993 AISC LRFD Second

                                Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition and 1978 AISCSpecification 11 - 20

                                Table IS8003-1 Parameters in IS800 3 - 2

                                GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8001 GTSTRUDL Steel Design Code

                                IS80011 Introduction

                                The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters properties and thecode provisions for the GTSTRUDL steel design IS800 code This volume is only applicableto steel design IS800 code

                                GTSTRUDL Steel Design Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 2 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 3 Rev T

                                IS800 CodeIndian Standard

                                IS800-1984

                                IS80012 IS800 Code

                                The IS800 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

                                I shapes Round BarsChannels PipesSingle angles Square Bars Tees Rectangular BarsDouble angles Structural Tubing

                                The term I shapes is used to mean ROLLED I beams and columns universal beamsand columns W S M and HP profiles with doubly symmetric cross-sections

                                The code is based on the Indian Standard ldquoCode of Practice for General Constructionin Steel (Second Revision)rdquo adopted April 25 1984 (Twelfth Reprint December 1995incorporating Amendments No 1 and 2) IS800-1984 The IS800 code utilizes theallowable stress design techniques of the Indian Standard IS800-1984 code

                                Design criteria for the above shapes are presented in Section IS8004 A detaileddiscussion is presented on the allowable stresses for each of these shapes in SectionsIS80052 through IS800510

                                The following assumptions are made throughout the IS800 code

                                1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel2 The modulus of elasticity of the steel is 200000 MPa This is of particular

                                importance since the computation of several constants appearing in theequations of the IS800-1984 Specification (92) is based on this value

                                3 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bendingstresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 4 V2

                                Figure IS8001-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 5 Rev T

                                Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 6 V2

                                Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 7 Rev T

                                4 Double angle contains an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

                                5 The IS800 code assumes all shapes are hot rolled In the case of a weldedplate shape the user must be certain that the section properties contained ina user created table of welded plate shapes are consistent with therequirements of the IS800-1984 Specification (92) For example in the caseof a welded plate I-shape section the shear area AY used for both analysisand shear stress checks must be equal to the web thickness times the interiordistance between flanges (ie WBTK times INTYD)

                                6 In the case of welded plates if the welded plates are not stress relieved avalue of lsquoNOrsquo should be specified for the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo For moreexplanation see parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo and Section 3522 of IS800-1984

                                Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by IS800 code Parameters allowing for the changes which occur instructural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invoked at the usersdiscretion

                                The sections of the IS800-1984 Specifications (92) which are considered by theGTSTRUDL IS800 code are summarized below

                                Section Title

                                35 Geometrical Properties3521 Plate Thickness3522 Plate thickness

                                37 Maximum Slenderness Ratio371 The maximum slenderness ratio

                                41 Axial Stresses411 The permissible stress in axial tension511 The permissible stress in axial compression

                                6 Design of Members Subjected to Bending621 Maximum Bending Stresses623 Maximum Permissible Bending Compressive Stress in Beams624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength626 Angles and Tees

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 8 V2

                                64 Shear Stresses641 Maximum Shear Stress642 Average Shear Stress624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength

                                71 Combined of Direct Stresses711 Combined Axial Compression and Bending712 Combined Axial Tension and Bending713 Symbols714 Bending and Shear

                                The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

                                1 Table IS8001-1 Shows the parameters used by the IS800 code TableIS8001-1 contains the applicable parameter namestheir default values and a brief description of theparameters

                                2 Section IS8002 Describes the cross-section properties used for eachshape

                                3 Section IS8003 Contains detail discussion of the parameters used bythe IS800 code and they are presented in alphabeticorder in this section

                                4 Section IS8004 Describes the subsections in the Section IS80045 Section IS80041 Defines the symbols used in the IS800 code

                                provisions6 Section IS80042 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions

                                and the equations applicable to the I shape cross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                7 Section IS80043 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Channel cross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                8 Section IS80044 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Single Anglecross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 9 Rev T

                                9 Section IS80045 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Tee cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                10 Section IS80046 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Double Anglecross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                11 Section IS80047 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Round Bar cross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                12 Section IS80048 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Pipe cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                13 Section IS80049 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Square andRectangular Bar cross-sections subjected to bendingand axial forces

                                14 Section IS800410 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Structural Tubingcross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 10 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 11 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify IS800 for code name See TableIS8001-2 and Sections IS8002 IS8003 and IS8004 for amore detailed description

                                TBLNAM ISBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table IS8001-3 for choices

                                CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less than orequal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject to axialtension

                                a 2540000 Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is used to(mm) compute ah ratio The ah ratio is the ratio of the distance

                                between stiffeners to the web depth An arbitrary high valueof 2540000 (mm) has been assumed as a default to indicatethat web stiffeners are absent A value is necessary to accountfor web stiffeners in the allowable shear stress calculation(Provision lsquo642 Yrsquo and lsquo642 Zrsquo)

                                STRERELI YES Parameter to specify if the welded plates are stress relieved ornot This parameter is used for the computationof theeffective clear depth of the web (see Section 3522 ofIS800-1984 and Section IS80042 of Volume 2 - IS800) Avalue of NO indicates that when the effective clear depth ofthe web is being computed assume that the welded plates arenot stress relieved The default value of lsquoYESrsquo indicates thatthe cross-section is stress relieved

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 12 V2

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Material Properties

                                STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Table IS8001-4 for steel grades and their properties

                                FY Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if notgiven

                                REDFY 10 Reduction factor for FY This factor times FY gives the fyvalue used by the code Used to account for property changesat high temperatures

                                REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFY

                                Slenderness Ratio

                                SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 180 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified for thisparameter the value of 400 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                K-Factors

                                COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Section 22 of Volume 2A)YES = Compute KY and KZ factors KY = Compute KY onlyKZ = Compute KZ onlyNO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 13 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                K-Factors (continued)

                                KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis ofthe profile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDLcomputation of effective length factor KY

                                KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDLcomputation of effective length factor KZ

                                Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should be printedafter the code check or select command output The columnnames attached to the start and end of the code checkedmember is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columnsattached to the start and end of the designed member A valueof lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and the names of theattached columns to the start and end of the designed membershould not be printed

                                SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localY axisYES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

                                SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localZ axisYES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 14 V2

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered as acantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automaticallyNO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                Buckling Length

                                LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 15 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Buckling Length (continued)

                                FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY Allows the unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LY is computed

                                FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

                                Bending Stress

                                UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed aslength of member In this parameter no distinction is madebetween the unbraced length for the top or bottom flange SeeUNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

                                FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF Allows theunbraced length to be specified as a fraction of the totallength Used only when UNLCF is computed

                                UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the top flangeWhen no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCF is usedfor this parameter

                                UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 16 V2

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Combined Stresses

                                AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of theaxial stress which is to be deducted from a correspondingbending stress acting in the opposite direction (see ProvisionslsquoAXC TBENrsquo and lsquoAXT CBENrsquo for Channels SectionIS80043)

                                CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                Force Limitation

                                FXMIN 22 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                FYMIN 22 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                FZMIN 22 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 17 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Output Processing and System Parameters

                                MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles in mosttables

                                PRIDTA 10 Flag for requesting output from selection procedure1 = no output2 = output parameters

                                SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A for explanation

                                PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section actual and allowablevalues for allowable stress design codes The default outputfrom CHECK or SELECT command prints the section forcevalues A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that thesection actual and allowable values should be printed insteadof default section forces

                                TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section

                                forces

                                VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 18 V2

                                Table IS8001-2

                                GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Code(s)

                                Code ParameterName Table Application

                                IS800 IS8002-1 Checks compliance of I shape Single angle Channel TeeDouble angles Solid Round bar Pipe Solid Square andRectangular bar and Structural tubing shape profiles to theIndian Standard IS800-1984 Specification (92)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 19 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-3

                                GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the IS800 Codes

                                Profile Shapes Reference

                                I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table namesfor I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universalbeam shapes universal column shapes etc

                                Channels for list of channel cross-section table names applicable to IS800code

                                Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of tee cross-section tablenames applicable to IS800 code

                                Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A list of solid round bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Pipes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of pipe (round HSScircular hollow section) cross-section table names applicable toIS800 code

                                Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid square bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid rectangular barcross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Structural Tubes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squarestructural tube (rectangular and square HSS rectangular andsquare hollow section) cross-section table names applicable toIS800 code

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 20 V2

                                Table IS8001-4

                                Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1993 AISC LRFD Second Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition

                                and 1978 AISC Specification

                                Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                Steel GradeASTM

                                Designation

                                Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                1 2 3 4 5

                                A36 3658

                                3658

                                3658

                                3658

                                3658

                                A529 4260

                                NA NA NA NA

                                A441 5070

                                5070

                                4667

                                4263

                                4263

                                A572-G42 4260

                                4260

                                4260

                                4260

                                4260

                                A572-G50 5065

                                5065

                                5065

                                5065

                                5065

                                A572-G60 6075

                                6075

                                NA NA NA

                                A572-G65 6580

                                NA NA NA NA

                                A242 5070

                                5070

                                4675

                                4263

                                4263

                                A588 5070

                                5070

                                5070

                                5070

                                5070

                                NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy andFts to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yieldstrengths (Fy) and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included inthe 1993 AISC LRFD Second Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition and the 1978 AISC specification

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8002 Properties Used by IS800

                                This section describes the profile properties used by the IS800 code Since eachshape has different properties that are required by the design code the properties of eachshape are listed separately The tables supplied with GTSTRUDL contain these propertiesrequired for design in addition to the properties required for analysis New tables created bythe user should include the same properties if the IS800 code is to be used The orientationof the principal axes (Z and Y) for each shape is shown in Figure IS8002-1

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS8002-1 Local Axes for Design with IS800

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 3 Rev T

                                Figure IS8002-1 Local Axes for Design with IS800 (Continued)

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 4 V2

                                I shapes

                                For W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams the followingproperties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

                                thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided

                                by the flange thickness EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 10 W shapes= 11 S shapes= 12 HP shapes= 13 M shapes

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 5 Rev T

                                Channels

                                For Channels the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

                                thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-

                                ZC))SYS = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SZ = section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (from Y axis to the web extreme fiber)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as the total flange width

                                divided by the flange thicknessEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 20 Standard Channels (C)= 21 Miscellaneous Channels (MC)

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 6 V2

                                Single Angles

                                For Single Angles the properties are in principal axes the following proper-ties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y-shear area along the Y-principle axis AY is taken as a value

                                that will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FYAY where FY is the Y-shear force in the Y-principle axis direction In this case AY is taken as the term(IZtimesTHICKQZ) where QZ is the first moment of the areaabove the Z-principle axis about the Z-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and J M Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

                                AZ = Z-shear area along the Z-principle axis AZ is taken as valuethat will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FZAZ where FZ is the Z-shear force in the Z-principle axis direction In this case AZ is taken as the term(IYtimesTHICKQY) where QY is the first moment of the areaabove the Y-principle axis about the Y-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and JM Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

                                IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-

                                ZC)) (note if both legs are equal LEG1 = LEG2 then SY =SYS)

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZ(YD-

                                YC))THICK = thickness of the single angleLEG1 = length of the longer legLEG2 = length of the shorter leg

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 7 Rev T

                                YD = depth parallel to principal Y axis= LEG2timescos (ALPHA)+THICKtimessin (ALPHA)

                                YC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extremefiber along the Y axis

                                ZD = depth parallel to principal Z axis= LEG1timescos (ALPHA) + LEG2timessin (ALPHA)

                                ZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extremefiber along the Z axis

                                ALPHA = angle between the longer leg of the angle and the principal Zaxis

                                EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principalY axis

                                EZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principalZ axis

                                WEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 30 single angles

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 8 V2

                                Tees

                                For Tees the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times

                                web thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis

                                (IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)FLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (from Z axis to top-of-flange)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus the

                                flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided

                                by the flange thicknessEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 40 WT shapes= 41 ST shapes= 43 MT shapes

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 9 Rev T

                                Double Angles

                                For Double Angles the following properties are required

                                AX = cross section areaAY = Y-axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times

                                twice the leg thicknessAZ = Z-axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axis RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axis SY = section modulus about Y axis SZ = negative direction section modulus about Z axis (IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about Z axis (IZYC)THICK = thickness of the flange (note the thickness of both single angles

                                is assumed to be the same and uniform)LEGl = length of the longer leg of each single angle which makes up

                                the double angleLEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle which makes up

                                the double angleSPACING = spacing between the single angles When each angle is in

                                contact SPACING equals zero YD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axisZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axisEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 44 equal legs back-to-back double angles= 45 long legs back-to-back double angles= 46 short legs back-to-back double angles

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 10 V2

                                Solid Round Bars

                                For Solid Round Bars the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 34 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 34 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axis (diameter of bar)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (radius of bar)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (diameter of bar)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (radius of bar)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 50 solid round bars

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 11 Rev T

                                Pipes

                                For Pipes the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional area AY = Y axis shear area computed as 12 of AX AZ = Z axis shear area computed as 12 of AX IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axis RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axis SZ = section modulus about the Z axis OD = outside diameter of the pipe ID = inside diameter of the pipeTHICK = thickness of the pipe YD = depth parallel to Y axis (OD)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (OD20)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (OD)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (OD20)ND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 51 pipes

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 12 V2

                                Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars Both the Square and Rectangular Barsrequire the following properties

                                AX = cross-sectional area AY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of AX AZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of AX IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axis RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axis SY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (YD2)ZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (ZD2)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 60 square bars= 61 rectangular bars

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 13 Rev T

                                Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional area AY = Y axis shear area computed as twice the web thickness times

                                the flat width of the webAZ = Z axis shear area computed as twice the flange thickness times

                                the flat width of the flange IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about Z axisSY = section modulus about Y axisSZ = section modulus about Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thickness YD = profile depth YC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (YD2)ZD = profile width ZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (ZD2)INTYD = flat width of the web (YD-2timesFLTK-2timesradius)INTZD = flat width of the flange (ZD-2timesWBTK-2timesradius)EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 62 structural tubing

                                It is assumed that the outside radius of the corners of a structural tube equals twicethe thickness of the tube

                                radius = 2 times FLTK

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 14 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8003 Parameters Used by IS800

                                The parameters used by IS800 code may be grouped into three general categories

                                1 System parameters 2 Control parameters 3 Code parameters

                                The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT and CHECK commandresults Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checked and specifycomparison tolerances The code parameters are used to specify information and coefficientsdirectly referenced in the code With the notable exception of CODETOL parameters of thesecond group are seldom used A knowledge of the system and control parameters allowsthe user greater flexibility when using the IS800 code The vast majority of parameters fallinto the code category and have a direct bearing on IS800 code and the results it produces

                                For the categories described above the parameters used by IS800 code are presentedbelow and are summarized in the Table IS8003-1 The system and control parameters arediscussed first followed by the code parameters

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 2 V2

                                Table IS80031

                                Parameters in IS800

                                Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                a 2540000 (mm) Real value in active unitsAXEFF 00 Real valueCantiMem NO YESCMY Computed Real valueCMZ Computed Real valueCODE Required IS800CODETOL 00 Percent ToleranceCOMPK NO YES KY KZFRLY 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLZ 10 Fraction of member lengthFRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member lengthFXMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFY Computed Real value in active unitsFYMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFZMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsGAY Computed Real valueGAZ Computed Real valueGBY Computed Real valueGBZ Computed Real valueKY 10 Real valueKZ 10 Real valueLY Member Length Real value in active unitsLZ Member Length Real value in active unitsMYMIN 22600 (N-mm) Real value in active unitsMZMIN 22600 (N-mm) Real value in active unitsPF 10 Fraction of areaPRIDTA 10 20Print-K YES NOPrintStr NO YESREDE 10 Reduction factor for EREDFY 10 Reduction factor for FYSDSWAYY YES NOSDSWAYZ YES NO

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 3 Rev T

                                Table IS8003-1 (continued)

                                Parameters in IS800

                                Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                SLENCOMP 1800 Real valueSLENTEN 4000 Real valueSTEELGRD A36 Table IS8001-3STRERELI YES NOSUMMARY NO YESTBLNAM ISBEAMS Table IS8001-2TRACE 4 1 2 3UNLCF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFBF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFTF Member Length Real value in active unitsVALUES 1 2 3 4

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 4 V2

                                System Parameters

                                PRIDTA 1 2

                                The PRIDTA parameter may be used to monitor the selection procedurewhich is used during a SELECT Its output is of minimal use in a productionenvironment and is therefore not recommended to the user The two options are (1)for no output and (2) for output monitoring the flow through the selection procedureThe primary use of PRIDTA is to compare the different selection procedures and itis listed here only for completeness CHECK commands are not affected byPRIDTA

                                PrintStr NO YES

                                Parameter to request to print the section stress values for allowable stressdesign codes This parameter is applicable to the steel design CHECK and SELECTcommands The default output from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of YES for this parameter indicates that the sectionstress values should be printed instead of default section forces

                                SUMMARY NO YES

                                Unlike the preceding parameters SUMMARY does not directly produceoutput during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARY invokes abookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parameter valuesused at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed or checkedThe two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NO thebookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specified allprovisions and parameters in the code Summary Description (Sections 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has been recorded

                                TRACE 1 2 3 4

                                The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are 1 - no provisions are output

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 5 Rev T

                                2 - outputs any provisions which fail

                                3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and

                                4 - outputs the largest value of actualallowable ratio computed

                                Whenever 2 or 3 is selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces actingon the member for that section and loading For each provision at that section andloading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio are outputFigure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACE value of3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actual exceeded theallowable are output The order in which provisions are output depends on the codebeing used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loading When novalue is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 is assumed Thedefault output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK command shows themember name the code name the profile name the table name the loadingcondition and the section location where the largest actualallowable value occursthe provision name corresponding to the largest actualallowable value the largestvalue of actualallowable ratio computed and the internal member section forces atthe section with the largest actualallowable ratio

                                VALUES 1 2 3 4

                                VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused while SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values are outputThe four options for VALUES are

                                1 - no parameter or property values is output

                                2 - outputs only parameter values

                                3 - outputs only property values and

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 6 V2

                                4 - outputs both parameter and property values

                                Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 7 Rev T

                                Control Parameters

                                CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

                                CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

                                With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODETOLthe user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

                                FXMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

                                FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force to be considered by thecode Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

                                FYMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

                                FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

                                FZMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

                                FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 8 V2

                                MYMIN 22600 N-mm Alternate value in active units

                                MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MYMIN

                                MZMIN 22600 N-mm Alternate value in active units

                                MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MZMIN

                                NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MYMIN and MZMIN should alwaysbe greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces and moments are not madeForces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and less may be present due to numericallimitations of the computer In most structures forces of this magnitude are negligible whencompared to the forces usually found in a member Default values for the minimums areappropriate for most applications

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 9 Rev T

                                Code Parameters

                                a 2540000 mm Alternate value in active units

                                Parameter a is the clear distance between transverse stiffeners Thisparameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the computation of thelimiting shear stress The default value indicates that the shear check does notconsider transverse stiffeners A user specified value for parameter a causes theautomatic computation of the ah ratio h is defined as the total depth minus twice theflange thickness for I-shapes h is the same as the table property INTYD INTYDis the clear distance between flanges (see Section IS8002)

                                AXEFF 00 Alternate value

                                AXEFF is the fraction of the axial stress which is deducted from bendingstress in the opposite direction This is done when combined tensile bending stressis checked for a member in axial compression or when combined compressivebending stress is checked for a member in axial tension (see Provisions lsquoAXCTBENrsquo and lsquoAXT CBENrsquo for Channels Section IS80043)

                                CantiMem NO YES

                                This parameter indicates that a member or a physical member which is partof a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation This parameter can be used in special cases when the program can notautomatically detect that the beam connected to the column is a cantilever Thespecial case when this parameter may be used is when the beam that is connected tothe column is part of a cantilever truss system and the program automatically is notable to detect that the beam should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation Keep in mind that only true cantilever members or physical membersare detected automatically A value of YES for this parameter indicates that themember of physical member is cantilever

                                CMY Computed Alternate value

                                CMY is the moment reduction factor used in Section 711 of the IS800-1984(92) for Y axis bending Computation of the default value for CMY is shown inFigure IS8003-1 A member is considered to be restrained unless a FORCE Z orMOMENT Y release is specified for one or both ends of the member If a memberload causes Y axis bending the member is considered to be transversely loadedExamples of such loadings would include MEMBER LOAD Z direction forces andY axis moments or MEMBER DISTORTION displacements in the Z direction androtations about the Y axis Member loads which are described as GLOBAL orPROJECTED are rotated into the members local axis directions before they areexamined

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS8003-1 Computation of CMY and CMZ

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 11 Rev T

                                CMZ Computed Alternate value

                                CMZ is the moment reduction factor used in Section 711 of the IS800-1984 (92) for Z axis bending Computation of the default value for CMZ is shownin Figure IS8003-1 A member is considered to be restrained unless a FORCE Y orMOMENT Z release is specified for one or both ends of the member If a memberload causes Z axis bending the member is considered to be transversely loadedExamples of such loadings would include MEMBER LOAD Y direction forces andZ axis moments or MEMBER DISTORTION displacements in the Y direction androtations about the Z axis Member loads which are applied as GLOBAL orPROJECTED are rotated into the members local axis directions before they areexamined

                                CODE Required

                                The CODE parameter indicates the code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of IS800 must be specified for thisparameter to check code based on IS800-1984 IS800 design or code check is basedon the Indian Standard ldquoCode of Practice for General Construction in Steel (SecondRevision)rdquo adopted April 25 1984

                                COMPK NO YES KY KZ

                                The COMPK parameter is used to specify how the values of the effectivelength parameters KY and KZ are defined The default value of NO indicates thatthe values of KY and KZ are either specified by the user or taken as 10 by default

                                The value of YES indicates that the values of KY and KZ are to be computedby GTSTRUDL in the member selection and code check procedures (SELECT orCHECK command) The K-factors computed by GTSTRUDL is based on the AISC(American Institute of Steel Construction) guidelines If the value of COMPK is NOthe values of KY and KZ are taken as either specified by the user or as 10 by default

                                The value of KY or KZ for the parameter COMPK indicates that only thespecified effective length factor should be computed Refer to Section 22 of Volume2A for more discussion of the effective length factor computation

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 12 V2

                                FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

                                FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members effective length FRLY may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LY is computed

                                FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

                                FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members effective length FRLZ may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LZ is computed

                                FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

                                FRUNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange UNLCFas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCF may be less than or greaterthan 10 This option works only when UNLCF is computed

                                FY Computed Alternate value in active units

                                FY may be used to specify the yield strength of a member rather than havingit computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When FY is specified for a memberits value remains constant irrespective of profile size under consideration The valueof STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it was specified

                                GAY Computed Alternative value

                                GAY is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                GAZ Computed Alternative value

                                GAZ is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                GBY Computed Alternative value

                                GBY is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 13 Rev T

                                GBZ Computed Alternative value

                                GBZ is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                KY 10 Alternative value computed

                                KY is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Yaxis (Figure IS8003-2) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                (1) KY is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                (2) KY is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KY Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

                                KZ 10 Alternative value computed

                                KZ is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Zaxis (Figure IS8003-2) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                (1) KZ is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                (2) KZ is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KZ Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

                                LY Computed Alternate value in active units

                                LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure IS8003-2 The default is computed as the effective member length times thevalue of the FRLY parameter The effective length of a member is the joint-to-jointdistance unless eccentricities andor end joint sizes are given When eccentricitiesare given the eccentric start-to-end length of the member is used For end joint sizesthe end joint size at both ends is subtracted from the effective length which wouldhave been used LY may be specified larger or smaller than the members effectivelength and no comparisons are made between the two See Section 218 of Volume1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end joint sizes

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 14 V2

                                Figure IS8003-2 Local Axis Buckling

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 15 Rev T

                                LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

                                LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure IS8003-2 The default is computed as the effective member length times thevalue of the FRLZ parameter See the LY parameter above for a description of theeffective length

                                PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

                                PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

                                Print-K YES NO

                                Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the default code checkor select command output (TRACE 4 output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the computed K-factor values should be printed after thecode check or select command output The column names attached to the start andend of the code checked member is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columns attached to the start and endof the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and thenames of the attached columns to the start and end of the designed member shouldnot be printed

                                REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

                                The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the IS800 code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

                                REDFY 10 Reduction factor for FY

                                The parameter REDFY is a reduction factor for the yield strength FY of amember This parameter is intended to reflect the change in yield strength whichoccurs at higher temperatures An alternate use for REDFY would be to introducean additional factor of safety into the design equations The yield strength used in theprovision is equal to REDFY multiplied by FY (REDFY times FY)

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 16 V2

                                SDSWAYY YES NO

                                SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure IS8003-3 illustrates the direction of sway relativeto the column orientation

                                SDSWAYZ YES NO

                                SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure IS8003-3 illustrates the direction of sway relativeto the column orientation

                                SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

                                SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of1800 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

                                SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

                                SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 4000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

                                STEELGRD A36 Value from Table IS8001-4

                                STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to be madeUsing the value of STEELGRD the yield strength (FY) can be correctly determined

                                STRERELI YES NO

                                This parameter is to specify if the welded plates are stress relieved or notThis parameter is used for the computation of the effective clear depth of theweb (see Section 3522 of IS800-1984) Equations for this computation areshown in Provisions lsquoINTYDecrsquo and lsquoYDcrsquo in Section IS80042 for Ishapes Section IS80043 FOR CHANNELS Section IS80045 for teesSection IS80046 for double angles and Section IS800410 for structuraltube cross-sections A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that when the effective cleardepth of the web is being computed assume that the welded plates are notstress relieved The default value of lsquoYESrsquo indicates that the cross-sectionis stress relieved

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 17 Rev T

                                Figure IS8003-3 SIDESWAY Conditions

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 18 V2

                                UNLCF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                UNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange which isused in computing the allowable bending stress of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression flange shouldbe used The default is computed as the effective length of the member times thevalue of the FRUNLCF parameter Refer to the parameter LY for a discussion of amembers effective length

                                UNLCFBF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                UNLCFBF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thebottom flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a memberBottom flange is defined as the flange in the local negative Y axis direction of a crosssection as shown in Figure IS8003-4 UNLCFBF is used when negative strong axisbending (negative MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression on thebottom flange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateral supportfor the bottom compression flange should be used When an alternate value for thisparameter has not been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used Seeparameter UNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFBF

                                UNLCFTF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                UNLCFTF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a member Topflange is defined as the flange in the local positive Y axis direction of a cross sectionas shown in Figure IS8003-4 UNLCFTF is used when positive strong axis bending(positive MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression on the top flangeThe maximum distance between points of adequate lateral support for the topcompression flange should be used When an alternate value for this parameter hasnot been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used See parameterUNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFTF

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 19 Rev T

                                Figure IS8003-4 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the TOP andBOTTOM flange

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 20 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Provisions of IS800

                                V2 IS8004 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8004 Provisions of IS800

                                This section presents the equations used in IS800 code to determine the acceptabilityof a profile The equations have been divided into provisions where each provisionrepresents a comparison which may be output with the TRACE parameter andor stored withthe SUMMARY parameter Provision names used in SUMMARY and TRACE output aregiven and then the equations used in the particular provision are followed Each provisionis accompanied by a brief description of the check being made and the section of the IndianStandard IS800-1984 Specification (92) on which it is based Conditions which determinewhether or not a provision is to be checked are described before each provision Symbolsparameters and properties used in the provisions have been described in the precedingsections

                                The remainder of this section is divided into nine (9) subsections Since each shapehas a unique design procedure they are presented in separate subsections as shown below

                                Shape Subsection

                                I shapes IS80042

                                Channels IS80043

                                Single Angles IS80044

                                Tees IS80045

                                Double Angles IS80046

                                Round Bars IS80047

                                Pipes IS80048

                                Square and Rectangular Bars IS80049

                                Structural Tubes IS800410

                                Provisions of IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8004 - 2 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for IS800

                                V2 IS80041 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80041 General Nomenclature for IS800

                                This section defines the symbols used in describing the provisions of the IS800 codeTo minimize confusion the notation of the Indian Standard IS800-1984 Specification (92)is used whenever possible Symbols that are determined from parameters are identified inthis section When appropriate the units of a symbol are shown after its definition

                                a = clear distance between transverse stiffeners (mm)Ae = effective cross-sectional area (mm2)AX = A = cross-sectional area (mm2)AXEFF = fraction of the axial stress which is deducted from the

                                bending stress in the opposite direction (see ParameterAXEFF)

                                b = width of stiffened or unstiffened compression element(mm)

                                be = effective width of stiffened compression element(mm)

                                bf = ZD = flange width (mm)CMYCMZ = CmyCmz = coefficients applied to bending terms in interaction

                                formula (see Parameters CMY and CMZrespectively)

                                d = h = INTYD= clear distance between flanges of I shaped sections or

                                channels (mm)E = modulus of elasticity of steel ((MPa) see the parameter

                                REDE (E = REDEtimes(the analysis constant E))) = value of the parameter CODETOL divided by 100accal = actual axial compressive stress (MPa)ac = allowable axial compressive stress (MPa)bcycal = actual compressive bending stress about member Y

                                axis (MPa)bcy = allowable compressive bending stress about member Y

                                axis (MPa)bczcal = actual compressive bending stress about member Z

                                axis (MPa)bcz = allowable compressive bending stress about member Z

                                axis (MPa)btycal = actual tensile bending stress about member Y axis

                                (MPa)bty = allowable tensile bending stress about member Y axis

                                (MPa)

                                General Nomenclature for IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80041 - 2 V2

                                btzcal = actual tensile bending stress about member Z axis(MPa)

                                btz = allowable tensile bending stress about member Z axis(MPa)

                                Fe = fcb = flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress (MPa)FLTK = tf = flange thickness (mm)atcal = actual tensile stress (MPa)at = allowable tensile stress in the absence of bending

                                moment (Mpa)vacal = actual average shear stress in the member Y axis

                                direction (MPa)va = allowable average shear stress in the member Y axis

                                direction (MPa)vmcal = actual maximum shear stress (MPa)vm = allowable maximum shear stress (MPa)FX = axial load (N) (positive represents a tensile load

                                negative represents a compressive load)FXMIN = smallest magnitude axial force which will be consid-

                                ered by the code see Parameter FXMIN (MPa)FY = shear force in member Y direction (N)FY = fy = yield strength of steel (MPa) (see Parameters FY and

                                REDFY)FYMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Y direc-

                                tion which will be considered by the code (N) (seeParameter FYMIN)

                                FZ = shear force in member Z direction (N)FZMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Z direc-

                                tion which will be considered by the code (N) (seeParameter FZMIN)

                                INTYD = d = section properties (see Section IS8002)IY = moment of inertia about the member Y axis (mm4)IZ = moment of inertia about the member Z axis (mm4)KLr = = controlling slenderness ratioKY = effective length factor about the member Y axis (see

                                Parameter KY)KZ = effective length factor about the member Z axis (see

                                Parameter KZ)ly = effective unbraced length about the member Y axis

                                (mm)

                                GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for IS800

                                V2 IS80041 - 3 Rev T

                                lz = effective unbraced length about the member Z axis(mm)

                                LY = Ly = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (mm)(see Parameters LY and FRLY)

                                LZ = Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (mm)(see Parameters LZ and FRLZ)

                                MY = actual moment about the member Y axis (N-mm)MYMIN = smallest magnitude member Y axis moment which will

                                be considered by the code (N-mm) (see ParameterMYMIN)

                                MZ = actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)MZMIN = smallest magnitude member Z axis moment which will

                                be considered by the code (N-mm) (see ParameterMZMIN)

                                = constant pi value of 31415927 is used herePF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to

                                axial tensionry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (mm)rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (mm)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for

                                member subjected to axial tension Default value is400

                                SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) formember subjected to axial compression Default valueis 180

                                SY = effective section modulus about member Y axis (mm3)SZ = effective section modulus about member Z axis (mm3)tf = FLTK = flange thickness (mm)tw = WBTK = web thickness (mm)WBTK = tw = web thickness (mm)YD = profile depth (mm)

                                General Nomenclature for IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80041 - 4 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80042 IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                Effective Cross-section Properties Computation - I shapes

                                ZDeffc (Computation of effective flange width ZDeffc for when the flange isunder compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axis bending(Figure IS80042-1)

                                If ZDeffc lt ZD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective flangewidth (ZDeffc) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRZeffrsquo)

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section in the Y direction based on theeffective cross-section dimensions Computed when Z axisbending exist (see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo and Figures IS80042-1(c) and (d))

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis Computed whenZ axis bending exist (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 2 V2

                                SZeffc = effective compression side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see ProvisionlsquoSZeffcrsquo)

                                SZefft = effective tension side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see ProvisionlsquoSZefftrsquo)

                                If ZDeffc ZD

                                ZDeffc = ZD

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft for when the flange isunder tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension force or Z axis bending(Figure IS80042-1)

                                ZDefft = 2 times 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective flangewidth (ZDefft) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member undertension axial force (see Provision lsquoAXefftrsquo)

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when themember is under axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when themember is under axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRZeffrsquo)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 3 Rev T

                                Figure IS80042-1 Effective cross-section Properties for I shapes

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 4 V2

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section in the Y direction based on theeffective cross-section dimensions Computed when Z axisbending exist (see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo and Figures IS80042-1(c)and (d))

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis Computed when Zaxis bending exist (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                SZeffc = effective compression side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see Provision lsquoSZeffcrsquo)

                                SZefft = effective tension side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see Provision lsquoSZefftrsquo)

                                If ZDefft ZD

                                ZDefft = ZD

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec for when theYDc web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984 Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS80042-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 5 Rev T

                                For other plates when the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquoThis is the default treatment

                                If INTYDec lt INTYD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective cleardepth of the web (INTYDec) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRZeffrsquo

                                If INTYDec INTYD

                                INTYDec = INTYD

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice theflange thickness (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 6 V2

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than the above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDet for when theYDt web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS80042-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                If INTYDet lt INTYD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective clear depthof the web (INTYDet) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when the member isunder axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when the member isunder axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRZeffrsquo)

                                If INTYDet INTYD

                                INTYDet = INTYD

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 7 Rev T

                                t = WBTK

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice theflange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failed codecheck member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                RYeff (Computation of effective radius of gyration about the Y axis RYeff for whenAXefft the member is under axial force IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                RYeff is computed for when the flange is under axial force

                                When member is under axial compression

                                ZDeff = ZDeffc

                                INTYDe = INTYDec

                                When member is under axial tension

                                ZDeff = ZDefft

                                INTYDe = INTYDet

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 8 V2

                                AXeff = 2 times ZDeff times FLTK + INTYDe times WBTK

                                but RYeff RY

                                When member is under axial tension AXefft = AXeff

                                Where

                                AXeff = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under axial force

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under tension axialforce

                                IYeff = effective moment of inertia about the Y axis based on the member underaxial force

                                RZeff (Computation of effective radius of gyration about the Z axis RZeff for whenAXefft the member is under axial force IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                RZeff is computed for when the flange is under axial force

                                When member is under axial compression

                                ZDeff = ZDeffc

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 9 Rev T

                                INTYDe = INTYDec

                                When member is under axial tension

                                ZDeff = ZDefft

                                INTYDe = INTYDet

                                IZeff = 2 times B1 + B2 - B3

                                AXeff = 2 times ZDeff times FLTK + INTYDe times WBTK

                                When member is under axial tension AXefft = AXeff

                                Where

                                AXeff = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under axial force

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under tension axialforce

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis based on the member underaxial force

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 10 V2

                                YCeff (Computation of centroid of the cross-section YCeff based on the effectivecross-section property IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                This Provision is considered when the member is under Z axis bending momentYCeff is the distance from the centroid to the extreme fiber of the compression flange alongthe Y axis (Figures IS80042-1(c) and (d)

                                A1 = ZDeffc times FLTK times (FLTK2)

                                A2 = INTYD times WBTK times (FLTK + INTYD2)

                                A3 = ZDefft times FLTK times (YD - FLTK2)

                                A4 = ZDeffc times FLTK times INTYD times WBTK + ZDefft times FLTK

                                Where

                                ZDeffc = effective flange width of the compression side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDeffcrsquo)

                                ZDefft = effective flange width of the tension side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDefftrsquo)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 11 Rev T

                                IZeff (Computation of effective moment of inertia about the Z axis IZeff IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                This Provision is considered when the member is under Z axis bending moment

                                IZeff = B1 + B2 + B3 + B4

                                Where

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section based on the effective cross-section property(see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo)

                                ZDeffc = effective flange width of the compression side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDeffcrsquo)

                                ZDefft = effective flange width of the tension side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDefftrsquo)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 12 V2

                                SZeffc (Computation of effective compression side section modulus about the Zaxis SZeffc IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                This Provision is considered when the member is under Z axis bending moment

                                Where

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section based on the effective cross-section property(see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo)

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                SZefft (Computation of effective tension side section modulus about the Z axisSZefft IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                Where

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section based on the effective cross-section property(see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo)

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 13 Rev T

                                Axial Tensions - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Where

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo and lsquoRZeffrsquo for the computation of RYeff and RZeff

                                properties

                                Note

                                When the Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo or lsquoRZeffrsquo are not shown in the summarizeoutput (see SUMMARIZE command) it means that RYeff and RZeff did notneed to be computed In this case properties RYeff and RZeff are assumed tobe equal to RY and RZ of the cross-section

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 14 V2

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal =

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                Where

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under tensionaxial force (see Provision ltAXefft rsquo ltRYeff rsquo or lt RZeff rsquo)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 15 Rev T

                                Axial Compression - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                Where

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo and lsquoRZeffrsquo for the computation of RYeff andRZeff properties

                                Note

                                When the Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo or lsquoRZeffrsquo are not shown in thesummarize output (see SUMMARIZE command) it means that RYeff

                                and RZeff did not need to be computed In this case properties RYeff

                                and RZeff are assumed to be equal to RY and RZ of the cross-section

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 16 V2

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =

                                Allowable acy =

                                Allowable acz =

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative representsa compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                fccy = is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling aboutthe Y axis

                                fccz = is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling aboutthe Z axis

                                y =

                                z =

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 17 Rev T

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo and lsquoRZeffrsquo for the computation of RYeff and RZeff

                                properties

                                Note

                                When the Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo or lsquoRZeffrsquo are not shown in the summarizeoutput (see SUMMARIZE command) it means that RYeff and RZeff did notneed to be computed In this case properties RYeff and RZeff are assumed tobe equal to RY and RZ of the cross-section

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 18 V2

                                Z Axis Bending - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMINthe following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses FiguresIS80042-2(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                Allowable btz = 066 fy

                                Where

                                SZefft = effective tension side section modulus about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provision lsquoSZefftrsquo for the computation of SZefft property

                                Note

                                When the Provision lsquoSZefftrsquo is not shown in the summarize output (seeSUMMARIZE command) it means that SZefft did not need to be computedIn this case property SZefft is assumed to be equal to SZ of the cross-section

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 19 Rev T

                                Figure IS80042-2 Bending Stresses for I Shapes

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 20 V2

                                623 (Maximum permissible bending compressive stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 623 and Section 621)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZeffc = effective compression side section modulus about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provision lsquoSZeffcrsquo for the computation of SZeffc property

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 21 Rev T

                                Note

                                When the Provision lsquoSZeffcrsquo is not shown in the summarize output(see SUMMARIZE command) it means that SZeffc did not need to becomputed In this case property SZeffc is assumed to be equal to SZof the cross-section

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (mm3)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 22 V2

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X =

                                Y =

                                k1 = 10 for double symmetric I shapes

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 23 Rev T

                                INTYD = depth of web (Table Property)= YD- 2timesFLTK

                                k2 = 00 for double symmetric I shapes

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers c2c1 = 10 fordouble symmetric I shapes

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 24 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMINthe following provision is checked for the compression and tension side stresses FiguresIS80042-2(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 25 Rev T

                                Shear Stresses - I shapes

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal =

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QY =

                                QZ =

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal =

                                vazcal =

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 26 V2

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                =

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                x1 = the lesser of c and d

                                x2 = the greater of c and d

                                c = the distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)= a (Parameter)

                                d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)= INTYD

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 27 Rev T

                                Combined Stresses - I shapes

                                Axial Compression and Bending - I shapes

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711a)

                                When

                                When

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 28 V2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - I shapes

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one or bothaxes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                Bending and Shear - I shapes

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80043 IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                Effective Cross-section Properties Computation - Channels

                                Effective cross-section properties for channel are checked and if they are greater thanthe actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code check member

                                ZDeffc (Computation of effective flange width ZDeffc for when the flangeis under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axis bending(Figure IS80043-1)

                                If ZDeffc lt ZDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDeffc ZD

                                The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80043-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Channels

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 3 Rev T

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft of the tension sidebending IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending

                                (Figure IS80043-1)

                                ZDefft = 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDefft ZDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec for YDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS80043-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 4 V2

                                If INTYDec lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minustwice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 5 Rev T

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDet for YDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS80043-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                If INTYDet lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                t = WBTK

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minustwice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failed codecheck member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 6 V2

                                Axial Tensions - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal =

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 7 Rev T

                                Axial Compression - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =

                                Allowable acy =

                                Allowable acz =

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 8 V2

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative representsa compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                fccy = is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingabout the Y axis

                                fccz = is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingabout the Z axis

                                y =

                                z =

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 9 Rev T

                                Z Axis Bending - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMI-N the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigures IS80043-2(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                Allowable btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                623 (Maximum permissible bending compressive stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 623 and Section 621)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS80043-2 Bending Stresses for Channels

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 11 Rev T

                                FLTKWBTK

                                2 0

                                INTYDWBTK

                                13440fy

                                MZ = the actual moment about the Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (mm3)

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X Y 1120

                                UNLCF FLTKRY YD

                                2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RY

                                5

                                2

                                k1 = 10 for double symmetric Channels

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 12 V2

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                INTYD = depth of web (Table Property)= YD- 2timesFLTK

                                k2 = 00 for double symmetric about the Z axis

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from the sectionneutral axis to the extreme fibers c2c1 = 10 for doublesymmetric about the Z axis

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 13 Rev T

                                Y Axis Bending - Channels

                                Positive Y Axis Bending - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMI-N the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80053-2(c) illustrates positive Y axis bending stress

                                625 C (Maximum compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                Where

                                SY = the negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY(ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                625 T (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual btycal = MYSYS

                                Allowable bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                Where

                                SYS = the positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY ZC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 14 V2

                                Negative Y Axis Bending - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMI-N the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80043-2(d) illustrates negative Y axis bending stress

                                625 C (Maximum compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = MYSYS

                                Allowable bcy = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                Where

                                SYS = the positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY ZC (Table Property)

                                625 T (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual btycal = MYSY

                                Allowable bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                Where

                                SY = the negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY (ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 15 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                FZAZ

                                FZ QYIY 2 FLTK

                                FY

                                AY

                                FY QZ

                                IZ WBTK

                                Shear Stresses - Channels

                                The following provisions are checked when a shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal =

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 mzcal

                                vm

                                v

                                Where

                                QY 2ZD2

                                FLTKZD4

                                QZ ZD FLTKYD2

                                FLTK2

                                INTYD2

                                WBTKINTYD

                                4

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal =

                                vazcal =

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 16 V2

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                = Minimum 04f 04f 13f

                                xt

                                4000 1xx

                                y y

                                y1

                                w

                                12

                                1

                                2

                                2

                                13

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                x1 = the lesser of c and d

                                x2 = the greater of c and d

                                c = distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)= a (Parameter)

                                d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)= INTYD

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 17 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Channels

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Channels

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 18 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Channels

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section712)

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f 066f 066f10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Channels

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80044 IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                Effective Cross-section Properties Computation - Single Angles

                                Effective cross-section properties for single angle are checked and if they are greaterthan the actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code checkmember

                                LEGeffc (Computation of effective leg width LEGeffc for when the memberis under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGeffc is computed for when the member is under axial compression (FigureIS80044-1)

                                LEG Minimum of

                                256 Tf

                                or

                                16Teffc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                If LEGeffc lt LEG2Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGeffc LEG2The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80044-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Single Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 3 Rev T

                                LEGefft (Computation of effective leg width LEGefft for when the memberis under tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension (Figure IS80044-1)

                                LEGefft = 20T1

                                If LEGefft lt LEG2Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGefft LEG2The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 4 V2

                                Maximum y z Maximum Lr

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Axial Tensions - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = =

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 5 Rev T

                                Maximum y z

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative andFX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = =

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 6 V2

                                2

                                y2

                                E

                                2

                                z2

                                E

                                K Lr

                                y y

                                y

                                K L

                                rz z

                                z

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                fccy = is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling about the Y axis

                                fccz = is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingabout the Z axis

                                y =

                                z =

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                MZSZS

                                MZSZ

                                MZSZ

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Z Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                Positive Z Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to weak axis bending (positive Z axis bending) ieMZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Analysis and design for the single angles are based on the principal axis of thesingle angles Figure IS80044-2(a) illustrates positive Z axis bending stress

                                621 TZ (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam621 CZ IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                bczcal =

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Where

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                623 CZ (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam623 TZ IS800-1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 8 V2

                                Figure IS80044-2 Compressive Bending Stress for Single Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 9 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                MZSZS

                                Minimum 066f 066f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                btzcal =

                                The legs are in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                The allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision lt624 Zrsquo forequation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYD (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 10 V2

                                Y 11

                                20

                                UNLCF THICK

                                RY LEG1

                                2

                                265 10

                                UNLCFRY

                                5

                                2

                                624 Z (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt = 10 20

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X =

                                Y =

                                k1 = 10 for single angles

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                THICK = thickness of the single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 11 Rev T

                                k2 = -10 for single angles

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = YC(YD - YC)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 12 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                MZSZ

                                MZSZ

                                Negative Z Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to weak axis bending (negative Z axis bending) ieMZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Analysis and design for the single angles are based on the principal axis of thesingle angles Figure IS80044-2(b) illustrates negative Z axis bending stress

                                621 TZ (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam621 CZ IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                bczcal =

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 13 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                MZSZS

                                MZSZ

                                623 CZ (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam623 TZ IS800-1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                btzcal =

                                Allowable bcz = btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 14 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                MYSY

                                MYSYS

                                MYSYS

                                MYSY

                                Y Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to strong axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesAnalysis and design for the single angles are based on the principal axis of the single anglesFigures IS80044-2(c) and (d) illustrate Y axis bending stresses

                                621 TY (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam621 CY IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                Actual btycal =

                                bcycal =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                Actual btycal =

                                bcycal =

                                Allowable bty = bcy = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                Where

                                SY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IYZC (Table Property)

                                SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY(ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 15 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                MYSYS

                                MYSY

                                MYSY

                                MYSYS

                                623 CY (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam623 TY IS800-1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                Actual bcycal =

                                btycal =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                Actual bcycal =

                                btycal =

                                A leg of the angle is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984code the allowable stress is

                                Allowable bcy =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The allowable tensile stress is

                                bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision lt624 Yrsquo for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MY = the actual moment about the member Y axis (N-mm)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 16 V2

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IYZD (Table Property)

                                SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY(ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 17 Rev T

                                Y 1 120

                                UNLCF THICKRZ LEG1

                                2

                                Y 1 120

                                UNLCF THICKRZ LEG2

                                2

                                624 Y (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt = 10 20

                                and

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                d1t =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                X =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                X =

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 18 V2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RZ

                                5

                                2

                                k1 = 10 for single angles

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axis (Table Property)

                                THICK = thickness of the single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg (Table Property)

                                LEG2 = length of the short leg (Table Property)

                                k2 = -10 for single angles

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = ZC(ZD - ZC)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 19 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                u LEG1 (LEG2 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                v LEG2 (LEG1 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                ActualFZ QY

                                IY THICKvmzcal

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Single Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal = FY QZ

                                IZ THICK

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QY Computation (see Figure IS80044-3)

                                H1 = LEG1 - u + v Tan ()

                                A1 = H1 times THICKA2 = 05 times THICK times THICK times Tan ()QY1 = A1 times 05 times H1 times Cos () -

                                A2 times (H1 - (THICK times Tan ()3)) Cos()

                                H2 = LEG2 - v -(u - THICK) Tan ()A3 = LEG2 times THICKA4 = 05 times THICK times THICK times Tan ()

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 20 V2

                                v - THICK

                                Tan ( )

                                u LEG1 (LEG2 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                v LEG2 (LEG1 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                QY2 = A3 times 05 times (u-(v times Tan ())) times Cos () -A2 times (H2 times Sin ()) - (THICK times Cos ())3

                                QY = Maximum of (QY1 QY2)

                                QZ Computation (see Figure IS80044-3)

                                H1 = LEG1 - u -

                                A1 = H1 times THICKA2 = 05 times THICK times THICK Tan ()QZ1 = A1 times 05 times H1 times Sin () -

                                A2 times (H1 times Sin () - THICK times Cos ()3)

                                H2 = LEG2 - v -(u- THICK) Tan ()A3 = H2 times THICKA4 = 05 times THICK times THICK times Tan ()QZ2 = A3 times 05 times H2 times Cos () - A4 times (H2 times Cos () -

                                THICK times Sin ()3)QZ = Maximum of (QZ1 QZ2)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 21 Rev T

                                Figure IS80044-3 QY and QZ Computation for Single Angles

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 22 V2

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FY

                                AY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 23 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Single Angles

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Single Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 24 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Single Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984Section 712)

                                atcal

                                06fy

                                btzcal

                                066fy

                                btycal

                                066fy 10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Single Angles

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 1 Rev T

                                ZD Minimum of 2

                                256Tf

                                or

                                2 16Teffc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                IS80045 IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                Effective Cross-Section Properties Computation - Tees

                                Effective cross-section properties for Tee are checked and if they are greater than theactual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code check member

                                ZDeffc (Computation of effective flange width ZDeffc for when the flange isunder compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axis bending(Figure IS80045-1)

                                If ZDeffc lt ZD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDeffc ZD The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft for when the flange isunder tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending(Figure IS80045-1)

                                ZDefft = 2 times 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80045-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Tees

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 3 Rev T

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                560Tf

                                or

                                35Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                800Tf

                                or

                                50Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                If ZDefft ZDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec forYDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS80045-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                If INTYDec lt INTYD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYD The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 4 V2

                                YD Minimum of

                                1440Tf

                                or

                                90Tc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYD et forYDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS80045-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                If INTYDet lt INTYD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYD The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)t = WBTKINTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 5 Rev T

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failedcode check member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 6 V2

                                Maximum Lr

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Axial Tensions - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 8 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 9 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Z Axis Bending - Tees

                                Positive Z Axis Bending - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to strong axis bending (positive Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80045-2(a) illustrates positive Z axis bending stress

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =MZSZ

                                bczcal = MZSZS

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZS

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS80045-2 Bending Stresses for Tees

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 11 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Minimum 066f 066f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                btzcal = MZSZ

                                The flange is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                The web is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 12 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Negative Z Axis Bending - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to strong axis bending (negative bending) ie MZ MZMINthe following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses FigureIS80045-2(b) illustrates negative Z axis bending stress

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = MZSZS

                                bczcal = MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZ

                                btzcal = MZSZS

                                The web is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable compressive stress is

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 13 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The flange is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 forequation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 14 V2

                                FLTKWBTK

                                2 0

                                INTYDWBTK

                                13440fy

                                Y 11

                                20

                                UNLCF FLTK

                                RY YD

                                2

                                265 105

                                UNLCFRY

                                2

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X =

                                Y =

                                k1 = 10 for Tees

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis(Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 15 Rev T

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                INTYD = depth of web (Table Property)= YD - FLTK

                                when flange is in compression

                                k2 = 05

                                when web is in compression

                                k2 = -10

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = YC(YD - YC)

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 16 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMIN thefollowing provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses FiguresIS80045-2(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 17 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                ActualFZ QY

                                IY FLTKvmzcal

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Tees

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual FY QZ

                                IZ WBTKvmycal

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QYZD2

                                FLTKZD4

                                QZ ZD FLTKYD2

                                FLTK2

                                INTYD2

                                WBTKINTYD

                                4

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 18 V2

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                = Minimum 04f 04f 13f

                                xt

                                4000 1xx

                                y y

                                y1

                                w

                                12

                                1

                                2

                                2

                                13

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                x1 = the lesser of c and d

                                x2 = the greater of c and d

                                c = distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)= a (Parameter)

                                d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)= INTYD

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 19 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Tees

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Tees

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac

                                015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 20 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Tees

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section712)

                                atcal

                                06fy

                                btzcal

                                066fy

                                btycal

                                066fy 10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Tees

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 1 Rev T

                                LEG Minimum of 256T

                                f or

                                16Teffc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                IS80046 IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                Effective Cross-Section Properties Computation - Double Angles

                                Effective cross-section properties for Double Angle are checked and if they aregreater than the actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code checkmember

                                LEGeffc (Computation of effective flange width LEGeffc for when theflange is under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axisbending (Figures IS80046-1 and IS80046-2)

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf LEGeffc lt LEG2

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGeffc LEG2 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf LEGeffc lt LEG1

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGeffc LEG1 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80046-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Equal and Long Legs back-to-back Double Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 3 Rev T

                                Figure IS80046-2 Effective Cross-section Properties for Short Legs back-to-backDouble Angles

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 4 V2

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                LEGefft (Computation of effective flange width LEGefft for when the flangeis under tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending(Figures IS80046-1 and IS80046-2)

                                LEGefft = 20T1

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf LEGefft lt LEG2

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGefft LEG2 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf LEGefft lt LEG1

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGefft LEG1 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 5 Rev T

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                560Tf

                                or

                                35Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                800Tf

                                or

                                50Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec forYDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression seeFigures IS80046-1(a) and IS80046-2(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf INTYDec lt INTYD = LEG1 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYD = LEG1 - THICKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf INTYDec lt INTYD = LEG2 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYD = LEG2 - THICKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 6 V2

                                YD Minimum of

                                1440Tf

                                or

                                90Tc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYD et forYDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FiguresIS80046-1(b) and IS80046-2(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf INTYDet lt INTYD = LEG1 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYD = LEG1 - THICKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf INTYDet lt INTYD = LEG2 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYD = LEG2 - THICK

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 7 Rev T

                                The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)t = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failedcode check member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 8 V2

                                Axial Tensions - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 9 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Double Angles

                                For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 10 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 11 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Z Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                Positive Z Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to Z axis bending (positive Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Figure IS80046-3(a) illustrates positive Z axis bending stress

                                Double angles are assumed to have an adequate number of intermediate connection(stitch plates) which make the two angles act as one Double Angle-like sections

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =MZSZ

                                bczcal = MZSZS

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 12 V2

                                Figure IS80046-3 Compressive Bending Stresses for Double Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 13 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZS

                                btzcal = MZSZ

                                The flange is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The web is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 14 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Negative Z Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to Z axis bending (negative bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80046-3(b) illustrates negative Z axis bending stress

                                Double angles are assumed to have an adequate number of intermediate connection(stitch plates) which make the two angles act as one Double Angle-like section

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = MZSZS

                                bczcal = MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZ

                                btzcal = MZSZS

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 15 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                The web is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable compressive stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The flange is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 16 V2

                                LEG1 - THICKTHICK

                                13440fy

                                LEG2 - THICKTHICK

                                13440fy

                                THICK2 THICK

                                2 0

                                X Y 1120

                                UNLCF THICKRY YD

                                2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RY

                                5

                                2

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                Equal Legs or Long Legs back-to-back

                                d1t =

                                Short Legs back-to-back

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                k1 = 10 for Double Angles

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 17 Rev T

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                THICK = thickness of an angle (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                when flange is in compression

                                k2 = 05

                                when web is in compression

                                k2 = -10

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from the sectionneutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = YC(YD - YC)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 18 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to Y axis bending ie MY MYMIN the followingprovisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80046-3(c)illustrates member Y axis bending stress

                                Double angles are assumed to have an adequate number of intermediate connection(stitch plates) which make the two angles act as one Double Angle-like sections

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 19 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                ActualFZ QY

                                IY THICKvmzcal

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Double Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual FY QZ

                                IZ 2 THICKvmycal

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QYZD2

                                THICKZD4

                                Equal Legs or Long Legs back-to-back

                                QZ D THICKYD2

                                THICK2

                                LEG1- THICK2

                                THICKLEG1- THICK

                                4

                                Z 2

                                Short Legs back-to-back

                                QZ D THICKYD2

                                THICK2

                                LEG2 - THICK2

                                THICKLEG2 - THICK

                                4

                                Z 2

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 20 V2

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FY

                                AY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                = Minimum 04f 04f 13f

                                x2 THICK

                                4000 1xx

                                y y

                                y1

                                12

                                1

                                2

                                2

                                13

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)x1 = the lesser of c and dx2 = the greater of c and dc = distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)

                                = a (Parameter)d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)

                                = LEG1 - THICK Equal and Long Leg back-to-back= LEG2 - THICK Short Leg back-to-back

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 21 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Double Angles

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Double Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 22 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Double Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                atcal

                                06fy

                                btzcal

                                066fy

                                btycal

                                066fy 10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Double Angles

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 1 Rev T

                                Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                IS80047 IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                Axial Tensions - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) ==

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal =FX

                                AX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 2 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 3 Rev T

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling f E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 4 V2

                                Z Axis Bending - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to Z axis bending ie MZ MZMIN the followingprovision is checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80047-1(a)illustrates member Z axis bending stress

                                621 (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 5 Rev T

                                Figure IS80047-1 Bending Stresses for Round Bars

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 6 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to Y axis bending ie MY MYMIN the followingprovision is checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80047-1(b)illustrates member Y axis bending stress

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                4 FY3 AX

                                Shear Stresses - Round Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal =

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 mzcal

                                vm

                                v

                                Where

                                AX = cross sectional area (Table Property)

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vm = 040 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                4 FZ3 AX

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 8 V2

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                2 2

                                Combined Stresses - Round Bars

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Round Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending aboutone or both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compressionexists or when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                13

                                13

                                2 2

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                2 2

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 9 Rev T

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f

                                066f

                                2

                                066f

                                2

                                10

                                bcycal2

                                bczcal2

                                vmycal2

                                vmzcal2

                                y3 f ( ) 0 9

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Round Bars

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one or bothaxes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                Bending and Shear - Round Bars

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 10 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80048 IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                Axial Tensions - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 2 V2

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 3 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 4 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 5 Rev T

                                Z Axis Bending - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to Z axis bending ie MZ MZMIN the following provisionis checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80048-1(a) illustratesmember Z axis bending stress

                                621 (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 6 V2

                                Figure IS80048-1 Bending Stresses for Pipes

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 7 Rev T

                                Y Axis Bending - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to Y axis bending ie MY MYMIN the following provisionis checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80048-1 (b) illustratesmember Y axis bending stress

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 8 V2

                                ActualFY QZ

                                IY 2 THICKvmycal

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Pipes

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 641)641 Z

                                ActualFY QZ

                                IZ 2 THICKvmycal

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 mzcal

                                vm

                                v

                                Where

                                QY QZ23

                                OD2

                                ID2

                                3 3

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 642)642 Z

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 9 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                2 2

                                Combined Stresses - Pipes

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Pipes

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                13

                                13

                                2 2

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                2 2

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 10 V2

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                06f

                                066f

                                066f 10

                                2 2

                                bcycal2

                                bczcal2

                                vmycal2

                                vmzcal2

                                y3 f ( ) 0 9

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Pipes

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one or bothaxes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                Bending and Shear - Pipes

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80049 IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                Axial Tensions - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive andFX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                L

                                ry

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 2 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to axial compression ie FX is negativeand FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 3 Rev T

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 4 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Z Axis Bending -Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending)ie MZ MZMIN the following provision is checked for the compression and tensionside stresses Figures IS80049-1(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile and compression bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 5 Rev T

                                Figure IS80049-1 Bending Stresses for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 6 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending)ie MY MYMIN the following provision is checked for the compression and tensionside stresses Figures IS80049-1(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                QY

                                ZD8

                                YD2

                                QZ

                                YD8

                                ZD2

                                ActualFZ QYIY YDvmzcal

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10

                                vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal = FY QZIZ ZD

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 8 V2

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                Combined Stresses -Square and Rectangular Bars

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 9 Rev T

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f 066f 066f 10

                                Bending and Shear - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 10 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 1 Rev T

                                IS800410 IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                Effective Cross-Section Properties Computation - Structural Tubing

                                Effective cross-section properties for Structural Tubing are checked and if they aregreater than the actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code checkmember

                                The following effective cross-section properties provisions are checked when theratio of the widthdepth is less than or equal to 02

                                When ZD YD 02 following provisions are checked

                                INTZDec (Computation of effective internal flange width INTZDec for whenthe flange is under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                INTZDec is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axisbending (Figure IS800410-1)

                                INTZDec = 2 times 20T1

                                If INTZDec lt ZD - 2 times WBTKMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTZDec ZD - 2 times WBTKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS800410-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Structural Tubing

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 3 Rev T

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                2 560Tf

                                or

                                2 35Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft for when the flangeis under tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending(Figure IS800410-1)

                                ZDefft = 2 times 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDefft ZDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec forYDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS800410-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For Other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 4 V2

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                2 800Tf

                                or

                                2 50Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                YD Minimum of

                                2 1440Tf

                                or

                                2 90Tc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                If INTYDec lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYD et forYDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS800410-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 2 times 60t

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 5 Rev T

                                If INTYDet lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)t = WBTK (Table Property)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 2 times 100T1 This means that if thetotal cross-section depth YD is larger than 2 times 100T1 the member will be markedas a failed code check member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 6 V2

                                Axial Tensions - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum Lyr y

                                Lzrz

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX

                                FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 8 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 9 Rev T

                                Z Axis Bending - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Figures IS800410-2(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                623 (Maximum permissible bending compressive stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 623 and Section 621)

                                Actual bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 forequation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS800410-2 Bending Stresses for Structural Tubing

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 11 Rev T

                                FLTKWBTK

                                2 0

                                INTYDWBTK

                                13440fy

                                MZ = the actual moment about the Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (mm3)

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X Y 1120

                                UNLCF FLTKRY YD

                                2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RY

                                5

                                2

                                k1 = 10 for structural tubing

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 12 V2

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                INTYD = flat width of the web (Table Property)= YD - 2 times FLTK - 2 times radius

                                radius = 2 times FLTK

                                k2 = 00 for structural tubing

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers c2c1 = 10for structural tubing

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 13 Rev T

                                Y Axis Bending - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY

                                MYMIN the following provision is checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigures IS800410-2(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 14 V2

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmycal

                                vm

                                QZ

                                INTYD4

                                WBTK ZD FLTKYD2

                                2

                                FZ QYIY 2 FLTK

                                Shear Stresses - Structural Tubing

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal = FY QZ

                                IZ 2 WBTK

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Where

                                QY

                                ZD4

                                FLTK INTYD WBTKZD2

                                2

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 15 Rev T

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in the Y axis direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in the Z axis direction (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 16 V2

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                Combined Stresses - Structural Tubing

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Structural Tubing

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 17 Rev T

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Structural Tubing

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f 066f 066f 10

                                Bending and Shear - Structural Tubing

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 18 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 1 Rev T

                                Appendix A References

                                1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

                                2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W AnthonyDillon Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

                                3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology CambridgeMass Research Report No R67-49 September 1967

                                4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R68-56 May 1968

                                5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R68-91 November 1968

                                6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and SteelMember Selection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass January 1972

                                7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MITPress 1967

                                8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering SystemsLaboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-47 September 1967

                                9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTMA506-68 January 1968

                                10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency POBox 3956 San Francisco California 94119

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 2 V 2

                                11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor POBox 231 Worcester Mass 01613

                                12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

                                13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

                                14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R67-58 September 1967

                                15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute ofSteel Construction Inc New York 1963

                                16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute ofSteel Construction Inc New York 1969

                                17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill BookCompany 1967

                                18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering GeorgiaInstitute of Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

                                19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering ScienceMcGraw- Hill London Third Edition 1977

                                20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

                                21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 3 Rev T

                                22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids andStructures 4 1968

                                23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringJuly 1970

                                24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements ResearchReport R71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

                                25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural DesignLanguage M S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September1969

                                26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California atBerkeley 1966

                                27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation inFinite Element Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Departmentof Civil Engineering June 1976

                                28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of TechnologyNetherlands to be published

                                29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G73371960

                                30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite ElementsProceedings of the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods inCivil Engineering American Society of Civil Engineers Nashville TennesseeNovember 1969

                                31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 4 V 2

                                32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE -Manuals and Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

                                33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute ofSteel Construction Inc New York 1980

                                34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Instituteof Steel Construction Inc New York 1978

                                35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Editedby Bruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

                                36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood CliffsNew Jersey 1968

                                37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design andBehavior International Textbook Company 1971

                                38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston PublishingCompany Inc Reston Virginia 1977

                                39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design inStructural Steel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

                                40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I GilmorCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

                                41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES SubsystemSTRUDL Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 UsersManual Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc1975

                                44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

                                45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 5 Rev T

                                46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite ElementAnalysis Prentice 1976

                                47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press1965

                                48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by MatrixDecomposition Journal of the Engineering Mechanics Division AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers April 1968

                                49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRANby the Tridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

                                50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparsebut Unstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEEConference on Decision and Control San Diego California January 1979

                                51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for theEigenproblem J INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

                                52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

                                53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channelsand Tees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of CivilEngineering Atlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

                                54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Constructionof Nuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF ComponentSupports July 1 1977

                                55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

                                56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

                                57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures JohnWiley and Sons Inc 1974

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 6 V 2

                                58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill1970

                                59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic StabilityMcGraw-Hill 1961

                                60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed SectionsGTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta GeorgiaJune 1981

                                61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for RandomVibrations Report No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering ResearchCenter University of California Berkeley June 1980

                                62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm forReducing the Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM JournalNumerical Analysis Vol 13 No 2 April 1976

                                63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse SymmetricMatrices Proceedings of the 24th National Conference Association forComputing Machinery 1969

                                64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

                                65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln ArcWelding Foundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

                                66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-StrainModel for Confined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114No 8 August 1988

                                67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding SocietyMiami Florida December 1983

                                68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Constructionof Nuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF ComponentSupports July 1 1983

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 7 Rev T

                                69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122February 1978

                                70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

                                71 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary onStandard for Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures ASCESTANDARD American Society of Civil Engineers New York New YorkSeptember 1986

                                72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

                                73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American NationalStandards Institute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

                                74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCEManuals and Reports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York1988

                                75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American NationalStandards Institute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

                                76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel InstituteWashington DC 1989

                                77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk GroveVillage IL 60007 January 7 1994

                                78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North AmericanEdition No 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street WayneMichigan 48184 1993

                                79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS5950 Part 1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuousConstruction Hot Rolled Sections London England 1990

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 8 V 2

                                80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design FirstEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

                                81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume ISecond Edition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc ChicagoIllinois 1993

                                82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 SectionProperties Member Capacities 4th Edition Published by The SteelConstruction Institute in association with the British Constructional SteelworkAssociation Limited British Steel PIC Berkshire England 1996

                                83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTMA6M American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

                                84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories AluminumCompany of America

                                85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCEManuals and Reports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society ofCivil Engineers New York New York 1991

                                86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95American Society of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

                                87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 PowerLine Systems Inc 1995

                                88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Modelof Ordinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of StructuralEngineering Vol 124 No 3 March 1998

                                89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

                                90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules forbuildings (together with United Kingdom National Application Document)DD ENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

                                91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 9 Rev T

                                92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTIONIN STEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

                                93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAMCOLUMN CHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS8081989 New Delhi September 1989

                                94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural SectionsApril 15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc ChicagoIllinois 1997

                                95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design ofrolled and welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 LondonEngland May 2001

                                96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

                                97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering DesignProvisions International Conference of Building Officials WhittierCalifornia April 1997

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 10 V 2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                V2 IS800 Appendix B - 1 Rev T

                                Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix B of Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

                                Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix B - 2 V 2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                V2 IS800 Appendix C - 1 Rev T

                                Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix C of Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tablesprovided with GTSTRUDL

                                Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix C - 2 V 2

                                End of Document

                                • Title Page
                                • Revision History
                                • Notices amp Disclaimer
                                • Table of Contents
                                • IS800 Code
                                  • Introduction
                                  • Code Parameters
                                    • IS800 Code Parameters
                                    • Indian Standard Code(s)
                                        • Properties Used by IS800
                                        • Parameters Used by IS800
                                          • System Parameters
                                          • Control Parameters
                                          • Code Parameters
                                            • Provisions of IS800
                                              • General Nomenclature
                                              • I shapes
                                              • Channels
                                              • Single Angles
                                              • Tees
                                              • Double Angles
                                              • Round Bars
                                              • Pipes
                                              • Square and Rectangular Bars
                                              • Structural Tubing
                                                • Appendices
                                                  • Appendix A References
                                                  • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
                                                  • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Table of Steel Profiles
                                                        1. File Attachment
                                                          IS800 Manual

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 54

                                                          Figure IS8001-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 55

                                                          Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 56

                                                          Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 57

                                                          4 Double angle contains an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

                                                          5 The IS800 code assumes all shapes are hot rolled In the case of a welded plateshape the user must be certain that the section properties contained in a usercreated table of welded plate shapes are consistent with the requirements of theIS800-1984 Specification (92) For example in the case of a welded plate I-shape section the shear area AY used for both analysis and shear stress checksmust be equal to the web thickness times the interior distance between flanges(ie WBTK times INTYD)

                                                          6 In the case of welded plates if the welded plates are not stress relieved a value oflsquoNOrsquo should be specified for the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo For more explanation see parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo and Section 3522 of IS800-1984

                                                          Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by IS800 code Parameters allowing for the changes which occur instructural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invoked at the usersdiscretion

                                                          The sections of the IS800-1984 Specifications (92) which are considered by theGTSTRUDL IS800 code are summarized below

                                                          Section Title

                                                          35 Geometrical Properties3521 Plate Thickness3522 Plate thickness

                                                          37 Maximum Slenderness Ratio371 The maximum slenderness ratio

                                                          41 Axial Stresses411 The permissible stress in axial tension511 The permissible stress in axial compression

                                                          6 Design of Members Subjected to Bending621 Maximum Bending Stresses623 Maximum Permissible Bending Compressive Stress in Beams624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength626 Angles and Tees

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 58

                                                          64 Shear Stresses641 Maximum Shear Stress642 Average Shear Stress624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength

                                                          71 Combined of Direct Stresses711 Combined Axial Compression and Bending712 Combined Axial Tension and Bending713 Symbols714 Bending and Shear

                                                          The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

                                                          1 Table IS8001-1 Shows the parameters used by the IS800 code TableIS8001-1 contains the applicable parameter names theirdefault values and a brief description of the parameters

                                                          2 Section IS8002 Describes the cross-section properties used for each shape

                                                          3 Section IS8003 Contains detail discussion of the parameters used by theIS800 code and they are presented in alphabetic order inthis section

                                                          4 Section IS8004 Describes the subsections in the Section IS8004

                                                          5 Section IS80041 Defines the symbols used in the IS800 code provisions

                                                          6 Section IS80042 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the I shape cross-sections subjectedto bending and axial forces

                                                          7 Section IS80043 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Channel cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          8 Section IS80044 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Single Angle cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 59

                                                          9 Section IS80045 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Tee cross-sections subjected tobending and axial forces

                                                          10 Section IS80046 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Double Angle cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          11 Section IS80047 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Round Bar cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          12 Section IS80048 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Pipe cross-sections subjected tobending and axial forces

                                                          13 Section IS80049 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Square and Rectangular Barcross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          14 Section IS800410 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Structural Tubing cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 60

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 61

                                                          Table IS8001-1

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking or memberselection Specify IS800 for code name See Table IS8001-2 andSections IS8002 IS8003 and IS8004 for a more detaileddescription

                                                          TBLNAM ISBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table IS8001-3 for choices

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisions of acode The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less than or equal to[10 + CODETOL100]

                                                          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject to axialtension

                                                          a 2540000 Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is used to(mm) compute ah ratio The ah ratio is the ratio of the distance

                                                          between stiffeners to the web depth An arbitrary high value of2540000 (mm) has been assumed as a default to indicate that webstiffeners are absent A value is necessary to account for webstiffeners in the allowable shear stress calculation (Provision lsquo642Yrsquo and lsquo642 Zrsquo)

                                                          STRERELI YES Parameter to specify if the welded plates are stress relieved or not This parameter is used for the computationof the effective cleardepth of the web (see Section 3522 of IS800-1984 and SectionIS80042 of Volume 2 - IS800) A value of NO indicates thatwhen the effective clear depth of the web is being computedassume that the welded plates are not stress relieved The defaultvalue of lsquoYESrsquo indicates that the cross-section is stress relieved

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 62

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Material Properties

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is made SeeTable IS8001-4 for steel grades and their properties

                                                          FY Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if not given

                                                          REDFY 10 Reduction factor for FY This factor times FY gives the fy valueused by the code Used to account for property changes at hightemperatures

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFY

                                                          Slenderness Ratio

                                                          SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 180 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                                          SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified for thisparameter the value of 400 is used for the maximum slendernessratio

                                                          K-Factors

                                                          COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective length factorsKY and KZ (Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          YES = Compute KY and KZ factors

                                                          KY = Compute KY only

                                                          KZ = Compute KZ only

                                                          NO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 63

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          K-Factors (continued)

                                                          KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDL computa-tion of effective length factor KY

                                                          KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDL computa-tion of effective length factor KZ

                                                          Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the defaultcode check or select command output (TRACE 4 output) Thedefault value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that thecomputed K-factor values should be printed after the code check orselect command output The column names attached to the startand end of the code checked member is also printed This printedinformation allows the user to inspect the automatic detection ofthe columns attached to the start and end of the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and the names ofthe attached columns to the start and end of the designed membershould not be printed

                                                          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the local Yaxis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the local Zaxis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 64

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical member which ispart of a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever in theK-factor computation True cantilever members or physicalmembers are detected automatically

                                                          NO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                                          YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                                          GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPKKY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPKKZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPKKY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPKKZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          Buckling Length

                                                          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of the profile Computed as length of member

                                                          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of the profile Computed as length of member

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 65

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Buckling Length (continued)

                                                          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY Allows the unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used only when LYis computed

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Used onlywhen LZ is computed

                                                          Bending Stress

                                                          UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed as lengthof member In this parameter no distinction is made between theunbraced length for the top or bottom flange See UNLCFTF orUNLCFBF

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF Allows the unbracedlength to be specified as a fraction of the total length Used onlywhen UNLCF is computed

                                                          UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the top flange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCF is used forthis parameter

                                                          UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottom flange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCF is used forthis parameter

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 66

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Combined Stresses

                                                          AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of the axialstress which is to be deducted from a corresponding bending stressacting in the opposite direction (see Provisions lsquoAXC TBENrsquo andlsquoAXT CBENrsquo for Channels Section IS80043)

                                                          CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interactionequation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                                          CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interactionequation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                                          Force Limitation

                                                          FXMIN 22 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anything less inmagnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FYMIN 22 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FZMIN 22 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 67

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Output Processing and System Parameters

                                                          MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles in mosttables

                                                          PRIDTA 10 Flag for requesting output from selection procedure

                                                          1 = no output2 = output parameters

                                                          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation

                                                          PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section actual and allowablevalues for allowable stress design codes The default output fromCHECK or SELECT command prints the section force values Avalue of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that the section actualand allowable values should be printed instead of default sectionforces

                                                          TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should be outputduring design or code checking See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section forces

                                                          VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to be outputwhen retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A for explanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 68

                                                          Table IS8001-2

                                                          GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Code(s)

                                                          Code ParameterName Table Application

                                                          IS800 IS8002-1 Checks compliance of I shape Single angle Channel TeeDouble angles Solid Round bar Pipe Solid Square andRectangular bar and Structural tubing shape profiles to the IndianStandard IS800-1984 Specification (92)

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 69

                                                          Table IS8001-3

                                                          GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the IS800 Codes

                                                          Profile Shapes Reference

                                                          I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table names for Ishapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universal beamshapes universal column shapes etc

                                                          Channels See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of channel cross-section tablenames applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle cross-sectiontable names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of tee cross-section table namesapplicable to IS800 code

                                                          Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle cross-sectiontable names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A list of solid round bar cross-sectiontable names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Pipes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of pipe (round HSS circularhollow section) cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid square bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid rectangular bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Structural Tubes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squarestructural tube (rectangular and square HSS rectangular and squarehollow section) cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 70

                                                          Table IS8001-4

                                                          Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1993 AISC LRFD Second Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition

                                                          and 1978 AISC Specification

                                                          Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                                          Steel GradeASTM

                                                          Designation

                                                          Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                                          Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                                          1 2 3 4 5

                                                          A36 3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          A529 4260

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A441 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4667

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A572-G42 4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          A572-G50 5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          A572-G60 6075

                                                          6075

                                                          NA NA NA

                                                          A572-G65 6580

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A242 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4675

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A588 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy and Fts tobe zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yield strengths (Fy)and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included in the 1993 AISC LRFDSecond Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition and the 1978 AISC specification

                                                          GT STRUDL ACI Code 318-99

                                                          52 - 71

                                                          524 ACI Code 318-99

                                                          Design of beams and columns by the 1999 ACI code has been added Only membersdesignated as TYPE BEAM or TYPE COLUMN in a DESIGN DATA command can bePROPORTIONed when the METHOD is set to ACI318-99 When you specify ACI318-99you will be reminded that it is a pre-release feature by a message (see the Example below)Note that CHECK is not available for codes after ACI318-77 including ACI318-99

                                                          ExampleMETHOD ACI318-99 INFO_MET ndash 318-99 is a pre-release feature

                                                          DESIGN DATA FOR MEMBER 1 TYPE BEAM RECTPROPORTION MEMBER 1

                                                          ACTIVE CODE = ACI 318-99

                                                          (the rest of the output is the same format as previouscodes)

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 72

                                                          The table of CONSTANTS and assumed values for ACI 318-99 is shown below

                                                          TABLE 24-1 CONSTANTS and Assumed Values for ACI 318-99CONSTANT Explanation ACI 318-99 Assumed Value

                                                          FCP Compressive strength of concrete fc 4000 psi

                                                          FY Yield strength of reinforcement fy 60000 psi

                                                          WC Unit weight of plain concrete 145 pcf

                                                          DENSITY Unit weight of reinforced concrete (1) 150 pcf

                                                          FC Allow compr stress in concrete Fc A31 045(FCP)

                                                          VU Ult shear stress in beam with web reinf (2) 11569(5)

                                                          V Allow shear stress in beam with web reinf A31(b)

                                                          RFSP Splitting ratio fct (3) 9523 67

                                                          FYST Yield strength of stirrups 60000 psi

                                                          FYSP Yield strength of spiral 60000 psi

                                                          FS Allowable tension stress in primary reinf 20000 psi for

                                                          FSC Allowable compressive stress in column reinf (4) A32 Grades 40 50

                                                          FV Allowable tension stress in stirrups (5) 24000 psi for

                                                          Grade 60

                                                          PHIFL Flexure capacity reduction factor 932 09

                                                          PHISH Shear capacity reduction factor 932 085

                                                          PHIBO Bond capacity reduction factor 932 085

                                                          PHITO Torsion capacity reduction factor 932 085

                                                          PHISP Spiral column capacity reduction factor 932 075

                                                          PHITI Tied column capacity reduction factor 932 07

                                                          BLFR Ratio of max p (p - p) or (pw - pf) to pbal 1033 075

                                                          PMAXCO Maximum allowable reinforced ratio in columns 1091 008

                                                          PMINCO Minimum allowable reinforced ratio in columns 1091 001

                                                          PMINFL Minimum allowable reinforced ratio in flexuralmembers

                                                          1051 200FY

                                                          ES Modulus of elasticity for reinf steel 852 29x106psi

                                                          EC Modulus of elasticity for concrete 851 33(WC)15

                                                          EU Ult strain in concrete at extreme comp fiber 1023 0003

                                                          GT STRUDL ACI Code 318-99

                                                          52 - 73

                                                          Notes

                                                          1 The constant DENSITY is the GTSTRUDL constant of the same namewhich has been set to a value of 150 pcf for reinforced concrete

                                                          2 VU is multiplied by PHISH internally

                                                          3 Calculations for Vc and Tc are modified by replacing with RFSP67( ) as per Section 11211

                                                          4 The assumed value of FSC is also limited to 30000 psi maximum

                                                          5 This value is defined only at the time of stirrup design

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 74

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables

                                                          52 - 75

                                                          525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables

                                                          New tables have been added for rectangular and circular concrete cross sections Thenew table for rectangular sections is called CONRECT and the new table for circularsections is called CONCIR These tables are added to facilitate the modeling and analysisof concrete cross sections but may not be used in the design of concrete cross sections Inorder to design concrete sections the MEMBER DIMENSION command must be used (seeSection 25 of Volume 4 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual)

                                                          The profiles in the CONCIR table are shown below where the name CIRxx indicatesa circular cross section and xx is the diameter in inches Thus CIR12 is a 12 inch diametercircular cross section

                                                          CIR12 CIR24CIR14 CIR26CIR16 CIR28CIR18 CIR30CIR20 CIR32CIR22 CIR34

                                                          CIR36

                                                          The profiles in the CONRECT table are shown below where the name RECYYXZZindicates a rectangular cross section with a width of YY inches and a depth of ZZ inchesThus REC16X24 is 16 inch wide and 24 inch deep rectangular cross section

                                                          REC6X12 REC8X12 REC10X12 REC12X12 REC14X12 REC16X12

                                                          REC6X14 REC8X14 REC10X14 REC12X14 REC14X14 REC16X14

                                                          REC6X16 REC8X16 REC10X16 REC12X16 REC14X16 REC16X16

                                                          REC6X18 REC8X18 REC10X18 REC12X18 REC14X18 REC16X18

                                                          REC6X20 REC8X20 REC10X20 REC12X20 REC14X20 REC16X20

                                                          REC6X22 REC8X22 REC10X22 REC12X22 REC14X22 REC16X22

                                                          REC6X24 REC8X24 REC10X24 REC12X24 REC14X24 REC16X24

                                                          REC6X26 REC8X26 REC10X26 REC12X26 REC14X26 REC16X26

                                                          REC6X28 REC8X28 REC10X28 REC12X28 REC14X28 REC16X28

                                                          REC6X30 REC8X30 REC10X30 REC12X30 REC14X30 REC16X30

                                                          REC6X32 REC8X32 REC10X32 REC12X32 REC14X32 REC16X32

                                                          REC6X34 REC8X34 REC10X34 REC12X34 REC14X34 REC16X34

                                                          REC6X36 REC8X36 REC10X36 REC12X36 REC14X36 REC16X36

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 76

                                                          REC18X12 REC20X12 REC22X12 REC24X12 REC26X12 REC28X12

                                                          REC18X14 REC20X14 REC22X14 REC24X14 REC26X14 REC28X14

                                                          REC18X16 REC20X16 REC22X16 REC24X16 REC26X16 REC28X16

                                                          REC18X18 REC20X18 REC22X18 REC24X18 REC26X18 REC28X18

                                                          REC18X20 REC20X20 REC22X20 REC24X20 REC26X20 REC28X20

                                                          REC18X22 REC20X22 REC22X22 REC24X22 REC26X22 REC28X22

                                                          REC18X24 REC20X24 REC22X24 REC24X24 REC26X24 REC28X24

                                                          REC18X26 REC20X26 REC22X26 REC24X26 REC26X26 REC28X26

                                                          REC18X28 REC20X28 REC22X28 REC24X28 REC26X28 REC28X28

                                                          REC18X30 REC20X30 REC22X30 REC24X30 REC26X30 REC28X30

                                                          REC18X32 REC20X32 REC22X32 REC24X32 REC26X32 REC28X32

                                                          REC18X34 REC20X34 REC22X34 REC24X34 REC26X34 REC28X34

                                                          REC18X36 REC20X36 REC22X36 REC24X36 REC26X36 REC28X36

                                                          REC30X12 REC32X12 REC34X12 REC36X12

                                                          REC30X14 REC32X14 REC34X14 REC36X14

                                                          REC30X16 REC32X16 REC34X16 REC36X16

                                                          REC30X18 REC32X18 REC34X18 REC36X18

                                                          REC30X20 REC32X20 REC34X20 REC36X20

                                                          REC30X22 REC32X22 REC34X22 REC36X22

                                                          REC30X24 REC32X24 REC34X24 REC36X24

                                                          REC30X26 REC32X26 REC34X26 REC36X26

                                                          REC30X28 REC32X28 REC34X28 REC36X28

                                                          REC30X30 REC32X30 REC34X30 REC36X30

                                                          REC30X32 REC32X32 REC34X32 REC36X32

                                                          REC30X34 REC32X34 REC34X34 REC36X34

                                                          REC30X36 REC32X36 REC34X36 REC36X36

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          52 - 77

                                                          526 ASD9-E Code

                                                          A special Ninth Edition AISC allowable stress design code for W shapes has beenimplemented The code name is ASD9-E This code is based on the Ninth Edition AISCASD except the equations have been modified to include modulus of elasticity (constant E)ASD9-E is applicable to W shapes only This code is useful for structures where E andpossibly other material data must be modified to account for high temperature Parametersfor the ASD9-E Code are shown below

                                                          ASD9-E12 ASD9-E Code

                                                          The ASD9-E Code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check I shape cross-section The term I shapes is used to mean W S M and HP profiles This code is primarilybased on the AISC Specification for Structural Steel buildings Allowable Stress Designand Plastic Design adopted June 1 1989 The Specification is contained in the NinthEdition of the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design (72) TheASD9-E code utilizes the allowable stress design techniques of the AISC Specification Theequations of the AISC have been modified to include constant E (modulus of elasticity)ASD9-E is similar to ASD9 code but it is only applicable to I shape cross-sections

                                                          The purpose of this code is to be able to code check structures that experience hightemperature or when ever the modulus of elasticity of the steel is different than standardvalue of 29000 ksi ( 200 kNmm2) Equations in the AISC ASD specification have beensimplified by assuming the modulus of elasticity of the steel is equal to 29000 ksi ( 200kNmm2) The equations in the GTSTRUDL ASD9-E code are the original equations thatcontains the modulus of elasticity

                                                          Design criteria for the I shape cross-section are presented in Section ASD9-E4 Adetailed discussion is presented on the allowable stresses for I shape cross-section in SectionASD9-E42 The following assumptions are made throughout the ASD9-E Code

                                                          1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel

                                                          2 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bendingstresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

                                                          3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

                                                          Text Box
                                                          Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 ASD9-E Manual
                                                          Joan
                                                          Note
                                                          Marked set by Joan

                                                          GT STRUDLreg

                                                          S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e U s e r M a n u a l

                                                          Volume 2 - ASD9-E

                                                          Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

                                                          Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                                          Rev T ii V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          V2 iii Rev T

                                                          GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

                                                          Revision No

                                                          DateReleased Description

                                                          T 2006

                                                          V2 iv Rev T

                                                          NOTICES

                                                          GTSTRUDLreg User Manual Volume 2 - ASD9-E Steel Design Code Revision T isapplicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released 2006 and subsequent versions

                                                          GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

                                                          GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

                                                          DISCLAIMER

                                                          NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

                                                          Commercial Software Rights Legend

                                                          Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

                                                          This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

                                                          Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

                                                          Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                                          Copyright copy 2006

                                                          Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332

                                                          ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                                                          Printed in United States of America

                                                          V2 v Rev T

                                                          Table of Contents

                                                          Chapter Page

                                                          NOTICES iv

                                                          DISCLAIMER iv

                                                          Commercial Software Rights Legend iv

                                                          Table of Contents v

                                                          ASD9-E1 GTSTRUDL Steel Design ASD9-E Code 11-1ASD9-E11 Introduction 11-1ASD9-E12 ASD9-E Code 12-1

                                                          ASD9-E2 Properties Used by ASD9-E 2-1ASD9-E3 Parameters Used by ASD9-E 3-1ASD9-E4 Provisions of ASD9-E 4-1

                                                          ASD9-E41 General Nomenclature for ASD9-E 41-1ASD9-E42 ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes 42-1

                                                          Appendix A References A-1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B-1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Tables C-1

                                                          Figures

                                                          Figure ASD9-E1-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction 12-2Figure ASD9-E2-1 Local Axes for Design with ASD9-E 2-2Figure ASD9-E3-1 Computation of CB 3-10Figure ASD9-E3-2 Computation of CMY and CMZ 3-11Figure ASD9-E3-3 Local Axis Buckling 3-16Figure ASD9-E3-4 SIDESWAY Conditions 3-19Figure ASD9-E3-5 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the

                                                          TOP and BOTTOM flange 3-21Figure ASD9-E42-1 Bending Stresses for W Shapes 42-11

                                                          Tables

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 ASD9-E Code Parameters 12-5Table ASD9-E1-2 GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the Design based on

                                                          the ASD9-E Code 12-13Table ASD9-E1-3 Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD Ninth

                                                          Edition Specification 12-16Table ASD9-E3-1 Parameters in ASD9-E 3-2Table ASD9-E42-1 The Compactness Provision COMPACT for ASD9-E Code 42-9

                                                          V2 vi Rev T

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E11 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E1 GTSTRUDL Steel Design ASD9-E Code

                                                          ASD9-E11 Introduction

                                                          The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters properties and thecode provisions for the GTSTRUDL steel design ASD9-E code This volume is onlyapplicable to steel design ASD9-E Code

                                                          GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E11 - 2 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E12 ASD9-E Code

                                                          The ASD9-E Code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check I shape cross-section The term I shapes is used to mean W S M and HP profiles This code is primarilybased on the AISC Specification for Structural Steel buildings Allowable Stress Design andPlastic Design adopted June 1 1989 The Specification is contained in the Ninth Editionof the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design (72) The ASD9-E codeutilizes the allowable stress design techniques of the AISC Specification The equations ofthe AISC have been modified to include constant E (modulus of elasticity) ASD9-E issimilar to ASD9 code but it is only applicable to I shape cross-sections

                                                          The purpose of this code is to be able to code check structures that experience hightemperature or when ever the modulus of elasticity of the steel is different than standardvalue of 29000 ksi ( 200 kNmm2) Equations in the AISC ASD specification have beensimplified by assuming the modulus of elasticity of the steel is equal to 29000 ksi ( 200kNmm2) The equations in the GTSTRUDL ASD9-E code are the original equations thatcontains the modulus of elasticity

                                                          Design criteria for the I shape cross-section are presented in Section ASD9-E4 Adetailed discussion is presented on the allowable stresses for I shape cross-section in SectionASD9-E42 The following assumptions are made throughout the ASD9-E Code

                                                          1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel2 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bending

                                                          stresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

                                                          3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

                                                          ASD9-E Code GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 2 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E1-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled I Shape

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 3 Rev T

                                                          Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by ASD9-E Provisions for slender compression elements AppendixB of AISC Specification are included when necessary Parameters allowing for the changeswhich occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invokedat the users discretion

                                                          The properties used for I shape cross-section is defined under Section ASD9-E2The parameters used by ASD9-E are discussed in detail in Table ASD9-E1-1 and SectionASD9-E3 Section ASD9-E41 defines the general nomenclature used in describing theASD9-E Code The equations used in ASD9-E to determine the acceptability of a profile aredescribed in detail for I shape cross-section in Section ASD9-E42

                                                          ASD9-E Code GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 4 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 5 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify ASD9-E for code name

                                                          TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selectionSee Table ASD9-E1-2 for choices

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provi-sions of a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be lessthan or equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                                          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

                                                          AH 100000 Ratio of clear span between transverse stiffeners to cleardistance between flanges Used in computing allowableshear stress Default approximates infinity

                                                          ALSTRINC 00 Allowable stress increase value This parameter can beused to specify the 13 allowable stress increase for thewind or seismic loads The user specified value for thisparameter must be followed by the load list An examplefor this parameter is to specify a value of 333333 followedby a load list

                                                          Material Properties

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Table ASD9-E1-3 for steel grades and their properties

                                                          FYLD Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if notgiven

                                                          FTS Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromSTEELGRD if not given

                                                          REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD This factor times FYLD givesthe FY value used by the code Used to account for proper-ty changes at high temperatures

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 6 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Material Properties (continued)

                                                          REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS Similar to REDFYLD

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFYLD

                                                          Slenderness Ratio

                                                          SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 200 is used for the maxi-mum slenderness ratio

                                                          SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                                          K-Factors

                                                          COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          YES = Compute KY and KZ factors

                                                          KY = Compute KY only

                                                          KZ = Compute KZ only

                                                          NO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                                          KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axisof the profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KY

                                                          KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KZ

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 7 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          K-Factors (continued)

                                                          Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should beprinted after the code check or select command output Thecolumn names attached to the start and end of the codechecked member is also printed This printed informationallows the user to inspect the automatic detection of thecolumns attached to the start and end of the designedmember A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor valuesand the names of the attached columns to the start and endof the designed member should not be printed

                                                          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Y axis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Z axis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered asa cantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automatically

                                                          NO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                                          YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                                          GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 8 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          K-Factors (continued)

                                                          GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          Buckling Length

                                                          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LY is computed

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

                                                          Flexural-Torsional Buckling

                                                          FLTORBUK YES Indicates the consideration of flexural-torsional bucklingcheck

                                                          YES = check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                          NO = do not check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 9 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Flexural-Torsional Buckling (continued)

                                                          KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

                                                          LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local Xaxis of the profile Computed as length of member Thisparameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fecomputations

                                                          FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LX is computed

                                                          Bending Stress

                                                          CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending stress (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F13)

                                                          UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed aslength of member In this parameter no distinction is madebetween the unbraced length for the top or bottom flangeSee UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

                                                          UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                          UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 10 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Combined Stresses

                                                          AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of theaxial stress which is to be deducted from a correspondingbending stress acting in the opposite direction

                                                          CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                          CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                          Force Limitation

                                                          FXMIN 05(lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FYMIN 05(lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FZMIN 05(lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MYMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MZMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          Output Processing and System Parameters

                                                          MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles inmost tables

                                                          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A for explanation

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 11 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

                                                          PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section stress values forallowable stress design codes The default output fromCHECK or SELECT command prints the section forcevalues A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates thatthe section stress values should be printed instead of defaultsection forces

                                                          TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation

                                                          1 = never

                                                          2 = on failure

                                                          3 = all checks

                                                          4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and sectionforces

                                                          VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation

                                                          1 = no output

                                                          2 = output parameters

                                                          3 = output properties

                                                          4 = output parameters and properties

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 12 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 13 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-2

                                                          GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for theDesign based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                          (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                          Table Name Reference

                                                          AISC Tables (American Institute of Steel Construction)

                                                          W-LRFD3 W shapes from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                          MSHPL3 M S and HP shape profiles from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                          WSHAPES9 W shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                          MSHP9 M S and HP shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                          WBEAM9 W shapes commonly used as beams from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition(72)

                                                          WCOLUMN9 W shapes commonly used as columns from 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition (72)

                                                          WSHAPESM W shape from AISC Metric ldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          MSHPM M S and HP shape profiles from AISC Metric ldquoM SHAPES SSHAPES and HP SHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          WBEAMM W shape profiles commonly used as beams from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          WCOLUMNM W shape profiles commonly used as columns from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          STEELW78 W shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                          HPSM HP S and M shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                          W78BEAM W shapes commonly used as beams from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                          W78COLUM W shapes commonly used as columns from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                          STEELW W shapes from 1969 AISC ASD Seventh Edition (16)

                                                          WCOLUMN W shapes commonly used as columns from 1969 AISC ASD SeventhEdition (16)

                                                          See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 14 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                          GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for theDesign based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                          (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                          Table Name Reference

                                                          Brazilian Standard Tables NBR 5884 2000

                                                          CS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                          CVS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                          VS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                          British Standard Tables BS 5950

                                                          UNIBEAMS British Universal Beam profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties4th Edition (82)

                                                          UNICOL British Universal Column profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties4th Edition (82)

                                                          JOISTS British Joist profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties 4th Edition(82)

                                                          UBPILES I shape profiles from British ldquoUNIVERSAL BEARING PILESrdquo table(82)

                                                          European Tables

                                                          HEA H shaped (HE-A) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-A Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          HEB H shaped (HE-B) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-B Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          HEM H shaped (HE-M) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-M Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 15 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                          GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the Design based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                          (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                          Table Name Reference

                                                          European Tables (Continued)

                                                          IPE I shaped (IPE) profiles from Mittelbreite I-Traumlger IPE-Reihe Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          EUROPEAN This table contains profiles from IPE HEA HEB and HEM tables

                                                          Indian Standard Tables from IS8081989

                                                          ISBEAMS I shape beam sections (medium flange beams junior and light weightbeams) from Tables 21 and 22 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                          ISCOLUMN I shape columnheavy weight beam sections (column and heavy weightbeams) from Table 31 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                          See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 16 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition Specification

                                                          Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                                          Steel GradeASTM

                                                          Designation

                                                          Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                                          Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                                          1 2 3 4 5

                                                          A36 3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          A529 4260

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A441 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4667

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A572-G42 4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          A572-G50 5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          A572-G60 6075

                                                          6075

                                                          NA NA NA

                                                          A572-G65 6580

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A242 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4667

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A588 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy andFts to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yieldstrengths (Fy) and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included inthe 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition specification

                                                          GT STRUDL Properties Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E2 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E2 Properties Used by ASD9-E

                                                          This section describes the profile properties used by the ASD9-E Code The tablessupplied with GTSTRUDL contain these properties required for design in addition to theproperties required for analysis New tables created by the user should include the sameproperties if the ASD9-E Code is to be used The orientation of the principal axes (Z and Y)for each shape is shown in Figure ASD9-E2-1

                                                          Properties Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E2 - 2 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E2-1 Local Axes for Design with ASD9-E

                                                          GT STRUDL Properties Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E2 - 3 Rev T

                                                          I Shapes

                                                          For W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams the following propertiesare required

                                                          AX = the cross-sectional area

                                                          AY = the Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times theweb thickness

                                                          AZ = the Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange area

                                                          IX = the torsional moment of inertia

                                                          IY = the moment of inertia about the Y axis

                                                          IZ = the moment of inertia about the Z axis

                                                          RY = the radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                                          RZ = the radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                                          RT = the radius of gyration for the flange and 13 of the compressionweb area about an axis in the plane of the web for these shapes13 of the compression web area is 16 of the total web area

                                                          SY = the section modulus about the Y axis

                                                          SZ = the section modulus about the Z axis

                                                          FLTK = the flange thickness

                                                          WBTK = the web thickness

                                                          YD = the profile depth

                                                          YC = the positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extremefiber along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)

                                                          ZD = the flange width

                                                          ZC = the positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extremefiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)

                                                          Properties Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E2 - 4 V2

                                                          INTYD = the clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minustwice the flange thickness

                                                          BF2TF = the bt ratio of the flange computed as frac12 the flange widthdivided by the flange thickness

                                                          DTW = the profile depth divided by the web thickness

                                                          YDAFL = the profile depth over the area of one flange

                                                          EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axis

                                                          EZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axis

                                                          CW = the warping constant

                                                          ND = the nominal depth

                                                          WEIGHT = the weight per unit length

                                                          GRPNUM = the profile group number taken from Table 1 and 2 of the AISCASD Manual of Steel Construction Ninth Edition (72)

                                                          SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                                          = 10 W shapes

                                                          = 11 S shapes

                                                          = 12 HP shapes

                                                          = 13 M shapes

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E3 Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          The parameters used by ASD9-E may be grouped into three general categories

                                                          1 System parameters The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT andCHECK Command results

                                                          2 Control parameters Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checkedand specify comparison tolerances

                                                          3 Code parameters Code parameters are used to specify information and coefficientsdirectly referenced in the code

                                                          With the notable exception of CODETOL parameters of the second group are seldom usedA knowledge of the system and control parameters allows the user greater flexibility whenusing the ASD9-E code The vast majority of parameters fall into the code category and havea direct bearing on ASD9-E and the results it produces

                                                          For the categories described above the parameters used by ASD9-E are presentedbelow and are summarized in Table ASD9-E3-1 The control parameters are discussed firstfollowed by the code parameters

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 2 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E3-1

                                                          Parameters in ASD9-E

                                                          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                                          AH 100000 Real value

                                                          ALSTRINC 00 Real value

                                                          AXEFF 00 Real value

                                                          CantiMem NO YES

                                                          CB Computed Real value

                                                          CMY Computed Real value

                                                          CMZ Computed Real value

                                                          CODE Required ASD9-E

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent Tolerance

                                                          COMPK NO YES KY KZ

                                                          FLTORBUK YES NO

                                                          FRLX 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FTS Computed Real value in active units

                                                          FXMIN 05 lbs Real value in active units

                                                          FYLD Computed Real value in active units

                                                          FYMIN 05 lbs Real value in active units

                                                          FZMIN 05 lbs Real value in active units

                                                          GAY Computed Real value

                                                          GAZ Computed Real value

                                                          GBY Computed Real value

                                                          GBZ Computed Real value

                                                          KX 10 Real value

                                                          KY 10 Real value

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          1A complete parameter description is given in the Section 72

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 3 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E3-1 (Continued)

                                                          Parameters in ASD9-E

                                                          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                                          KZ 10 Real value

                                                          LX Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          LY Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          LZ Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          MYMIN 200 in-lbs Real value in active units

                                                          MZMIN 200 in-lbs Real value in active units

                                                          PF 10 Fraction of area

                                                          Print-K YES NO

                                                          PrintStr NO YES

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E

                                                          REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS

                                                          REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD

                                                          SDSWAYY YES NO

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES NO

                                                          SLENCOMP 2000 Real value

                                                          SLENTEN 3000 Real value

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          SUMMARY1 NO YES

                                                          TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Table ASD9-E1-2

                                                          TRACE1 4 1 2 3

                                                          UNLCF Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          UNLCFBF Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          UNLCFTF Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          VALUES1 1 2 3 4

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 4 V2

                                                          System Parameters

                                                          PrintStr NO YES

                                                          Parameter to request to print the section stress values for allowable stressdesign codes This parameter is applicable to the steel design CHECK and SELECTcommands The default output from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that the sectionstress values should be printed instead of default section forces

                                                          SUMMARY NO YES

                                                          Unlike the preceding parameters SUMMARY does not directly produceoutput during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARY invokes abookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parameter valuesused at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed or checkedThe two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NO thebookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specified allprovisions and parameters in the code ldquoSummary Descriptionrdquo (Section 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has been recorded

                                                          TRACE 1 2 3 4

                                                          The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are

                                                          1 - no provisions are output

                                                          2 - outputs any provisions which fail

                                                          3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and

                                                          4 - outputs the two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed

                                                          Whenever 2 or 3 as selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces actingon the member for that section and loading For each provision at that section andloading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio are outputFigure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACE value of3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actual exceeded theallowable are output The order in which provisions are output depends on the code

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 5 Rev T

                                                          being used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loading When novalue is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 is assumed Thedefault output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK command shows themember name the code name the profile name the table name the loadingconditions and the section locations where the two largest actualallowable valuesoccur the provision names corresponding to the two largest actualallowable valuesthe two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed and the internal membersection forces at the section with the largest actualallowable ratio

                                                          VALUES 1 2 3 4

                                                          VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused with SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values are outputThe four options for VALUES are

                                                          1 - no parameter or property values is output

                                                          2 - outputs only parameter values

                                                          3 - outputs only property values and

                                                          4 - outputs both parameter and property values

                                                          Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 6 V2

                                                          Control Parameters

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

                                                          CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

                                                          With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODETOLthe user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

                                                          FXMIN 05 lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force which is considered bythe code Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

                                                          FYMIN 05 lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 7 Rev T

                                                          FZMIN 05 lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

                                                          MYMIN 20 in-lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MYMIN

                                                          MZMIN 20 in-lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MZMIN

                                                          NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MYMIN and MZMIN should alwaysbe greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces and moments are not madeForces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and less may be present due to numericallimitations of the computer In most structures forces of this magnitude are negligible whencompared to the forces usually found in a member Default values for the minimums areappropriate for most applications

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 8 V2

                                                          Code Parameters

                                                          AH 100000 Actual ah ratio

                                                          This parameter is used to specify the ah ratio of a beam where a is theclear distance between transverse stiffeners and h is the clear distance between theflanges The default value of 100000 for parameter AH was chosen to represent thecase of no stiffeners An alternate ah ratio may be specified

                                                          ALSTRINC 00 Alternate value

                                                          This parameter can be used to specify the 13 allowable stress increase valuepermitted by the Section A52 of the AISC ASD Ninth Edition for the wind orseismic loading acting alone or in combination with the design dead and live loadsThis parameter is based on the load names this means that the user specified valuefor this parameter must be followed by load list An example for this parameter isto specify a value of 33333 followed by load list The load list may contain windseismic andor load combinations containing wind or seismic loads

                                                          AXEFF 00 Alternate value

                                                          AXEFF is the fraction of the axial stress which is deducted from bendingstress in the opposite direction This is done when combined tensile bending stressis checked for a member in axial compression or when combined compressivebending stress is checked for a member in axial tension

                                                          CantiMem NO YES

                                                          This parameter indicates that a member or a physical member which is partof a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation This parameter can be used in special cases when the program can notautomatically detect that the beam connected to the column is a cantilever Thespecial case when this parameter may be used is when the beam that is connected tothe column is part of a cantilever truss system and the program automatically is notable to detect that the beam should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation Keep in mind that only true cantilever members or physical membersare detected automatically A value of YES for this parameter indicates that themember of physical member is cantilever

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 9 Rev T

                                                          CB Computed Alternate value

                                                          CB is the coefficient Cb used in Section F13 of the 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition Specification (72) This coefficient increases the allowable compressivebending stress when a moment gradient exists over the unbraced length of thecompression flange When computing the default value of CB the compressionflange is assumed to be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member endsUsing the formula below CB is computed with M1 being the smaller member endmoment and M2 being the larger member end moment

                                                          CB = 175 + 105 (M1M2) + 03 (M1M2)2 lt 23

                                                          The sign of M1M2 is positive for reverse curvature bending and negative forsingle curvature bending If the bending moment at each section under considerationexceeds both member end moments CB is taken as unity Only the sectionsidentified by the user are considered See the SELECT and CHECK commandsSection 26 and 28 of Volume 2A for a discussion of which sections are consideredIn cases where the actual unbraced length is less than the member length or whenmultiple inflection points are present in the moment diagram the user should specifya value for CB A value of 10 is always conservative and may be used in either ofthe preceding cases Figure ASD9-E3-1 illustrates the computation of CB

                                                          CMY Computed Alternate value

                                                          CMY is the moment reduction factor used in Equation H1-1 of the 1989AISC ASD Ninth Edition Specification (72) for Y axis bending Computation of thedefault value for CMY is shown in Figure ASD9-E3-2 A member is considered tobe restrained unless a FORCE Z or MOMENT Y release is specified for one or bothends of the member If a member load causes Y axis bending the member is consid-ered to be transversely loaded Examples of such loadings would include MEMBERLOAD Z direction forces and Y axis moments or MEMBER DISTORTION dis-placements in the Z direction and rotations about the Y axis Member loads whichare described as GLOBAL or PROJECTED are rotated into the members local axisdirections before they are examined

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 10 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-1 Computation of CB

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 11 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-2 Computation of CMY and CMZ

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 12 V2

                                                          CMZ Computed Alternate value

                                                          CMZ is the moment reduction factor used in Equation H1-1 of the 1989 AISCASD Ninth Edition Specification (72) for Z axis bending Computation of thedefault value for CMZ is shown in Figure ASD9-E3-2 A member is considered tobe restrained unless a FORCE Y or MOMENT Z release is specified for one or bothends of the member If a member load causes Z axis bending the member isconsidered to be transversely loaded Examples of such loadings would includeMEMBER LOAD Y direction forces and Z axis moments or MEMBERDISTORTION displacements in the Y direction and rotations about the Z axisMember loads which are applied as GLOBAL or PROJECTED are rotated into themembers local axis directions before they are examined

                                                          CODE Required

                                                          The CODE parameter indicates the Code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of ASD9-E must be specified for thisparameter to check Code based on 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition ASD9-E designor Code check is based on the AISC ASD Specification for Structural SteelAllowable Stress Design and Plastic Design adopted June 1 1989 Thespecification is contained in the Ninth Edition of the AISC ASD Manual of SteelConstruction (72)

                                                          COMPK NO YES KY KZ

                                                          The COMPK parameter is used to specify how the values of the effectivelength parameters KY and KZ are defined The default value of NO indicates thatthe values of KY and KZ are either specified by the user or taken as 10 by default

                                                          The value of YES indicates that the values of KY and KZ are to be computedby GTSTRUDL in the member selection and code check procedures (SELECT orCHECK command) If the value of COMPK is equal to NO the values of KY andKZ are taken as either specified by the user or as 10 by default

                                                          The value of KY or KZ for the parameter COMPK indicates that only thespecified effective length factor should be computed Refer to Section 22 of Volume2A for more discussion of the effective length factor computation

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 13 Rev T

                                                          FLTORBUK YES NO

                                                          Flexural-torsional buckling of symmetric and unsymmetric shapes is a failuremode that can be considered in the design of compression members A value of YESfor parameter FLTORBUK initiates the effective slenderness ratio computation basedon the flexural-torsional buckling failure (Chapter E Section E3 and Commentaryfor Chapter E Section E3 of 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition) If the computation ofthe effective slenderness ratio based on the flexural-torsional buckling failure is notdesired a value of NO should be specified for the parameter FLTORBUK

                                                          FRLX 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLX specifies the unbraced length of torsional buckling LX as a fractionof the members effective length FRLX may be less than or greater than 10 Thisoption works only when LX is computed

                                                          FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members effective length FRLY may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LY is computed

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members effective length FRLZ may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LZ is computed

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRUNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange UNLCFas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCF may be less than or greaterthan 10 This option works only when UNLCF is computed

                                                          FTS Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          The minimum tensile strength of a member may be specified via FTS WhenFTS is specified the STEELGRD and profile GRPNUM are not considered and thevalue of FTS remains constant for the member

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 14 V2

                                                          FYLD Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          FYLD may be used to specify the yield strength of a member rather thanhaving it computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When FYLD is specified fora member its value remains constant irrespective of profile size under considerationThe value of STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it wasspecified

                                                          GAY Computed Alternative value

                                                          GAY is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                                          GAZ Computed Alternative value

                                                          GAZ is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                                          GBY Computed Alternative value

                                                          GBY is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                                          GBZ Computed Alternative value

                                                          GBZ is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                                          KX 10 Alternative value

                                                          KX is the effective length factor for torsional buckling This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling A default value of 10 isassumed An alternate value may be specified by the user

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 15 Rev T

                                                          KY 10 Alternative value computed

                                                          KY is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Yaxis (Figure ASD9-E3-3) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                                          (1) KY is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                                          (2) KY is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES Refer to Section22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of the effective lengthfactor computation

                                                          KZ 10 Alternative value computed

                                                          KZ is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Zaxis (Figure ASD9-E3-3) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                                          (1) KZ is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                                          (2) KZ is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES Refer to Section22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of effective lengthfactor computation

                                                          LX Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          LX is the distance between torsional buckling restraints This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling The default is computed asthe effective member length times the value of the FRLX parameter See the LYparameter below for a description of the effective length An alternate value in theactive units may be specified by the user

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 16 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-3 Local Axis Buckling

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 17 Rev T

                                                          LY Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure ASD9-E3-3 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLY parameter The effective length of a member is the joint-to-joint distance unless eccentricities andor end joint sizes are given Wheneccentricities are given the eccentric start-to-end length of the member is used Forend joint sizes the end joint size at both ends is subtracted from the effective lengthwhich would have been used LY may be specified larger or smaller than themembers effective length and no comparisons are made between the two SeeSection 218 of Volume 1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end jointsizes

                                                          LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure ASD9-E3-3 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLZ parameter See the LY parameter above for a description ofthe effective length

                                                          PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

                                                          PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

                                                          Print-K YES NO

                                                          Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the default code checkor select command output (TRACE 4 output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the computed K-factor values should be printed after thecode check or select command output The column names attached to the start andend of the code checked member is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columns attached to the start and endof the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and thenames of the attached columns to the start and end of the designed member shouldnot be printed

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 18 V2

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

                                                          The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the ASD9-E Code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

                                                          REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS

                                                          REDFTS allows a user to account for changes in the minimum tensilestrength FTS of a member such as those which occur at high temperaturesREDFTS is multiplied by FTS to give the value used for minimum tensile strength

                                                          REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD

                                                          The parameter REDFYLD is a reduction factor for the yield strength FYLDof a member This parameter is intended to reflect the change in yield strength whichoccurs at higher temperatures An alternate use for REDFYLD would be to introducean additional factor of safety into the design equations The yield strength used in theprovision is equal to REDFYLD multiplied by FYLD (REDFYLD times FYLD)

                                                          SDSWAYY YES NO

                                                          SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure ASD9-E3-4 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES NO

                                                          SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure ASD9-E3-4 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

                                                          SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

                                                          SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Klr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of2000 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 19 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-4 SIDESWAY Conditions

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 20 V2

                                                          SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

                                                          SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Klr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 3000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Value from Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to bemadeUsing the value of STEELGRD and the group number (the propertyGRPNUM) of the profile the yield strength (FYLD) and the minimum tensilestrength (FTS) can be correctly determined This is particularly important for thehigher strength steels since the yield strength and the tensile strength decrease for thehigher group numbers as shown in Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          UNLCF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          UNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange which isused in computing the allowable bending stress of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression flange shouldbe used The default is computed as the effective length of the member times thevalue of the FRUNLCF parameter Refer to the parameter LY for a discussion of amembers effective length

                                                          UNLCFBF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          UNLCFBF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thebottom flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a memberBottom flange is defined as the flange in the local negative Y axis direction of a crosssection as shown in Figure ASD9-E3-5 UNLCFBF is used when negative strongaxis bending (negative MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression onthe bottom flange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateralsupport for the bottom compression flange should be used When an alternate valuefor this parameter has not been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is usedSee parameter UNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFBF

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 21 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-5 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the TOP andBOTTOM flange

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 22 V2

                                                          UNLCFTF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          UNLCFTF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a member Topflange is defined as the flange in the local positive Y axis direction of a cross sectionas shown in Figure ASD9-E3-5 UNLCFTF is used when positive strong axisbending (positive MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression on the topflange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateral support for the topcompression flange should be used When an alternate value for this parameter hasnot been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used See parameterUNLCFF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFTF

                                                          GT STRUDL Provisions of ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E4 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E4 Provisions of ASD9-E

                                                          This section presents the equations used in ASD9-E to determine the acceptabilityof a profile The equations have been divided into provisions where each provisionrepresents a comparison which may be output with the TRACE parameter andor stored withthe SUMMARY parameter Provision names used in SUMMARY and TRACE output aregiven followed by the equations used in the particular provision Each provision isaccompanied by a brief description of the check being made and the section of the AISCSpecification on which it is based Conditions which decide if a provision is to be checkedor not are described before each provision Symbols parameters and properties used in theprovisions have been described in the preceding sections

                                                          A special provision NOTUSE is used to indicate that no profile is available for thedesired grade of steel (STEELGRD) which is large enough to carry the forces acting on themember Combinations of the parameter STEELGRD and the property GRPNUM showingNA in Table ASD9-E1-3 will cause this provision to be used When this condition occursno other provisions are checked for the member

                                                          Provisions of ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E4 - 2 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E41 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E41 General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          This section defines the symbols used in describing the provisions of the ASD9-ECode To minimize confusion the notation of the AISC Specification is used wheneverpossible Symbols that are determined from parameters are identified in this section Whenappropriate the units of a symbol are shown after its definition

                                                          a = Clear distance between transverse stiffeners (in)Af = Area of flange (in2)AH = ah = Clear distance between transverse stiffeners over

                                                          clear distance between flange (see parameterAH)

                                                          AX = A = The cross-sectional area (in2)AXEFF = The fraction of the axial stress which is deducted

                                                          from the bending stress in the opposite direction(see parameter AXEFF)

                                                          AY = The cross-sectional shear area in Y direction(in2)

                                                          AZ = The cross-sectional shear area in Z direction (in2)b = The width of stiffened or unstiffened compression

                                                          element (in)be = The effective width of stiffened compression

                                                          element (in)bf = ZD = Flange width (in)

                                                          = BF2TF = Flange width to flange thickness ratio (see sectionproperty BF2TF)

                                                          BF2TF = bt = Section properties (see Section ASD9-E2)CB = Cb = Bending coefficient dependent on moment

                                                          gradient (see the parameter CB)

                                                          Cc = Column slenderness ratio equal to

                                                          CMYCMZ = Cmy Cmz = Coefficients applied to bending terms in inter-action formula (see the parameters CMY andCMZ respectively)

                                                          General Nomenclature for ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E41 - 2 V2

                                                          Cv = The ratio of critical web stress according to the linearbuckling theory to the shear yield stress of webmaterial

                                                          CW = Cw = Warping constant (in6)d = YD = The depth profile (in)dAf = YDAFL

                                                          = The depth of profile divided by the area of flange (in-1)(see section property YDAFL)

                                                          DTW = htw = Section properties (see Section ASD9-E2)E = The modulus of elasticity of steel ((ksi) see the

                                                          parameter REDE (E = REDEtimes(the analysis constantE)))

                                                          = The value of the parameter CODETOL divided by100

                                                          fa = The actual axial compressive stress (ksi)Fa = The allowable axial compressive stress (ksi)fbcy = The actual compressive bending stress about member

                                                          Y axis (ksi)Fbcy = The allowable compressive bending stress about

                                                          member Y axis (ksi)fbcz = The actual compressive bending stress about member

                                                          Z axis (ksi)Fbcz = The allowable compressive bending stress about

                                                          member Z axis (ksi)fbty = The actual tensile bending stress about member Y axis

                                                          (ksi)Fbty = The allowable tensile bending stress about member Y

                                                          axis (ksi)fbtz = The actual tensile bending stress about member Z axis

                                                          (ksi)Fbtz = The allowable tensile bending stress about member Z

                                                          axis (ksi)Fe = Flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress (ksi)Fex = Elastic torsional buckling stress about the member X

                                                          axis (ksi)Fey = Elastic flexural buckling stress about the member Y

                                                          axis (ksi)Fez = Elastic flexural buckling stress about the member Z

                                                          axis (ksi)

                                                          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E41 - 3 Rev T

                                                          =

                                                          FLTK = tf = The flange thickness (in)ft = The actual tensile stress (ksi)Ft = The allowable tensile stress in the absence of bending

                                                          moment (ksi)FTS = Fu = The minimum tensile strength of the steel (ksi) (see the

                                                          parameters FTS and REDFTS)Fu = FTS = The minimum tensile strength of the steel (ksi) (see

                                                          parameter FTS and REDFTS)fv = The actual shear stress (ksi)Fv = The allowable shear stress (ksi)FX = The axial load (kip) (positive represents a tensile load

                                                          negative represents a compressive load)FXMIN = The smallest magnitude axial force which will be

                                                          considered by the code see the parameter FXMIN(ksi)

                                                          FY = The shear force in member Y direction (kip)FYLD = Fy = The yield strength of steel (ksi) (see the parameters

                                                          FYLD and REDFYLD)FYMIN = The smallest magnitude shear force in the member Y

                                                          direction which will be considered by the code (kip)(see the parameter FYMIN)

                                                          FZ = The shear force in member Z direction (kip)FZMIN = The smallest magnitude shear force in the member Z

                                                          direction which will be considered by the code (kip)see the parameter FZMIN

                                                          G = The shear modulus of steel (ksi) (see the parameterREDE (G = REDEtimes(the analysis constant G)))

                                                          h = INTYD= Clear distance between flanges of I shaped sections

                                                          (in)INTYD = h = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)IX = J = Torsional constant (in4)IY = Moment of inertia about the member Y axis (in4)

                                                          General Nomenclature for ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E41 - 4 V2

                                                          IZ = Moment of inertia about the member Z axis (in4)J = IX = Torsional constant (in4)kc = Compression element restraint coefficientKLr = Klr = The controlling slenderness ratiokv = Shear buckling coefficientKX = Kx = Effective length factor for torsional bucklingKY = Ky = The effective length factor about the member Y axis

                                                          (see the parameter KY)KZ = Kz = The effective length factor about the member Z axis

                                                          (see the parameter KZ)lb = Lb = The actual unbraced length of the compression flange

                                                          to prevent against twist or lateral displacement (seeparameter UNLCF and FRUNLCF)

                                                          Lc = Maximum unbraced length of the compression flange(in)

                                                          LX = Lx = Unbraced length for torsional buckling about themember X axis (in)

                                                          LY = Ly = The actual unbraced length about the member Y axis(in) (see the parameter LY and FRLY)

                                                          LZ = Lz = The actual unbraced length about the member Z axis(in) (see the parameters LZ and FRLZ)

                                                          MY = The actual moment about the member Y axis (kip-in)MYMIN = The smallest magnitude member Y axis moment which

                                                          will be considered by the code (in-kip) (see the param-eter MYMIN)

                                                          MZ = The actual moment about the member Z axis (kip-in)MZMIN = The smallest magnitude member Z axis moment which

                                                          will be considered by the code (in-kip) (see the param-eter MZMIN)

                                                          B = The constant pi value of 31415927 is used herePF = Factor to compute the net area for members subject to

                                                          axial tensionQa = The ratio of effective profile to its actual areaQs = The stress reduction factor for unstiffened compression

                                                          elementsRT = rT = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)RY = ry = The radius of gyration about the member Y axis (in)RZ = rz = The radius of gyration about the member Z axis (in)SLENTEN = Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for

                                                          member subjected to axial tension Default value is300

                                                          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E41 - 5 Rev T

                                                          SLENCOMP = Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) formember subjected to axial compression Default valueis 200

                                                          SY = The section modulus about the member Y axis (in3)SZ = The section modulus about the member Z axis (in3)t = The thickness of stiffened or unstiffened compression

                                                          element thickness of a table member (in)tf = FLTK = Flange thickness (in)tw = WBTK = Web thickness (in)UNLCFBF = The unbraced length of the compression flange for the

                                                          bottom flange (see parameter UNLCFBF)UNLCF = Lb lb = The unbraced length of the compression flange to

                                                          prevent twist or lateral displacement (in) (see theparameter UNLCF and FRUNLCF)

                                                          UNLCFTF = The unbraced length of the compression flange for thetop flange (see parameter UNLCFTF)

                                                          WBTK = tw = The web thickness (in)YDAFL = dAf = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)YD = d = The profile depth (in)ZC = The positive member Z direction distance from the

                                                          member Y axis to the extreme fiber along the memberZ axis (in)

                                                          ZD = bf = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)

                                                          General Nomenclature for ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E41 - 6 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E42 ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          Axial Tensions - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX $ FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                                          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section B7)

                                                          Actual lr =

                                                          Allowable Lr = SLENTEN default value is 300

                                                          D1 GROSS (Tension stress for gross area AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section D1)

                                                          Actual ft =

                                                          Allowable Ft = 06 Fy

                                                          D1 NET (Tension stress for net area AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section D1)

                                                          Actual ft =

                                                          Allowable Ft = 05 Fu

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 2 V2

                                                          Axial Compression - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX $FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                                          KLr (Maximum slenderness ratio Klr AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section B7)

                                                          Actual Klr =

                                                          Allowable KLr = SLENCOMP default value is 200

                                                          B51UNST (bt for unstiffened elements AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          Actual bt =

                                                          Allowable bt = (based on non-compact section)

                                                          If Qs is computed as provided for in Appendix Bof the AISC ASD Ninth Ed Specification(72) A discussion of how Qs is computed foraxial compression is shown in provision QS-COMP at the end of this section

                                                          Otherwise Qs = 10

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 3 Rev T

                                                          B51STIF (bt for stiffened elements supported along two edges AISC ASDNinth Ed Table B51)

                                                          Actual htw =

                                                          Allowable htw =

                                                          If Qa is computed as provided for in Appendix Bof the AISC ASD Ninth Ed Specification(72) A discussion of how Qa is computed foraxial compression is shown in provision QA-COMP at the end of this section

                                                          Otherwise Qa = 10

                                                          C-E2-2 (Computation of effective slenderness ratio AISC ASD

                                                          Ninth Ed Section E3 Commentary Section E3)

                                                          When parameter FLTORBUK = YES and CW warping constant is greaterthen 00

                                                          ASD Eq C-E2-2

                                                          Where

                                                          E = modulus of elasticity

                                                          Fe = flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress (see Provision FE-FTEBS)

                                                          Note Provision C-E2-2 created for completeness The computed value for theASD Equation C-E2-2 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 4 V2

                                                          FE-FTEBS (Computation of flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress Fe fordoubly symmetric shapes AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section E3 Com-mentary Section E3 and AISC LRFD First Ed Appendix E)

                                                          When parameter FLTORBUK = YES and CW warping constant is greaterthan 00

                                                          LRFD Eq A-E3-5

                                                          Where

                                                          CW = warping constantE = modulus of elasticityG = shear modulusJ = torsional constant (property IX)IY = moment of inertia about the member Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the member Z axisKX = effective length factor for torsional buckling (parameter KX)LX = unbraced length for torsional buckling about the member X axis

                                                          (parameter LX)

                                                          Note Provision FE-FTEBS created for the completeness The computed value forthe LRFD Equation A-E3-5 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          E2-1 (Compression check AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section E2 Eq E2-1Appendix B Eq A-B5-11)

                                                          When Klr lt CNc =

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 5 Rev T

                                                          Actual fa =

                                                          Where

                                                          Allowable Fa =

                                                          ASD Eq E2-1ASD Eq A-B5-11

                                                          Where

                                                          Klr =

                                                          Q = Qs Qa

                                                          E2-2 (Compression check AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section E2 Eq E2-2)

                                                          When Klr $ CNc = or

                                                          Klr gt 2000 (see Section B7)

                                                          Actual fa =

                                                          Allowable Fa =

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 6 V2

                                                          Where

                                                          Klr =

                                                          Q = Qs Qa

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 7 Rev T

                                                          Compactness - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to strong or weak axis bending (Z or Y axis bending)ie MY $ MYMIN or MZ $ MZMIN the following provisions are checked

                                                          B51 BT (Flange bt AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          Actual bt =

                                                          Allowable bt =

                                                          If the flange is noncompact

                                                          B51DTA (Web dt AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          This provision is checked if

                                                          Actual dtw = DTW

                                                          Allowable dtw =

                                                          Where

                                                          fa =

                                                          If the web is noncompact

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 8 V2

                                                          B51DTB (Web dt AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          This provision is checked if

                                                          Actual dtw = DTW

                                                          Allowable dtw =

                                                          Where

                                                          fa =

                                                          If the web is noncompact

                                                          F1-2 (The laterally unsupported length of the compression flange AISC ASDNinth Ed Section F11 Eq F1-2)

                                                          If MZ $ 00

                                                          Actual Lb = UNLCFTF

                                                          If MZ lt 00

                                                          Actual Lb = UNLCFBF

                                                          Allowable Lc =

                                                          ASD Eq F1-2

                                                          If the laterally unsupported length check failed

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 9 Rev T

                                                          COMPACT (Compactness AISC ASD Ninth Ed Chapter F and Table B51)

                                                          The COMPACT provision is used to summarize the results of the precedingprovisions The allowable value for COMPACT is always 10 The actual value forCOMPACT indicates which of the compactness provisions failed if any An actual valueof 00 indicates that all provisions passed Non-zero values in Table ASD9-E42-1 indicatewhich provision failed If more than one provision failed COMPACT is equal to the sumof their values

                                                          COMPACT and the provisions it summarizes determine how allowable bendingstresses are computed However failure of one or more provisions does not make the profileunder consideration unsatisfactory

                                                          Table ASD9-E42-1

                                                          The Compactness Provision COMPACT for ASD9-E Code

                                                          Value of COMPACT Meaning to the profile

                                                          0 Compact Section

                                                          1 Fail bt ratio

                                                          4 Fail dtw ratio

                                                          8 Fail unsupported length check

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 10 V2

                                                          Z Axis Bending - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ $MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tensionflange Figures ASD9-E42-1 (a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                                          F1-1 C Z and F1-1 T Z (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress forcompact profile AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F11Eq F1-1)

                                                          If COMPACT = 0

                                                          Fy 650 ksi

                                                          Actual fbcz = fbtz =

                                                          Allowable Fbcz = Fbtz = 066 Fy ASD Eq F1-1

                                                          F1-3 C Z and F1-3 T Z (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress fornoncompact flanges profile AISC ASD Ninth EdSection F12 Eq F1-3)

                                                          For I shape with noncompact flanges ie COMPACT = 1 but the followingrequirements are met

                                                          Fy 650 ksi

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 11 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E42-1 Bending Stresses for W Shapes

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 12 V2

                                                          Actual fbcz = fbtz =

                                                          ASD Eq F1-3

                                                          F1-5 C Z (Allowable compressive bending stress for noncompact profileAISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F12 Eq F1-5)

                                                          If MZ $ 00 then Lb = UNLCFTF

                                                          If MZ lt 00 then Lb = UNLCFBF

                                                          Allowable Fbcz = 06 Fy (Qs) ASD Eq F1-5

                                                          F1-5 T Z (Allowable tensile bending stress for compact noncompact orprofile with unbraced length greater than Lc AISC ASD Ninth EdSection F13 Eq F1-5)

                                                          Fy gt 650

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 13 Rev T

                                                          Allowable Fbtz = 06 Fy ASD Eq F1-5

                                                          F13 C Z F1-6 C Z F1-7 C Z or F1-8 C Z (Allowable compressive bendingstress for compact or noncompact profile with unbraced length ofcompression flange greater than Lc AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F13Eq F1-6 F1-7 and F1-8)

                                                          If MZ $ 00Lb = UNLCFTF

                                                          If MZ lt 00Lb = UNLCFBF

                                                          Following Eq F1-2 should be satisfied

                                                          ASD Eq F1-2

                                                          When

                                                          ASD Eq F1-6

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 14 V2

                                                          When

                                                          ASD Eq F1-7

                                                          For any value of LbrT

                                                          ASD Eq F1-8

                                                          The controlling Allowable Fbcz = Max [(Eq F1-6 or Eq F1-7) Eq F1-8]ASD Section F13

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 15 Rev T

                                                          Y Axis Bending - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY $MYMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sideFigure ASD9-E42-1 (c) and (d) illustrate Y axis bending stresses

                                                          F2-1 C Y and F2-1 T Y (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress forcompact or compact flanges profile AISC ASD NinthEd Section F21 Eq F2-1)

                                                          If COMPACT = 0 ie if flanges are compact and Fy 650 ksi

                                                          Allowable Fbcy = Fbty = 075 Fy ASD Eq F2-1

                                                          F2-2 C Y and F2-2 T Y (Allowable compressive and tension bending stressfor noncompact profile AISC ASD Ninth Ed SectionF22 Eq F2-2)

                                                          Noncompact or Fy gt 650 ksi

                                                          Allowable Fbcy = 06 Fy (Qs) ASD Eq F2-2

                                                          Allowable Fbty = 06 Fy ASD Eq F2-2

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 16 V2

                                                          F2-3 C Y and F2-3 T Y (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress fornoncompact flanges profile AISC ASD Ninth EdSection F22 Eq F2-3)

                                                          For I shapes with noncompact flanges ie COMPACT = 1 but the followingrequirements are met

                                                          ASD Eq F2-3

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 17 Rev T

                                                          Shear Stresses - I shapes

                                                          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Zdirection is present ie FZ $ FZMIN

                                                          F4-1 Z (Shear in Z direction AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F4 Eq F4-1)

                                                          Allowable Fv = 04 Fy ASD Eq F4-1

                                                          The following provisions are checked when a shear force in the member Ydirection is present ie FY $ FYMIN

                                                          F4-1 Y (Shear in Y direction AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F4 Eq F4-1)

                                                          When

                                                          Allowable Fv = 04 Fy ASD Eq F4-1

                                                          F4-2 Y (Shear in Y direction AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F4 Eq F4-2)

                                                          When

                                                          ASD Eq F4-2

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 18 V2

                                                          Where

                                                          when Cv is less than 08

                                                          when Cv is more than 08

                                                          when ah is less than 10

                                                          when ah is more than 10

                                                          ah = ratio of clear distance between transverse stiffeners to clear distancebetween flanges (parameter AH)

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 19 Rev T

                                                          Combined Stresses - I shapes

                                                          Axial Tension and Bending

                                                          The next two provisions are considered when axial tension and bending aboutone or both axis are present These provisions also are checked if only axial tensionexists or when only bending moments are present

                                                          H2-1 TEN (Axial tension and the tension side bending AISC ASD Ninth EdSection H2 Eq H2-1)

                                                          ASD Eq H2-1

                                                          AXT CBEN (Axial tension and the compression side bending AISC ASDNinth Ed Section H2)

                                                          Axial Compression and Bending

                                                          The next provisions are considered when axial compression and bendingabout one or both axis are present These provisions also are checked if only axialcompression exists or when only bending moments are present

                                                          H1-1 COM and H1-2 COM (Axial compression and the compression sidebending AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1 EqH1-1 and H1-2)

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 20 V2

                                                          ASD Eq H1-1

                                                          Note The Fbcz in the above equation is computed by using Cb = 10 unless SDSWAYZ =YES when the computed value of Cb is used See AISC ASD Ninth Ed SpecificationSection F13

                                                          ASD Eq H1-2

                                                          C-H1-2 Y (Axial compression and bending AISC ASD Ninth Ed Com-mentary Section H1 Eq C-H1-2)

                                                          ASD Eq C-H1-2

                                                          Note Provision C-H1-2Y created for completeness The computed value for theASD Equation C-H1-2 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          C-H1-2 Z (Axial compression bending AISC ASD Ninth Ed CommentarySection H1 Eq C-H1-2)

                                                          ASD Eq C-H1-2

                                                          Note Provision C-H1-2Z created for completeness The computed value for theASD Equation C-H1-2 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 21 Rev T

                                                          H1-3 COM (Axial compression and the compression side bending AISC ASDNinth Ed Section H1 Eq H1-3)

                                                          ASD Eq H1-3

                                                          AXC TBEN (Axial compression and the tension side bending AISC ASDNinth Ed Section H1)

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 22 V2

                                                          Qs and Qa Computation - I shapes

                                                          The following provisions detail how the stress reduction factors Qs and Qa arecomputed for axial and bending compressive stresses

                                                          QS-COMP (Qs for axial compression and bending AISC ASD Ninth EdAppendix B Section B52a)

                                                          bt = BF2TF

                                                          ht = INTYD FLTK

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-3

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-4

                                                          QA-COMP (Qa for axial compression only AISC ASD Ninth Ed Appendix BSection B52b and B52c)

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-8

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-10

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 23 Rev T

                                                          Where

                                                          b = INTYD

                                                          t = WBTK

                                                          f = [FX AX] + [MZ SZ] + [MY SY]

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 24 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 1 Rev T

                                                          APPENDIX A References

                                                          1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

                                                          2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W Anthony Dillon CivilEngineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology CambridgeMass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

                                                          3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-49 September 1967

                                                          4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-56 May 1968

                                                          5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-91 November 1968

                                                          6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and Steel MemberSelection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass January 1972

                                                          7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MIT Press1967

                                                          8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR67-47 September 1967

                                                          9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTM A506-68January 1968

                                                          10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency PO Box3956 San Francisco California 94119

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 2 V 2

                                                          11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor PO Box231 Worcester Mass 01613

                                                          12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

                                                          13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

                                                          14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R67-58 September1967

                                                          15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1963

                                                          16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1969

                                                          17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill Book Company1967

                                                          18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering Georgia Instituteof Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

                                                          19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science McGraw-Hill London Third Edition 1977

                                                          20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

                                                          21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 3 Rev T

                                                          22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids and Structures4 1968

                                                          23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil Engineering July1970

                                                          24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements Research ReportR71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

                                                          25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural Design LanguageM S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September 1969

                                                          26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California at Berkeley1966

                                                          27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation in FiniteElement Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Department of CivilEngineering June 1976

                                                          28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of Technology Netherlands tobe published

                                                          29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G7337 1960

                                                          30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite Elements Proceedingsof the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods in Civil EngineeringAmerican Society of Civil Engineers Nashville Tennessee November 1969

                                                          31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

                                                          32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE - Manualsand Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 4 V 2

                                                          33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1980

                                                          34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1978

                                                          35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Edited byBruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

                                                          36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs NewJersey 1968

                                                          37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design and BehaviorInternational Textbook Company 1971

                                                          38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston Publishing CompanyInc Reston Virginia 1977

                                                          39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design in StructuralSteel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

                                                          40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I Gilmor CanadianInstitute of Steel Construction 1977

                                                          41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES Subsystem STRUDLCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                                          42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 Users ManualCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                                          43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc 1975

                                                          44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

                                                          45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

                                                          46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite Element AnalysisPrentice 1976

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 5 Rev T

                                                          47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press 1965

                                                          48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by Matrix DecompositionJournal of the Engineering Mechanics Division American Society of CivilEngineers April 1968

                                                          49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRAN by theTridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

                                                          50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparse butUnstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEE Conference onDecision and Control San Diego California January 1979

                                                          51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for the EigenproblemJ INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

                                                          52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

                                                          53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channels andTees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil EngineeringAtlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

                                                          54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1977

                                                          55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

                                                          56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

                                                          57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures John Wiley andSons Inc 1974

                                                          58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill 1970

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 6 V 2

                                                          59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic Stability McGraw-Hill1961

                                                          60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed Sections GTICESSystems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta Georgia June 1981

                                                          61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for Random VibrationsReport No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering Research Center Universityof California Berkeley June 1980

                                                          62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm for Reducingthe Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM Journal Numerical AnalysisVol 13 No 2 April 1976

                                                          63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse Symmetric MatricesProceedings of the 24th National Conference Association for Computing Machinery1969

                                                          64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

                                                          65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln Arc WeldingFoundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

                                                          66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-Strain Model forConfined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114 No 8 August1988

                                                          67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding Society MiamiFlorida December 1983

                                                          68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1983

                                                          69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122 February1978

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 7 Rev T

                                                          70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

                                                          71 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary onStandard for Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures ASCESTANDARD American Society of Civil Engineers New York New YorkSeptember 1986

                                                          72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth Edition AmericanInstitute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

                                                          73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

                                                          74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York 1988

                                                          75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

                                                          76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel Institute WashingtonDC 1989

                                                          77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk Grove VillageIL 60007 January 7 1994

                                                          78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North American EditionNo 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street Wayne Michigan 481841993

                                                          79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS 5950 Part1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuous Construction HotRolled Sections London England 1990

                                                          80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design First EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

                                                          81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume I SecondEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1993

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 8 V 2

                                                          82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 Section PropertiesMember Capacities 4th Edition Published by The Steel Construction Institute inassociation with the British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited BritishSteel PIC Berkshire England 1996

                                                          83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTM A6MAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

                                                          84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories Aluminum Companyof America

                                                          85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society of Civil Engineers NewYork New York 1991

                                                          86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95 AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

                                                          87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 Power LineSystems Inc 1995

                                                          88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Model ofOrdinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of Structural EngineeringVol 124 No 3 March 1998

                                                          89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

                                                          90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules for buildings(together with United Kingdom National Application Document) DD ENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

                                                          91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INSTEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

                                                          93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS 8081989 New DelhiSeptember 1989

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 9 Rev T

                                                          94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections April15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1997

                                                          95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design of rolledand welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 London England May2001

                                                          96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

                                                          97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering Design ProvisionsInternational Conference of Building Officials Whittier California April 1997

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 10 V 2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix B - 1 Rev T

                                                          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                                          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please see Appendix Bof Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

                                                          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix B - 2 V 2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix C - 1 Rev T

                                                          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                                          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix C of Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tablesprovided with GTSTRUDL

                                                          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix C - 2 V 2

                                                          End of Document

                                                          • Title Page
                                                          • GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History
                                                          • Notices amp Disclaimer
                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                          • GTSTRUDL Steel Design ASD9-E Code
                                                            • Introduction
                                                              • ASD9-E Code
                                                                • ASD9-E Code Parameters
                                                                • GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the13Design based on the ASD9-E Code1313
                                                                • Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD Ninth13Edition Specification
                                                                  • Properties Used by ASD9-E
                                                                    • I Shapes
                                                                      • Parameters Used by ASD9-E
                                                                        • System Parameters
                                                                        • Control Parameters
                                                                        • Code Parameters
                                                                          • Provisions of ASD9-E
                                                                            • General Nomenclature for ASD9-E
                                                                            • ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes
                                                                              • Appendix A References
                                                                              • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
                                                                              • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles
                                                                                  1. File Attachment
                                                                                    ASD9-E Manual

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 78

                                                                                    Figure ASD9-E1-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled I Shape

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 79

                                                                                    Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by ASD9-E Provisions for slender compression elements AppendixB of AISC Specification are included when necessary Parameters allowing for the changeswhich occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invokedat the users discretion

                                                                                    The properties used for I shape cross-section is defined under Section ASD9-E2The parameters used by ASD9-E are discussed in detail in Table ASD9-E1-1 and SectionASD9-E3 Section ASD9-E41 defines the general nomenclature used in describing theASD9-E Code The equations used in ASD9-E to determine the acceptability of a profileare described in detail for I shape cross-section in Section ASD9-E42

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 80

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 81

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify ASD9-E for code name

                                                                                    TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selectionSee Table ASD9-E1-2 for choices

                                                                                    CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provi-sions of a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be lessthan or equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                                                                    PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

                                                                                    AH 100000 Ratio of clear span between transverse stiffeners to cleardistance between flanges Used in computing allowableshear stress Default approximates infinity

                                                                                    ALSTRINC 00 Allowable stress increase value This parameter can beused to specify the 13 allowable stress increase for thewind or seismic loads The user specified value for thisparameter must be followed by the load list An examplefor this parameter is to specify a value of 333333 followedby a load list

                                                                                    Material Properties

                                                                                    STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Table ASD9-E1-3 for steel grades and their properties

                                                                                    FYLD Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if notgiven

                                                                                    FTS Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromSTEELGRD if not given

                                                                                    REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD This factor times FYLD givesthe FY value used by the code Used to account for proper-ty changes at high temperatures

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 82

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Material Properties (continued)

                                                                                    REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS Similar to REDFYLD

                                                                                    REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFYLD

                                                                                    Slenderness Ratio

                                                                                    SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 200 is used for the maxi-mum slenderness ratio

                                                                                    SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                                                                    K-Factors

                                                                                    COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    YES = Compute KY and KZ factors

                                                                                    KY = Compute KY only

                                                                                    KZ = Compute KZ only

                                                                                    NO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                                                                    KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axisof the profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KY

                                                                                    KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axisof the profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KZ

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 83

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    K-Factors (continued)

                                                                                    Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should beprinted after the code check or select command output Thecolumn names attached to the start and end of the codechecked member is also printed This printed informationallows the user to inspect the automatic detection of thecolumns attached to the start and end of the designedmember A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor valuesand the names of the attached columns to the start and endof the designed member should not be printed

                                                                                    SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Y axis

                                                                                    YES = sidesway permitted

                                                                                    NO = sidesway prevented

                                                                                    SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Z axis

                                                                                    YES = sidesway permitted

                                                                                    NO = sidesway prevented

                                                                                    CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered asa cantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automatically

                                                                                    NO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                                                                    YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                                                                    GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 84

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    K-Factors (continued)

                                                                                    GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    Buckling Length

                                                                                    LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                                                    LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                                                    FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LY is computed

                                                                                    FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLYUsed only when LZ is computed

                                                                                    Flexural-Torsional Buckling

                                                                                    FLTORBUK YES Indicates the consideration of flexural-torsional bucklingcheck

                                                                                    YES = check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                                                    NO = do not check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 85

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Flexural-Torsional Buckling (continued)

                                                                                    KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

                                                                                    LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local Xaxis of the profile Computed as length of member Thisparameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fecomputations

                                                                                    FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LX is computed

                                                                                    Bending Stress

                                                                                    CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending stress (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F13)

                                                                                    UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed aslength of member In this parameter no distinction is madebetween the unbraced length for the top or bottom flangeSee UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

                                                                                    FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

                                                                                    UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                                                    UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 86

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Combined Stresses

                                                                                    AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of theaxial stress which is to be deducted from a correspondingbending stress acting in the opposite direction

                                                                                    CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                                                    CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                                                    Force Limitation

                                                                                    FXMIN 05(lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    FYMIN 05(lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    FZMIN 05(lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    MYMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    MZMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    Output Processing and System Parameters

                                                                                    MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles inmost tables

                                                                                    SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A for explanation

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 87

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

                                                                                    PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section stress values forallowable stress design codes The default output fromCHECK or SELECT command prints the section forcevalues A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates thatthe section stress values should be printed instead of defaultsection forces

                                                                                    TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation

                                                                                    1 = never

                                                                                    2 = on failure

                                                                                    3 = all checks

                                                                                    4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and sectionforces

                                                                                    VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation

                                                                                    1 = no output

                                                                                    2 = output parameters

                                                                                    3 = output properties

                                                                                    4 = output parameters and properties

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 88

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 89

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-2GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the

                                                                                    Design based on the ASD9-E Code(I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                                                    Table Name Reference

                                                                                    AISC Tables (American Institute of Steel Construction)

                                                                                    W-LRFD3 W shapes from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                                                    MSHPL3 M S and HP shape profiles from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                                                    WSHAPES9 W shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                                                    MSHP9 M S and HP shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                                                    WBEAM9 W shapes commonly used as beams from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition(72)

                                                                                    WCOLUMN9 W shapes commonly used as columns from 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition (72)

                                                                                    WSHAPESM W shape from AISC Metric ldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    MSHPM M S and HP shape profiles from AISC Metric ldquoM SHAPES SSHAPES and HP SHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    WBEAMM W shape profiles commonly used as beams from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    WCOLUMNM W shape profiles commonly used as columns from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    STEELW78 W shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                                                    HPSM HP S and M shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                                                    W78BEAM W shapes commonly used as beams from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                                                    W78COLUM W shapes commonly used as columns from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                                                    STEELW W shapes from 1969 AISC ASD Seventh Edition (16)

                                                                                    WCOLUMN W shapes commonly used as columns from 1969 AISC ASD SeventhEdition (16)

                                                                                    See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 90

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                                                    GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for theDesign based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                                                    (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                                                    Table Name Reference

                                                                                    Brazilian Standard Tables NBR 5884 2000

                                                                                    CS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                                                    CVS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                                                    VS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                                                    British Standard Tables BS 5950

                                                                                    UNIBEAMS British Universal Beam profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties4th Edition (82)

                                                                                    UNICOL British Universal Column profiles from 1996 BS 5950 SectionProperties 4th Edition (82)

                                                                                    JOISTS British Joist profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties 4th Edition(82)

                                                                                    UBPILES I shape profiles from British ldquoUNIVERSAL BEARING PILESrdquo table(82)

                                                                                    European Tables

                                                                                    HEA H shaped (HE-A) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-A Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    HEB H shaped (HE-B) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-B Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    HEM H shaped (HE-M) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-M Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 91

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                                                    GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the Design based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                                                    (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                                                    Table Name Reference

                                                                                    European Tables (Continued)

                                                                                    IPE I shaped (IPE) profiles from Mittelbreite I-Traumlger IPE-Reihe Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    EUROPEAN This table contains profiles from IPE HEA HEB and HEM tables

                                                                                    Indian Standard Tables from IS8081989

                                                                                    ISBEAMS I shape beam sections (medium flange beams junior and light weightbeams) from Tables 21 and 22 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                                                    ISCOLUMN I shape columnheavy weight beam sections (column and heavy weightbeams) from Table 31 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                                                    See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 92

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                                                    Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition Specification

                                                                                    Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                                                                    Steel GradeASTM

                                                                                    Designation

                                                                                    Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                                                                    Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                                                                    1 2 3 4 5

                                                                                    A36 3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    A529 4260

                                                                                    NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    A441 5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    4667

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    A572-G42 4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    A572-G50 5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    A572-G60 6075

                                                                                    6075

                                                                                    NA NA NA

                                                                                    A572-G65 6580

                                                                                    NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    A242 5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    4667

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    A588 5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy andFts to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yieldstrengths (Fy) and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included inthe 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition specification

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 93

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB (REINFORCEMENT) (USING)

                                                                                    WOOD (AND) (ARMER)AVERAGE

                                                                                    MAXIMUMCALCULATE (RESULTANT) (ELEMENT) (FORCES)

                                                                                    (ALONG)

                                                                                    (CUT ai )

                                                                                    JOINTSNODES list ELEMENT list (TABLE

                                                                                    ASTM UNESCO

                                                                                    TOP (FACE) (BARS i ) (SPACING v )BOTTOM (FACE) (BARS i ) (SPACING v )BOTH (FACES) (BARS i ) (SPACING v )

                                                                                    11 2

                                                                                    2 1

                                                                                    3 2

                                                                                    4 3

                                                                                    minusrarr⎛

                                                                                    ⎝⎜⎞⎠⎟

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪minus

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭minus

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    )

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪minus

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minusINNER (LAYER)

                                                                                    OUTER (LAYER) (COVER v ) (LINEAR (TOLERANCE) v )

                                                                                    (TORSIONAL (MOMENT) (WARNING) v )

                                                                                    4 5

                                                                                    6

                                                                                    527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite ElementAnalysis (The DESIGN SLAB Command)

                                                                                    The goal of the DESIGN SLAB command is to select reinforcing steel for concreteflat plate systems using finite elements as a tool for the determination of design moments

                                                                                    Instead of dealing with results on an element-by-element basis the user will be ableto design the reinforcing steel for slab systems based on cuts Here the term cut refers tothe cross-section of a strip at a particular location to be designed A cut is defined by twonodes identifying the start and end of the cut and by an element in the plane of the cut

                                                                                    Once the definition of the cut has been determined the resultant forces along the cutare computed using either moment resultants (otherwise known as the Wood and Armermethod) or element force results (using the CALCULATE RESULTANT command asdescribed in Section 2373 of Volume 3 of the Reference Manuals) The final designmoment is determined by computing the resultant moment acting on the cut for each loadingcondition and reducing these moments to a design envelope

                                                                                    Once the design envelope is computed the cross-section is designed according toACI 318-05 either using default design parameter or with certain user specified designparameters such as the bar size or spacing

                                                                                    An important distinction is to note that each cut is designed independently from allother cuts That is a cut specified in one region is independent with respect to a design inanother region As such if the user wishes to use the same bar size over multiple adjacentcuts this information must be specified for each cut

                                                                                    The form of the command is as follows

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 94

                                                                                    where

                                                                                    lsquoarsquo or i1 refer to an optional alphanumeric or integer cut name

                                                                                    list1 = list containing IDrsquos of the start and end node of the cut

                                                                                    list2 = list containing the ID of an element in the plane of the cut

                                                                                    i2 = bar size to be used for bars on the top surface of the slab

                                                                                    i3 = bar size to be used for bars on the bottom surface of the slab

                                                                                    i4 = bar size to be used for both the top and bottom surfaces of the slab

                                                                                    v1 = reinforcing bar spacing to be used on the top surface of the slab

                                                                                    v2 = reinforcing bar spacing to be used on the bottom surface of the slab

                                                                                    v3 = reinforcing bar spacing to be used on both surfaces of the slab

                                                                                    v4 = optional user-specified cover distance for reinforcing bars

                                                                                    v5 = linear tolerance used in element selection rules for momentcomputation

                                                                                    v6 = optional ratio of torsion to bending moment allowed on the cross-section

                                                                                    TOP = element surface with +ZPLANAR coordinate

                                                                                    BOTTOM = element surface with -ZPLANAR coordinate

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The DESIGN SLAB command allows the user to communicate all data necessary forthe reinforcing steel design This information is processed and a design is calculated basedon the input The command is designed to provide varying levels of control for the user soas to make the command as broadly applicable as possible

                                                                                    The user must first define the cut A cut is defined by a start and end node ID andan element ID in the plane of the cut The user has the option of giving each cut analphanumeric name for organizational purposes The purpose of the required element ID isto determine the appropriate plane to design in the event that multiple planes of finiteelements intersect along the cut as defined by the start and end node An example wherethis might occur is the intersection of a slab with a shear wall In this case a misleadingdesign could be generated if the slab was designed using the forces in the shear wall Thecut definition constitutes all information required to compute the resultant forces actingalong the cut

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 95

                                                                                    The total moment acting on a cut cross-section is computed using one of twomethods The use of moment resultants also known as the Wood and Armer method isimplemented as the default method In this method the moment resultants MXX MYY andMXY are resolved on a per node basis along the cut and either the average effect or themaximum effect on the cut is applied to the entire cross-section

                                                                                    The other option for moment computation is based on the use of element forces Inthis method the total resultant moment acting on the cross-section is computed using theCALCULATE RESULTANT command and the element force nodal moments are resolvedfor each node of each element adjacent to the cut

                                                                                    Once the cut has been defined the user may indicate parameters to be used to designthe system The user may constrain the bar size or spacing to a certain value either for thetop face bottom face or for both faces In this case the final design will utilize theinformation provided If the bar size is constrained the appropriate spacing of bars isdetermined If the bar spacing is constrained the appropriate bar size is determined In thecase that the user supplies a bar size and spacing for the cut the application will simplycheck the strength of the cross-section against the computed design envelope according toACI 318 If the user specifies no design constraints the application assumes a bar size anddesigns the section to satisfy ACI 318 As such the user maintains explicit control over thefunction of the application

                                                                                    The user may also specify which layer of bars to be designed using the modifierINNER or OUTER These refer to the location of reinforcing bars on each surface At mostslab locations reinforcement is placed in two perpendicular directions on both surfaces ofthe slab Since each layer of reinforcement cannot occupy the same space one layer mustbe placed on top of the other OUTER refers to the layer closest to the surface whileINNER refers to the layer nearest the center of the slab

                                                                                    All user-specified constraints such as concrete compressive strength yield strengthcover and spacing are checked against ACI minimummaximum values as specified in ACI318-02 The thickness of the cross-section is determined internally based on the modeledthickness of the user-specified element

                                                                                    With respect to the interpretation of results ldquotoprdquo always refers to the face of the slabon the +ZPLANAR side of the element and ldquobottomrdquo always refers to the face of the slabon the -ZPLANAR side of the element ldquoPositive bendingrdquo refers to bending that producestension on the bottom face of the slab and compression on the top face as definedpreviously ldquoNegative bendingrdquo produces tension on the top face and compression on thebottom face as defined previously

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 96

                                                                                    Requirements

                                                                                    The MATERIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE command must be specified beforethe DESIGN SLAB The MATERIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE command initializesthe RC capabilities of GT STRUDL and sets the relevant material and design quantities totheir default values for design At this point the user can issue the CONSTANTS commandto modify any material properties to be used in the design The default values are

                                                                                    ECU = 0003ES = 29000000 psiFCP = 4000 psiFY = 60000 psiPHIFL = 09

                                                                                    The STIFFNESS command must be issued prior to the DESIGN SLAB commandThe STIFFNESS command solves the global equilibrium equation and computes thequantities required for the determination of the bending moments that the DESIGN SLABcommand uses

                                                                                    Only elements known to appropriately model the behavior of slab systems areincluded in the computation of design forces For a flat plate system only plate bending andplate elements are used Thus if the user models the system using plane stress plane strainelements and then issues the DESIGN SLAB command a warning message is output andthe command is ignored

                                                                                    Plate bending elements supported include the BPHT BPR BPHQ CPT and IPBQQfinite elements General plate elements supported include the SBCT SBCR SBHQSBHQCSH SBHT SBHT6 AND SBHQ6 finite elements

                                                                                    Usage

                                                                                    Studies have shown that the CALCULATE RESULTANT ELEMENT FORCEoption of the DESIGN SLAB command is only applicable in regions where the cutorientation is generally orthogonal to the directions of principle bending If the geometryof a region dictates that a cut be oriented non-orthogonally to the principal bendingdirections a significant torsional effect may occur In this case the Wood and Armermethod must be employed due to its ability to correctly compute the ultimate moment in astrong torsion field In the DESIGN SLAB command the user is warned if the element forceimplementation computes a resultant torsion greater than 10 of the resultant bendingmoment on a particular cross-section The user may modify the torsion warning thresholdvia the modifiers TORSIONAL MOMENT WARNING If there is any question of theorientation of the cut with respect to the directions of principal bending the user shouldinvestigate the behavior in the finite element results section of GTMENU

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 97

                                                                                    Usage Example Description of Example Structure

                                                                                    The example structure is a rectangular slab system shown in Figure 527-1 The clear spanof the structure is thirty feet and the slab strip has a width of ten feet The two ends of theslab are fully fixed while the thirty foot sides are free resembling a fixed-fixed beam Theslab is one foot thick and constructed of normal strength concrete with FCP = 4000 psi Theexample structure can be idealized as a subset of a larger slab system perhaps the designstrip running between two column faces in an interior region The structure is loaded witha distributed surface pressure of 150 psf over the entire surface of the slab

                                                                                    Figure 527-1 Example Flat Plate Structure (PLAN)

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 98

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Finite Element Model

                                                                                    The example structure was modeled in GT STRUDL using PLATE BENDING finiteelements The BPHQ element was utilized and the configuration modeled corresponded toa mesh of ten elements by thirty elements The model contained 300 finite elements and 341nodes The material properties were the default values associated with the MATERIALREINFORCED CONCRETE command All 6 degrees of freedom were restrained at eachnode along the supported ends of the slab system Each element was loaded with a surfacepressure of 150 psf resulting in a confirmed summation of vertical reaction of 45000 lb

                                                                                    Figure 527-2 Example Finite Element Model

                                                                                    Definition of Cut Cross-Sections

                                                                                    Two ldquocutsrdquo are considered for the verification example as shown in Figure 527-1

                                                                                    Cut 1-1

                                                                                    The cross-section Cut 1-1 is defined along the fixed support at the end of the slab strip andrepresents the maximum ldquonegative momentrdquo section in the slab where top reinforcing steelwould be required Cut 1-1 originates at node 1 and terminates at node 11 The elementsalong Cut 1-1 are elements 1-10 The command given for Cut 1-1 is

                                                                                    ldquodesign slab using calculate resultant joi 1 11 ele 1 top bar 5

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 99

                                                                                    In this case the user requests that a slab cross-section beginning at node 1 ending at node11 and in the plane of element 1 be reinforced according to the section moment computedusing the CALCULATE RESULTANT command The user has specified that 5 bars areto be used on the top surface indicating that spacing is to be computed The results of theDESIGN SLAB command are shown in the following table

                                                                                    Calculation Surface Bar Spacing Area Prov Moment Strength Moment Required

                                                                                    in sq in lb-in lb-in

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Top 5 130 2862 15610064 13543815

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Bottom NA NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    The GTSTRUDL output for this example is as follows

                                                                                    FLAT PLATE SLAB DESIGN BASED ON THE RESULTS OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

                                                                                    PROBLEM - VFE103 TITLE - DESIGN SLAB VERIFICATION - VERIFY DESIGN CALCULATIONS

                                                                                    RELEVANT ACTIVE UNITS INCH LB

                                                                                    NUMBER OF ACTIVE LOADINGS 1

                                                                                    REINFORCEMENT ORIENTATION PERPENDICULAR TO A CUT BEGINNING AT NODE 1 AND TERMINATING AT NODE 11 AND IN THE PLANE OF ELEMENT 1

                                                                                    ELEMENT FORCE IMPLEMENTATION

                                                                                    DESIGN MOMENT ENVELOPE

                                                                                    NEGATIVE MOMENT = -135438148 DUE TO LOAD 150psf POSITIVE MOMENT = 000 DUE TO LOAD (none)

                                                                                    NOTE - Negative moment produces tension on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiring TOPbars - Positive moment produces compression on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiringBOTTOM bars

                                                                                    SLAB CROSS-SECTION

                                                                                    Width Depth FCP FY Cover Layer ________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    12000 1200 400000 6000000 0750 Inner

                                                                                    DESIGN RESULTS (per ACI 318-05)

                                                                                    Face Bar Spacing AS PROVD MOMENT STRENGTH MOMENT REQD STATUS _________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    TOP 5 13000 2862 15610064280 13543814844 PASSES

                                                                                    BOTTOM ( Reinforcement Not Required )

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 100

                                                                                    Cut 2-2

                                                                                    The cross-section Cut 2-2 is defined along the center line in the middle region of theslab strip and represents the maximum ldquopositive momentrdquo section in the slab wherebottom reinforcing steel would be required Cut 2-2 originates at node 166 andterminates at node 176 The elements along Cut 2-2 are elements 141-150 on oneside and 151-160 on the other side The command given for Cut 2-2 Case 1 is

                                                                                    ldquodesign slab wood and armer joi 166 176 ele 141 table unesco bottom spacing10 outer layer

                                                                                    In this case the user requests that a slab cross-section beginning at node 166 endingat node 176 and in the plane of element 141 be reinforced according to the averageeffect produced by the Wood and Armer method The user has specified thatUNESCO metric reinforcing bars are to be used The bottom reinforcement spacinghas been constrained to 10 inches and the reinforcement to be designed is located inthe outer layer The results of the DESIGN SLAB command are shown in thefollowing table

                                                                                    Calculation Surface Bar Spacing Area Prov Moment Strength Moment Required

                                                                                    in sq in lb-in lb-in

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Bottom M14 100 2864 16649207 6713582

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Top NA NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    The GTSTRUDL output for this example is as follows

                                                                                    FLAT PLATE SLAB DESIGN BASED ON THE RESULTS OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

                                                                                    PROBLEM - VFE103 TITLE - DESIGN SLAB VERIFICATION - VERIFY DESIGN CALCULATIONS

                                                                                    RELEVANT ACTIVE UNITS INCH LB

                                                                                    NUMBER OF ACTIVE LOADINGS 1

                                                                                    REINFORCEMENT ORIENTATION PERPENDICULAR TO A CUT BEGINNING AT NODE 166 AND TERMINATING AT NODE 176 AND IN THE PLANE OF ELEMENT 141

                                                                                    WOOD amp ARMER IMPLEMENTATION

                                                                                    Design using average result acting on section

                                                                                    DESIGN MOMENT ENVELOPE

                                                                                    NEGATIVE MOMENT = 000 DUE TO LOAD 150psf POSITIVE MOMENT = 67135819 DUE TO LOAD 150psf

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 101

                                                                                    NOTE - Negative moment produces tension on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiring TOPbars - Positive moment produces compression on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiringBOTTOM bars

                                                                                    SLAB CROSS-SECTION

                                                                                    Width Depth FCP FY Cover Layer ________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    12000 1200 400000 6000000 0750 Outer

                                                                                    DESIGN RESULTS (per ACI 318-05)

                                                                                    Face Bar Spacing AS PROVD MOMENT STRENGTH MOMENT REQD STATUS _________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    TOP ( Reinforcement Not Required )

                                                                                    BOTTOM M14 10000 2864 16649207190 6713581875 PASSES

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 102

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command

                                                                                    53 - 1

                                                                                    ( ) ( )e e eσ σ σL2

                                                                                    = dT

                                                                                    Ω

                                                                                    Ωint⎛

                                                                                    ⎜⎜

                                                                                    ⎟⎟

                                                                                    1 2

                                                                                    53 Analysis Prerelease Features

                                                                                    531 The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command

                                                                                    The form of the command is as follows

                                                                                    CALCULATE ERROR (ESTIMATE) (BASED ON) -

                                                                                    The results from this command provide an estimate of the errors in the finite elementdiscretization of the problem Energy norm (L2 norm) and nodal error estimates are available

                                                                                    The L2 norm is given by

                                                                                    where is the error in stress and is the domain of the element The error stresseσΩ

                                                                                    is the difference between the average stress and element stress at the nodes σ σThe stress norm is obtained by using the shape functions used for displacements thus

                                                                                    where N is the shape functions used for the assumed displacement field of the element

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 2

                                                                                    ( ) ( )σ σ σL2

                                                                                    = N N dT

                                                                                    T

                                                                                    Ω

                                                                                    Ωint sdot⎛

                                                                                    ⎜⎜

                                                                                    ⎟⎟

                                                                                    1 2

                                                                                    ησ

                                                                                    σ

                                                                                    σ =

                                                                                    ee

                                                                                    100+

                                                                                    times

                                                                                    The stress norm uses the average stresses and is given by

                                                                                    The relative percentage error which is output for each element is given by

                                                                                    The nodal error estimates estimate the accuracy of the data in a selected nodal output vectorSix nodal error estimation methods are available

                                                                                    C Maximum Difference

                                                                                    C Difference from Average

                                                                                    C Percent Maximum Difference

                                                                                    C Percent Difference from Average

                                                                                    C Normalized Percent Maximum Difference

                                                                                    C Normalized percent Difference from Average

                                                                                    These error estimates look at the variations in stresses at the nodes An error estimateof nodal output data will be based on the gradients that data produces in each element Thatis how the data varies across that node based on the different data values from the elementsconnected at that node The calculation of error estimates for nodal output is fairlystraightforward the values at each node connected at an element are simply compared Thesix nodal error measures are outlined in more detail below

                                                                                    GT STRUDL The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command

                                                                                    53 - 3

                                                                                    Value - ValueValue

                                                                                    100Max Min

                                                                                    Avgtimes

                                                                                    ( )MAX Value - Value Value - Value

                                                                                    Value 100

                                                                                    Max Avg Min Avg

                                                                                    Avg

                                                                                    times

                                                                                    Value - ValueValue

                                                                                    100Max Min

                                                                                    VectorMaxtimes

                                                                                    ( )MAX Value - Value Value - Value

                                                                                    Value 100

                                                                                    Max Avg Min Avg

                                                                                    VectorMax

                                                                                    times

                                                                                    Maximum Difference Method

                                                                                    Difference from Average Method

                                                                                    Percent Maximum Difference Method

                                                                                    Percent Difference from Average Method

                                                                                    Normalized Percent Maximum Difference

                                                                                    Normalized Percent Difference from Average Method

                                                                                    In each of these calculations the ldquoMinrdquo ldquoMaxrdquo and ldquoAvgrdquo values refer to theminimum maximum and average output values at the node The ldquoVector Maxrdquo values referto the maximum value for all nodes in the output vector All error estimates are either zero orpositive since all use the absolute value of the various factors

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 4

                                                                                    The choice of an appropriate error estimation method largely depends on the conditionsin the model As many error estimates as required may be calculated In general the MaxDifference method is good at pointing out the largest gradients in the portions of your modelwith the largest output values The Difference from Average Method will also identify areaswith the largest output values In this case however areas where only one or a few values aresignificantly different will be accentuated The Max Difference method will identify thesteepest gradients in the most critical portions of your model The Difference from AverageMethod will identify just the steepest non-uniform gradients the ones that vary in only a singledirection The two percentage methods identify the same type of gradients but do not makeany distinction between large and small output values These methods are to be used only ifthe magnitude of the output is less important than the changes in output The two percentagemethods estimate the error as a percent of the average stress However at nodes where thereis a change in sign of the stress the average stress becomes very small and often close to zeroAs a result the value of the error becomes enormous In order to quantify this error the errorat such nodes is given a value of 1000 percent The final two normalized percentage methodsare usually the best at quantifying overall errors in area with peak stress values

                                                                                    The results produced by the CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE command may alsobe contoured in GTMenu To produce a contour of the error estimate in GTMenu follow thesteps below after performing a STIFFNESS ANALYSIS for a static loading

                                                                                    1 Enter GTMenu

                                                                                    2 Select Results Finite Element Contours and then Energy amp Stress ErrorEstimates

                                                                                    3 Select the Estimate Method including Value Surface and Stress Component

                                                                                    4 Select the Loading

                                                                                    5 Select Display (solid colors or lines) to produce a contour of the error estimate

                                                                                    6 Select Legend to place a legend on the screen indicating the type of errorestimate loading and surface

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 5

                                                                                    532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and NonlinearDynamic Analysis

                                                                                    The Sections shown below are numbered as they will appear when added to Volume 3of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual

                                                                                    2437 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and NonlinearDynamic Analysis

                                                                                    This section describes the commands that are used to incorporate the viscous damperelement (dash pot) into a structural model that is used for linear and nonlinear dynamicanalysis by the direct integration procedure The commands that are used for this purposeinclude

                                                                                    1 DAMPER ELEMENT DATA described in Section 24371

                                                                                    2 PRINT DAMPER ELEMENT DATA described in Section 24372

                                                                                    3 DELETE DAMPER ELEMENT DATA described in Section 24373

                                                                                    24371 The DAMPER ELEMENT DATA Command

                                                                                    Tabular form

                                                                                    DAMPER ELEMENT (DATA)

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    INCIDENCESi a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    GLOBAL LOCAL

                                                                                    [CTX] v [CTY] v [CTZ] v [CRX] v [CRY] v [CRZ] v

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    INCIDENCESi a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    GLO

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus

                                                                                    bullbullbull

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr

                                                                                    ( )

                                                                                    ( )BAL

                                                                                    LOCAL [CTX] v [CTY] v [CTZ] v [CRX] v [CRY] v [CRZ] v

                                                                                    END (OF DAMPER ELEMENT DATA)

                                                                                    CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 6

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    iDrsquoaDrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of the new damper element The name mustbe unique among all previously defined damper elements and is restrictedto no more than eight digits or alphanumeric characters

                                                                                    iSrsquoaSrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of a previously defined joint to be thestarting incident joint of the new damper element

                                                                                    iErsquoaErsquo = optional integer or alphanumeric name of the previously defined joint to bethe ending incident joint of the new damper element The starting joint andending joint names must be different

                                                                                    vCTX = decimal value for the damper force coefficient corresponding to translationvelocity in the LOCAL or GLOBAL X direction Active force length andtime units apply [force(lengthtime)]

                                                                                    vCTY = decimal value for the damper force coefficient corresponding to translationvelocity in the LOCAL or GLOBAL Y direction Active force length andtime units apply [force(lengthtime)]

                                                                                    vCTZ = decimal value for the damper force coefficient corresponding to translationvelocity in the LOCAL or GLOBAL Z direction Active force length andtime units apply [force(lengthtime)]

                                                                                    vCRX = decimal value for the damper moment coefficient corresponding to angularvelocity about the LOCAL or GLOBAL X axis Active force lengthangle and time units apply [force-length(angletime)]

                                                                                    vCRY = decimal value for the damper moment coefficient corresponding to angularvelocity about the LOCAL or GLOBAL X axis Active force lengthangle and time units apply [force-length(angletime)]

                                                                                    vCRZ = decimal value for the damper moment coefficient corresponding to angularvelocity about the LOCAL or GLOBAL X axis Active force lengthangle and time units apply [force-length(angletime)]

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 7

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    INCIDENCESi a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    GLOBAL LOCAL

                                                                                    [CTX] v [CTY] v [CTZ] v [CRX] v [CRY] v [CRZ] v

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus( )

                                                                                    INCIDENCES ia

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ia

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The DAMPER ELEMENT DATA command is used to create new viscousdamper elements and define their joint connectivity and damping force and momentproperties The viscous damper element data are entered by giving the DAMPERELEMENT DATA command header first followed by one or more tabular element dataentry lines of the form

                                                                                    for each new damper element This data entry line consists of the element name theelement incidences the element orientation and the element viscous dampingcoefficients which are described in greater detail as follows

                                                                                    Element name

                                                                                    Each new damper element must be given an integer or alphanumeric name that isunique among all other existing damper element names The name may not exceedeight digits or alphabetic characters The name may be a duplicate of a previouslydefined member or finite element name

                                                                                    The damper element connectivity is defined by one or two incident joints The firstincident joint iSrsquoaSrsquo defines the start of the element The second incident jointiErsquoaErsquo is optional and defines the end of the element If only one joint is given thesecond joint is taken as a totally fixed support joint it is fictitious and invisibleThe specified joints must have been previously defined and if two are specifiedthey must be different However they may be coincident The only restriction onthe selection of incident joints is that they may not be slave joints

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 8

                                                                                    GLOBAL LOCALrarr⎧⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    ( )

                                                                                    CTX 0 0 0 0 0CTY 0 0 0 0

                                                                                    CTZ 0 0 0sym CRX 0 0

                                                                                    CRY 0CRZ

                                                                                    ⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢

                                                                                    ⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥

                                                                                    The GLOBAL and LOCAL options are used to specify the coordinate referenceframe for the damper element The GLOBAL option which is the defaultmeans that the element is a global element and that the six element dampingdegrees-of-freedom are defined with respect to the global coordinate systemThe LOCAL option means that the element damping degrees-of-freedom aredefined with respect to the element local coordinate system which is identicalto the local joint-to-joint coordinate system for frame members The onlydifference between the frame member and damper element local coordinatesystems is that the damper element does not support the Beta angle If theLOCAL option is specified but the joint-to-joint length of the element is equalto 0 ( 10-5 inches) then GLOBAL is assumed In addition GLOBAL isautomatically assumed for any damper element for which only one incident jointis specified

                                                                                    [CTX] vCTX [CTY] vCTY [CTZ] vCTZ [CRX] vCRX [CRY] vCRY [CRZ] vCRZ

                                                                                    These decimal data values represent the damping coefficient values on thediagonal of the uncoupled element damping matrix which has the followingform

                                                                                    These values refer to the element damping translational and rotational degrees-of-freedom with respect to the specified coordinate system GLOBAL thedefault or LOCAL Only non-zero values need be specified

                                                                                    Command processing is completed when the END option is given

                                                                                    The damping properties from the viscous damper elements are assembled into the totalglobal system damping matrix of the equations of motion that are solved using the directintegration methods executed by the DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PHYSICAL andDYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEAR commands The viscous damper element dataare used only by the execution of these two commands

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 9

                                                                                    Modifications

                                                                                    The DAMPER ELEMENT DATA command operates only in the ADDITIONS modeIf the command is given when the active input mode is CHANGES or DELETIONS then thecommand execution is terminated and the command data are ignored If it is necessary tochange the data for an existing damper element then use the DELETE DAMPER ELEMENTcommand described in Section 24373 to delete the damper element to be changed followedby the re-specification of the new data in the DAMPER ELEMENT DATA command All ofthese steps are performed in ADDITIONS mode

                                                                                    Example

                                                                                    The following example illustrates the creation of two damper elements DAMP1 andDAMP2 DAMP1 spans from joint 2 to joint 10 and has one damping coefficient equal to 107

                                                                                    kips(inchessecond) corresponding to translation in the local y direction of the elementDAMP2 spans from joint 1 to joint 2 and has global damping factors CTX = 100kips(inchessecond) and CRZ = 1000 kip-inches(radianssecond) The damping coefficientsfor element DAMP2 are referenced with respect to the global coordinate system because theGLOBALLOCAL option was not given The execution of this example depends on DAMP1and DAMP2 not having been previously defined and joints 1 2 and 10 being valid joints

                                                                                    UNITS KIPS INCHES RADIANSDAMPING ELEMENT DATA DAMP1 INC 2 10 LOCAL CTY 1E7 DAMP2 INC 1 2 CTX 1000 CRZ 10000END

                                                                                    Errors

                                                                                    1 When two or more damper elements are defined with the same name the followingwarning message is printed Command processing is terminated for the offendingelement and continues for subsequent elements

                                                                                    10 gt DAMPING ELEMENT DATA 11 gt DAMP1 INC 1 2 LOCAL CTX 1000 CRZ 10000 12 gt DAMP1 INC 2 4 GLOBAL CTY 1E7

                                                                                    WARNING_STDELD -- Damper element DAMP1 previously definedCommand ignored

                                                                                    13 gt DAMP3 INC 3 3 GLOBAL CTY 1E7 14 gt END

                                                                                    Element DAMP1 is successfully created by the first tabular command entry The warningmessage for DAMP1 is printed for the second tabular entry for DAMP1 Commandprocessing continues with the tabular entry for DAMP3

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 10

                                                                                    2 The following warning message is printed if one or both of the specified element incidencejoints are not defined Command processing continues with the tabular entry for the nextelement

                                                                                    10 gt DAMPING ELEMENT DATA 11 gt DAMP1 INC 2 10 LOCAL CTY 1E7

                                                                                    WARNING_STDELD -- Damper element incidence joint not defined Command ignored

                                                                                    12 gt DAMP2 INC 1 2 LOCAL CTX 1000 CRZ 10000 13 gt END

                                                                                    The warning message indicates that one or both of the specified element incidences forelement DAMP1 are not defined

                                                                                    3 The following warning message is printed when the starting and ending element incidencejoints are the same Command processing continues with the tabular entry for the nextelement

                                                                                    10 gt DAMPING ELEMENT DATA 12 gt DAMP1 INC 1 2 LOCAL CTX 1000 CRZ 10000 13 gt DAMP2 INC 2 4 GLOBAL CTY 1E7 14 gt DAMP3 INC 3 3 GLOBAL CTY 1E7

                                                                                    WARNING_STDELD -- Damper element starting and ending incident joints are the same Command ignored

                                                                                    15 gt DAMP4 INC 4 5 CTY 1E7 16 gt END

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 11

                                                                                    24372 The PRINT DAMPER ELEMENT DATA Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    PRINT DAMPER (ELEMENT DATA)

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The PRINT DAMPER ELEMENT DATA is used to print a table of the damperelement data for all existing damper elements The following is an example of the printedoutput from this command

                                                                                    Example

                                                                                    The following example illustrates the format for the output from the PRINT DAMPERELEMENT command

                                                                                    17 gt PRINT DAMPING ELEMENT DATA RESULTS FROM LATEST ANALYSIS

                                                                                    ACTIVE UNITS (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME FEET LB RAD DEGF SEC

                                                                                    Damping Element Data ==================== Element Start Jnt End Jnt CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ ------- --------- ------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----

                                                                                    DAMP1 LOC 1 2 1000 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00 1000 DAMP2 GLO 2 4 00000E+00 01000E+08 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 12

                                                                                    Errors

                                                                                    The following warning message is printed when no damper element data exists

                                                                                    9 gt PRINT DAMPING ELEMENT DATA RESULTS FROM LATEST ANALYSIS

                                                                                    ACTIVE UNITS (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME FEET LB RAD DEGF SEC

                                                                                    Damping Element Data ==================== Element Start Jnt End Jnt CTX CTY CRZ ------- --------- ------- ----- ----- -----

                                                                                    INFO_STPDED -- Damper element data have not been defined

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 13

                                                                                    DELETE DAMPER (ELEMENT DATA)i a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    24373 The DELETE DAMPER ELEMENT DATA Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    iDrsquoaDrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of damper element to be deleted The nameis limited to no more that eight digits or characters

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    This command is used to delete previously defined damper elements The namesof the elements to be deleted are given in the list of individually named damper elementsNo other list construct such as ldquo1 TO 10 is permitted Specified damper elements thatare not defined are ignored

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 14

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ROTATE Load Command

                                                                                    54 - 1

                                                                                    [ ] [ ] [ ]ROTATE LOADING i

                                                                                    a ( ANGLES ) T1 r T2 r T3 r

                                                                                    R

                                                                                    R

                                                                                    1 2 3

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    54 General Prerelease Features

                                                                                    541 ROTATE LOAD Command

                                                                                    The ROTATE LOAD command will rotate an existing loading and create a newloading condition in order to model a different orientation of the structure or the loading TheROTATE command is described below and is numbered as it will appear when added to Volume1 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual

                                                                                    211146 The ROTATE LOAD Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    iRrsquoaRrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of the existing independent loadingcondition whose global components are to be rotated

                                                                                    r1 r2 r3 = values in current angle units of the load component rotation angles 21 2223 as shown in Figure 217-1 Volume 1 GTSTRUDL User ReferenceManual

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    In many instances loading conditions are defined for a structure having a givenorientation in space but then the same structure may need to be analyzed for differentadditional orientations Applied loading components that are defined with respect tolocal member or element coordinate systems remain unchanged regardless of thestructurersquos orientation However loading components that are defined with respect tothe global coordinate system may need to be rotated in order to properly reflect a neworientation for the structure This is particularly true for self-weight loads buoyancyloads etc

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 2

                                                                                    The ROTATE LOADING command is used to take the global applied loadingcomponents from an existing loading condition rotate them through a set of rotationangles and copy the new rotated global components to a new or modified differentdestination loading condition The existing independent loading condition the ROTATEload from which the rotated global load components are computed is specified by theloading name iRrsquoaRrsquo The angles of rotation are specified by the values r1 r2 r3 Theserotation angles are defined according to the same conventions as those that define thelocal support release directions in the JOINT RELEASE command described in Section2172 Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual and illustrated in Figure217-1

                                                                                    The ROTATE LOADING command is always used in conjunction with one ofthe following loading definition commands LOADING DEAD LOAD and FORMLOAD These commands will define the name (and title) of a new or existingdestination loading condition into which the ROTATE LOADING results are copiedThe ROTATE LOADING command may be given with any additional applied loadingcommands such as JOINT LOADS MEMBER LOADS ELEMENT LOADS etc

                                                                                    Taking the specified loading iRrsquoaRrsquo the ROTATE LOADING commandperforms the following operations and copies the results into the destination loadingcondition

                                                                                    1 Rotate all joint loads including applied joint support displacements

                                                                                    2 Rotate all member force and moment loads defined with respect to theglobal coordinate system Member force and moment loads defined withrespect to the member local coordinate system are simply copied withoutrotation

                                                                                    3 Rotate all element force loads defined with respect to the globalcoordinate system Element force loads defined with respect to anyapplicable local or planar coordinate systems are copied without rotation

                                                                                    4 All other types of loads such as member temperature loads memberdistortions joint temperatures etc are copied without changes

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ROTATE LOAD Command

                                                                                    54 - 3

                                                                                    Examples

                                                                                    1 UNITS DEGREESLOADING 2 lsquoROTATED LOADINGrsquoMEMBER DISTORTIONS

                                                                                    1 TO 10 UNIFORM FR LA 00 LB 10 DISPL X 0001ROTATE LOADING 1 ANGLES T1 450

                                                                                    The applied loads from previously defined loading 1 will be processed according toSteps 1 to 4 above and copied into the new destination loading 2 which includes thespecified member distortion loads applied to members 1 to 10

                                                                                    2 UNITS DEGREESCHANGESLOADING 3ADDITIONSROTATE LOAD 4 ANGLES T2 -300

                                                                                    Previously defined loading 3 is specified in CHANGES mode followed by a return toADDITIONS mode The ROTATE LOAD command is then given to add thecomponents of load 4 including appropriate rotations to loading 3

                                                                                    Error Messages

                                                                                    Incorrect data given in the ROTATE LOADING command will cause the following errorconditions to be identified and error messages printed

                                                                                    1 The following error message is printed if the ROTATE loading name is identical to thename of the destination load An example of the commands that produce this error arealso included

                                                                                    114 gt LOADING 201 115 gt ROTATE LOAD 201 T1 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash The ROTATE loading is illegally the same as thedestination loadingCommand ignored

                                                                                    Loading 201 is illegally named as both the destination load and the loading whosecomponents are rotated

                                                                                    2 In the following error example loading 51 is undefined

                                                                                    111 gt LOADING 201 112 gt ROTATE LOAD 51 T1 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash Loading to be rotated undefinedCommand ignored

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 4

                                                                                    3 The following error message is produced because loading 4 specified as the ROTATEload is a load combination or dependent loading condition The ROTATE load mustbe an independent loading condition

                                                                                    141 gt LOADING 108 142 gt ROTATE LOADING 4 T3 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash Rotated Loading 4 is an illegal dependent loadCommand ignored

                                                                                    4 This error condition and message is caused by the fact that the destination load 108 isdefined as a loading combination

                                                                                    144 gt LOAD COMB 108 lsquoALLrsquo COMBINE 1 15 2 10 3 10 145 gt ROTATE LOADING 1 T3 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash Destination independent loading not definedRotated load components not computed

                                                                                    GT STRUDL COUTPUT Command

                                                                                    54 - 5

                                                                                    542 COUTPUT Command

                                                                                    The COUTPUT command now can replace (overwrite) an existing output file Previously anexisting file could be appended only

                                                                                    where

                                                                                    file_name is a new or existing text file file_name is limited to 256 characters and mustbe enclosed in quotes (apostrophes)

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    APPEND is the default action so COUTPUT file1 and COUTPUT APPEND file1are equivalent APPEND tells GTSTRUDL to add subsequent output to the end of thespecified file If APPEND is requested file_name must be given

                                                                                    REPLACE tells GTSTRUDL to delete the contents of the specified file and the writesubsequent output to the specified file If REPLACE is requested file_name must begiven

                                                                                    APPEND and REPLACE act identically when file_name does not already exist WhileGTSTRUDL is in the APPEND or REPLACE state only input (commands) are echoprinted in the text window - all generated output will be placed in the specified output file

                                                                                    STANDARD tells GTSTRUDL to stop writing to the specified output file and directsubsequent output to the text window This is the output state when GTSTRUDL starts

                                                                                    Usage

                                                                                    COUTPUT APPEND file1

                                                                                    All subsequent output from PRINT LIST etc will be written to file1 and will notappear in the text window although the actual command will be displayed in the textwindow If file1 existed previously to this COUTPUT request the new output will appearat the end of the existing contents

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 6

                                                                                    COUTPUT REPLACE file2

                                                                                    All subsequent output from PRINT LIST etc will be written to file2 and will notappear in the text window although the actual command will be displayed in the textwindow If file2 existed previously to this COUTPUT request the existing contents willbe deleted and only the new output will appear in file2

                                                                                    COUTPUT STANDARD

                                                                                    Stop writing output to an output file and write all output to the text window

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    54 - 7

                                                                                    REFERENCE (COORDINATE) (SYSTEM) ia

                                                                                    1

                                                                                    1

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus

                                                                                    ORIGIN [ X ] vx [ ] vy [ Z ] vz ) ROTATION [ R1] v1 [ R2 ] v2 [ R3] v3)

                                                                                    JOINT i

                                                                                    a2

                                                                                    X v4 Y v5 Z v6

                                                                                    JOINT i

                                                                                    a2

                                                                                    X v4 Y v5 Z v6

                                                                                    JOINT i

                                                                                    a2

                                                                                    X v4 Y v5

                                                                                    2 2 2

                                                                                    ( (Y

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    Z v6

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    543 Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM is a right-handed three-dimensionalCartesian coordinate system The Reference Coordinate Systemrsquos origin may be shiftedfrom the origin (X=00 Y=00 Z=00) of the overall global coordinate system TheReference Coordinate System axes may also be rotated from the corresponding orthogonalaxes of the overall global coordinate system

                                                                                    At the present time this command is used to specify additional coordinate systemswhich may be used in GTMenu (see Volume 2 of the GTSTRUDL Release Guide) tofacilitate the creation of the structural model Reference Coordinate systems created usingthe above command will be available as Local systems in GTMenu In a future releasethe user will be able to output results such as joint displacements and reactions in aReference Coordinate System

                                                                                    There are two optional means of specifying a Reference Coordinate System

                                                                                    (1) Define the origin and rotation of coordinate axes of the reference systemwith respect to the global coordinate system and

                                                                                    (2) define three joints or the coordinates of three points in space

                                                                                    In either case i1 or lsquoa1rsquo is the integer or alphanumeric identifier of the referencecoordinate system For the first option vx vy and vz are the magnitude of translations inactive length units of the origin of this system from the origin of the overall globalcoordinate system The translations vx vy and vz are measured parallel to the orthogonalaxes X Y and Z respectively of the global system and are positive in the positivedirections of these axes v1 v2 and v3 are the rotation angles R1 R2 and R3 in activeangular units between the orthogonal axes of this system and the axes of the overall globalcoordinate system The description of these angles is the same as given in Section 2172of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manuals for rotated joint releases (21 22and 23)

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 8

                                                                                    In the second case three joints are required Each of the three joints may be definedeither by a joint identifier using the JOINT option of the command or by its global X Yand Z coordinates If the joint identifier option is used however the coordinates of thejoint must be specified previously by the JOINT COORDINATES command The firsttime (i2 or lsquoa2rsquo or v4 v5 and v6) defines the origin of the reference system the X-axis ofthe reference system is determined by the first and second joints (i3 or lsquoa3rsquo or v7 v8 and v9)The positive X-axis is directed from the first to the second joint The third joint (i4 or lsquoa4rsquoor v10 v11 and v12) is used to define the XY-plane of the reference system The positiveY-axis is directed toward the third joint The Z-axis then is determined by the right-handrule

                                                                                    Only one reference system can be specified in one command but the command maybe used any number of times

                                                                                    Modifications of Reference Systems

                                                                                    In the changes mode the translations of the origin andor the rotations of the axes of thereference system from those of the overall global system can be changed Only thatinformation supplied in the command is altered The other data that might be supplied inthe command remains unchanged The CHANGES mode however does not work for thesecond option discussed above (ie define a reference coordinate system by three jointsor the coordinate of three points in space) The reason is that data for these joints are notstored permanently in GTSTRUDL When this option is used a reference system iscreated and its definitions of the system origin rotation angles as well as thetransformation matrix between the global coordinate system and the reference system aregenerated and stored as would be for the first option Therefore if any of the coordinatesfor the joints used to specify a reference system is changed after the REFERENCECOORDINATE SYSTEM command has been given the definition of the reference systemremains unchanged For this reason care must be taken in using the three joints option inconjunction with the changes of joint coordinates The reference system should be deletedfirst if any of the coordinates of the joints used to define the reference system are to bechanged Under the DELETIONS mode the complete definition of the referencecoordinate system is destroyed

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    54 - 9

                                                                                    Examples

                                                                                    a) UNITS DEGREES REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM lsquoFLOOR2rsquo -

                                                                                    ORIGIN 00 150 00 R1 30

                                                                                    This command creates a Reference Coordinate System called FLOOR2 at Y=15 with theaxes rotated 30 degrees about global Z

                                                                                    b) REF COO 1 -X 120 Y 120 Z -120 -X 120 Y 240 Z 0 -X -120 Y 120 Z 0

                                                                                    This command creates Reference Coordinate System 1 with its origin at 120 120 -120 andits X-axis from this origin to 120 240 0 and its Y axis is the plane defined by the two previouscoordinates and the third coordinate -120 120 0 with the positive Y-axis directed toward thethird coordinate

                                                                                    c) REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM 2 -JOINT 10 JOINT 20 JOINT 25

                                                                                    This command creates Reference Coordinate System 2 with its origin located at Joint 10and its X-axis directed from Joint 10 toward Joint 20 The XY plane is defined by Joints 10 20and 25 with the positive Y-axis directed toward Joint 25

                                                                                    d) CHANGESREFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM lsquoFLOOR2rsquo -

                                                                                    ORIGIN 10 20 30ADDITIONS

                                                                                    The above commands change the origin of the Reference System FLOOR2 defined in a)above The rotation RI = 30 remains unchanged

                                                                                    e) DELETIONSREFERENCE SYSTEM 2ADDITIONS

                                                                                    The above command deletes Reference System 2

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 10

                                                                                    PRINT REFERENCE (COORDINATE) (SYSTEM) ALL

                                                                                    listrarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    543-1 Printing Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The PRINT REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM command will output theReference Systems The origin and rotation angles will be output

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

                                                                                    54 - 11

                                                                                    SET ELEMENTS HASHED

                                                                                    SEQUENTIAL

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

                                                                                    An advanced data-structuring technique called HASHING can now be used when storingand searching lists of joints andor elements The command to control this feature is as follows

                                                                                    The following points concern HASHING

                                                                                    1) The benefit of HASHING is that it GENERATES large structures faster Thedisadvantage is that it is more complex internally

                                                                                    2) HASHING is disabled by GTMenu The GTSTRUDL database is usually notmodified extensively in GTSTRUDL after invoking GTMenu so this has minimalaffect However the SET ELEMENTS HASHED command when given with anexisting database builds hashing data structures for the existing database

                                                                                    3) The order of a joint andor element listing is the same for HASHED andSEQUENTIAL unless the structural database has been edited in DELETIONS modeand then in ADDITIONS mode again Then SEQUENTIAL will place the latestaddition in the deleted slot whereas HASHING will append the addition to the endof the list

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 12

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands

                                                                                    54 - 13

                                                                                    545 GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands

                                                                                    GTMenu can now write construction geometry commands to an input file which can beread later into GTSTRUDL in order to initialize the construction geometry of GTMenu Thetwo commands written are ldquoGTMenu POINT COORDINATESrdquo and ldquoGTMenu LINEINCIDENCESrdquo

                                                                                    (1) GTMenu POINT COORDINATES

                                                                                    General Form

                                                                                    GTMenu POINT COORDINATES

                                                                                    A A A

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    coordinate-specs = [X] v1 [Y] v2 [Z] v3

                                                                                    Where

                                                                                    i1 i2 in = unsigned integer Point identifiers

                                                                                    lsquoa1 lsquoa2 lsquoanrsquo = 1 to 8 character alphanumeric Point identi-fiers

                                                                                    v1 v2 v3 = Cartesian Point coordinates (integer or real)

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 14

                                                                                    (2) GTMenu LINE INCIDENCES

                                                                                    General Form

                                                                                    GTMenu LINE INCIDENCES

                                                                                    A A A

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    GT STRUDL GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands

                                                                                    54 - 15

                                                                                    Where

                                                                                    i1 i2 in = unsigned integer LineCurve identifiers

                                                                                    lsquoa1rsquo lsquoa2rsquo lsquoanrsquo = 1 to 8 character alphanumeric LineCurveidentifiers

                                                                                    i1 i2 ip = unsigned integer Point identifiers used

                                                                                    lsquoa1rsquo lsquoa2rsquo lsquoaprsquo = 1 to 8 character alphanumeric Point identifiers

                                                                                    v1 = positive number (integer or real)

                                                                                    k2 = integer between 2 and the number of incidences

                                                                                    1 2 p = Point subscripts for a LineCurve The followingtable gives the number of Points used to specifydifferent types of LineCurve

                                                                                    type number of incidences

                                                                                    LINE 2 - 500

                                                                                    POLYNOMIAL CURVE 2 - 10

                                                                                    ARC TEMPLATE 3

                                                                                    CENTERED ARC 3

                                                                                    BEZIER CURVE 2 - 10

                                                                                    SPLINE CURVE 2 - 10

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 16

                                                                                    End of Document

                                                                                    • Title Page
                                                                                    • NOTICES
                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                    • Chapter 1 - Introduction
                                                                                    • Chapter 2 - New Features in Version 29
                                                                                      • Data Base Exchange (DBX)
                                                                                      • Dynamics
                                                                                      • Elastic Buckling
                                                                                      • General
                                                                                      • GTMenu
                                                                                      • GT STRUDL Output Window
                                                                                      • Model Wizard
                                                                                      • Nonlinear Analysis
                                                                                      • Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis
                                                                                      • Offshore
                                                                                      • Reinforced Concrete Design
                                                                                      • Rigid Bodies
                                                                                      • Scope Editor
                                                                                      • Static Analysis
                                                                                      • Steel Design
                                                                                      • Steel Tables
                                                                                      • Utility Programs
                                                                                        • CHAPTER 3 - ERROR CORRECTIONS
                                                                                          • Dynamic Analysis
                                                                                          • Finite Elements
                                                                                          • General
                                                                                          • GTMenu
                                                                                          • Model Wizard
                                                                                          • Nonlinear Analysis
                                                                                          • Offshore
                                                                                          • Reinforced Concrete Design
                                                                                          • Static Analysis
                                                                                          • Steel Design
                                                                                            • CHAPTER 4 - KNOWN DEFICIENCIES
                                                                                              • Finite Elements
                                                                                              • General InputOutput
                                                                                              • GTMenu
                                                                                              • Rigid Bodies
                                                                                              • Scope Environment
                                                                                                • CHAPTER 5 - Prerelease Features
                                                                                                  • Introduction
                                                                                                  • Design Prerelease Features
                                                                                                    • LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters
                                                                                                    • GTSTRUDL BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters
                                                                                                    • GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800
                                                                                                    • ACI Code 318-99
                                                                                                    • Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables
                                                                                                    • ASD9-E Code
                                                                                                    • The DESIGN SLAB Command1313
                                                                                                        • Analysis Prerelease Features
                                                                                                          • The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command
                                                                                                          • The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and Nonlinear Dynamic
                                                                                                            • General Prerelease Features
                                                                                                              • ROTATE LOAD Command
                                                                                                              • COUTPUT Command
                                                                                                              • Reference Coordinate System Command
                                                                                                                • Printing Reference Coordinate System Command
                                                                                                                    • Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing
                                                                                                                    • GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands
Page 2: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7

- ii -

NOTICES

This GTSTRUDLreg Release Guide is applicable to Version 29 with a release date in theGTSTRUDL title block of December 2006

The GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the GeorgiaTech Research Corporation Atlanta Georgia USA

GTMenu and its documentation were developed as an enhancement to GTSTRUDLauthored by the Computer-Aided Structural Engineering Center Georgia Institute ofTechnology

DISCLAIMER

NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIAINSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED ORIMPLIED AS TO THE DOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OFTHE PROGRAM DESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USER OF THE PROGRAM ISEXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OFTHE PROGRAM IN THEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

Commercial Software Rights Legend

Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shallbe restricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to thecopyright license under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

copy Copyright 2006Georgia Tech Research Corporation

Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355USA

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

S)))))))))))))))))QGTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgiacopy Windows XP Windows 2000 Windows NT Windows ME and Windows 98 areregistered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Redmond Washingtoncopy Excel is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Redmond Washington

- iii -

Table of Contents

NOTICES ii

DISCLAIMER ii

Commercial Software Rights Legend ii

CHAPTER 1

Introduction 1-1

CHAPTER 2

New Features in Version 29 2-1

21 Data Base Exchange (DBX) 2-1

22 Dynamics 2-1

23 Elastic Buckling 2-5

24 General 2-6

25 GTMenu 2-13

26 GTSTRUDL Output Window 2-33

27 Model Wizard 2-38

28 Nonlinear Analysis 2-38

29 Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis 2-39

210 Offshore 2-39

211 Reinforced Concrete Design 2-41

212 Rigid Bodies 2-41

213 Scope Editor 2-42

214 Static Analysis 2-45

215 Steel Design 2-46

216 Steel Tables 2-48

217 Utility Programs 2-48

- iv -

CHAPTER 3 ERROR CORRECTIONS

31 Dynamic Analysis 3-132 Finite Elements 3-233 General 3-234 GTMenu 3-335 Model Wizard 3-436 Nonlinear Analysis 3-437 Offshore 3-538 Reinforced Concrete Design 3-539 Static Analysis 3-5310 Steel Design 3-6

CHAPTER 4 KNOWN DEFICIENCIES

41 Finite Elements 4-142 General InputOutput 4-243 GTMenu 4-344 Rigid Bodies 4-445 Scope Environment 4-4

CHAPTER 5 PRERELEASE FEATURES

51 Introduction 51-152 Design Prerelease Features 52-1

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters 52-1522 GTSTRUDL BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters 52-31523 GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800 52-53524 ACI Code 318-99 52-71525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables 51-75526 ASD9-E Code 52-77527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite

Element Analysis (The DESIGN SLAB Command) 52-9353 Analysis Prerelease Features 53-1

531 The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command 53-1532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and Nonlinear

Dynamic Analysis 53-5

- v -

54 General Prerelease Features 54-1

541 ROTATE LOAD Command 54-1

542 COUTPUT Command 54-5

543 Reference Coordinate System Command 54-7

543-1 Printing Reference Coordinate System Command 54-10

544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing 54-11

545 GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands 54-13

- vi -

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL Introduction

1 - 1

Chapter 1

Introduction

Version 29 covers GTSTRUDL operating on PCrsquos under the Windows XP andWindows 2000 operating systems Chapter 2 presents the new features and enhancementswhich have been added since the Version 28 and Version 281 releases Chapter 3 providesyou with details regarding error corrections that have been made since the Version 28 andVersion 281 releases Chapter 4 describes known problems with Version 29 Chapter 5describes prerelease features -- new features which have been developed and subjected tolimited testing or features for which the user documentation have not been added to theGTSTRUDL User Reference Manual The command formats and functionality of theprerelease features may change before they become supported features based on additionaltesting and feedback from users

The Prerelease features are subdivided into Design Analysis and General categories Thefeatures in these categories and their sections numbers in Chapter 5 are shown below

52 Design Prerelease Features

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

522 BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters

523 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800

524 ACI Code 318-99

525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables

526 ASD9-E Code

527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite Element Analysis(The DESIGN SLAB Command)

53 Analysis Prerelease Features

531 Calculate Error Estimate Command

532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and Nonlinear DynamicAnalysis

Introduction GT STRUDL

1 - 2

54 General Prerelease Features

541 Rotate Load Command

542 Coutput Command

543 Reference Coordinate System Command

544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

545 GTMenu Point coordinates and Line Incidences Commands

We encourage you to experiment with these prerelease features and provide us withsuggestions to improve these features as well as other GTSTRUDL capabilities

Note that GTMenu is described in Volume 2 of the Version 29 Release Guide TheGTMenu Release Guide is available under Help in the GTSTRUDL Output Window (Help -Reference Documentation - GTMenu)

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 1

Chapter 2

New Features in Version 29

This chapter provides you with details regarding new features and enhancements thathave been added to many of the functional areas of GTSTRUDL in Version 29 This releaseguide is also available online upon execution of GTSTRUDL under Help - ReferenceDocumentation -GT STRUDL Release Guide

21 Data Base Exchange (DBX)

1 A SUPPORTS ONLY option has been added the WRITE JOINT RESULTScommand If SUPPORTS ONLY is specified joints in the given list that have notbeen specified as supports will be ignored and not included in the generated file Thiswill make it easier to export results for foundation design The syntax of the revisedcommand is shown below

WRITE JOINT RESULTS ( SUPPORTS (ONLY) ) JOINTS list

This options is described in Volume 5 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manualon page Summary 2-4

22 Dynamics

1 A new eigenvalue analysis procedure designated as GTSELANCZOS has beenimplemented The GTSELANCZOS method includes numerous modifications tocomputer RAM virtual memory and hard drive management operations that haveresulted in eigenvalue analysis time-to-solve efficiency improvements for all modelsand in particular time-to-solve improvements of between 50 and 100 times formodels exceeding 30000 degrees of freedom The GTSELANCZOS method isspecified in the EIGENPROBLEM PARAMETERS as shown in the example below

EIGENPROBLEM PARAMETERSNUMBER OF MODES 15SOLVE USING GTSELANCZOSEND

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 2

2 Variable support motion loads are now supported by transient physical analysis asperformed by the DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PHYSICAL and PERFORM PHYSICALANALYSIS commands You may now specify different time histories at differentjoints

The STORE TIME HISTORY command has been extended as follows in order toprovide for the specification and storage of VELOCITY and DISPLACEMENT timehistories in addition to ACCELERATION time histories

STORE TIME (HISTORY) (

FORCEACCELERATIONVELOCITY

DISPLACEMENT

TRANSLATION ROTATION

)

name (FACTOR s)

⎨⎪⎪

⎩⎪⎪

⎬⎪⎪

⎭⎪⎪

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

rarrminus

v1 t1 v2 t2 vn tn

A new category of loading has been implemented as part of the TRANSIENTLOADING command as follows

JOINTS

NODESlist

DISPLACEMENT

VELOCITY

ACCELERATION

TRANSLATION

ROTATION

X

Y

Z

file specs

function specs

(START (TIME) v )

where

file specs FILE filnam ([FACTOR] v )

function specsSINE

COSINE[AMPLITUDE] v [FREQUENCY] v ([PHASE] v )

5

1

2 3 4

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

minus

=

=

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 3

This command is used to specify DISPLACEMENT VELOCITY andACCELERATION joint motion time history data for fully fixed degrees of freedomand is described in Section 2441 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL ReferenceM a n u a l A n e x a m p l e o f t h e u s e o f t h e J O I N TDISPLACEMENTVELOCITYACCELERATION command in the TRANSIENTLOADING command follows

UNITS CYCLES

TRANSIENT LOADING 1

JOINT 1 DISPL TRANSL Y FILE DSIN30

JOINT 1 ACCEL TRANSL Y FUNCT SINE 100E0 -

FREQ 10 PHASE 025 START TIME 01

INTEGRATE FROM 00 TO 10 AT 001

END TRANSIENT LOADING

3 The external results file system for response spectrum and transient dynamicanalyses has been enhanced so that the amount of results data that can be stored andaccessed is now limited only by the amount of unused hard drive disk space Inprevious versions each class of results data was limited in size to two gigabytes

4 The PRINT DYNAMIC FILE command has been extended with the addition of anew NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE option an example of which is shownbelow

PRINT DYNAMIC FILE lsquoMyRSFilersquo NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE 1

The NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE option provides for the specification of thenumber of data points to enter on each line of the resulting report that lists the datapoints contained in the specified response spectrum or time history data file thedefault being four The NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE may be specified as 12 3 or 4 where for any value other than these the default value of 4 is assumed

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 4

An example of a response spectrum file report when NUMBER OF POINTS PERLINE 1 is specified as shown below

21 gt PRINT DYNAMIC FILE MyRSFile NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE 1

PROBLEM DATA FROM INTERNAL STORAGE

JOB ID - NONE JOB TITLE - GTSTRUDL 29 ACTIVE UNITS - LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME FEET KIP CYC DEGF SEC

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RESPONSE SPECTRA FILE HORIZONT TYPE SPECTRAL ACCEL (LIN) VS FREQUENCY (LIN) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DAMPING RESPONSE FREQUENCY RESPONSE FREQUENCY RESPONSE

70 0772800 010000 0869400 011100 0966000 012500 112700 014300 128800 016700 154560 020000 238280 030000 108514 060000 148120 19020 148120 10000

90 0386400 010000 0434700 011100 0483000 012500 0563500 014300 0644000 016700 0772800 020000 119140 030000 542570 060000 740600 19020 740600 10000

5 Response spectrum analysis now checks the frequencyperiod bounds of responsespectrum curves and issues a warning message if a structural frequency is found tolie outside the bounds of any of the response spectrum curves for the active responsespectrum loads

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 5

6 The volume of warning messages pertaining to missing results reported by theCREATE PSEUDO STATIC LOAD command has been greatly reduced

7 The Form Static Form UBC97 Static and Form IS1893 Static Load commands havebeen brought to release status These features were prerelease features in previousversions They are now documented in Section 2492 2493 and 2494respectively in Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

8 The List Response Spectrum Base and Story Shear capability has been brought torelease status This feature was a prerelease feature in previous versions and isdocumented in Section 2467 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

9 Another new eigenvalue analysis procedure designated as GTHCLANCZOS hasalso been implemented The GTHCLANCZOS method is a modified form of theGTLANCZOS method in which the Lanczos tridiagonalization of the stiffness anddynamic matrices is performed on matrix hypercolumn blocks consisting of acommand-specified number of matrix elements By default the number ofhypercolumn matrix elements is taken as 10000000 The GTHCLANCZOS methodis most useful when an eigenvalue analysis is to be performed on a model havinggreater than 60000 degrees of freedom (10000 six-degree-of-freedom joints) to befollowed later by a transient analysis andor a response spectrum analysis TheGTHCLANCZOS method is specified in the EIGENPROBLEM PARAMETERScommands (Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is included here sincenot all users have installed Version 281)

23 Elastic Buckling

1 Space truss members may now be used in an elastic buckling analysis Previouslyonly space frame members and plate elements were allowed

2 Space frame members may now have member releases including elastic connectionswhen performing a buckling analysis

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 6

24 General

1 The output for PRINT GROUP has been changed to include quotes (lsquo) around non-integer names and continuation symbols (-) for multi-line lists This makes it easyto copy-and-paste from the output into a new command

Old format

JOINT NAMES 99999 A1002 A1003 A1004 A1005 A1006 A1007 A1008 A1009 A1010

New format

JOINT NAMES 99999 A1002 A1003 A1004 A1005 A1006 A1007 - A1008 A1009 A1010

The revised PRINT GROUP Command is documented in Section 21223 ofVolume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

2 The EXISTING option for member-types which includes members finite elementsnonlinear springs cables rigid bodies and superelements has been improved to addthe optional subtype filter MEMBERS ELEMENTS NLS or CABLES ONLY Thiswill restrict the generated list to that subtype only which is helpful when the varioussubtypes are mixed in the naming scheme The syntax of the command is shownbelow

EXISTING

MEMBERS

ELEMENTS

NLS

CABLES

ONLY )

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

ACTIVE AND INACTIVE

(list2

)

(BUT list3

) (PLUS list4

)

( ( )

⎨⎪⎪

⎩⎪⎪

⎬⎪⎪

⎭⎪⎪

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

rarr

minus

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 7

An example of the usage of the command is shown below

PRINT MEM PROP MEMBERS EXISTING MEMBERS ONLY 1 TO 100

The list will contain all members in the range 1 to 100 but exclude any finiteelements nonlinear springs cables rigid bodies or superelements The use ofldquoONLYrdquo is optional

The modified EXISTING list option is described in Section 2122 of Volume 1 ofthe GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

3 The CALCULATE SOIL SPRINGS command now allows a joint to be released inthe direction of a nonlinear spring (COMPRESSION ONLY option) Previously awarning message would be generated and the CALCULATE SOIL SPRINGcommand would not be processed

4 The CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION command has been added to allowyou to automatically generate a BETA angle by specifying the orientation of amembers local XY or XZ plane The syntax of the command is shown below

where

v1 v2 v3 are the global X Y and Z coordinates of the orientation vector Anyvalue not given is assumed to be 00

list is a list of members to be oriented based on the given vector Finiteelements cables nonlinear springs or superelements included in thelist will be excluded without a warning message

AXIS Specify whether the orientation vector locates the local XY plane orthe local XZ plane When AXIS is not specified Y is assumed

YZ

X Y Z

CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION (AXIS )

(FROM) (VECTOR) [ ] v [ ] v [ ] v MEMBER list1 2 3

rarrminus

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 8

The CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION command is used to calculate aBETA angle for a list of members The calculated BETA angle will rotate themember so that the orientation vector will lie in the memberrsquos local XY or XZ planedepending on which axis was specified

The CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION command is documented in Section21105 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

5 The GENERATE LOAD command in the MOVING LOAD GENERATOR has threenew options and the format of the output has been changed The revisedGENERATE LOAD command is shown below

where the new options are

MOMENT ARM

The MOMENT ARM option allows you specify a torsional moment (moment X) tobe applied along with the concentrated load to account for moving loads that areapplied eccentric to the centerline of the member v2 is the length of the momentarm in the current length units The value of the applied torsional moment is equalto FYv1v2 where FY is the concentrated force v1 is the scale factor and v2 isspecified moment arm length MOMENT ARM does not apply to LANE LOADS

GENERATE (LOAD)

X

Y

Z

([SCALE] v1) (MOMENT (X) (ARM) v2rarr minus

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

)

( (INITIAL)i1 a1

)PRINT ON

PRINT OFF

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

rarrminus

( CREATE (GROUP) i2a2 ( title ) )

⎧⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎫⎬⎪

⎭⎪

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 9

INITIAL a1

The INITIAL option now accepts alpha names You may specify a prefix only(ML) or a prefix and a starting integer (ML101) If the specified sequence ofloading names is not honored due to a conflict with a pre-existing load name amessage will be printed This warning message will also be printed if an integersequence is interrupted

CREATE GROUP

The CREATE GROUP option will create a group from the generated loads This isuseful for including the moving loads in a CREATE AUTOMATIC LOADCOMBINATIONS command The group name may be either integer or alpha-numeric A group title is optional and if specified is limited to 64 characters

The Output from the command has also been changed If PRINT ON is specified(the default) the printed output is now fully compatible with the LOADINGcommand This allows you to copy the output edit and then use the changed outputas loading commands in a subsequent GTSTRUDL job

The MOVING LOAD GENERATOR is documented in Section 211135 ofVolume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

6 When the PRINT MEMBER PROPERTIES command is specified for members withPipe cross-sections from the Table database the OD ID and TH-PIPE of the pipecross-section are now printed as shown below

OD = outside diameter

ID = inside diameter

TH-PIPE = thickness

45 gt PRINT MEMBER PROPERTIES1 PROBLEM DATA FROM INTERNAL STORAGE

JOB ID - FR322 JOB TITLE - Ex1 Check PRINT MEMBER PROPERTIES for Pipe cross-section from T

ACTIVE UNITS - LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME INCH KIP RAD DEGF SEC

MEMBER PROPERTIES-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MEMBERSEG TYPE AX AY AZ IX IY IZ SY SZ YD ZD YC ZC EY EZ ID OD TH-PIPE SC

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 10

f f f fmin a by2

bz2= minus +

f f f fmax a by2

bz2= + +

1 TABLE RoundHSS 12100 6082 6082 208000 104000 104000 23800 23800 HSS8750x0500 8750 8750 4375 4375 0000 0000 7820 8750 0465 0000

2 TABLE RoundHSS 12100 6082 6082 208000 104000 104000 23800 23800 HSS8750x0500 8750 8750 4375 4375 0000 0000 7820 8750 0465 0000

3 TABLE RoundHSS 5720 2881 2881 39000 19500 19500 7020 7020 HSS5563x0375 5563 5563 2782 2782 0000 0000 4865 5563 0349 0000

4 TABLE RoundHSS 5720 2881 2881 39000 19500 19500 7020 7020 HSS5563x0375 5563 5563 2782 2782 0000 0000 4865 5563 0349 0000

5 TABLE WSHAPES9 13200 4040 6168 1310 50000 350000 12400 58100 W12x45 12060 8045 6030 4022 0000 0000 6 TABLE WSHAPES9 13200 4040 6168 1310 50000 350000 12400 58100 W12x45 12060 8045 6030 4022 0000 0000 7 TABLE RoundHSS 8060 4033 4033 245000 122000 122000 21800 21800 HSS11250x0250 11250 11250 5625 5625 0000 0000 10784 11250 0233 0000

8 TABLE RoundHSS 8060 4033 4033 245000 122000 122000 21800 21800 HSS11250x0250 11250 11250 5625 5625 0000 0000 10784 11250 0233 0000

END OF DATA FROM INTERNAL STORAGE

7 The LIST SECTION STRESS command has been modified to print the maximumand minimum combined normal stresses based on the square root of sum of thesquares computation for the pipe and solid round bar cross-sections as shown below

8 Section stresses now can be output for unsymmetrical cross-sections When theUNSYMMETRIC option of the LIST SECTION command is specified the sectionstresses are computed and printed for the positive and negative axes sides of thecross-section See Section 21146 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Referencemanual for further information

9 A new REFORM command option has been added to the FROM LOAD commandto recreate the form loads based on the original specifications given by the user Thisoption is very useful when a self weight loading (ie load specified by the SELFWEIGHT command) is used in the FORM LOAD command or an independentloading included in the FORM LOAD command has been changed The new FORMLOAD REFORM command will recreate the form load using the original

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 11

specifications When FORM LOAD commands have been specified the userspecified loads and the load factors are now stored in the database When the FORMLOAD REFORM command is specified the active form loads are then recreatedbased on the userrsquos original specs The new REFORM option also has been addedto the STIFFNESS ANALYSIS and NONLINEAR ANALYSIS commands Thenew REFORM command structure is documented in the following sections

1 FORM LOAD REFORM command Section 2111321 of Volume 1

2 STIFFNESS ANALYSIS REFORM command Section 21132 of Volume 1

3 NONLINEAR ANALYSIS REFORM command Section 2543 of Volume 3

The advantages of the new REFORM option are as follows

A When a self weight which has been specified by the SELF WEIGHT commandor when an independent load used in the FORM LOAD command had beenmodified the REFORM option can be used to recreate the form load againPreviously you had to delete the form loads and respecify the form loads again

B FORM LOADs can be graphically viewed on the structure in the GTMenu attheir combined and factored state while LOAD COMBINATIONS cannot beviewed graphically

C PRINT LOAD DATA shows the combined and factored state of the FORMLOAD commands and also shows the user specified loads and the load factorsused to create the form loads

D Since NONLINEAR ANALYSIS requires a FORM LOAD command usingnonlinear analysis for steel design is now much easer

E The new REFORM option gives the FORM LOAD command the power of beinga load combination and an independent load at a same time

10 A new CONVERT LOAD COMBINATIONS TO FORM LOADS command hasbeen implemented to change user specified load combinations to form loads Thisis often desired when a user intends to perform a nonlinear analysis or would like toview the combined factored load state graphically This command also has an optionto allow FORM LOADS to be converted to LOAD COMBINATIONS Thiscommand has been documented in the Section 2111322 of Volume 1 of theGTSTRUDL Reference manual

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 12

11 The LIST SUM FORCES command has been brought to release status Thiscommand is used to perform a computation of resultant forces along a cut defined byjoints which may contain members and elements The LIST SUM FORCEScommand is documented in Section 2374 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDLReference manual

12 The RUN command has been brought to release status and is now documented inSection 211217 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference manual In additionthe HIDE option has been added allowing you to prevent the appearance of the blackWindows command window when batch (bat or cmd) or console programs are run

13 The ALIGN command has been brought to release status and is now documented inSection 211216 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference manual Thiscommand is useful for aligning members which are almost vertical so that theyconform to the ldquoSpecial Caserdquo of the Beta angle

14 The DELETE JOINTS WITHOUT JOINT COORDINATES command has beenbrought to release status and is documented in Section 2137 of Volume 1 of theGTSTRUDL Reference manual

15 AREA LOAD error checking for illegal member configurations has been improvedAn illegal member configuration is one where the areas to be loaded are not simplybounded For example X bracing should not be included in an AREA LOADrequest but declared INACTIVE before the AREA LOAD command In additionmore modeling errors including overlapping members (where some or all of twomembers centroidal axes are co-incident) are detected and reported (Note Thisfeature was added to Version 281 and is included here since not all users haveinstalled Version 281)

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 13

25 GTMenu

1 The fonts color and button sizes used in GTMenu have been changed to be moreconsistent with those used in the main GTStrudl Output Window An example of therevised GTMenu Desktop is shown below

2 The Button Bar has been revised to include new Display Load Display Model andAnnotate Model buttons in order to make these features more accessible Anexample of the new Button Bar is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 14

The new Display Load and Display Model buttons will bring up the Display Loadand Display Model dialogs which were available in previous versions only byselecting Display on the Menu Bar and then selecting either Loads or Model fromthe pulldown

The addition of these new buttons to the Button Bar makes these highly used featuresmore accessible The new Annotate Model button will bring up the dialog to labeldimensions and coordinates and joint element and member names as well asplacing comments in the Graphical Display Area In previous versions this featurewas available only by selecting the Label button and then selecting DimensionsCoordinates etc from the pulldown

The Label Settings button will bring up the revised Label Settings dialog shownbelow

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 15

This dialog has new options which allow you to ldquoLabel Structural Attributesrdquo asshown below

If the Support Status on Screen Independent Active Load or Member Release boxesare checked that information will be displayed in the Graphical Display Areapermanently That is each time the Graphical Display area is redrawn informationindicated by the check boxes shown above will also be displayed in the GraphicsWindow You may also have the support legend information displayed in a List BoxThis feature is particularly useful when you have a large number of different supportconditions such as you might have when you have an elastic foundation

3 The revised Display Model dialog now allows you to display additional modelinformation In particular you may now have member lengths KY and KZ factorsand the effective lengths LY and LZ displayed in the Graphical Display Area Therevised Display Model dialog is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 16

An example of a structure with the lengths and KZ values labeled is shown below

In the above figure the member lengths as well as the member section names and themember numbers are labeled and rotated so that they are aligned with the membersMember releases are also rotated so they are aligned with the member This featurewas requested by a number of our users at the June 2006 GTSTRUDL Users Groupmeeting

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 17

4 The Edit pulldown from the Menu Bar now includes options which will allow youto Move or Extrude all or portions of a model The revised Edit pulldown is shownbelow

5 The new Move Model option allows you to move the model based on the distancebetween two joints or by incrementing the coordinates The Move Model dialog isshown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 18

6 Another new option has been added to the Edit pulldown which will allow you toextrude a model You may extrude a planar truss or frame model to create additionalplanes and you may have members connecting the various planes You may alsoextrude one dimensional members into 2D finite elements This option is usefulwhen you want to extrude a member in a floor plane vertically but you want to haveit model a shearwall in a building The third option allows you to extrude a 2D finiteelement mesh into a mesh of 3D solids You may specify uniform or variablespacing when extruding a model using any of these options

An example of the new Extrude Model dialog is shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 19

An example illustrating the use of the Extrude Selected Joints to ConnectingMembers option is shown below

A two dimensional frame is shown above The model was extruded by selecting allof the joints except the joints on the bottom of the frame The result after extrusionis shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 20

An example illustrating the use of the Extruding 2D finite elements to 3D (solid)finite elements is shown

The two dimensional finite element model is shown above The model produced byextruding the above model to a model containing three dimensional solid finiteelements is shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 21

7 The Copy Model option under the Edit pulldown now has an option which will allowyou to create a Mirror Image of all or a portion of your model The revised CopyModel dialog and the Specify Mirror Plane dialogs are shown below

The Maintain incidence order check box in the Specify Mirror Plane dialog abovewill maintain the same incidence order for the newly created elements as the originalelements so all elements will have the same incidence order

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 22

An example of a two dimensional finite element model before and after using thenew Mirror Image option is shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 23

8 The efficiency of rotating large finite element models using the cursor has beengreatly improved Now only the boundary lines are drawn as the structure isrotating The wire frame of the model is drawn when the cursor is released Anexample showing a solid model and the boundary outline which appears when themodel is rotated are shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 24

9 The following information is now written to the Windows Registry Thisinformation will now be retained between executions of GTSTRUDL and you willnot need to respecify the information

Display Label Settings - display and labeling of points curves jointsmembersetc

Default Settings - color font and display options

Color Map

Redraw Solid options

Set Arrow Key increments

10 An option to reset all of the above items to their original settings except for theDisplay Label Settings has been added to the Set Display Options (Options - DefaultSettings - Display Options) dialog as shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 25

11 Punching Shear results are now available for display under the Results pulldown asshown below

The new Punching Shear dialog is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 26

12 A check box has been added to the Results - Diagrams and Envelopes dialog whichwill allow you to automatically label the maximum and minimum values on diagramsand envelopes This feature will minimize the time required by users to label thesevalues and their locations The modified Member Forces dialog is shown below withthe box checked to ldquoLabel Max and Minrdquo

An example of a structure with the maximum and minimum values automaticallylabeled is shown on the following page

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 27

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 28

13 The Redraw Solid function in GTMenu will now draw members with variableproperties and use the length of the segments to draw the members with variableproperties This feature is particularly useful in offshore structures where memberswith variable diameter pipes are often used An example of an offshore structurewith variable properties is shown below

14 Redraw Solid will now draw I-GIRDER and PLATE GIRDER prismatic andvariable member cross sections which were specified in the Member Propertiescommand

15 For models which contain 3D solid finite elements Redraw Solid will now draw thesolid display much faster as only the exterior faces of the solid will be drawn Thiswill also improve the efficiency of the Scope Editor and Printing of the display fromRedraw Solid as a fewer number of faces must be printed or brought into the ScopeEditor The time to produce contouring results has also been greatly reduced formodels which contain 3D solid finite elements

16 The boundaries of a finite element are now also highlighted when it is selected witha right click of the mouse Previously only an ldquoxrdquo would be drawn at the centroidof the element

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 29

17 A joint member or element may now be ldquodeselectedrdquo by selecting it again in ldquoHitrdquomode When an item is initially selected a red ldquoxrdquo is drawn Now when the itemis selected again (deselected) the red ldquoxrdquo is replaced with an ldquoxrdquo drawn in the samecolor as the Global Coordinate Axes

18 The Moving Load dialog has been modified to make the Diagram option visiblewhen the dialog is opened

19 The Graphics Window is now active upon entering GTMenu This enables the userto use the HotKeys immediately without requiring a mouse click in the GraphicsWindow to activate it

20 Additional cylindrical coordinate systems are now available in GTMenu Previouslyonly a cylindrical coordinate system about the Y axis was available NowldquoCylindrical Xrdquo and ldquoCylindrical Zrdquo coordinate systems are available under theCoordinate System pulldown from the Menu Bar as shown below

21 A joint may now be used to specify the location of a plane parallel to a global planewhen selecting a domain Previously the user could enter only a coordinate valueto specify this location The revised Global Plane dialog is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 30

22 The model is no longer redrawn when selecting a filename or when entering theView menu

23 The ldquoirdquo hotkey now produces an isometric display

24 When creating a joint at a line intersection when the endpoints of the line are pointsthe user is now prompted to enter ldquoPointsrdquo

25 A right click in the Graphics Window now lists up to 20 duplicates (joints memberselements) which exist at the same location in the Inquire Output window

26 When splitting a member using the Variable option the cursor is now automaticallypositioned in the Number of Members input box

27 When labeling reactions using the ldquoAllrdquo mode the labeling is now confined to jointsin the current window

28 The output of large numbers will automatically be converted to an exponentialformat rather than trying to use a fixed format which may result in an overflow

29 The box indicating the currently active independent load on the Button Bar now hasthe title ldquoIndependent Loadrdquo

30 When creating three-dimensional solid elements the text input box for an elementrsquosthickness is now omitted

31 The structure is now immediately redrawn when the Z-up checkbox is selected in theView dialog

32 The screen layout has been adjusted to accommodate widescreen displays

33 Abbreviations have been eliminated in the output from the Check Model dialog

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 31

34 The Check Model output now includes a summary of information such as themaximum and minimum element aspect ratios and the maximum and minimummember volumes as well as the element or members associated with the maximumand minimum values An example of the Member Volume Ratio summary outputis shown below

35 The current active units are now output at the top of the output from Check Modelas also shown in the above figure

36 A right mouse click will now interrupt output from Check Model after outputting upto 500 lines of output This is particularly useful if the user selected output ofinformation such as the member volume or element aspect ratios for large modelswithout realizing the amount of output that could result Also clicking on the Cancelbutton will also interrupt the Check Model output

37 The number of members or elements now appears in the prompts when a user hasrequested the member volume or slenderness ratios or the element aspect ratios to beoutput from the Check Model dialog

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 32

38 Large numbers are now automatically output in an exponential format whenperforming a Check Model These large numbers often occur when the structuralweight or load summation information was output

39 When members with variable properties are selected by right clicking in the GraphicsWindow the Inquire Output window now shows the Property Groups and segmentlengths for each segment of the variable member as shown below

40 Member loads may now be input and displayed in the currently active coordinatesystem

41 If a Local member load is displayed as Global components and then one of the globalcomponents is edited the complete local member load is reformed when the load issubsequently stored

42 The default increments for Zoom and Pan have been changed to 002 and the defaultincrement for Rotate has been changed to 20

43 Steel Parameter information has been compressed when using Generate Input File

44 Information related to loads created using a Form Load command is now stored inGTMenu and retained when entering or exiting GTMenu A GTMenu GeneratedInput File now contains Form Load commands

45 When editing IDrsquos of joints members or elements the tab or arrow keys may nowbe used to move the cursor between names in the ID list

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 33

26 GT STRUDL Output Window

1 A new option has been added to the File menu - Launch Windows Explorer

This pick will open a new Windows Explorer starting in your Working DirectoryThis allows you to browse your computer to find or move files easily

2 The File - Save menu selection has been expanded as shown below

Three new options have been added to the above pulldown

Text Input File

This option is the same as the ldquoCreate a NEW text input filerdquo in the File menu andhas been added here for user convenience An input file based on the currentGTSTRUDL data base will be created Note that this input file is not a copy of theinput file (if any) used to create the current data base and any comments that existedwill not appear in the new input file This input file is the same as if you were inGTMenu and selected the File - Generate GT STRUDL text input option

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 34

Text Input File plus Command History

An input file based on the current GTSTRUDL data base will be created and thecurrent Command History will be appended The Command History is commandsyou have typed or created using dialogs in the current GTSTRUDL session Thisoption is useful to easily add analysis and design commands you have createdRemember to review the created file before you use it in a subsequent GTSTRUDLsession

Text Input File plus Command History and Edit

This option is the same as above plus the created input file is opened in WindowsNotepad to review and edit

3 The Analysis pulldown has been modified and you can now launch the new staticanalysis equation solvers GTSES and GTHCS as shown below

More information on the GTSES and GTHCS equations solvers may be found inSection 214

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 35

4 The Analysis problems found option in the Analysis pulldown has also beenextended to include the GTSES solver when selecting ldquoInstabilities found ldquo in thepulldown shown below

5 The Dynamic Analysis Eigenvalue dialog now has an option to use the newGTSELanczos eigensolver as shown below

Further information on the GTSELanczos eigensolver may be found in Section 22In addition the Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis dialog now has an option to ldquoUse theSparse Equation Solverrdquo

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 36

6 The Results datasheets now have an option which allows you to changes units in thedatasheets as noted below

7 Harmonic results versus frequency may now be displayed as shown in the followingdialogs and plot

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 37

8 The Steel Design Wizard has a new Advanced button which will display the variousoptions

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 38

27 Model Wizard

1 A lsquoTangentrdquo option has been added to the the Tank Wizard to allow for a smoothtransition from the circular to hemispherical portions of the tank as shown below

2 Compression Only and In-Plane springs have been added to the Rectangular TankWizard

28 Nonlinear Analysis

1 The new Commands DEFINE PLASTIC HINGE CROSS SECTION DELETEPLASTIC HINGE CROSS SECTION and PRINT PLASTIC HINGE CROSSSECTION have been implemented These new commands can be used to definegeneral customized plastic hinge cross section data structures that can be used todefine the fiber geometry and material properties for plastic hinges or plasticsegments at the start and end of members These new commands are described inSection 2522 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

2 A new BASE ISOLATION ELEMENT DATA command has been implemented forthe purpose of defining a new class of two-node global base isolation elementsincluding at this time a sliding friction bearing element where the slidingbearingsurface is flat and a friction pendulum element where the slidingbearing surface is

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 39

assumed to be concave and spherical The element supports both a constant frictionmodel and a variable friction model in which the instantaneous coefficient of frictionis a function of slider velocity and bearing pressure The base isolation elements areapplicable for both nonlinear static and dynamic analyses The BASE ISOLATIONELEMENT DATA command is described in Section 2533 of Volume 3 of theGTSTRUDL Reference Manual

29 Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis

1 Nonlinear dynamic analysis has been brought to a release status In previousversions of GTSTRUDL nonlinear dynamic analysis was a prerelease feature TheDYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEAR command is described in Section 24102of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

2 The GTSES option has been added to the DYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEARcommand an example of which is shown below

DYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEAR GTSES NEWMARK BETA 025

The GTSES options provides for the selection of an alternate equation solver thattakes maximum advantage of the sparsity of the the assembled stiffness mass anddamping matrices for the solution of the nonlinear equations of motion Comparedto the standard default equation solver larger models can be handled andsignificantly faster solution times can be realized

3 The nonlinear hysteretic spring element NLS4PH has been brought to release statusThis element was a prerelease feature in previous versions and is documented inSection 2532 in Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

210 Offshore

1 Several new parameters have been added to the FATIGUE MEMBER commandThe CHORD LENGTH FACTOR parameter provides for the specification of a chordlength factor The actual chord length that is used in the computation of SCF factorsfor a fatigue brace member is now computed by multiplying the length of the chordmember associated with the brace member by the specified CHORD LENGTHFACTOR The CHORD LENGTH FACTOR must be greater than 00 and is takenas 10 by default See Section 531 Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL ReferenceManual for more information

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 40

The CHORD FIXITY parameter has been added to the FATIGUE MEMBERcommand The CHORD FIXITY parameter is used for the computation of SCFfactors according to the Efthymiou method The value of the CHORD FIXITYparameter may vary from 05 to 10 and is taken as 07 by default See Section 531of Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual for more information

2 Offshore punching shear check results are now stored in the database There are nowthree ways to display or output the punching shear check results

A Display the Punching shear results in GTMenu as described in Section 25

B View the results using the datasheet under the SteelDesign pulldown in theGTSTRUDL Output Window

C Print the punching shear results with the LIST PUNCHING SHEAR CHECKRESULTS command (Section 211443 of Volume 1)

3 The FATIGUE MEMBER command has been enhanced to include an option to nowselect the Efthymiou equations to compute stress concentration factors for tubularjoints having T Y K and X classifications Only the Kuang andor Smedleyequations were available in Version 28 and previous versions This is described inSection 531 of Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual (Note Thisfeature was added to Version 281 and is included here since not all users haveinstalled Version 281)

4 A new and more efficient command has been implemented for fatigue analysis Thenew PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command can now be used instead of theexisting COMPUTE FATIGUE LIFE command The abbreviated syntax of the newPERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command is shown below

PERFORM FATIGUE (ANALYSIS)PSD

DISCRETE(BASE PERIOD v ) -b

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

(stress information) (deletions) (REPORT (SCF DIAGNOSTICS))

The complete syntax of the PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command may befound in Section 565 of Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 41

The PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command executes the fatigue lifecomputations on a joint-by-joint basis which dramatically improves the efficiencyof the fatigue analysis computations and increases the size of the fatigue analysis jobthat can be solved (number of fatigue wave loads and number of fatigue members)The PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command performs all fatigue analysiscomputations including automatic joint classification if requested computation offatigue stresses computation of transfer functions and computation of fatiguedamage and life The PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command should not beused in conjunction with the split fatigue analysis commands described in Section56 of Volume 8

The REPORT SCF DIAGNOSTICS option causes SCF equation diagnosticinformation and joint classification information to be reported during the fatigueanalysis computations If not given this report which can be quite lengthy issuppressed All other command options are identical to those of the COMPUTEFATIGUE LIFE command described in Section 553 Volume 8 (Note This featurewas added to Version 281 and is included here since not all users have installedVersion 281)

5 For the APILRFD1 code the reduction for FYLD has been removed as it is notneeded for LRFD (Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is includedhere since not all users have installed Version 281)

211 Reinforced Concrete Design

1 A new prerelease feature has been implemented which will design the slabreinforcing steel due to flexure along a cut in a finite element mesh composed ofplate bending or plate elements The DESIGN SLAB REINFORCEMENTcommand is documented in Section 527

212 Rigid Bodies

1 The TYPE RIGID command now includes a new GLOBAL option for the RIGIDPLANE PLATE and PIN joint constraints When this option is given the planarcoordinate systems for these rigid bodies coincides with the global coordinatesystem

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 42

The important implication of being able to use the GLOBAL option is that SLAVERELEASES and JOINT RELEASES (for master joints that are also supports andhave no other incident members and finite elements) are more easily specified withrespect to the global coordinate system The revised TYPE RIGID command isdescribed in Section 26521 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

213 Scope Editor

GTSTRUDL 29 includes a new version of the Scope Editor Version 40 You willsee the new version number in the title bar of the Scope Editor In addition a muchhigher resolution for drawing is now being used You will probably not see thehigher resolution on the screen unless you zoom in but printing is greatly improvedThis means that a version 40 Scope Editor document cannot be read with previousversions (32a and earlier) although earlier Scope Editor documents can be openedwith 40 Zooming has been improved so that the ldquozoomed tordquo area will remain inthe view

1 Improved Options

You can now set margins in the Options dialog using the General page (see below)This allows you to restrict the drawing area to be inside an applied templateMargins are specified in 001 inch (025 mm) increments The Options dialog maybe reached from the View - Options menu pick In addition an equivalent dialog isavailable in GTMenu from the File - Page Setup menu pick

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 43

2 Automatic ldquoDaterdquo ldquoTimerdquo and ldquoPromptrdquo fields in Templates

You can now add automatic date and time stamps and user supplied text data toScope Editor documents when you use a template When you create the ScopeEditor document to used as a template you can add text entries that will be replacedwith the requested data The new text uses the same font and rotation as the originalso you can determine the size color etc of the inserted text

DateCreate a text entry with the characters ldquoltltDaterdquo followed with an optional integer1-7 which correspond the Date tool discussed earlier When the template is appliedto a GTMenu file or new Scope Editor document ldquoltltDaterdquo will be replaced with thecurrent date and the font of the date text will match the font of the ldquoltltDaterdquo entrySee the Tools - Date menu pick for a description of the seven available date formats

TimeCreate a text entry with the characters ldquoltltTimerdquo followed with an optional ldquo12rdquoldquoAMrdquo or ldquoPMrdquo for a 12-hour time or ldquo24rdquo for a 24-hour time When the Templateis applied to a GTMenu file or new Scope Editor document ldquoltltTimerdquo will bereplaced with the current time and the font of the time text will match the font of theldquoltltTimerdquo entry

PromptCreate a text entry with the characters ldquoltltPromptrdquo followed with an optional lsquohintrsquofor the prompt When the template is applied to a GTMenu file or new Scope Editordocument ldquoltltPromptrdquo will be replaced with what you type into the Promptwindow For example the entry ldquoltltPrompt Title of documentrdquo would bring up thisdialog box each time you print from GTMenu whether it is the ldquoPrintrdquo button or theFile - Print Preview and Edit selection

ldquoCancelrdquo will cause the prompt entry to be ignored meaning nothing will be insertedinto the Scope Editor document

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 44

Examples

If these entries were in your template

They would appear in your document as this

3 Improved Paragraph Tool

The Paragraph tool now maintains the associated text as a single block of textwhereas in previous versions the Paragraph text was separated into individual linesof text This means you can now move change the font or edit the paragraph as ablock after it has been created

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 45

214 Static Analysis

1 The STIFFNESS ANALYSIS command has been extended as follows

The new option GTSES provides for the selection of a new significantly moreefficient equation solver The large majority of problems that can be solved by thedefault solver can be solved significantly faster by the GTSES solver and manylarge problems that could not be solved previously by the default solver now can besolved very efficiently by the GTSES solver To date the GTSES solver hasdemonstrated a 10 to 50 fold increase in speed for problem sizes up to 350000degrees of freedom

The revised STIFFNESS ANALYSIS command with the new GTSES option andother new options is documented in Volume 1 - Section 21132 of the GTSTRUDLReference Manual

2 The sparse matrix solver has also been extended to the PERFORM NUMERICALINSTABILITY ANALYSIS command using a syntax similar to that of theSTIFFNESS ANALYSIS command

PERFORM NUMERICAL INSTABILITY ANALYSIS GTSES

The revised PERFORM NUMERICAL INSTABILITY command is documented inVolume 1 - Section 211314 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

3 The statistical output from the GTHCS equation solver has been improved to nowoutput information regarding the number of degrees of freedom the number of termsin the skyline and the number of hyper-columns (Note This feature was added toVersion 281 and is included here since not all users have installed Version 281)

NJP i

STIFFNESS (ANALYSIS) WITHOUT REDUCE (BAND)GTSES

⎧ ⎫⎪ ⎪⎨ ⎬⎪ ⎪⎩ ⎭

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 46

215 Steel Design

1 Three new parameters have been added to CAN97 code The new parameter namesare K U1Y and U1Z These parameter are applicable to the combined axial andbending equations of Clauses 1381(b) 1381(c) 1382(b) and 1382(c) The newparameters are described below

Table CAN97

CAN97 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Combined Stresses

K 10 Effective length factor used in the computation of the Cr inthe Clauses 1381(b) and 1382(b)

U1Y Computed Factor to account for moment gradient and for second-ordereffect of axial force acting on the deformed member Thisparameter is applicable to the combined axial and Y axisbending The default value is computed according to theClause 1383 of the 1997 CISC Seventh Edition

U1Z Computed Factor to account for moment gradient and for second-ordereffect of axial force acting on the deformed member Thisparameter is applicable to the combined axial and Z axisbending The default value is computed according to theClause 1383 of the 1997 CISC Seventh Edition

2 A new parameter called lsquoClass3 has been added to BS5950 and 00BS5950 codesThis parameter allows the user to request that the code check or design to beperformed based on the class 3 classification A user specified value of lsquoYESrsquo forthis parameter indicates that when code check or design is performed for BS5950 or00BS5950 code equations based on the Class 3 classification should be used Thismeans when user specifies a value of lsquoYESrsquo for parameter lsquoClass3 BS5950 or00BS5950 code check will assume that the member is a class 3 cross-section Thedefault value for this parameter is lsquoNOrsquo This indicates that the program computesthe classification of the member based on the cross-section properties

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 47

3 Two new cross-sections have been added to the LRFD3 code The new cross-sections are Solid Round Bar and Solid Rectangular Bar cross-sections You maycode check or design based on axial and bending effect in these cross-sections TheLRFD3 code check parameters are discussed in the Table LRFD31-1 The LRFD3code is documented in Section 521 of this Release Guide as a prerelease feature

4 Parameter ALSTRINC has been added to the APIWSD20 and AISI89 codesALSTRINC is used to specify the 13 allowable stress increase for wind or seismicloads

5 Steel Deflection Check and Design has been brought to release status and isdocumented in Section 214 of Volume 2A of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

Three new parameters have been added to deflection check or design The newparameters set deflection limitations based on the load list The new parameters areldquoDefLimLordquo ldquoDefLimYLrdquo and ldquoDefLimZLrdquo These new parameters are similar tothe existing parameters ldquoDefLimitrdquo ldquoDefLim-Yrdquo and DefLim-Zrdquo except you cannow specify deflection limitations based on the load list rather than member listNote that parameters ldquoDefLimitrdquo ldquoDefLim-Yrdquo and DefLim-Zrdquo are for settingdeflection limitations based on the member list and the parameters ldquoDefLimLordquoldquoDefLimYLrdquo and ldquoDefLimZLrdquo are for setting deflection limitations based on theload list

6 A new warning message has been added to the LRFD codes (ie LRFD3 and LRFD2codes) to indicate that nonlinear analysis is required Load and resistance factordesign (LRFD) codes require nonlinear analysis to account for the second order (P))effects of the frame structures If linear static analysis (elastic analysis stiffnessanalysis) has been used a warning message is issued that nonlinear analysis isrequired for LRFD codes

7 Steel grades for pipe and tube cross-sections have been added to ASD9 and 78AISCcodes Steel grades are listed in the Table 21-3a in Volume 2A of the GTSTRUDLReference Manual

8 A new parameter called lsquoClass3 has been added to EC3 code This parameter allowsthe user to request that the code check or design to be performed based on the class3 classification A user specified value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates thatwhen a code check or design is performed for EC3 code equations based on theClass 3 classification should be used When a value of lsquoYESrsquo has been specified forparameter lsquoClass3 EC3 code check will assume that the member is a class 3 cross-

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 48

section The default value for this parameter is lsquoNOrsquo This indicates that theprogram computes the classification of the member based on the cross-sectionproperties (Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is included here sincenot all users have installed Version 281)

9 The Summarize command for the critical section prints the summary results for thesection that has the highest actualallowable ratio When the KLr actualallowableratio is the highest ratio during a code check or design the Summarize command forthe critical section outputs that sectionrsquos summary results In general prismaticsections have the same KLr ratio for each loading and section Since the KLr valueis the same for all sections when the Summarize command is issued and the KLr isthe highest actualallowable ratio the summary results for the last loading and lastsection are printed In this version of GTSTRUDL the summarize output for thecritical section has been modified to also print the section with the highest stressvalue The section which has the highest stress value also has the highest KLr ratio(Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is included here since not all usershave installed Version 281)

216 Steel Tables

1 European channel (U) profiles from Table ldquoU-Stahlrdquo of the ldquoSTAHLBAU-PROFILES 21 neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck1997 have been added to GTSTRUDL

217 Utility Programs

1 A new utility program npf2ssc has been added to convert Neutral Plot Files (NPF) intoScope Editor (SSC) files This allows users who generate NPFs with PLOT commandsor through GTSelos to use the Scope Editor to view and print their files

This utility program may be found at the following location after installing Version 29

ltinstallgtUtilitiesnpf2ssc

where ltinstallgt is CProgram FilesGTStrudl by default

Please see the Readme file in the above directory for more information about optionsfor npf2ssc

GT STRUDL Error Corrections

3 - 1

CHAPTER 3

ERROR CORRECTIONS

This chapter describes changes that have been made to GTSTRUDL to correct errors Theseerrors may have produced aborts incorrect results or restricted use of a feature in previous versionsof GTSTRUDL Please note that some error corrections listed below were previously corrected inVersion 281 and noted in the Version 281 Release Guide These error corrections are also notedhere since Version 281 was not installed by all users The error corrections are discussed by the primary feature areas of GTSTRUDL

31 Dynamic Analysis

1 The FORM MISSING MASS command now functions as documented and assumes adamping ratio if the word RATIO or PERCENT is omitted after DAMPING Previously anerror message would be output and a damping ratio of 00 would be assumed This correctionwas previously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here forcompleteness (GPRF 200503)

2 The INERTIA OF JOINTS FROM LOADS command will no longer abort if memberfiniteelement loads are present in any of the loading conditions specified in the command and anyof the membersfinite elements have undefined properties This correction was previouslynoted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (GPRF200505)

3 The CREATE PSEUDO STATIC LOAD command will no longer compute a SSRS pseudostatic load for other than response spectrum modal combination types when two or moreresponse spectrum source loads are specified Incorrect member section forces no longer willbe computed for SSRS pseudo static loads computed from types of dynamic loads other thanresponse spectrum mode combinations (GPRF 200508)

4 Response spectrum mode combination stress and strain results for 2D3D finite elements arenow correct when the external file solver is used for the response spectrum analysis Thisproblem was corrected in Version 281 (GPRF 200613)

Error Corrections GT STRUDL

3 - 2

32 Finite Elements

1 Results will now be computed correctly when global temperature gradients are applied to theBPHQ BPHT SBHQ SBHQ6 SBHT and SBHT6 elements (GPRF 200604)

33 General

1 The FORM LOAD command will now copy member loads on the IPCABLE element to thenew loading condition Previously an error message would be output and member loads onthe IPCABLE element would not be copied to the new loading condition This correction waspreviously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness(GPRF 200506)

2 An abort will no longer occur if a model containing a self weight loading was saved undera version prior to Version 28 and then is subsequently restored in Version 28 and theSTIFFNESS ANALYSIS command is specified This correction was previously noted in theVersion 281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (GPRF 200507)

3 Users have reported cases where they have encountered the Scan flag being On during an

analysis and after specifying SCAN OFF a subsequent analysis still reported that Scan wasOn This problem has been corrected This correction was previously noted in the Version281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (No GPRF issued)

4 The LIST REACTIONS and LIST SUMMATION REACTIONS commands now producecorrect results when master joints of joint ties constraints are also support joints (GPRF200606)

5 Section force computation will no longer abort for pseudo static loads computed fromresponse spectrum and harmonic loads if the number of modes used to compute the responsespectrum andor harmonic analysis results is greater than the number of modes available atthe time the section force computation is attempted The conditions that cause this abort arenow detected and reported as invalid and inconsistent (GPRF 200607)

6 The specification of rigid bodies as members or finite elements in DELETIONS mode hasbeen made a valid method for deleting a rigid body and its corresponding constraint data Inprevious versions the specification of rigid bodies as members or finite elements inDELETIONS mode caused the deletion of the rigid body name and incidence data but notthe constraint data thus causing errors in subsequent analysis executions (GPRF 200611)

GT STRUDL Error Corrections

3 - 3

34 GTMenu(GPRFrsquos are not issued for GTMenu unless specifically noted below)

1 An input file is now generated correctly when an N-Point line follows a curve specification

2 A Moving Load Diagram animation no longer aborts when the animation is steppedbackwards

3 Contouring will no longer abort after the structure has been modified in GTMenu but beforeanother analysis request has been performed

4 A Beta angle may now be edited by selecting the member to be edited from the InquireOutput dialog Previously the user would enter a new Beta angle but it would not beaccepted

5 An error has been corrected in Redraw Solid for circular members such as pipes round barsand circular concrete members Previously part of the circular member would be omittedfrom the Redraw Solid display

6 Linear member load data in the input file created by GTMenu will no longer have asterisks() for the start (LA) and end (LB) of the linear member loads

7 GTMenu will now contour finite elements results including error estimates for models whichcontain a mixture of finite elements and nonlinear springs In previous versions ofGTSTRUDL contouring would stop when the first nonlinear spring or cable element wasencountered in the list of elements Now contouring will process the complete list ofelements and the nonlinear spring and cable elements will be ignored

8 Joints with springs in some directions and rigid restraints in other directions are no longerignored in the Check Model - Rigid Body Constraints check in GTMenu

9 Rotated releases are now considered correctly in the Check Model - Rigid Body Constraintscheck in GTMenu

10 In some instances triangular member loads would be translated into GTMenu incorrectly andthe resulting load display would indicate that the loads were not on the loaded member Thisoccurred in one instance where the member with the triangular load also had a membertemperature load added after the triangular load This problem has been corrected

Error Corrections GT STRUDL

3 - 4

11 The global coordinate axes are now drawn only once when entering GTMenu

12 The dialog indicating the current loads is now cleared so it will not contain a previous list ora duplicate of the current loads

13 Deleted joints are now ignored when Placing Members with the Split at Intersections optionis selected Previously erroneous members would be created and an abort could occur

14 The display of members with the same eccentricities has been corrected Previously theeccentricities could have been scaled incorrectly when several members had the sameeccentricities

15 Members with the same variable cross section properties but with different segment lengthsare now handled correctly Previously the properties including the segment lengths wereconsidered to be the same resulting in incorrect segment lengths being assigned to some ofthe members upon leaving GTMenu or when creating an input file in GTMenu

35 Model Wizard

1 The new Model Wizard discussed in the Version 28 Release Guide was inadvertently omittedfrom the Version 28 installation The Model Wizard in Version 29 includes the new featuresin Version 28 plus the additional features discussed in Chapter 2 of this Release Guide Thiscorrection was previously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here forcompleteness (No GPRF issued)

2 The cylindrical and rectangular tank options will now create correct element loads when theactive force unit is kilonewtons

36 Nonlinear Analysis

1 Nonlinear analysis or pushover analysis will no longer abort if a calculated plastichingesegment strain exceeds the strain corresponding to the last stress-strain point of a user-specified stress-strain curve for that plastic hingesegment (GPRF 200608)

2 Computation of the section force components My and Mz for nonlinear geometric framemembers has been updated to include the higher order correction for cross section rotationfor the case when non-zero shear center eccentricities are defined for the member properties(GPRF 200610)

3 Cable prestress analysis no longer aborts and executes properly when the CHORD LENGTH

GT STRUDL Error Corrections

3 - 5

parameter is not specified in one or more DEFINE CABLE NETWORK commands and thenumber of nodes vary among the cable elements identified in the DEFINE CABLENETWORK commands (GPRF 200612)

37 Offshore

1 In Version 28 the simplified fatigue analysis for standard fatigue members aborted Thesimplified fatigue analysis should ignore such members and now does so in Version 29 Thiscorrection was previously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here forcompleteness (No GPRF issued)

2 The SELECT command will no longer abort when the APIWSD20 offshore design code isspecified This abort was due to an uninitialized variable and did not always occur inprevious versions This was corrected in Versions 28 and 281 but was omitted from therelease guides for these versions and is noted here for completeness (GPRF 200501)

38 Reinforced Concrete Design

1 When a GIRDER was PROPORTIONED the 2nd and subsequent analysis members in thegirder were possibly rotated 90 or 180 degrees for girders that lay parallel to a global axisThis problem has been corrected (GPRF 200601)

2 A SAVE will not work correctly when MEMBER PROPERTIES were specified using aTABLE section in a reinforced concrete job and the DETAIL command was used (GPRF 200602)

3 The output for the spiral reinforcement designed with the PROPORTION command iscorrect regardless of the active units (GPRF 200605)

39 Static Analysis

1 The GTHCS static analysis solver will now produce correct results for loadings whichcontain JOINT DISPLACEMENTS (GPRF 200603)

Error Corrections GT STRUDL

3 - 6

310 Steel Design

1 Automatic K-factor computations now correctly compute the K-factors when the parameterFRLY or FRLZ has been specified This correction was previously noted in the Version281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (GPRF 200504)

2 The value shown for the section location from the List Code Check Results command andthe Code Check Datasheet for metric codes (ie EC3 BS5950 etc) is now the correctvalue (GPRF 200609)

GT STRUDL Known Deficiencies

4 - 1

CHAPTER 4

KNOWN DEFICIENCIES

This chapter describes known problems or deficiencies in Version 29 Thesedeficiencies have been evaluated and based on our experience they are seldom encounteredor there are workarounds The following sections describe the known problems ordeficiencies by functional area

41 Finite Elements

1 The ELEMENT LOAD command documentation indicates that header informationsuch as type and load specs are allowed If information is given in the header andan attempt is made to override the header information a message is output indicatingan invalid command or incorrect information is stored (GPRF 9006)

2 Incorrect results (displacements stresses reactions frequencies etc) will resultif a RIGIDITY MATRIX is used to specify the material properties for the IPSLIPSQ and TRANS3D elements (GPRF 9309)

3 The CALCULATE RESULTANT command may either abort or print out anerroneous error message for cuts that appear to be parallel to the Planar Y axis(GPRF 9421)

4 If a superelement is given the same name as a member or finite element an abort willoccur in the DEVELOP STATIC PROPERTIES command (GPRF 9508)

5 The curved elements TYPE lsquoSCURVrsquo and lsquoPCURVrsquo will produce incorrect resultsfor tangential member loads (FORCE X) An example of the loading commandwhich will produce this problem is shown below

LOADING 1MEMBER LOADS1 FORCE X UNIFORM W -10

where member (element) 1 is a lsquoSCURVrsquo or lsquoPCURVrsquo element(GPRF 9913)

Known Deficiencies GT STRUDL

4 - 2

42 General InputOutput

1 An infinite loop may occur if a GENERATE MEMBERS or GENERATEELEMENTS command is followed by a REPEAT command with an incorrectformat An example of an incorrect REPEAT command is shown below by theunderlined portion of the REPEAT Command

GENERATE 5 MEM ID 1 INC 1 FROM 1 INC 1 TO 2 INC 1REPEAT 2 TIMES ID 5 FROM 7 INC 1 TO 8 INC 1

Only the increment may be specified on the REPEAT command (GPRF 9322)

2 Rigid body elements can not be deleted or inactivated as conventional finiteelements The specification of rigid body elements as conventional finite elementsin the INACTIVE command or in DELETIONS mode will cause an abort in asubsequent stiffness nonlinear or dynamic analysis (GPRF 9721)

3 The path plus file name on a SAVE or RESTORE is limited to 256 characters If thelimitation is exceeded the path plus file name will be truncated to 256 characters This is a Windows limitation on the file name including the path (No GPRF issued)

4 Object groups created by the DEFINE OBJECT command may not be used in aGROUP LIST as part of a list If the OBJECT group is the last group in the listprocessing will be correct However if individual components follow the OBJECTgroup they will fail Also you can not copy members or joints from the OBJECTgroup into a new group

(GPRF 9926)

5 Numerical precision problems will occur if joint coordinate values are specified inthe JOINT COORDINATES command with more than a total of seven digitsSimilar precision problems will occur for joint coordinate data specified in automaticgeneration commands (GPRF 200016)

6 Internal member results will be incorrect under the following conditions

1 Dynamic analysis is performed (response spectra or time history)

2 Pseudo Static Loadings are created

3 Buckling Analysis is Performed

4 Internal member results are output or used in a subsequent steel design afterthe Buckling Analysis

GT STRUDL Known Deficiencies

4 - 3

In addition the eigenvalues and eigenvectors from the Dynamic Analysis areoverwritten by the eigenvalues and eigenvectors from the Buckling Analysis

We consider this problem to be very rare since we had never encountered a jobwhich contained both a Dynamic Analysis and a Buckling Analysis prior to this errorreport

WorkaroundExecute the Buckling Analysis in a separate run which does not contain adynamic analysis

Alternatively execute the Buckling Analysis before the Dynamic Analysisand output the Buckling results and then perform a Dynamic Analysis TheDynamic Analysis results will then overwrite the buckling multiplier andmode shape which is acceptable since the buckling results have been outputand are not used in any subsequent calculations in GTSTRUDL

(GPRF 200414)

43 GTMenu

1 Gravity loads and Self-Weight loads are generated incorrectly for the TRANS3Delement

Workaround Specify the self-weight using Body Forces under Element LoadsELEMENT LOADS command is described in Section 23541 ofVolume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

(GPRF 9518)

2 The Copy Model feature under Edit in the Menu Bar will generate an incorrectmodel if the model contains the TRANS3D element

Workaround Use the DEFINE OBJECT and COPY OBJECT commands inCommand Mode as described in Section 21671 and 21675 ofVolume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

(GPRF 9521)

4 The Load Summations option available under CHECK MODEL will produceincorrect load summations for line edge and body loads on all finite elements TheLoad Summations are also incorrect for projected loads on finite elements The load

Known Deficiencies GT STRUDL

4 - 4

summations for line and edge loadings should be divided by the thickness of theloaded elements The body force summations should be multiplied by the thicknessof the loaded elements

Workaround You can check the load summation by specifying the LIST SUMREACTIONS command after STIFFNESS ANALYSIS

(No GPRF issued)

5 Projected element loads will be displayed incorrectly when they are created or whenthey are displayed using Display Model 6 Loads

Workaround Verify that the loads are correct in the GTSTRUDL Output Windowusing the PRINT LOAD DATA command or by checking thereactions using LIST SUM REACTIONS

(No GPRF issued)

44 Rigid Bodies

1 Response spectrum analysis may abort if rigid bodies andor joint ties with slavereleases are present in the model (GPRF 9918)

2 Static and dynamic analyses will abort if member releases are specified for rigidbodies (GPRF 200502)

45 Scope Environment

1 OVERLAY DIAGRAM in the Plotter Environment produces diagrams that are muchsmaller relative to the plot size than the Scope environment does This is because thestructure plot is magnified to fill the Plotter graphics area but the height of thediagram is not increased As a work-around use the PLOT FORMAT SCALEcommand to decrease the scale factor which will increase the size of the diagramThe current value is printed with a Scope Environment OVERLAY DIAGRAMThe value printed with a Plotter Environment OVERLAY DIAGRAM is incorrectFor example if a Moment Z diagram is OVERLAYed with a scale factor of 1000on the Scope the command PLOT FORMAT SCALE MOMENT Z 50 would scalea reasonable OVERLAY DIAGRAM for the Plotter(GPRF 9619)

GT STRUDL Prerelease Features

51 - 1

CHAPTER 5

PRERELEASE FEATURES

51 Introduction

This chapter describes new features that have been added to GTSTRUDL but areclassified as prerelease features due to one or more of the following reasons

1 The feature has undergone only limited testing This limited testingproduced satisfactory results However more extensive testing is requiredbefore the feature will be included as a released feature and documented inthe GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual

2 The command formats may change in response to user feedback

3 The functionality of the feature may be enhanced in to response to userfeedback

The Prerelease features in Version 29 are subdivided into Design Analysis and Generalcategories The features in these categories are shown below

52 Design Prerelease Features

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

522 BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters

523 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800

524 ACI Code 318-99

525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables

526 ASD9-E Code

527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite ElementAnalysis (The DESIGN SLAB Command)

Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

51 - 2

53 Analysis Prerelease Features

531 Calculate Error Estimate Command

532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and NonlinearDynamic Analysis

54 General Prerelease Features

541 Rotate Load Command

542 Coutput Command

543 Reference Coordinate System Command

544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

545 GTMenu Point Coordinates and Line Incidences Commands

We encourage you to experiment with these prerelease features and provide us withsuggestions to improve these features as well as other GTSTRUDL capabilities

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

52 - 1

52 Design Prerelease Features

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

LRFD3 CodeAmerican Institute of Steel Construction

Load and Resistance Factor DesignAISC LRFD Third Edition

LRFD312 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

The LRFD3 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

Design for bi-axial bending and axial forcesI shapes Round BarsChannels Square BarsSingle Angles Rectangular BarsTees Plate GirdersDouble Angles

Design for bi-axial bending axial and torsional forcesRound HSS (Pipes)Rectangular and Square HSS (Structural Tubes)

The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columnsuniversal beams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles withdoubly symmetric cross-sections

The code is primarily based on the AISC ldquoLoad and Resistance Factor DesignSpecification for Structural Steel Buildingsrdquo adopted December 27 1999 with errataincorporated as of September 4 2001 The Specification is contained in the Third Editionof the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Load and Resistance Factor Design (96) TheLRFD3 code utilizes the Load and Resistance Factor design techniques of the AISCSpecification

Second order elastic analysis using factored loads is required by the GTSTRUDLLRFD3 code Second order effects may be considered by using GTSTRUDL NonlinearAnalysis (Section 25 or Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual) GTSTRUDL LRFD3code check does not consider the technique discussed in Section C12 of AISC Manual ofSteel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Third Edition for determination ofMu (B1 and B2 factors) in lieu of a second order analysis

Joan
LRFD3 Manual
Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 LRFD3 Manual 13

GT STRUDLreg

S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e U s e r M a n u a l

Volume 2 - LRFD3

Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

Rev T ii V2

This page intentionally left blank

V2 iii Rev T

GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

Revision No

DateReleased Description

T 2006

V2 iv Rev T

This page intentionally left blank

V2 v Rev T

NOTICES

GTSTRUDLreg User Reference Manual Volume 2 - LRFD3 Steel Design Codes RevisionT is applicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released 2006 and subsequent versions

GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

DISCLAIMER

NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

Commercial Software Rights Legend

Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

Copyright copy 2006

Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Printed in United States of America

V2 vi Rev T

This page intentionally left blank

V2 vii Rev T

Table of Contents

Chapter Page

NOTICES v

DISCLAIMER v

Commercial Software Rights Legend v

Table of Contents vii

LRFD31 GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code LRFD311 - 1LRFD311 Introduction LRFD311 - 1LRFD312 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters LRFD312 - 1

LRFD32 Properties used by LRFD3 LRFD32 - 1LRFD33 Parameters Used by LRFD3 LRFD33 - 1

Appendix A References A - 1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B - 1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles C - 1

List of Figures

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 LRFD312 - 2Figure LRFD32-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 LRFD32 - 2Figure LRFD33-1 Local Axis Buckling LRFD33 - 16Figure LRFD33-2 SIDESWAY Conditions LRFD33 - 20

List of Tables

Table LRFD31-1 LRFD3 Code Parameters LRFD312 - 9Table LRFD31-2 GTSTRUDL AISC Codes LRFD312 - 25Table LRFD31-3 GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the Design based

on the LRFD3 Code LRFD312 - 27Table LRFD31-4 ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based

on the 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition LRFD312 - 29Table LRFD31-5 ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based

on the 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition LRFD312 - 30

V2 viii Rev T

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code

V2 LRFD311 - 1 Rev T

LRFD31 GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code

LRFD311 Introduction

The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters and properties forthe GTSTRUDL steel design LRFD3 code This volume is only applicable to steel designLRFD3 code

GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD311 - 2 V2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 1 Rev T

LRFD3 CodeAmerican Institute of Steel Construction

Load and Resistance Factor DesignAISC LRFD Third Edition

LRFD312 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

The LRFD3 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

Design for bi-axial bending and axial forcesI shapes Round BarsChannels Square BarsSingle Angles Rectangular BarsTees Plate GirdersDouble Angles

Design for bi-axial bending axial and torsional forcesRound HSS (Pipes)Rectangular and Square HSS (Structural Tubes)

The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columnsuniversal beams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles withdoubly symmetric cross-sections

The code is primarily based on the AISC ldquoLoad and Resistance Factor DesignSpecification for Structural Steel Buildingsrdquo adopted December 27 1999 with errataincorporated as of September 4 2001 The Specification is contained in the Third Editionof the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Load and Resistance Factor Design (96) TheLRFD3 code utilizes the Load and Resistance Factor design techniques of the AISCSpecification

Second order elastic analysis using factored loads is required by the GTSTRUDLLRFD3 code Second order effects may be considered by using GTSTRUDL NonlinearAnalysis (Section 25 or Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual) GTSTRUDL LRFD3code check does not consider the technique discussed in Section C12 of AISC Manual ofSteel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Third Edition for determination ofMu (B1 and B2 factors) in lieu of a second order analysis

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 2 V2

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 3 Rev T

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (continued)

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 4 V2

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (Continued)

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 5 Rev T

The following assumptions are made throughout the LRFD3 code

1 Open cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) are normally not used in situations whereinsignificant torsional moments must be resisted by the member Torsionalstresses are usually small for open cross-sections when compared to axial andbending stresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion inopen cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) The designer is reminded to check the torsionalstresses for open cross-sections (I shape channels single angles doubleangles tees bars and plate girders) whenever they become significant

2 Torsional stresses are checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and squareHSS (structural tubes) based on the Section 61 on Page 162-8 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Combined torsion shear flexure andor axial forcesare also checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square HSS(structural tubes) based on the Section 72 on Page 162-10 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Closed cross-sections (HSS) are frequently used insituations wherein significant torsional moments must be resisted by themembers Generally the normal and shear stresses due to warping in closedcross-sections (HSS) are insignificant and the total torsional moment can beassumed to be resisted by pure torsional shear stresses (Saint-Venantrsquostorsion)

3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed4 Modified column slenderness for double angle member is considered

(Section E4 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition) Modified columnslenderness of the double angle member is computed based on the userspecified or designed number of the intermediate connectors

5 Double angles contain an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

The sections of the AISC LRFD Third Edition specifications (96) which areconsidered by the GTSTRUDL LRFD3 code are summarized below

Section Title

Chapter D Tension membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosSection D1 Design tensile strength

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 6 V2

Section Title

Chapter E Columns and other compression membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for unstiffened compression

elementsTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for stiffened compression

elementsSection E2 Design compressive strength for flexural bucklingSection E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional bucklingSection E4 Built-up memberSection E41 Design strength Modified column slendernessSection E42 Detailing requirements

Appendix E Columns and other compression membersAppendix E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional buckling

Appendix B Design requirementsAppendix B53a Unstiffened compression elementsAppendix B53b Stiffened compression elementsAppendix B53c Design propertiesSection B53d Design strength

Chapter F Beam and other flexural membersSection F11 YieldingSection F12 Lateral-Torsional BucklingSection F12a Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb LrSection F12b Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb gt LrSection F12c Tees and Double angles

Appendix F Beams and other flexural membersAppendix F1 Design for flexureTable A-F11 Nominal strength parameters

Appendix F2 Design for shearAppendix F22 Design shear strengthAppendix F23 Transverse stiffeners

Appendix G Plate GirdersAppendix G1 LimitationsAppendix G2 Design flexural strengthAppendix G3 Design shear strengthAppendix G4 Transverse stiffenersAppendix G5 Flexure-shear

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 7 Rev T

Section Title

Chapter H Member under combined forcesSection H1 Symmetric members subject to bending and axial forceSection H11 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and tensionSection H12 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and

compression

Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Single-Angle Members

Section Title

Section 2 TensionSection 3 ShearSection 4 CompressionSection 5 FlexureSection 51 Flexure Design StrengthSection 53 Bending About Principal AxesSection 6 Combined ForcesSection 61 Members in Flexure and Axial CompressionSection 62 Members in Flexure and Axial Tension

Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Steel Hollow StructuralSections

Section Title

Table 22-1 Limiting Wall Slenderness for Compression Elements

Section 3 Tension MembersSection 31 Design Tensile StrengthSection 4 Column and Other Compression Members Section 42 Design Compressive StrengthSection 5 Beams and Other Flexural MembersSection 51 Design Flexural StrengthSection 52 Design Shear StrengthSection 6 Torsion MembersSection 61 Design Torsional StrengthSection 7 Members Under Combined ForcesSection 71 Design for Combined Flexure and Axial Force

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 8 V2

Section Title

Section 72 Design for Combined Torsion Shear Flexure andor AxialForce

Tensile or compressive axial strengths bi-axial bending shear strengths andcombined strengths are considered for all cross-sections Parameters allowing for thechanges which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may beinvoked at the users discretion

The detailed explanation of the code parameters and cross-section properties are asfollows

1 Table LRFD31-1 Shows the parameters used by LRFD3 codeTable LRFD31-1 contains the applicableparameter names their default values and a briefdescription of the parameters

2 Section LRFD32 Describes the cross-section properties used foreach shape

3 Section LRFD33 Contains detailed discussion of the parametersused by the LRFD3 code and they are presentedin the alphabetic order in this section

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 9 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify LRFD3 for code name Secondorder elastic analysis using factored loads is required by theGTSTRUDL LRFD3 code Second order effect may beconsidered by using GTSTRUDL Nonlinear Analysis(Section 25 of Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual)See Sections LRFD32 and LRFD33 for a more detaileddescription of parameters and cross-section properties

TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table LRFD31-3 for a list ofavailable table names

CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less thanor equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

a 100000 The clear distance between transverse stiffeners This(inches) parameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the

computation of the limiting shear strength The default valueindicates that the shear check does not consider transversestiffeners

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 10 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

SECTYPE Computed Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shapeThis parameter is used to compute the value of Fr Fr is thecompressive residual stress in flangeROLLED = rolled shape Compressive residual stress is

equal to 10 ksi WELDED = welded shape Compressive residual stress

is equal to 165 ksi

Material Properties

STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5 for steel grades andtheir properties

Fy Computed Yield stress of member Computed from parameterlsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

Fu Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromparameter lsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

Fyf Fy Minimum yield stress of the flange If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFywrsquo also

Fyw Fy Minimum yield stress of the web If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFyfrsquo also

RedFy 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFyrsquo This factor timesparameter lsquoFyrsquo gives the Fy value used by the code Used toaccount for property changes at high temperatures

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 11 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Material Properties (continued)

RedFu 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFursquo Similar to parameterlsquoRedFyrsquo

REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toparameter RedFy

Slenderness Ratio

SLENCOMP 200 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to axial compression When no value isspecified for this parameter the value of 200 is used for themaximum slenderness ratio

SLENTEN 300 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for a membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

K-Factors

COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A ofthe User Reference Manual)YES = compute KY and KZ factorsKY = compute KY onlyKZ = compute KZ onlyNO = use default or specified values for KY and

KZ

K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 12 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

K-Factors (continued)

KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KY

KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KZ

Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should beprinted after the code check or select command output Thecolumn names attached to the start and end of the codechecked member is also printed This printed informationallows the user to inspect the automatic detection of thecolumns attached to the start and end of the designedmember A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values andthe names of the attached columns to the start and end of thedesigned member should not be printed

SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Y axis YES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 13 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

K-Factors (continued)

SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localZ axis YES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered as acantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automaticallyNO = member or physical member is not cantileverYES = member or physical member is cantilever

GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 14 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Buckling Length

LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the mem-ber

LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the mem-ber

FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LY is computed

FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

Flexural-Torsional Buckling

KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local X axisof the profile The default is computed as the length of themember This parameter is used in flexural-torsionalbuckling stress Fe computations

FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LX is computed

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 15 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Bending Strength

CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending strength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12aEquation F1-3)

UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange The default iscomputed as the length of the member In this parameter nodistinction is made between the unbraced length for the topor bottom flange See UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 16 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Channel Parameter

Tipping YES This is the parameter indicating that the tipping effect shouldbe considered When the load is applied to the top flange ofthe channel and the flange is not braced there is a tippingeffect that reduces the critical moment A value of YES forthis parameter indicates that the flange is unbraced and theflange is loaded as such that causes tipping effect In thiscase the reduced critical moment may be conservativelyapproximated by setting the warping buckling factor X2

equal to zero A value of NO indicates that the tipping effectdoes not happen and the warping buckling factor iscomputed based on the Equation F1-9 of the AISC LRFDThird Edition

Single Angle Parameter

Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing elastic lateral-torsionalbuckling moment Mob (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section53 on the page 163-6) for major axis bending (bendingabout the principal Y axis)

Tee Parameter

SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the tee section

Double Angle Parameters

nConnect 0 Number of connectors between individual angles The userspecified value is used during the code check When theSELECT MEMBER (design) is requested the user specifiedvalue is used unless more connectors are required If the

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 17 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Double Angle Parameters (continued)

designed number of connectors are larger than the userspecified value the computed number of connectors are usedand printed after the SELECT MEMBER result Thedefault value of zero indicates that the angles are connectedat the ends only Following are additional options that youcan specify for this parameter0 = angles are connected at the ends of the memberndash1 = requesting the number of connectors to be computed

during code checkndash2 = bypass modified column slenderness equations

This will bypass the check for the Section E41 ofthe AISC LRFD Third Edition

ConnType WELDED Type of the intermediate connectors that are used for doubleangle Choices are SNUG and WELDEDSNUG = intermediate connectors that are snug-tight

boltedWELDED = intermediate connectors that are welded or

fully tensioned bolted This is the default

L Computed Actual member length is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check connector spacing (Section E42 ofthe AISC LRFD) and also used in the computation of themodified column slenderness (KLr)m (Section E41 of theAISC LRFD) This parameter is used to compute thedistance between connectors a = L(n+1) where lsquoarsquo is thedistance between connectors lsquoLrsquo is the physical memberlength and lsquonrsquo is the number of connectors The default iscomputed as the length of the member

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 18 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Double Angle Parameters (continued)

K 10 Effective length factor for an individual component (singleangle) This parameter is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check the connector spacing (Section E42of the AISC LRFD)

SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the double anglesection

Round HSS (Pipes) Shear Check Parameters

avy Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Y axisdirection of a member This parameter is used to check theY direction shear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96)This parameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section162 of the LRFD Third Edition The default is computed asthe length of the member

avz Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Z axisdirection of a member This parameter is used to check theZ direction shear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96)This parameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section162 of the LRFD Third Edition The default is computed asthe length of the member

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 19 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Round HSS (Pipes) Torsion Check Parameter

LX Computed This parameter is to specify the distance between torsionalrestraints LX is used in the equation 61-2 on Page 162-8of AISC LRFD Third Edition (96) This parameter is similarto the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation 52-2 of the AISC LRFDHSS specification in the Section 162 of the LRFD ThirdEdition The default is computed as the length of the mem-ber

Rectangular Hollow Structural Section (HSS) Parameters

Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing limiting compressive bendingstrength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12aEquation F1-3) for minor axis bending (bending about the Y-axis)

UNLCW Computed Unbraced length of the compression web about the local Yaxis of the profile The default is taken as length of member

FRUNLCW Computed Fractional form of the parameter UNLCW allows unbracedlength to be specified as a fraction of the total length Usedonly when UNLCW is computed

Plate Girder Parameters

Fyst Fy Minimum yield stress of the transverse stiffeners materialIf not specified it is assumed equal to the parameter Fy

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 20 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

Ast 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners area Thisparameter is used to check Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd

Edition The specified transverse stiffeners area is checkedto see if it is smaller than the computed value from EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Thedefault value of 00 indicates that the transverse stiffenersarea of Appendix G4 is not checked

Ist 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners moment ofinertia This parameter is used to check Appendix F23 ofAISC LRFD 3rd Edition for the required transverse stiffenersmoment of inertia The default value of 00 indicates that thetransverse stiffeners moment of inertia according toAppendix F23 is not checked

Dstiff 24 Parameter to specify the factor D that is used in the EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Adefault value of 24 for single plate stiffeners is assumedThe value of factor D (parameter lsquoDstiffrsquo) in the Equation A-G4-1 is dependent on the type of transverse stiffeners usedin a plate girder Alternate values are as follows10 = for stiffeners in pairs This is the default value

when the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is greater than 1

18 = for single angle stiffeners24 = for single plate stiffeners This is the default

value when the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is equal to 1

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 21 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

NumBars 10 Parameter to specify a number of single plate stiffeners Thedefault value for this parameter indicates 1 single platestiffener

Stiff-H 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquos height Parameters lsquoStiff-Hrsquo lsquoStiff-Wrsquo andlsquoNumBarsrsquo are used for the automatic computation of theparameters lsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo The automatic computation of theparameters lsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo is based on the rectangular barstiffeners geometry If transverse stiffeners are notrectangular bar parameters lsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo should bespecified

Stiff-W 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquos width See parameter lsquoStiff-Hrsquo for moreinformation

Force Limitation

FXMIN 05 (lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

FYMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

FZMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 22 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Force Limitation (continued)

MXMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum torsional moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

MYMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

MZMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

Output Processing and System Parameters

SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an expla-nation

PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values forlimit state and load and resistance factor codes The defaultoutput from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the section limiting values should be printedinstead of default section forces

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 23 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

TRACE 40 Flag indicating when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for anexplanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section

forces

VALUES 10 Flag indicating if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for the explanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 24 V2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 25 Rev T

Table LRFD31-2GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

Code ParameterName Table Application

LRFD3 LRFD31-1 Checks compliance of I shapes channels single angles teesVolume double angles round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square 2 - LRFD3 HSS (structural tubes) solid round square and rectangular

bars and plate girder profiles to the 1999 AISC LRFDThird Edition Specification (96)

ASD9-E ASD9-E1-1 Checks compliance of I shape profiles to the 1989 AISCVolume ASD Ninth Edition specification (72) with equations that 2 - ASD9-E have been modified to include the modulus of elasticity

(constant E) LRFD2 LRFD2 Checks compliance of I shapes pipes structural tubing plate

Volume 2A girders (subjected to bi-axial bending and axial force)single and double angles (subjected to axial forces only)shape profiles to the 1993 AISC LRFD Second EditionSpecification (81)

ASD9 ASD9 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2A double angles solid round bars pipes solid squares and

rectangular bars and structural tubing shape profiles to the1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition Specification (72)

78AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1978 AISC Specification (33)Eighth Edition including 1980 updates

For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 26 V2

Table LRFD31-2 (continued)GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

Code ParameterName Table Application

69AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1969 AISC Specification (16)Seventh Edition including supplements 1 2 and 3

W78AISC 2231 Similar to 78AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 78AISC code which

was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

DBLANG 2231 Checks compliance of double angle profiles to the 1969 Volume 2B AISC Specification (16) Seventh Edition including supple-

ments 1 2 and 3

W69AISC 2231 Similar to 69AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 69AISC code which

was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 27 Rev T

Table LRFD31-3GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the LRFD3 Code

Profile Shapes Reference

I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table namesfor I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universalbeam shapes universal column shapes etc

Channels See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of channel table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of tee table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

Round HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of round HSS (pipecircular hollow section) table names applicable to LRFD3 code

Rectangular HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squareHSS (structural tube rectangular and square hollow section) tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid round bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid square bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid rectangular bartable names applicable to LRFD3 codes

Plate Girders See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of plate girder tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 28 V2

Table LRFD31-4

ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and STshapes from AISC Tables

Steel GradeASTM

Designation

Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5

A36 3658

3658

3658

3658

3658

A529-G50 5065

5065

NA NA NA

A529-G55 5570

5570

NA NA NA

A572-G42 4260

4260

4260

4260

4260

A572-G50 5065

5065

5065

5065

5065

A572-G55 5570

5570

5570

5570

5570

A572-G60 6075

6075

6075

NA NA

A572-G65 6580

6580

6580

NA NA

A913-G50 5060

5060

5060

5060

5060

A913-G60 6075

6075

6075

6075

6075

A913-G65 6580

6580

6580

6580

6580

A913-G70 7090

7090

7090

7090

7090

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 29 Rev T

Table LRFD31-4 (continued)

ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and ST shapes from AISC Tables

Steel GradeASTM

Designation

Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5

A992a 5065

5065

5065

5065

5065

A242 5070

5070

46b

67b42a

63a42a

63a

A588 5070

5070

5070

5070

5070

a Applicable to W shapes onlyb Applicable to W and HP shapes onlyNA Indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel

GTSTRUDL assumes Fy and Fu to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for thesecombinations of group number and steel grade Minimum yield stresses (Fy) and minimumtensile strengths (Fu) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included in the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition specification

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 30 V2

Table LRFD31-5

ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

Applicable Shapes Round HSS Steel Pipe and Rectangular HSS

Steel GradeASTM

Designation

Applicable Shape SeriesFy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

Round HSS Steel Pipe Rectangular HSS

A53-GB NA 3560

NA

A500-GB 4258

NA 4658

A500-GC 4662

NA 5062

A501 3658

NA 3658

A618-GIA618-GII

Thickness 34

5070 NA

5070

A618-GIA618-GII

Thickness gt 34

4667 NA

4667

A618GIII 5065

NA 5065

A242-G46 NA NA 4667

A242-G50 NA NA 5070

A588 NA NA 5070

A847 5070

NA 5070

NA Not applicable See Table LRFD31-4 for more explanation

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 1 Rev T

LRFD32 Properties Used by LRFD3

This section describes the profile properties used by the LRFD3 code Since eachshape has different properties that are required by the design code the properties of eachshape are listed separately The tables supplied with GTSTRUDL contain these propertiesrequired for design in addition to the properties required for analysis New tables createdby the user should include the same properties if the LRFD3 code is to be used Theorientation of the principal axes (Z and Y) for each shape is shown in Figure LRFD32-1

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 2 V2

Figure LRFD32-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 3 Rev T

Figure LRFD32-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (Continued)

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 4 V2

I shapes

For W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams the following propertiesare required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice

the flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided by

the flange thicknessHTW = htw assumed web depth for stability (h) divided by the web

thickness where h is the clear distance between flanges less thefillet or corner radius for rolled shapes (see AISC Manual of SteelConstruction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Third EditionDecember 1999) When htw is not specified for the cross-sectionin the GTSTRUDL or USER tables the value of INTYD dividedby the WBTK is used INTYD is the clear distance betweenflanges and WBTK is the thickness of the web

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 5 Rev T

CW = warping constant If not specified it is computed asZD3(YDndashFLTK)2(FLTK)240

ND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 10 W shapes= 11 S shapes= 12 HP shapes= 13 M shapes

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 6 V2

Channels

For Channels the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-ZC))SYS = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (from Y axis to the web extreme fiber)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice

the flange thicknessEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 20 Standard Channels (C)= 21 Miscellaneous Channels (MC)

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 7 Rev T

Single Angles

For Single Angles the properties are in principal axes the following proper-ties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y-shear area along the Y-principle axis AY is taken as a value

that will produce the maximum transverse shear from the equationFYAY where FY is the Y-shear force in the Y-principle axisdirection In this case AY is taken as the term (IZtimesTHICKQZ)where QZ is the first moment of the area above the Z-principleaxis about the Z-principle axis See SP Timoshenko and J MGere Mechanics of Materials D Von Nostrand New York 1972

AZ = Z-shear area along the Z-principle axis AZ is taken as a valuethat will produce the maximum transverse shear from the equationFZAZ where FZ is the Z-shear force in the Z-principle axisdirection In this case AZ is taken as the term (IYtimesTHICKQY)where QY is the first moment of the area above the Y-principleaxis about the Y-principle axis See SP Timoshenko and JMGere Mechanics of Materials D Von Nostrand New York 1972

IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the principal Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the principal Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the principal Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the principal Z axisSY = positive direction section modulus about the principal Y axis

(IYZC)SYS = negative direction section modulus about the principal Y axis

(IY(ZD-ZC)) (note if both legs are equal LEG1 = LEG2 thenSY = SYS)

SZ = positive direction section modulus about the principal Z axis(IZYC)

SZS = negative direction section modulus about the principal Z axis(IZ(YD-YC))

ZY = plastic section modulus about the principal Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the principal Z axisTHICK = thickness of the single angleLEG1 = length of the longer legLEG2 = length of the shorter legYD = depth parallel to principal Y axis

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 8 V2

= LEG2timescos (ALPHA)+THICKtimessin (ALPHA)YC = positive Y direction distance from the principal Z axis to the

extreme fiber along the principal Y axisZD = depth parallel to principal Z axis

= LEG1timescos (ALPHA) + LEG2timessin (ALPHA)ZC = positive Z direction distance from the principal Y axis to the

extreme fiber along the principal Z axisALPHA = angle between the longer leg of the angle and the principal Z axisEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principal Y

axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principal Z

axisCW = warping constant If not specified it is computed as

((LEG1ndashTHICK2)3 + (LEG2ndashTHICK2)3)THICK336WEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 30 single angles

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 9 Rev T

Tees

For Tees the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times web

thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis

(IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)ZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (from Z axis to top-of-flange)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus the

flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided by

the flange thicknessHTW = htw assumed web depth for stability (h) divided by the web

thickness where h is the clear distance from bottom of the stem tothe flange less the fillet or corner radius for rolled shapes (seeAISC Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance FactorDesign Third Edition December 1999) When htw is notspecified for the cross-section in the GTSTRUDL or USER tablesthe value of INTYD divided by the WBTK is used INTYD is theprofile depth minus the flange thickness and WBTK is thethickness of the web

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 10 V2

EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 40 WT shapes= 41 ST shapes= 43 MT shapes

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 11 Rev T

Double Angles

For Double Angles the following properties are required

AX = cross section areaAY = Y-axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times twice

the leg thicknessAZ = Z-axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about Y axisSZ = negative direction section modulus about Z axis (IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about Z axis (IZYC)ZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisTHICK = thickness of the flange (note the thickness of both single angles

is assumed to be the same and uniform)LEGl = length of the longer leg of each single angle which makes up the

double angleLEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle which makes up the

double angleSPACING = spacing between the single angles When each angle is in contact

SPACING equals zeroYD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axisZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axisEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 44 equal legs back-to-back double angles= 45 long legs back-to-back double angles= 46 short legs back-to-back double angles

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 12 V2

Solid Round Bars

For Solid Round Bars the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 34 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 34 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axis (diameter of bar)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (radius of bar)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (diameter of bar)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (radius of bar)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 50 solid round bars

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 13 Rev T

Round HSS (Pipes)

For Round HSS (Pipes) the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 12 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 12 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisOD = outside diameter of the pipeID = inside diameter of the pipeTHICK = thickness of the pipeYD = depth parallel to Y axis (OD)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (OD20)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (OD)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (OD20)ND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 51 round HSS (pipes)

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 14 V2

Square and Rectangular Bars

For Square and Rectangular Bars Both the Square and Rectangular Barsrequire the following properties

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (YD2)ZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (ZD2)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 60 square bars= 61 rectangular bars

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 15 Rev T

Square and Rectangular HSS (Structural Tubing)

For Square and Rectangular HSS (Structural Tubing) the following properties arerequired

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as twice the web thickness times the

flat width of the webAZ = Z axis shear area computed as twice the flange thickness times the

flat width of the flangeIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about Z axisSY = section modulus about Y axisSZ = section modulus about Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (YD2)ZD = profile widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (ZD2)INTYD = flat width of the web (YD-2timesFLTK-2timesradius)INTZD = flat width of the flange (ZD-2timesWBTK-2timesradius)EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 62 structural tubing

It is assumed that the outside radius of the corners of a structural tube equals twicethe thickness of the tube

radius = 2 times FLTK

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 16 V2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 1 Rev T

LRFD33 Parameters Used by LRFD3

The parameters used by LRFD3 code may be grouped into three general categories

1 System parameters 2 Control parameters 3 Code parameters

The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT and CHECK commandresults Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checked and specifycomparison tolerances The code parameters are used to specify information and coefficientsdirectly referenced in the code With the notable exception of CODETOL parameters of thesecond group are seldom used A knowledge of the system and control parameters allowsthe user greater flexibility when using the LRFD3 code The vast majority of parameters fallinto the code category and have a direct bearing on LRFD3 code and the results it produces

For the categories described above the parameters used by LRFD3 code are present-ed below and are summarized in the Table LRFD33-1 The system and control parametersare discussed first followed by the code parameters

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 2 V2

Table LRFD331

Parameters in LRFD3

Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

a 100000 (in) Real value in active unitsAst 00 Real value in active unitsavy Member Length Real value in active unitsavz Member Length Real value in active unitsCantiMem NO YESCB Computed Real valueCby Computed Real valueCODE Required LRFD3CODETOL 00 Percent ToleranceCOMPK NO YES KY KZConnType WELDED SNUGDstiff 24 10 18FRLX 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLY 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLZ 10 Fraction of member lengthFRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member lengthFRUNLCW 10 Fraction of member lengthFu Computed Real value in active unitsFXMIN 05 (lb) Real value in active unitsFy Computed Real value in active unitsFyf Fy Real value in active unitsFYMIN 05 (lb) Real value in active unitsFyst Fy Real value in active unitsFyw Fy Real value in active unitsFZMIN 05 (lb) Real value in active unitsGAY Computed Real valueGAZ Computed Real valueGBY Computed Real valueGBZ Computed Real valueIst 00 Real value in active unitsK 10 Real valueKX 10 Real valueKY 10 Real valueKZ 10 Real valueL Member Length Real value in active units

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 3 Rev T

Table LRFD33-1 (continued)

Parameters in LRFD3

Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

LX Member Length Real value in active unitsLY Member Length Real value in active unitsLZ Member Length Real value in active unitsMXMIN 200 (in-lb) Real value in active unitsMYMIN 200 (in-lb) Real value in active unitsMZMIN 200 (in-lb) Real value in active unitsnConnect 0 -1 -2NumBars 10 Real valuePF 10 Fraction of areaPRIDTA 10 20Print-K YES NOPrintLim NO YESREDE 10 Reduction factor for ERedFu 10 Reduction factor for FuRedFy 10 Reduction factor for FySDSWAYY YES NOSDSWAYZ YES NOSECTYPE Computed ROLLED WELDEDSFYBend 10 Real valueSLENCOMP 2000 Real valueSLENTEN 3000 Real valueSTEELGRD A36 Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5Stiff-H 00 Real value in active unitsStiff-W 00 Real value in active unitsSUMMARY NO YESTBLNAM WSHAPES9 Table LRFD31-3Tipping YES NOTRACE 4 1 2 3UNLCF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFBF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFTF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCW Member Length Real value in active unitsVALUES 1 2 3 4

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 4 V2

System Parameters

PrintLim NO YES

Parameter to request to print the section limiting values for limit state andload and resistance factor design codes This parameter is applicable to the steeldesign CHECK and SELECT commands The default output from CHECK orSELECT command prints the section force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the section limiting values should be printed instead ofdefault section forces

SUMMARY NO YES

Unlike the TRACE and VALUES parameters SUMMARY does not directlyproduce output during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARYinvokes a bookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parametervalues used at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed orchecked The two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NOthe bookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specifiedall provisions and parameters in the code Summary Description (Sections 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has beenrecorded

TRACE 1 2 3 4

The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are

1 - no provisions are output2 - outputs any provisions which fail3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and4 - outputs the largest value of actualallowable ratio computed

Whenever 2 or 3 is selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 5 Rev T

acting on the member for that section and loading For each provision at that sectionand loading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio areoutput Figure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACEvalue of 3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actualexceeded the allowable are output The order in which provisions are output dependson the code being used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loadingWhen no value is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 isassumed The default output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK commandshows the member name the code name the profile name the table name theloading condition and the section location where the largest actualallowable valueoccurs the provision name corresponding to the largest actualallowable value thelargest value of actualallowable ratio computed and the internal member sectionforces at the section with the largest actualallowable ratio

VALUES 1 2 3 4

VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused while SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values areoutput The four options for VALUES are

1 - no parameter or property values is output2 - outputs only parameter values3 - outputs only property values and4 - outputs both parameter and property values

Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 6 V2

Control Parameters

CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODET-OL the user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

FXMIN 05 lb Alternate value in active units

FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force to be considered by thecode Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

FYMIN 05 lb Alternate value in active units

FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

FZMIN 05 lb Alternate value in active units

FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 7 Rev T

MXMIN 200 in-lb Alternate value in active units

MXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude X axis moment to be consideredTorsional moments about the X axis are treated as zero when their absolute valueis below MXMIN

MYMIN 200 in-lb Alternate value in active units

MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MYMIN

MZMIN 200 in-lb Alternate value in active units

MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MZMIN

NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MXMIN MYMIN and MZMINshould always be greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces andmoments are not made Forces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and lessmay be present due to numerical limitations of the computer In most structuresforces of this magnitude are negligible when compared to the forces usually foundin a member Default values for the minimums are appropriate for mostapplications

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 8 V2

Code Parameters

a 100000 in Alternate value in active units

This parameter is used to specify the clear distance between transversestiffeners This parameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in thecomputation of the limiting shear stress The default value of 100000 inchesindicates that the shear check does not consider transverse stiffeners A userspecified value for the parameter a that causes the automatic computation of theah ratio The ah ratio is computed based on the specified value for the parametera divided by h h is defined as the total depth minus twice the flange thicknessh is assumed to be equal to the property INTYD which is the clear distancebetween the flanges (see Section LRFDE32)

Ast 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Ast is used to specify the transverse stiffeners area Thisparameter is used to check Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition The specifiedtransverse stiffeners area is checked to see if it is smaller than the computed valuefrom Equation A-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition The defaultvalue of 00 indicates that the transverse stiffeners area of Appendix G4 is notchecked An alternative value in active units may be specified by the user Notethat the parameter Ast is applicable to plate girders only

avy Computed Alternate value in active units

avy is the parameter to specify the length of essentially constant shear in theY axis direction of a member This parameter is used to check the Y directionshear of a pipe cross-section This parameter is similar to the variable a in theEquation 52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section 162 of theLRFD Third Edition (96) The default is computed as the effective member lengthSee the LY parameter for a description of the effective length An alternative valuein active units may be specified by the user Note that the parameter avy isapplicable to pipes cross-sections only

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 9 Rev T

avz Computed Alternate value in active units

avz is the parameter to specify the length of essentially constant shear in theZ axis direction of a member This parameter is used to check the Z direction shearof a pipe cross-section This parameter is similar to the variable a in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section 162 of the LRFD ThirdEdition (96) The default is computed as the effective member length See the LZparameter for a description of the effective length An alternative value in activeunits may be specified by the user Note that the parameter avz is applicable topipes cross-sections only

CantiMem NO YES

This parameter indicates that a member or a physical member which is partof a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation This parameter can be used in special cases when the program cannot automatically detect that the beam connected to the column is a cantilever Thespecial case when this parameter may be used is when the beam that is connectedto the column is part of a cantilever truss system and the program automatically isnot able to detect that the beam should be considered as a cantilever beam in theK-factor computation Keep in mind that only true cantilever members or physicalmembers are detected automatically A value of YES for this parameter indicatesthat the member of physical member is cantilever

CB Computed Alternate value

CB is the coefficient Cb used in Section F12a of the 1999 AISC LRFD ThirdEdition Specification (96) Cb is a modification factor for non-uniform momentdiagram when both ends of the beam segment are braced This coefficientincreases the limiting nominal compressive flexural strength when a momentgradient exists over the unbraced length of the compression flange

LRFD Eq F1-3

where

Mmax = absolute value of maximum moment in the unbraced segmentabout the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)

MA = absolute value of moment at quarter point of the unbraced segment

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 10 V2

about the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)MB = absolute value of moment at centerline of the unbraced beam

segment about the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)MC = absolute value of moment at three-quarter point of the unbraced

beam segment about the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)

When computing the default value of Cb the compression flange is assumedto be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where theactual unbraced length is different than the eccentric member length (start to endof the member) the user should specify a value for parameter CB A value of 10is always conservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

Cby Computed Alternate value

Cby is the coefficient Cb used in Section F12a of the 1999 AISC LRFDThird Edition Specification (96) This parameter is applicable to rectangularhollow structural section HSS (structural tube) cross-section only Cby is amodification factor for non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beamsegment are braced This coefficient increases the limiting nominal compressiveflexural strength when a moment gradient exists over the unbraced length of thecompression flange Cby is used for the rectangular hollow structural section HSS(structural tube) cross-sections under Y axis bending

LRFD Eq F1-3

where

Mmax = absolute value of maximum moment in the unbraced segmentabout the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

MA = absolute value of moment at quarter point of the unbraced segmentabout the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

MB = absolute value of moment at centerline of the unbraced beamsegment about the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

MC = absolute value of moment at three-quarter point of the unbracedbeam segment about the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

When computing the default value of Cby the compression web is assumedto be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where theactual unbraced length is different than the eccentric member length (start to end

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 11 Rev T

of the member) the user should specify a value for parameter Cby A value of 10is always conservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

CODE Required

The CODE parameter indicates the code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of LRFD3 must be specified for thisparameter to check code based on 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition LRFD3design or code check is based on the AISC LRFD Load and Resistance FactorDesign Specification for Structural Steel Buildings adopted December 27 1999with errata incorporated as of September 4 2001 (96)

COMPK NO YES KY KZ

The COMPK parameter is used to specify how the values of the effectivelength parameters KY and KZ are defined The default value of NO indicates thatthe values of KY and KZ are either specified by the user or taken as 10 by default

The value of YES indicates that the values of KY and KZ are to be computedby GTSTRUDL in the member selection and code check procedures (SELECT orCHECK command) The K-factors computed by GTSTRUDL is based on theAISC (American Institute of Steel Construction) guidelines If the value ofCOMPK is NO the values of KY and KZ are taken as either specified by the useror as 10 by default

The value of KY or KZ for the parameter COMPK indicates that only thespecified effective length factor should be computed Refer to Section 22 ofVolume 2A for more discussion of the effective length factor computation

ConnType WELDED SNUG

Type of the intermediate connectors that are used for double angle Choicesare SNUG and WELDED

SNUG = intermediate connectors that are snug-tight boltedWELDED = intermediate connectors that are welded or fully tensioned

bolted This is the default

Note that the parameter ConnType is applicable to double angles only

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 12 V2

Dstiff 24 10 18

This parameter is used to specify the factor D that is used in the Equation A-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition (96) A default value of 24 forsingle plate stiffeners is assumed The value of factor D (parameter Dstiff) in theEquation A-G4-1 is dependent on the type of transverse stiffeners used in a plategirder Alternate values are as follows

10 = for stiffeners in pairs This is the default value when the specifiedvalue for the parameter NumBars is greater than 1

18 = for single angle stiffeners24 = for single plate stiffeners This is the default value when the

specified value for the parameter NumBars is equal to 1

Note that the parameter Dstiff is applicable to plate girders only

FRLX 10 Fraction of member length

FRLX specifies the unbraced length of torsional buckling LX as a fractionof the members effective length FRLX may be less than or greater than 10 Thisoption works only when LX is computed

FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members effective length FRLY may be less than or greater than10 This option works only when LY is computed

FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members effective length FRLZ may be less than or greater than10 This option works only when LZ is computed

FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

FRUNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange UNLCFas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCF may be less than orgreater than 10 This option works only when UNLCF is computed

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 13 Rev T

FRUNLCW 10 Fraction of member length

FRUNLCW specifies the unbraced length of the compression web UNLCWas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCW may be less than orgreater than 10 This parameter works only when UNLCW is computed Notethat the parameter FRUNLCW is applicable to rectangular hollow structuralsection HSS (structural tube) only

Fu Computed Alternate value in active units

The minimum tensile strength of a member may be specified via Fu WhenFu is specified the STEELGRD and profile GRPNUM are not considered and thevalue of Fu remains constant for the member

Fy Computed Alternate value in active units

Fy may be used to specify the yield strength of a member rather than havingit computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When Fy is specified for amember its value remains constant irrespective of profile size under considerationThe value of STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it wasspecified

Fyf Fy Alternate value in active units

Parameter Fyf may be used to specify the yield strength of the flange Whenparameter Fyf is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equalto the parameter Fy When a value is specified for this parameter the member isassumed to be hybrid cross-section An alternative value in active units may bespecified by the user

Fyst Fy Alternate value in active units

Parameter Fyst may be used to specify the yield strength of the plate girderstransverse stiffeners material When parameter Fyst is not specified the value forthis parameter is assumed to be equal to the parameter Fy This parameter is usedto check the transverse stiffeners of the plate girder An alternative value in activeunits may be specified by the user Note that the parameter Fyst is applicable toplate girders only

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 14 V2

Fyw Fy Alternate value in active units

Parameter Fyw may be used to specify the yield strength of the web Whenparameter Fyw is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equalto the parameter Fy When a value is specified for this parameter the member isassumed to be hybrid cross-section An alternative value in active units may bespecified by the user

GAY Computed Alternative value

GAY is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

GAZ Computed Alternative value

GAZ is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

GBY Computed Alternative value

GBY is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

GBZ Computed Alternative value

GBZ is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

Ist 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Ist is used to specify the transverse stiffeners moment of inertiaThis parameter is used to check Appendix F23 of ASIC LRFD 3rd Edition for therequired transverse stiffeners moment of inertia The default value of 00 indicatesthat the transverse stiffeners moment of inertia according to Appendix F23 ofAISC LRFD 3rd Edition is not checked An alternative value in active units maybe specified by the user Note that the parameter Ist is applicable to plate girdersonly

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 15 Rev T

K 10 Alternate value

Effective length factor for an individual component (single angle) Thisparameter is used to design a number of connectors and to check the connectorspacing (Section E42 of the AISC LRFD 3rd Edition) Note that the parameter lsquoKrsquois applicable to double angles only

KX 10 Alternative value

KX is the effective length factor for torsional buckling This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling A default value of 10 isassumed An alternate value may be specified by the user

KY 10 Alternative value computed

KY is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local memberY axis (Figure LRFD33-1) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

(1) KY is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified bythe user if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

(2) KY is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KY Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

KZ 10 Alternative value computed

KZ is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Zaxis (Figure LRFD33-1) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

(1) KZ is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified bythe user if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

(2) KZ is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KZ Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 16 V2

Figure LRFD33-1 Local Axis Buckling

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 17 Rev T

L Computed Alternate value in active units

Actual physical member length is used to design a number of connectors andto check connector spacing (Section E42 of the AISC LRFD 3rd Edition) and alsoused in the computation of the modified column slenderness (KLr)m (Section E41of the AISC LRFD 3rd Edition) This parameter is used to compute the distancebetween connectors a = L(n+1) where lsquoarsquo is the distance between connectors lsquoLrsquois the member length and lsquonrsquo is the number of connectors The default iscomputed as the length of the member Note that the parameter lsquoLrsquo is applicableto double angles only

LX Computed Alternate value in active units

LX is the distance between torsional buckling restraints This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling The default is computedas the effective member length times the value of the FRLX parameter See theLY parameter below for a description of the effective length An alternate valuein the active units may be specified by the user

LY Computed Alternate value in active units

LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure LRFD33-1 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLY parameter The effective length of a member is the joint-to-joint distance unless eccentricities andor end joint sizes are given Wheneccentricities are given the eccentric start-to-end length of the member is usedFor end joint sizes the end joint size at both ends is subtracted from the effectivelength which would have been used LY may be specified larger or smaller thanthe members effective length and no comparisons are made between the two SeeSection 218 of Volume 1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end jointsizes

LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure LRFD33-1 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLZ parameter See the LY parameter above for a descriptionof the effective length

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 18 V2

nConnect 0 Alternate value

Number of connectors between individual angles The user specified valueis used during code check When the SELECT MEMBER (design) is requestedthe user specified value is used unless more connectors are required If thedesigned number of connectors are larger than the user specified value thecomputed number of connectors are used and printed after the SELECT MEMBERresult The default value of zero indicates that the angles are connected at the endsonly Following are additional options that you can specify for this parameter

0 = angles are connected at the ends of the memberndash1 = requesting the number of connectors to be computed during code

checkndash2 = bypass modified column slenderness equations This will bypass the

check for the Section E41 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition

Note that the parameter nConnect is applicable to double angles only

NumBars 10 Alternate value

Parameter to specify a number of single plate stiffeners The default valuefor this parameter indicates one (1) single plate stiffener An alternative value maybe specified by the user Note that the parameter NumBars is applicable to plategirders only

PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

Print-K YES NO

Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the default code checkor select command output (TRACE 4 output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the computed K-factor values should be printed after thecode check or select command output The column names attached to the start andend of the code checked member is also printed This printed information allowsthe user to inspect the automatic detection of the columns attached to the start andend of the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values andthe names of the attached columns to the start and end of the designed membershould not be printed

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 19 Rev T

REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the LRFD3 code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

RedFu 10 Reduction factor for Fu

RedFu allows a user to account for changes in the minimum tensile strengthFu of a member such as those which occur at high temperatures RedFu ismultiplied by Fu to give the value used for minimum tensile strength

RedFy 10 Reduction factor for Fy

The parameter RedFy is a reduction factor for the yield strength Fy of amember This parameter is intended to reflect the change in yield strength whichoccurs at higher temperatures An alternate use for RedFy would be to introducean additional factor of safety into the design equations The yield strength used inthe provision is equal to RedFy multiplied by Fy (RedFy times Fy)

SDSWAYY YES NO

SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented avalue of NO should be specified Figure LRFD33-2 illustrates the direction ofsway relative to the column orientation

SDSWAYZ YES NO

SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented avalue of NO should be specified Figure LRFD33-2 illustrates the direction ofsway relative to the column orientation

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 20 V2

Figure LRFD33-2 SIDESWAY Conditions

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 21 Rev T

SECTYPE Computed ROLLED WELDED

This parameter defines the type of a cross-section specified in the structuralmodel This parameter is used to compute the value of Fr Fr is the compressiveresidual stress in the flange The value of ROLLED indicates that the members arehot rolled cross-sections The compressive residual stress Fr is equal to 10 ksi formembers that are indicated as rolled cross-sections The value of WELDED forthe parameter SECTYPE indicates that the members are welded or cold-formedcross-sections The compressive residual stress Fr is equal to 165 ksi for membersthat are indicated as welded cross-sections The default value for SECTYPEparameter indicates that the plate girders are assumed to be welded and all othercross-sections are assumed to be rolled

SFYBend 10 Alternate value

Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of the limit state of Yaxis (minor axis) bending of the tee and double angle sections Note that theparameter SFYBend is applicable to tees and double angles only

SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of2000 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 3000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

STEELGRD A36 Value from Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5

STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to be madeUsing the value of STEELGRD the yield strength (Fy) can be correctlydetermined

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 22 V2

Stiff-H 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Stiff-H is used to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionsheight Parameters Stiff-H Stiff-W and NumBars are used for the automaticcomputation of the parameters Ast and Ist is based on the rectangular barstiffeners geometry If the transverse stiffeners are not rectangular bar parametersAst and Ist should be specified An alternative value may be specified by theuser Note that the parameter Stiff-H is applicable to plate girders only

Stiff-W 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Stiff-W is used to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionswidth Parameters Stiff-H Stiff-W and NumBars are used for the automaticcomputation of the parameters Ast and Ist The automatic computation of theparameters of the parameters Ast and Ist is based on the rectangular barstiffeners geometry If the transverse stiffeners are not rectangular bar parametersAst and Ist should be specified An alternative value may be specified by theuser Note that the parameter Stiff-W is applicable to plate girders only

Tipping YES NO

This is the parameter indicating that the tipping effect should be consideredWhen the load is applied to the top flange of the channel and the flange is notbraced there is a tipping effect that reduces the critical moment A value of YESfor this parameter indicates that the flange is unbraced and the flange is loaded assuch that causes tipping effect In this case the reduced critical moment may beconservatively approximated by setting the warping buckling factor X2 equal tozero A value of NO indicates that the tipping effect does not happen and thewarping buckling factor is computed based on the Equation F1-9 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition

UNLCF Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange which isused in computing the allowable bending stress of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression flangeshould be used The default is computed as the effective length of the membertimes the value of the FRUNLCF parameter Refer to the parameter LY for adiscussion of a members effective length

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 23 Rev T

UNLCFBF Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCFBF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thebottom flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of amember Bottom flange is defined as the flange in the local negative Y axisdirection of a cross section as shown in Figure LRFD33-4 UNLCFBF is usedwhen negative strong axis bending (negative MZ) is acting on the member whichcauses compression on the bottom flange The maximum distance between pointsof adequate lateral support for the bottom compression flange should be usedWhen an alternate value for this parameter has not been specified the value for theparameter UNLCF is used See parameter UNLCF for the default treatment of theparameter UNLCFBF

UNLCFTF Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCFTF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thetop flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a memberTop flange is defined as the flange in the local positive Y axis direction of a crosssection as shown in Figure LRFD33-4 UNLCFTF is used when positive strongaxis bending (positive MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression onthe top flange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateral supportfor the top compression flange should be used When an alternate value for thisparameter has not been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used Seeparameter UNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFTF

UNLCW Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCW specifies the unbraced length of the compression web which isused in computing the limiting bending capacity of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression web shouldbe used The default is computed as the effective length of the member times thevalue of the FRUNLCW parameter Refer to the parameter LY for a discussion ofa members effective length An alternative value in active units may be specifiedby the user Note that the parameter UNLCW is applicable to rectangular hollowstructural sections HSS (structural tubes) only

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 24 V2

Figure LRFD33-4 Unbraced length of the compression flange forthe TOP and BOTTOM flange

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 1 Rev T

APPENDIX A References

1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W Anthony Dillon CivilEngineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of TechnologyCambridge Mass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-49 September 1967

4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-56 May 1968

5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-91 November 1968

6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and Steel MemberSelection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass January 1972

7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MIT Press1967

8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR67-47 September 1967

9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTM A506-68January 1968

10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency PO Box3956 San Francisco California 94119

11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor PO Box231 Worcester Mass 01613

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 2 V 2

12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R67-58 September1967

15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1963

16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1969

17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill Book Company1967

18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering Georgia Instituteof Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science McGraw-Hill London Third Edition 1977

20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids and Structures4 1968

23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil Engineering July1970

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 3 Rev T

24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements Research ReportR71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural Design LanguageM S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September 1969

26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California at Berkeley1966

27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation in FiniteElement Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Department of CivilEngineering June 1976

28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of Technology Netherlands tobe published

29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G7337 1960

30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite Elements Proceedingsof the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods in Civil EngineeringAmerican Society of Civil Engineers Nashville Tennessee November 1969

31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE - Manualsand Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1980

34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1978

35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Edited byBruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs NewJersey 1968

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 4 V 2

37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design and BehaviorInternational Textbook Company 1971

38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston Publishing CompanyInc Reston Virginia 1977

39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design in StructuralSteel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I Gilmor CanadianInstitute of Steel Construction 1977

41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES Subsystem STRUDLCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 Users ManualCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc 1975

44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite Element AnalysisPrentice 1976

47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press 1965

48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by Matrix DecompositionJournal of the Engineering Mechanics Division American Society of CivilEngineers April 1968

49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRAN by theTridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparse butUnstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEE Conference onDecision and Control San Diego California January 1979

51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for the EigenproblemJ INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 5 Rev T

52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channels andTees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil EngineeringAtlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1977

55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures John Wileyand Sons Inc 1974

58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill 1970

59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic Stability McGraw-Hill1961

60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed Sections GTICESSystems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta Georgia June 1981

61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for Random VibrationsReport No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering Research Center Universityof California Berkeley June 1980

62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm for Reducingthe Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM Journal Numerical AnalysisVol 13 No 2 April 1976

63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse SymmetricMatrices Proceedings of the 24th National Conference Association for ComputingMachinery 1969

64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 6 V 2

65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln ArcWelding Foundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-Strain Model forConfined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114 No 8 August1988

67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding SocietyMiami Florida December 1983

68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1983

69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122 February1978

70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

71 ASCE 4-98 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and CommentaryAmerican Society of Civil Engineers New York New York 2000

72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth Edition AmericanInstitute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York 1988

75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel Institute WashingtonDC 1989

77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk Grove VillageIL 60007 January 7 1994

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 7 Rev T

78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North American EditionNo 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street Wayne Michigan 481841993

79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS 5950 Part1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuous Construction HotRolled Sections London England 1990

80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design First EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume I SecondEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1993

82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 Section PropertiesMember Capacities 4th Edition Published by The Steel Construction Institute inassociation with the British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited BritishSteel PIC Berkshire England 1996

83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTM A6MAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories Aluminum Companyof America

85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society of Civil Engineers NewYork New York 1991

86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95 AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 Power LineSystems Inc 1995

88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Model ofOrdinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of Structural EngineeringVol 124 No 3 March 1998

89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 8 V 2

90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules forbuildings (together with United Kingdom National Application Document) DDENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INSTEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS 8081989 New DelhiSeptember 1989

94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections April15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1997

95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design of rolledand welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 London England May2001

96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering Design ProvisionsInternational Conference of Building Officials Whittier California April 1997

GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

V2 LRFD3 Appendix B - 1 Rev T

Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please see Appendix Bof Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix B - 2 V 2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

V2 LRFD3 Appendix C - 1 Rev T

Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please see Appendix Cof Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tables provided withGTSTRUDL

Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix C - 2 V 2

End of Document

  • Title Page
  • Revision History
  • NOTICES
  • Table of Contents
  • GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code
    • Introduction
    • LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters
      • Properties Used by LRFD3
      • Parameters Used by LRFD3
      • Appendix A References
      • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
      • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles
        • File Attachment
          LRFD3 Manual

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 2

          Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 3

          Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (continued)

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 4

          Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (Continued)

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 5

          The following assumptions are made throughout the LRFD3 code

          1 Open cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) are normally not used in situations whereinsignificant torsional moments must be resisted by the member Torsionalstresses are usually small for open cross-sections when compared to axial andbending stresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion inopen cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) The designer is reminded to check the torsionalstresses for open cross-sections (I shape channels single angles doubleangles tees bars and plate girders) whenever they become significant

          2 Torsional stresses are checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and squareHSS (structural tubes) based on the Section 61 on Page 162-8 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Combined torsion shear flexure andor axial forcesare also checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square HSS(structural tubes) based on the Section 72 on Page 162-10 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Closed cross-sections (HSS) are frequently used insituations wherein significant torsional moments must be resisted by themembers Generally the normal and shear stresses due to warping in closedcross-sections (HSS) are insignificant and the total torsional moment can beassumed to be resisted by pure torsional shear stresses (Saint-Venantrsquostorsion)

          3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

          4 Modified column slenderness for double angle member is considered(Section E4 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition) Modified columnslenderness of the double angle member is computed based on the userspecified or designed number of the intermediate connectors

          5 Double angles contain an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 6

          The sections of the AISC LRFD Third Edition specifications (96) which areconsidered by the GTSTRUDL LRFD3 code are summarized below

          Section TitleChapter D Tension membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosSection D1 Design tensile strength

          Chapter E Columns and other compression membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for unstiffened compression elementsTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for stiffened compression elementsSection E2 Design compressive strength for flexural bucklingSection E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional bucklingSection E4 Built-up memberSection E41 Design strength Modified column slendernessSection E42 Detailing requirements

          Appendix E Columns and other compression membersAppendix E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional buckling

          Appendix B Design requirementsAppendix B53a Unstiffened compression elementsAppendix B53b Stiffened compression elementsAppendix B53c Design propertiesSection B53d Design strength

          Chapter F Beam and other flexural membersSection F11 YieldingSection F12 Lateral-Torsional BucklingSection F12a Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb Lr

          Section F12b Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb gt Lr

          Section F12c Tees and Double angles

          Appendix F Beams and other flexural membersAppendix F1 Design for flexureTable A-F11 Nominal strength parameters

          Appendix F2 Design for shearAppendix F22 Design shear strengthAppendix F23 Transverse stiffeners

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 7

          Section Title

          Appendix G Plate GirdersAppendix G1 LimitationsAppendix G2 Design flexural strengthAppendix G3 Design shear strengthAppendix G4 Transverse stiffenersAppendix G5 Flexure-shear

          Chapter H Member under combined forcesSection H1 Symmetric members subject to bending and axial forceSection H11 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and tensionSection H12 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and

          compression

          Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Single-Angle Members

          Section Title

          Section 2 TensionSection 3 ShearSection 4 CompressionSection 5 FlexureSection 51 Flexure Design StrengthSection 53 Bending About Principal AxesSection 6 Combined ForcesSection 61 Members in Flexure and Axial CompressionSection 62 Members in Flexure and Axial Tension

          Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Steel Hollow StructuralSections

          Section Title

          Table 22-1 Limiting Wall Slenderness for Compression Elements

          Section 3 Tension MembersSection 31 Design Tensile StrengthSection 4 Column and Other Compression Members Section 42 Design Compressive StrengthSection 5 Beams and Other Flexural MembersSection 51 Design Flexural Strength

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 8

          Section Title

          Section 52 Design Shear StrengthSection 6 Torsion MembersSection 61 Design Torsional StrengthSection 7 Members Under Combined ForcesSection 71 Design for Combined Flexure and Axial ForceSection 72 Design for Combined Torsion Shear Flexure andor Axial

          Force

          Tensile or compressive axial strengths bi-axial bending shear strengths andcombined strengths are considered for all cross-sections Parameters allowing for thechanges which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may beinvoked at the users discretion

          The detailed explanation of the code parameters and cross-section properties are asfollows

          1 Table LRFD31-1 Shows the parameters used by LRFD3 code TableLRFD31-1 contains the applicable parameter namestheir default values and a brief description of theparameters

          2 Section LRFD32 Describes the cross-section properties used for eachshape

          3 Section LRFD33 Contains detailed discussion of the parameters usedby the LRFD3 code and they are presented in thealphabetic order in this section

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 9

          Table LRFD31-1LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify LRFD3 for code name Secondorder elastic analysis using factored loads is required by theGTSTRUDL LRFD3 code Second order effect may beconsidered by using GTSTRUDL Nonlinear Analysis(Section 25 of Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual)See Sections LRFD32 and LRFD33 for a more detaileddescription of parameters and cross-section properties

          TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table LRFD31-3 for a list ofavailable table names

          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less thanor equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

          a 100000 The clear distance between transverse stiffeners This(inches) parameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the

          computation of the limiting shear strength The default valueindicates that the shear check does not consider transversestiffeners

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 10

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          SECTYPE Computed Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shapeThis parameter is used to compute the value of Fr Fr is thecompressive residual stress in flange

          ROLLED = rolled shape Compressive residual stress isequal to 10 ksi

          WELDED = welded shape Compressive residual stressis equal to 165 ksi

          Material Properties

          STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5 for steel grades andtheir properties

          Fy Computed Yield stress of member Computed from parameterlsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

          Fu Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromparameter lsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

          Fyf Fy Minimum yield stress of the flange If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFywrsquo also

          Fyw Fy Minimum yield stress of the web If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFyfrsquo also

          RedFy 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFyrsquo This factor timesparameter lsquoFyrsquo gives the Fy value used by the code Used toaccount for property changes at high temperatures

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 11

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Material Properties (continued)

          RedFu 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFursquo Similar to parameterlsquoRedFyrsquo

          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toparameter RedFy

          Slenderness Ratio

          SLENCOMP 200 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for a membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 200 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

          SLENTEN 300 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for a membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified for thisparameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

          K-Factors

          COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A ofthe User Reference Manual)

          YES = compute KY and KZ factors

          KY = compute KY only

          KZ = compute KZ only

          NO = use default or specified values for KY andKZ

          K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 12

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          K-Factors (continued)

          KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KY

          KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KZ

          Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should be printedafter the code check or select command output The columnnames attached to the start and end of the code checkedmember is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columnsattached to the start and end of the designed member Avalue of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and the names ofthe attached columns to the start and end of the designedmember should not be printed

          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localY axis

          YES = sidesway permitted

          NO = sidesway prevented

          K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 13

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          K-Factors (continued)

          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localZ axis

          YES = sidesway permitted

          NO = sidesway prevented

          CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered as acantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automatically

          NO = member or physical member is not cantilever

          YES = member or physical member is cantilever

          GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

          GAZ ComputedG-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual)

          GBY ComputedG-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual)

          GBZ ComputedG-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 14

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Buckling Length

          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the member

          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the member

          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LY is computed

          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

          Flexural-Torsional Buckling

          KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

          LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local X axisof the profile The default is computed as the length of themember This parameter is used in flexural-torsionalbuckling stress Fe computations

          FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LX is computed

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 15

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Bending Strength

          CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending strength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12aEquation F1-3)

          UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange The default iscomputed as the length of the member In this parameter nodistinction is made between the unbraced length for the topor bottom flange See UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

          FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

          UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

          UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 16

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Channel Parameter

          Tipping YES This is the parameter indicating that the tipping effect shouldbe considered When the load is applied to the top flange ofthe channel and the flange is not braced there is a tippingeffect that reduces the critical moment A value of YES forthis parameter indicates that the flange is unbraced and theflange is loaded as such that causes tipping effect In thiscase the reduced critical moment may be conservativelyapproximated by setting the warping buckling factor X2 equalto zero A value of NO indicates that the tipping effect doesnot happen and the warping buckling factor is computedbased on the Equation F1-9 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition

          Single Angle Parameter

          Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing elastic lateral-torsionalbuckling moment Mob (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section53 on the page 163-6) for major axis bending (bending aboutthe principal Y axis)

          Tee Parameter

          SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the tee section

          Double Angle Parameters

          nConnect 0 Number of connectors between individual angles The userspecified value is used during the code check When theSELECT MEMBER (design) is requested the user specifiedvalue is used unless more connectors are required If the

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 17

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Double Angle Parameters (continued)

          designed number of connectors are larger than the userspecified value the computed number of connectors are usedand printed after the SELECT MEMBER result The defaultvalue of zero indicates that the angles are connected at theends only Following are additional options that you canspecify for this parameter

          0 = angles are connected at the ends of the member

          ndash1 = requesting the number of connectors to be computedduring code check

          ndash2 = bypass modified column slenderness equationsThis will bypass the check for the Section E41 ofthe AISC LRFD Third Edition

          ConnType WELDED Type of the intermediate connectors that are used for doubleangle Choices are SNUG and WELDED

          SNUG = intermediate connectors that are snug-tightbolted

          WELDED = intermediate connectors that are welded orfully tensioned bolted This is the default

          L Computed Actual member length is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check connector spacing (Section E42 ofthe AISC LRFD) and also used in the computation of themodified column slenderness (KLr)m (Section E41 of theAISC LRFD) This parameter is used to compute the distancebetween connectors a = L(n+1) where lsquoarsquo is the distancebetween connectors lsquoLrsquo is the physical member length andlsquonrsquo is the number of connectors The default is computed asthe length of the member

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 18

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Double Angle Parameters (continued)

          K 10 Effective length factor for an individual component (singleangle) This parameter is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check the connector spacing (Section E42of the AISC LRFD)

          SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the double anglesection

          Round HSS (Pipes) Shear Check Parameters

          avy Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Y axisdirection of a member This parameter is used to check the Ydirection shear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96)This parameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section162 of the LRFD Third Edition The default is computed asthe length of the member

          avz Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Z axis directionof a member This parameter is used to check the Z directionshear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96) Thisparameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation 52-2of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section 162 ofthe LRFD Third Edition The default is computed as thelength of the member

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 19

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Round HSS (Pipes) Torsion Check Parameter

          LX Computed This parameter is to specify the distance between torsionalrestraints LX is used in the equation 61-2 on Page 162-8 ofAISC LRFD Third Edition (96) This parameter is similar tothe variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation 52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSSspecification in the Section 162 of the LRFD Third EditionThe default is computed as the length of the member

          Rectangular Hollow Structural Section (HSS) Parameters

          Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing limiting compressive bendingstrength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12a EquationF1-3) for minor axis bending (bending about the Y-axis)

          UNLCW Computed Unbraced length of the compression web about the local Yaxis of the profile The default is taken as length of member

          FRUNLCW Computed Fractional form of the parameter UNLCW allows unbracedlength to be specified as a fraction of the total length Usedonly when UNLCW is computed

          Plate Girder Parameters

          Fyst Fy Minimum yield stress of the transverse stiffeners material Ifnot specified it is assumed equal to the parameter Fy

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 20

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

          Ast 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners area Thisparameter is used to check Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd

          Edition The specified transverse stiffeners area is checkedto see if it is smaller than the computed value from EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Thedefault value of 00 indicates that the transverse stiffenersarea of Appendix G4 is not checked

          Ist 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners moment ofinertia This parameter is used to check Appendix F23 ofAISC LRFD 3rd Edition for the required transverse stiffenersmoment of inertia The default value of 00 indicates that thetransverse stiffeners moment of inertia according to AppendixF23 is not checked

          Dstiff 24 Parameter to specify the factor D that is used in the EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Adefault value of 24 for single plate stiffeners is assumed Thevalue of factor D (parameter lsquoDstiffrsquo) in the Equation A-G4-1is dependent on the type of transverse stiffeners used in aplate girder Alternate values are as follows

          10 = for stiffeners in pairs This is the default valuewhen the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is greater than 1

          18 = for single angle stiffeners

          24 = for single plate stiffeners This is the defaultvalue when the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is equal to 1

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 21

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

          NumBars 10 Parameter to specify a number of single plate stiffeners Thedefault value for this parameter indicates 1 single platestiffener

          Stiff-H 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquosheight Parameters lsquoStiff-Hrsquo lsquoStiff-Wrsquo and lsquoNumBarsrsquo areused for the automatic computation of the parameters lsquoAstrsquoand lsquoIstrsquo The automatic computation of the parameters lsquoAstrsquoand lsquoIstrsquo is based on the rectangular bar stiffeners geometryIf transverse stiffeners are not rectangular bar parameterslsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo should be specified

          Stiff-W 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquoswidth See parameter lsquoStiff-Hrsquo for more information

          Force Limitation

          FXMIN 05 (lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

          FYMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          FZMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 22

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Force Limitation (continued)

          MXMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum torsional moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MYMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MZMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          Output Processing and System Parameters

          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an expla-nation

          PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values forlimit state and load and resistance factor codes The defaultoutput from CHECK or SELECT command prints the sectionforce values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicatesthat the section limiting values should be printed instead ofdefault section forces

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 23

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

          TRACE 40 Flag indicating when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an explanation

          1 = never

          2 = on failure

          3 = all checks

          4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and sectionforces

          VALUES 10 Flag indicating if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for the explanation

          1 = no output

          2 = output parameters

          3 = output properties

          4 = output parameters and properties

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 24

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 25

          Table LRFD31-2

          GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

          Code ParameterName Table Application

          LRFD3 LRFD31-1 Checks compliance of I shapes channels single angles teesVolume double angles round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square 2 - LRFD3 HSS (structural tubes) solid round square and rectangular

          bars and plate girder profiles to the 1999 AISC LRFDThird Edition Specification (96)

          ASD9-E ASD9-E1-1 Checks compliance of I shape profiles to the 1989 AISCVolume ASD Ninth Edition specification (72) with equations that 2 - ASD9-E have been modified to include the modulus of elasticity

          (constant E) LRFD2 LRFD2 Checks compliance of I shapes pipes structural tubing plate

          Volume 2A girders (subjected to bi-axial bending and axial force)single and double angles (subjected to axial forces only)shape profiles to the 1993 AISC LRFD Second EditionSpecification (81)

          ASD9 ASD9 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2A double angles solid round bars pipes solid squares and

          rectangular bars and structural tubing shape profiles to the1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition Specification (72)

          78AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

          and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1978 AISC Specification (33)Eighth Edition including 1980 updates

          For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 26

          Table LRFD31-2 (continued)

          GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

          Code ParameterName Table Application

          69AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

          and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1969 AISC Specification (16)Seventh Edition including supplements 1 2 and 3

          W78AISC 2231 Similar to 78AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 78AISC code which

          was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

          DBLANG 2231 Checks compliance of double angle profiles to the 1969 Volume 2B AISC Specification (16) Seventh Edition including supple-

          ments 1 2 and 3

          W69AISC 2231 Similar to 69AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 69AISC code which

          was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

          For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 27

          Table LRFD31-3

          GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the LRFD3 Code

          Profile Shapes Reference

          I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table namesfor I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universalbeam shapes universal column shapes etc

          Channels See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of channel table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

          Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

          Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of tee table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

          Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

          Round HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of round HSS (pipecircular hollow section) table names applicable to LRFD3 code

          Rectangular HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squareHSS (structural tube rectangular and square hollow section) tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

          Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid round bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

          Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid square bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

          Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid rectangular bartable names applicable to LRFD3 codes

          Plate Girders See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of plate girder tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 28

          Table LRFD31-4

          ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

          Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and STshapes from AISC Tables

          Steel GradeASTM

          DesignationGroup Number Per ASTM A6

          Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

          Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5A36 36

          583658

          3658

          3658

          3658

          A529-G50 5065

          5065

          NA NA NA

          A529-G55 5570

          5570

          NA NA NA

          A572-G42 4260

          4260

          4260

          4260

          4260

          A572-G50 5065

          5065

          5065

          5065

          5065

          A572-G55 5570

          5570

          5570

          5570

          5570

          A572-G60 6075

          6075

          6075

          NA NA

          A572-G65 6580

          6580

          6580

          NA NA

          A913-G50 5060

          5060

          5060

          5060

          5060

          A913-G60 6075

          6075

          6075

          6075

          6075

          A913-G65 6580

          6580

          6580

          6580

          6580

          A913-G70 7090

          7090

          7090

          7090

          7090

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 29

          Table LRFD31-4 (continued)

          ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

          Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and ST shapes from AISC Tables

          Steel GradeASTM

          DesignationGroup Number Per ASTM A6

          Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

          Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5A992a 50

          655065

          5065

          5065

          5065

          A242 5070

          5070

          46b

          67b42a

          63a42a

          63a

          A588 5070

          5070

          5070

          5070

          5070

          a Applicable to W shapes only

          b Applicable to W and HP shapes only

          NA Indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steelGTSTRUDL assumes Fy and Fu to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for thesecombinations of group number and steel grade Minimum yield stresses (Fy) and minimumtensile strengths (Fu) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included in the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition specification

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 30

          Table LRFD31-5

          ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

          Applicable Shapes Round HSS Steel Pipe and Rectangular HSS

          Steel GradeASTM

          DesignationApplicable Shape Series

          Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

          Round HSS Steel Pipe Rectangular HSSA53-GB NA 35

          60NA

          A500-GB 4258

          NA 4658

          A500-GC 4662

          NA 5062

          A501 3658

          NA 3658

          A618-GIA618-GII

          Thickness 34

          5070 NA

          5070

          A618-GIA618-GII

          Thickness gt 34

          4667 NA

          4667

          A618GIII 5065

          NA 5065

          A242-G46 NA NA 4667

          A242-G50 NA NA 5070

          A588 NA NA 5070

          A847 5070

          NA 5070

          NA Not applicable See Table LRFD31-4 for more explanation

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 31

          522 BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

          00BS5950 CodeBritish StandardBS 5950-12000

          00BS595012 00BS5950 Code

          The 00BS5950 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

          I shapes Subjected to bending and axial forceSingle Angles Subjected to axial force onlyCircular Hollow Sections (Pipes) Subjected to bending and axial force

          The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columns universalbeams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles with doublysymmetric cross-sections

          The code is based on the BS 5950-12000 British Standard Structural use of steelwork inbuilding Part 1 Code of practice for design rolled and welded sections amendment number13199 issued May 2001 The 00BS5950 code utilizes the limit state design techniques of theBSI (British Standard Institution) specification

          The following assumptions are made throughout the 00BS5950 code

          1 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bending stressesand may be neglected No checks are made for torsion The designer is remindedto check the torsional stresses whenever they become significant

          2 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

          Joan
          Text Box
          Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 00BS5950 Manual

          GT STRUDLreg

          S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e U s e r M a n u a l

          Volume 2 - 00BS5950

          Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

          Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

          Rev T ii V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          V2 iii Rev T

          GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

          Revision No

          DateReleased Description

          T 2006

          V2 iv Rev T

          This page intentionally left blank

          V2 v Rev T

          NOTICES

          GTSTRUDLreg User Manual Volume 2 - 00BS5950 Steel Design Codes Revision T isapplicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released 2006 and subsequent versions

          GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

          GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

          DISCLAIMER

          NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

          Commercial Software Rights Legend

          Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

          This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

          Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

          Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

          Copyright copy 2006

          Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332

          ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

          Printed in United States of America

          V2 vi Rev T

          This page intentionally left blank

          V2 vii Rev T

          Table of Contents

          Chapter Page

          NOTICES v

          DISCLAIMER v

          Commercial Software Rights Legend v

          Table of Contents vii

          00BS59501 GTSTRUDL Steel Design 00BS5950 Code 1 - 100BS595011 Introduction 11 - 100BS595012 00BS5950 Code 12 - 1

          00BS59502 Properties used by 00BS5950 2 - 100BS59503 Parameters Used by 00BS5950 3 -1

          00BS59504 Provisions of 00BS5950 4 - 100BS595041 General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 41 - 100BS595042 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes 42 - 100BS595043 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle 43 - 100BS595044 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section

          (CHS Pipe) 44 - 1

          Appendix A References A - 1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B - 1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles C - 1

          List of Figures

          Figure 00BS59501-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950 12 - 2Figure 00BS59502-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950 2 - 2Figure 00BS59503-1 Local Axis Buckling 3 - 14Figure 00BS59503-2 SIDESWAY Conditions 3 - 21Figure 00BS595042-1 Effective cross-section for determining Aeff 42 - 6Figure 00BS595042-2 Effective cross-section web fully effective for determining

          Zyeff and Zzeff 42 - 10Figure 00BS595042-3 Bending Stresses for I Shapes 42 - 32Figure 00BS595044-1 Bending Stresses for Circular Hollow Section

          (CHS Pipe) 44 - 17

          V2 viii Rev T

          List of Tables

          Table 00BS59501-1 00BS5950 Code Parameters 12 - 7Table 00BS59501-2 GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the Design based

          on the 00BS5950 Code 12 - 17Table 00BS59501-3 Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950)

          and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification 12 - 18Table 00BS59501-4 Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ for

          Nominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computationBritish Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification 12 - 20

          Table 00BS59501-5 Effective Length LE British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification 12 - 21

          Table 00BS59503-1 Parameters in 00BS5950 3 - 2Table 00BS59503-2 Effective Length LE British Standard BS 5950-1

          2000 Specification 3 - 10Table 00BS59503-3 Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ for

          Nominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computationBritish Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification 3 - 11

          Table 00BS59503-4 Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification 3 - 24

          Table 00BS595042-1 Flange Classification Provision lsquoClass-Frsquo for 00BS5950 Code 42 - 15

          Table 00BS595042-2 Web Classification Provision lsquoClass-Wrsquo for 00BS5950 Code 42 - 16

          Table 00BS595043-1 Single Angle Classification Provision lsquoClassrsquo for 00BS5950 Code 43 - 6

          Table 00BS595044-1 Classification Provision lsquoClass-Axrsquo for 00BS5950 Code 44 - 6

          Table 00BS595044-2 Classification Provision lsquoClass-Bersquo for 00BS5950 Code 44 - 7

          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes

          V2 00BS595011 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59501 GTSTRUDL Steel Design 00BS5950 Code

          00BS595011 Introduction

          The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters properties and thecode provisions for the GTSTRUDL steel design 00BS5950 code This volume is onlyapplicable to steel design 00BS5950 code

          GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595011 - 2 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code

          V2 00BS595012 - 1 Rev T

          00BS5950 CodeBritish StandardBS 5950-12000

          00BS595012 00BS5950 Code

          The 00BS5950 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of thefollowing shapes

          I shapes Subjected to bending and axial forceSingle Angles Subjected to axial force onlyCircular Hollow Sections (Pipes) Subjected to bending and axial force

          The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columnsuniversal beams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles withdoubly symmetric cross-sections

          The code is based on the BS 5950-12000 British Standard Structural use ofsteelwork in building Part 1 Code of practice for design rolled and welded sectionsamendment number 13199 issued May 2001 The 00BS5950 code utilizes the limit statedesign techniques of the BSI (British Standard Institution) specification

          The following assumptions are made throughout the 00BS5950 code

          1 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bendingstresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

          2 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

          00BS5950 Code GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 2 V2

          Figure 00BS59501-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code

          V2 00BS595012 - 3 Rev T

          The sections of the BS 5950-12000 specifications (95) that are considered by theGTSTRUDL 00BS5950 code are summarized below

          Section Title

          3 Properties of materials and section properties35 Classification of cross-sections351 General352 Classification353 Flanges of compound I- or H-sections

          Table 11 Limiting width-to-thickness ratios for sectionsother than CHS and RHS

          355 Stress ratios for classification3562 I- or H-sections with equal flanges3564 Circular hollow sections3622 Effective area3623 Effective modulus when web is fully effective364 Equal-leg angle sections365 Alternative method366 Circular hollow sections

          4 Design of structural members423 Shear capacity

          425 Moment capacity4252 Low shear4253 High shear

          43 Lateral-torsional buckling434 Destabilizing load435 Effective length for lateral-torsional buckling

          Table 13 Effective length LE for beams withoutintermediate restraint

          4362 I- H- channel and box sections with equal flanges4364 Buckling resistance moment4365 Bending strength pb

          4366 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT

          Table 18 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT forlateral-torsional buckling

          00BS5950 Code GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 4 V2

          Section Title

          4369 Ratio $W

          445 Shear buckling resistance4452 Simplified method4453 More exact method

          46 Tension members461 Tension capacity472 Slenderness

          47 Compression members472 Slenderness474 Compression resistance475 Compressive strength

          Table 23 Allocation of strut curve

          48 Members with combined moment and axial force482 Tension members with moments4822 Simplified method4823 More exact method

          483 Compression members with moments4832 Cross-section capacity

          4833 Member buckling resistance48331 Simplified method

          Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexuralbuckling

          48332 More exact method for I- or H-sections with equal flangesTable 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexural

          buckling48333 More exact method for CHS RHS or box sections with equal flanges

          Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m forflexural buckling

          49 Members with biaxial moments

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code

          V2 00BS595012 - 5 Rev T

          Section Title

          Annex B (normative)Lateral-torsional buckling of members subject to bending

          B2 Buckling resistanceB21 Bending strengthB22 Perry factor and Robertson constantB23 Uniform I H and channel sections with equal flanges

          Annex C (normative)Compressive strength

          C1 Strut formulaC2 Perry factor and Robertson constant

          Annex H (normative)Web buckling resistance

          H1 Shear buckling strength

          Annex I (normative)Combined axial compression and bending

          I2 Reduced plastic moment capacityI21 I- or H-section with equal flanges

          Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered for all cross-sections except single angles (tension or compressionaxial stresses only) Provisions for columns in simple construction are included Parametersallowing for the changes which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have beenincluded and may be invoked at the users discretion

          The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

          1 Table 00BS59501-1 Shows the parameters used by 00BS5950 codeTable 00BS59501-1 contains the applicable

          parameter names their default values and a briefdescription of the parameters

          2 Section 00BS59502 Describes the cross-section properties used foreach shape

          00BS5950 Code GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 6 V2

          3 Section 00BS59503 Contains detail discussion of the parameters usedby the 00BS5950 code and they are presented inthe alphabetic order in this section

          4 Sections 00BS59504 Describes the subsections in the Section00BS59504

          5 Section 00BS595041 Defines the symbols used in the 00BS5950 codeprovisions

          6 Section 00BS595042 Contains detailed discussion of the codeprovisions and the equations applicable to the Ishape cross-sections subjected to bending andaxial forces

          7 Section 00BS595043 Contains detailed discussion of the codeprovisions and the equations applicable to thesingle angle cross-sections subjected to axial forceonly

          8 Section 00BS595044 Contains detailed discussion of the codeprovisions and the equations applicable to thecircular hollow sections (CHS pipes) subjected tobending and axial forces

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 7 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify 00BS5950 for code nameSee Sections 00BS59502 00BS59503 and 00BS59504for a more detailed description

          TBLNAM UNIBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table 00BS59501-2 forchoices

          METHOD EXACT Identifies the design method This parameter indicates thetype of method that should be used for the shear orcombined capacity checks BOTH = Use simplified and the more exact

          methods See Sections 445 482 and483 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          EXACT = Use the more exact method SeeSections 4453 4823 48332 and48333 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          SIMPLIFY = Use simplified method See Sections4452 4822 and 4832 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          SECTYPE ROLLED Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shapeThis parameter is used to determine the equations that areapplicable to the rolled or welded shapeROLLED = Member is hot rolledWELDED = Member is weldedcoldformed

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 8 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          SHRAREAF Computed SHeaR AREA Factor is used for the computation of theshear area When an alternate value other than COM-PUTE or TABLE is specified shear area is computed asthe SHRAREAF times the cross sectional area (AV = AY= SHRAREAF times AX)COMPUTE = Compute the shear area based on the

          Section 423 of BS 5950-12000 (95)except for single and double anglesShear area for single and double anglesare extracted from GTSTRUDL or US-ER table

          TABLE = Shear area from GTSTRUDL or USERtable is used

          a 2540000(mm) Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is usedto compute ad ratio ad is the ratio of the distancebetween stiffeners to web depth An arbitrary high valueof 2540000 (mm) has been assumed as a default toindicate that the web stiffeners are absent A value isnecessary to account for web stiffeners in the shearcapacity calculation (Provisions 4452 and 4453)

          SimpSupp NO Indicates that if a member is simply supported or notThis parameter is used to determine the equations that areapplicable to the simply supported members (Provisionslsquo4252Zrsquo lsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253YrsquoNO = Member is not simply supportedYES = Member is simply supported

          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provi-sions of a code The ratio of actuallimiting must be lessthan or equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 9 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

          Material Properties

          STEELGRD S235JRG2 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member ismade See Table 00BS59501-3 for STEEL GRaDes andtheir properties

          Py Computed Design strength py (yield stress) of member Computedfrom parameter STEELGRD if not given

          REDPy 10 Reduction factor for parameter Py This factor timesparameter Py gives the design strength (py) value used bythe code Used to account for property changes at hightemperatures

          Pyf Py Design strength of the flange If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter Py This parameter isused to define a hybrid cross-section see parameter Pywalso

          Pyw Py Design strength of the web If not specified it is assumedequal to the parameter Py This parameter is used todefine a hybrid cross-section see parameter Pyf also

          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similarto REDPy

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 10 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Slenderness Ratio

          SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) fora member subjected to axial compression The defaultvalue for maximum compression slenderness ratio isequal to 180

          SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for amember subjected to axial tension Only a user-specifiedvalue will initiate the slenderness ratio check for a tensionmember

          Effective Length for a Compression Member

          EFLEY 10 Effective factor value used for the computation ofnominal effective length LEy = EFLEY times LY for acompression member Nominal effective length LEY isused in the computation of maximum slenderness ratioabout the local Y axis of the profile See Table00BS59501-4 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 ofBS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEY values

          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of thecross-section This parameter is used to compute nominaleffective length LEy for a compression member (LEy =EFLEY times LY) The default value is computed as a lengthof the member

          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used forparameter LY (LY = FRLY times Member Length)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 11 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Effective Length for a Compression Member (continued)

          EFLEZ 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of nominaleffective length LEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compressionmember Nominal effective length LEZ is used in the com-putation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Z axisof the profile See Table 00BS59501-4 or Sections 472473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEZvalues

          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of thecross-section This parameter is used to compute nominaleffective length LEz for a compression member (LEz = EFLEZtimes LZ) The default value is computed as a length of themember

          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LZ(LZ = FRLZ times Member Length)

          Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling

          LE LLT Effective length of a member for lateral torsional bucklingof a beam with restraints at the ends Default value is theeffective length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling of a member under bending see parameter LLT(LE = EFLE times LLT) See Table 00BS59501-5 foralternative values and also see Table 13 and 14 of theBS5950-12000 (95)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 12 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling (continued)

          EFLE 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of theeffective length LE of a member under bending Used onlywhen default value of LLT is used for parameter LE (LE =EFLE times LLT see Table 00BS59501-5 and parameter LE)

          LLT Computed Segment length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling (unbraced length) This parameter generally usedto specify the segment length of the compression flangerestraint against lateral-torsional buckling (unbraced lengthof the compression flange) Computed as length of member

          FRLLT 10 Fractional value used for the computation of the unbracedlateral-torsional buckling length of a member LLT Usedonly when default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameterLLT (LLT = FRLLT times Member Length)

          Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors

          mLT Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsionalbuckling (mLT) which is used in the member bucklingresistance equations This parameter modifies Z axisbending buckling capacity in combined axial and bendingcapacity equations See Section 00BS59503 for moreexplanation

          my Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling(my) which is used in the member buckling resistanceequations This parameter modifies Y axis bending capacityin combined axial and bending capacity equations SeeSection 00BS59503 for more explanation

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 13 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

          mz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling(mz) which is used in the member buckling resistanceequations This parameter modifies Z axis bending capacityin combined axial and bending capacity equations SeeSection 00BS59503 for more explanation

          myz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexuralbuckling (myz) which is used in the member out-of-planebuckling resistance equations This parameter modifies Yaxis bending capacity in combined axial and bendingcapacity equations See Section 00BS59503 for moreexplanation

          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about thelocal Y axisYES = Sidesway permittedNO = Sidesway prevented

          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about thelocal Z axisYES = Sidesway permittedNO = Sidesway prevented

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 14 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

          DESTLDY YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Y axisdirection (and possibly rotation about the member local Yaxis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load isapplied in the local Z axis direction of a member and boththe load and the member are free to deflect laterally (andpossibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember This parameter is only applicable to LOADS listor ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERS commandYES = Destabilizing loadNO = Normal load

          DESTLDZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Z axisdirection (and possibly rotation about the member local Zaxis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load isapplied to the top flange (local Y axis load) of a member andboth the load and the flange are free to deflect laterally (andpossibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember This parameter is only applicable to LOADS listor ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERS commandYES = Destabilizing loadNO = Normal load

          Force Limitation

          FXMIN 2224 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero Units are in newtons (N)

          FYMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 15 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Force Limitation (continued)

          FZMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          Output Processing

          MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles inmost tables

          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an expla-nation

          PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values forlimit state and load and resistance factor codes Thisparameter is applicable to the steel design CHECK andSELECT commands The default output from CHECK orSELECT command prints the section force values A valueof lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that the section limitingvalues should be printed instead of default section forces

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 16 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Output Processing (continued)

          TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for theexplanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section

          forces

          VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for the explanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 17 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-2

          GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the 00BS5950 Code

          Profile Shapes Reference

          I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of ApplicableTable names for universal beams universal columnsjoists universal bearing piles I shapes W S M HPshapes wide flange shapes etc

          Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angletable names applicable to 00BS5950 code

          Circular Hollow Sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of circular hollowsection (pipe round HSS) table names applicable to00BS5950 code

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 18 V2

          Table 00BS59501-3

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S185 185 175 290

          S235JR 235 225 340

          S235JRG1 235 225 340

          S235JRG2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J0 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G3 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G4 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S275JR 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J0 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G3 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G4 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275N 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          S275NL 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 19 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-3 (continued)

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S355JR 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J0 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355N 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S355NL 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S420N 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S420NL 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S460N 460 440 430 410 400 550

          S460NL 460 440 430 410 400 550

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 20 V2

          Table 00BS59501-4

          Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ forNominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computation

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          a) non-sway mode

          Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of structure EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition at both ends

          Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 07Partially restrained in direction at both ends 085Restrained in direction at one end 085Not restrained in direction at either end 10

          b) sway mode

          One end Other end EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition and restrainedin direction

          Not held inposition

          Effectively restrained in direction 12Partially restrained in direction 15Not restrained in direction 20

          Excluding angle channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with Section4710 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          EFLEY 15 MEMBER 1 $ LEy = 15LY for member 1EFLEZ 12 MEMBER 25 $ LEz = 12LZ for member 25

          LY and LZ are the unbraced length for buckling about the local Y and Z axis of the cross-section (see parameter LY and LZ)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 21 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-5

          Effective Length LE

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          Conditions of restraint at supports Alternate values forParameter LE

          Loading conditions

          Normal

          DESTLDZ = NO

          Destabilizing

          DESTLDZ = YES

          Default value for parameter LE LLT EFLLTtimesLLT EFLLTtimesLLT

          Compression flange laterally restrained Nominal torsional restraint against rotation about longitudinal axis

          Both flanges fully restrained againstrotation on plan

          A1 07LLT 085LLT

          Compression flange fully restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A2 075LLT 09LLT

          Both flanges partially restrained againstrotation on plan

          A3 08LLT 095LLT

          Compression flange partially restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A4 085LLT 10LLT

          Both flanges free to rotate on plan A5 10LLT 12LLT

          Compression flange laterally unrestrained Both flanges free to rotate on plan

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided byconnection of bottom flange to supports

          A6 10LLT + 2D 12LLT + 2D

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided only bypressure of bottom flange onto supports

          A7 12LLT + 2D 14LLT + 2D

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          DESTLDZ NO LOAD 2DESTLDZ YES LOAD 5LE A3 MEMBER 1 $ LE = 08LLT for load 2 and

          $ LE = 095LLT for load 5LE A7 MEMBER 8 $ LE = 12LLT+2D for load 2 and

          $ LE = 14LLT+2D for load 5

          1 D is the depth of cross-section (table property YD)2 Default value for parameter EFLLT is equal to 103 For cantilevers and other types of beams not in Table 00BS59501-6 use parameter EFLLT to specify the effective length

          factor (LE = EFLLTtimesLLT)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 22 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59502 Properties used by 00BS5950

          This section describes the profile properties used by the 00BS5950 code Since eachshape has different properties that are required by the design code the properties of eachshape are listed separately The tables supplied with GTSTRUDL contain these propertiesrequired for design in addition to the properties required for analysis New tables created bythe user should include the same properties if the 00BS5950 code is to be used Theorientation of the principle axes (Z and Y) for each shape is shown in Figure 00BS59502-1

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 2 V2

          Figure 00BS59502-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 3 Rev T

          I Shapes

          For universal shapes W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams thefollowing properties are required

          AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the total profile depth (YD)

          times the web thickness (WBTK)AZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = total profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Y axis (half of the total profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = web depth (clear depth of the web) This is the property d in

          the BS 5950-12000 Specification (95) and GTSTRUDL Britishtables contain this value in the database Web depth (cleardepth of the web) is computed as cross-section depth minustwice the flange thickness and minus twice the connectioncurve radius between the web and the flange This property inother tables like AISC tables have slightly different definitionFor example INTYD in the AISC tables are defined as the totalprofile depth (YD) minus twice the flange thickness (FLTK)This property for welded section is defined as the total profiledepth (YD) minus twice the flange thickness (FLTK)

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 4 V2

          BF2TF = this is the property taken from the table database The bT ratioof the flange computed as frac12 the flange width (property lsquoZDrsquo)divided by the flange thickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo) If thisproperty is not available frac12 the flange width (property lsquoZDrsquo)divided by the flange thickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo) is used

          EY = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the Yaxis

          EZ = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the Zaxis

          H or CW = warping constantND = nominal depthX = torsional index (corresponds to x in BS 5950-12000) If not

          specified the torsional index is computed based on the equationgiven in the Annex B23 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          U = buckling parameter (corresponds to u in BS 5950-12000) Ifnot specified the buckling parameter is computed based on theequation given in the Annex B23 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          WEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

          = 10 I shapes= 12 H shapes

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 5 Rev T

          Single Angles

          For single angles the properties are defined with respect to the principleaxes the following properties are required

          AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y-shear area along the Y-principle axis AY is taken as a value

          that will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FYAY where FY is the Y-shear force in the Y-principle axis direction In this case AY is taken as the term(IZtimesTHICKQZ) where QZ is the first moment of the areaabove the Z-principle axis about the Z-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and JM Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

          AZ = Z-shear area along the Z-principle axis AZ is taken as a valuethat will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FZAZ where FZ is the Z-shear force in the Z-principle axis direction In this case AZ is taken as the term(IYtimesTHICKQY) where QY is the first moment of the areaabove the Y-principle axis about the Y-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and JM Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

          IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-

          ZC)) (note if both legs are equal LEG1 = LEG2 then SY =SYS)

          SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZ(YD-

          YC))THICK = thickness of the single angleLEG1 = length of the longer leg

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 6 V2

          LEG2 = length of the shorter legYD = depth parallel to the Y axis

          = LEG2timescos (ALPHA)+THICKtimessin (ALPHA)YC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Y axisZD = depth parallel to the principle Z axis

          = LEG1timescos (ALPHA) + LEG2timessin (ALPHA)ZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Z axisALPHA = angle between the longer leg of the angle and the principle Z

          axisEY = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the

          principle Y axisEZ = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the

          principle Z axisWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

          = 30 single angles

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 7 Rev T

          Circular Hollow Sections (Pipes)

          For circular hollow sections (pipes) the following properties are required

          AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as frac12 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as frac12 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic modulus about the Z axisOD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (pipe)ID = inside diameter of the circular hollow section (pipe)THICK = thickness of the circular hollow section (pipe)YD = depth parallel to the Y axis (OD)YC = distance to the extreme fiber in the positive Y direction

          (OD20)ZD = depth parallel to the Z axis (OD)ZC = distance to the extreme fiber in the positive Z direction

          (OD20)ND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

          = 51 circular hollow section (pipe)

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 8 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59503 Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          The parameters used by 00BS5950 code may be grouped into three generalcategories

          1 System parameters2 Control parameters3 Code parameters

          The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT and CHECK commandresults Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checked and specifycomparison tolerances The third group referred to as code parameters are used to specifyinformation and coefficients directly referenced in the code With the notable exception ofCODETOL parameters of the second group are seldom used A knowledge of the systemand control parameters allows the user greater flexibility when using the 00BS5950 codeThe vast majority of parameters fall into the code category and have a direct bearing on00BS5950 code and the results it produces

          For the categories described above the parameters used by 00BS5950 code arepresented below and are summarized in the Table 00BS59503-1 The system and controlparameters are discussed first followed by the code parameters

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 2 V2

          Table 00BS59503-1

          Parameters in 00BS5950

          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

          a 2540000 (mm) Real value in active unitsCODE Required 00BS5950CODETOL 00 Percent ToleranceDESTLDY YES NODESTLDZ YES NOEFLE 10 Real valueEFLEY 10 Real valueEFLEZ 10 Real valueFRLLT 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLY 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLZ 10 Fraction of member lengthFXMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFYMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFZMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsLE LY Real value in active unitsLLT Member Length Real value in active unitsLY Member Length Real value in active unitsLZ Member Length Real value in active unitsMETHOD EXACT BOTH SIMPLIFYmLT Computed Real valuemy Computed Real valueMYMIN 22600 (Nndashmm) Real value in active unitsmyz Computed Real value in active unitsmz Computed Real value in active unitsMZMIN 22600 (ndashmm) Real value in active unitsPF 10 Fraction of areaPRIDTA 10 20PrintLim NO YESPy Computed Real value in active unitsPyf Py Real value in active units

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 3 Rev T

          Table 00BS59503-1 (continued)

          Parameters in 00BS5950

          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

          Pyw Py Real value in active unitsREDE 10 Reduction factor for EREDPy 10 Reduction factor for FYSDSWAYY YES NOSDSWAYZ YES NOSECTYPE ROLLED WELDEDSHRAREAF Computed COMPUTE TABLE Real valueSimpSupp NO YESSLENCOMP 1800 Real valueSLENTEN Computed Real valueSTEELGRD S235JRG2 Table 00BS59503-4SUMMARY NO YESTBLNAM UNIBEAMS Table 00BS59501-3TRACE 4 1 2 3VALUES 1 2 3 4

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 4 V2

          System Parameters

          PRIDTA 1 2

          The PRIDTA parameter may be used to monitor the selection procedurewhich is used during a SELECT Its output is of minimal use in a productionenvironment and is therefore not recommended to the user The two options are (1)for no output and (2) for output monitoring the flow through the selection procedureThe primary use of PRIDTA is to compare the different selection procedures and itis listed here only for completeness CHECK commands are not affected byPRIDTA

          PrintLim NO YES

          Parameter to request to print the section limiting values for limit state andload and resistance factor codes This parameter is applicable to the steel designCHECK and SELECT commands The default output from CHECK or SELECTcommand prints the section force values A value of YES for this parameterindicates that the section limiting values should be printed instead of default sectionforces

          SUMMARY NO YES

          Unlike the preceding parameters SUMMARY does not directly produceoutput during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARY invokes abookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parameter valuesused at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed or checkedThe two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NO thebookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specified allprovisions and parameters in the code Summary Description (Sections 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has been recorded

          TRACE 1 2 3 4

          The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 5 Rev T

          1 - no provisions are output2 - outputs any provisions which fail3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and4 - outputs the two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed

          Whenever 2 or 3 is selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces actingon the member for that section and loading For each provision at that section andloading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio are outputFigure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACE value of3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actual exceeded theallowable are output The order in which provisions are output depends on the codebeing used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loading When novalue is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 is assumed Thedefault output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK command shows themember name the code name the profile name the table name the loadingconditions and the section locations where the two largest actualallowable valuesoccur the provision names corresponding to the two largest actualallowable valuesthe two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed and the internal membersection forces at the section with the largest actualallowable ratio

          VALUES 1 2 3 4

          VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused while SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values are outputThe four options for VALUES are

          1 - no parameter or property values is output2 - outputs only parameter values3 - outputs only property values and4 - outputs both parameter and property values

          Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 6 V2

          Control Parameters

          CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

          CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

          With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODETOLthe user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

          FXMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

          FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force which is considered bythe code Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

          FYMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

          FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

          FZMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

          FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 7 Rev T

          MYMIN 22600 Nndashmm Alternate value in active units

          MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MYMIN

          MZMIN 22600 Nndashmm Alternate value in active units

          MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MZMIN

          NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MYMIN and MZMIN shouldalways be greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces andmoments are not made Forces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and lessmay be present due to numerical limitations of the computer In most structuresforces of this magnitude are negligible when compared to the forces usuallyfound in a member Default values for the minimums are appropriate for mostapplications

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 8 V2

          Code Parameters

          a 2540000 mm Alternate value in active units

          Parameter a is the clear distance between transverse stiffeners Thisparameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the computation of thelimiting shear stress The default value indicates that the shear check does notconsider transverse stiffeners A user-specified value for parameter a causes theautomatic computation of the ah ratio lsquohrsquo is defined as the total depth minus twicethe flange thickness for I-shapes lsquohrsquo is the same as the table property INTYDINTYD is the clear distance between flanges (see Section 00BS59502)

          CODE Required

          The CODE parameter indicates the code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of 00BS5950 must be specified for thisparameter to check code based on 1997 CISC Seventh Edition 00BS5950 designor code check is based on the Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh EditionCanadian Institute of Steel Construction November 1997 The 00BS5950 code isbased on the Limit State Design

          DESTLDY YES NO

          This parameter indicates the presence or absence of a destabilizing load whichcauses movement in the member local Y axis direction (and possibly rotation aboutthe member local Y axis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load is appliedin the local Z axis direction of a member and both the load and the member are freeto deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember The default value of YES for this parameter indicates that the user-specified loads applied to the members are destabilizing loads which causesmovement in the members local Y axis direction (and possibly rotation about themember local Y axis) A user-specified value of NO for this parameter indicates thatthe specified loads are normal loads and do not cause movement or rotation Thisparameter is only applicable to LOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERScommand

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 9 Rev T

          DESTLDZ YES NO

          This parameter indicates the presence or absence of a destabilizing load whichcauses movement in the member local Z axis direction (and possibly rotation aboutthe member local Z axis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load is appliedin the local Y axis direction of a member and both the load and the member are freeto deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember The default value of YES for this parameter indicates that the user-specified loads applied to the members are destabilizing loads which causesmovement in the members local Z axis direction (and possibly rotation about themember local Z axis) A user-specified value of NO for this parameter indicates thatthe specified loads are normal loads and do not cause movement or rotation Thisparameter is only applicable to LOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERScommand

          EFLE 10 Alternate value

          EFLE specified the effective factor value used for the computation of theeffective length LE for lateral-torsional buckling of a member under bending Thisparameter is used only when default value of LLT is used for parameter LE (LE =EFLE times LLT see Table 00BS59503-2 and parameter LE also see Table 13 and 14of the BS 5950-12000 (95)) EFLE may be less than or greater than 10

          EFLEY 10 Alternative value

          Effective factor value used for the computation of nominal effective lengthLEy = EFLEY times LY for a compression member Nominal effective length LEY isused in the computation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Y axis of theprofile See Table 00BS59503-3 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEY values

          EFLEZ 10 Alternative value

          Effective factor value used for the computation of nominal effective lengthLEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compression member Nominal effective length LEZ is usedin the computation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Z axis of theprofile See Table 00BS59503-3 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEY values

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 10 V2

          Table 00BS59503-2

          Effective Length LE

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          Conditions of restraint at supports Alternate values forParameter LE

          Loading conditions

          Normal

          DESTLDZ = NO

          Destabilizing

          DESTLDZ = YES

          Default value for parameter LE LLT EFLLTtimesLLT EFLLTtimesLLT

          Compression flange laterally restrained Nominal torsional restraint against rotation about longitudinal axis

          Both flanges fully restrained againstrotation on plan

          A1 07LLT 085LLT

          Compression flange fully restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A2 075LLT 09LLT

          Both flanges partially restrained againstrotation on plan

          A3 08LLT 095LLT

          Compression flange partially restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A4 085LLT 10LLT

          Both flanges free to rotate on plan A5 10LLT 12LLT

          Compression flange laterally unrestrained Both flanges free to rotate on plan

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided byconnection of bottom flange to supports

          A6 10LLT + 2D 12LLT + 2D

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided only bypressure of bottom flange onto supports

          A7 12LLT + 2D 14LLT + 2D

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          DESTLDZ NO LOAD 2DESTLDZ YES LOAD 5LE A3 MEMBER 1 $ LE = 08LLT for load 2 and

          $ LE = 095LLT for load 5LE A7 MEMBER 8 $ LE = 12LLT+2D for load 2 and

          $ LE = 14LLT+2D for load 5

          1 D is the depth of cross-section (table property YD)2 Default value for parameter EFLLT is equal to 103 For cantilevers and other types of beams not in Table 00BS59503-2 use parameter EFLLT to specify the effective length

          factor (LE = EFLLTtimesLLT)

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 11 Rev T

          Table 00BS59503-3

          Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ forNominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computation

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          a) non-sway mode

          Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of structure EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition at both ends

          Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 07Partially restrained in direction at both ends 085Restrained in direction at one end 085Not restrained in direction at either end 10

          b) sway mode

          One end Other end EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition and restrainedin direction

          Not held inposition

          Effectively restrained in direction 12Partially restrained in direction 15Not restrained in direction 20

          Excluding angle channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with Section4710 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          EFLEY 15 MEMBER 1 $ LEy = 15LY for member 1EFLEZ 12 MEMBER 25 $ LEz = 12LZ for member 25

          LY and LZ are the unbraced length for buckling about the local Y and Z axis of the cross-section(see parameter LY and LZ)

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 12 V2

          FRLLT 10 Fraction of member length

          This parameter specifies the fractional value used for the computation of theunbraced lateral-torsional buckling length of a member LLT FRLLT is used onlywhen default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LLT (LLT = FRLLT timesMember Length) FRLLT may be less than or greater than 10

          FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

          FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members flexible length FRLY may be less than or greater than 10This parameter is used only when LY is computed (LY = FRLY Member Length)

          FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

          FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members flexible length FRLZ may be less than or greater than 10This parameter is used only when LZ is computed (LZ = FRLZ Member Length)

          LE LLT Alternate value in active units

          LE specifies the effective length of a member for lateral-torsional bucklingof a beam with restraints at the ends Default value is the effective length betweenrestraints against lateral-torsional buckling of a member under bending seeparameter LLT (LE = EFLE times LLT) See Table 00BS59503-2 for alternative valuesand also see Tables 13 and 14 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) See the LLT parameterbelow for a description of the lateral-torsional buckling length (unbraced length ofthe compression flange) An alternate value in the active units may be specified bythe user

          LLT Computed Alternate value in active units

          LLT specifies the segment length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling (unbraced length) This parameter generally is used to specify the segmentlength of the compression flange restraint against lateral-torsional buckling (unbracedlength of the compression flange) The default is computed as the flexible memberlength times the value of the FRLLT parameter See the LY parameter below fora description of the flexible member length

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 13 Rev T

          LY Computed Alternate value in active units

          LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure 00BS59503-1 This parameter is used to compute the nominal effectivelength LEy = EFLEY times LY for a compression member The default is computed asthe flexible member length times the value of the FRLY parameter The flexiblelength of a member is the joint-to-joint distance unless eccentricities andor end jointsizes are given When eccentricities are given the eccentric start-to-end length of themember is used For end joint sizes the end joint size at both ends is subtracted fromthe actual joint-to-joint length LY may be specified larger or smaller than themembers flexible length and no comparisons are made between the two SeeSection 218 of Volume 1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end jointsizes

          LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

          LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure 00BS59503-1 This parameter is used to compute the nominal effectivelength LEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compression member The default is computed asthe flexible member length times the value of the FRLZ parameter See the LYparameter above for a description of the flexible member length

          METHOD EXACT SIMPLIFY BOTH

          This parameter is to specify the design method that should be used for thecode check or design of a member There are two design method available for00BS5950 code simplify and exact method A user-specified method for thisparameter indicates the type of equations that should be used for the shear orcombined capacity checks The default value of EXACT for this parameter indicatesthat the exact method discussed in the Sections 4453 4823 48332 and48333 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) should be used The user-specified value ofSIMPLIFY indicates that the simplified method in the Sections 4452 4822 and4832 of BS 5950-12000 (95) should be used The value of BOTH for thisparameter indicates that both the exact and simplified method equations of BS 5950-12000 (95) should be used (see Sections 445 482 and 483 of BS 5950-12000)

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 14 V2

          Figure 00BS59503-1 Local Axis Buckling

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 15 Rev T

          mLT Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomLTrsquo corresponds to the factor mLT and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for lateral-torsional buckling used in the member buckling resistanceequations mLT is a modification factor for a non-uniform moment diagram whenboth ends of the beam segment are braced mLT is calculated based on the major axismoments over the segment length LLT LLT is the segment length between restraintsagainst lateral-torsional buckling (see parameter lsquoLLTrsquo) Factor mLT is used in thelateral-torsional buckling equations mLT is discussed in the Section 4366 and Table18 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

          mLT = 0 2015 05 015

          0 442 3 4

          max

          ++ +

          geM M M

          MmLTbut

          mLT = 10 for cantilever member

          mLT = 10 for the destabilizing load

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum major axis moment (Z axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = absolute value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at quarter

          point of the unbraced segmentM3 = absolute value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at

          centerline of the unbraced beam segmentM4 = absolute value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at three-

          quarter point of the unbraced beam segment

          When computing the default value of mLT the compression flange is assumedto be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where theactual unbraced length is different than the eccentric member length (start to end ofthe member) the user should specify a value for the parameter lsquomLTrsquo A value of10 is always conservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specifiedvalue for the parameter lsquoLLTrsquo is not equal to the eccentric memberlength a value of 10 is assumed

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 16 V2

          my Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomyrsquo corresponds to the factor my and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for flexural buckling used in the member buckling resistanceequations Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) my is a modification factorfor non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beam segment are braced

          my is calculated based on the minor axis moments over the segment length Ly Ly isthe segment length between restraints against flexural buckling about the minor axis(see parameter lsquoLYrsquo) Factor my is used in the combined buckling resistanceequations (Section 4833 and Table 26 of the BS 5950-12000)

          my = 0 201 0 6 01 082 3 4 24

          max max+

          + +ge

          M M MM

          mM

          Mybut

          mdash if sway mode (sidesway) permitted about the Y axis my $ 085see parameter SDSWAYY A value of YES for parameter SDSWAYYindicates that sidesway is permitted

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at quarter point of

          the unbraced segmentM3 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at centerline of the

          unbraced beam segmentM4 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at three-quarter

          point of the unbraced beam segmentM24 = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)

          in the central half of the segment (maximum moment between M2

          (quarter point) and M4 (three-quarter point) location)

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 are all lie on the same side of the axis (all moments arepositive or negative) their value all taken as positive

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 lie both sides of the axis (some positive and somenegative moments) the side leading to the larger value of my is taken asthe positive side

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 17 Rev T

          When computing the default value of my the member is assumed to besupported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where the actual unbracedlength is different than the eccentric member length (start to end of the member) theuser should specify a value for the parameter lsquomyrsquo A value of 10 is alwaysconservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specified valuefor the parameter lsquoLYrsquo is not equal to the eccentric member length a valueof 10 is assumed

          myz Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomyzrsquo corresponds to the factor myz and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for lateral flexural buckling used in the member out-of-plane bucklingresistance equations Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) myz is amodification factor for non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beamsegment are braced myz is calculated based on the minor axis moments over thesegment length Lz Lz is the segment length between restraints against flexuralbuckling about the major axis (see parameter lsquoLZrsquo) Factor myz is used in thecombined buckling resistance equations (Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000)

          myz = 0 201 0 6 01 082 3 4 24

          max max+

          + +ge

          M M MM

          mM

          Myzbut

          mdash if sway mode (sidesway) permitted about the Z axis (in-plane)myz $ 085see parameter SDSWAYZ A value of YES for parameter SDSWAYZindicates that sidesway is permitted

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at quarter point of

          the unbraced segmentM3 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at centerline of the

          unbraced beam segmentM4 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at three-quarter

          point of the unbraced beam segment

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 18 V2

          0 201 0 6 01 082 3 4 24

          max max+

          + +ge

          M M MM

          mM

          Mzbut

          M24 = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)in the central half of the segment (maximum moment between M2

          (quarter point) and M4 (three-quarter point) location)

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 are all lie on the same side of the axis (all moments arepositive or negative) their value all taken as positive

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 lie both sides of the axis (some positive and somenegative moments) the side leading to the larger value of my is taken asthe positive side

          When computing the default value of myz the member is assumed to besupported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where the actual unbracedlength is different than the eccentric member length (start to end of the member) theuser should specify a value for the parameter lsquomyzrsquo A value of 10 is alwaysconservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specified valuefor the parameter lsquoLZrsquo is not equal to the eccentric member length avalue of 10 is assumed

          mz Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomzrsquo corresponds to the factor mz and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for flexural buckling used in the member buckling resistanceequations Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) mz is a modification factorfor non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beam segment are bracedmz is calculated based on the major axis moments over the segment length Lz Lz isthe segment length between restraints against flexural buckling about the major axis(see parameter lsquoLZrsquo) Factor mz is used in the combined buckling resistanceequations (Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000)

          mz =

          mdash if sway mode (sidesway) permitted about the Z axis (in-plane)mz $ 085see parameter SDSWAYZ A value of YES for parameter SDSWAYZindicates that sidesway is permitted

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 19 Rev T

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum major axis moment (Z axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at quarter point of

          the unbraced segmentM3 = value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at centerline of the

          unbraced beam segmentM4 = value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at three-quarter

          point of the unbraced beam segmentM24 = absolute value of maximum major axis moment (Z axis moment)

          in the central half of the segment (maximum moment between M2

          (quarter point) and M4 (three-quarter point) location)mdash if M2 M3 and M4 are all lie on the same side of the axis (all moments are

          positive or negative) their value all taken as positivemdash if M2 M3 and M4 lie both sides of the axis (some positive and some

          negative moments) the side leading to the larger value of mz is taken asthe positive side

          When computing the default value of mz the member is assumed to besupported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where the actual unbracedlength is different than the eccentric member length (start to end of the member) theuser should specify a value for the parameter lsquomzrsquo A value of 10 is alwaysconservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specified valuefor the parameter lsquoLZrsquo is not equal to the eccentric member length avalue of 10 is assumed

          PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

          PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

          Py Computed Alternate value in active units

          FY may be used to specify the design strength of a member rather thanhaving it computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When FY is specified for amember its value remains constant irrespective of profile size under consideration

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 20 V2

          The value of STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it wasspecified

          Pyf Py Alternate value in active units

          Parameter Pyf may be used to specify the design strength of the flange WhenPyf is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equal to theparameter Py When a value is specified for this parameter the member is assumedto be a hybrid cross-section

          Pyw Py Alternate value in active units

          Parameter Pyw may be used to specify the design strength of the web WhenPyw is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equal to theparameter Py When a value is specified for this parameter the member is assumedto be a hybrid cross-section

          REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

          The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the 00BS5950 code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

          REDPy 10 Reduction factor for Py

          REDFU allows a user to account for changes in the minimum tensile(ultimate) strength FU of a member such as those which occur at high temperaturesREDFU is multiplied by FU to give the value used for minimum tensile (ultimate)strength

          SDSWAYY YES NO

          SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure 00BS59503-2 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 21 Rev T

          Figure 00BS59503-2 SIDESWAY Conditions

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 22 V2

          SDSWAYZ YES NO

          SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure 00BS59503-2 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

          SECTYPE ROLLED WELDED

          This parameter defines the type of a cross-section specified in the structuralmodel The default value of ROLLED indicates that the members are hot rolledcross-sections An alternative value of WELDED for the parameter SECTYPEindicates that the members are welded or cold-formed cross-sections

          SHRAREAF Computed COMPUTE TABLE

          This parameter is used to specify shear area factor for the computation of theshear area The default or user-specified value of COMPUTE indicates that the sheararea should be computed based on the Section 423 of BS 5950-12000 (95) exceptfor single and double angles Shear area for single and double angles are extractedfrom GTSTRUDL or USER table database A use specified value of TABLE for thisparameter indicates that the shear area from GTSTRUDL or USER table should beused When an alternate value other than COMPUTE or TABLE is specified sheararea is computed as the SHRAREAF times the cross sectional area (Avy = Avz = SHRAREAF times AX)

          SimpSupp NO YES

          This parameter is used to specify the support condition of the member Toavoid irreversible deformation under serviceability loads the value of Mc should belimited to 12pyZ in the case of a simply supported beam This parameter is used todetermine if the 12pyZ limitation is applicable to the provisions lsquo4252Zrsquolsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo (see Section 4251 of the BS 5950-12000)The default value of NO for this parameter indicates that the member is not simplysupported A user-specified value of YES for this parameter indicates that themember is simply supported and the equations in the provisions lsquo4252Zrsquolsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo are limited to 12pyZ

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 23 Rev T

          SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

          SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of2000 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

          SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

          SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 3000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

          STEELGRD S235JRG2 Value from Table 00BS59503-4

          STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to be madeUsing the value of STEELGRD the design strength (Py) can be correctly determinedThis is particularly important for the higher strength steels since the design strengthdecrease when the thickness t is larger than 16 mm as shown in Table 00BS59503-4

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 24 V2

          Table 00BS59503-4

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S185 185 175 290

          S235JR 235 225 340

          S235JRG1 235 225 340

          S235JRG2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J0 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G3 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G4 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S275JR 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J0 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G3 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G4 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275N 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          S275NL 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 25 Rev T

          Table 00BS59503-4 (continued)

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S355JR 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J0 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355N 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S355NL 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S420N 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S420NL 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S460N 460 440 430 410 400 550

          S460NL 460 440 430 410 400 550

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 26 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Provisions of 00BS5950

          V2 00BS5950 4 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59504 Provisions of 00BS5950

          This section presents the equations used in 00BS5950 code to determine theacceptability of a profile The equations have been divided into provisions where eachprovision represents a comparison which may be output with the TRACE parameter andorstored with the SUMMARY parameter Provision names used in SUMMARY and TRACEoutput are given and then the equations used in the particular provision are followed Eachprovision is accompanied by a brief description of the check being made and the section ofthe BS 5950-12000 (95) specification on which it is based Conditions which determinewhether or not a provision is to be checked are described before each provision Symbolsparameters and properties used in the provisions have been described in the precedingsections

          A special provision ldquoNotCheckrdquo is used to indicate that no profile is available for thedesired grade of steel (STEELGRD) which is large enough to carry the forces acting on themember When this condition occurs no other provisions are checked for the member

          The remainder of this section is divided into three (3) subsections Since each shapehas a unique design procedure they are presented in separate subsections as shown below

          Shape Subsection

          I shapes 00BS595042

          Single Angles 00BS595043

          Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) 00BS595044

          Provisions of 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59504 - 2 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595041 General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          This section defines the symbols used in describing the provisions of the 00BS5950code To minimize confusion the notation of the British Standard BS 5950-12000 (95)specification is used whenever possible Symbols that are determined from parameters areidentified in this section When appropriate the units of a symbol are shown after itsdefinition

          A = cross-section area (mm2)= AX

          Ae = effective net cross-sectional area (mm2)= (PF) AX

          Aeff = effective cross-sectional area (see provisionlsquoAeffrsquo) (mm2)

          Ag = AX = gross cross-sectional area (mm2)Avy = shear area in the Y direction (mm2)Avz = shear area in the Z direction (mm2)AX = Ag = cross-sectional area (see property lsquoAXrsquo Section

          00BS59502) (mm2)AY = cross-sectional shear area in Y direction (see

          property lsquoAYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm2)AZ = cross-sectional shear area in Z direction (mm2)a = stiffener spacing Clear distance between

          transverse stiffeners (see parameter lsquoarsquo) (mm)B = flange width (mm)

          = ZDBF2TF = bT = section property (see Section 00BS59502)b = ZD 2 = flange width (mm)b = LEG2 = length of the shorter leg (mm)bT = BF2TF = ratio of frac12 flange width to flange thickness (ie I

          shape)D = overall depth (see property lsquoYDrsquo) (mm)D = OD = outside diameter circular hollow section (CHS

          pipe) (mm)d = INTYD = web depth (see provision lsquodTrsquo) (mm)d = LEG1 = length of the longer leg (mm)dt = dt = if this property is not available in the table

          database d divided by lsquoWBTKrsquo is used

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 2 V2

          E = modulus of elasticity of steel (see parameterREDE (E = REDEtimes(the analysis constant E)))(MPa)

          F = axial tension force (N)= FX

          Fc = axial compression (N)FLTK = T = flange thickness (mm)FRLEY = factor used to compute nominal effective

          unbraced length about the member Y axisDefault value is equal to 10 (see ParameterlsquoFRLEYrsquo)

          FRLEZ = factor used to compute nominal effectiveunbraced length about the member Z axisDefault value is equal to 10 (see ParameterlsquoFRLEYrsquo)

          FRLY = fractional form of the parameter lsquoLYrsquo allowsunbraced length to be specified as fractions of thetotal length Used only when lsquoLYrsquo is computed

          FRLZ = fractional form of the parameter lsquoLZrsquo allowsunbraced length to be specified as fractions of thetotal length Used only when lsquoLZrsquo is computed

          Ft = actual tension force at a section (N)FX = axial section force (positive represents a tensile

          force negative represents a compressive force)(N)

          FXMIN = smallest magnitude axial force which will beconsidered by the code (see parameter FXMIN)(N)

          FY = shear force in member Y direction (N)FYMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Y

          direction which will be considered by the code(see parameter FYMIN) (N)

          Fvy = actual shear force in member Y direction (N)= FY

          Fvz = actual shear force in member Z direction (N)= FZ

          FZ = shear force in member Z direction (N)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 3 Rev T

          FZMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Zdirection which will be considered by the code(see parameter FZMIN) (N)

          ff = mean longitudinal stress in the smaller flange dueto moment andor axial force (Nmm2)

          =FXAX

          MZSZ

          +

          G = shear modulus of steel (see Parameter REDE (G = REDEtimes(the analysis constant G)) (Nmm2)

          hs = distance between the shear centers of the flanges(mm)

          = YD - FLTKINTYD = section property (see Section 00BS59502) (mm)Ix = IX = J = torsional constant (mm4)Iy = IY = moment of inertia about the member Y axis

          (mm4)Iz = IZ = moment of inertia about the member Z axis

          (mm4)J = IX = torsional constant (mm4)KLr = Klr = controlling slenderness ratioKy = KY = effective length factor about the member Y axis

          (see parameter KY)Kz = KZ = effective length factor about the member Z axis

          (see parameter KZ)Lr = limiting slenderness ratio for tension memberLE = effective length for lateral-torsional buckling (see

          provision lsquoLErsquo) (mm)LEG1 = length of the single angle longer leg (see property

          lsquoLEG1rsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)LEG2 = length of the single angle shorter leg (see property

          lsquoLEG2rsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the

          member local Y axis (mm)= FRLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about themember local Z axis (mm)

          = FRLEZ timesLz

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 4 V2

          Lx = LX = unbraced length for torsional buckling about themember X axis (mm)

          Ly = LY = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis(see parameters LY and FRLY) (mm)

          Lz = LZ = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis(see parameters LZ and FRLZ) (mm)

          lr = actual slenderness ratio for tension memberMb = buckling resistance moment (see provision

          lsquo4364) (Nndashmm)Mcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in

          the absence of axial load (see provisionslsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253Yrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          Mcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) inthe absence of axial load (see provisionslsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          MLT = maximum major axis (Z axis) moment in thesegment length Lx governing Mb (Nndashmm)

          Mpf = plastic moment capacity of the smaller flangeabout its own equal area axis perpendicular to theplane of the web determined using pyf (Nndashmm)

          = pyf ( FLTK times ZD2 2 )Mpw = plastic moment capacity of the smaller web about

          its own equal area axis perpendicular to the planeof the web determined using pyw (Nndashmm)

          = pyw ( INTYD times WBTK2 4 )Mry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment

          capacity in the presence of axial force (seeprovision lsquoMryrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          Mrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic momentcapacity in the presence of axial force (seeprovision lsquoMrzrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          My = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) atthe section (Nndashmm)

          = MYMY = actual moment about the member Y axis (Nndashmm)MYMIN = smallest magnitude member Y axis moment

          which will be considered by the code (see param-eter MYMIN) (Nndashmm)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 5 Rev T

          Mz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at thesection (Nndashmm)

          = MZMZ = actual moment about the member Z axis

          (Nndashmm)Mzmax = maximum major axis (Z axis) moment in the

          segment (Nndashmm)MZMIN = smallest magnitude member Z axis moment which

          will be considered by the code (see parameterMZMIN) (Nndashmm)

          mLT = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsional buckling (see parameter lsquomLTrsquo)

          my = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Yaxis (minor axis) (see parameter lsquomyrsquo)

          myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateralflexural buckling (see parameter lsquomyzrsquo)

          mZ = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Zaxis (major axis) (see parameter lsquomzrsquo)

          OD = outside diameter circular hollow section (CHSpipe) (see property lsquoODrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm)

          Pc = smaller value of Pcy and Pcz (see provision lsquoC1Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo) (N)

          PF = factor to compute the net area for memberssubject to axial tension default value equal to 10(see parameter lsquoPFrsquo)

          Pt = limiting tension capacity (N)Pv = shear capacity (see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo) (N)

          = 06 py AvPvy = shear capacity (see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo) (N)Pvz = shear capacity (see provision lsquo423 Zrsquo) (N)Py = py = this is the parameter lsquoPyrsquo for specifying the

          design strength of steel (Nmm2)Pyf = pyf = this is the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo for specifying the

          design strength of the flange If a value for theparameter lsquoPyfrsquo is not specified value ofparameter lsquoPyrsquo is used (Nmm2)

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 6 V2

          Pyw = pyw = this is the parameter lsquoPywrsquo for specifying thedesign strength of the web If a value for theparameter lsquoPywrsquo is not specified value ofparameter lsquoPyrsquo is used (Nmm2)

          pb = bending strength for resistance to lateral-torsionalbuckling (see provision lsquoB21) (Nmm2)

          pcy = compressive strength about the Y axesComputation of compression resistance pcy isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcz = compressive strength about the Z axesComputation of compression resistance pcz isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pczrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcsy = value of pcy for a reduced slenderness of8(AeffAg)05 in which 8y is based on the radius ofgyration ry of the gross cross-sectionComputation of compression resistance pcy isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcsz = value of pcz for a reduced slenderness of8(AeffAg)05 in which 8z is based on the radius ofgyration rz of the gross cross-sectionComputation of compression resistance pcz isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pczrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcyr = compressive strength about principal Y axesThis value is computed for unequal leg singleangle with class 4 slender cross-section Reduceddesign strength pyr is used for the computation ofthe pcyr Computation of compression resistancepcy is shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo

          pczr = compressive strength about principal Z axes Thisvalue is computed for unequal leg single anglewith class 4 slender cross-section Reduceddesign strength pzr is used for the computation ofthe pczr Computation of compression resistancepcz is shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          pE = (B2 E 8LT2)

          py = Py = design strength of steel This is the parameterlsquoPyrsquo (Nmm2)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 7 Rev T

          pyf = Pyf = design strength of the flange This is theparameter lsquoPyfrsquo (Nmm2)

          pyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section thathas a class 4 slender web (see provision lsquoPyrrsquo)(Nmm2)

          pyrAxial = reduced design strength for a member under axialcompression with a class 4 slender cross-section(see provision lsquoPyrAxialrsquo) (Nmm2)

          pyrBending = reduced design strength for a member undercompression due to bending with a class 4 slendercross-section (see provision lsquoPyrBendrsquo)

          pyw = Pyw = design strength of the web This is the parameterlsquoPywrsquo (Nmm2)

          qw = shear buckling strength of the web (Annex H1 ofBS 5950-12000) (Nmm2)

          ry = RY = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (seeproperty lsquoRYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          rz = RZ = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (seeproperty lsquoRZrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          SECTYPE = parameter to indicate that the cross-section isrolled or welded shape (see parameter SECTYPE)

          SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) formember subjected to axial tension

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) formember subjected to axial compression Defaultvalue is 180

          Srz = reduced plastic modulus about the major axes (Zaxis) (mm3)

          SY = Zy = section modulus about the member local Y axis(see property lsquoSYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          SZ = Zz = section modulus about the member local Z axis(see property lsquoSZrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Sy = ZY = plastic modulus about the minor axis (local Y axis(see property lsquoZYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Syeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about theY axis (see provision lsquoSyeffrsquo) (mm3)

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 8 V2

          Sz = ZZ = plastic modulus about the major axis (local Zaxis) (see property lsquoZZrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm3)

          Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about theZ axis (see provision lsquoSzeffrsquo) (mm3)

          Svz = plastic modulus of the shear area in Z direction(mm3)

          = (D2 t) 4 for rolled I and H sections= (d2 t) 4 for welded I and H sections

          T = FLTK = flange thickness (see property lsquoFLTKrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          THICK = thickness of the single angle (see propertylsquoTHICKrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          THICK = thickness circular hollow section (CHS pipe) (seeproperty lsquoTHICKrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          t = WBTK = web thickness (see property lsquoWBTKrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          t = THICK = thickness of the single angle (mm)t = THICK = thickness circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          (mm)u = buckling parameter of a cross-section (see

          provision lsquoursquo)Vw = shear buckling resistance based on simplified

          method see provision 4452 (Section 4452 ofBS 5950-12000) (N)

          = d t qw

          v = slenderness factor for a beam (see provision lsquovrsquo)WBTK = t = web thickness (see property lsquoWBTKrsquo Section

          00BS59502) (mm)x = torsional index of a cross-section (see provision

          lsquoxrsquo)YC = centroid of the cross-section The positive Y

          direction distance from the local Z axis to theextreme fiber along the local Y axis (half of theprofile depth) (see property lsquoYCrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          YD = cross-section depth ( see property lsquoYDrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 9 Rev T

          ZC = positive member Z direction distance from themember Y axis to the extreme fiber along themember Z axis (see property lsquoZCrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          ZD = flange width (see property lsquoZDrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          ZY = Sy = plastic modulus about the member local Y axis(see property lsquoZYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Zy = SY = section modulus about the minor axis (local Yaxis) (see property lsquoSYrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm3)

          Zyeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about theY axis (see provision lsquoZyeffrsquo) (mm3)

          ZZ = Sz = plastic modulus about the member local Z axis(see property lsquoZZrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Zz = SZ = section modulus about the major axis (local Zaxis) (see property lsquoSZrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm3)

          Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about theZ axis (see provision lsquoZzeffrsquo) (mm3)

          LT = robertson constant$W = see provision lsquoBetaWrsquo for this ratio$ = Dt$1 = dt$2 = (b+d)t$3 = limiting value for Dt for a class 3 semi-compact

          cross-section$31 = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact$32 = limiting value for (b+d)t for a class 3 semi-

          compact$2f = limiting value for bT for a class 2 compact flange$3f = limiting value for bT for a class 3 semi-compact

          flange$2w = limiting value for dt for a class 2 compact web$3w = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact

          web( = (1 IyIz)

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 10 V2

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          = ( )2750 5

          p y

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by100

          0LT = Perry factor coefficient for lateral torsionalbuckling (see provision lsquoB22)

          8L0 = limiting equivalent slenderness8LT = equivalent slenderness (see provision lsquoLamdaLTrsquo)8y = LE ry

          B = constant pi value of 31415927 is used hereDy = shear reduction factorDz = shear reduction factor

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595042 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          Section Classification - I shapes

          bT (Limiting flange width to thickness ratio bT BS 5950-12000 Section35 and Table 11)

          The bT section classification for I-shapes is done using the following tables

          For SECTYPE = ROLLED

          bTRolled Sections

          Flange ClassificationRolled Sections

          bT 9g Class 1 Plastic

          bT 10g Class 2 Compact

          bT 15g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          bT gt 15g Class 4 Slender

          For SECTYPE = WELDED

          bTWelded Sections

          Flange ClassificationWelded Sections

          bT 8g Class 1 Plastic

          bT 9g Class 2 Compact

          bT 13g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          bT gt 13g Class 4 Slender

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 2 V2

          WherebT = BF2TF (Property from Table)BF2TF = this is the property taken from the table database

          The bT ratio of the flange computed as frac12 theflange width (property lsquoZDrsquo) divided by the flangethickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo) If this property is notavailable frac12 the flange width (property lsquoZDrsquo)divided by the flange thickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo)is used

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquopyf = design strength of the flange This is the parameter

          lsquoPyfrsquo If a value for the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo is notspecified value of parameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          SECTYPE = parameter to indicate that the cross-section is rolledor welded shape

          T = flange thickness= FLTK (Property from Table)

          ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 3 Rev T

          dt (Limiting web width to thickness ratio dt BS 5950-12000 Section 35and Table 11)

          The dt section classification for I-shapes is done using the following table

          dt Web ClassificationNeutral axis at mid-depth

          dt but $ 40g80

          1 1

          ε+ r

          Class 1 Plastic

          dt but $ 40g100

          1 15 1

          ε+ r

          Class 2 Compact

          dt but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Class 3 Semi-Compact

          dt gt but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Class 4 Slender

          WhereFor member under axial compression

          FX is negative and FX $ FXMIN

          r1 = but -1 lt r1 1| |F

          dt pc

          yw

          r2 =| |F

          A pc

          g yw

          For member under tension or pure bending (no axial force)FX is positive and FX $ FXMIN orFX lt FXMIN and MY $ MYMIN or MZ $ MZMIN

          r1 = r2 = 00

          Ag = gross cross-sectional area= AX (Property from Table)

          d = web depthdt = INTYD WBTKFc = axial compression

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 4 V2

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)INTYD = web depth (clear depth of the web) This is the property d

          in the BS 5950-12000 code and GTSTRUDL Britishtables contain this value in the database Web depth (cleardepth of the web) is computed as cross-section depthminus twice the flange thickness and minus twice theconnection curve radius between the web and the flangeThis property in other tables like AISC tables have slightlydifferent definition For example INTYD in the AISCtables are defined as the total profile depth (YD) minustwice the flange thickness (FLTK) This property forwelded section is defined as the total profile depth (YD)minus twice the flange thickness (FLTK)

          (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquopyf = design strength of the flange This is the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo

          If a value for the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo is not specified value ofparameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          pyw = design strength of the web This is the parameter lsquoPywrsquoIf a value for the parameter lsquoPywrsquo is not specified valueof parameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          t = web thickness= WBTK (Property from Table)

          WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 5 Rev T

          Aeff (Effective cross-sectional area Aeff BS 5950-12000 Section 3622)

          The effective cross-sectional area is computed when eighter the flange (provisionslsquobTrsquo and lsquoClass-Frsquo) or web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is a class 4 slender Theeffective cross-section area Aeff is computed based on the effective cross-section as shownin Figure 00BS595042-1

          When Provision Class-F = 40 or Class-W = 40

          FX is negative compression forceFX $ FXMIN

          For Rolled and Welded I-sectiondeff = 2times20tg but dAeff = Ag (d deff) t

          For Rolled H-sectionbeff = 2times15Tg but ZDAeff = Ag 2times(ZD beff)T

          For Welded H-sectionbeff = 2times13Tg + t but ZDAeff = Ag 2times(ZD beff)T

          WhereAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)d = web depth See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanation

          = INTYD (Property from Table)FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)T = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 6 V2

          00BS595042-1 Effective cross-section for determining Aeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 7 Rev T

          ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          Syeff (Effective plastic modulus about the minor axis (local Y axis) Syeff BS 5950-12000 Section 3562)

          The effective plastic modulus about the minor axis (local Y axis) is computed wheneither the flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo and lsquoClass-Frsquo) or web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) isless than or equal to class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-F 3 and Class-W 3One of the Class-F or Class-W has to be equal to 3

          MY $ MYMIN

          Syeff = ( )Z S Zb T

          y y y

          f

          f

          f

          + minusminus

          minus

          β

          β

          β

          3

          3

          2

          1

          1

          Whereb = flange outstand

          = ZD 2py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquopyf = design strength of the flange This is the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo

          If a value for the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo is not specified valueof parameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          SECTYPE = parameter to indicate that the cross-section is rolled orwelded shape

          Sy = plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)= ZY (Property from Table)

          T = flange thicknessZy = section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = SY (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 8 V2

          $2f = limiting value for bT for a class 2 compact flange= 10g for rolled section (parameter SECTYPE =

          ROLLED)= 9g for welded section (parameter SECTYPE =

          WELDED)$3f = limiting value for bT for a class 3 semi-compact flange

          = 15g for rolled section (parameter SECTYPE =ROLLED)

          = 13g for welded section (parameter SECTYPE =WELDED)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          Szeff (Effective plastic modulus about the major axis (local Z axis) Szeff BS5950-12000 Section 3562)

          The effective plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis) is computed when eitherthe flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo and lsquoClass-Frsquo) or web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is lessthan or equal to class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-F 3 and Class-W 3One of the Class-F or Class-W has to be equal to 3

          MZ $ MZMIN

          Szeff = ( )Z S Zd t

          z z z

          w

          w

          w

          + minus

          minus

          minus

          β

          ββ

          32

          3

          2

          2

          1

          1

          but

          Szeff ( )Z S Zb T

          z z z

          f

          f

          f

          + minusminus

          minus

          β

          β

          β

          3

          3

          2

          1

          1

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 9 Rev T

          Whered = web depth See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationSz = plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)Zz = section modulus about the major axis (Z axis)$2w = limiting value for dt for a class 2 compact web

          = but $ 40g100

          1 15 1

          ε+ r

          $3w = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact web

          = but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Symbols b py pyf SECTYPE T $2f $3f and g are defined in the provisionlsquoSyeffrsquo

          Symbols r1 and r2 are defined in the provision lsquodtrsquo

          Zyeff (Effective minor axis section modulus Zyeff about the local Y axis forrolled and welded H-sections BS 5950-12000 Section 3623)

          The effective section modulus is computed when the flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo andlsquoClass-Frsquo) is a class 4 slender and the web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is not a class 4slender The provision is applicable to rolled and welded H-sections only The effectiveminor axis (Y axis) section modulus Zyeff for the H-section is computed based on theeffective cross-section as shown in Figure 00BS595042-2

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Compute centroid of the cross-section Zceff based on the effective cross-sectionproperty

          beff = 15Tg for Rolled H-section= 13Tg + t2 for Welded H-section

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 10 V2

          00BS595042-2 Effective cross-section web fully effective for determining Zyeff andZzeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 11 Rev T

          A1 = 2 times beff times FLTK times (beff2)A2 = (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK times beff

          A3 = 2 times (ZD2) times FLTK times ((ZD4) + beff)A4 = 2 times beff times FLTK + (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK + 2 times (ZD2) times

          FLTK

          Zceff =A A A

          A1 2 3

          4

          + +

          Compute effective minor axis moment of inertia about the Y axis

          B1 =2

          3

          3times timesFLTK beff

          bt = ZD Zceff ((ZD2) beff)

          B2 =2

          3

          3times timesFLTK bt

          B3 = ( )INTYD WBTKINTYD WBTK ZD bt

          times+ times minus

          32

          122( )

          IYeff = B1 + B2 + B3

          Compute effective minor axis section modulus about the Y axis

          Zyeff =IYZ

          eff

          c eff

          WhereFLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)T = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)YC = centroid of the cross-section The positive Y direction

          distance from the local Z axis to the extreme fiber along thelocal Y axis (half of the profile depth)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 12 V2

          YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          Zzeff (Effective major axis section modulus Zzeff about the local Z axis forrolled and welded H-sections BS 5950-12000 Section 3623)

          The effective section modulus is computed when the flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo andlsquoClass-Frsquo) is a class 4 slender and the web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is not a class 4slender The provision is applicable to rolled and welded H-sections only The effectivemajor axis (local Z axis) section modulus Zzeff for the H-section is computed based on theeffective cross-section as shown in Figure 00BS595042-2

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Compute centroid of the cross-section Yceff based on the effective cross-sectionproperty

          ZDeff = 2times15Tg for Rolled H-section= 2times13Tg + t for Welded H-section

          A1 = ZDeff times FLTK times (FLTK2)A2 = (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK times (FLTK + (YD 2timesFLTK) 2)A3 = ZD times FLTK times (YD FLTK2)A4 = ZDeff times FLTK + (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK + ZD times FLTK

          Yceff =A A A

          A1 2 3

          4

          + +

          Compute effective major axis moment of inertia about the local Z axis

          B1 =ZD FLTK

          ZD FLTK Y FLTKeffeff c eff

          times+ times times minus

          32

          122( )

          B2 =ZD FLTK

          ZD FLTK YC Y FLTKc eff

          times+ times times minus minus

          32

          122(( ) )

          B3 =WBTK Y FLTKc efftimes minus( )

          3

          3

          B4 =WBTK YD Y FLTKc efftimes minus minus(( ) )

          3

          3

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 13 Rev T

          IZeff = B1 + B2 + B3 + B4

          Compute effective major axis section modulus about the local Z axis

          Zzeff =IZY

          eff

          c eff

          WhereFLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)T = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)YC = centroid of the cross-section The positive Y direction

          distance from the local Z axis to the extreme fiber along thelocal Y axis (half of the profile depth)

          YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 14 V2

          Pyr (Reduced design strength pyr when web is class 4 slender BS 5950-12000 Section 365)

          When the web of a cross-section is a class 4 slender a reduced design strength pyr iscomputed at which the web of the cross-section would be a class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-W = 40

          pyr = ( )β β3

          2py

          Whered = web depth See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationt = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)$ = dt$3 = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact web

          = but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Symbols py r2 and g are defined in the provision lsquodtrsquo

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 15 Rev T

          Class-F (Section classification of the flange BS 5950-12000 Section 35Table 11)

          The lsquoClass-Frsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the flange width tothickness ratio bT check (see provision lsquobTrsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Frsquo indicates theclassification of the flange The Table 00BS595042-1 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595042-1

          Flange Classification Provision lsquoClass-Frsquo for 00BS5950 Code

          Value of lsquoClass-Frsquo 00BS5950 Flange Classifications

          1 Class 1 Plastic

          2 Class 2 Compact

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 16 V2

          Class-W (Section classification of the web BS 5950-12000 Section 35 andTable 11)

          The lsquoClass-Wrsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the web width tothickness ratio dt check (see provision lsquodtrsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Wrsquo indicates theclassification of the web The Table 00BS595042-2 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595042-2

          Web Classification Provision lsquoClass-Wrsquo for 00BS5950 code

          Value of lsquoClass-Wrsquo 00BS5950 Web Classifications

          1 Class 1 Plastic

          2 Class 2 Compact

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 17 Rev T

          Axial Tension - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX $ FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr BS 5950-12000)

          Actual lr = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          y

          y

          z

          z

          Limiting Lr = SLENTEN If user specifies a value forSLENTEN this provision ischecked

          WhereLy = actual unbraced length about the member local Y axis (see

          parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)Lz = actual unbraced length about the member local Z axis (see

          parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (see property

          lsquoRYrsquo)rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (see property

          lsquoRZrsquo)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ration (Lr) for

          member subjected to axial tension This is the parameterlsquoSLENTENrsquo

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 18 V2

          461 T (Tension capacity of a member for gross area BS 5950-12000Section 461)

          Actual Tension Force Ft = FX

          Limiting Tension Capacity Pt = py Ae

          WhereAe = (PF) AXAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)Ft = actual tension force at a sectionFX = actual axial section force Positive value represents a tensile forcePF = parameter default value equal to 10Pt = limiting tension capacitypy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 19 Rev T

          Axial Compression - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX $FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          LEr (Maximum slenderness ratio LEr BS 5950-12000 Section 472)

          Actual 8 = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          Ey

          y

          Ez

          z

          Limiting 8 = SLENCOMP default value is 180

          WhereEFLEY = parameter effective factor value used to compute

          nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis Default value is equal to 10

          EFLEZ = parameter effective factor value used to computenominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis Default value is equal to 10

          LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis

          = EFLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis

          = EFLEZ timesLz

          Ly = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (seeparameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)

          Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (seeparameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)

          ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (seeproperty lsquoRYrsquo)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 20 V2

          rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (seeproperty lsquoRZrsquo)

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) formember subjected to axial compression This is theparameter lsquoSLENCOMPrsquo

          474 (Compression resistance Pc BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          Actual Compression Force Fc = FX

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact or class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcy Ag pcz)

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Aeff pcsy Aeff pcsz)

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)AX = gross cross-sectional area property from tableFX = actual axial section force Negative value represents a

          compressive forcepcy pcz = compressive strength about Y and Z axes respectively

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are shownin the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          pcsy pcsz = value of pcy and pcz for a reduced slenderness of 8(AeffAg)05 inwhich 8 is based on the radius of gyration r of the gross cross-section Computation of compression resistance pcy and pczare shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 21 Rev T

          C1 Pcy (Computation of compression resistance about the Y and Z axes pcy

          C1 Pcz and pcz BS 5950-12000 Section 475 and Annex C1)

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are as follows

          Step 1 When maximum thickness of a cross-section is between 40 mm and 50mm the value of the pcy and pcz are computed as the average of the valuesfor thicknesses up to 40 mm and over 40 mm for the relevant value of py

          40 mm lt Maximum thickness 50 mm

          Maximum thickness = maximum of ( FLTK WBTK )FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)

          a Compute pcy and pcz based on the thickness less than and equal to 40mm This is steps 2 to 8 for thickness less than and equal to 40mmI Design strength py is computed according to the thickness less

          than or equal to 40 mmii Robertson constant is computed based on the thickness less

          than or equal to 40 mm (see step 7)

          b Compute pcy and pcz based on the thickness greater than 40 mmThis is steps 2 to 8 for thickness greater than 40 mmI Design strength py is computed according to the thickness

          greater than 40 mmii Robertson constant is computed based on the thickness

          greater than 40 mm (see step 7)

          c Average between the pcy computed from the a and b above

          pcy =( ) ( )p pcy t mm from a cy t mm from ble gt

          +40 40

          2

          d Average between the pcz computed from the a and b above

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 22 V2

          pcz =( ) ( )p pcz t mm from a cz t mm from ble gt

          +40 40

          2

          Step 2 Compute reduced slenderness for class 4 slender cross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class-F = 4

          8y = 8y(AeffAg)05

          8z = 8z(AeffAg)05

          When provision Class-W = 4

          py = pyr

          Step 3 For welded I or H sections reduce value of py (design strength) by 20Nmm2 (BS 5950-12000 Section 475) This reduction is applicableonly to this provision

          If parameter SECTYPE = WELDED

          py = py 200

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 23 Rev T

          Step 4 Compute Euler compressive strength (BS 5950-12000 Annex C1)

          pEy =π

          λ

          2

          2E

          y

          pEz = π

          λ

          2

          2E

          z

          Step 5 Compute limiting slenderness 80 (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          80 = 02 (B2 E py)05

          Step 6 Compute the Robertson Constant (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          For Rolled I-sectionsWhen maximum thickness 40 mm

          y = 35 curve bz = 20 curve a

          When maximum thickness gt 40 mmy = 55 curve cz = 35 curve b

          For Rolled H-sectionsWhen maximum thickness 40 mm

          y = 55 curve cz = 35 curve b

          When maximum thickness gt 40 mmy = 80 curve dz = 55 curve c

          For Welded I or H-sectionsWhen maximum thickness 40 mm

          y = 55 curve cz = 35 curve b

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 24 V2

          When maximum thickness gt 40 mmy = 80 curve dz = 35 curve b

          Step 7 Compute the Perry factor (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          0y = y (8y 80) 1000 but 0y $ 0

          0z = z (8z 80) 1000 but 0z $ 0

          Where y and z are the Robertson Constant shown in the Step 6 above

          Step 8 Compute the compressive strength pcy and pcz (BS 5950-12000 AnnexC1)

          pcy =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ey y

          y y Ey yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          pcz =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ez y

          z z Ez yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          Where

          Ny =p py y Ey+ +( )η 1

          2

          Nz =p py z Ez+ +( )η 1

          2Aeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)E = modulus of elasticity of steelpy = design strength of steel

          Symbols LEy LEz ry rz 8y and 8z are defined in the provision lsquoLEr

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 25 Rev T

          Shear Stresses - I shapes

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Y direction ispresent ie FY $ FYMIN

          423 Y (Shear capacity in Y direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          Limiting shear capacity Pvy = 06 py Avy

          WhereAvy = shear area in the Y directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avy = t D for rolled I and H sections= t d for welded I and H sections

          D = overall depth= YD (Property from Table)

          d = depth of the web= INTYD (Property from Table)

          FY = shear force in member Y directionINTYD = clear depth of the web (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvy = AYAY = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquoAvy = SHRAREAF times Ag

          Ag = gross cross-sectional area= AX (Property from Table)

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 26 V2

          4452 (Shear buckling check Simplified method BS 5950-12000 Section4452 and Annex H1)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          When dt gt 70 g = 70 (275 py)05 for rolled I and H sections

          dt gt 62 g = 62 (275 py)05 for welded I and H sections

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          Limiting shear buckling capacity Vb = Vw = d t qw

          Whered = depth of the web See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationFY = shear force in member Y directionpy = design strength of steelqw = shear buckling strength of the web (Annex H1 of BS 5950-

          12000)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          Shear buckling strength qw is calculated as follows (Annex H1 of BS 5950-12000)

          For Rolled I and H-SectionsIf 8w 09

          qw = pv

          If 8w gt 09qw = 09 pv 8w

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 27 Rev T

          For Welded I and H-SectionsIf 8w 08

          qw = pv

          If 08 lt 8w lt 125qw = [(1348 56 8w)9] pv

          If 8w $ 125qw = 09 pv 8w

          Wherepv = 06 pyw

          8w = [ pv qe ]05

          If ad 1

          qe =( )

          0 751 1000

          2

          2

          +

          a d d t

          If ad gt 1

          qe = ( )1

          0 75 10002

          2

          +

          a d d t

          Wherea = stiffener spacing

          = parameter lsquoarsquod = depth of the web See provision lsquodTrsquo for more

          explanationpyw = design strength of the web

          = parameter lsquoPywrsquot = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 28 V2

          4453 (Shear buckling check More exact method BS 5950-12000Sections 4453 4452 and Annex H1)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          When dt gt 70 g = 70 (275 py)05 for rolled I and H sections

          dt gt 62 g = 62 (275 py)05 for welded I and H sections

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          If the flange of the panel are fully stressed (ff = pyf)

          Limiting shear buckling capacity Vb = Vw = d t qw

          If the flanges are not fully stressed (ff lt pyf)

          Limiting shear buckling capacity Vb = Vw + Vf but Vb Pv

          Where

          Vf =( ) ( )

          ( )P d a f p

          M M

          v f yf

          pw pf

          1

          1 015

          2minus

          +

          If ff gt pyf then Vf = 00a = stiffener spacing

          = parameter lsquoarsquoAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)d = depth of the web See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationff = mean longitudinal stress in the smaller flange due to moment

          andor axial force

          =FXAX

          MZSZ

          +

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 29 Rev T

          FX = actual axial section forceINTYD = clear depth of the web (Property from Table)Mpf = plastic moment capacity of the smaller flange about its own

          equal area axis perpendicular to the plane of the webdetermined using pyf

          = pyf ( FLTK times ZD2 2 )Mpw = plastic moment capacity of the smaller web about its own

          equal area axis perpendicular to the plane of the webdetermined using pyw

          = pyw ( INTYD times WBTK2 4 )MZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPv = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo

          = 06 py Avy

          pyf = design strength of the flange= parameter lsquoPyfrsquo

          pyw = design strength of the web= parameter lsquoPywrsquo

          qw = shear buckling strength (see provision 4452)SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (Property from Table)Vw = shear buckling resistance based on simplified method see

          provision 4452 (Section 4452 of BS 5950-12000)= d t qw

          WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 30 V2

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Z direction ispresent ie FZ $ FZMIN

          423 Z (Shear capacity in Z direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvz = FZ

          Limiting shear capacity Pvz = 06 py Avz

          WhereAvz = shear area in the Z directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avz = 20 timesFLTKtimesZDFLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvz = AZAZ = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameterlsquoSHRAREAFrsquo This option only applicable to shear area in the Y direction(see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo)

          Avz = AZ

          FZ = shear force in the member Z directionpy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 31 Rev T

          Z Axis Bending - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to strong axis bending moment (about the Z axis) ie MZ$ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension flangeFigures 00BS595042-3 (a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

          4252Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvy Fvy 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Sz but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zz or= py Szeff

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zzeff

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 32 V2

          Figure 00BS595042-3 Bending Stresses for I Shapes

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 33 Rev T

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = pyr Zz

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = Minimum of (pyr Zz py Zzeff)

          WhereFvy = actual shear force in member Y direction

          = FYMZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoSz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 34 V2

          4253Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvyFvy gt 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Sz Dz Svz)

          but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zz Dz Svz 15) or= py (Szeff Dz Svz)

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zzeff Dz Svz 15)

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = pyr (Zz Dz Svz 15)

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment CapacityMcz = Minimum of [pyr (Zz Dz Svz 15) py (Zzeff Dz Svz 15)]

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 35 Rev T

          WhereD = overall depth

          = YD (Property from Table)d = depth of the web

          = INTYD (Property from Table)Fvy = shear force in member Y directionINTYD = clear depth of the web (Property from Table)MZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoqw = shear buckling strength (see provision 4452)Sz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoSvz = plastic modulus of the shear area in Z direction

          = (D2 t) 4 for rolled I and H sections= (d2 t) 4 for welded I and H sections

          t = web thickness= WBTK (Property from Table)

          Vw = shear buckling resistance based on simplified method seeprovision 4452 (Section 4452 of BS 5950-12000)

          = d t qw

          YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)Zz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquo

          Dz = shear reduction factor This is the maximum of the next twoequations below

          = [2(Fvy Pvy) 1]2 Fvy gt 06Pvy

          = [2(Fvy Vw) 1]2 Fvy gt 06Vw

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 36 V2

          Y Axis Bending - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to weak axis bending moment (about the Y axis) ie MY$ MYMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension flangeFigures 00BS595042-3 (c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

          4252Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvz Fvz 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Sy but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zy or= py Syeff

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zyeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 37 Rev T

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = pyr Zy

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = Minimum of (pyr Zy py Zyeff)

          WhereFvz = actual shear force in member Z direction

          = FZMY = actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Syeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoSyeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)Zyeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoZyeffrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 38 V2

          4253Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvzFvz gt 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Sy Dy Svy)

          but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zy Dy Svy 15) or= py (Syeff Dy Svy)

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zyeff Dy Svy 15)

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = pyr (Zy Dy Svy 15)

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment Capacity

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 39 Rev T

          Mcy = Minimum of [pyr (Zy Dy Svy 15) py (Zyeff Dy Svy 15)]

          WhereFvz = shear force in member Z directionMY = the actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Syeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoSyeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)Zyeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoZyeffrsquoDy = shear reduction factor

          = [2(Fvz Pvz) 1]2

          Svy = plastic modulus of the shear area in Y direction = (ZD x ZD x FLTK) 2

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 40 V2

          Lateral Torsional Buckling - I shapes

          4362 (Lateral-torsional buckling resistance check BS 5950-12000Section 4362)

          Actual Moment Mz = MZ

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = Mb mLT

          WhereMb = buckling resistance moment see provision lsquo4364Mz = major axis (Z axis) moment at the section being code checkedX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          4364 (Buckling resistance moment Mb BS 5950-12000 Section 4364)

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Mb = pb Sz

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Mb = pb Zz or alternativelyMb = pb Szeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 41 Rev T

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          Mb = pb Zzeff

          Wherepb = bending strength for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling see

          provision lsquoB21Sz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquo

          B21 (bending strength pb for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling BS 5950-12000 Annex B21)

          The bending strength pb for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling is calculated as thesmaller root of

          (pE pb)(py pb) = 0LT pE pb

          From which the value of pb may be obtained using

          pb =( )

          p p

          p p

          E y

          LT LT E yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 42 V2

          WherepE = (B2 E 8LT

          2)py = design strength

          NLT =( )p py LT E+ +η 1

          20LT = Perry factor coefficient for lateral torsional buckling see

          provision lsquoB228LT = equivalent slenderness see provision lsquoLamdaLTrsquo

          B22 (Perry factor 0LT BS 5950-12000 Annex B22)

          For rolled sections (parameter SECTYPE = ROLLED)

          0LT = LT(8LT 8L0) 1000 but 0LT $ 0

          For welded sections (parameter SECTYPE = WELDED)

          If 8LT 8L0

          0LT = 0

          If 8L0 lt 8LT lt 28L0

          0LT = 2LT(8LT 8L0) 1000

          If 28L0 8LT 38L0

          0LT = 2LT8L0 1000

          If 8LT gt 38L0

          0LT = LT(8LT 8L0) 1000

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 43 Rev T

          WhereLT = Robertson constant

          = 708L0 = limiting equivalent slenderness

          = 04(B2 E py)05

          8LT = equivalent slenderness see provision lsquoLamdaLTrsquopy = design strength of steel

          = pyr for class 4 slender webpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquo

          LamdaLT (Equivalent slenderness 8LT BS 5950-12000 Annex B23)

          8LT = uv y Wλ β

          WhereLE = effective length for lateral-torsional buckling see provision lsquoLErsquory = radius of gyration about the Y axis (minor axis)u = buckling parameter of a cross-section see provision lsquoursquov = slenderness factor for a beam see provision lsquovrsquox = torsional index of a cross-section see provision lsquoxrsquo$W = see provision lsquoBetaWrsquo for this ratio8y = LE ry

          LE (Effective length LE of a member BS 5950-12000 Section 43 Table 13)

          The effective length of a member is calculated based on one of the following userspecified approaches

          (1) DefaultLE = EFLE times LLT

          WhereLLT = Parameter lsquoLLTrsquo

          (2) User specified option

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 44 V2

          LE is obtained from 00BS59501-6 based on the user specified value of A1to A7 for parameter lsquoLErsquo Table 00BS59501-6 is based on the Table 13 ofBS 5950-12000 Section 43Also see parameters lsquoLErsquo lsquoEFLErsquo lsquoLLTrsquo and lsquoFRLLTrsquo

          u (Buckling parameter of a cross-section u BS 5950-12000 Annex B23)

          u =4 2

          2 2

          0 25S

          A hz

          s

          γ

          WhereA = cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)hs = distance between the shear centers of the flanges

          = YD - FLTKSz = plastic modulus about the Z axis (major axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)YD = total depth (Property from Table)( = (1 IyIz)

          v (Slenderness factor for a beam v BS 5950-12000 Annex B23)

          v =( )

          1

          1 0 052 0 25

          +

          λy x

          WhereLE = effective length for lateral-torsional buckling see provision lsquoLErsquory = radius of gyration about the Y axis (minor axis)x = torsional index of a cross-section see provision lsquoxrsquo8y = LE ry

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 45 Rev T

          x (Torsional index of a cross-section x BS 5950-12000 Appendix B23)

          x = 0566hs(AJ)05

          WhereA = cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)hs = distance between the shear centers of the flanges

          = YD - FLTKJ = torsion constant

          = IX (Property from Table)YD = total depth (Property from Table)

          BetaW (Ratio $W BS 5950-12000 Section 4369)

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          $W = 10For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          If Mb = pb Zz $W = Zz Sz

          If Mb = pb Szeff $W = Szeff Sz

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          $W = Zzeff Sz

          Wherepb = bending strength for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling see

          provision lsquoB21Sz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquo

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 46 V2

          Combined Axial and Bending - I shapes

          Axial Tension and Bending Moment - I shapes

          The next provisions are considered when axial tension and bending momentabout one or both axes is present

          4822T (Combined axial tension and bending moment Simplified methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4822)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo This provision is also checked when the parameterlsquoMETHODrsquo is equal to lsquoEXACTrsquo and the member is a class 3 semi-compact or class4 slender cross-section

          WhereFt = axial tension force at the section

          = FXMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253ZrsquoPt = axial tension capacity see provision lsquo461 TrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 47 Rev T

          4823T (Combined axial tension and bending moment More exact methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMM

          z

          rzle +10

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XMM

          y

          ryle +10

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XMM

          MM

          z

          rz

          zy

          ry

          z

          +

          le +

          1 2

          10

          WhereMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquopy = the design strengthz1 = 20z2 = 10X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 48 V2

          Mrz (Major Axis (Z axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mrz BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mrz = py Srz

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSrz = reduced plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis) The value

          of the Srz is computed based on the value of the axial force ration

          n =F

          A py

          If n t(D 2T)A Srz = SA

          tnz minus

          22

          4

          If n gt t(D 2T)A Srz =AB

          BDA

          n n2

          42

          1 1

          minus

          +

          minus( )

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)B = flange width

          = ZD (Property from Table)D = overall depth

          = YD (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXT = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)Sz = plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 49 Rev T

          Mry (Minor Axis (Y axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mry BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mry = py Sry

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSry = reduced plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis) The value

          of the Sry is computed based on the value of the axial force ration

          n =F

          A py

          If n tDA Sry = SAD

          ny minus

          22

          4

          If n gt tDA Sry =AT

          BTA

          n n2

          84

          1 1

          minus

          +

          minus( )

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)B = flange width

          = ZD (Property from Table)D = overall depth

          = YD (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXT = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)Sy = plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = ZY (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 50 V2

          Axial Compression and Bending Moment - I shapes

          The next provisions are considered when axial compression and bendingmoment about one or both axes is present

          4832a (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 1 plasticClass 2 compact and Class 3 semi-compact cross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(a))

          This provision is checked for class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compact cross-section

          WhereAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)Fc = axial compression force at a sectionMy = bending moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at a section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = bending moment about the major axis (Z axis) at a section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquopy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 51 Rev T

          4832b (Combined axial compression and bending moment More exact4823C method Class 1 plastic and Class 2 compact cross-section BS 5950-

          12000 Sections 4832(b) 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMM

          z

          rzle +10

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XMM

          Y

          ryle +10

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XMM

          MM

          z

          rz

          zy

          ry

          z

          +

          le +

          1 2

          10

          WhereMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZpy = design strength of steelz1 = 20z2 = 10X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 52 V2

          4832c (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 4 slendercross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(c))

          This provision is checked for class 4 slender cross-sections

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoSymbols Fc My Mcy Mz Mcz py and X are defined in the provision lsquo4832arsquo

          48331_a (Member buckling resistance check Simplified method48331_b BS 5950-12000 Section 48331)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Following equations are both checked

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compact

          X 48331_aFP

          m Mp Z

          m Mp Z

          c

          c

          z z

          y z

          y y

          y y+ + le +10

          X 48331_bFP

          m MM

          m Mp Z

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b

          y y

          y y+ + le +10

          For class 4 slender

          X 48331_aFP

          m Mp Z

          m Mp Z

          c

          c

          z z

          y z eff

          y y

          y y eff+ + le +

          10

          X 48331_bFP

          m MM

          m Mp Z

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b

          y y

          y y eff+ + le +

          10

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 53 Rev T

          WhereFc = axial compression force at a section

          = FXMb = buckling resistance moment capacity (about major axis Z axis)

          see provision lsquo4364rsquoMLT = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lx governing

          Mb Major axis moment at the section being code checkedMy = minor axis (Y axis) moment in the segment length Ly governing

          Pcy Minor axis moment at the section being code checkedMz = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lz governing

          Pcz Major axis moment at the section being code checkedmLT = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsional buckling

          see parameter lsquomLTrsquomy = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Y axis (minor axis)

          see parameter lsquomyrsquomZ = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Z axis (major axis)

          see parameter lsquomzrsquoPc = smaller value of Pcy and Pcz see provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1

          PczrsquoPcy = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo considering

          buckling about the minor axis (Y axis) onlyPcz = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pczrsquo considering

          buckling about the major axis (Z axis) onlypy = design strength of steel

          = pyr for class 4 slender webpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoZy = elastic section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = SY (Property from Table)Zyeff = effective elastic section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          see provision lsquoZyeffrsquoZz = elastic section modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic section modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          see provision lsquoZzeffrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 54 V2

          48332a_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48332a_2 moments about the major axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48332(a))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          For major axis (Z axis) in-plane buckling

          X 48332a_1FP

          m MM

          FP

          c

          cz

          z z

          cz

          c

          cz+ +

          le +1 05 10

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48332a_2FP

          m MM

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b+ le +10

          WhereMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo

          and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          48332b_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48332b_2 moments about the minor axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48332(b))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          For minor axis (Y axis) in-plane buckling

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 55 Rev T

          ( )( )( )

          ( )( )

          m M F P

          M F P

          m M F P

          M F Pz z c cz

          cz c cz

          y y c cy

          cy c cy

          1 05

          1

          1

          110

          +

          minus+

          +

          minusle +

          X 48332b_1FP

          m MM

          FP

          c

          cy

          y y

          cy

          c

          cy+ +

          le +1 10

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48332b_2FP

          m MM

          c

          cz

          yz y

          cy+ le +05 10

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo

          and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural buckling

          see parameter lsquomyzrsquoOther symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          48332c_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48332c_2 moments about both axes BS 5950-12000 Section 48332(c))48332c_3

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Member with moments about both axes MZ $ MZMIN and MY gt MYMIN

          For buckling with moments about both axes

          X 48332c_1FP

          m MM

          FP

          m MM

          c

          cz

          z z

          cz

          c

          cz

          yz y

          cy+ +

          + le +1 05 05 10

          For lateral-torsional buckling

          X 48332c_2FP

          m MM

          m MM

          FP

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b

          y y

          cy

          c

          cy+ + +

          le +1 10

          For interactive buckling

          X 48332c_3

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 56 V2

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo

          and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural buckling

          see parameter lsquomyzrsquoMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo

          and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595043 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          Section Classification - Single Angle

          bt (Limiting width to thickness ratio bt BS 5950-12000 Section 35 andTable 11)

          The bt section classification for single angle is done using the following table

          bt Classification

          bt 15g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          bt gt 15g Class 4 Slender

          Whereb = length of the shorter leg

          = LEG2 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 2 V2

          dt (Limiting width to thickness ratio dt BS 5950-12000 Section 35 andTable 11)

          The dt section classification for single angle is done using the following table

          dt Classification

          dt 15g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          dt gt 15g Class 4 Slender

          Whered = length of the longer leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 3 Rev T

          (b+d)t (Limiting sum of the widths to thickness ratio (b+d)t BS 5950-12000 Section 35 and Table 11)

          The (b+d)t section classification for single angle is done using the following table

          (b+d)t Classification

          (b+d)t 24g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          (b+d)t gt 24g Class 4 Slender

          Whereb = length of the shorter leg

          = LEG2 (Property from Table)d = length of the longer leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 4 V2

          Aeff (Effective cross-sectional area Aeff for equal leg single angle BS5950-12000 Section 364)

          The effective cross-sectional area for the hot rolled equal leg single angle is computedwhen the bt dt or (b+d)t checks indicate that the cross-section is a class 4 slender

          Aeff is computed when LEG1 = LEG2 (equal leg single angle)

          When Provision Class = 40

          Aeff = ( )12εb t

          A

          WhereA = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)b = length of the leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)t = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 5 Rev T

          Pyr (Reduced design strength pyr for unequal leg single angle with the class4 slender cross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 365)

          When a unequal leg single angle is a class 4 slender a reduced design strength pyr iscomputed at which the cross-section would be a class 3 semi-compact

          pyr is computed when LEG1 Ouml LEG2 (unequal leg single angle)

          When Provision Class = 40

          pyr1 = ( )β β31 1

          2py

          pyr2 = ( )β β32 22

          py

          pyr = Minimum of ( pyr1 pyr2 )

          Whered = length of the longer leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)$1 = dt$2 = (b+d)t$31 = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact

          = 15g$32 = limiting value for (b+d)t for a class 3 semi-compact

          = 24g

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 6 V2

          Class (Section classification of the single angle BS 5950-12000 Section35 Table 11)

          The lsquoClassrsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the bt dt and (b+d)tchecks (see provisions lsquobtrsquo lsquodtrsquo and lsquo(b+d)trsquo) The value of lsquoClassrsquo indicates theclassification of the single angle The Table 00BS595043-1 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595043-1

          Single Angle ClassificationProvision lsquoClassrsquo for 00BS5950 Code

          Value of lsquoClassrsquo 00BS5950 Classifications

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 7 Rev T

          Axial Tension - Single Angle

          For Single Angles subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX $ FXMINthe following provisions are checked

          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr BS 5950-12000)

          Actual lr = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          y

          y

          z

          z

          Limiting Lr = SLENTEN If user specifies a value forSLENTEN this provision ischecked

          WhereLy = actual unbraced length about the member principal Y axis

          (see parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)Lz = actual unbraced length about the member principal Z axis

          (see parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)ry = radius of gyration about the member principal Y axis (see

          property lsquoRYrsquo)rz = radius of gyration about the member principal Z axis (see

          property lsquoRZrsquo)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for member

          subjected to axial tension This is the parameterlsquoSLENTENrsquo

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 8 V2

          461 T (Tension capacity of a member for gross area BS 5950-12000Section 461)

          Actual Tension Force Ft = FX

          Limiting Tension Capacity Pt = py Ae

          WhereAe = (PF) AXAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)Ft = actual tension force at a sectionFX = actual axial section force Positive value represents a tensile forcePF = parameter default value equal to 10Pt = limiting tension capacitypy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 9 Rev T

          Axial Compression - Single Angle

          For single angles subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX $FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          LEr (Maximum slenderness ratio LEr BS 5950-12000 Section 472)

          Actual 8 = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          Ey

          y

          Ez

          z

          Limiting 8 = SLENCOMP default value is 180

          WhereEFLEY = parameter effective factor value used to compute

          nominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Y axis Default value is equal to 10

          EFLEZ = parameter effective factor value used to computenominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Z axis Default value is equal to 10

          LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Y axis

          = EFLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Z axis

          = EFLEZ timesLz

          Ly = actual unbraced length about the member principal Yaxis (see parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)

          Lz = actual unbraced length about the member principal Zaxis (see parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)

          ry = radius of gyration about the member principal Y axis(see property lsquoRYrsquo)

          rz = radius of gyration about the member principal Z axis(see property lsquoRZrsquo)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 10 V2

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) formember subjected to axial compression This is theparameter lsquoSLENCOMPrsquo

          474 (Compression resistance Pc BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          Actual Compression Force Fc = FX

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcy Ag pcz)

          For class 4 slender equal leg single angle cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Aeff pcsy Aeff pcsz)

          For class 4 slender unequal leg single angle cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcyr Ag pczr)

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)AX = gross cross-sectional area property from tableFX = actual axial section force Negative value represents a

          compressive forcepcy pcz = compressive strength about principal Y and Z axes

          respectively Computation of compression resistance pcy andpcz are shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 11 Rev T

          pcsy pcsz = value of pcy and pcz for a reduced slenderness of 8(AeffAg)05 inwhich 8 is based on the radius of gyration r of the gross cross-section These values are computed for equal leg singleangles with class 4 slender cross-section Computation ofcompression resistance pcy and pcz are shown in theprovisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          pcyr pczr = compressive strength about principal Y and Z axesrespectively These values are computed for unequal legsingle angle with class 4 slender cross-section Reduceddesign strength pyr is used for the computation of the pcyr andpczr Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz areshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          C1 Pcy (Computation of compression resistance about the Y and Z axes pcy

          C1 Pcz and Pcz BS 5950-12000 Section 475 and Annex C1)

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are as follows

          Step 1 Compute reduced slenderness for equal leg single angle class 4 slendercross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class = 4Equal leg single angle LEG1 = LEG2

          8y = 8y(AeffAg)05

          8z = 8z(AeffAg)05

          Step 2 Compute reduced design strength for unequal leg single angle class 4slender cross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class = 4Unequal leg single angle LEG1 Ouml LEG2

          py = pyr

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 12 V2

          Step 3 Compute Euler compressive strength (BS 5950-12000 Annex C1)

          pEy =π

          λ

          2

          2E

          y

          pEz = π

          λ

          2

          2E

          z

          Step 4 Compute limiting slenderness 80 (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          80 = 02 (B2 E py)05

          Step 5 Compute the Robertson Constant (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          y = 55 curve cz = 55 curve c

          Step 6 Compute the Perry factor (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          0y = y (8y 80) 1000 but 0y $ 0

          0z = z (8z 80) 1000 but 0z $ 0

          Where y and z are the Robertson Constant shown in the Step 5 above

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 13 Rev T

          Step 7 Compute the compressive strength pcy and pcz (BS 5950-12000 AnnexC1)

          pcy =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ey y

          y y Ey yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          pcz =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ez y

          z z Ez yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          Where

          Ny =p py y Ey+ +( )η 1

          2

          Nz =p py z Ez+ +( )η 1

          2Aeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)E = modulus of elasticity of steelpy = design strength of steel

          = pyr for unequal leg single angle class 4 slenderpyr = reduced design strength see provision lsquoPyrrsquo

          Symbols LEy LEz ry rz 8y and 8z are defined in the provision lsquoLEr

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 14 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595044 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section(CHS Pipe)

          Section Classification - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          DtAxia (Limiting outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a memberunder axial compression BS 5950-12000 Section 35 and Table12)

          The Dt section classification for circular hollow section (CHS pipe) is done usingthe following tables

          Dt Classification

          Dt 80g2 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          Dt gt 80g2 Class 4 Slender

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = OD (Property from Table)t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = THICK (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquo

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 2 V2

          DtBend (Limiting outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a memberunder compression due to bending BS 5950-12000 Section 35and Table 12)

          The Dt section classification for circular hollow section (CHS pipe) is done usingthe following tables

          Dt Classification

          Dt 40g2 Class 1 Plastic

          Dt 50g2 Class 2 Compact

          Dt 140g2 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          Dt gt 140g2 Class 4 Slender

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = OD (Property from Table)t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = THICK (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquo

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 3 Rev T

          366 (Check maximum overall diameter D BS 5950-12000 Section 366)

          Actual D = OD

          Limiting D = 240tg2

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS

          pipe)= OD (Property from Table)

          t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          Aeff (Effective cross-sectional area Aeff BS 5950-12000 Section 366)

          The effective cross-sectional area is computed for a circular hollow section (CHSPipe) member under axial compression with a class 4 slender

          When Provision Class-Ax = 40

          FX is negative compression forceFX $ FXMIN

          When D 240tg2

          Aeff = AD t p y

          80 2750 5

          WhereA = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 4 V2

          D = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= OD (Property from Table)

          t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= THICK (Property from Table)

          py = design strength of steel

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          Seff (Effective plastic modulus Seff BS 5950-12000 Section 3564)

          The effective plastic modulus is computed for a circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)member under compression due to bending with a class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-Be $ 3

          Seff = ( )ZD t p

          S Zy

          +

          minus

          minus1485 140 275 10 5

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS

          pipe)= OD (Property from Table)

          t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= THICK (Property from Table)

          py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquoS = plastic modulus

          = ZY or ZZ (Property from Table)Z = section modulus

          = SY or SZ (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 5 Rev T

          Zeff (Effective section modulus Zeff BS 5950-12000 Section 366)

          The effective section modulus is computed for a circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)member under compression due to bending with a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-Be = 40

          Zeff = ZD t p y

          140 2750 25

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = OD (Property from Table)t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = THICK (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquoZ = section modulus

          = SY or SZ (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 6 V2

          Class-Ax (Section classification for a member under axial compression BS5950-12000 Section 35 Table 12)

          The lsquoClass-Axrsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the outside diameter tothickness ratio Dt check (see provision lsquoDtAxiarsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Axrsquo indicates theclassification of the outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a member under axialcompression The Table 00BS595044-1 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595044-1

          Classification Provision lsquoClass-Axrsquo for 00BS5950 Code

          Value of lsquoClass-Axrsquo 00BS5950 Classifications

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 7 Rev T

          Class-Be (Section classification of the outside diameter to thickness ratio Dtfor a member under compression due to bending BS 5950-12000Section 35 and Table 12)

          The lsquoClass-Bersquo provision is used to summarize the results of the outside diameter tothickness ratio dt check (see provision lsquoDtBendrsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Bersquo indicates theclassification of the outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a member under compressiondue to bending The Table 00BS595044-2 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595044-2

          Classification Provision lsquoClass-Bersquo for 00BS5950 code

          Value of lsquoClass-Bersquo 00BS5950 Classifications

          1 Class 1 Plastic

          2 Class 2 Compact

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 8 V2

          Axial Tension - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) subjected to axial tension ie FX is positiveand FX $ FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr BS 5950-12000)

          Actual lr = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          y

          y

          z

          z

          Limiting Lr = SLENTEN If user specifies a value forSLENTEN this provision ischecked

          WhereLy = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (see

          parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (see

          parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (see property

          lsquoRYrsquo)rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (see property

          lsquoRZrsquo)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ration (Lr) for

          member subjected to axial tension This is the parameterlsquoSLENTENrsquo

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 9 Rev T

          461 T (Tension capacity of a member for gross area BS 5950-12000Section 461)

          Actual Tension Force Ft = FX

          Limiting Tension Capacity Pt = py Ae

          WhereAe = (PF) AXAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)Ft = actual tension force at a sectionFX = actual axial section force Positive value represents a tensile forcePF = parameter default value equal to 10Pt = limiting tension capacitypy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 10 V2

          Axial Compression - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) subjected to axial compression ie FX isnegative and FX $ FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          LEr (Maximum slenderness ratio LEr BS 5950-12000 Section 472)

          Actual 8 = Maximum λ λyEy

          yz

          Ez

          z

          Lr

          Lr

          = =

          Limiting 8 = SLENCOMP default value is 180

          WhereEFLEY = parameter effective factor value used to compute

          nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis Default value is equal to 10

          EFLEZ = parameter effective factor value used to computenominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis Default value is equal to 10

          LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis

          = EFLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis

          = EFLEZ timesLz

          Ly = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (seeparameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)

          Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (seeparameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)

          ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (seeproperty lsquoRYrsquo)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 11 Rev T

          rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (seeproperty lsquoRZrsquo)

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) formember subjected to axial compression This is theparameter lsquoSLENCOMPrsquo

          474 (Compression resistance Pc BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          Actual Compression Force Fc = FX

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact or class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Ax = 1 2 or 3

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcy Ag pcz)

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Ax = 4

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Aeff pcy Aeff pcz)

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)AX = gross cross-sectional area property from tableFX = actual axial section force Negative value represents a

          compressive forcepcy pcz = compressive strength about Y and Z axes respectively

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are shownin the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 12 V2

          C1 Pcy (Computation of compression resistance about the Y and Z axes pcy

          C1 Pcz and Pcz BS 5950-12000 Section 475 and Annex C1)

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are as follows

          Step 1 Compute reduced slenderness for class 4 slender cross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class-Ax = 4

          8y = 8y(AeffAg)05

          8z = 8z(AeffAg)05

          Step 2 Compute Euler compressive strength (BS 5950-12000 Annex C1)

          pEy =π

          λ

          2

          2E

          y

          pEz = π

          λ

          2

          2E

          z

          Step 3 Compute limiting slenderness 80 (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          80 = 02 (B2 E py)05

          Step 4 Compute the Robertson Constant (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          For Rolled hollow sectionsy = 20 curve az = 20 curve a

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 13 Rev T

          For Cold-formed (welded) hollow sectionsy = 55 curve cz = 55 curve c

          Step 5 Compute the Perry factor (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          0y = y (8y 80) 1000 but 0y $ 0

          0z = z (8z 80) 1000 but 0z $ 0

          Where y and z are the Robertson Constant shown in the Step 4 above

          Step 6 Compute the compressive strength pcy and pcz (BS 5950-12000 AnnexC1)

          pcy =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ey y

          y y Ey yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          pcz =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ez y

          z z Ez yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          Where

          Ny =p py y Ey+ +( )η 1

          2

          Nz =p py z Ez+ +( )η 1

          2E = modulus of elasticity of steelpy = design strength of steel

          Symbols LEy LEz ry rz 8y and 8z are defined in the provision lsquoLEr

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 14 V2

          Shear Stresses - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Y direction ispresent ie FY $ FYMIN

          423 Y (Shear capacity in Y direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          Limiting shear capacity Pvy = 06 py Avy

          WhereAvy = shear area in the Y directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avy = 06 AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)FY = shear force in member Y direction

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvy = AYAY = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquoAvy = SHRAREAF times AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)py = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 15 Rev T

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Z direction ispresent ie FZ $ FZMIN

          423 Z (Shear capacity in Z direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvz = FZ

          Limiting shear capacity Pvz = 06 py Avz

          WhereAvz = shear area in the Z directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avz = 06 AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)FZ = shear force in member Z direction

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvz = AZAZ = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquoAvz = SHRAREAF times AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)py = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 16 V2

          Z Axis Bending - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) subjected to strong axis bending moment(about the Z axis) ie MZ $ MZMIN the following provisions are checked Figures00BS595044-1 (a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

          4252Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvy Fvy 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Sz but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zz or= py Seff

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 17 Rev T

          Figure 00BS595044-1 Bending Stresses for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 18 V2

          WhereFvy = actual shear force in member Y direction

          = FYMZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Zeff = effective elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          4253Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvyFvy gt 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Sz Dz Svz)

          but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 19 Rev T

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zz Dz Svz 15) or= py (Seff Dz Svz)

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zeff Dz Svz 15)

          WhereFvy = shear force in member Y directionMZ = the actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Zeff = elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Dz = shear reduction factor

          = [2(Fvy Pvy) 1]2 Fvy gt 06Pvy

          Svz = plastic modulus of the shear area in Z direction Shear area isassumed as 06A (06AX) based on the Section 423 of BS5950-12000 Plastic modulus of the shear area is computedbased on 60 of the thickness

          = (d13 d2

          3) 6d1 = outside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = OD 04timesTHICKd2 = inside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = ID + 04timesTHICK

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 20 V2

          OD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)This is a property from the table database

          ID = inside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)This is a property from the table database

          THICK = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) This isa property from the table database

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 21 Rev T

          Y Axis Bending - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS pipe) subjected to weak axis bending moment(about the Y axis) ie MY $ MYMIN the following provisions are checked Figures00BS595044-1 (c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

          4252Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvz Fvz 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Sy but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zy or= py Seff

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zeff

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 22 V2

          WhereFvz = actual shear force in member Z direction

          = FZMY = actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Zeff = effective elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 23 Rev T

          4253Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvzFvz gt 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Sy Dy Svy)

          but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zy Dy Svy 15) or= py (Seff Dy Svy )

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zeff Dy Svy 15)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 24 V2

          WhereFvz = shear force in member Z directionMY = the actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Zeff = effective elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)Dy = shear reduction factor

          = [2(Fvz Pvz) 1]2

          Svy = plastic modulus of the shear area in Y direction Shear area isassumed as 06A (06AX) based on the Section 423 of BS5950-12000 Plastic modulus of the shear area is computedbased on 60 of the thickness

          = (d13 d2

          3) 6d1 = outside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = OD 04timesTHICKd2 = inside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = ID + 04timesTHICKOD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)

          This is a property from the table databaseID = inside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)

          This is a property from the table databaseTHICK = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) This is

          a property from the table databaseX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 25 Rev T

          Combined Axial and Bending - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          Axial Tension and Bending Moment - Circular Hollow Section (CHSPipe)

          The next provisions are considered when axial tension and bending momentabout one or both axes is present

          4822T (Combined axial tension and bending moment Simplified methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4822)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo This provision is also checked when the parameterlsquoMETHODrsquo is equal to lsquoEXACTrsquo and the member is a class 3 semi-compact or class4 slender cross-section

          WhereFt = axial tension force at the section

          = FXMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253ZrsquoPt = axial tension capacity see provision lsquo461 TrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 26 V2

          4823T (Combined axial tension and bending moment More exact methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMzMrz

          10le +

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XM yMry

          10le +

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XMzMrz

          z

          M yMry

          z

          10 1 2

          + le +

          WhereMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquopy = the design strengthz1 = 20z2 = 20X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 27 Rev T

          Mrz (Major Axis (Z axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mrz BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mrz = py Srz

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSrz = reduced plastic modulus about the major axes (Z axis) The value

          of the Srz is computed based on the value of the axial force ration

          n =F

          A py

          Srz = S nz cos π

          2

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXSz = plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)

          Mry (Minor Axis (Y axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mry BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mry = py Sry

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSry = reduced plastic modulus about the minor axes (Y axis) The

          value of the Sry is computed based on the value of the axial forceratio n

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 28 V2

          n =F

          A py

          Sry = S ny cos π

          2

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXSy = plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = ZY (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 29 Rev T

          Axial Compression and Bending Moment - Circular Hollow Section (CHSPipe)

          The next provisions are considered when axial compression and bendingmoment about one or both axes is present

          4832a (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 1 plasticClass 2 compact and Class 3 semi-compact cross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(a))

          This provision is checked for class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compact cross-section

          When Provision Class-Ax 3 and Class-Be 3

          WhereAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)Fc = axial compression force at a sectionMy = bending moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at a section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = bending moment about the major axis (Z axis) at a section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquopy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 30 V2

          4832b (Combined axial compression and bending moment More exact4823C method Class 1 plastic and Class 2 compact cross-section BS 5950-

          12000 Sections 4832(b) 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMzMrz

          10le +

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XMYMry

          10le +

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XM zM rz

          z

          M yM ry

          z

          10 1 2

          + le +

          WhereMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZpy = design strength of steelz1 = 20z2 = 20X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 31 Rev T

          4832c (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 4 slendercross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(c))

          This provision is checked for class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Ax = 4 or Class-Be = 4

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquo

          Symbols Fc My Mcy Mz Mcz py and X are defined in the provision lsquo4832arsquo

          48331_a (Member buckling resistance check Simplified method48331_b BS 5950-12000 Section 48331)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Following equations are both checked

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compactWhen Provision Class-Ax 3 and Class-Be 3

          X 48331_aFcPc

          mz MzpyZz

          my M ypyZy

          10+ + le +

          X 48331_bFcPcy

          mLT M LT

          Mb

          my M ypyZy

          10 + + le +

          For class 4 slenderWhen Provision Class-Ax = 4 or Class-Be = 4

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 32 V2

          X 48331_aFcPc

          mz MzpyZeff

          my M ypyZeff

          10 + + le +

          X 48331_bFcPcy

          mLT M LTMb

          my M ypyZeff

          10+ + le +

          WhereFc = axial compression force at a section

          = FXMb = Mcz

          Mcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absenceof axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquo

          MLT = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lx

          governing Mb Major axis moment at the section being codechecked

          My = minor axis (Y axis) moment in the segment length Ly

          governing Pcy Minor axis moment at the section being codechecked

          Mz = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lz

          governing Pcz Major axis moment at the section being codechecked

          mLT = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsionalbuckling see parameter lsquomLTrsquo

          my = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Y axis (minoraxis Y axis) see parameter lsquomyrsquo

          mZ = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Z axis (majoraxis) see parameter lsquomzrsquo

          Pc = smaller value of Pcy and Pcz see provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1Pczrsquo

          Pcy = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo consideringbuckling about the minor axis (Y axis) only

          Pcz = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pczrsquo consideringbuckling about the major axis (Z axis) only

          py = design strength of steelZeff = effective elastic section modulus see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZy = elastic section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = SY (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 33 Rev T

          Zz = elastic section modulus about the major axis = SZ (Property from Table)

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          48333a_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48333a_2 moment about the major axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48333(a))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          For major axis (Z axis) in-plane buckling

          X 48333a_1FcPcz

          mz MzMcz

          1 05FcPcz

          10 + +

          le +

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48333a_2FcPcy

          05mLT M LT

          Mcz 10 + le +

          WhereMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Zrsquo and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 34 V2

          48333b_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48333b_2 moments about the minor axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48333(b))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          For minor axis (Y axis) in-plane buckling

          X 48333b_1FcPcy

          my M yMcy

          1 05FcPcy

          10 + + le +

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48333b_2FcPcz

          05myz M y

          Mcy + le +10

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural

          buckling see parameter lsquomyzrsquoOther symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          48333c_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48333c_2 moment about both axes BS 5950-12000 Section 48333(c))48333c_3

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Member moments about both axes MZ $ MZMIN and MY gt MYMIN

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 35 Rev T

          For major axis buckling

          X 48333c_1FcPcz

          mz MzMcz

          1 05FcPcz

          05myz My

          Mcy10 + + + le +

          For minor axis lateral-torsional buckling (no lateral-torsional buckling check isneeded)

          X 48333c_2FcPcy

          05mLT M LT

          Mcz

          my M yMcy

          1 05FcPcy

          10 + + + le +

          For interactive buckling

          X 48333c_3( )( )

          ( )( )( )

          ( )mz Mz 1 05 Fc Pcz

          Mcz 1 Fc Pcz

          my My 1 05 Fc Pcy

          Mcy 1 Fc Pcy10

          +

          minus+

          +

          minusle +

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural

          buckling see parameter lsquomyzrsquoMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Zrsquo and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 36 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 1 Rev T

          APPENDIX A References

          1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

          2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W Anthony Dillon CivilEngineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology CambridgeMass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

          3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-49 September 1967

          4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-56 May 1968

          5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-91 November 1968

          6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and Steel MemberSelection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass January 1972

          7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MIT Press1967

          8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR67-47 September 1967

          9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTM A506-68January 1968

          10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency PO Box3956 San Francisco California 94119

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 2 V 2

          11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor PO Box231 Worcester Mass 01613

          12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

          13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

          14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R67-58 September1967

          15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1963

          16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1969

          17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill Book Company1967

          18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering Georgia Instituteof Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

          19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science McGraw-Hill London Third Edition 1977

          20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

          21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 3 Rev T

          22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids and Structures4 1968

          23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil Engineering July1970

          24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements Research ReportR71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

          25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural Design LanguageM S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September 1969

          26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California at Berkeley1966

          27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation in FiniteElement Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Department of CivilEngineering June 1976

          28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of Technology Netherlands tobe published

          29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G7337 1960

          30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite Elements Proceedingsof the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods in Civil EngineeringAmerican Society of Civil Engineers Nashville Tennessee November 1969

          31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

          32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE - Manualsand Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 4 V 2

          33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1980

          34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1978

          35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Edited byBruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

          36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs NewJersey 1968

          37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design and BehaviorInternational Textbook Company 1971

          38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston Publishing CompanyInc Reston Virginia 1977

          39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design in StructuralSteel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

          40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I Gilmor CanadianInstitute of Steel Construction 1977

          41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES Subsystem STRUDLCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

          42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 Users ManualCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

          43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc 1975

          44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

          45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

          46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite Element AnalysisPrentice 1976

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 5 Rev T

          47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press 1965

          48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by Matrix DecompositionJournal of the Engineering Mechanics Division American Society of CivilEngineers April 1968

          49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRAN by theTridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

          50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparse butUnstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEE Conference onDecision and Control San Diego California January 1979

          51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for the EigenproblemJ INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

          52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

          53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channels andTees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil EngineeringAtlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

          54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1977

          55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

          56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

          57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures John Wiley andSons Inc 1974

          58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill 1970

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 6 V 2

          59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic Stability McGraw-Hill1961

          60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed Sections GTICESSystems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta Georgia June 1981

          61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for Random VibrationsReport No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering Research Center Universityof California Berkeley June 1980

          62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm for Reducingthe Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM Journal Numerical AnalysisVol 13 No 2 April 1976

          63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse Symmetric MatricesProceedings of the 24th National Conference Association for Computing Machinery1969

          64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

          65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln Arc WeldingFoundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

          66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-Strain Model forConfined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114 No 8 August1988

          67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding Society MiamiFlorida December 1983

          68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1983

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V 2 00BS5950Appendix A - 7 Rev T

          69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122 February1978

          70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

          71 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary onStandard for Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures ASCESTANDARD American Society of Civil Engineers New York New YorkSeptember 1986

          72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth Edition AmericanInstitute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

          73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

          74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York 1988

          75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

          76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel Institute WashingtonDC 1989

          77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk Grove VillageIL 60007 January 7 1994

          78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North American EditionNo 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street Wayne Michigan 481841993

          79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS 5950 Part1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuous Construction HotRolled Sections London England 1990

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 8 V2

          80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design First EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

          81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume I SecondEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1993

          82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 Section PropertiesMember Capacities 4th Edition Published by The Steel Construction Institute inassociation with the British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited BritishSteel PIC Berkshire England 1996

          83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTM A6MAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

          84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories Aluminum Companyof America

          85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society of Civil Engineers NewYork New York 1991

          86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95 AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

          87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 Power LineSystems Inc 1995

          88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Model ofOrdinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of Structural EngineeringVol 124 No 3 March 1998

          89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

          90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules for buildings(together with United Kingdom National Application Document) DD ENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 9 Rev T

          91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

          92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INSTEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

          93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS 8081989 New DelhiSeptember 1989

          94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections April15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1997

          95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design of rolledand welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 London England May2001

          96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

          97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering Design ProvisionsInternational Conference of Building Officials Whittier California April 1997

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 10 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

          V2 00BS5950Appendix B - 1 Rev T

          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix B of Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix B - 2 V 2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

          V2 00BS5950Appendix C - 1 Rev T

          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix C of Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tablesprovided with GTSTRUDL

          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix C - 2 V 2

          End of Document

          • Title Page
          • Manual Revision History
          • Notices
          • Table of Contents
          • GTSTRUDL Steel Design 00BS5950 Code
            • Introduction
            • 00BS5950 Code
              • Properties used by 00BS5950
                • I Shapes
                • Single Angles
                • Circular Hollow Sections (Pipes)
                  • Parameters used by 00BS5950
                    • Parameters in 00BS5950
                    • System Parameters
                    • Control Parameters
                    • Code Parameters
                      • Provisions of 00BS5950
                        • General Nomenclature for 00BS5950
                        • I shapes
                        • Single Angle
                        • Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)
                          • Appendix A References
                          • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
                          • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles
                              1. File Attachment
                                00BS5950 Manual

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 32

                                Figure 00BS59501-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 33

                                The sections of the BS 5950-12000 specifications (95) that are considered by theGTSTRUDL 00BS5950 code are summarized below

                                Section Title

                                3 Properties of materials and section properties35 Classification of cross-sections351 General352 Classification353 Flanges of compound I- or H-sections

                                Table 11 Limiting width-to-thickness ratios for sections otherthan CHS and RHS

                                355 Stress ratios for classification3562 I- or H-sections with equal flanges3564 Circular hollow sections3622 Effective area3623 Effective modulus when web is fully effective364 Equal-leg angle sections365 Alternative method366 Circular hollow sections

                                4 Design of structural members423 Shear capacity

                                425 Moment capacity4252 Low shear4253 High shear

                                43 Lateral-torsional buckling434 Destabilizing load435 Effective length for lateral-torsional buckling

                                Table 13 Effective length LE for beams without intermediaterestraint

                                4362 I- H- channel and box sections with equal flanges4364 Buckling resistance moment4365 Bending strength pb4366 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT

                                Table 18 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT for lateral-torsional buckling

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 34

                                Section Title

                                4369 Ratio $W

                                445 Shear buckling resistance4452 Simplified method4453 More exact method

                                46 Tension members461 Tension capacity472 Slenderness

                                47 Compression members472 Slenderness474 Compression resistance475 Compressive strength

                                Table 23 Allocation of strut curve

                                48 Members with combined moment and axial force482 Tension members with moments4822 Simplified method4823 More exact method

                                483 Compression members with moments4832 Cross-section capacity

                                4833 Member buckling resistance48331 Simplified method

                                Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexuralbuckling

                                48332 More exact method for I- or H-sections with equal flangesTable 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexural

                                buckling48333 More exact method for CHS RHS or box sections with equal flanges

                                Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexuralbuckling

                                49 Members with biaxial moments

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 35

                                Section Title

                                Annex B (normative)Lateral-torsional buckling of members subject to bending

                                B2 Buckling resistanceB21 Bending strengthB22 Perry factor and Robertson constantB23 Uniform I H and channel sections with equal flanges

                                Annex C (normative)Compressive strength

                                C1 Strut formulaC2 Perry factor and Robertson constant

                                Annex H (normative)Web buckling resistance

                                H1 Shear buckling strength

                                Annex I (normative)Combined axial compression and bending

                                I2 Reduced plastic moment capacityI21 I- or H-section with equal flanges

                                Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered for all cross-sections except single angles (tension or compression axialstresses only) Provisions for columns in simple construction are included Parameters allowingfor the changes which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and maybe invoked at the users discretion

                                The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

                                1 Table 00BS59501-1 Shows the parameters used by 00BS5950 code Table00BS59501-1 contains the applicable parameternames their default values and a brief description ofthe parameters

                                2 Section 00BS59502 Describes the cross-section properties used for eachshape

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 36

                                3 Section 00BS59503 Contains detail discussion of the parameters used by the00BS5950 code and they are presented in the alphabeticorder in this section

                                4 Sections 00BS59504 Describes the subsections in the Section 00BS59504

                                5 Section 00BS595041 Defines the symbols used in the 00BS5950 codeprovisions

                                6 Section 00BS595042 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions andthe equations applicable to the I shape cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                7 Section 00BS595043 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions andthe equations applicable to the single angle cross-sections subjected to axial force only

                                8 Section 00BS595044 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions andthe equations applicable to the circular hollow sections(CHS pipes) subjected to bending and axial forces

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 37

                                Table 00BS59501-100BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking or memberselection Specify 00BS5950 for code name See Sections00BS59502 00BS59503 and 00BS59504 for a more detaileddescription

                                TBLNAM UNIBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table 00BS59501-2 for choices

                                METHOD EXACT Identifies the design method This parameter indicates the typeof method that should be used for the shear or combinedcapacity checks

                                BOTH = Use simplified and the more exact methods See Sections 445 482 and 483 of BS5950-12000 (95)

                                EXACT = Use the more exact method See Sections 4453 4823 48332 and 48333 of BS5950-12000 (95)

                                SIMPLIFY = Use simplified method See Sections 44524822 and 4832 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

                                SECTYPE ROLLED Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shape Thisparameter is used to determine the equations that are applicableto the rolled or welded shape

                                ROLLED = Member is hot rolled

                                WELDED = Member is weldedcoldformed

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 38

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                SHRAREAF Computed SHeaR AREA Factor is used for the computation of the sheararea When an alternate value other than COMPUTE orTABLE is specified shear area is computed as theSHRAREAF times the cross sectional area (AV = AY =SHRAREAF times AX)

                                COMPUTE = Compute the shear area based on the Section423 of BS 5950-12000 (95) except forsingle and double angles Shear area forsingle and double angles are extracted fromGTSTRUDL or USER table

                                TABLE = Shear area from GTSTRUDL or USER tableis used

                                a 2540000(mm) Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is used tocompute ad ratio ad is the ratio of the distance betweenstiffeners to web depth An arbitrary high value of 2540000(mm) has been assumed as a default to indicate that the webstiffeners are absent A value is necessary to account for webstiffeners in the shear capacity calculation (Provisions 4452and 4453)

                                SimpSupp NO Indicates that if a member is simply supported or not Thisparameter is used to determine the equations that are applicableto the simply supported members (Provisions lsquo4252Zrsquolsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo

                                NO = Member is not simply supported

                                YES = Member is simply supported

                                CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of actuallimiting must be less than orequal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 39

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject to axialtension

                                Material Properties

                                STEELGRD S235JRG2 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is made See Table 00BS59501-3 for STEEL GRaDes and theirproperties

                                Py Computed Design strength py (yield stress) of member Computed fromparameter STEELGRD if not given

                                REDPy 10 Reduction factor for parameter Py This factor times parameterPy gives the design strength (py) value used by the code Usedto account for property changes at high temperatures

                                Pyf Py Design strength of the flange If not specified it is assumedequal to the parameter Py This parameter is used to define ahybrid cross-section see parameter Pyw also

                                Pyw Py Design strength of the web If not specified it is assumedequal to the parameter Py This parameter is used to define ahybrid cross-section see parameter Pyf also

                                REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDPy

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 40

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Slenderness Ratio

                                SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) for amember subjected to axial compression The default value formaximum compression slenderness ratio is equal to 180

                                SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for a membersubjected to axial tension Only a user-specified value willinitiate the slenderness ratio check for a tension member

                                Effective Length for a Compression Member

                                EFLEY 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of nominaleffective length LEy = EFLEY times LY for a compressionmember Nominal effective length LEY is used in thecomputation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Yaxis of the profile See Table 00BS59501-4 or Sections 472473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEYvalues

                                LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of thecross-section This parameter is used to compute nominaleffective length LEy for a compression member (LEy = EFLEYtimes LY) The default value is computed as a length of the mem-ber

                                FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbraced length tobe specified as fractions of the total length Used only whendefault value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LY (LY =FRLY times Member Length)

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 41

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Effective Length for a Compression Member (continued)

                                EFLEZ 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of nominal effec-tive length LEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compression member Nominal effective length LEZ is used in the computation ofmaximum slenderness ratio about the local Z axis of the profile See Table 00BS59501-4 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 ofBS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEZ values

                                LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of the cross-section This parameter is used to compute nominal effectivelength LEz for a compression member (LEz = EFLEZ times LZ) Thedefault value is computed as a length of the member

                                FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ allows unbraced length to bespecified as fractions of the total length Used only when defaultvalue of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LZ (LZ = FRLZ timesMember Length)

                                Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling

                                LE LLT Effective length of a member for lateral torsional buckling of abeam with restraints at the ends Default value is the effectivelength between restraints against lateral-torsional buckling of amember under bending see parameter LLT (LE = EFLE times LLT) See Table 00BS59501-5 for alternative values and also see Table13 and 14 of the BS5950-12000 (95)

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 42

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling (continued)

                                EFLE 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of the effectivelength LE of a member under bending Used only when defaultvalue of LLT is used for parameter LE (LE = EFLE times LLT seeTable 00BS59501-5 and parameter LE)

                                LLT Computed Segment length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling (unbraced length) This parameter generally used tospecify the segment length of the compression flange restraintagainst lateral-torsional buckling (unbraced length of thecompression flange) Computed as length of member

                                FRLLT 10 Fractional value used for the computation of the unbraced lateral-torsional buckling length of a member LLT Used only whendefault value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LLT (LLT =FRLLT times Member Length)

                                Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors

                                mLT Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsional buckling(mLT) which is used in the member buckling resistance equations This parameter modifies Z axis bending buckling capacity incombined axial and bending capacity equations See Section00BS59503 for more explanation

                                my Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling (my)which is used in the member buckling resistance equations Thisparameter modifies Y axis bending capacity in combined axialand bending capacity equations See Section 00BS59503 formore explanation

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 43

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

                                mz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling (mz)which is used in the member buckling resistance equations Thisparameter modifies Z axis bending capacity in combined axialand bending capacity equations See Section 00BS59503 formore explanation

                                myz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural buckling(myz) which is used in the member out-of-plane bucklingresistance equations This parameter modifies Y axis bendingcapacity in combined axial and bending capacity equations SeeSection 00BS59503 for more explanation

                                SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about the localY axis

                                YES = Sidesway permitted

                                NO = Sidesway prevented

                                SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about the localZ axis

                                YES = Sidesway permitted

                                NO = Sidesway prevented

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 44

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

                                DESTLDY YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Y axis direction(and possibly rotation about the member local Y axis) Destabi-lizing load conditions exist when a load is applied in the local Zaxis direction of a member and both the load and the member arefree to deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also) relative tothe centroid of the member This parameter is only applicable toLOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERS command

                                YES = Destabilizing load

                                NO = Normal load

                                DESTLDZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Z axis direction(and possibly rotation about the member local Z axis) Destabi-lizing load conditions exist when a load is applied to the topflange (local Y axis load) of a member and both the load and theflange are free to deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also)relative to the centroid of the member This parameter is onlyapplicable to LOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERScommand

                                YES = Destabilizing load

                                NO = Normal load

                                Force Limitation

                                FXMIN 2224 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anything lessin magnitude is taken as zero Units are in newtons (N)

                                FYMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 45

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Force Limitation (continued)

                                FZMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                Output Processing

                                MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles in mosttables

                                SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an explanation

                                PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values for limitstate and load and resistance factor codes This parameter isapplicable to the steel design CHECK and SELECT commands The default output from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the section limiting values should be printed insteadof default section forces

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 46

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Output Processing (continued)

                                TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should be outputduring design or code checking See Section 72 of Volume 2A ofthe User Reference Manual for the explanation

                                1 = never

                                2 = on failure

                                3 = all checks

                                4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section forces

                                VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to be outputwhen retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual for the explanation

                                1 = no output

                                2 = output parameters

                                3 = output properties

                                4 = output parameters and properties

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 47

                                Table 00BS59501-2GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the

                                Design based on the 00BS5950 Code

                                Profile Shapes Reference

                                I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of Applicable Tablenames for universal beams universal columns joists universalbearing piles I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flangeshapes etc

                                Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle tablenames applicable to 00BS5950 code

                                Circular Hollow Sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of circular hollowsection (pipe round HSS) table names applicable to 00BS5950code

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 48

                                Table 00BS59501-3

                                Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

                                Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

                                t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

                                S185 185 175 290

                                S235JR 235 225 340

                                S235JRG1 235 225 340

                                S235JRG2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S235J0 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S235J2G3 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S235J2G4 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S275JR 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275J0 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275J2G3 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275J2G4 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275N 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

                                S275NL 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code and Parameters

                                52 - 49

                                Table 00BS59501-3 (continued)

                                Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

                                Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

                                t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

                                S355JR 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355J0 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355J2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355J2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355K2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355K2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355N 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

                                S355NL 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

                                S420N 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

                                S420NL 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

                                S460N 460 440 430 410 400 550

                                S460NL 460 440 430 410 400 550

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 50

                                Table 00BS59501-4Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ for

                                Nominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computationBritish Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

                                a) non-sway mode

                                Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of structure EFLEYand

                                EFLEZEffectively held inposition at both ends

                                Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 07Partially restrained in direction at both ends 085Restrained in direction at one end 085Not restrained in direction at either end 10

                                b) sway mode

                                One end Other end EFLEYand

                                EFLEZEffectively held inposition and restrainedin direction

                                Not held inposition

                                Effectively restrained in direction 12Partially restrained in direction 15Not restrained in direction 20

                                Excluding angle channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with Section4710 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

                                ExamplePARAMETERS

                                EFLEY 15 MEMBER 1 $ LEy = 15LY for member 1EFLEZ 12 MEMBER 25 $ LEz = 12LZ for member 25

                                LY and LZ are the unbraced length for buckling about the local Y and Z axis of thecross-section (see parameter LY and LZ)

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code and Parameters

                                52 - 51

                                Table 00BS59501-5Effective Length LE

                                British Standard BS 5950-12000 SpecificationConditions of restraint at supports Alternate values for

                                Parameter LELoading conditions

                                Normal

                                DESTLDZ = NO

                                Destabilizing

                                DESTLDZ = YES

                                Default value for parameter LE LLT EFLLTtimesLLT EFLLTtimesLLT

                                Compression flange laterally restrained Nominal torsional restraint against rotation about longitudinal axis

                                Both flanges fully restrained againstrotation on plan

                                A1 07LLT 085LLT

                                Compression flange fully restrainedagainst rotation on plan

                                A2 075LLT 09LLT

                                Both flanges partially restrained againstrotation on plan

                                A3 08LLT 095LLT

                                Compression flange partially restrainedagainst rotation on plan

                                A4 085LLT 10LLT

                                Both flanges free to rotate on plan A5 10LLT 12LLT

                                Compression flange laterally unrestrained Both flanges free to rotate on plan

                                Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided byconnection of bottom flange to supports

                                A6 10LLT + 2D 12LLT + 2D

                                Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided only bypressure of bottom flange onto supports

                                A7 12LLT + 2D 14LLT + 2D

                                ExamplePARAMETERS

                                DESTLDZ NO LOAD 2DESTLDZ YES LOAD 5LE A3 MEMBER 1 $ LE = 08LLT for load 2 and

                                $ LE = 095LLT for load 5LE A7 MEMBER 8 $ LE = 12LLT+2D for load 2 and

                                $ LE = 14LLT+2D for load 5

                                1 D is the depth of cross-section (table property YD)2 Default value for parameter EFLLT is equal to 103 For cantilevers and other types of beams not in Table 00BS59501-6 use parameter EFLLT to specify the effective

                                length factor (LE = EFLLTtimesLLT)

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 52

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                52 - 53

                                523 GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                A new steel design code named IS800 has been added

                                IS800 CodeIndian Standard

                                IS800-1984

                                IS80012 IS800 Code

                                The IS800 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

                                I shapes Round BarsChannels PipesSingle angles Square Bars Tees Rectangular BarsDouble angles Structural Tubing

                                The term I shapes is used to mean ROLLED I beams and columns universal beams andcolumns W S M and HP profiles with doubly symmetric cross-sections

                                The code is based on the Indian Standard ldquoCode of Practice for General Construction inSteel (Second Revision)rdquo adopted April 25 1984 (Twelfth Reprint December 1995incorporating Amendments No 1 and 2) IS800-1984 The IS800 code utilizes the allowablestress design techniques of the Indian Standard IS800-1984 code

                                Design criteria for the above shapes are presented in Section IS8004 A detaileddiscussion is presented on the allowable stresses for each of these shapes in Sections IS80052through IS800510

                                The following assumptions are made throughout the IS800 code

                                1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel

                                2 The modulus of elasticity of the steel is 200000 MPa This is of particularimportance since the computation of several constants appearing in the equationsof the IS800-1984 Specification (92) is based on this value

                                3 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bending stressesand may be neglected No checks are made for torsion The designer is remindedto check the torsional stresses whenever they become significant

                                Text Box
                                Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 IS800 Manual

                                GT STRUDLreg

                                S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e s U s e r M a n u a l

                                Volume 2 - IS800

                                Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

                                Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                V2 ii Rev T

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                V2 iii Rev T

                                GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

                                Revision No

                                DateReleased Description

                                T 122006 New Indian Standard IS800 Steel design code added toGTSTRUDL

                                V2 iv Rev T

                                NOTICES

                                GTSTRUDLreg Users Manual Volume 2 - IS800 Steel Design Code Revision T isapplicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released December 2006 and subsequent versions

                                GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

                                GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

                                DISCLAIMER

                                NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

                                Commercial Software Rights Legend

                                Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

                                This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

                                Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

                                Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                Copyright copy 2006

                                Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                                Printed in United States of America

                                V2 v Rev T

                                Table of Contents

                                Chapter Page

                                GTSTRUDL Users Reference Manual Revision History iii

                                Notices iv

                                Disclaimer iv

                                Commercial Software Rights Legend iv

                                Table of Contents v

                                IS8001 GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes 11 - 1IS80011 Introduction 11 - 1IS80012 IS800 Code 11 - 3

                                IS8002 Properties Used by IS800 2 - 1IS8003 Parameters Used by IS800 3 - 1IS8004 Provisions of IS800 4 - 1

                                IS80041 General Nomenclature for IS800 41 - 1IS80042 IS800 Provisions for I shapes 42 - 1IS80043 IS800 Provisions for Channels 43 - 1IS80044 IS800 Provisions for Single Angles 44 - 1IS80045 IS800 Provisions for Tees 45 - 1IS80046 IS800 Provisions for Double Angles 46 - 1IS80047 IS800 Provisions for Round Bars 47 - 1IS80048 IS800 Provisions for Pipes 48 - 1IS80049 IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars 49 - 1IS800410 IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing 410 - 1

                                APPENDICES

                                Appendix A References A-1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B-1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles C-1

                                LIST OF FIGURES

                                Figure IS8001-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes 11 - 4Figure IS8002-1 Local Axes for Design with IS800 2 - 2Figure IS8003-1 Computation of CMY and CMZ 3 - 10Figure IS8003-2 Local Axis Buckling 3 - 14Figure IS8003-3 SIDESWAY Conditions 3 - 17Figure IS8003-4 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the TOP

                                and BOTTOM flange 3 - 19

                                V2 vi Rev T

                                Figure IS80042-1 Effective cross-section Properties for I shapes 42 - 3Figure IS80042-2 Bending Stresses for I Shapes 42 - 19Figure IS80043-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Channels 43 - 2Figure IS80043-2 Bending Stresses for Channels 43 - 10Figure IS80044-2 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Single Angles 44 - 2Figure IS80044-2 Compressive Bending Stress for Single Angles 44 - 8Figure IS80044-3 QY and QZ Computation for Single Angles 44 - 21Figure IS80045-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Tees 45 - 2Figure IS80045-2 Bending Stresses for Tees 45 - 10Figure IS80046-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Equal and Long

                                Legs back-to-back Double Angles 46 - 2Figure IS80046-2 Effective Cross-section Properties for Short Legs back-

                                to-back Double Angles 46 - 3Figure IS80046-3 Compressive Bending Stresses for Double Angles 46 - 12Figure IS80047-1 Bending Stresses for Round Bars 47 - 5Figure IS80048-1 Bending Stresses for Pipes 48 - 6Figure IS80049-1 Bending Stresses for Square and Rectangular Bars 49 - 5Figure IS800410-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Structural Tubing 410 - 2Figure IS800410-2 Bending Stresses for Structural Tubing 410 - 10

                                LIST OF TABLES

                                Table IS8001-1 IS800 Code Parameters 11 - 11Table IS8001-2 GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Code(s) 11 - 18Table IS8001-3 GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the Design based on the

                                IS800 Codes 11 - 19Table IS8001-4 Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1993 AISC LRFD Second

                                Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition and 1978 AISCSpecification 11 - 20

                                Table IS8003-1 Parameters in IS800 3 - 2

                                GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8001 GTSTRUDL Steel Design Code

                                IS80011 Introduction

                                The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters properties and thecode provisions for the GTSTRUDL steel design IS800 code This volume is only applicableto steel design IS800 code

                                GTSTRUDL Steel Design Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 2 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 3 Rev T

                                IS800 CodeIndian Standard

                                IS800-1984

                                IS80012 IS800 Code

                                The IS800 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

                                I shapes Round BarsChannels PipesSingle angles Square Bars Tees Rectangular BarsDouble angles Structural Tubing

                                The term I shapes is used to mean ROLLED I beams and columns universal beamsand columns W S M and HP profiles with doubly symmetric cross-sections

                                The code is based on the Indian Standard ldquoCode of Practice for General Constructionin Steel (Second Revision)rdquo adopted April 25 1984 (Twelfth Reprint December 1995incorporating Amendments No 1 and 2) IS800-1984 The IS800 code utilizes theallowable stress design techniques of the Indian Standard IS800-1984 code

                                Design criteria for the above shapes are presented in Section IS8004 A detaileddiscussion is presented on the allowable stresses for each of these shapes in SectionsIS80052 through IS800510

                                The following assumptions are made throughout the IS800 code

                                1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel2 The modulus of elasticity of the steel is 200000 MPa This is of particular

                                importance since the computation of several constants appearing in theequations of the IS800-1984 Specification (92) is based on this value

                                3 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bendingstresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 4 V2

                                Figure IS8001-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 5 Rev T

                                Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 6 V2

                                Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 7 Rev T

                                4 Double angle contains an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

                                5 The IS800 code assumes all shapes are hot rolled In the case of a weldedplate shape the user must be certain that the section properties contained ina user created table of welded plate shapes are consistent with therequirements of the IS800-1984 Specification (92) For example in the caseof a welded plate I-shape section the shear area AY used for both analysisand shear stress checks must be equal to the web thickness times the interiordistance between flanges (ie WBTK times INTYD)

                                6 In the case of welded plates if the welded plates are not stress relieved avalue of lsquoNOrsquo should be specified for the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo For moreexplanation see parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo and Section 3522 of IS800-1984

                                Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by IS800 code Parameters allowing for the changes which occur instructural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invoked at the usersdiscretion

                                The sections of the IS800-1984 Specifications (92) which are considered by theGTSTRUDL IS800 code are summarized below

                                Section Title

                                35 Geometrical Properties3521 Plate Thickness3522 Plate thickness

                                37 Maximum Slenderness Ratio371 The maximum slenderness ratio

                                41 Axial Stresses411 The permissible stress in axial tension511 The permissible stress in axial compression

                                6 Design of Members Subjected to Bending621 Maximum Bending Stresses623 Maximum Permissible Bending Compressive Stress in Beams624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength626 Angles and Tees

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 8 V2

                                64 Shear Stresses641 Maximum Shear Stress642 Average Shear Stress624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength

                                71 Combined of Direct Stresses711 Combined Axial Compression and Bending712 Combined Axial Tension and Bending713 Symbols714 Bending and Shear

                                The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

                                1 Table IS8001-1 Shows the parameters used by the IS800 code TableIS8001-1 contains the applicable parameter namestheir default values and a brief description of theparameters

                                2 Section IS8002 Describes the cross-section properties used for eachshape

                                3 Section IS8003 Contains detail discussion of the parameters used bythe IS800 code and they are presented in alphabeticorder in this section

                                4 Section IS8004 Describes the subsections in the Section IS80045 Section IS80041 Defines the symbols used in the IS800 code

                                provisions6 Section IS80042 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions

                                and the equations applicable to the I shape cross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                7 Section IS80043 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Channel cross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                8 Section IS80044 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Single Anglecross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 9 Rev T

                                9 Section IS80045 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Tee cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                10 Section IS80046 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Double Anglecross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                11 Section IS80047 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Round Bar cross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                12 Section IS80048 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Pipe cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                13 Section IS80049 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Square andRectangular Bar cross-sections subjected to bendingand axial forces

                                14 Section IS800410 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Structural Tubingcross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 10 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 11 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify IS800 for code name See TableIS8001-2 and Sections IS8002 IS8003 and IS8004 for amore detailed description

                                TBLNAM ISBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table IS8001-3 for choices

                                CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less than orequal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject to axialtension

                                a 2540000 Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is used to(mm) compute ah ratio The ah ratio is the ratio of the distance

                                between stiffeners to the web depth An arbitrary high valueof 2540000 (mm) has been assumed as a default to indicatethat web stiffeners are absent A value is necessary to accountfor web stiffeners in the allowable shear stress calculation(Provision lsquo642 Yrsquo and lsquo642 Zrsquo)

                                STRERELI YES Parameter to specify if the welded plates are stress relieved ornot This parameter is used for the computationof theeffective clear depth of the web (see Section 3522 ofIS800-1984 and Section IS80042 of Volume 2 - IS800) Avalue of NO indicates that when the effective clear depth ofthe web is being computed assume that the welded plates arenot stress relieved The default value of lsquoYESrsquo indicates thatthe cross-section is stress relieved

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 12 V2

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Material Properties

                                STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Table IS8001-4 for steel grades and their properties

                                FY Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if notgiven

                                REDFY 10 Reduction factor for FY This factor times FY gives the fyvalue used by the code Used to account for property changesat high temperatures

                                REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFY

                                Slenderness Ratio

                                SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 180 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified for thisparameter the value of 400 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                K-Factors

                                COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Section 22 of Volume 2A)YES = Compute KY and KZ factors KY = Compute KY onlyKZ = Compute KZ onlyNO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 13 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                K-Factors (continued)

                                KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis ofthe profile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDLcomputation of effective length factor KY

                                KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDLcomputation of effective length factor KZ

                                Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should be printedafter the code check or select command output The columnnames attached to the start and end of the code checkedmember is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columnsattached to the start and end of the designed member A valueof lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and the names of theattached columns to the start and end of the designed membershould not be printed

                                SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localY axisYES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

                                SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localZ axisYES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 14 V2

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered as acantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automaticallyNO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                Buckling Length

                                LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 15 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Buckling Length (continued)

                                FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY Allows the unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LY is computed

                                FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

                                Bending Stress

                                UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed aslength of member In this parameter no distinction is madebetween the unbraced length for the top or bottom flange SeeUNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

                                FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF Allows theunbraced length to be specified as a fraction of the totallength Used only when UNLCF is computed

                                UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the top flangeWhen no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCF is usedfor this parameter

                                UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 16 V2

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Combined Stresses

                                AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of theaxial stress which is to be deducted from a correspondingbending stress acting in the opposite direction (see ProvisionslsquoAXC TBENrsquo and lsquoAXT CBENrsquo for Channels SectionIS80043)

                                CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                Force Limitation

                                FXMIN 22 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                FYMIN 22 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                FZMIN 22 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 17 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Output Processing and System Parameters

                                MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles in mosttables

                                PRIDTA 10 Flag for requesting output from selection procedure1 = no output2 = output parameters

                                SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A for explanation

                                PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section actual and allowablevalues for allowable stress design codes The default outputfrom CHECK or SELECT command prints the section forcevalues A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that thesection actual and allowable values should be printed insteadof default section forces

                                TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section

                                forces

                                VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 18 V2

                                Table IS8001-2

                                GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Code(s)

                                Code ParameterName Table Application

                                IS800 IS8002-1 Checks compliance of I shape Single angle Channel TeeDouble angles Solid Round bar Pipe Solid Square andRectangular bar and Structural tubing shape profiles to theIndian Standard IS800-1984 Specification (92)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 19 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-3

                                GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the IS800 Codes

                                Profile Shapes Reference

                                I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table namesfor I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universalbeam shapes universal column shapes etc

                                Channels for list of channel cross-section table names applicable to IS800code

                                Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of tee cross-section tablenames applicable to IS800 code

                                Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A list of solid round bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Pipes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of pipe (round HSScircular hollow section) cross-section table names applicable toIS800 code

                                Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid square bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid rectangular barcross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Structural Tubes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squarestructural tube (rectangular and square HSS rectangular andsquare hollow section) cross-section table names applicable toIS800 code

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 20 V2

                                Table IS8001-4

                                Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1993 AISC LRFD Second Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition

                                and 1978 AISC Specification

                                Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                Steel GradeASTM

                                Designation

                                Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                1 2 3 4 5

                                A36 3658

                                3658

                                3658

                                3658

                                3658

                                A529 4260

                                NA NA NA NA

                                A441 5070

                                5070

                                4667

                                4263

                                4263

                                A572-G42 4260

                                4260

                                4260

                                4260

                                4260

                                A572-G50 5065

                                5065

                                5065

                                5065

                                5065

                                A572-G60 6075

                                6075

                                NA NA NA

                                A572-G65 6580

                                NA NA NA NA

                                A242 5070

                                5070

                                4675

                                4263

                                4263

                                A588 5070

                                5070

                                5070

                                5070

                                5070

                                NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy andFts to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yieldstrengths (Fy) and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included inthe 1993 AISC LRFD Second Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition and the 1978 AISC specification

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8002 Properties Used by IS800

                                This section describes the profile properties used by the IS800 code Since eachshape has different properties that are required by the design code the properties of eachshape are listed separately The tables supplied with GTSTRUDL contain these propertiesrequired for design in addition to the properties required for analysis New tables created bythe user should include the same properties if the IS800 code is to be used The orientationof the principal axes (Z and Y) for each shape is shown in Figure IS8002-1

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS8002-1 Local Axes for Design with IS800

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 3 Rev T

                                Figure IS8002-1 Local Axes for Design with IS800 (Continued)

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 4 V2

                                I shapes

                                For W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams the followingproperties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

                                thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided

                                by the flange thickness EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 10 W shapes= 11 S shapes= 12 HP shapes= 13 M shapes

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 5 Rev T

                                Channels

                                For Channels the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

                                thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-

                                ZC))SYS = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SZ = section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (from Y axis to the web extreme fiber)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as the total flange width

                                divided by the flange thicknessEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 20 Standard Channels (C)= 21 Miscellaneous Channels (MC)

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 6 V2

                                Single Angles

                                For Single Angles the properties are in principal axes the following proper-ties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y-shear area along the Y-principle axis AY is taken as a value

                                that will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FYAY where FY is the Y-shear force in the Y-principle axis direction In this case AY is taken as the term(IZtimesTHICKQZ) where QZ is the first moment of the areaabove the Z-principle axis about the Z-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and J M Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

                                AZ = Z-shear area along the Z-principle axis AZ is taken as valuethat will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FZAZ where FZ is the Z-shear force in the Z-principle axis direction In this case AZ is taken as the term(IYtimesTHICKQY) where QY is the first moment of the areaabove the Y-principle axis about the Y-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and JM Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

                                IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-

                                ZC)) (note if both legs are equal LEG1 = LEG2 then SY =SYS)

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZ(YD-

                                YC))THICK = thickness of the single angleLEG1 = length of the longer legLEG2 = length of the shorter leg

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 7 Rev T

                                YD = depth parallel to principal Y axis= LEG2timescos (ALPHA)+THICKtimessin (ALPHA)

                                YC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extremefiber along the Y axis

                                ZD = depth parallel to principal Z axis= LEG1timescos (ALPHA) + LEG2timessin (ALPHA)

                                ZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extremefiber along the Z axis

                                ALPHA = angle between the longer leg of the angle and the principal Zaxis

                                EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principalY axis

                                EZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principalZ axis

                                WEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 30 single angles

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 8 V2

                                Tees

                                For Tees the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times

                                web thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis

                                (IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)FLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (from Z axis to top-of-flange)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus the

                                flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided

                                by the flange thicknessEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 40 WT shapes= 41 ST shapes= 43 MT shapes

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 9 Rev T

                                Double Angles

                                For Double Angles the following properties are required

                                AX = cross section areaAY = Y-axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times

                                twice the leg thicknessAZ = Z-axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axis RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axis SY = section modulus about Y axis SZ = negative direction section modulus about Z axis (IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about Z axis (IZYC)THICK = thickness of the flange (note the thickness of both single angles

                                is assumed to be the same and uniform)LEGl = length of the longer leg of each single angle which makes up

                                the double angleLEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle which makes up

                                the double angleSPACING = spacing between the single angles When each angle is in

                                contact SPACING equals zero YD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axisZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axisEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 44 equal legs back-to-back double angles= 45 long legs back-to-back double angles= 46 short legs back-to-back double angles

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 10 V2

                                Solid Round Bars

                                For Solid Round Bars the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 34 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 34 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axis (diameter of bar)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (radius of bar)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (diameter of bar)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (radius of bar)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 50 solid round bars

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 11 Rev T

                                Pipes

                                For Pipes the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional area AY = Y axis shear area computed as 12 of AX AZ = Z axis shear area computed as 12 of AX IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axis RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axis SZ = section modulus about the Z axis OD = outside diameter of the pipe ID = inside diameter of the pipeTHICK = thickness of the pipe YD = depth parallel to Y axis (OD)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (OD20)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (OD)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (OD20)ND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 51 pipes

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 12 V2

                                Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars Both the Square and Rectangular Barsrequire the following properties

                                AX = cross-sectional area AY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of AX AZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of AX IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axis RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axis SY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (YD2)ZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (ZD2)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 60 square bars= 61 rectangular bars

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 13 Rev T

                                Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional area AY = Y axis shear area computed as twice the web thickness times

                                the flat width of the webAZ = Z axis shear area computed as twice the flange thickness times

                                the flat width of the flange IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about Z axisSY = section modulus about Y axisSZ = section modulus about Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thickness YD = profile depth YC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (YD2)ZD = profile width ZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (ZD2)INTYD = flat width of the web (YD-2timesFLTK-2timesradius)INTZD = flat width of the flange (ZD-2timesWBTK-2timesradius)EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 62 structural tubing

                                It is assumed that the outside radius of the corners of a structural tube equals twicethe thickness of the tube

                                radius = 2 times FLTK

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 14 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8003 Parameters Used by IS800

                                The parameters used by IS800 code may be grouped into three general categories

                                1 System parameters 2 Control parameters 3 Code parameters

                                The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT and CHECK commandresults Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checked and specifycomparison tolerances The code parameters are used to specify information and coefficientsdirectly referenced in the code With the notable exception of CODETOL parameters of thesecond group are seldom used A knowledge of the system and control parameters allowsthe user greater flexibility when using the IS800 code The vast majority of parameters fallinto the code category and have a direct bearing on IS800 code and the results it produces

                                For the categories described above the parameters used by IS800 code are presentedbelow and are summarized in the Table IS8003-1 The system and control parameters arediscussed first followed by the code parameters

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 2 V2

                                Table IS80031

                                Parameters in IS800

                                Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                a 2540000 (mm) Real value in active unitsAXEFF 00 Real valueCantiMem NO YESCMY Computed Real valueCMZ Computed Real valueCODE Required IS800CODETOL 00 Percent ToleranceCOMPK NO YES KY KZFRLY 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLZ 10 Fraction of member lengthFRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member lengthFXMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFY Computed Real value in active unitsFYMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFZMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsGAY Computed Real valueGAZ Computed Real valueGBY Computed Real valueGBZ Computed Real valueKY 10 Real valueKZ 10 Real valueLY Member Length Real value in active unitsLZ Member Length Real value in active unitsMYMIN 22600 (N-mm) Real value in active unitsMZMIN 22600 (N-mm) Real value in active unitsPF 10 Fraction of areaPRIDTA 10 20Print-K YES NOPrintStr NO YESREDE 10 Reduction factor for EREDFY 10 Reduction factor for FYSDSWAYY YES NOSDSWAYZ YES NO

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 3 Rev T

                                Table IS8003-1 (continued)

                                Parameters in IS800

                                Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                SLENCOMP 1800 Real valueSLENTEN 4000 Real valueSTEELGRD A36 Table IS8001-3STRERELI YES NOSUMMARY NO YESTBLNAM ISBEAMS Table IS8001-2TRACE 4 1 2 3UNLCF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFBF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFTF Member Length Real value in active unitsVALUES 1 2 3 4

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 4 V2

                                System Parameters

                                PRIDTA 1 2

                                The PRIDTA parameter may be used to monitor the selection procedurewhich is used during a SELECT Its output is of minimal use in a productionenvironment and is therefore not recommended to the user The two options are (1)for no output and (2) for output monitoring the flow through the selection procedureThe primary use of PRIDTA is to compare the different selection procedures and itis listed here only for completeness CHECK commands are not affected byPRIDTA

                                PrintStr NO YES

                                Parameter to request to print the section stress values for allowable stressdesign codes This parameter is applicable to the steel design CHECK and SELECTcommands The default output from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of YES for this parameter indicates that the sectionstress values should be printed instead of default section forces

                                SUMMARY NO YES

                                Unlike the preceding parameters SUMMARY does not directly produceoutput during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARY invokes abookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parameter valuesused at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed or checkedThe two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NO thebookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specified allprovisions and parameters in the code Summary Description (Sections 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has been recorded

                                TRACE 1 2 3 4

                                The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are 1 - no provisions are output

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 5 Rev T

                                2 - outputs any provisions which fail

                                3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and

                                4 - outputs the largest value of actualallowable ratio computed

                                Whenever 2 or 3 is selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces actingon the member for that section and loading For each provision at that section andloading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio are outputFigure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACE value of3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actual exceeded theallowable are output The order in which provisions are output depends on the codebeing used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loading When novalue is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 is assumed Thedefault output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK command shows themember name the code name the profile name the table name the loadingcondition and the section location where the largest actualallowable value occursthe provision name corresponding to the largest actualallowable value the largestvalue of actualallowable ratio computed and the internal member section forces atthe section with the largest actualallowable ratio

                                VALUES 1 2 3 4

                                VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused while SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values are outputThe four options for VALUES are

                                1 - no parameter or property values is output

                                2 - outputs only parameter values

                                3 - outputs only property values and

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 6 V2

                                4 - outputs both parameter and property values

                                Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 7 Rev T

                                Control Parameters

                                CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

                                CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

                                With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODETOLthe user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

                                FXMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

                                FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force to be considered by thecode Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

                                FYMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

                                FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

                                FZMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

                                FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 8 V2

                                MYMIN 22600 N-mm Alternate value in active units

                                MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MYMIN

                                MZMIN 22600 N-mm Alternate value in active units

                                MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MZMIN

                                NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MYMIN and MZMIN should alwaysbe greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces and moments are not madeForces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and less may be present due to numericallimitations of the computer In most structures forces of this magnitude are negligible whencompared to the forces usually found in a member Default values for the minimums areappropriate for most applications

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 9 Rev T

                                Code Parameters

                                a 2540000 mm Alternate value in active units

                                Parameter a is the clear distance between transverse stiffeners Thisparameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the computation of thelimiting shear stress The default value indicates that the shear check does notconsider transverse stiffeners A user specified value for parameter a causes theautomatic computation of the ah ratio h is defined as the total depth minus twice theflange thickness for I-shapes h is the same as the table property INTYD INTYDis the clear distance between flanges (see Section IS8002)

                                AXEFF 00 Alternate value

                                AXEFF is the fraction of the axial stress which is deducted from bendingstress in the opposite direction This is done when combined tensile bending stressis checked for a member in axial compression or when combined compressivebending stress is checked for a member in axial tension (see Provisions lsquoAXCTBENrsquo and lsquoAXT CBENrsquo for Channels Section IS80043)

                                CantiMem NO YES

                                This parameter indicates that a member or a physical member which is partof a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation This parameter can be used in special cases when the program can notautomatically detect that the beam connected to the column is a cantilever Thespecial case when this parameter may be used is when the beam that is connected tothe column is part of a cantilever truss system and the program automatically is notable to detect that the beam should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation Keep in mind that only true cantilever members or physical membersare detected automatically A value of YES for this parameter indicates that themember of physical member is cantilever

                                CMY Computed Alternate value

                                CMY is the moment reduction factor used in Section 711 of the IS800-1984(92) for Y axis bending Computation of the default value for CMY is shown inFigure IS8003-1 A member is considered to be restrained unless a FORCE Z orMOMENT Y release is specified for one or both ends of the member If a memberload causes Y axis bending the member is considered to be transversely loadedExamples of such loadings would include MEMBER LOAD Z direction forces andY axis moments or MEMBER DISTORTION displacements in the Z direction androtations about the Y axis Member loads which are described as GLOBAL orPROJECTED are rotated into the members local axis directions before they areexamined

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS8003-1 Computation of CMY and CMZ

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 11 Rev T

                                CMZ Computed Alternate value

                                CMZ is the moment reduction factor used in Section 711 of the IS800-1984 (92) for Z axis bending Computation of the default value for CMZ is shownin Figure IS8003-1 A member is considered to be restrained unless a FORCE Y orMOMENT Z release is specified for one or both ends of the member If a memberload causes Z axis bending the member is considered to be transversely loadedExamples of such loadings would include MEMBER LOAD Y direction forces andZ axis moments or MEMBER DISTORTION displacements in the Y direction androtations about the Z axis Member loads which are applied as GLOBAL orPROJECTED are rotated into the members local axis directions before they areexamined

                                CODE Required

                                The CODE parameter indicates the code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of IS800 must be specified for thisparameter to check code based on IS800-1984 IS800 design or code check is basedon the Indian Standard ldquoCode of Practice for General Construction in Steel (SecondRevision)rdquo adopted April 25 1984

                                COMPK NO YES KY KZ

                                The COMPK parameter is used to specify how the values of the effectivelength parameters KY and KZ are defined The default value of NO indicates thatthe values of KY and KZ are either specified by the user or taken as 10 by default

                                The value of YES indicates that the values of KY and KZ are to be computedby GTSTRUDL in the member selection and code check procedures (SELECT orCHECK command) The K-factors computed by GTSTRUDL is based on the AISC(American Institute of Steel Construction) guidelines If the value of COMPK is NOthe values of KY and KZ are taken as either specified by the user or as 10 by default

                                The value of KY or KZ for the parameter COMPK indicates that only thespecified effective length factor should be computed Refer to Section 22 of Volume2A for more discussion of the effective length factor computation

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 12 V2

                                FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

                                FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members effective length FRLY may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LY is computed

                                FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

                                FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members effective length FRLZ may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LZ is computed

                                FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

                                FRUNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange UNLCFas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCF may be less than or greaterthan 10 This option works only when UNLCF is computed

                                FY Computed Alternate value in active units

                                FY may be used to specify the yield strength of a member rather than havingit computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When FY is specified for a memberits value remains constant irrespective of profile size under consideration The valueof STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it was specified

                                GAY Computed Alternative value

                                GAY is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                GAZ Computed Alternative value

                                GAZ is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                GBY Computed Alternative value

                                GBY is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 13 Rev T

                                GBZ Computed Alternative value

                                GBZ is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                KY 10 Alternative value computed

                                KY is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Yaxis (Figure IS8003-2) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                (1) KY is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                (2) KY is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KY Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

                                KZ 10 Alternative value computed

                                KZ is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Zaxis (Figure IS8003-2) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                (1) KZ is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                (2) KZ is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KZ Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

                                LY Computed Alternate value in active units

                                LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure IS8003-2 The default is computed as the effective member length times thevalue of the FRLY parameter The effective length of a member is the joint-to-jointdistance unless eccentricities andor end joint sizes are given When eccentricitiesare given the eccentric start-to-end length of the member is used For end joint sizesthe end joint size at both ends is subtracted from the effective length which wouldhave been used LY may be specified larger or smaller than the members effectivelength and no comparisons are made between the two See Section 218 of Volume1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end joint sizes

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 14 V2

                                Figure IS8003-2 Local Axis Buckling

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 15 Rev T

                                LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

                                LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure IS8003-2 The default is computed as the effective member length times thevalue of the FRLZ parameter See the LY parameter above for a description of theeffective length

                                PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

                                PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

                                Print-K YES NO

                                Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the default code checkor select command output (TRACE 4 output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the computed K-factor values should be printed after thecode check or select command output The column names attached to the start andend of the code checked member is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columns attached to the start and endof the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and thenames of the attached columns to the start and end of the designed member shouldnot be printed

                                REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

                                The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the IS800 code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

                                REDFY 10 Reduction factor for FY

                                The parameter REDFY is a reduction factor for the yield strength FY of amember This parameter is intended to reflect the change in yield strength whichoccurs at higher temperatures An alternate use for REDFY would be to introducean additional factor of safety into the design equations The yield strength used in theprovision is equal to REDFY multiplied by FY (REDFY times FY)

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 16 V2

                                SDSWAYY YES NO

                                SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure IS8003-3 illustrates the direction of sway relativeto the column orientation

                                SDSWAYZ YES NO

                                SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure IS8003-3 illustrates the direction of sway relativeto the column orientation

                                SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

                                SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of1800 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

                                SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

                                SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 4000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

                                STEELGRD A36 Value from Table IS8001-4

                                STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to be madeUsing the value of STEELGRD the yield strength (FY) can be correctly determined

                                STRERELI YES NO

                                This parameter is to specify if the welded plates are stress relieved or notThis parameter is used for the computation of the effective clear depth of theweb (see Section 3522 of IS800-1984) Equations for this computation areshown in Provisions lsquoINTYDecrsquo and lsquoYDcrsquo in Section IS80042 for Ishapes Section IS80043 FOR CHANNELS Section IS80045 for teesSection IS80046 for double angles and Section IS800410 for structuraltube cross-sections A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that when the effective cleardepth of the web is being computed assume that the welded plates are notstress relieved The default value of lsquoYESrsquo indicates that the cross-sectionis stress relieved

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 17 Rev T

                                Figure IS8003-3 SIDESWAY Conditions

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 18 V2

                                UNLCF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                UNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange which isused in computing the allowable bending stress of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression flange shouldbe used The default is computed as the effective length of the member times thevalue of the FRUNLCF parameter Refer to the parameter LY for a discussion of amembers effective length

                                UNLCFBF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                UNLCFBF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thebottom flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a memberBottom flange is defined as the flange in the local negative Y axis direction of a crosssection as shown in Figure IS8003-4 UNLCFBF is used when negative strong axisbending (negative MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression on thebottom flange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateral supportfor the bottom compression flange should be used When an alternate value for thisparameter has not been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used Seeparameter UNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFBF

                                UNLCFTF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                UNLCFTF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a member Topflange is defined as the flange in the local positive Y axis direction of a cross sectionas shown in Figure IS8003-4 UNLCFTF is used when positive strong axis bending(positive MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression on the top flangeThe maximum distance between points of adequate lateral support for the topcompression flange should be used When an alternate value for this parameter hasnot been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used See parameterUNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFTF

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 19 Rev T

                                Figure IS8003-4 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the TOP andBOTTOM flange

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 20 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Provisions of IS800

                                V2 IS8004 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8004 Provisions of IS800

                                This section presents the equations used in IS800 code to determine the acceptabilityof a profile The equations have been divided into provisions where each provisionrepresents a comparison which may be output with the TRACE parameter andor stored withthe SUMMARY parameter Provision names used in SUMMARY and TRACE output aregiven and then the equations used in the particular provision are followed Each provisionis accompanied by a brief description of the check being made and the section of the IndianStandard IS800-1984 Specification (92) on which it is based Conditions which determinewhether or not a provision is to be checked are described before each provision Symbolsparameters and properties used in the provisions have been described in the precedingsections

                                The remainder of this section is divided into nine (9) subsections Since each shapehas a unique design procedure they are presented in separate subsections as shown below

                                Shape Subsection

                                I shapes IS80042

                                Channels IS80043

                                Single Angles IS80044

                                Tees IS80045

                                Double Angles IS80046

                                Round Bars IS80047

                                Pipes IS80048

                                Square and Rectangular Bars IS80049

                                Structural Tubes IS800410

                                Provisions of IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8004 - 2 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for IS800

                                V2 IS80041 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80041 General Nomenclature for IS800

                                This section defines the symbols used in describing the provisions of the IS800 codeTo minimize confusion the notation of the Indian Standard IS800-1984 Specification (92)is used whenever possible Symbols that are determined from parameters are identified inthis section When appropriate the units of a symbol are shown after its definition

                                a = clear distance between transverse stiffeners (mm)Ae = effective cross-sectional area (mm2)AX = A = cross-sectional area (mm2)AXEFF = fraction of the axial stress which is deducted from the

                                bending stress in the opposite direction (see ParameterAXEFF)

                                b = width of stiffened or unstiffened compression element(mm)

                                be = effective width of stiffened compression element(mm)

                                bf = ZD = flange width (mm)CMYCMZ = CmyCmz = coefficients applied to bending terms in interaction

                                formula (see Parameters CMY and CMZrespectively)

                                d = h = INTYD= clear distance between flanges of I shaped sections or

                                channels (mm)E = modulus of elasticity of steel ((MPa) see the parameter

                                REDE (E = REDEtimes(the analysis constant E))) = value of the parameter CODETOL divided by 100accal = actual axial compressive stress (MPa)ac = allowable axial compressive stress (MPa)bcycal = actual compressive bending stress about member Y

                                axis (MPa)bcy = allowable compressive bending stress about member Y

                                axis (MPa)bczcal = actual compressive bending stress about member Z

                                axis (MPa)bcz = allowable compressive bending stress about member Z

                                axis (MPa)btycal = actual tensile bending stress about member Y axis

                                (MPa)bty = allowable tensile bending stress about member Y axis

                                (MPa)

                                General Nomenclature for IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80041 - 2 V2

                                btzcal = actual tensile bending stress about member Z axis(MPa)

                                btz = allowable tensile bending stress about member Z axis(MPa)

                                Fe = fcb = flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress (MPa)FLTK = tf = flange thickness (mm)atcal = actual tensile stress (MPa)at = allowable tensile stress in the absence of bending

                                moment (Mpa)vacal = actual average shear stress in the member Y axis

                                direction (MPa)va = allowable average shear stress in the member Y axis

                                direction (MPa)vmcal = actual maximum shear stress (MPa)vm = allowable maximum shear stress (MPa)FX = axial load (N) (positive represents a tensile load

                                negative represents a compressive load)FXMIN = smallest magnitude axial force which will be consid-

                                ered by the code see Parameter FXMIN (MPa)FY = shear force in member Y direction (N)FY = fy = yield strength of steel (MPa) (see Parameters FY and

                                REDFY)FYMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Y direc-

                                tion which will be considered by the code (N) (seeParameter FYMIN)

                                FZ = shear force in member Z direction (N)FZMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Z direc-

                                tion which will be considered by the code (N) (seeParameter FZMIN)

                                INTYD = d = section properties (see Section IS8002)IY = moment of inertia about the member Y axis (mm4)IZ = moment of inertia about the member Z axis (mm4)KLr = = controlling slenderness ratioKY = effective length factor about the member Y axis (see

                                Parameter KY)KZ = effective length factor about the member Z axis (see

                                Parameter KZ)ly = effective unbraced length about the member Y axis

                                (mm)

                                GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for IS800

                                V2 IS80041 - 3 Rev T

                                lz = effective unbraced length about the member Z axis(mm)

                                LY = Ly = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (mm)(see Parameters LY and FRLY)

                                LZ = Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (mm)(see Parameters LZ and FRLZ)

                                MY = actual moment about the member Y axis (N-mm)MYMIN = smallest magnitude member Y axis moment which will

                                be considered by the code (N-mm) (see ParameterMYMIN)

                                MZ = actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)MZMIN = smallest magnitude member Z axis moment which will

                                be considered by the code (N-mm) (see ParameterMZMIN)

                                = constant pi value of 31415927 is used herePF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to

                                axial tensionry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (mm)rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (mm)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for

                                member subjected to axial tension Default value is400

                                SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) formember subjected to axial compression Default valueis 180

                                SY = effective section modulus about member Y axis (mm3)SZ = effective section modulus about member Z axis (mm3)tf = FLTK = flange thickness (mm)tw = WBTK = web thickness (mm)WBTK = tw = web thickness (mm)YD = profile depth (mm)

                                General Nomenclature for IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80041 - 4 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80042 IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                Effective Cross-section Properties Computation - I shapes

                                ZDeffc (Computation of effective flange width ZDeffc for when the flange isunder compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axis bending(Figure IS80042-1)

                                If ZDeffc lt ZD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective flangewidth (ZDeffc) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRZeffrsquo)

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section in the Y direction based on theeffective cross-section dimensions Computed when Z axisbending exist (see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo and Figures IS80042-1(c) and (d))

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis Computed whenZ axis bending exist (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 2 V2

                                SZeffc = effective compression side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see ProvisionlsquoSZeffcrsquo)

                                SZefft = effective tension side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see ProvisionlsquoSZefftrsquo)

                                If ZDeffc ZD

                                ZDeffc = ZD

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft for when the flange isunder tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension force or Z axis bending(Figure IS80042-1)

                                ZDefft = 2 times 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective flangewidth (ZDefft) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member undertension axial force (see Provision lsquoAXefftrsquo)

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when themember is under axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when themember is under axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRZeffrsquo)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 3 Rev T

                                Figure IS80042-1 Effective cross-section Properties for I shapes

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 4 V2

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section in the Y direction based on theeffective cross-section dimensions Computed when Z axisbending exist (see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo and Figures IS80042-1(c)and (d))

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis Computed when Zaxis bending exist (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                SZeffc = effective compression side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see Provision lsquoSZeffcrsquo)

                                SZefft = effective tension side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see Provision lsquoSZefftrsquo)

                                If ZDefft ZD

                                ZDefft = ZD

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec for when theYDc web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984 Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS80042-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 5 Rev T

                                For other plates when the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquoThis is the default treatment

                                If INTYDec lt INTYD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective cleardepth of the web (INTYDec) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRZeffrsquo

                                If INTYDec INTYD

                                INTYDec = INTYD

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice theflange thickness (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 6 V2

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than the above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDet for when theYDt web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS80042-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                If INTYDet lt INTYD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective clear depthof the web (INTYDet) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when the member isunder axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when the member isunder axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRZeffrsquo)

                                If INTYDet INTYD

                                INTYDet = INTYD

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 7 Rev T

                                t = WBTK

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice theflange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failed codecheck member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                RYeff (Computation of effective radius of gyration about the Y axis RYeff for whenAXefft the member is under axial force IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                RYeff is computed for when the flange is under axial force

                                When member is under axial compression

                                ZDeff = ZDeffc

                                INTYDe = INTYDec

                                When member is under axial tension

                                ZDeff = ZDefft

                                INTYDe = INTYDet

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 8 V2

                                AXeff = 2 times ZDeff times FLTK + INTYDe times WBTK

                                but RYeff RY

                                When member is under axial tension AXefft = AXeff

                                Where

                                AXeff = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under axial force

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under tension axialforce

                                IYeff = effective moment of inertia about the Y axis based on the member underaxial force

                                RZeff (Computation of effective radius of gyration about the Z axis RZeff for whenAXefft the member is under axial force IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                RZeff is computed for when the flange is under axial force

                                When member is under axial compression

                                ZDeff = ZDeffc

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 9 Rev T

                                INTYDe = INTYDec

                                When member is under axial tension

                                ZDeff = ZDefft

                                INTYDe = INTYDet

                                IZeff = 2 times B1 + B2 - B3

                                AXeff = 2 times ZDeff times FLTK + INTYDe times WBTK

                                When member is under axial tension AXefft = AXeff

                                Where

                                AXeff = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under axial force

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under tension axialforce

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis based on the member underaxial force

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 10 V2

                                YCeff (Computation of centroid of the cross-section YCeff based on the effectivecross-section property IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                This Provision is considered when the member is under Z axis bending momentYCeff is the distance from the centroid to the extreme fiber of the compression flange alongthe Y axis (Figures IS80042-1(c) and (d)

                                A1 = ZDeffc times FLTK times (FLTK2)

                                A2 = INTYD times WBTK times (FLTK + INTYD2)

                                A3 = ZDefft times FLTK times (YD - FLTK2)

                                A4 = ZDeffc times FLTK times INTYD times WBTK + ZDefft times FLTK

                                Where

                                ZDeffc = effective flange width of the compression side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDeffcrsquo)

                                ZDefft = effective flange width of the tension side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDefftrsquo)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 11 Rev T

                                IZeff (Computation of effective moment of inertia about the Z axis IZeff IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                This Provision is considered when the member is under Z axis bending moment

                                IZeff = B1 + B2 + B3 + B4

                                Where

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section based on the effective cross-section property(see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo)

                                ZDeffc = effective flange width of the compression side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDeffcrsquo)

                                ZDefft = effective flange width of the tension side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDefftrsquo)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 12 V2

                                SZeffc (Computation of effective compression side section modulus about the Zaxis SZeffc IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                This Provision is considered when the member is under Z axis bending moment

                                Where

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section based on the effective cross-section property(see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo)

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                SZefft (Computation of effective tension side section modulus about the Z axisSZefft IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                Where

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section based on the effective cross-section property(see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo)

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 13 Rev T

                                Axial Tensions - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Where

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo and lsquoRZeffrsquo for the computation of RYeff and RZeff

                                properties

                                Note

                                When the Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo or lsquoRZeffrsquo are not shown in the summarizeoutput (see SUMMARIZE command) it means that RYeff and RZeff did notneed to be computed In this case properties RYeff and RZeff are assumed tobe equal to RY and RZ of the cross-section

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 14 V2

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal =

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                Where

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under tensionaxial force (see Provision ltAXefft rsquo ltRYeff rsquo or lt RZeff rsquo)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 15 Rev T

                                Axial Compression - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                Where

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo and lsquoRZeffrsquo for the computation of RYeff andRZeff properties

                                Note

                                When the Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo or lsquoRZeffrsquo are not shown in thesummarize output (see SUMMARIZE command) it means that RYeff

                                and RZeff did not need to be computed In this case properties RYeff

                                and RZeff are assumed to be equal to RY and RZ of the cross-section

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 16 V2

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =

                                Allowable acy =

                                Allowable acz =

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative representsa compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                fccy = is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling aboutthe Y axis

                                fccz = is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling aboutthe Z axis

                                y =

                                z =

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 17 Rev T

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo and lsquoRZeffrsquo for the computation of RYeff and RZeff

                                properties

                                Note

                                When the Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo or lsquoRZeffrsquo are not shown in the summarizeoutput (see SUMMARIZE command) it means that RYeff and RZeff did notneed to be computed In this case properties RYeff and RZeff are assumed tobe equal to RY and RZ of the cross-section

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 18 V2

                                Z Axis Bending - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMINthe following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses FiguresIS80042-2(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                Allowable btz = 066 fy

                                Where

                                SZefft = effective tension side section modulus about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provision lsquoSZefftrsquo for the computation of SZefft property

                                Note

                                When the Provision lsquoSZefftrsquo is not shown in the summarize output (seeSUMMARIZE command) it means that SZefft did not need to be computedIn this case property SZefft is assumed to be equal to SZ of the cross-section

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 19 Rev T

                                Figure IS80042-2 Bending Stresses for I Shapes

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 20 V2

                                623 (Maximum permissible bending compressive stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 623 and Section 621)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZeffc = effective compression side section modulus about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provision lsquoSZeffcrsquo for the computation of SZeffc property

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 21 Rev T

                                Note

                                When the Provision lsquoSZeffcrsquo is not shown in the summarize output(see SUMMARIZE command) it means that SZeffc did not need to becomputed In this case property SZeffc is assumed to be equal to SZof the cross-section

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (mm3)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 22 V2

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X =

                                Y =

                                k1 = 10 for double symmetric I shapes

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 23 Rev T

                                INTYD = depth of web (Table Property)= YD- 2timesFLTK

                                k2 = 00 for double symmetric I shapes

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers c2c1 = 10 fordouble symmetric I shapes

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 24 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMINthe following provision is checked for the compression and tension side stresses FiguresIS80042-2(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 25 Rev T

                                Shear Stresses - I shapes

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal =

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QY =

                                QZ =

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal =

                                vazcal =

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 26 V2

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                =

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                x1 = the lesser of c and d

                                x2 = the greater of c and d

                                c = the distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)= a (Parameter)

                                d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)= INTYD

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 27 Rev T

                                Combined Stresses - I shapes

                                Axial Compression and Bending - I shapes

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711a)

                                When

                                When

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 28 V2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - I shapes

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one or bothaxes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                Bending and Shear - I shapes

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80043 IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                Effective Cross-section Properties Computation - Channels

                                Effective cross-section properties for channel are checked and if they are greater thanthe actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code check member

                                ZDeffc (Computation of effective flange width ZDeffc for when the flangeis under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axis bending(Figure IS80043-1)

                                If ZDeffc lt ZDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDeffc ZD

                                The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80043-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Channels

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 3 Rev T

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft of the tension sidebending IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending

                                (Figure IS80043-1)

                                ZDefft = 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDefft ZDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec for YDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS80043-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 4 V2

                                If INTYDec lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minustwice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 5 Rev T

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDet for YDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS80043-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                If INTYDet lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                t = WBTK

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minustwice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failed codecheck member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 6 V2

                                Axial Tensions - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal =

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 7 Rev T

                                Axial Compression - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =

                                Allowable acy =

                                Allowable acz =

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 8 V2

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative representsa compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                fccy = is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingabout the Y axis

                                fccz = is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingabout the Z axis

                                y =

                                z =

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 9 Rev T

                                Z Axis Bending - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMI-N the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigures IS80043-2(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                Allowable btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                623 (Maximum permissible bending compressive stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 623 and Section 621)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS80043-2 Bending Stresses for Channels

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 11 Rev T

                                FLTKWBTK

                                2 0

                                INTYDWBTK

                                13440fy

                                MZ = the actual moment about the Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (mm3)

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X Y 1120

                                UNLCF FLTKRY YD

                                2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RY

                                5

                                2

                                k1 = 10 for double symmetric Channels

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 12 V2

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                INTYD = depth of web (Table Property)= YD- 2timesFLTK

                                k2 = 00 for double symmetric about the Z axis

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from the sectionneutral axis to the extreme fibers c2c1 = 10 for doublesymmetric about the Z axis

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 13 Rev T

                                Y Axis Bending - Channels

                                Positive Y Axis Bending - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMI-N the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80053-2(c) illustrates positive Y axis bending stress

                                625 C (Maximum compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                Where

                                SY = the negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY(ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                625 T (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual btycal = MYSYS

                                Allowable bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                Where

                                SYS = the positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY ZC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 14 V2

                                Negative Y Axis Bending - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMI-N the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80043-2(d) illustrates negative Y axis bending stress

                                625 C (Maximum compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = MYSYS

                                Allowable bcy = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                Where

                                SYS = the positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY ZC (Table Property)

                                625 T (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual btycal = MYSY

                                Allowable bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                Where

                                SY = the negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY (ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 15 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                FZAZ

                                FZ QYIY 2 FLTK

                                FY

                                AY

                                FY QZ

                                IZ WBTK

                                Shear Stresses - Channels

                                The following provisions are checked when a shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal =

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 mzcal

                                vm

                                v

                                Where

                                QY 2ZD2

                                FLTKZD4

                                QZ ZD FLTKYD2

                                FLTK2

                                INTYD2

                                WBTKINTYD

                                4

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal =

                                vazcal =

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 16 V2

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                = Minimum 04f 04f 13f

                                xt

                                4000 1xx

                                y y

                                y1

                                w

                                12

                                1

                                2

                                2

                                13

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                x1 = the lesser of c and d

                                x2 = the greater of c and d

                                c = distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)= a (Parameter)

                                d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)= INTYD

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 17 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Channels

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Channels

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 18 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Channels

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section712)

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f 066f 066f10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Channels

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80044 IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                Effective Cross-section Properties Computation - Single Angles

                                Effective cross-section properties for single angle are checked and if they are greaterthan the actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code checkmember

                                LEGeffc (Computation of effective leg width LEGeffc for when the memberis under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGeffc is computed for when the member is under axial compression (FigureIS80044-1)

                                LEG Minimum of

                                256 Tf

                                or

                                16Teffc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                If LEGeffc lt LEG2Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGeffc LEG2The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80044-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Single Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 3 Rev T

                                LEGefft (Computation of effective leg width LEGefft for when the memberis under tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension (Figure IS80044-1)

                                LEGefft = 20T1

                                If LEGefft lt LEG2Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGefft LEG2The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 4 V2

                                Maximum y z Maximum Lr

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Axial Tensions - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = =

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 5 Rev T

                                Maximum y z

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative andFX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = =

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 6 V2

                                2

                                y2

                                E

                                2

                                z2

                                E

                                K Lr

                                y y

                                y

                                K L

                                rz z

                                z

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                fccy = is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling about the Y axis

                                fccz = is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingabout the Z axis

                                y =

                                z =

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                MZSZS

                                MZSZ

                                MZSZ

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Z Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                Positive Z Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to weak axis bending (positive Z axis bending) ieMZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Analysis and design for the single angles are based on the principal axis of thesingle angles Figure IS80044-2(a) illustrates positive Z axis bending stress

                                621 TZ (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam621 CZ IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                bczcal =

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Where

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                623 CZ (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam623 TZ IS800-1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 8 V2

                                Figure IS80044-2 Compressive Bending Stress for Single Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 9 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                MZSZS

                                Minimum 066f 066f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                btzcal =

                                The legs are in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                The allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision lt624 Zrsquo forequation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYD (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 10 V2

                                Y 11

                                20

                                UNLCF THICK

                                RY LEG1

                                2

                                265 10

                                UNLCFRY

                                5

                                2

                                624 Z (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt = 10 20

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X =

                                Y =

                                k1 = 10 for single angles

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                THICK = thickness of the single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 11 Rev T

                                k2 = -10 for single angles

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = YC(YD - YC)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 12 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                MZSZ

                                MZSZ

                                Negative Z Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to weak axis bending (negative Z axis bending) ieMZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Analysis and design for the single angles are based on the principal axis of thesingle angles Figure IS80044-2(b) illustrates negative Z axis bending stress

                                621 TZ (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam621 CZ IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                bczcal =

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 13 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                MZSZS

                                MZSZ

                                623 CZ (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam623 TZ IS800-1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                btzcal =

                                Allowable bcz = btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 14 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                MYSY

                                MYSYS

                                MYSYS

                                MYSY

                                Y Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to strong axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesAnalysis and design for the single angles are based on the principal axis of the single anglesFigures IS80044-2(c) and (d) illustrate Y axis bending stresses

                                621 TY (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam621 CY IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                Actual btycal =

                                bcycal =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                Actual btycal =

                                bcycal =

                                Allowable bty = bcy = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                Where

                                SY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IYZC (Table Property)

                                SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY(ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 15 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                MYSYS

                                MYSY

                                MYSY

                                MYSYS

                                623 CY (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam623 TY IS800-1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                Actual bcycal =

                                btycal =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                Actual bcycal =

                                btycal =

                                A leg of the angle is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984code the allowable stress is

                                Allowable bcy =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The allowable tensile stress is

                                bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision lt624 Yrsquo for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MY = the actual moment about the member Y axis (N-mm)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 16 V2

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IYZD (Table Property)

                                SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY(ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 17 Rev T

                                Y 1 120

                                UNLCF THICKRZ LEG1

                                2

                                Y 1 120

                                UNLCF THICKRZ LEG2

                                2

                                624 Y (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt = 10 20

                                and

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                d1t =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                X =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                X =

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 18 V2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RZ

                                5

                                2

                                k1 = 10 for single angles

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axis (Table Property)

                                THICK = thickness of the single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg (Table Property)

                                LEG2 = length of the short leg (Table Property)

                                k2 = -10 for single angles

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = ZC(ZD - ZC)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 19 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                u LEG1 (LEG2 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                v LEG2 (LEG1 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                ActualFZ QY

                                IY THICKvmzcal

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Single Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal = FY QZ

                                IZ THICK

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QY Computation (see Figure IS80044-3)

                                H1 = LEG1 - u + v Tan ()

                                A1 = H1 times THICKA2 = 05 times THICK times THICK times Tan ()QY1 = A1 times 05 times H1 times Cos () -

                                A2 times (H1 - (THICK times Tan ()3)) Cos()

                                H2 = LEG2 - v -(u - THICK) Tan ()A3 = LEG2 times THICKA4 = 05 times THICK times THICK times Tan ()

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 20 V2

                                v - THICK

                                Tan ( )

                                u LEG1 (LEG2 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                v LEG2 (LEG1 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                QY2 = A3 times 05 times (u-(v times Tan ())) times Cos () -A2 times (H2 times Sin ()) - (THICK times Cos ())3

                                QY = Maximum of (QY1 QY2)

                                QZ Computation (see Figure IS80044-3)

                                H1 = LEG1 - u -

                                A1 = H1 times THICKA2 = 05 times THICK times THICK Tan ()QZ1 = A1 times 05 times H1 times Sin () -

                                A2 times (H1 times Sin () - THICK times Cos ()3)

                                H2 = LEG2 - v -(u- THICK) Tan ()A3 = H2 times THICKA4 = 05 times THICK times THICK times Tan ()QZ2 = A3 times 05 times H2 times Cos () - A4 times (H2 times Cos () -

                                THICK times Sin ()3)QZ = Maximum of (QZ1 QZ2)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 21 Rev T

                                Figure IS80044-3 QY and QZ Computation for Single Angles

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 22 V2

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FY

                                AY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 23 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Single Angles

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Single Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 24 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Single Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984Section 712)

                                atcal

                                06fy

                                btzcal

                                066fy

                                btycal

                                066fy 10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Single Angles

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 1 Rev T

                                ZD Minimum of 2

                                256Tf

                                or

                                2 16Teffc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                IS80045 IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                Effective Cross-Section Properties Computation - Tees

                                Effective cross-section properties for Tee are checked and if they are greater than theactual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code check member

                                ZDeffc (Computation of effective flange width ZDeffc for when the flange isunder compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axis bending(Figure IS80045-1)

                                If ZDeffc lt ZD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDeffc ZD The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft for when the flange isunder tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending(Figure IS80045-1)

                                ZDefft = 2 times 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80045-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Tees

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 3 Rev T

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                560Tf

                                or

                                35Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                800Tf

                                or

                                50Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                If ZDefft ZDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec forYDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS80045-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                If INTYDec lt INTYD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYD The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 4 V2

                                YD Minimum of

                                1440Tf

                                or

                                90Tc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYD et forYDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS80045-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                If INTYDet lt INTYD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYD The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)t = WBTKINTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 5 Rev T

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failedcode check member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 6 V2

                                Maximum Lr

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Axial Tensions - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 8 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 9 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Z Axis Bending - Tees

                                Positive Z Axis Bending - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to strong axis bending (positive Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80045-2(a) illustrates positive Z axis bending stress

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =MZSZ

                                bczcal = MZSZS

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZS

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS80045-2 Bending Stresses for Tees

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 11 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Minimum 066f 066f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                btzcal = MZSZ

                                The flange is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                The web is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 12 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Negative Z Axis Bending - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to strong axis bending (negative bending) ie MZ MZMINthe following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses FigureIS80045-2(b) illustrates negative Z axis bending stress

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = MZSZS

                                bczcal = MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZ

                                btzcal = MZSZS

                                The web is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable compressive stress is

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 13 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The flange is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 forequation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 14 V2

                                FLTKWBTK

                                2 0

                                INTYDWBTK

                                13440fy

                                Y 11

                                20

                                UNLCF FLTK

                                RY YD

                                2

                                265 105

                                UNLCFRY

                                2

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X =

                                Y =

                                k1 = 10 for Tees

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis(Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 15 Rev T

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                INTYD = depth of web (Table Property)= YD - FLTK

                                when flange is in compression

                                k2 = 05

                                when web is in compression

                                k2 = -10

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = YC(YD - YC)

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 16 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMIN thefollowing provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses FiguresIS80045-2(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 17 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                ActualFZ QY

                                IY FLTKvmzcal

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Tees

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual FY QZ

                                IZ WBTKvmycal

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QYZD2

                                FLTKZD4

                                QZ ZD FLTKYD2

                                FLTK2

                                INTYD2

                                WBTKINTYD

                                4

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 18 V2

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                = Minimum 04f 04f 13f

                                xt

                                4000 1xx

                                y y

                                y1

                                w

                                12

                                1

                                2

                                2

                                13

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                x1 = the lesser of c and d

                                x2 = the greater of c and d

                                c = distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)= a (Parameter)

                                d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)= INTYD

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 19 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Tees

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Tees

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac

                                015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 20 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Tees

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section712)

                                atcal

                                06fy

                                btzcal

                                066fy

                                btycal

                                066fy 10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Tees

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 1 Rev T

                                LEG Minimum of 256T

                                f or

                                16Teffc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                IS80046 IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                Effective Cross-Section Properties Computation - Double Angles

                                Effective cross-section properties for Double Angle are checked and if they aregreater than the actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code checkmember

                                LEGeffc (Computation of effective flange width LEGeffc for when theflange is under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axisbending (Figures IS80046-1 and IS80046-2)

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf LEGeffc lt LEG2

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGeffc LEG2 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf LEGeffc lt LEG1

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGeffc LEG1 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80046-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Equal and Long Legs back-to-back Double Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 3 Rev T

                                Figure IS80046-2 Effective Cross-section Properties for Short Legs back-to-backDouble Angles

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 4 V2

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                LEGefft (Computation of effective flange width LEGefft for when the flangeis under tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending(Figures IS80046-1 and IS80046-2)

                                LEGefft = 20T1

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf LEGefft lt LEG2

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGefft LEG2 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf LEGefft lt LEG1

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGefft LEG1 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 5 Rev T

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                560Tf

                                or

                                35Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                800Tf

                                or

                                50Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec forYDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression seeFigures IS80046-1(a) and IS80046-2(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf INTYDec lt INTYD = LEG1 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYD = LEG1 - THICKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf INTYDec lt INTYD = LEG2 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYD = LEG2 - THICKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 6 V2

                                YD Minimum of

                                1440Tf

                                or

                                90Tc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYD et forYDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FiguresIS80046-1(b) and IS80046-2(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf INTYDet lt INTYD = LEG1 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYD = LEG1 - THICKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf INTYDet lt INTYD = LEG2 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYD = LEG2 - THICK

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 7 Rev T

                                The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)t = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failedcode check member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 8 V2

                                Axial Tensions - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 9 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Double Angles

                                For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 10 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 11 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Z Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                Positive Z Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to Z axis bending (positive Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Figure IS80046-3(a) illustrates positive Z axis bending stress

                                Double angles are assumed to have an adequate number of intermediate connection(stitch plates) which make the two angles act as one Double Angle-like sections

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =MZSZ

                                bczcal = MZSZS

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 12 V2

                                Figure IS80046-3 Compressive Bending Stresses for Double Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 13 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZS

                                btzcal = MZSZ

                                The flange is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The web is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 14 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Negative Z Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to Z axis bending (negative bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80046-3(b) illustrates negative Z axis bending stress

                                Double angles are assumed to have an adequate number of intermediate connection(stitch plates) which make the two angles act as one Double Angle-like section

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = MZSZS

                                bczcal = MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZ

                                btzcal = MZSZS

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 15 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                The web is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable compressive stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The flange is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 16 V2

                                LEG1 - THICKTHICK

                                13440fy

                                LEG2 - THICKTHICK

                                13440fy

                                THICK2 THICK

                                2 0

                                X Y 1120

                                UNLCF THICKRY YD

                                2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RY

                                5

                                2

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                Equal Legs or Long Legs back-to-back

                                d1t =

                                Short Legs back-to-back

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                k1 = 10 for Double Angles

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 17 Rev T

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                THICK = thickness of an angle (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                when flange is in compression

                                k2 = 05

                                when web is in compression

                                k2 = -10

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from the sectionneutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = YC(YD - YC)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 18 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to Y axis bending ie MY MYMIN the followingprovisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80046-3(c)illustrates member Y axis bending stress

                                Double angles are assumed to have an adequate number of intermediate connection(stitch plates) which make the two angles act as one Double Angle-like sections

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 19 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                ActualFZ QY

                                IY THICKvmzcal

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Double Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual FY QZ

                                IZ 2 THICKvmycal

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QYZD2

                                THICKZD4

                                Equal Legs or Long Legs back-to-back

                                QZ D THICKYD2

                                THICK2

                                LEG1- THICK2

                                THICKLEG1- THICK

                                4

                                Z 2

                                Short Legs back-to-back

                                QZ D THICKYD2

                                THICK2

                                LEG2 - THICK2

                                THICKLEG2 - THICK

                                4

                                Z 2

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 20 V2

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FY

                                AY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                = Minimum 04f 04f 13f

                                x2 THICK

                                4000 1xx

                                y y

                                y1

                                12

                                1

                                2

                                2

                                13

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)x1 = the lesser of c and dx2 = the greater of c and dc = distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)

                                = a (Parameter)d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)

                                = LEG1 - THICK Equal and Long Leg back-to-back= LEG2 - THICK Short Leg back-to-back

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 21 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Double Angles

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Double Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 22 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Double Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                atcal

                                06fy

                                btzcal

                                066fy

                                btycal

                                066fy 10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Double Angles

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 1 Rev T

                                Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                IS80047 IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                Axial Tensions - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) ==

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal =FX

                                AX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 2 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 3 Rev T

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling f E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 4 V2

                                Z Axis Bending - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to Z axis bending ie MZ MZMIN the followingprovision is checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80047-1(a)illustrates member Z axis bending stress

                                621 (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 5 Rev T

                                Figure IS80047-1 Bending Stresses for Round Bars

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 6 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to Y axis bending ie MY MYMIN the followingprovision is checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80047-1(b)illustrates member Y axis bending stress

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                4 FY3 AX

                                Shear Stresses - Round Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal =

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 mzcal

                                vm

                                v

                                Where

                                AX = cross sectional area (Table Property)

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vm = 040 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                4 FZ3 AX

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 8 V2

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                2 2

                                Combined Stresses - Round Bars

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Round Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending aboutone or both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compressionexists or when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                13

                                13

                                2 2

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                2 2

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 9 Rev T

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f

                                066f

                                2

                                066f

                                2

                                10

                                bcycal2

                                bczcal2

                                vmycal2

                                vmzcal2

                                y3 f ( ) 0 9

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Round Bars

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one or bothaxes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                Bending and Shear - Round Bars

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 10 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80048 IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                Axial Tensions - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 2 V2

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 3 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 4 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 5 Rev T

                                Z Axis Bending - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to Z axis bending ie MZ MZMIN the following provisionis checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80048-1(a) illustratesmember Z axis bending stress

                                621 (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 6 V2

                                Figure IS80048-1 Bending Stresses for Pipes

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 7 Rev T

                                Y Axis Bending - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to Y axis bending ie MY MYMIN the following provisionis checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80048-1 (b) illustratesmember Y axis bending stress

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 8 V2

                                ActualFY QZ

                                IY 2 THICKvmycal

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Pipes

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 641)641 Z

                                ActualFY QZ

                                IZ 2 THICKvmycal

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 mzcal

                                vm

                                v

                                Where

                                QY QZ23

                                OD2

                                ID2

                                3 3

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 642)642 Z

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 9 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                2 2

                                Combined Stresses - Pipes

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Pipes

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                13

                                13

                                2 2

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                2 2

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 10 V2

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                06f

                                066f

                                066f 10

                                2 2

                                bcycal2

                                bczcal2

                                vmycal2

                                vmzcal2

                                y3 f ( ) 0 9

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Pipes

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one or bothaxes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                Bending and Shear - Pipes

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80049 IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                Axial Tensions - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive andFX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                L

                                ry

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 2 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to axial compression ie FX is negativeand FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 3 Rev T

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 4 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Z Axis Bending -Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending)ie MZ MZMIN the following provision is checked for the compression and tensionside stresses Figures IS80049-1(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile and compression bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 5 Rev T

                                Figure IS80049-1 Bending Stresses for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 6 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending)ie MY MYMIN the following provision is checked for the compression and tensionside stresses Figures IS80049-1(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                QY

                                ZD8

                                YD2

                                QZ

                                YD8

                                ZD2

                                ActualFZ QYIY YDvmzcal

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10

                                vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal = FY QZIZ ZD

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 8 V2

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                Combined Stresses -Square and Rectangular Bars

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 9 Rev T

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f 066f 066f 10

                                Bending and Shear - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 10 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 1 Rev T

                                IS800410 IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                Effective Cross-Section Properties Computation - Structural Tubing

                                Effective cross-section properties for Structural Tubing are checked and if they aregreater than the actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code checkmember

                                The following effective cross-section properties provisions are checked when theratio of the widthdepth is less than or equal to 02

                                When ZD YD 02 following provisions are checked

                                INTZDec (Computation of effective internal flange width INTZDec for whenthe flange is under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                INTZDec is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axisbending (Figure IS800410-1)

                                INTZDec = 2 times 20T1

                                If INTZDec lt ZD - 2 times WBTKMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTZDec ZD - 2 times WBTKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS800410-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Structural Tubing

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 3 Rev T

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                2 560Tf

                                or

                                2 35Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft for when the flangeis under tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending(Figure IS800410-1)

                                ZDefft = 2 times 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDefft ZDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec forYDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS800410-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For Other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 4 V2

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                2 800Tf

                                or

                                2 50Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                YD Minimum of

                                2 1440Tf

                                or

                                2 90Tc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                If INTYDec lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYD et forYDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS800410-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 2 times 60t

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 5 Rev T

                                If INTYDet lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)t = WBTK (Table Property)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 2 times 100T1 This means that if thetotal cross-section depth YD is larger than 2 times 100T1 the member will be markedas a failed code check member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 6 V2

                                Axial Tensions - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum Lyr y

                                Lzrz

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX

                                FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 8 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 9 Rev T

                                Z Axis Bending - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Figures IS800410-2(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                623 (Maximum permissible bending compressive stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 623 and Section 621)

                                Actual bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 forequation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS800410-2 Bending Stresses for Structural Tubing

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 11 Rev T

                                FLTKWBTK

                                2 0

                                INTYDWBTK

                                13440fy

                                MZ = the actual moment about the Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (mm3)

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X Y 1120

                                UNLCF FLTKRY YD

                                2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RY

                                5

                                2

                                k1 = 10 for structural tubing

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 12 V2

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                INTYD = flat width of the web (Table Property)= YD - 2 times FLTK - 2 times radius

                                radius = 2 times FLTK

                                k2 = 00 for structural tubing

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers c2c1 = 10for structural tubing

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 13 Rev T

                                Y Axis Bending - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY

                                MYMIN the following provision is checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigures IS800410-2(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 14 V2

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmycal

                                vm

                                QZ

                                INTYD4

                                WBTK ZD FLTKYD2

                                2

                                FZ QYIY 2 FLTK

                                Shear Stresses - Structural Tubing

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal = FY QZ

                                IZ 2 WBTK

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Where

                                QY

                                ZD4

                                FLTK INTYD WBTKZD2

                                2

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 15 Rev T

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in the Y axis direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in the Z axis direction (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 16 V2

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                Combined Stresses - Structural Tubing

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Structural Tubing

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 17 Rev T

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Structural Tubing

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f 066f 066f 10

                                Bending and Shear - Structural Tubing

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 18 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 1 Rev T

                                Appendix A References

                                1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

                                2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W AnthonyDillon Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

                                3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology CambridgeMass Research Report No R67-49 September 1967

                                4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R68-56 May 1968

                                5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R68-91 November 1968

                                6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and SteelMember Selection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass January 1972

                                7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MITPress 1967

                                8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering SystemsLaboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-47 September 1967

                                9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTMA506-68 January 1968

                                10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency POBox 3956 San Francisco California 94119

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 2 V 2

                                11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor POBox 231 Worcester Mass 01613

                                12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

                                13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

                                14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R67-58 September 1967

                                15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute ofSteel Construction Inc New York 1963

                                16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute ofSteel Construction Inc New York 1969

                                17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill BookCompany 1967

                                18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering GeorgiaInstitute of Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

                                19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering ScienceMcGraw- Hill London Third Edition 1977

                                20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

                                21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 3 Rev T

                                22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids andStructures 4 1968

                                23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringJuly 1970

                                24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements ResearchReport R71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

                                25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural DesignLanguage M S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September1969

                                26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California atBerkeley 1966

                                27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation inFinite Element Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Departmentof Civil Engineering June 1976

                                28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of TechnologyNetherlands to be published

                                29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G73371960

                                30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite ElementsProceedings of the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods inCivil Engineering American Society of Civil Engineers Nashville TennesseeNovember 1969

                                31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 4 V 2

                                32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE -Manuals and Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

                                33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute ofSteel Construction Inc New York 1980

                                34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Instituteof Steel Construction Inc New York 1978

                                35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Editedby Bruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

                                36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood CliffsNew Jersey 1968

                                37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design andBehavior International Textbook Company 1971

                                38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston PublishingCompany Inc Reston Virginia 1977

                                39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design inStructural Steel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

                                40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I GilmorCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

                                41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES SubsystemSTRUDL Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 UsersManual Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc1975

                                44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

                                45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 5 Rev T

                                46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite ElementAnalysis Prentice 1976

                                47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press1965

                                48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by MatrixDecomposition Journal of the Engineering Mechanics Division AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers April 1968

                                49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRANby the Tridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

                                50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparsebut Unstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEEConference on Decision and Control San Diego California January 1979

                                51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for theEigenproblem J INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

                                52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

                                53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channelsand Tees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of CivilEngineering Atlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

                                54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Constructionof Nuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF ComponentSupports July 1 1977

                                55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

                                56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

                                57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures JohnWiley and Sons Inc 1974

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 6 V 2

                                58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill1970

                                59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic StabilityMcGraw-Hill 1961

                                60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed SectionsGTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta GeorgiaJune 1981

                                61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for RandomVibrations Report No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering ResearchCenter University of California Berkeley June 1980

                                62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm forReducing the Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM JournalNumerical Analysis Vol 13 No 2 April 1976

                                63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse SymmetricMatrices Proceedings of the 24th National Conference Association forComputing Machinery 1969

                                64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

                                65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln ArcWelding Foundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

                                66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-StrainModel for Confined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114No 8 August 1988

                                67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding SocietyMiami Florida December 1983

                                68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Constructionof Nuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF ComponentSupports July 1 1983

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 7 Rev T

                                69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122February 1978

                                70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

                                71 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary onStandard for Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures ASCESTANDARD American Society of Civil Engineers New York New YorkSeptember 1986

                                72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

                                73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American NationalStandards Institute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

                                74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCEManuals and Reports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York1988

                                75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American NationalStandards Institute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

                                76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel InstituteWashington DC 1989

                                77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk GroveVillage IL 60007 January 7 1994

                                78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North AmericanEdition No 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street WayneMichigan 48184 1993

                                79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS5950 Part 1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuousConstruction Hot Rolled Sections London England 1990

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 8 V 2

                                80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design FirstEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

                                81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume ISecond Edition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc ChicagoIllinois 1993

                                82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 SectionProperties Member Capacities 4th Edition Published by The SteelConstruction Institute in association with the British Constructional SteelworkAssociation Limited British Steel PIC Berkshire England 1996

                                83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTMA6M American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

                                84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories AluminumCompany of America

                                85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCEManuals and Reports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society ofCivil Engineers New York New York 1991

                                86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95American Society of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

                                87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 PowerLine Systems Inc 1995

                                88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Modelof Ordinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of StructuralEngineering Vol 124 No 3 March 1998

                                89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

                                90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules forbuildings (together with United Kingdom National Application Document)DD ENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

                                91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 9 Rev T

                                92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTIONIN STEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

                                93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAMCOLUMN CHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS8081989 New Delhi September 1989

                                94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural SectionsApril 15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc ChicagoIllinois 1997

                                95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design ofrolled and welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 LondonEngland May 2001

                                96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

                                97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering DesignProvisions International Conference of Building Officials WhittierCalifornia April 1997

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 10 V 2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                V2 IS800 Appendix B - 1 Rev T

                                Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix B of Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

                                Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix B - 2 V 2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                V2 IS800 Appendix C - 1 Rev T

                                Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix C of Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tablesprovided with GTSTRUDL

                                Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix C - 2 V 2

                                End of Document

                                • Title Page
                                • Revision History
                                • Notices amp Disclaimer
                                • Table of Contents
                                • IS800 Code
                                  • Introduction
                                  • Code Parameters
                                    • IS800 Code Parameters
                                    • Indian Standard Code(s)
                                        • Properties Used by IS800
                                        • Parameters Used by IS800
                                          • System Parameters
                                          • Control Parameters
                                          • Code Parameters
                                            • Provisions of IS800
                                              • General Nomenclature
                                              • I shapes
                                              • Channels
                                              • Single Angles
                                              • Tees
                                              • Double Angles
                                              • Round Bars
                                              • Pipes
                                              • Square and Rectangular Bars
                                              • Structural Tubing
                                                • Appendices
                                                  • Appendix A References
                                                  • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
                                                  • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Table of Steel Profiles
                                                        1. File Attachment
                                                          IS800 Manual

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 54

                                                          Figure IS8001-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 55

                                                          Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 56

                                                          Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 57

                                                          4 Double angle contains an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

                                                          5 The IS800 code assumes all shapes are hot rolled In the case of a welded plateshape the user must be certain that the section properties contained in a usercreated table of welded plate shapes are consistent with the requirements of theIS800-1984 Specification (92) For example in the case of a welded plate I-shape section the shear area AY used for both analysis and shear stress checksmust be equal to the web thickness times the interior distance between flanges(ie WBTK times INTYD)

                                                          6 In the case of welded plates if the welded plates are not stress relieved a value oflsquoNOrsquo should be specified for the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo For more explanation see parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo and Section 3522 of IS800-1984

                                                          Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by IS800 code Parameters allowing for the changes which occur instructural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invoked at the usersdiscretion

                                                          The sections of the IS800-1984 Specifications (92) which are considered by theGTSTRUDL IS800 code are summarized below

                                                          Section Title

                                                          35 Geometrical Properties3521 Plate Thickness3522 Plate thickness

                                                          37 Maximum Slenderness Ratio371 The maximum slenderness ratio

                                                          41 Axial Stresses411 The permissible stress in axial tension511 The permissible stress in axial compression

                                                          6 Design of Members Subjected to Bending621 Maximum Bending Stresses623 Maximum Permissible Bending Compressive Stress in Beams624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength626 Angles and Tees

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 58

                                                          64 Shear Stresses641 Maximum Shear Stress642 Average Shear Stress624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength

                                                          71 Combined of Direct Stresses711 Combined Axial Compression and Bending712 Combined Axial Tension and Bending713 Symbols714 Bending and Shear

                                                          The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

                                                          1 Table IS8001-1 Shows the parameters used by the IS800 code TableIS8001-1 contains the applicable parameter names theirdefault values and a brief description of the parameters

                                                          2 Section IS8002 Describes the cross-section properties used for each shape

                                                          3 Section IS8003 Contains detail discussion of the parameters used by theIS800 code and they are presented in alphabetic order inthis section

                                                          4 Section IS8004 Describes the subsections in the Section IS8004

                                                          5 Section IS80041 Defines the symbols used in the IS800 code provisions

                                                          6 Section IS80042 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the I shape cross-sections subjectedto bending and axial forces

                                                          7 Section IS80043 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Channel cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          8 Section IS80044 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Single Angle cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 59

                                                          9 Section IS80045 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Tee cross-sections subjected tobending and axial forces

                                                          10 Section IS80046 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Double Angle cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          11 Section IS80047 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Round Bar cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          12 Section IS80048 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Pipe cross-sections subjected tobending and axial forces

                                                          13 Section IS80049 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Square and Rectangular Barcross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          14 Section IS800410 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Structural Tubing cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 60

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 61

                                                          Table IS8001-1

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking or memberselection Specify IS800 for code name See Table IS8001-2 andSections IS8002 IS8003 and IS8004 for a more detaileddescription

                                                          TBLNAM ISBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table IS8001-3 for choices

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisions of acode The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less than or equal to[10 + CODETOL100]

                                                          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject to axialtension

                                                          a 2540000 Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is used to(mm) compute ah ratio The ah ratio is the ratio of the distance

                                                          between stiffeners to the web depth An arbitrary high value of2540000 (mm) has been assumed as a default to indicate that webstiffeners are absent A value is necessary to account for webstiffeners in the allowable shear stress calculation (Provision lsquo642Yrsquo and lsquo642 Zrsquo)

                                                          STRERELI YES Parameter to specify if the welded plates are stress relieved or not This parameter is used for the computationof the effective cleardepth of the web (see Section 3522 of IS800-1984 and SectionIS80042 of Volume 2 - IS800) A value of NO indicates thatwhen the effective clear depth of the web is being computedassume that the welded plates are not stress relieved The defaultvalue of lsquoYESrsquo indicates that the cross-section is stress relieved

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 62

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Material Properties

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is made SeeTable IS8001-4 for steel grades and their properties

                                                          FY Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if not given

                                                          REDFY 10 Reduction factor for FY This factor times FY gives the fy valueused by the code Used to account for property changes at hightemperatures

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFY

                                                          Slenderness Ratio

                                                          SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 180 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                                          SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified for thisparameter the value of 400 is used for the maximum slendernessratio

                                                          K-Factors

                                                          COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective length factorsKY and KZ (Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          YES = Compute KY and KZ factors

                                                          KY = Compute KY only

                                                          KZ = Compute KZ only

                                                          NO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 63

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          K-Factors (continued)

                                                          KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDL computa-tion of effective length factor KY

                                                          KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDL computa-tion of effective length factor KZ

                                                          Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the defaultcode check or select command output (TRACE 4 output) Thedefault value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that thecomputed K-factor values should be printed after the code check orselect command output The column names attached to the startand end of the code checked member is also printed This printedinformation allows the user to inspect the automatic detection ofthe columns attached to the start and end of the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and the names ofthe attached columns to the start and end of the designed membershould not be printed

                                                          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the local Yaxis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the local Zaxis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 64

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical member which ispart of a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever in theK-factor computation True cantilever members or physicalmembers are detected automatically

                                                          NO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                                          YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                                          GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPKKY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPKKZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPKKY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPKKZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          Buckling Length

                                                          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of the profile Computed as length of member

                                                          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of the profile Computed as length of member

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 65

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Buckling Length (continued)

                                                          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY Allows the unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used only when LYis computed

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Used onlywhen LZ is computed

                                                          Bending Stress

                                                          UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed as lengthof member In this parameter no distinction is made between theunbraced length for the top or bottom flange See UNLCFTF orUNLCFBF

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF Allows the unbracedlength to be specified as a fraction of the total length Used onlywhen UNLCF is computed

                                                          UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the top flange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCF is used forthis parameter

                                                          UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottom flange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCF is used forthis parameter

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 66

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Combined Stresses

                                                          AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of the axialstress which is to be deducted from a corresponding bending stressacting in the opposite direction (see Provisions lsquoAXC TBENrsquo andlsquoAXT CBENrsquo for Channels Section IS80043)

                                                          CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interactionequation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                                          CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interactionequation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                                          Force Limitation

                                                          FXMIN 22 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anything less inmagnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FYMIN 22 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FZMIN 22 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 67

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Output Processing and System Parameters

                                                          MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles in mosttables

                                                          PRIDTA 10 Flag for requesting output from selection procedure

                                                          1 = no output2 = output parameters

                                                          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation

                                                          PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section actual and allowablevalues for allowable stress design codes The default output fromCHECK or SELECT command prints the section force values Avalue of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that the section actualand allowable values should be printed instead of default sectionforces

                                                          TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should be outputduring design or code checking See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section forces

                                                          VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to be outputwhen retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A for explanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 68

                                                          Table IS8001-2

                                                          GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Code(s)

                                                          Code ParameterName Table Application

                                                          IS800 IS8002-1 Checks compliance of I shape Single angle Channel TeeDouble angles Solid Round bar Pipe Solid Square andRectangular bar and Structural tubing shape profiles to the IndianStandard IS800-1984 Specification (92)

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 69

                                                          Table IS8001-3

                                                          GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the IS800 Codes

                                                          Profile Shapes Reference

                                                          I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table names for Ishapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universal beamshapes universal column shapes etc

                                                          Channels See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of channel cross-section tablenames applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle cross-sectiontable names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of tee cross-section table namesapplicable to IS800 code

                                                          Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle cross-sectiontable names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A list of solid round bar cross-sectiontable names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Pipes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of pipe (round HSS circularhollow section) cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid square bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid rectangular bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Structural Tubes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squarestructural tube (rectangular and square HSS rectangular and squarehollow section) cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 70

                                                          Table IS8001-4

                                                          Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1993 AISC LRFD Second Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition

                                                          and 1978 AISC Specification

                                                          Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                                          Steel GradeASTM

                                                          Designation

                                                          Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                                          Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                                          1 2 3 4 5

                                                          A36 3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          A529 4260

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A441 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4667

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A572-G42 4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          A572-G50 5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          A572-G60 6075

                                                          6075

                                                          NA NA NA

                                                          A572-G65 6580

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A242 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4675

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A588 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy and Fts tobe zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yield strengths (Fy)and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included in the 1993 AISC LRFDSecond Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition and the 1978 AISC specification

                                                          GT STRUDL ACI Code 318-99

                                                          52 - 71

                                                          524 ACI Code 318-99

                                                          Design of beams and columns by the 1999 ACI code has been added Only membersdesignated as TYPE BEAM or TYPE COLUMN in a DESIGN DATA command can bePROPORTIONed when the METHOD is set to ACI318-99 When you specify ACI318-99you will be reminded that it is a pre-release feature by a message (see the Example below)Note that CHECK is not available for codes after ACI318-77 including ACI318-99

                                                          ExampleMETHOD ACI318-99 INFO_MET ndash 318-99 is a pre-release feature

                                                          DESIGN DATA FOR MEMBER 1 TYPE BEAM RECTPROPORTION MEMBER 1

                                                          ACTIVE CODE = ACI 318-99

                                                          (the rest of the output is the same format as previouscodes)

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 72

                                                          The table of CONSTANTS and assumed values for ACI 318-99 is shown below

                                                          TABLE 24-1 CONSTANTS and Assumed Values for ACI 318-99CONSTANT Explanation ACI 318-99 Assumed Value

                                                          FCP Compressive strength of concrete fc 4000 psi

                                                          FY Yield strength of reinforcement fy 60000 psi

                                                          WC Unit weight of plain concrete 145 pcf

                                                          DENSITY Unit weight of reinforced concrete (1) 150 pcf

                                                          FC Allow compr stress in concrete Fc A31 045(FCP)

                                                          VU Ult shear stress in beam with web reinf (2) 11569(5)

                                                          V Allow shear stress in beam with web reinf A31(b)

                                                          RFSP Splitting ratio fct (3) 9523 67

                                                          FYST Yield strength of stirrups 60000 psi

                                                          FYSP Yield strength of spiral 60000 psi

                                                          FS Allowable tension stress in primary reinf 20000 psi for

                                                          FSC Allowable compressive stress in column reinf (4) A32 Grades 40 50

                                                          FV Allowable tension stress in stirrups (5) 24000 psi for

                                                          Grade 60

                                                          PHIFL Flexure capacity reduction factor 932 09

                                                          PHISH Shear capacity reduction factor 932 085

                                                          PHIBO Bond capacity reduction factor 932 085

                                                          PHITO Torsion capacity reduction factor 932 085

                                                          PHISP Spiral column capacity reduction factor 932 075

                                                          PHITI Tied column capacity reduction factor 932 07

                                                          BLFR Ratio of max p (p - p) or (pw - pf) to pbal 1033 075

                                                          PMAXCO Maximum allowable reinforced ratio in columns 1091 008

                                                          PMINCO Minimum allowable reinforced ratio in columns 1091 001

                                                          PMINFL Minimum allowable reinforced ratio in flexuralmembers

                                                          1051 200FY

                                                          ES Modulus of elasticity for reinf steel 852 29x106psi

                                                          EC Modulus of elasticity for concrete 851 33(WC)15

                                                          EU Ult strain in concrete at extreme comp fiber 1023 0003

                                                          GT STRUDL ACI Code 318-99

                                                          52 - 73

                                                          Notes

                                                          1 The constant DENSITY is the GTSTRUDL constant of the same namewhich has been set to a value of 150 pcf for reinforced concrete

                                                          2 VU is multiplied by PHISH internally

                                                          3 Calculations for Vc and Tc are modified by replacing with RFSP67( ) as per Section 11211

                                                          4 The assumed value of FSC is also limited to 30000 psi maximum

                                                          5 This value is defined only at the time of stirrup design

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 74

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables

                                                          52 - 75

                                                          525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables

                                                          New tables have been added for rectangular and circular concrete cross sections Thenew table for rectangular sections is called CONRECT and the new table for circularsections is called CONCIR These tables are added to facilitate the modeling and analysisof concrete cross sections but may not be used in the design of concrete cross sections Inorder to design concrete sections the MEMBER DIMENSION command must be used (seeSection 25 of Volume 4 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual)

                                                          The profiles in the CONCIR table are shown below where the name CIRxx indicatesa circular cross section and xx is the diameter in inches Thus CIR12 is a 12 inch diametercircular cross section

                                                          CIR12 CIR24CIR14 CIR26CIR16 CIR28CIR18 CIR30CIR20 CIR32CIR22 CIR34

                                                          CIR36

                                                          The profiles in the CONRECT table are shown below where the name RECYYXZZindicates a rectangular cross section with a width of YY inches and a depth of ZZ inchesThus REC16X24 is 16 inch wide and 24 inch deep rectangular cross section

                                                          REC6X12 REC8X12 REC10X12 REC12X12 REC14X12 REC16X12

                                                          REC6X14 REC8X14 REC10X14 REC12X14 REC14X14 REC16X14

                                                          REC6X16 REC8X16 REC10X16 REC12X16 REC14X16 REC16X16

                                                          REC6X18 REC8X18 REC10X18 REC12X18 REC14X18 REC16X18

                                                          REC6X20 REC8X20 REC10X20 REC12X20 REC14X20 REC16X20

                                                          REC6X22 REC8X22 REC10X22 REC12X22 REC14X22 REC16X22

                                                          REC6X24 REC8X24 REC10X24 REC12X24 REC14X24 REC16X24

                                                          REC6X26 REC8X26 REC10X26 REC12X26 REC14X26 REC16X26

                                                          REC6X28 REC8X28 REC10X28 REC12X28 REC14X28 REC16X28

                                                          REC6X30 REC8X30 REC10X30 REC12X30 REC14X30 REC16X30

                                                          REC6X32 REC8X32 REC10X32 REC12X32 REC14X32 REC16X32

                                                          REC6X34 REC8X34 REC10X34 REC12X34 REC14X34 REC16X34

                                                          REC6X36 REC8X36 REC10X36 REC12X36 REC14X36 REC16X36

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 76

                                                          REC18X12 REC20X12 REC22X12 REC24X12 REC26X12 REC28X12

                                                          REC18X14 REC20X14 REC22X14 REC24X14 REC26X14 REC28X14

                                                          REC18X16 REC20X16 REC22X16 REC24X16 REC26X16 REC28X16

                                                          REC18X18 REC20X18 REC22X18 REC24X18 REC26X18 REC28X18

                                                          REC18X20 REC20X20 REC22X20 REC24X20 REC26X20 REC28X20

                                                          REC18X22 REC20X22 REC22X22 REC24X22 REC26X22 REC28X22

                                                          REC18X24 REC20X24 REC22X24 REC24X24 REC26X24 REC28X24

                                                          REC18X26 REC20X26 REC22X26 REC24X26 REC26X26 REC28X26

                                                          REC18X28 REC20X28 REC22X28 REC24X28 REC26X28 REC28X28

                                                          REC18X30 REC20X30 REC22X30 REC24X30 REC26X30 REC28X30

                                                          REC18X32 REC20X32 REC22X32 REC24X32 REC26X32 REC28X32

                                                          REC18X34 REC20X34 REC22X34 REC24X34 REC26X34 REC28X34

                                                          REC18X36 REC20X36 REC22X36 REC24X36 REC26X36 REC28X36

                                                          REC30X12 REC32X12 REC34X12 REC36X12

                                                          REC30X14 REC32X14 REC34X14 REC36X14

                                                          REC30X16 REC32X16 REC34X16 REC36X16

                                                          REC30X18 REC32X18 REC34X18 REC36X18

                                                          REC30X20 REC32X20 REC34X20 REC36X20

                                                          REC30X22 REC32X22 REC34X22 REC36X22

                                                          REC30X24 REC32X24 REC34X24 REC36X24

                                                          REC30X26 REC32X26 REC34X26 REC36X26

                                                          REC30X28 REC32X28 REC34X28 REC36X28

                                                          REC30X30 REC32X30 REC34X30 REC36X30

                                                          REC30X32 REC32X32 REC34X32 REC36X32

                                                          REC30X34 REC32X34 REC34X34 REC36X34

                                                          REC30X36 REC32X36 REC34X36 REC36X36

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          52 - 77

                                                          526 ASD9-E Code

                                                          A special Ninth Edition AISC allowable stress design code for W shapes has beenimplemented The code name is ASD9-E This code is based on the Ninth Edition AISCASD except the equations have been modified to include modulus of elasticity (constant E)ASD9-E is applicable to W shapes only This code is useful for structures where E andpossibly other material data must be modified to account for high temperature Parametersfor the ASD9-E Code are shown below

                                                          ASD9-E12 ASD9-E Code

                                                          The ASD9-E Code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check I shape cross-section The term I shapes is used to mean W S M and HP profiles This code is primarilybased on the AISC Specification for Structural Steel buildings Allowable Stress Designand Plastic Design adopted June 1 1989 The Specification is contained in the NinthEdition of the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design (72) TheASD9-E code utilizes the allowable stress design techniques of the AISC Specification Theequations of the AISC have been modified to include constant E (modulus of elasticity)ASD9-E is similar to ASD9 code but it is only applicable to I shape cross-sections

                                                          The purpose of this code is to be able to code check structures that experience hightemperature or when ever the modulus of elasticity of the steel is different than standardvalue of 29000 ksi ( 200 kNmm2) Equations in the AISC ASD specification have beensimplified by assuming the modulus of elasticity of the steel is equal to 29000 ksi ( 200kNmm2) The equations in the GTSTRUDL ASD9-E code are the original equations thatcontains the modulus of elasticity

                                                          Design criteria for the I shape cross-section are presented in Section ASD9-E4 Adetailed discussion is presented on the allowable stresses for I shape cross-section in SectionASD9-E42 The following assumptions are made throughout the ASD9-E Code

                                                          1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel

                                                          2 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bendingstresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

                                                          3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

                                                          Text Box
                                                          Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 ASD9-E Manual
                                                          Joan
                                                          Note
                                                          Marked set by Joan

                                                          GT STRUDLreg

                                                          S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e U s e r M a n u a l

                                                          Volume 2 - ASD9-E

                                                          Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

                                                          Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                                          Rev T ii V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          V2 iii Rev T

                                                          GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

                                                          Revision No

                                                          DateReleased Description

                                                          T 2006

                                                          V2 iv Rev T

                                                          NOTICES

                                                          GTSTRUDLreg User Manual Volume 2 - ASD9-E Steel Design Code Revision T isapplicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released 2006 and subsequent versions

                                                          GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

                                                          GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

                                                          DISCLAIMER

                                                          NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

                                                          Commercial Software Rights Legend

                                                          Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

                                                          This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

                                                          Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

                                                          Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                                          Copyright copy 2006

                                                          Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332

                                                          ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                                                          Printed in United States of America

                                                          V2 v Rev T

                                                          Table of Contents

                                                          Chapter Page

                                                          NOTICES iv

                                                          DISCLAIMER iv

                                                          Commercial Software Rights Legend iv

                                                          Table of Contents v

                                                          ASD9-E1 GTSTRUDL Steel Design ASD9-E Code 11-1ASD9-E11 Introduction 11-1ASD9-E12 ASD9-E Code 12-1

                                                          ASD9-E2 Properties Used by ASD9-E 2-1ASD9-E3 Parameters Used by ASD9-E 3-1ASD9-E4 Provisions of ASD9-E 4-1

                                                          ASD9-E41 General Nomenclature for ASD9-E 41-1ASD9-E42 ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes 42-1

                                                          Appendix A References A-1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B-1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Tables C-1

                                                          Figures

                                                          Figure ASD9-E1-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction 12-2Figure ASD9-E2-1 Local Axes for Design with ASD9-E 2-2Figure ASD9-E3-1 Computation of CB 3-10Figure ASD9-E3-2 Computation of CMY and CMZ 3-11Figure ASD9-E3-3 Local Axis Buckling 3-16Figure ASD9-E3-4 SIDESWAY Conditions 3-19Figure ASD9-E3-5 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the

                                                          TOP and BOTTOM flange 3-21Figure ASD9-E42-1 Bending Stresses for W Shapes 42-11

                                                          Tables

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 ASD9-E Code Parameters 12-5Table ASD9-E1-2 GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the Design based on

                                                          the ASD9-E Code 12-13Table ASD9-E1-3 Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD Ninth

                                                          Edition Specification 12-16Table ASD9-E3-1 Parameters in ASD9-E 3-2Table ASD9-E42-1 The Compactness Provision COMPACT for ASD9-E Code 42-9

                                                          V2 vi Rev T

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E11 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E1 GTSTRUDL Steel Design ASD9-E Code

                                                          ASD9-E11 Introduction

                                                          The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters properties and thecode provisions for the GTSTRUDL steel design ASD9-E code This volume is onlyapplicable to steel design ASD9-E Code

                                                          GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E11 - 2 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E12 ASD9-E Code

                                                          The ASD9-E Code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check I shape cross-section The term I shapes is used to mean W S M and HP profiles This code is primarilybased on the AISC Specification for Structural Steel buildings Allowable Stress Design andPlastic Design adopted June 1 1989 The Specification is contained in the Ninth Editionof the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design (72) The ASD9-E codeutilizes the allowable stress design techniques of the AISC Specification The equations ofthe AISC have been modified to include constant E (modulus of elasticity) ASD9-E issimilar to ASD9 code but it is only applicable to I shape cross-sections

                                                          The purpose of this code is to be able to code check structures that experience hightemperature or when ever the modulus of elasticity of the steel is different than standardvalue of 29000 ksi ( 200 kNmm2) Equations in the AISC ASD specification have beensimplified by assuming the modulus of elasticity of the steel is equal to 29000 ksi ( 200kNmm2) The equations in the GTSTRUDL ASD9-E code are the original equations thatcontains the modulus of elasticity

                                                          Design criteria for the I shape cross-section are presented in Section ASD9-E4 Adetailed discussion is presented on the allowable stresses for I shape cross-section in SectionASD9-E42 The following assumptions are made throughout the ASD9-E Code

                                                          1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel2 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bending

                                                          stresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

                                                          3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

                                                          ASD9-E Code GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 2 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E1-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled I Shape

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 3 Rev T

                                                          Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by ASD9-E Provisions for slender compression elements AppendixB of AISC Specification are included when necessary Parameters allowing for the changeswhich occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invokedat the users discretion

                                                          The properties used for I shape cross-section is defined under Section ASD9-E2The parameters used by ASD9-E are discussed in detail in Table ASD9-E1-1 and SectionASD9-E3 Section ASD9-E41 defines the general nomenclature used in describing theASD9-E Code The equations used in ASD9-E to determine the acceptability of a profile aredescribed in detail for I shape cross-section in Section ASD9-E42

                                                          ASD9-E Code GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 4 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 5 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify ASD9-E for code name

                                                          TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selectionSee Table ASD9-E1-2 for choices

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provi-sions of a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be lessthan or equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                                          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

                                                          AH 100000 Ratio of clear span between transverse stiffeners to cleardistance between flanges Used in computing allowableshear stress Default approximates infinity

                                                          ALSTRINC 00 Allowable stress increase value This parameter can beused to specify the 13 allowable stress increase for thewind or seismic loads The user specified value for thisparameter must be followed by the load list An examplefor this parameter is to specify a value of 333333 followedby a load list

                                                          Material Properties

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Table ASD9-E1-3 for steel grades and their properties

                                                          FYLD Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if notgiven

                                                          FTS Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromSTEELGRD if not given

                                                          REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD This factor times FYLD givesthe FY value used by the code Used to account for proper-ty changes at high temperatures

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 6 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Material Properties (continued)

                                                          REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS Similar to REDFYLD

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFYLD

                                                          Slenderness Ratio

                                                          SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 200 is used for the maxi-mum slenderness ratio

                                                          SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                                          K-Factors

                                                          COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          YES = Compute KY and KZ factors

                                                          KY = Compute KY only

                                                          KZ = Compute KZ only

                                                          NO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                                          KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axisof the profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KY

                                                          KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KZ

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 7 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          K-Factors (continued)

                                                          Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should beprinted after the code check or select command output Thecolumn names attached to the start and end of the codechecked member is also printed This printed informationallows the user to inspect the automatic detection of thecolumns attached to the start and end of the designedmember A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor valuesand the names of the attached columns to the start and endof the designed member should not be printed

                                                          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Y axis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Z axis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered asa cantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automatically

                                                          NO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                                          YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                                          GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 8 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          K-Factors (continued)

                                                          GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          Buckling Length

                                                          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LY is computed

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

                                                          Flexural-Torsional Buckling

                                                          FLTORBUK YES Indicates the consideration of flexural-torsional bucklingcheck

                                                          YES = check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                          NO = do not check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 9 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Flexural-Torsional Buckling (continued)

                                                          KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

                                                          LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local Xaxis of the profile Computed as length of member Thisparameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fecomputations

                                                          FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LX is computed

                                                          Bending Stress

                                                          CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending stress (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F13)

                                                          UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed aslength of member In this parameter no distinction is madebetween the unbraced length for the top or bottom flangeSee UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

                                                          UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                          UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 10 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Combined Stresses

                                                          AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of theaxial stress which is to be deducted from a correspondingbending stress acting in the opposite direction

                                                          CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                          CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                          Force Limitation

                                                          FXMIN 05(lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FYMIN 05(lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FZMIN 05(lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MYMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MZMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          Output Processing and System Parameters

                                                          MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles inmost tables

                                                          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A for explanation

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 11 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

                                                          PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section stress values forallowable stress design codes The default output fromCHECK or SELECT command prints the section forcevalues A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates thatthe section stress values should be printed instead of defaultsection forces

                                                          TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation

                                                          1 = never

                                                          2 = on failure

                                                          3 = all checks

                                                          4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and sectionforces

                                                          VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation

                                                          1 = no output

                                                          2 = output parameters

                                                          3 = output properties

                                                          4 = output parameters and properties

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 12 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 13 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-2

                                                          GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for theDesign based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                          (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                          Table Name Reference

                                                          AISC Tables (American Institute of Steel Construction)

                                                          W-LRFD3 W shapes from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                          MSHPL3 M S and HP shape profiles from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                          WSHAPES9 W shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                          MSHP9 M S and HP shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                          WBEAM9 W shapes commonly used as beams from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition(72)

                                                          WCOLUMN9 W shapes commonly used as columns from 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition (72)

                                                          WSHAPESM W shape from AISC Metric ldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          MSHPM M S and HP shape profiles from AISC Metric ldquoM SHAPES SSHAPES and HP SHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          WBEAMM W shape profiles commonly used as beams from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          WCOLUMNM W shape profiles commonly used as columns from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          STEELW78 W shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                          HPSM HP S and M shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                          W78BEAM W shapes commonly used as beams from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                          W78COLUM W shapes commonly used as columns from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                          STEELW W shapes from 1969 AISC ASD Seventh Edition (16)

                                                          WCOLUMN W shapes commonly used as columns from 1969 AISC ASD SeventhEdition (16)

                                                          See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 14 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                          GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for theDesign based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                          (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                          Table Name Reference

                                                          Brazilian Standard Tables NBR 5884 2000

                                                          CS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                          CVS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                          VS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                          British Standard Tables BS 5950

                                                          UNIBEAMS British Universal Beam profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties4th Edition (82)

                                                          UNICOL British Universal Column profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties4th Edition (82)

                                                          JOISTS British Joist profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties 4th Edition(82)

                                                          UBPILES I shape profiles from British ldquoUNIVERSAL BEARING PILESrdquo table(82)

                                                          European Tables

                                                          HEA H shaped (HE-A) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-A Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          HEB H shaped (HE-B) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-B Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          HEM H shaped (HE-M) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-M Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 15 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                          GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the Design based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                          (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                          Table Name Reference

                                                          European Tables (Continued)

                                                          IPE I shaped (IPE) profiles from Mittelbreite I-Traumlger IPE-Reihe Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          EUROPEAN This table contains profiles from IPE HEA HEB and HEM tables

                                                          Indian Standard Tables from IS8081989

                                                          ISBEAMS I shape beam sections (medium flange beams junior and light weightbeams) from Tables 21 and 22 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                          ISCOLUMN I shape columnheavy weight beam sections (column and heavy weightbeams) from Table 31 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                          See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 16 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition Specification

                                                          Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                                          Steel GradeASTM

                                                          Designation

                                                          Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                                          Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                                          1 2 3 4 5

                                                          A36 3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          A529 4260

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A441 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4667

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A572-G42 4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          A572-G50 5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          A572-G60 6075

                                                          6075

                                                          NA NA NA

                                                          A572-G65 6580

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A242 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4667

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A588 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy andFts to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yieldstrengths (Fy) and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included inthe 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition specification

                                                          GT STRUDL Properties Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E2 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E2 Properties Used by ASD9-E

                                                          This section describes the profile properties used by the ASD9-E Code The tablessupplied with GTSTRUDL contain these properties required for design in addition to theproperties required for analysis New tables created by the user should include the sameproperties if the ASD9-E Code is to be used The orientation of the principal axes (Z and Y)for each shape is shown in Figure ASD9-E2-1

                                                          Properties Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E2 - 2 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E2-1 Local Axes for Design with ASD9-E

                                                          GT STRUDL Properties Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E2 - 3 Rev T

                                                          I Shapes

                                                          For W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams the following propertiesare required

                                                          AX = the cross-sectional area

                                                          AY = the Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times theweb thickness

                                                          AZ = the Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange area

                                                          IX = the torsional moment of inertia

                                                          IY = the moment of inertia about the Y axis

                                                          IZ = the moment of inertia about the Z axis

                                                          RY = the radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                                          RZ = the radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                                          RT = the radius of gyration for the flange and 13 of the compressionweb area about an axis in the plane of the web for these shapes13 of the compression web area is 16 of the total web area

                                                          SY = the section modulus about the Y axis

                                                          SZ = the section modulus about the Z axis

                                                          FLTK = the flange thickness

                                                          WBTK = the web thickness

                                                          YD = the profile depth

                                                          YC = the positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extremefiber along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)

                                                          ZD = the flange width

                                                          ZC = the positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extremefiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)

                                                          Properties Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E2 - 4 V2

                                                          INTYD = the clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minustwice the flange thickness

                                                          BF2TF = the bt ratio of the flange computed as frac12 the flange widthdivided by the flange thickness

                                                          DTW = the profile depth divided by the web thickness

                                                          YDAFL = the profile depth over the area of one flange

                                                          EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axis

                                                          EZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axis

                                                          CW = the warping constant

                                                          ND = the nominal depth

                                                          WEIGHT = the weight per unit length

                                                          GRPNUM = the profile group number taken from Table 1 and 2 of the AISCASD Manual of Steel Construction Ninth Edition (72)

                                                          SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                                          = 10 W shapes

                                                          = 11 S shapes

                                                          = 12 HP shapes

                                                          = 13 M shapes

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E3 Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          The parameters used by ASD9-E may be grouped into three general categories

                                                          1 System parameters The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT andCHECK Command results

                                                          2 Control parameters Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checkedand specify comparison tolerances

                                                          3 Code parameters Code parameters are used to specify information and coefficientsdirectly referenced in the code

                                                          With the notable exception of CODETOL parameters of the second group are seldom usedA knowledge of the system and control parameters allows the user greater flexibility whenusing the ASD9-E code The vast majority of parameters fall into the code category and havea direct bearing on ASD9-E and the results it produces

                                                          For the categories described above the parameters used by ASD9-E are presentedbelow and are summarized in Table ASD9-E3-1 The control parameters are discussed firstfollowed by the code parameters

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 2 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E3-1

                                                          Parameters in ASD9-E

                                                          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                                          AH 100000 Real value

                                                          ALSTRINC 00 Real value

                                                          AXEFF 00 Real value

                                                          CantiMem NO YES

                                                          CB Computed Real value

                                                          CMY Computed Real value

                                                          CMZ Computed Real value

                                                          CODE Required ASD9-E

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent Tolerance

                                                          COMPK NO YES KY KZ

                                                          FLTORBUK YES NO

                                                          FRLX 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FTS Computed Real value in active units

                                                          FXMIN 05 lbs Real value in active units

                                                          FYLD Computed Real value in active units

                                                          FYMIN 05 lbs Real value in active units

                                                          FZMIN 05 lbs Real value in active units

                                                          GAY Computed Real value

                                                          GAZ Computed Real value

                                                          GBY Computed Real value

                                                          GBZ Computed Real value

                                                          KX 10 Real value

                                                          KY 10 Real value

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          1A complete parameter description is given in the Section 72

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 3 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E3-1 (Continued)

                                                          Parameters in ASD9-E

                                                          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                                          KZ 10 Real value

                                                          LX Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          LY Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          LZ Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          MYMIN 200 in-lbs Real value in active units

                                                          MZMIN 200 in-lbs Real value in active units

                                                          PF 10 Fraction of area

                                                          Print-K YES NO

                                                          PrintStr NO YES

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E

                                                          REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS

                                                          REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD

                                                          SDSWAYY YES NO

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES NO

                                                          SLENCOMP 2000 Real value

                                                          SLENTEN 3000 Real value

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          SUMMARY1 NO YES

                                                          TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Table ASD9-E1-2

                                                          TRACE1 4 1 2 3

                                                          UNLCF Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          UNLCFBF Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          UNLCFTF Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          VALUES1 1 2 3 4

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 4 V2

                                                          System Parameters

                                                          PrintStr NO YES

                                                          Parameter to request to print the section stress values for allowable stressdesign codes This parameter is applicable to the steel design CHECK and SELECTcommands The default output from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that the sectionstress values should be printed instead of default section forces

                                                          SUMMARY NO YES

                                                          Unlike the preceding parameters SUMMARY does not directly produceoutput during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARY invokes abookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parameter valuesused at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed or checkedThe two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NO thebookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specified allprovisions and parameters in the code ldquoSummary Descriptionrdquo (Section 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has been recorded

                                                          TRACE 1 2 3 4

                                                          The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are

                                                          1 - no provisions are output

                                                          2 - outputs any provisions which fail

                                                          3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and

                                                          4 - outputs the two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed

                                                          Whenever 2 or 3 as selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces actingon the member for that section and loading For each provision at that section andloading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio are outputFigure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACE value of3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actual exceeded theallowable are output The order in which provisions are output depends on the code

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 5 Rev T

                                                          being used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loading When novalue is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 is assumed Thedefault output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK command shows themember name the code name the profile name the table name the loadingconditions and the section locations where the two largest actualallowable valuesoccur the provision names corresponding to the two largest actualallowable valuesthe two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed and the internal membersection forces at the section with the largest actualallowable ratio

                                                          VALUES 1 2 3 4

                                                          VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused with SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values are outputThe four options for VALUES are

                                                          1 - no parameter or property values is output

                                                          2 - outputs only parameter values

                                                          3 - outputs only property values and

                                                          4 - outputs both parameter and property values

                                                          Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 6 V2

                                                          Control Parameters

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

                                                          CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

                                                          With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODETOLthe user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

                                                          FXMIN 05 lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force which is considered bythe code Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

                                                          FYMIN 05 lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 7 Rev T

                                                          FZMIN 05 lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

                                                          MYMIN 20 in-lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MYMIN

                                                          MZMIN 20 in-lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MZMIN

                                                          NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MYMIN and MZMIN should alwaysbe greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces and moments are not madeForces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and less may be present due to numericallimitations of the computer In most structures forces of this magnitude are negligible whencompared to the forces usually found in a member Default values for the minimums areappropriate for most applications

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 8 V2

                                                          Code Parameters

                                                          AH 100000 Actual ah ratio

                                                          This parameter is used to specify the ah ratio of a beam where a is theclear distance between transverse stiffeners and h is the clear distance between theflanges The default value of 100000 for parameter AH was chosen to represent thecase of no stiffeners An alternate ah ratio may be specified

                                                          ALSTRINC 00 Alternate value

                                                          This parameter can be used to specify the 13 allowable stress increase valuepermitted by the Section A52 of the AISC ASD Ninth Edition for the wind orseismic loading acting alone or in combination with the design dead and live loadsThis parameter is based on the load names this means that the user specified valuefor this parameter must be followed by load list An example for this parameter isto specify a value of 33333 followed by load list The load list may contain windseismic andor load combinations containing wind or seismic loads

                                                          AXEFF 00 Alternate value

                                                          AXEFF is the fraction of the axial stress which is deducted from bendingstress in the opposite direction This is done when combined tensile bending stressis checked for a member in axial compression or when combined compressivebending stress is checked for a member in axial tension

                                                          CantiMem NO YES

                                                          This parameter indicates that a member or a physical member which is partof a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation This parameter can be used in special cases when the program can notautomatically detect that the beam connected to the column is a cantilever Thespecial case when this parameter may be used is when the beam that is connected tothe column is part of a cantilever truss system and the program automatically is notable to detect that the beam should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation Keep in mind that only true cantilever members or physical membersare detected automatically A value of YES for this parameter indicates that themember of physical member is cantilever

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 9 Rev T

                                                          CB Computed Alternate value

                                                          CB is the coefficient Cb used in Section F13 of the 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition Specification (72) This coefficient increases the allowable compressivebending stress when a moment gradient exists over the unbraced length of thecompression flange When computing the default value of CB the compressionflange is assumed to be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member endsUsing the formula below CB is computed with M1 being the smaller member endmoment and M2 being the larger member end moment

                                                          CB = 175 + 105 (M1M2) + 03 (M1M2)2 lt 23

                                                          The sign of M1M2 is positive for reverse curvature bending and negative forsingle curvature bending If the bending moment at each section under considerationexceeds both member end moments CB is taken as unity Only the sectionsidentified by the user are considered See the SELECT and CHECK commandsSection 26 and 28 of Volume 2A for a discussion of which sections are consideredIn cases where the actual unbraced length is less than the member length or whenmultiple inflection points are present in the moment diagram the user should specifya value for CB A value of 10 is always conservative and may be used in either ofthe preceding cases Figure ASD9-E3-1 illustrates the computation of CB

                                                          CMY Computed Alternate value

                                                          CMY is the moment reduction factor used in Equation H1-1 of the 1989AISC ASD Ninth Edition Specification (72) for Y axis bending Computation of thedefault value for CMY is shown in Figure ASD9-E3-2 A member is considered tobe restrained unless a FORCE Z or MOMENT Y release is specified for one or bothends of the member If a member load causes Y axis bending the member is consid-ered to be transversely loaded Examples of such loadings would include MEMBERLOAD Z direction forces and Y axis moments or MEMBER DISTORTION dis-placements in the Z direction and rotations about the Y axis Member loads whichare described as GLOBAL or PROJECTED are rotated into the members local axisdirections before they are examined

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 10 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-1 Computation of CB

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 11 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-2 Computation of CMY and CMZ

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 12 V2

                                                          CMZ Computed Alternate value

                                                          CMZ is the moment reduction factor used in Equation H1-1 of the 1989 AISCASD Ninth Edition Specification (72) for Z axis bending Computation of thedefault value for CMZ is shown in Figure ASD9-E3-2 A member is considered tobe restrained unless a FORCE Y or MOMENT Z release is specified for one or bothends of the member If a member load causes Z axis bending the member isconsidered to be transversely loaded Examples of such loadings would includeMEMBER LOAD Y direction forces and Z axis moments or MEMBERDISTORTION displacements in the Y direction and rotations about the Z axisMember loads which are applied as GLOBAL or PROJECTED are rotated into themembers local axis directions before they are examined

                                                          CODE Required

                                                          The CODE parameter indicates the Code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of ASD9-E must be specified for thisparameter to check Code based on 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition ASD9-E designor Code check is based on the AISC ASD Specification for Structural SteelAllowable Stress Design and Plastic Design adopted June 1 1989 Thespecification is contained in the Ninth Edition of the AISC ASD Manual of SteelConstruction (72)

                                                          COMPK NO YES KY KZ

                                                          The COMPK parameter is used to specify how the values of the effectivelength parameters KY and KZ are defined The default value of NO indicates thatthe values of KY and KZ are either specified by the user or taken as 10 by default

                                                          The value of YES indicates that the values of KY and KZ are to be computedby GTSTRUDL in the member selection and code check procedures (SELECT orCHECK command) If the value of COMPK is equal to NO the values of KY andKZ are taken as either specified by the user or as 10 by default

                                                          The value of KY or KZ for the parameter COMPK indicates that only thespecified effective length factor should be computed Refer to Section 22 of Volume2A for more discussion of the effective length factor computation

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 13 Rev T

                                                          FLTORBUK YES NO

                                                          Flexural-torsional buckling of symmetric and unsymmetric shapes is a failuremode that can be considered in the design of compression members A value of YESfor parameter FLTORBUK initiates the effective slenderness ratio computation basedon the flexural-torsional buckling failure (Chapter E Section E3 and Commentaryfor Chapter E Section E3 of 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition) If the computation ofthe effective slenderness ratio based on the flexural-torsional buckling failure is notdesired a value of NO should be specified for the parameter FLTORBUK

                                                          FRLX 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLX specifies the unbraced length of torsional buckling LX as a fractionof the members effective length FRLX may be less than or greater than 10 Thisoption works only when LX is computed

                                                          FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members effective length FRLY may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LY is computed

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members effective length FRLZ may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LZ is computed

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRUNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange UNLCFas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCF may be less than or greaterthan 10 This option works only when UNLCF is computed

                                                          FTS Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          The minimum tensile strength of a member may be specified via FTS WhenFTS is specified the STEELGRD and profile GRPNUM are not considered and thevalue of FTS remains constant for the member

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 14 V2

                                                          FYLD Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          FYLD may be used to specify the yield strength of a member rather thanhaving it computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When FYLD is specified fora member its value remains constant irrespective of profile size under considerationThe value of STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it wasspecified

                                                          GAY Computed Alternative value

                                                          GAY is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                                          GAZ Computed Alternative value

                                                          GAZ is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                                          GBY Computed Alternative value

                                                          GBY is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                                          GBZ Computed Alternative value

                                                          GBZ is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                                          KX 10 Alternative value

                                                          KX is the effective length factor for torsional buckling This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling A default value of 10 isassumed An alternate value may be specified by the user

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 15 Rev T

                                                          KY 10 Alternative value computed

                                                          KY is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Yaxis (Figure ASD9-E3-3) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                                          (1) KY is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                                          (2) KY is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES Refer to Section22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of the effective lengthfactor computation

                                                          KZ 10 Alternative value computed

                                                          KZ is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Zaxis (Figure ASD9-E3-3) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                                          (1) KZ is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                                          (2) KZ is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES Refer to Section22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of effective lengthfactor computation

                                                          LX Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          LX is the distance between torsional buckling restraints This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling The default is computed asthe effective member length times the value of the FRLX parameter See the LYparameter below for a description of the effective length An alternate value in theactive units may be specified by the user

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 16 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-3 Local Axis Buckling

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 17 Rev T

                                                          LY Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure ASD9-E3-3 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLY parameter The effective length of a member is the joint-to-joint distance unless eccentricities andor end joint sizes are given Wheneccentricities are given the eccentric start-to-end length of the member is used Forend joint sizes the end joint size at both ends is subtracted from the effective lengthwhich would have been used LY may be specified larger or smaller than themembers effective length and no comparisons are made between the two SeeSection 218 of Volume 1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end jointsizes

                                                          LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure ASD9-E3-3 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLZ parameter See the LY parameter above for a description ofthe effective length

                                                          PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

                                                          PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

                                                          Print-K YES NO

                                                          Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the default code checkor select command output (TRACE 4 output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the computed K-factor values should be printed after thecode check or select command output The column names attached to the start andend of the code checked member is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columns attached to the start and endof the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and thenames of the attached columns to the start and end of the designed member shouldnot be printed

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 18 V2

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

                                                          The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the ASD9-E Code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

                                                          REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS

                                                          REDFTS allows a user to account for changes in the minimum tensilestrength FTS of a member such as those which occur at high temperaturesREDFTS is multiplied by FTS to give the value used for minimum tensile strength

                                                          REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD

                                                          The parameter REDFYLD is a reduction factor for the yield strength FYLDof a member This parameter is intended to reflect the change in yield strength whichoccurs at higher temperatures An alternate use for REDFYLD would be to introducean additional factor of safety into the design equations The yield strength used in theprovision is equal to REDFYLD multiplied by FYLD (REDFYLD times FYLD)

                                                          SDSWAYY YES NO

                                                          SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure ASD9-E3-4 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES NO

                                                          SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure ASD9-E3-4 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

                                                          SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

                                                          SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Klr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of2000 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 19 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-4 SIDESWAY Conditions

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 20 V2

                                                          SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

                                                          SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Klr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 3000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Value from Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to bemadeUsing the value of STEELGRD and the group number (the propertyGRPNUM) of the profile the yield strength (FYLD) and the minimum tensilestrength (FTS) can be correctly determined This is particularly important for thehigher strength steels since the yield strength and the tensile strength decrease for thehigher group numbers as shown in Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          UNLCF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          UNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange which isused in computing the allowable bending stress of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression flange shouldbe used The default is computed as the effective length of the member times thevalue of the FRUNLCF parameter Refer to the parameter LY for a discussion of amembers effective length

                                                          UNLCFBF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          UNLCFBF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thebottom flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a memberBottom flange is defined as the flange in the local negative Y axis direction of a crosssection as shown in Figure ASD9-E3-5 UNLCFBF is used when negative strongaxis bending (negative MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression onthe bottom flange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateralsupport for the bottom compression flange should be used When an alternate valuefor this parameter has not been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is usedSee parameter UNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFBF

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 21 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-5 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the TOP andBOTTOM flange

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 22 V2

                                                          UNLCFTF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          UNLCFTF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a member Topflange is defined as the flange in the local positive Y axis direction of a cross sectionas shown in Figure ASD9-E3-5 UNLCFTF is used when positive strong axisbending (positive MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression on the topflange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateral support for the topcompression flange should be used When an alternate value for this parameter hasnot been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used See parameterUNLCFF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFTF

                                                          GT STRUDL Provisions of ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E4 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E4 Provisions of ASD9-E

                                                          This section presents the equations used in ASD9-E to determine the acceptabilityof a profile The equations have been divided into provisions where each provisionrepresents a comparison which may be output with the TRACE parameter andor stored withthe SUMMARY parameter Provision names used in SUMMARY and TRACE output aregiven followed by the equations used in the particular provision Each provision isaccompanied by a brief description of the check being made and the section of the AISCSpecification on which it is based Conditions which decide if a provision is to be checkedor not are described before each provision Symbols parameters and properties used in theprovisions have been described in the preceding sections

                                                          A special provision NOTUSE is used to indicate that no profile is available for thedesired grade of steel (STEELGRD) which is large enough to carry the forces acting on themember Combinations of the parameter STEELGRD and the property GRPNUM showingNA in Table ASD9-E1-3 will cause this provision to be used When this condition occursno other provisions are checked for the member

                                                          Provisions of ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E4 - 2 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E41 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E41 General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          This section defines the symbols used in describing the provisions of the ASD9-ECode To minimize confusion the notation of the AISC Specification is used wheneverpossible Symbols that are determined from parameters are identified in this section Whenappropriate the units of a symbol are shown after its definition

                                                          a = Clear distance between transverse stiffeners (in)Af = Area of flange (in2)AH = ah = Clear distance between transverse stiffeners over

                                                          clear distance between flange (see parameterAH)

                                                          AX = A = The cross-sectional area (in2)AXEFF = The fraction of the axial stress which is deducted

                                                          from the bending stress in the opposite direction(see parameter AXEFF)

                                                          AY = The cross-sectional shear area in Y direction(in2)

                                                          AZ = The cross-sectional shear area in Z direction (in2)b = The width of stiffened or unstiffened compression

                                                          element (in)be = The effective width of stiffened compression

                                                          element (in)bf = ZD = Flange width (in)

                                                          = BF2TF = Flange width to flange thickness ratio (see sectionproperty BF2TF)

                                                          BF2TF = bt = Section properties (see Section ASD9-E2)CB = Cb = Bending coefficient dependent on moment

                                                          gradient (see the parameter CB)

                                                          Cc = Column slenderness ratio equal to

                                                          CMYCMZ = Cmy Cmz = Coefficients applied to bending terms in inter-action formula (see the parameters CMY andCMZ respectively)

                                                          General Nomenclature for ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E41 - 2 V2

                                                          Cv = The ratio of critical web stress according to the linearbuckling theory to the shear yield stress of webmaterial

                                                          CW = Cw = Warping constant (in6)d = YD = The depth profile (in)dAf = YDAFL

                                                          = The depth of profile divided by the area of flange (in-1)(see section property YDAFL)

                                                          DTW = htw = Section properties (see Section ASD9-E2)E = The modulus of elasticity of steel ((ksi) see the

                                                          parameter REDE (E = REDEtimes(the analysis constantE)))

                                                          = The value of the parameter CODETOL divided by100

                                                          fa = The actual axial compressive stress (ksi)Fa = The allowable axial compressive stress (ksi)fbcy = The actual compressive bending stress about member

                                                          Y axis (ksi)Fbcy = The allowable compressive bending stress about

                                                          member Y axis (ksi)fbcz = The actual compressive bending stress about member

                                                          Z axis (ksi)Fbcz = The allowable compressive bending stress about

                                                          member Z axis (ksi)fbty = The actual tensile bending stress about member Y axis

                                                          (ksi)Fbty = The allowable tensile bending stress about member Y

                                                          axis (ksi)fbtz = The actual tensile bending stress about member Z axis

                                                          (ksi)Fbtz = The allowable tensile bending stress about member Z

                                                          axis (ksi)Fe = Flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress (ksi)Fex = Elastic torsional buckling stress about the member X

                                                          axis (ksi)Fey = Elastic flexural buckling stress about the member Y

                                                          axis (ksi)Fez = Elastic flexural buckling stress about the member Z

                                                          axis (ksi)

                                                          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E41 - 3 Rev T

                                                          =

                                                          FLTK = tf = The flange thickness (in)ft = The actual tensile stress (ksi)Ft = The allowable tensile stress in the absence of bending

                                                          moment (ksi)FTS = Fu = The minimum tensile strength of the steel (ksi) (see the

                                                          parameters FTS and REDFTS)Fu = FTS = The minimum tensile strength of the steel (ksi) (see

                                                          parameter FTS and REDFTS)fv = The actual shear stress (ksi)Fv = The allowable shear stress (ksi)FX = The axial load (kip) (positive represents a tensile load

                                                          negative represents a compressive load)FXMIN = The smallest magnitude axial force which will be

                                                          considered by the code see the parameter FXMIN(ksi)

                                                          FY = The shear force in member Y direction (kip)FYLD = Fy = The yield strength of steel (ksi) (see the parameters

                                                          FYLD and REDFYLD)FYMIN = The smallest magnitude shear force in the member Y

                                                          direction which will be considered by the code (kip)(see the parameter FYMIN)

                                                          FZ = The shear force in member Z direction (kip)FZMIN = The smallest magnitude shear force in the member Z

                                                          direction which will be considered by the code (kip)see the parameter FZMIN

                                                          G = The shear modulus of steel (ksi) (see the parameterREDE (G = REDEtimes(the analysis constant G)))

                                                          h = INTYD= Clear distance between flanges of I shaped sections

                                                          (in)INTYD = h = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)IX = J = Torsional constant (in4)IY = Moment of inertia about the member Y axis (in4)

                                                          General Nomenclature for ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E41 - 4 V2

                                                          IZ = Moment of inertia about the member Z axis (in4)J = IX = Torsional constant (in4)kc = Compression element restraint coefficientKLr = Klr = The controlling slenderness ratiokv = Shear buckling coefficientKX = Kx = Effective length factor for torsional bucklingKY = Ky = The effective length factor about the member Y axis

                                                          (see the parameter KY)KZ = Kz = The effective length factor about the member Z axis

                                                          (see the parameter KZ)lb = Lb = The actual unbraced length of the compression flange

                                                          to prevent against twist or lateral displacement (seeparameter UNLCF and FRUNLCF)

                                                          Lc = Maximum unbraced length of the compression flange(in)

                                                          LX = Lx = Unbraced length for torsional buckling about themember X axis (in)

                                                          LY = Ly = The actual unbraced length about the member Y axis(in) (see the parameter LY and FRLY)

                                                          LZ = Lz = The actual unbraced length about the member Z axis(in) (see the parameters LZ and FRLZ)

                                                          MY = The actual moment about the member Y axis (kip-in)MYMIN = The smallest magnitude member Y axis moment which

                                                          will be considered by the code (in-kip) (see the param-eter MYMIN)

                                                          MZ = The actual moment about the member Z axis (kip-in)MZMIN = The smallest magnitude member Z axis moment which

                                                          will be considered by the code (in-kip) (see the param-eter MZMIN)

                                                          B = The constant pi value of 31415927 is used herePF = Factor to compute the net area for members subject to

                                                          axial tensionQa = The ratio of effective profile to its actual areaQs = The stress reduction factor for unstiffened compression

                                                          elementsRT = rT = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)RY = ry = The radius of gyration about the member Y axis (in)RZ = rz = The radius of gyration about the member Z axis (in)SLENTEN = Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for

                                                          member subjected to axial tension Default value is300

                                                          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E41 - 5 Rev T

                                                          SLENCOMP = Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) formember subjected to axial compression Default valueis 200

                                                          SY = The section modulus about the member Y axis (in3)SZ = The section modulus about the member Z axis (in3)t = The thickness of stiffened or unstiffened compression

                                                          element thickness of a table member (in)tf = FLTK = Flange thickness (in)tw = WBTK = Web thickness (in)UNLCFBF = The unbraced length of the compression flange for the

                                                          bottom flange (see parameter UNLCFBF)UNLCF = Lb lb = The unbraced length of the compression flange to

                                                          prevent twist or lateral displacement (in) (see theparameter UNLCF and FRUNLCF)

                                                          UNLCFTF = The unbraced length of the compression flange for thetop flange (see parameter UNLCFTF)

                                                          WBTK = tw = The web thickness (in)YDAFL = dAf = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)YD = d = The profile depth (in)ZC = The positive member Z direction distance from the

                                                          member Y axis to the extreme fiber along the memberZ axis (in)

                                                          ZD = bf = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)

                                                          General Nomenclature for ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E41 - 6 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E42 ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          Axial Tensions - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX $ FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                                          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section B7)

                                                          Actual lr =

                                                          Allowable Lr = SLENTEN default value is 300

                                                          D1 GROSS (Tension stress for gross area AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section D1)

                                                          Actual ft =

                                                          Allowable Ft = 06 Fy

                                                          D1 NET (Tension stress for net area AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section D1)

                                                          Actual ft =

                                                          Allowable Ft = 05 Fu

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 2 V2

                                                          Axial Compression - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX $FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                                          KLr (Maximum slenderness ratio Klr AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section B7)

                                                          Actual Klr =

                                                          Allowable KLr = SLENCOMP default value is 200

                                                          B51UNST (bt for unstiffened elements AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          Actual bt =

                                                          Allowable bt = (based on non-compact section)

                                                          If Qs is computed as provided for in Appendix Bof the AISC ASD Ninth Ed Specification(72) A discussion of how Qs is computed foraxial compression is shown in provision QS-COMP at the end of this section

                                                          Otherwise Qs = 10

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 3 Rev T

                                                          B51STIF (bt for stiffened elements supported along two edges AISC ASDNinth Ed Table B51)

                                                          Actual htw =

                                                          Allowable htw =

                                                          If Qa is computed as provided for in Appendix Bof the AISC ASD Ninth Ed Specification(72) A discussion of how Qa is computed foraxial compression is shown in provision QA-COMP at the end of this section

                                                          Otherwise Qa = 10

                                                          C-E2-2 (Computation of effective slenderness ratio AISC ASD

                                                          Ninth Ed Section E3 Commentary Section E3)

                                                          When parameter FLTORBUK = YES and CW warping constant is greaterthen 00

                                                          ASD Eq C-E2-2

                                                          Where

                                                          E = modulus of elasticity

                                                          Fe = flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress (see Provision FE-FTEBS)

                                                          Note Provision C-E2-2 created for completeness The computed value for theASD Equation C-E2-2 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 4 V2

                                                          FE-FTEBS (Computation of flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress Fe fordoubly symmetric shapes AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section E3 Com-mentary Section E3 and AISC LRFD First Ed Appendix E)

                                                          When parameter FLTORBUK = YES and CW warping constant is greaterthan 00

                                                          LRFD Eq A-E3-5

                                                          Where

                                                          CW = warping constantE = modulus of elasticityG = shear modulusJ = torsional constant (property IX)IY = moment of inertia about the member Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the member Z axisKX = effective length factor for torsional buckling (parameter KX)LX = unbraced length for torsional buckling about the member X axis

                                                          (parameter LX)

                                                          Note Provision FE-FTEBS created for the completeness The computed value forthe LRFD Equation A-E3-5 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          E2-1 (Compression check AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section E2 Eq E2-1Appendix B Eq A-B5-11)

                                                          When Klr lt CNc =

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 5 Rev T

                                                          Actual fa =

                                                          Where

                                                          Allowable Fa =

                                                          ASD Eq E2-1ASD Eq A-B5-11

                                                          Where

                                                          Klr =

                                                          Q = Qs Qa

                                                          E2-2 (Compression check AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section E2 Eq E2-2)

                                                          When Klr $ CNc = or

                                                          Klr gt 2000 (see Section B7)

                                                          Actual fa =

                                                          Allowable Fa =

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 6 V2

                                                          Where

                                                          Klr =

                                                          Q = Qs Qa

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 7 Rev T

                                                          Compactness - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to strong or weak axis bending (Z or Y axis bending)ie MY $ MYMIN or MZ $ MZMIN the following provisions are checked

                                                          B51 BT (Flange bt AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          Actual bt =

                                                          Allowable bt =

                                                          If the flange is noncompact

                                                          B51DTA (Web dt AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          This provision is checked if

                                                          Actual dtw = DTW

                                                          Allowable dtw =

                                                          Where

                                                          fa =

                                                          If the web is noncompact

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 8 V2

                                                          B51DTB (Web dt AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          This provision is checked if

                                                          Actual dtw = DTW

                                                          Allowable dtw =

                                                          Where

                                                          fa =

                                                          If the web is noncompact

                                                          F1-2 (The laterally unsupported length of the compression flange AISC ASDNinth Ed Section F11 Eq F1-2)

                                                          If MZ $ 00

                                                          Actual Lb = UNLCFTF

                                                          If MZ lt 00

                                                          Actual Lb = UNLCFBF

                                                          Allowable Lc =

                                                          ASD Eq F1-2

                                                          If the laterally unsupported length check failed

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 9 Rev T

                                                          COMPACT (Compactness AISC ASD Ninth Ed Chapter F and Table B51)

                                                          The COMPACT provision is used to summarize the results of the precedingprovisions The allowable value for COMPACT is always 10 The actual value forCOMPACT indicates which of the compactness provisions failed if any An actual valueof 00 indicates that all provisions passed Non-zero values in Table ASD9-E42-1 indicatewhich provision failed If more than one provision failed COMPACT is equal to the sumof their values

                                                          COMPACT and the provisions it summarizes determine how allowable bendingstresses are computed However failure of one or more provisions does not make the profileunder consideration unsatisfactory

                                                          Table ASD9-E42-1

                                                          The Compactness Provision COMPACT for ASD9-E Code

                                                          Value of COMPACT Meaning to the profile

                                                          0 Compact Section

                                                          1 Fail bt ratio

                                                          4 Fail dtw ratio

                                                          8 Fail unsupported length check

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 10 V2

                                                          Z Axis Bending - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ $MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tensionflange Figures ASD9-E42-1 (a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                                          F1-1 C Z and F1-1 T Z (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress forcompact profile AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F11Eq F1-1)

                                                          If COMPACT = 0

                                                          Fy 650 ksi

                                                          Actual fbcz = fbtz =

                                                          Allowable Fbcz = Fbtz = 066 Fy ASD Eq F1-1

                                                          F1-3 C Z and F1-3 T Z (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress fornoncompact flanges profile AISC ASD Ninth EdSection F12 Eq F1-3)

                                                          For I shape with noncompact flanges ie COMPACT = 1 but the followingrequirements are met

                                                          Fy 650 ksi

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 11 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E42-1 Bending Stresses for W Shapes

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 12 V2

                                                          Actual fbcz = fbtz =

                                                          ASD Eq F1-3

                                                          F1-5 C Z (Allowable compressive bending stress for noncompact profileAISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F12 Eq F1-5)

                                                          If MZ $ 00 then Lb = UNLCFTF

                                                          If MZ lt 00 then Lb = UNLCFBF

                                                          Allowable Fbcz = 06 Fy (Qs) ASD Eq F1-5

                                                          F1-5 T Z (Allowable tensile bending stress for compact noncompact orprofile with unbraced length greater than Lc AISC ASD Ninth EdSection F13 Eq F1-5)

                                                          Fy gt 650

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 13 Rev T

                                                          Allowable Fbtz = 06 Fy ASD Eq F1-5

                                                          F13 C Z F1-6 C Z F1-7 C Z or F1-8 C Z (Allowable compressive bendingstress for compact or noncompact profile with unbraced length ofcompression flange greater than Lc AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F13Eq F1-6 F1-7 and F1-8)

                                                          If MZ $ 00Lb = UNLCFTF

                                                          If MZ lt 00Lb = UNLCFBF

                                                          Following Eq F1-2 should be satisfied

                                                          ASD Eq F1-2

                                                          When

                                                          ASD Eq F1-6

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 14 V2

                                                          When

                                                          ASD Eq F1-7

                                                          For any value of LbrT

                                                          ASD Eq F1-8

                                                          The controlling Allowable Fbcz = Max [(Eq F1-6 or Eq F1-7) Eq F1-8]ASD Section F13

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 15 Rev T

                                                          Y Axis Bending - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY $MYMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sideFigure ASD9-E42-1 (c) and (d) illustrate Y axis bending stresses

                                                          F2-1 C Y and F2-1 T Y (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress forcompact or compact flanges profile AISC ASD NinthEd Section F21 Eq F2-1)

                                                          If COMPACT = 0 ie if flanges are compact and Fy 650 ksi

                                                          Allowable Fbcy = Fbty = 075 Fy ASD Eq F2-1

                                                          F2-2 C Y and F2-2 T Y (Allowable compressive and tension bending stressfor noncompact profile AISC ASD Ninth Ed SectionF22 Eq F2-2)

                                                          Noncompact or Fy gt 650 ksi

                                                          Allowable Fbcy = 06 Fy (Qs) ASD Eq F2-2

                                                          Allowable Fbty = 06 Fy ASD Eq F2-2

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 16 V2

                                                          F2-3 C Y and F2-3 T Y (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress fornoncompact flanges profile AISC ASD Ninth EdSection F22 Eq F2-3)

                                                          For I shapes with noncompact flanges ie COMPACT = 1 but the followingrequirements are met

                                                          ASD Eq F2-3

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 17 Rev T

                                                          Shear Stresses - I shapes

                                                          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Zdirection is present ie FZ $ FZMIN

                                                          F4-1 Z (Shear in Z direction AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F4 Eq F4-1)

                                                          Allowable Fv = 04 Fy ASD Eq F4-1

                                                          The following provisions are checked when a shear force in the member Ydirection is present ie FY $ FYMIN

                                                          F4-1 Y (Shear in Y direction AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F4 Eq F4-1)

                                                          When

                                                          Allowable Fv = 04 Fy ASD Eq F4-1

                                                          F4-2 Y (Shear in Y direction AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F4 Eq F4-2)

                                                          When

                                                          ASD Eq F4-2

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 18 V2

                                                          Where

                                                          when Cv is less than 08

                                                          when Cv is more than 08

                                                          when ah is less than 10

                                                          when ah is more than 10

                                                          ah = ratio of clear distance between transverse stiffeners to clear distancebetween flanges (parameter AH)

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 19 Rev T

                                                          Combined Stresses - I shapes

                                                          Axial Tension and Bending

                                                          The next two provisions are considered when axial tension and bending aboutone or both axis are present These provisions also are checked if only axial tensionexists or when only bending moments are present

                                                          H2-1 TEN (Axial tension and the tension side bending AISC ASD Ninth EdSection H2 Eq H2-1)

                                                          ASD Eq H2-1

                                                          AXT CBEN (Axial tension and the compression side bending AISC ASDNinth Ed Section H2)

                                                          Axial Compression and Bending

                                                          The next provisions are considered when axial compression and bendingabout one or both axis are present These provisions also are checked if only axialcompression exists or when only bending moments are present

                                                          H1-1 COM and H1-2 COM (Axial compression and the compression sidebending AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1 EqH1-1 and H1-2)

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 20 V2

                                                          ASD Eq H1-1

                                                          Note The Fbcz in the above equation is computed by using Cb = 10 unless SDSWAYZ =YES when the computed value of Cb is used See AISC ASD Ninth Ed SpecificationSection F13

                                                          ASD Eq H1-2

                                                          C-H1-2 Y (Axial compression and bending AISC ASD Ninth Ed Com-mentary Section H1 Eq C-H1-2)

                                                          ASD Eq C-H1-2

                                                          Note Provision C-H1-2Y created for completeness The computed value for theASD Equation C-H1-2 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          C-H1-2 Z (Axial compression bending AISC ASD Ninth Ed CommentarySection H1 Eq C-H1-2)

                                                          ASD Eq C-H1-2

                                                          Note Provision C-H1-2Z created for completeness The computed value for theASD Equation C-H1-2 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 21 Rev T

                                                          H1-3 COM (Axial compression and the compression side bending AISC ASDNinth Ed Section H1 Eq H1-3)

                                                          ASD Eq H1-3

                                                          AXC TBEN (Axial compression and the tension side bending AISC ASDNinth Ed Section H1)

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 22 V2

                                                          Qs and Qa Computation - I shapes

                                                          The following provisions detail how the stress reduction factors Qs and Qa arecomputed for axial and bending compressive stresses

                                                          QS-COMP (Qs for axial compression and bending AISC ASD Ninth EdAppendix B Section B52a)

                                                          bt = BF2TF

                                                          ht = INTYD FLTK

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-3

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-4

                                                          QA-COMP (Qa for axial compression only AISC ASD Ninth Ed Appendix BSection B52b and B52c)

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-8

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-10

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 23 Rev T

                                                          Where

                                                          b = INTYD

                                                          t = WBTK

                                                          f = [FX AX] + [MZ SZ] + [MY SY]

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 24 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 1 Rev T

                                                          APPENDIX A References

                                                          1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

                                                          2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W Anthony Dillon CivilEngineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology CambridgeMass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

                                                          3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-49 September 1967

                                                          4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-56 May 1968

                                                          5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-91 November 1968

                                                          6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and Steel MemberSelection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass January 1972

                                                          7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MIT Press1967

                                                          8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR67-47 September 1967

                                                          9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTM A506-68January 1968

                                                          10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency PO Box3956 San Francisco California 94119

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 2 V 2

                                                          11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor PO Box231 Worcester Mass 01613

                                                          12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

                                                          13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

                                                          14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R67-58 September1967

                                                          15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1963

                                                          16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1969

                                                          17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill Book Company1967

                                                          18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering Georgia Instituteof Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

                                                          19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science McGraw-Hill London Third Edition 1977

                                                          20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

                                                          21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 3 Rev T

                                                          22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids and Structures4 1968

                                                          23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil Engineering July1970

                                                          24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements Research ReportR71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

                                                          25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural Design LanguageM S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September 1969

                                                          26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California at Berkeley1966

                                                          27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation in FiniteElement Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Department of CivilEngineering June 1976

                                                          28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of Technology Netherlands tobe published

                                                          29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G7337 1960

                                                          30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite Elements Proceedingsof the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods in Civil EngineeringAmerican Society of Civil Engineers Nashville Tennessee November 1969

                                                          31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

                                                          32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE - Manualsand Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 4 V 2

                                                          33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1980

                                                          34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1978

                                                          35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Edited byBruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

                                                          36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs NewJersey 1968

                                                          37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design and BehaviorInternational Textbook Company 1971

                                                          38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston Publishing CompanyInc Reston Virginia 1977

                                                          39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design in StructuralSteel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

                                                          40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I Gilmor CanadianInstitute of Steel Construction 1977

                                                          41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES Subsystem STRUDLCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                                          42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 Users ManualCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                                          43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc 1975

                                                          44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

                                                          45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

                                                          46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite Element AnalysisPrentice 1976

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 5 Rev T

                                                          47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press 1965

                                                          48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by Matrix DecompositionJournal of the Engineering Mechanics Division American Society of CivilEngineers April 1968

                                                          49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRAN by theTridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

                                                          50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparse butUnstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEE Conference onDecision and Control San Diego California January 1979

                                                          51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for the EigenproblemJ INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

                                                          52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

                                                          53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channels andTees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil EngineeringAtlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

                                                          54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1977

                                                          55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

                                                          56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

                                                          57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures John Wiley andSons Inc 1974

                                                          58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill 1970

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 6 V 2

                                                          59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic Stability McGraw-Hill1961

                                                          60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed Sections GTICESSystems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta Georgia June 1981

                                                          61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for Random VibrationsReport No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering Research Center Universityof California Berkeley June 1980

                                                          62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm for Reducingthe Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM Journal Numerical AnalysisVol 13 No 2 April 1976

                                                          63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse Symmetric MatricesProceedings of the 24th National Conference Association for Computing Machinery1969

                                                          64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

                                                          65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln Arc WeldingFoundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

                                                          66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-Strain Model forConfined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114 No 8 August1988

                                                          67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding Society MiamiFlorida December 1983

                                                          68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1983

                                                          69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122 February1978

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 7 Rev T

                                                          70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

                                                          71 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary onStandard for Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures ASCESTANDARD American Society of Civil Engineers New York New YorkSeptember 1986

                                                          72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth Edition AmericanInstitute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

                                                          73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

                                                          74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York 1988

                                                          75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

                                                          76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel Institute WashingtonDC 1989

                                                          77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk Grove VillageIL 60007 January 7 1994

                                                          78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North American EditionNo 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street Wayne Michigan 481841993

                                                          79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS 5950 Part1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuous Construction HotRolled Sections London England 1990

                                                          80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design First EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

                                                          81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume I SecondEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1993

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 8 V 2

                                                          82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 Section PropertiesMember Capacities 4th Edition Published by The Steel Construction Institute inassociation with the British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited BritishSteel PIC Berkshire England 1996

                                                          83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTM A6MAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

                                                          84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories Aluminum Companyof America

                                                          85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society of Civil Engineers NewYork New York 1991

                                                          86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95 AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

                                                          87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 Power LineSystems Inc 1995

                                                          88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Model ofOrdinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of Structural EngineeringVol 124 No 3 March 1998

                                                          89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

                                                          90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules for buildings(together with United Kingdom National Application Document) DD ENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

                                                          91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INSTEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

                                                          93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS 8081989 New DelhiSeptember 1989

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 9 Rev T

                                                          94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections April15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1997

                                                          95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design of rolledand welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 London England May2001

                                                          96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

                                                          97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering Design ProvisionsInternational Conference of Building Officials Whittier California April 1997

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 10 V 2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix B - 1 Rev T

                                                          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                                          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please see Appendix Bof Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

                                                          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix B - 2 V 2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix C - 1 Rev T

                                                          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                                          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix C of Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tablesprovided with GTSTRUDL

                                                          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix C - 2 V 2

                                                          End of Document

                                                          • Title Page
                                                          • GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History
                                                          • Notices amp Disclaimer
                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                          • GTSTRUDL Steel Design ASD9-E Code
                                                            • Introduction
                                                              • ASD9-E Code
                                                                • ASD9-E Code Parameters
                                                                • GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the13Design based on the ASD9-E Code1313
                                                                • Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD Ninth13Edition Specification
                                                                  • Properties Used by ASD9-E
                                                                    • I Shapes
                                                                      • Parameters Used by ASD9-E
                                                                        • System Parameters
                                                                        • Control Parameters
                                                                        • Code Parameters
                                                                          • Provisions of ASD9-E
                                                                            • General Nomenclature for ASD9-E
                                                                            • ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes
                                                                              • Appendix A References
                                                                              • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
                                                                              • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles
                                                                                  1. File Attachment
                                                                                    ASD9-E Manual

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 78

                                                                                    Figure ASD9-E1-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled I Shape

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 79

                                                                                    Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by ASD9-E Provisions for slender compression elements AppendixB of AISC Specification are included when necessary Parameters allowing for the changeswhich occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invokedat the users discretion

                                                                                    The properties used for I shape cross-section is defined under Section ASD9-E2The parameters used by ASD9-E are discussed in detail in Table ASD9-E1-1 and SectionASD9-E3 Section ASD9-E41 defines the general nomenclature used in describing theASD9-E Code The equations used in ASD9-E to determine the acceptability of a profileare described in detail for I shape cross-section in Section ASD9-E42

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 80

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 81

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify ASD9-E for code name

                                                                                    TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selectionSee Table ASD9-E1-2 for choices

                                                                                    CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provi-sions of a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be lessthan or equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                                                                    PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

                                                                                    AH 100000 Ratio of clear span between transverse stiffeners to cleardistance between flanges Used in computing allowableshear stress Default approximates infinity

                                                                                    ALSTRINC 00 Allowable stress increase value This parameter can beused to specify the 13 allowable stress increase for thewind or seismic loads The user specified value for thisparameter must be followed by the load list An examplefor this parameter is to specify a value of 333333 followedby a load list

                                                                                    Material Properties

                                                                                    STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Table ASD9-E1-3 for steel grades and their properties

                                                                                    FYLD Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if notgiven

                                                                                    FTS Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromSTEELGRD if not given

                                                                                    REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD This factor times FYLD givesthe FY value used by the code Used to account for proper-ty changes at high temperatures

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 82

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Material Properties (continued)

                                                                                    REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS Similar to REDFYLD

                                                                                    REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFYLD

                                                                                    Slenderness Ratio

                                                                                    SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 200 is used for the maxi-mum slenderness ratio

                                                                                    SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                                                                    K-Factors

                                                                                    COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    YES = Compute KY and KZ factors

                                                                                    KY = Compute KY only

                                                                                    KZ = Compute KZ only

                                                                                    NO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                                                                    KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axisof the profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KY

                                                                                    KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axisof the profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KZ

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 83

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    K-Factors (continued)

                                                                                    Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should beprinted after the code check or select command output Thecolumn names attached to the start and end of the codechecked member is also printed This printed informationallows the user to inspect the automatic detection of thecolumns attached to the start and end of the designedmember A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor valuesand the names of the attached columns to the start and endof the designed member should not be printed

                                                                                    SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Y axis

                                                                                    YES = sidesway permitted

                                                                                    NO = sidesway prevented

                                                                                    SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Z axis

                                                                                    YES = sidesway permitted

                                                                                    NO = sidesway prevented

                                                                                    CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered asa cantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automatically

                                                                                    NO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                                                                    YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                                                                    GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 84

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    K-Factors (continued)

                                                                                    GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    Buckling Length

                                                                                    LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                                                    LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                                                    FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LY is computed

                                                                                    FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLYUsed only when LZ is computed

                                                                                    Flexural-Torsional Buckling

                                                                                    FLTORBUK YES Indicates the consideration of flexural-torsional bucklingcheck

                                                                                    YES = check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                                                    NO = do not check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 85

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Flexural-Torsional Buckling (continued)

                                                                                    KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

                                                                                    LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local Xaxis of the profile Computed as length of member Thisparameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fecomputations

                                                                                    FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LX is computed

                                                                                    Bending Stress

                                                                                    CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending stress (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F13)

                                                                                    UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed aslength of member In this parameter no distinction is madebetween the unbraced length for the top or bottom flangeSee UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

                                                                                    FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

                                                                                    UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                                                    UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 86

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Combined Stresses

                                                                                    AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of theaxial stress which is to be deducted from a correspondingbending stress acting in the opposite direction

                                                                                    CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                                                    CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                                                    Force Limitation

                                                                                    FXMIN 05(lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    FYMIN 05(lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    FZMIN 05(lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    MYMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    MZMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    Output Processing and System Parameters

                                                                                    MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles inmost tables

                                                                                    SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A for explanation

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 87

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

                                                                                    PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section stress values forallowable stress design codes The default output fromCHECK or SELECT command prints the section forcevalues A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates thatthe section stress values should be printed instead of defaultsection forces

                                                                                    TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation

                                                                                    1 = never

                                                                                    2 = on failure

                                                                                    3 = all checks

                                                                                    4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and sectionforces

                                                                                    VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation

                                                                                    1 = no output

                                                                                    2 = output parameters

                                                                                    3 = output properties

                                                                                    4 = output parameters and properties

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 88

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 89

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-2GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the

                                                                                    Design based on the ASD9-E Code(I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                                                    Table Name Reference

                                                                                    AISC Tables (American Institute of Steel Construction)

                                                                                    W-LRFD3 W shapes from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                                                    MSHPL3 M S and HP shape profiles from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                                                    WSHAPES9 W shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                                                    MSHP9 M S and HP shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                                                    WBEAM9 W shapes commonly used as beams from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition(72)

                                                                                    WCOLUMN9 W shapes commonly used as columns from 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition (72)

                                                                                    WSHAPESM W shape from AISC Metric ldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    MSHPM M S and HP shape profiles from AISC Metric ldquoM SHAPES SSHAPES and HP SHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    WBEAMM W shape profiles commonly used as beams from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    WCOLUMNM W shape profiles commonly used as columns from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    STEELW78 W shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                                                    HPSM HP S and M shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                                                    W78BEAM W shapes commonly used as beams from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                                                    W78COLUM W shapes commonly used as columns from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                                                    STEELW W shapes from 1969 AISC ASD Seventh Edition (16)

                                                                                    WCOLUMN W shapes commonly used as columns from 1969 AISC ASD SeventhEdition (16)

                                                                                    See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 90

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                                                    GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for theDesign based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                                                    (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                                                    Table Name Reference

                                                                                    Brazilian Standard Tables NBR 5884 2000

                                                                                    CS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                                                    CVS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                                                    VS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                                                    British Standard Tables BS 5950

                                                                                    UNIBEAMS British Universal Beam profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties4th Edition (82)

                                                                                    UNICOL British Universal Column profiles from 1996 BS 5950 SectionProperties 4th Edition (82)

                                                                                    JOISTS British Joist profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties 4th Edition(82)

                                                                                    UBPILES I shape profiles from British ldquoUNIVERSAL BEARING PILESrdquo table(82)

                                                                                    European Tables

                                                                                    HEA H shaped (HE-A) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-A Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    HEB H shaped (HE-B) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-B Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    HEM H shaped (HE-M) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-M Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 91

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                                                    GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the Design based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                                                    (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                                                    Table Name Reference

                                                                                    European Tables (Continued)

                                                                                    IPE I shaped (IPE) profiles from Mittelbreite I-Traumlger IPE-Reihe Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    EUROPEAN This table contains profiles from IPE HEA HEB and HEM tables

                                                                                    Indian Standard Tables from IS8081989

                                                                                    ISBEAMS I shape beam sections (medium flange beams junior and light weightbeams) from Tables 21 and 22 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                                                    ISCOLUMN I shape columnheavy weight beam sections (column and heavy weightbeams) from Table 31 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                                                    See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 92

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                                                    Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition Specification

                                                                                    Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                                                                    Steel GradeASTM

                                                                                    Designation

                                                                                    Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                                                                    Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                                                                    1 2 3 4 5

                                                                                    A36 3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    A529 4260

                                                                                    NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    A441 5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    4667

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    A572-G42 4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    A572-G50 5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    A572-G60 6075

                                                                                    6075

                                                                                    NA NA NA

                                                                                    A572-G65 6580

                                                                                    NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    A242 5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    4667

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    A588 5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy andFts to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yieldstrengths (Fy) and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included inthe 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition specification

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 93

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB (REINFORCEMENT) (USING)

                                                                                    WOOD (AND) (ARMER)AVERAGE

                                                                                    MAXIMUMCALCULATE (RESULTANT) (ELEMENT) (FORCES)

                                                                                    (ALONG)

                                                                                    (CUT ai )

                                                                                    JOINTSNODES list ELEMENT list (TABLE

                                                                                    ASTM UNESCO

                                                                                    TOP (FACE) (BARS i ) (SPACING v )BOTTOM (FACE) (BARS i ) (SPACING v )BOTH (FACES) (BARS i ) (SPACING v )

                                                                                    11 2

                                                                                    2 1

                                                                                    3 2

                                                                                    4 3

                                                                                    minusrarr⎛

                                                                                    ⎝⎜⎞⎠⎟

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪minus

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭minus

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    )

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪minus

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minusINNER (LAYER)

                                                                                    OUTER (LAYER) (COVER v ) (LINEAR (TOLERANCE) v )

                                                                                    (TORSIONAL (MOMENT) (WARNING) v )

                                                                                    4 5

                                                                                    6

                                                                                    527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite ElementAnalysis (The DESIGN SLAB Command)

                                                                                    The goal of the DESIGN SLAB command is to select reinforcing steel for concreteflat plate systems using finite elements as a tool for the determination of design moments

                                                                                    Instead of dealing with results on an element-by-element basis the user will be ableto design the reinforcing steel for slab systems based on cuts Here the term cut refers tothe cross-section of a strip at a particular location to be designed A cut is defined by twonodes identifying the start and end of the cut and by an element in the plane of the cut

                                                                                    Once the definition of the cut has been determined the resultant forces along the cutare computed using either moment resultants (otherwise known as the Wood and Armermethod) or element force results (using the CALCULATE RESULTANT command asdescribed in Section 2373 of Volume 3 of the Reference Manuals) The final designmoment is determined by computing the resultant moment acting on the cut for each loadingcondition and reducing these moments to a design envelope

                                                                                    Once the design envelope is computed the cross-section is designed according toACI 318-05 either using default design parameter or with certain user specified designparameters such as the bar size or spacing

                                                                                    An important distinction is to note that each cut is designed independently from allother cuts That is a cut specified in one region is independent with respect to a design inanother region As such if the user wishes to use the same bar size over multiple adjacentcuts this information must be specified for each cut

                                                                                    The form of the command is as follows

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 94

                                                                                    where

                                                                                    lsquoarsquo or i1 refer to an optional alphanumeric or integer cut name

                                                                                    list1 = list containing IDrsquos of the start and end node of the cut

                                                                                    list2 = list containing the ID of an element in the plane of the cut

                                                                                    i2 = bar size to be used for bars on the top surface of the slab

                                                                                    i3 = bar size to be used for bars on the bottom surface of the slab

                                                                                    i4 = bar size to be used for both the top and bottom surfaces of the slab

                                                                                    v1 = reinforcing bar spacing to be used on the top surface of the slab

                                                                                    v2 = reinforcing bar spacing to be used on the bottom surface of the slab

                                                                                    v3 = reinforcing bar spacing to be used on both surfaces of the slab

                                                                                    v4 = optional user-specified cover distance for reinforcing bars

                                                                                    v5 = linear tolerance used in element selection rules for momentcomputation

                                                                                    v6 = optional ratio of torsion to bending moment allowed on the cross-section

                                                                                    TOP = element surface with +ZPLANAR coordinate

                                                                                    BOTTOM = element surface with -ZPLANAR coordinate

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The DESIGN SLAB command allows the user to communicate all data necessary forthe reinforcing steel design This information is processed and a design is calculated basedon the input The command is designed to provide varying levels of control for the user soas to make the command as broadly applicable as possible

                                                                                    The user must first define the cut A cut is defined by a start and end node ID andan element ID in the plane of the cut The user has the option of giving each cut analphanumeric name for organizational purposes The purpose of the required element ID isto determine the appropriate plane to design in the event that multiple planes of finiteelements intersect along the cut as defined by the start and end node An example wherethis might occur is the intersection of a slab with a shear wall In this case a misleadingdesign could be generated if the slab was designed using the forces in the shear wall Thecut definition constitutes all information required to compute the resultant forces actingalong the cut

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 95

                                                                                    The total moment acting on a cut cross-section is computed using one of twomethods The use of moment resultants also known as the Wood and Armer method isimplemented as the default method In this method the moment resultants MXX MYY andMXY are resolved on a per node basis along the cut and either the average effect or themaximum effect on the cut is applied to the entire cross-section

                                                                                    The other option for moment computation is based on the use of element forces Inthis method the total resultant moment acting on the cross-section is computed using theCALCULATE RESULTANT command and the element force nodal moments are resolvedfor each node of each element adjacent to the cut

                                                                                    Once the cut has been defined the user may indicate parameters to be used to designthe system The user may constrain the bar size or spacing to a certain value either for thetop face bottom face or for both faces In this case the final design will utilize theinformation provided If the bar size is constrained the appropriate spacing of bars isdetermined If the bar spacing is constrained the appropriate bar size is determined In thecase that the user supplies a bar size and spacing for the cut the application will simplycheck the strength of the cross-section against the computed design envelope according toACI 318 If the user specifies no design constraints the application assumes a bar size anddesigns the section to satisfy ACI 318 As such the user maintains explicit control over thefunction of the application

                                                                                    The user may also specify which layer of bars to be designed using the modifierINNER or OUTER These refer to the location of reinforcing bars on each surface At mostslab locations reinforcement is placed in two perpendicular directions on both surfaces ofthe slab Since each layer of reinforcement cannot occupy the same space one layer mustbe placed on top of the other OUTER refers to the layer closest to the surface whileINNER refers to the layer nearest the center of the slab

                                                                                    All user-specified constraints such as concrete compressive strength yield strengthcover and spacing are checked against ACI minimummaximum values as specified in ACI318-02 The thickness of the cross-section is determined internally based on the modeledthickness of the user-specified element

                                                                                    With respect to the interpretation of results ldquotoprdquo always refers to the face of the slabon the +ZPLANAR side of the element and ldquobottomrdquo always refers to the face of the slabon the -ZPLANAR side of the element ldquoPositive bendingrdquo refers to bending that producestension on the bottom face of the slab and compression on the top face as definedpreviously ldquoNegative bendingrdquo produces tension on the top face and compression on thebottom face as defined previously

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 96

                                                                                    Requirements

                                                                                    The MATERIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE command must be specified beforethe DESIGN SLAB The MATERIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE command initializesthe RC capabilities of GT STRUDL and sets the relevant material and design quantities totheir default values for design At this point the user can issue the CONSTANTS commandto modify any material properties to be used in the design The default values are

                                                                                    ECU = 0003ES = 29000000 psiFCP = 4000 psiFY = 60000 psiPHIFL = 09

                                                                                    The STIFFNESS command must be issued prior to the DESIGN SLAB commandThe STIFFNESS command solves the global equilibrium equation and computes thequantities required for the determination of the bending moments that the DESIGN SLABcommand uses

                                                                                    Only elements known to appropriately model the behavior of slab systems areincluded in the computation of design forces For a flat plate system only plate bending andplate elements are used Thus if the user models the system using plane stress plane strainelements and then issues the DESIGN SLAB command a warning message is output andthe command is ignored

                                                                                    Plate bending elements supported include the BPHT BPR BPHQ CPT and IPBQQfinite elements General plate elements supported include the SBCT SBCR SBHQSBHQCSH SBHT SBHT6 AND SBHQ6 finite elements

                                                                                    Usage

                                                                                    Studies have shown that the CALCULATE RESULTANT ELEMENT FORCEoption of the DESIGN SLAB command is only applicable in regions where the cutorientation is generally orthogonal to the directions of principle bending If the geometryof a region dictates that a cut be oriented non-orthogonally to the principal bendingdirections a significant torsional effect may occur In this case the Wood and Armermethod must be employed due to its ability to correctly compute the ultimate moment in astrong torsion field In the DESIGN SLAB command the user is warned if the element forceimplementation computes a resultant torsion greater than 10 of the resultant bendingmoment on a particular cross-section The user may modify the torsion warning thresholdvia the modifiers TORSIONAL MOMENT WARNING If there is any question of theorientation of the cut with respect to the directions of principal bending the user shouldinvestigate the behavior in the finite element results section of GTMENU

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 97

                                                                                    Usage Example Description of Example Structure

                                                                                    The example structure is a rectangular slab system shown in Figure 527-1 The clear spanof the structure is thirty feet and the slab strip has a width of ten feet The two ends of theslab are fully fixed while the thirty foot sides are free resembling a fixed-fixed beam Theslab is one foot thick and constructed of normal strength concrete with FCP = 4000 psi Theexample structure can be idealized as a subset of a larger slab system perhaps the designstrip running between two column faces in an interior region The structure is loaded witha distributed surface pressure of 150 psf over the entire surface of the slab

                                                                                    Figure 527-1 Example Flat Plate Structure (PLAN)

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 98

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Finite Element Model

                                                                                    The example structure was modeled in GT STRUDL using PLATE BENDING finiteelements The BPHQ element was utilized and the configuration modeled corresponded toa mesh of ten elements by thirty elements The model contained 300 finite elements and 341nodes The material properties were the default values associated with the MATERIALREINFORCED CONCRETE command All 6 degrees of freedom were restrained at eachnode along the supported ends of the slab system Each element was loaded with a surfacepressure of 150 psf resulting in a confirmed summation of vertical reaction of 45000 lb

                                                                                    Figure 527-2 Example Finite Element Model

                                                                                    Definition of Cut Cross-Sections

                                                                                    Two ldquocutsrdquo are considered for the verification example as shown in Figure 527-1

                                                                                    Cut 1-1

                                                                                    The cross-section Cut 1-1 is defined along the fixed support at the end of the slab strip andrepresents the maximum ldquonegative momentrdquo section in the slab where top reinforcing steelwould be required Cut 1-1 originates at node 1 and terminates at node 11 The elementsalong Cut 1-1 are elements 1-10 The command given for Cut 1-1 is

                                                                                    ldquodesign slab using calculate resultant joi 1 11 ele 1 top bar 5

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 99

                                                                                    In this case the user requests that a slab cross-section beginning at node 1 ending at node11 and in the plane of element 1 be reinforced according to the section moment computedusing the CALCULATE RESULTANT command The user has specified that 5 bars areto be used on the top surface indicating that spacing is to be computed The results of theDESIGN SLAB command are shown in the following table

                                                                                    Calculation Surface Bar Spacing Area Prov Moment Strength Moment Required

                                                                                    in sq in lb-in lb-in

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Top 5 130 2862 15610064 13543815

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Bottom NA NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    The GTSTRUDL output for this example is as follows

                                                                                    FLAT PLATE SLAB DESIGN BASED ON THE RESULTS OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

                                                                                    PROBLEM - VFE103 TITLE - DESIGN SLAB VERIFICATION - VERIFY DESIGN CALCULATIONS

                                                                                    RELEVANT ACTIVE UNITS INCH LB

                                                                                    NUMBER OF ACTIVE LOADINGS 1

                                                                                    REINFORCEMENT ORIENTATION PERPENDICULAR TO A CUT BEGINNING AT NODE 1 AND TERMINATING AT NODE 11 AND IN THE PLANE OF ELEMENT 1

                                                                                    ELEMENT FORCE IMPLEMENTATION

                                                                                    DESIGN MOMENT ENVELOPE

                                                                                    NEGATIVE MOMENT = -135438148 DUE TO LOAD 150psf POSITIVE MOMENT = 000 DUE TO LOAD (none)

                                                                                    NOTE - Negative moment produces tension on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiring TOPbars - Positive moment produces compression on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiringBOTTOM bars

                                                                                    SLAB CROSS-SECTION

                                                                                    Width Depth FCP FY Cover Layer ________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    12000 1200 400000 6000000 0750 Inner

                                                                                    DESIGN RESULTS (per ACI 318-05)

                                                                                    Face Bar Spacing AS PROVD MOMENT STRENGTH MOMENT REQD STATUS _________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    TOP 5 13000 2862 15610064280 13543814844 PASSES

                                                                                    BOTTOM ( Reinforcement Not Required )

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 100

                                                                                    Cut 2-2

                                                                                    The cross-section Cut 2-2 is defined along the center line in the middle region of theslab strip and represents the maximum ldquopositive momentrdquo section in the slab wherebottom reinforcing steel would be required Cut 2-2 originates at node 166 andterminates at node 176 The elements along Cut 2-2 are elements 141-150 on oneside and 151-160 on the other side The command given for Cut 2-2 Case 1 is

                                                                                    ldquodesign slab wood and armer joi 166 176 ele 141 table unesco bottom spacing10 outer layer

                                                                                    In this case the user requests that a slab cross-section beginning at node 166 endingat node 176 and in the plane of element 141 be reinforced according to the averageeffect produced by the Wood and Armer method The user has specified thatUNESCO metric reinforcing bars are to be used The bottom reinforcement spacinghas been constrained to 10 inches and the reinforcement to be designed is located inthe outer layer The results of the DESIGN SLAB command are shown in thefollowing table

                                                                                    Calculation Surface Bar Spacing Area Prov Moment Strength Moment Required

                                                                                    in sq in lb-in lb-in

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Bottom M14 100 2864 16649207 6713582

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Top NA NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    The GTSTRUDL output for this example is as follows

                                                                                    FLAT PLATE SLAB DESIGN BASED ON THE RESULTS OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

                                                                                    PROBLEM - VFE103 TITLE - DESIGN SLAB VERIFICATION - VERIFY DESIGN CALCULATIONS

                                                                                    RELEVANT ACTIVE UNITS INCH LB

                                                                                    NUMBER OF ACTIVE LOADINGS 1

                                                                                    REINFORCEMENT ORIENTATION PERPENDICULAR TO A CUT BEGINNING AT NODE 166 AND TERMINATING AT NODE 176 AND IN THE PLANE OF ELEMENT 141

                                                                                    WOOD amp ARMER IMPLEMENTATION

                                                                                    Design using average result acting on section

                                                                                    DESIGN MOMENT ENVELOPE

                                                                                    NEGATIVE MOMENT = 000 DUE TO LOAD 150psf POSITIVE MOMENT = 67135819 DUE TO LOAD 150psf

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 101

                                                                                    NOTE - Negative moment produces tension on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiring TOPbars - Positive moment produces compression on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiringBOTTOM bars

                                                                                    SLAB CROSS-SECTION

                                                                                    Width Depth FCP FY Cover Layer ________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    12000 1200 400000 6000000 0750 Outer

                                                                                    DESIGN RESULTS (per ACI 318-05)

                                                                                    Face Bar Spacing AS PROVD MOMENT STRENGTH MOMENT REQD STATUS _________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    TOP ( Reinforcement Not Required )

                                                                                    BOTTOM M14 10000 2864 16649207190 6713581875 PASSES

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 102

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command

                                                                                    53 - 1

                                                                                    ( ) ( )e e eσ σ σL2

                                                                                    = dT

                                                                                    Ω

                                                                                    Ωint⎛

                                                                                    ⎜⎜

                                                                                    ⎟⎟

                                                                                    1 2

                                                                                    53 Analysis Prerelease Features

                                                                                    531 The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command

                                                                                    The form of the command is as follows

                                                                                    CALCULATE ERROR (ESTIMATE) (BASED ON) -

                                                                                    The results from this command provide an estimate of the errors in the finite elementdiscretization of the problem Energy norm (L2 norm) and nodal error estimates are available

                                                                                    The L2 norm is given by

                                                                                    where is the error in stress and is the domain of the element The error stresseσΩ

                                                                                    is the difference between the average stress and element stress at the nodes σ σThe stress norm is obtained by using the shape functions used for displacements thus

                                                                                    where N is the shape functions used for the assumed displacement field of the element

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 2

                                                                                    ( ) ( )σ σ σL2

                                                                                    = N N dT

                                                                                    T

                                                                                    Ω

                                                                                    Ωint sdot⎛

                                                                                    ⎜⎜

                                                                                    ⎟⎟

                                                                                    1 2

                                                                                    ησ

                                                                                    σ

                                                                                    σ =

                                                                                    ee

                                                                                    100+

                                                                                    times

                                                                                    The stress norm uses the average stresses and is given by

                                                                                    The relative percentage error which is output for each element is given by

                                                                                    The nodal error estimates estimate the accuracy of the data in a selected nodal output vectorSix nodal error estimation methods are available

                                                                                    C Maximum Difference

                                                                                    C Difference from Average

                                                                                    C Percent Maximum Difference

                                                                                    C Percent Difference from Average

                                                                                    C Normalized Percent Maximum Difference

                                                                                    C Normalized percent Difference from Average

                                                                                    These error estimates look at the variations in stresses at the nodes An error estimateof nodal output data will be based on the gradients that data produces in each element Thatis how the data varies across that node based on the different data values from the elementsconnected at that node The calculation of error estimates for nodal output is fairlystraightforward the values at each node connected at an element are simply compared Thesix nodal error measures are outlined in more detail below

                                                                                    GT STRUDL The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command

                                                                                    53 - 3

                                                                                    Value - ValueValue

                                                                                    100Max Min

                                                                                    Avgtimes

                                                                                    ( )MAX Value - Value Value - Value

                                                                                    Value 100

                                                                                    Max Avg Min Avg

                                                                                    Avg

                                                                                    times

                                                                                    Value - ValueValue

                                                                                    100Max Min

                                                                                    VectorMaxtimes

                                                                                    ( )MAX Value - Value Value - Value

                                                                                    Value 100

                                                                                    Max Avg Min Avg

                                                                                    VectorMax

                                                                                    times

                                                                                    Maximum Difference Method

                                                                                    Difference from Average Method

                                                                                    Percent Maximum Difference Method

                                                                                    Percent Difference from Average Method

                                                                                    Normalized Percent Maximum Difference

                                                                                    Normalized Percent Difference from Average Method

                                                                                    In each of these calculations the ldquoMinrdquo ldquoMaxrdquo and ldquoAvgrdquo values refer to theminimum maximum and average output values at the node The ldquoVector Maxrdquo values referto the maximum value for all nodes in the output vector All error estimates are either zero orpositive since all use the absolute value of the various factors

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 4

                                                                                    The choice of an appropriate error estimation method largely depends on the conditionsin the model As many error estimates as required may be calculated In general the MaxDifference method is good at pointing out the largest gradients in the portions of your modelwith the largest output values The Difference from Average Method will also identify areaswith the largest output values In this case however areas where only one or a few values aresignificantly different will be accentuated The Max Difference method will identify thesteepest gradients in the most critical portions of your model The Difference from AverageMethod will identify just the steepest non-uniform gradients the ones that vary in only a singledirection The two percentage methods identify the same type of gradients but do not makeany distinction between large and small output values These methods are to be used only ifthe magnitude of the output is less important than the changes in output The two percentagemethods estimate the error as a percent of the average stress However at nodes where thereis a change in sign of the stress the average stress becomes very small and often close to zeroAs a result the value of the error becomes enormous In order to quantify this error the errorat such nodes is given a value of 1000 percent The final two normalized percentage methodsare usually the best at quantifying overall errors in area with peak stress values

                                                                                    The results produced by the CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE command may alsobe contoured in GTMenu To produce a contour of the error estimate in GTMenu follow thesteps below after performing a STIFFNESS ANALYSIS for a static loading

                                                                                    1 Enter GTMenu

                                                                                    2 Select Results Finite Element Contours and then Energy amp Stress ErrorEstimates

                                                                                    3 Select the Estimate Method including Value Surface and Stress Component

                                                                                    4 Select the Loading

                                                                                    5 Select Display (solid colors or lines) to produce a contour of the error estimate

                                                                                    6 Select Legend to place a legend on the screen indicating the type of errorestimate loading and surface

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 5

                                                                                    532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and NonlinearDynamic Analysis

                                                                                    The Sections shown below are numbered as they will appear when added to Volume 3of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual

                                                                                    2437 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and NonlinearDynamic Analysis

                                                                                    This section describes the commands that are used to incorporate the viscous damperelement (dash pot) into a structural model that is used for linear and nonlinear dynamicanalysis by the direct integration procedure The commands that are used for this purposeinclude

                                                                                    1 DAMPER ELEMENT DATA described in Section 24371

                                                                                    2 PRINT DAMPER ELEMENT DATA described in Section 24372

                                                                                    3 DELETE DAMPER ELEMENT DATA described in Section 24373

                                                                                    24371 The DAMPER ELEMENT DATA Command

                                                                                    Tabular form

                                                                                    DAMPER ELEMENT (DATA)

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    INCIDENCESi a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    GLOBAL LOCAL

                                                                                    [CTX] v [CTY] v [CTZ] v [CRX] v [CRY] v [CRZ] v

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    INCIDENCESi a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    GLO

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus

                                                                                    bullbullbull

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr

                                                                                    ( )

                                                                                    ( )BAL

                                                                                    LOCAL [CTX] v [CTY] v [CTZ] v [CRX] v [CRY] v [CRZ] v

                                                                                    END (OF DAMPER ELEMENT DATA)

                                                                                    CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 6

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    iDrsquoaDrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of the new damper element The name mustbe unique among all previously defined damper elements and is restrictedto no more than eight digits or alphanumeric characters

                                                                                    iSrsquoaSrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of a previously defined joint to be thestarting incident joint of the new damper element

                                                                                    iErsquoaErsquo = optional integer or alphanumeric name of the previously defined joint to bethe ending incident joint of the new damper element The starting joint andending joint names must be different

                                                                                    vCTX = decimal value for the damper force coefficient corresponding to translationvelocity in the LOCAL or GLOBAL X direction Active force length andtime units apply [force(lengthtime)]

                                                                                    vCTY = decimal value for the damper force coefficient corresponding to translationvelocity in the LOCAL or GLOBAL Y direction Active force length andtime units apply [force(lengthtime)]

                                                                                    vCTZ = decimal value for the damper force coefficient corresponding to translationvelocity in the LOCAL or GLOBAL Z direction Active force length andtime units apply [force(lengthtime)]

                                                                                    vCRX = decimal value for the damper moment coefficient corresponding to angularvelocity about the LOCAL or GLOBAL X axis Active force lengthangle and time units apply [force-length(angletime)]

                                                                                    vCRY = decimal value for the damper moment coefficient corresponding to angularvelocity about the LOCAL or GLOBAL X axis Active force lengthangle and time units apply [force-length(angletime)]

                                                                                    vCRZ = decimal value for the damper moment coefficient corresponding to angularvelocity about the LOCAL or GLOBAL X axis Active force lengthangle and time units apply [force-length(angletime)]

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 7

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    INCIDENCESi a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    GLOBAL LOCAL

                                                                                    [CTX] v [CTY] v [CTZ] v [CRX] v [CRY] v [CRZ] v

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus( )

                                                                                    INCIDENCES ia

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ia

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The DAMPER ELEMENT DATA command is used to create new viscousdamper elements and define their joint connectivity and damping force and momentproperties The viscous damper element data are entered by giving the DAMPERELEMENT DATA command header first followed by one or more tabular element dataentry lines of the form

                                                                                    for each new damper element This data entry line consists of the element name theelement incidences the element orientation and the element viscous dampingcoefficients which are described in greater detail as follows

                                                                                    Element name

                                                                                    Each new damper element must be given an integer or alphanumeric name that isunique among all other existing damper element names The name may not exceedeight digits or alphabetic characters The name may be a duplicate of a previouslydefined member or finite element name

                                                                                    The damper element connectivity is defined by one or two incident joints The firstincident joint iSrsquoaSrsquo defines the start of the element The second incident jointiErsquoaErsquo is optional and defines the end of the element If only one joint is given thesecond joint is taken as a totally fixed support joint it is fictitious and invisibleThe specified joints must have been previously defined and if two are specifiedthey must be different However they may be coincident The only restriction onthe selection of incident joints is that they may not be slave joints

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 8

                                                                                    GLOBAL LOCALrarr⎧⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    ( )

                                                                                    CTX 0 0 0 0 0CTY 0 0 0 0

                                                                                    CTZ 0 0 0sym CRX 0 0

                                                                                    CRY 0CRZ

                                                                                    ⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢

                                                                                    ⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥

                                                                                    The GLOBAL and LOCAL options are used to specify the coordinate referenceframe for the damper element The GLOBAL option which is the defaultmeans that the element is a global element and that the six element dampingdegrees-of-freedom are defined with respect to the global coordinate systemThe LOCAL option means that the element damping degrees-of-freedom aredefined with respect to the element local coordinate system which is identicalto the local joint-to-joint coordinate system for frame members The onlydifference between the frame member and damper element local coordinatesystems is that the damper element does not support the Beta angle If theLOCAL option is specified but the joint-to-joint length of the element is equalto 0 ( 10-5 inches) then GLOBAL is assumed In addition GLOBAL isautomatically assumed for any damper element for which only one incident jointis specified

                                                                                    [CTX] vCTX [CTY] vCTY [CTZ] vCTZ [CRX] vCRX [CRY] vCRY [CRZ] vCRZ

                                                                                    These decimal data values represent the damping coefficient values on thediagonal of the uncoupled element damping matrix which has the followingform

                                                                                    These values refer to the element damping translational and rotational degrees-of-freedom with respect to the specified coordinate system GLOBAL thedefault or LOCAL Only non-zero values need be specified

                                                                                    Command processing is completed when the END option is given

                                                                                    The damping properties from the viscous damper elements are assembled into the totalglobal system damping matrix of the equations of motion that are solved using the directintegration methods executed by the DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PHYSICAL andDYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEAR commands The viscous damper element dataare used only by the execution of these two commands

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 9

                                                                                    Modifications

                                                                                    The DAMPER ELEMENT DATA command operates only in the ADDITIONS modeIf the command is given when the active input mode is CHANGES or DELETIONS then thecommand execution is terminated and the command data are ignored If it is necessary tochange the data for an existing damper element then use the DELETE DAMPER ELEMENTcommand described in Section 24373 to delete the damper element to be changed followedby the re-specification of the new data in the DAMPER ELEMENT DATA command All ofthese steps are performed in ADDITIONS mode

                                                                                    Example

                                                                                    The following example illustrates the creation of two damper elements DAMP1 andDAMP2 DAMP1 spans from joint 2 to joint 10 and has one damping coefficient equal to 107

                                                                                    kips(inchessecond) corresponding to translation in the local y direction of the elementDAMP2 spans from joint 1 to joint 2 and has global damping factors CTX = 100kips(inchessecond) and CRZ = 1000 kip-inches(radianssecond) The damping coefficientsfor element DAMP2 are referenced with respect to the global coordinate system because theGLOBALLOCAL option was not given The execution of this example depends on DAMP1and DAMP2 not having been previously defined and joints 1 2 and 10 being valid joints

                                                                                    UNITS KIPS INCHES RADIANSDAMPING ELEMENT DATA DAMP1 INC 2 10 LOCAL CTY 1E7 DAMP2 INC 1 2 CTX 1000 CRZ 10000END

                                                                                    Errors

                                                                                    1 When two or more damper elements are defined with the same name the followingwarning message is printed Command processing is terminated for the offendingelement and continues for subsequent elements

                                                                                    10 gt DAMPING ELEMENT DATA 11 gt DAMP1 INC 1 2 LOCAL CTX 1000 CRZ 10000 12 gt DAMP1 INC 2 4 GLOBAL CTY 1E7

                                                                                    WARNING_STDELD -- Damper element DAMP1 previously definedCommand ignored

                                                                                    13 gt DAMP3 INC 3 3 GLOBAL CTY 1E7 14 gt END

                                                                                    Element DAMP1 is successfully created by the first tabular command entry The warningmessage for DAMP1 is printed for the second tabular entry for DAMP1 Commandprocessing continues with the tabular entry for DAMP3

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 10

                                                                                    2 The following warning message is printed if one or both of the specified element incidencejoints are not defined Command processing continues with the tabular entry for the nextelement

                                                                                    10 gt DAMPING ELEMENT DATA 11 gt DAMP1 INC 2 10 LOCAL CTY 1E7

                                                                                    WARNING_STDELD -- Damper element incidence joint not defined Command ignored

                                                                                    12 gt DAMP2 INC 1 2 LOCAL CTX 1000 CRZ 10000 13 gt END

                                                                                    The warning message indicates that one or both of the specified element incidences forelement DAMP1 are not defined

                                                                                    3 The following warning message is printed when the starting and ending element incidencejoints are the same Command processing continues with the tabular entry for the nextelement

                                                                                    10 gt DAMPING ELEMENT DATA 12 gt DAMP1 INC 1 2 LOCAL CTX 1000 CRZ 10000 13 gt DAMP2 INC 2 4 GLOBAL CTY 1E7 14 gt DAMP3 INC 3 3 GLOBAL CTY 1E7

                                                                                    WARNING_STDELD -- Damper element starting and ending incident joints are the same Command ignored

                                                                                    15 gt DAMP4 INC 4 5 CTY 1E7 16 gt END

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 11

                                                                                    24372 The PRINT DAMPER ELEMENT DATA Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    PRINT DAMPER (ELEMENT DATA)

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The PRINT DAMPER ELEMENT DATA is used to print a table of the damperelement data for all existing damper elements The following is an example of the printedoutput from this command

                                                                                    Example

                                                                                    The following example illustrates the format for the output from the PRINT DAMPERELEMENT command

                                                                                    17 gt PRINT DAMPING ELEMENT DATA RESULTS FROM LATEST ANALYSIS

                                                                                    ACTIVE UNITS (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME FEET LB RAD DEGF SEC

                                                                                    Damping Element Data ==================== Element Start Jnt End Jnt CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ ------- --------- ------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----

                                                                                    DAMP1 LOC 1 2 1000 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00 1000 DAMP2 GLO 2 4 00000E+00 01000E+08 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 12

                                                                                    Errors

                                                                                    The following warning message is printed when no damper element data exists

                                                                                    9 gt PRINT DAMPING ELEMENT DATA RESULTS FROM LATEST ANALYSIS

                                                                                    ACTIVE UNITS (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME FEET LB RAD DEGF SEC

                                                                                    Damping Element Data ==================== Element Start Jnt End Jnt CTX CTY CRZ ------- --------- ------- ----- ----- -----

                                                                                    INFO_STPDED -- Damper element data have not been defined

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 13

                                                                                    DELETE DAMPER (ELEMENT DATA)i a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    24373 The DELETE DAMPER ELEMENT DATA Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    iDrsquoaDrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of damper element to be deleted The nameis limited to no more that eight digits or characters

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    This command is used to delete previously defined damper elements The namesof the elements to be deleted are given in the list of individually named damper elementsNo other list construct such as ldquo1 TO 10 is permitted Specified damper elements thatare not defined are ignored

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 14

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ROTATE Load Command

                                                                                    54 - 1

                                                                                    [ ] [ ] [ ]ROTATE LOADING i

                                                                                    a ( ANGLES ) T1 r T2 r T3 r

                                                                                    R

                                                                                    R

                                                                                    1 2 3

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    54 General Prerelease Features

                                                                                    541 ROTATE LOAD Command

                                                                                    The ROTATE LOAD command will rotate an existing loading and create a newloading condition in order to model a different orientation of the structure or the loading TheROTATE command is described below and is numbered as it will appear when added to Volume1 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual

                                                                                    211146 The ROTATE LOAD Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    iRrsquoaRrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of the existing independent loadingcondition whose global components are to be rotated

                                                                                    r1 r2 r3 = values in current angle units of the load component rotation angles 21 2223 as shown in Figure 217-1 Volume 1 GTSTRUDL User ReferenceManual

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    In many instances loading conditions are defined for a structure having a givenorientation in space but then the same structure may need to be analyzed for differentadditional orientations Applied loading components that are defined with respect tolocal member or element coordinate systems remain unchanged regardless of thestructurersquos orientation However loading components that are defined with respect tothe global coordinate system may need to be rotated in order to properly reflect a neworientation for the structure This is particularly true for self-weight loads buoyancyloads etc

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 2

                                                                                    The ROTATE LOADING command is used to take the global applied loadingcomponents from an existing loading condition rotate them through a set of rotationangles and copy the new rotated global components to a new or modified differentdestination loading condition The existing independent loading condition the ROTATEload from which the rotated global load components are computed is specified by theloading name iRrsquoaRrsquo The angles of rotation are specified by the values r1 r2 r3 Theserotation angles are defined according to the same conventions as those that define thelocal support release directions in the JOINT RELEASE command described in Section2172 Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual and illustrated in Figure217-1

                                                                                    The ROTATE LOADING command is always used in conjunction with one ofthe following loading definition commands LOADING DEAD LOAD and FORMLOAD These commands will define the name (and title) of a new or existingdestination loading condition into which the ROTATE LOADING results are copiedThe ROTATE LOADING command may be given with any additional applied loadingcommands such as JOINT LOADS MEMBER LOADS ELEMENT LOADS etc

                                                                                    Taking the specified loading iRrsquoaRrsquo the ROTATE LOADING commandperforms the following operations and copies the results into the destination loadingcondition

                                                                                    1 Rotate all joint loads including applied joint support displacements

                                                                                    2 Rotate all member force and moment loads defined with respect to theglobal coordinate system Member force and moment loads defined withrespect to the member local coordinate system are simply copied withoutrotation

                                                                                    3 Rotate all element force loads defined with respect to the globalcoordinate system Element force loads defined with respect to anyapplicable local or planar coordinate systems are copied without rotation

                                                                                    4 All other types of loads such as member temperature loads memberdistortions joint temperatures etc are copied without changes

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ROTATE LOAD Command

                                                                                    54 - 3

                                                                                    Examples

                                                                                    1 UNITS DEGREESLOADING 2 lsquoROTATED LOADINGrsquoMEMBER DISTORTIONS

                                                                                    1 TO 10 UNIFORM FR LA 00 LB 10 DISPL X 0001ROTATE LOADING 1 ANGLES T1 450

                                                                                    The applied loads from previously defined loading 1 will be processed according toSteps 1 to 4 above and copied into the new destination loading 2 which includes thespecified member distortion loads applied to members 1 to 10

                                                                                    2 UNITS DEGREESCHANGESLOADING 3ADDITIONSROTATE LOAD 4 ANGLES T2 -300

                                                                                    Previously defined loading 3 is specified in CHANGES mode followed by a return toADDITIONS mode The ROTATE LOAD command is then given to add thecomponents of load 4 including appropriate rotations to loading 3

                                                                                    Error Messages

                                                                                    Incorrect data given in the ROTATE LOADING command will cause the following errorconditions to be identified and error messages printed

                                                                                    1 The following error message is printed if the ROTATE loading name is identical to thename of the destination load An example of the commands that produce this error arealso included

                                                                                    114 gt LOADING 201 115 gt ROTATE LOAD 201 T1 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash The ROTATE loading is illegally the same as thedestination loadingCommand ignored

                                                                                    Loading 201 is illegally named as both the destination load and the loading whosecomponents are rotated

                                                                                    2 In the following error example loading 51 is undefined

                                                                                    111 gt LOADING 201 112 gt ROTATE LOAD 51 T1 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash Loading to be rotated undefinedCommand ignored

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 4

                                                                                    3 The following error message is produced because loading 4 specified as the ROTATEload is a load combination or dependent loading condition The ROTATE load mustbe an independent loading condition

                                                                                    141 gt LOADING 108 142 gt ROTATE LOADING 4 T3 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash Rotated Loading 4 is an illegal dependent loadCommand ignored

                                                                                    4 This error condition and message is caused by the fact that the destination load 108 isdefined as a loading combination

                                                                                    144 gt LOAD COMB 108 lsquoALLrsquo COMBINE 1 15 2 10 3 10 145 gt ROTATE LOADING 1 T3 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash Destination independent loading not definedRotated load components not computed

                                                                                    GT STRUDL COUTPUT Command

                                                                                    54 - 5

                                                                                    542 COUTPUT Command

                                                                                    The COUTPUT command now can replace (overwrite) an existing output file Previously anexisting file could be appended only

                                                                                    where

                                                                                    file_name is a new or existing text file file_name is limited to 256 characters and mustbe enclosed in quotes (apostrophes)

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    APPEND is the default action so COUTPUT file1 and COUTPUT APPEND file1are equivalent APPEND tells GTSTRUDL to add subsequent output to the end of thespecified file If APPEND is requested file_name must be given

                                                                                    REPLACE tells GTSTRUDL to delete the contents of the specified file and the writesubsequent output to the specified file If REPLACE is requested file_name must begiven

                                                                                    APPEND and REPLACE act identically when file_name does not already exist WhileGTSTRUDL is in the APPEND or REPLACE state only input (commands) are echoprinted in the text window - all generated output will be placed in the specified output file

                                                                                    STANDARD tells GTSTRUDL to stop writing to the specified output file and directsubsequent output to the text window This is the output state when GTSTRUDL starts

                                                                                    Usage

                                                                                    COUTPUT APPEND file1

                                                                                    All subsequent output from PRINT LIST etc will be written to file1 and will notappear in the text window although the actual command will be displayed in the textwindow If file1 existed previously to this COUTPUT request the new output will appearat the end of the existing contents

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 6

                                                                                    COUTPUT REPLACE file2

                                                                                    All subsequent output from PRINT LIST etc will be written to file2 and will notappear in the text window although the actual command will be displayed in the textwindow If file2 existed previously to this COUTPUT request the existing contents willbe deleted and only the new output will appear in file2

                                                                                    COUTPUT STANDARD

                                                                                    Stop writing output to an output file and write all output to the text window

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    54 - 7

                                                                                    REFERENCE (COORDINATE) (SYSTEM) ia

                                                                                    1

                                                                                    1

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus

                                                                                    ORIGIN [ X ] vx [ ] vy [ Z ] vz ) ROTATION [ R1] v1 [ R2 ] v2 [ R3] v3)

                                                                                    JOINT i

                                                                                    a2

                                                                                    X v4 Y v5 Z v6

                                                                                    JOINT i

                                                                                    a2

                                                                                    X v4 Y v5 Z v6

                                                                                    JOINT i

                                                                                    a2

                                                                                    X v4 Y v5

                                                                                    2 2 2

                                                                                    ( (Y

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    Z v6

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    543 Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM is a right-handed three-dimensionalCartesian coordinate system The Reference Coordinate Systemrsquos origin may be shiftedfrom the origin (X=00 Y=00 Z=00) of the overall global coordinate system TheReference Coordinate System axes may also be rotated from the corresponding orthogonalaxes of the overall global coordinate system

                                                                                    At the present time this command is used to specify additional coordinate systemswhich may be used in GTMenu (see Volume 2 of the GTSTRUDL Release Guide) tofacilitate the creation of the structural model Reference Coordinate systems created usingthe above command will be available as Local systems in GTMenu In a future releasethe user will be able to output results such as joint displacements and reactions in aReference Coordinate System

                                                                                    There are two optional means of specifying a Reference Coordinate System

                                                                                    (1) Define the origin and rotation of coordinate axes of the reference systemwith respect to the global coordinate system and

                                                                                    (2) define three joints or the coordinates of three points in space

                                                                                    In either case i1 or lsquoa1rsquo is the integer or alphanumeric identifier of the referencecoordinate system For the first option vx vy and vz are the magnitude of translations inactive length units of the origin of this system from the origin of the overall globalcoordinate system The translations vx vy and vz are measured parallel to the orthogonalaxes X Y and Z respectively of the global system and are positive in the positivedirections of these axes v1 v2 and v3 are the rotation angles R1 R2 and R3 in activeangular units between the orthogonal axes of this system and the axes of the overall globalcoordinate system The description of these angles is the same as given in Section 2172of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manuals for rotated joint releases (21 22and 23)

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 8

                                                                                    In the second case three joints are required Each of the three joints may be definedeither by a joint identifier using the JOINT option of the command or by its global X Yand Z coordinates If the joint identifier option is used however the coordinates of thejoint must be specified previously by the JOINT COORDINATES command The firsttime (i2 or lsquoa2rsquo or v4 v5 and v6) defines the origin of the reference system the X-axis ofthe reference system is determined by the first and second joints (i3 or lsquoa3rsquo or v7 v8 and v9)The positive X-axis is directed from the first to the second joint The third joint (i4 or lsquoa4rsquoor v10 v11 and v12) is used to define the XY-plane of the reference system The positiveY-axis is directed toward the third joint The Z-axis then is determined by the right-handrule

                                                                                    Only one reference system can be specified in one command but the command maybe used any number of times

                                                                                    Modifications of Reference Systems

                                                                                    In the changes mode the translations of the origin andor the rotations of the axes of thereference system from those of the overall global system can be changed Only thatinformation supplied in the command is altered The other data that might be supplied inthe command remains unchanged The CHANGES mode however does not work for thesecond option discussed above (ie define a reference coordinate system by three jointsor the coordinate of three points in space) The reason is that data for these joints are notstored permanently in GTSTRUDL When this option is used a reference system iscreated and its definitions of the system origin rotation angles as well as thetransformation matrix between the global coordinate system and the reference system aregenerated and stored as would be for the first option Therefore if any of the coordinatesfor the joints used to specify a reference system is changed after the REFERENCECOORDINATE SYSTEM command has been given the definition of the reference systemremains unchanged For this reason care must be taken in using the three joints option inconjunction with the changes of joint coordinates The reference system should be deletedfirst if any of the coordinates of the joints used to define the reference system are to bechanged Under the DELETIONS mode the complete definition of the referencecoordinate system is destroyed

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    54 - 9

                                                                                    Examples

                                                                                    a) UNITS DEGREES REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM lsquoFLOOR2rsquo -

                                                                                    ORIGIN 00 150 00 R1 30

                                                                                    This command creates a Reference Coordinate System called FLOOR2 at Y=15 with theaxes rotated 30 degrees about global Z

                                                                                    b) REF COO 1 -X 120 Y 120 Z -120 -X 120 Y 240 Z 0 -X -120 Y 120 Z 0

                                                                                    This command creates Reference Coordinate System 1 with its origin at 120 120 -120 andits X-axis from this origin to 120 240 0 and its Y axis is the plane defined by the two previouscoordinates and the third coordinate -120 120 0 with the positive Y-axis directed toward thethird coordinate

                                                                                    c) REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM 2 -JOINT 10 JOINT 20 JOINT 25

                                                                                    This command creates Reference Coordinate System 2 with its origin located at Joint 10and its X-axis directed from Joint 10 toward Joint 20 The XY plane is defined by Joints 10 20and 25 with the positive Y-axis directed toward Joint 25

                                                                                    d) CHANGESREFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM lsquoFLOOR2rsquo -

                                                                                    ORIGIN 10 20 30ADDITIONS

                                                                                    The above commands change the origin of the Reference System FLOOR2 defined in a)above The rotation RI = 30 remains unchanged

                                                                                    e) DELETIONSREFERENCE SYSTEM 2ADDITIONS

                                                                                    The above command deletes Reference System 2

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 10

                                                                                    PRINT REFERENCE (COORDINATE) (SYSTEM) ALL

                                                                                    listrarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    543-1 Printing Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The PRINT REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM command will output theReference Systems The origin and rotation angles will be output

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

                                                                                    54 - 11

                                                                                    SET ELEMENTS HASHED

                                                                                    SEQUENTIAL

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

                                                                                    An advanced data-structuring technique called HASHING can now be used when storingand searching lists of joints andor elements The command to control this feature is as follows

                                                                                    The following points concern HASHING

                                                                                    1) The benefit of HASHING is that it GENERATES large structures faster Thedisadvantage is that it is more complex internally

                                                                                    2) HASHING is disabled by GTMenu The GTSTRUDL database is usually notmodified extensively in GTSTRUDL after invoking GTMenu so this has minimalaffect However the SET ELEMENTS HASHED command when given with anexisting database builds hashing data structures for the existing database

                                                                                    3) The order of a joint andor element listing is the same for HASHED andSEQUENTIAL unless the structural database has been edited in DELETIONS modeand then in ADDITIONS mode again Then SEQUENTIAL will place the latestaddition in the deleted slot whereas HASHING will append the addition to the endof the list

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 12

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands

                                                                                    54 - 13

                                                                                    545 GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands

                                                                                    GTMenu can now write construction geometry commands to an input file which can beread later into GTSTRUDL in order to initialize the construction geometry of GTMenu Thetwo commands written are ldquoGTMenu POINT COORDINATESrdquo and ldquoGTMenu LINEINCIDENCESrdquo

                                                                                    (1) GTMenu POINT COORDINATES

                                                                                    General Form

                                                                                    GTMenu POINT COORDINATES

                                                                                    A A A

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    coordinate-specs = [X] v1 [Y] v2 [Z] v3

                                                                                    Where

                                                                                    i1 i2 in = unsigned integer Point identifiers

                                                                                    lsquoa1 lsquoa2 lsquoanrsquo = 1 to 8 character alphanumeric Point identi-fiers

                                                                                    v1 v2 v3 = Cartesian Point coordinates (integer or real)

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 14

                                                                                    (2) GTMenu LINE INCIDENCES

                                                                                    General Form

                                                                                    GTMenu LINE INCIDENCES

                                                                                    A A A

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    GT STRUDL GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands

                                                                                    54 - 15

                                                                                    Where

                                                                                    i1 i2 in = unsigned integer LineCurve identifiers

                                                                                    lsquoa1rsquo lsquoa2rsquo lsquoanrsquo = 1 to 8 character alphanumeric LineCurveidentifiers

                                                                                    i1 i2 ip = unsigned integer Point identifiers used

                                                                                    lsquoa1rsquo lsquoa2rsquo lsquoaprsquo = 1 to 8 character alphanumeric Point identifiers

                                                                                    v1 = positive number (integer or real)

                                                                                    k2 = integer between 2 and the number of incidences

                                                                                    1 2 p = Point subscripts for a LineCurve The followingtable gives the number of Points used to specifydifferent types of LineCurve

                                                                                    type number of incidences

                                                                                    LINE 2 - 500

                                                                                    POLYNOMIAL CURVE 2 - 10

                                                                                    ARC TEMPLATE 3

                                                                                    CENTERED ARC 3

                                                                                    BEZIER CURVE 2 - 10

                                                                                    SPLINE CURVE 2 - 10

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 16

                                                                                    End of Document

                                                                                    • Title Page
                                                                                    • NOTICES
                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                    • Chapter 1 - Introduction
                                                                                    • Chapter 2 - New Features in Version 29
                                                                                      • Data Base Exchange (DBX)
                                                                                      • Dynamics
                                                                                      • Elastic Buckling
                                                                                      • General
                                                                                      • GTMenu
                                                                                      • GT STRUDL Output Window
                                                                                      • Model Wizard
                                                                                      • Nonlinear Analysis
                                                                                      • Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis
                                                                                      • Offshore
                                                                                      • Reinforced Concrete Design
                                                                                      • Rigid Bodies
                                                                                      • Scope Editor
                                                                                      • Static Analysis
                                                                                      • Steel Design
                                                                                      • Steel Tables
                                                                                      • Utility Programs
                                                                                        • CHAPTER 3 - ERROR CORRECTIONS
                                                                                          • Dynamic Analysis
                                                                                          • Finite Elements
                                                                                          • General
                                                                                          • GTMenu
                                                                                          • Model Wizard
                                                                                          • Nonlinear Analysis
                                                                                          • Offshore
                                                                                          • Reinforced Concrete Design
                                                                                          • Static Analysis
                                                                                          • Steel Design
                                                                                            • CHAPTER 4 - KNOWN DEFICIENCIES
                                                                                              • Finite Elements
                                                                                              • General InputOutput
                                                                                              • GTMenu
                                                                                              • Rigid Bodies
                                                                                              • Scope Environment
                                                                                                • CHAPTER 5 - Prerelease Features
                                                                                                  • Introduction
                                                                                                  • Design Prerelease Features
                                                                                                    • LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters
                                                                                                    • GTSTRUDL BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters
                                                                                                    • GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800
                                                                                                    • ACI Code 318-99
                                                                                                    • Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables
                                                                                                    • ASD9-E Code
                                                                                                    • The DESIGN SLAB Command1313
                                                                                                        • Analysis Prerelease Features
                                                                                                          • The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command
                                                                                                          • The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and Nonlinear Dynamic
                                                                                                            • General Prerelease Features
                                                                                                              • ROTATE LOAD Command
                                                                                                              • COUTPUT Command
                                                                                                              • Reference Coordinate System Command
                                                                                                                • Printing Reference Coordinate System Command
                                                                                                                    • Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing
                                                                                                                    • GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands
Page 3: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7

- iii -

Table of Contents

NOTICES ii

DISCLAIMER ii

Commercial Software Rights Legend ii

CHAPTER 1

Introduction 1-1

CHAPTER 2

New Features in Version 29 2-1

21 Data Base Exchange (DBX) 2-1

22 Dynamics 2-1

23 Elastic Buckling 2-5

24 General 2-6

25 GTMenu 2-13

26 GTSTRUDL Output Window 2-33

27 Model Wizard 2-38

28 Nonlinear Analysis 2-38

29 Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis 2-39

210 Offshore 2-39

211 Reinforced Concrete Design 2-41

212 Rigid Bodies 2-41

213 Scope Editor 2-42

214 Static Analysis 2-45

215 Steel Design 2-46

216 Steel Tables 2-48

217 Utility Programs 2-48

- iv -

CHAPTER 3 ERROR CORRECTIONS

31 Dynamic Analysis 3-132 Finite Elements 3-233 General 3-234 GTMenu 3-335 Model Wizard 3-436 Nonlinear Analysis 3-437 Offshore 3-538 Reinforced Concrete Design 3-539 Static Analysis 3-5310 Steel Design 3-6

CHAPTER 4 KNOWN DEFICIENCIES

41 Finite Elements 4-142 General InputOutput 4-243 GTMenu 4-344 Rigid Bodies 4-445 Scope Environment 4-4

CHAPTER 5 PRERELEASE FEATURES

51 Introduction 51-152 Design Prerelease Features 52-1

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters 52-1522 GTSTRUDL BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters 52-31523 GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800 52-53524 ACI Code 318-99 52-71525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables 51-75526 ASD9-E Code 52-77527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite

Element Analysis (The DESIGN SLAB Command) 52-9353 Analysis Prerelease Features 53-1

531 The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command 53-1532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and Nonlinear

Dynamic Analysis 53-5

- v -

54 General Prerelease Features 54-1

541 ROTATE LOAD Command 54-1

542 COUTPUT Command 54-5

543 Reference Coordinate System Command 54-7

543-1 Printing Reference Coordinate System Command 54-10

544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing 54-11

545 GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands 54-13

- vi -

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL Introduction

1 - 1

Chapter 1

Introduction

Version 29 covers GTSTRUDL operating on PCrsquos under the Windows XP andWindows 2000 operating systems Chapter 2 presents the new features and enhancementswhich have been added since the Version 28 and Version 281 releases Chapter 3 providesyou with details regarding error corrections that have been made since the Version 28 andVersion 281 releases Chapter 4 describes known problems with Version 29 Chapter 5describes prerelease features -- new features which have been developed and subjected tolimited testing or features for which the user documentation have not been added to theGTSTRUDL User Reference Manual The command formats and functionality of theprerelease features may change before they become supported features based on additionaltesting and feedback from users

The Prerelease features are subdivided into Design Analysis and General categories Thefeatures in these categories and their sections numbers in Chapter 5 are shown below

52 Design Prerelease Features

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

522 BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters

523 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800

524 ACI Code 318-99

525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables

526 ASD9-E Code

527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite Element Analysis(The DESIGN SLAB Command)

53 Analysis Prerelease Features

531 Calculate Error Estimate Command

532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and Nonlinear DynamicAnalysis

Introduction GT STRUDL

1 - 2

54 General Prerelease Features

541 Rotate Load Command

542 Coutput Command

543 Reference Coordinate System Command

544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

545 GTMenu Point coordinates and Line Incidences Commands

We encourage you to experiment with these prerelease features and provide us withsuggestions to improve these features as well as other GTSTRUDL capabilities

Note that GTMenu is described in Volume 2 of the Version 29 Release Guide TheGTMenu Release Guide is available under Help in the GTSTRUDL Output Window (Help -Reference Documentation - GTMenu)

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 1

Chapter 2

New Features in Version 29

This chapter provides you with details regarding new features and enhancements thathave been added to many of the functional areas of GTSTRUDL in Version 29 This releaseguide is also available online upon execution of GTSTRUDL under Help - ReferenceDocumentation -GT STRUDL Release Guide

21 Data Base Exchange (DBX)

1 A SUPPORTS ONLY option has been added the WRITE JOINT RESULTScommand If SUPPORTS ONLY is specified joints in the given list that have notbeen specified as supports will be ignored and not included in the generated file Thiswill make it easier to export results for foundation design The syntax of the revisedcommand is shown below

WRITE JOINT RESULTS ( SUPPORTS (ONLY) ) JOINTS list

This options is described in Volume 5 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manualon page Summary 2-4

22 Dynamics

1 A new eigenvalue analysis procedure designated as GTSELANCZOS has beenimplemented The GTSELANCZOS method includes numerous modifications tocomputer RAM virtual memory and hard drive management operations that haveresulted in eigenvalue analysis time-to-solve efficiency improvements for all modelsand in particular time-to-solve improvements of between 50 and 100 times formodels exceeding 30000 degrees of freedom The GTSELANCZOS method isspecified in the EIGENPROBLEM PARAMETERS as shown in the example below

EIGENPROBLEM PARAMETERSNUMBER OF MODES 15SOLVE USING GTSELANCZOSEND

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 2

2 Variable support motion loads are now supported by transient physical analysis asperformed by the DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PHYSICAL and PERFORM PHYSICALANALYSIS commands You may now specify different time histories at differentjoints

The STORE TIME HISTORY command has been extended as follows in order toprovide for the specification and storage of VELOCITY and DISPLACEMENT timehistories in addition to ACCELERATION time histories

STORE TIME (HISTORY) (

FORCEACCELERATIONVELOCITY

DISPLACEMENT

TRANSLATION ROTATION

)

name (FACTOR s)

⎨⎪⎪

⎩⎪⎪

⎬⎪⎪

⎭⎪⎪

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

rarrminus

v1 t1 v2 t2 vn tn

A new category of loading has been implemented as part of the TRANSIENTLOADING command as follows

JOINTS

NODESlist

DISPLACEMENT

VELOCITY

ACCELERATION

TRANSLATION

ROTATION

X

Y

Z

file specs

function specs

(START (TIME) v )

where

file specs FILE filnam ([FACTOR] v )

function specsSINE

COSINE[AMPLITUDE] v [FREQUENCY] v ([PHASE] v )

5

1

2 3 4

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

minus

=

=

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 3

This command is used to specify DISPLACEMENT VELOCITY andACCELERATION joint motion time history data for fully fixed degrees of freedomand is described in Section 2441 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL ReferenceM a n u a l A n e x a m p l e o f t h e u s e o f t h e J O I N TDISPLACEMENTVELOCITYACCELERATION command in the TRANSIENTLOADING command follows

UNITS CYCLES

TRANSIENT LOADING 1

JOINT 1 DISPL TRANSL Y FILE DSIN30

JOINT 1 ACCEL TRANSL Y FUNCT SINE 100E0 -

FREQ 10 PHASE 025 START TIME 01

INTEGRATE FROM 00 TO 10 AT 001

END TRANSIENT LOADING

3 The external results file system for response spectrum and transient dynamicanalyses has been enhanced so that the amount of results data that can be stored andaccessed is now limited only by the amount of unused hard drive disk space Inprevious versions each class of results data was limited in size to two gigabytes

4 The PRINT DYNAMIC FILE command has been extended with the addition of anew NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE option an example of which is shownbelow

PRINT DYNAMIC FILE lsquoMyRSFilersquo NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE 1

The NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE option provides for the specification of thenumber of data points to enter on each line of the resulting report that lists the datapoints contained in the specified response spectrum or time history data file thedefault being four The NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE may be specified as 12 3 or 4 where for any value other than these the default value of 4 is assumed

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 4

An example of a response spectrum file report when NUMBER OF POINTS PERLINE 1 is specified as shown below

21 gt PRINT DYNAMIC FILE MyRSFile NUMBER OF POINTS PER LINE 1

PROBLEM DATA FROM INTERNAL STORAGE

JOB ID - NONE JOB TITLE - GTSTRUDL 29 ACTIVE UNITS - LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME FEET KIP CYC DEGF SEC

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RESPONSE SPECTRA FILE HORIZONT TYPE SPECTRAL ACCEL (LIN) VS FREQUENCY (LIN) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DAMPING RESPONSE FREQUENCY RESPONSE FREQUENCY RESPONSE

70 0772800 010000 0869400 011100 0966000 012500 112700 014300 128800 016700 154560 020000 238280 030000 108514 060000 148120 19020 148120 10000

90 0386400 010000 0434700 011100 0483000 012500 0563500 014300 0644000 016700 0772800 020000 119140 030000 542570 060000 740600 19020 740600 10000

5 Response spectrum analysis now checks the frequencyperiod bounds of responsespectrum curves and issues a warning message if a structural frequency is found tolie outside the bounds of any of the response spectrum curves for the active responsespectrum loads

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 5

6 The volume of warning messages pertaining to missing results reported by theCREATE PSEUDO STATIC LOAD command has been greatly reduced

7 The Form Static Form UBC97 Static and Form IS1893 Static Load commands havebeen brought to release status These features were prerelease features in previousversions They are now documented in Section 2492 2493 and 2494respectively in Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

8 The List Response Spectrum Base and Story Shear capability has been brought torelease status This feature was a prerelease feature in previous versions and isdocumented in Section 2467 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

9 Another new eigenvalue analysis procedure designated as GTHCLANCZOS hasalso been implemented The GTHCLANCZOS method is a modified form of theGTLANCZOS method in which the Lanczos tridiagonalization of the stiffness anddynamic matrices is performed on matrix hypercolumn blocks consisting of acommand-specified number of matrix elements By default the number ofhypercolumn matrix elements is taken as 10000000 The GTHCLANCZOS methodis most useful when an eigenvalue analysis is to be performed on a model havinggreater than 60000 degrees of freedom (10000 six-degree-of-freedom joints) to befollowed later by a transient analysis andor a response spectrum analysis TheGTHCLANCZOS method is specified in the EIGENPROBLEM PARAMETERScommands (Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is included here sincenot all users have installed Version 281)

23 Elastic Buckling

1 Space truss members may now be used in an elastic buckling analysis Previouslyonly space frame members and plate elements were allowed

2 Space frame members may now have member releases including elastic connectionswhen performing a buckling analysis

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 6

24 General

1 The output for PRINT GROUP has been changed to include quotes (lsquo) around non-integer names and continuation symbols (-) for multi-line lists This makes it easyto copy-and-paste from the output into a new command

Old format

JOINT NAMES 99999 A1002 A1003 A1004 A1005 A1006 A1007 A1008 A1009 A1010

New format

JOINT NAMES 99999 A1002 A1003 A1004 A1005 A1006 A1007 - A1008 A1009 A1010

The revised PRINT GROUP Command is documented in Section 21223 ofVolume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

2 The EXISTING option for member-types which includes members finite elementsnonlinear springs cables rigid bodies and superelements has been improved to addthe optional subtype filter MEMBERS ELEMENTS NLS or CABLES ONLY Thiswill restrict the generated list to that subtype only which is helpful when the varioussubtypes are mixed in the naming scheme The syntax of the command is shownbelow

EXISTING

MEMBERS

ELEMENTS

NLS

CABLES

ONLY )

ACTIVE

INACTIVE

ACTIVE AND INACTIVE

(list2

)

(BUT list3

) (PLUS list4

)

( ( )

⎨⎪⎪

⎩⎪⎪

⎬⎪⎪

⎭⎪⎪

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

rarr

minus

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 7

An example of the usage of the command is shown below

PRINT MEM PROP MEMBERS EXISTING MEMBERS ONLY 1 TO 100

The list will contain all members in the range 1 to 100 but exclude any finiteelements nonlinear springs cables rigid bodies or superelements The use ofldquoONLYrdquo is optional

The modified EXISTING list option is described in Section 2122 of Volume 1 ofthe GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

3 The CALCULATE SOIL SPRINGS command now allows a joint to be released inthe direction of a nonlinear spring (COMPRESSION ONLY option) Previously awarning message would be generated and the CALCULATE SOIL SPRINGcommand would not be processed

4 The CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION command has been added to allowyou to automatically generate a BETA angle by specifying the orientation of amembers local XY or XZ plane The syntax of the command is shown below

where

v1 v2 v3 are the global X Y and Z coordinates of the orientation vector Anyvalue not given is assumed to be 00

list is a list of members to be oriented based on the given vector Finiteelements cables nonlinear springs or superelements included in thelist will be excluded without a warning message

AXIS Specify whether the orientation vector locates the local XY plane orthe local XZ plane When AXIS is not specified Y is assumed

YZ

X Y Z

CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION (AXIS )

(FROM) (VECTOR) [ ] v [ ] v [ ] v MEMBER list1 2 3

rarrminus

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 8

The CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION command is used to calculate aBETA angle for a list of members The calculated BETA angle will rotate themember so that the orientation vector will lie in the memberrsquos local XY or XZ planedepending on which axis was specified

The CALCULATE MEMBER ORIENTATION command is documented in Section21105 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

5 The GENERATE LOAD command in the MOVING LOAD GENERATOR has threenew options and the format of the output has been changed The revisedGENERATE LOAD command is shown below

where the new options are

MOMENT ARM

The MOMENT ARM option allows you specify a torsional moment (moment X) tobe applied along with the concentrated load to account for moving loads that areapplied eccentric to the centerline of the member v2 is the length of the momentarm in the current length units The value of the applied torsional moment is equalto FYv1v2 where FY is the concentrated force v1 is the scale factor and v2 isspecified moment arm length MOMENT ARM does not apply to LANE LOADS

GENERATE (LOAD)

X

Y

Z

([SCALE] v1) (MOMENT (X) (ARM) v2rarr minus

⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎬⎪

⎭⎪

)

( (INITIAL)i1 a1

)PRINT ON

PRINT OFF

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

rarrminus

( CREATE (GROUP) i2a2 ( title ) )

⎧⎨⎪

⎩⎪

⎫⎬⎪

⎭⎪

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 9

INITIAL a1

The INITIAL option now accepts alpha names You may specify a prefix only(ML) or a prefix and a starting integer (ML101) If the specified sequence ofloading names is not honored due to a conflict with a pre-existing load name amessage will be printed This warning message will also be printed if an integersequence is interrupted

CREATE GROUP

The CREATE GROUP option will create a group from the generated loads This isuseful for including the moving loads in a CREATE AUTOMATIC LOADCOMBINATIONS command The group name may be either integer or alpha-numeric A group title is optional and if specified is limited to 64 characters

The Output from the command has also been changed If PRINT ON is specified(the default) the printed output is now fully compatible with the LOADINGcommand This allows you to copy the output edit and then use the changed outputas loading commands in a subsequent GTSTRUDL job

The MOVING LOAD GENERATOR is documented in Section 211135 ofVolume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

6 When the PRINT MEMBER PROPERTIES command is specified for members withPipe cross-sections from the Table database the OD ID and TH-PIPE of the pipecross-section are now printed as shown below

OD = outside diameter

ID = inside diameter

TH-PIPE = thickness

45 gt PRINT MEMBER PROPERTIES1 PROBLEM DATA FROM INTERNAL STORAGE

JOB ID - FR322 JOB TITLE - Ex1 Check PRINT MEMBER PROPERTIES for Pipe cross-section from T

ACTIVE UNITS - LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME INCH KIP RAD DEGF SEC

MEMBER PROPERTIES-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MEMBERSEG TYPE AX AY AZ IX IY IZ SY SZ YD ZD YC ZC EY EZ ID OD TH-PIPE SC

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 10

f f f fmin a by2

bz2= minus +

f f f fmax a by2

bz2= + +

1 TABLE RoundHSS 12100 6082 6082 208000 104000 104000 23800 23800 HSS8750x0500 8750 8750 4375 4375 0000 0000 7820 8750 0465 0000

2 TABLE RoundHSS 12100 6082 6082 208000 104000 104000 23800 23800 HSS8750x0500 8750 8750 4375 4375 0000 0000 7820 8750 0465 0000

3 TABLE RoundHSS 5720 2881 2881 39000 19500 19500 7020 7020 HSS5563x0375 5563 5563 2782 2782 0000 0000 4865 5563 0349 0000

4 TABLE RoundHSS 5720 2881 2881 39000 19500 19500 7020 7020 HSS5563x0375 5563 5563 2782 2782 0000 0000 4865 5563 0349 0000

5 TABLE WSHAPES9 13200 4040 6168 1310 50000 350000 12400 58100 W12x45 12060 8045 6030 4022 0000 0000 6 TABLE WSHAPES9 13200 4040 6168 1310 50000 350000 12400 58100 W12x45 12060 8045 6030 4022 0000 0000 7 TABLE RoundHSS 8060 4033 4033 245000 122000 122000 21800 21800 HSS11250x0250 11250 11250 5625 5625 0000 0000 10784 11250 0233 0000

8 TABLE RoundHSS 8060 4033 4033 245000 122000 122000 21800 21800 HSS11250x0250 11250 11250 5625 5625 0000 0000 10784 11250 0233 0000

END OF DATA FROM INTERNAL STORAGE

7 The LIST SECTION STRESS command has been modified to print the maximumand minimum combined normal stresses based on the square root of sum of thesquares computation for the pipe and solid round bar cross-sections as shown below

8 Section stresses now can be output for unsymmetrical cross-sections When theUNSYMMETRIC option of the LIST SECTION command is specified the sectionstresses are computed and printed for the positive and negative axes sides of thecross-section See Section 21146 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Referencemanual for further information

9 A new REFORM command option has been added to the FROM LOAD commandto recreate the form loads based on the original specifications given by the user Thisoption is very useful when a self weight loading (ie load specified by the SELFWEIGHT command) is used in the FORM LOAD command or an independentloading included in the FORM LOAD command has been changed The new FORMLOAD REFORM command will recreate the form load using the original

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 11

specifications When FORM LOAD commands have been specified the userspecified loads and the load factors are now stored in the database When the FORMLOAD REFORM command is specified the active form loads are then recreatedbased on the userrsquos original specs The new REFORM option also has been addedto the STIFFNESS ANALYSIS and NONLINEAR ANALYSIS commands Thenew REFORM command structure is documented in the following sections

1 FORM LOAD REFORM command Section 2111321 of Volume 1

2 STIFFNESS ANALYSIS REFORM command Section 21132 of Volume 1

3 NONLINEAR ANALYSIS REFORM command Section 2543 of Volume 3

The advantages of the new REFORM option are as follows

A When a self weight which has been specified by the SELF WEIGHT commandor when an independent load used in the FORM LOAD command had beenmodified the REFORM option can be used to recreate the form load againPreviously you had to delete the form loads and respecify the form loads again

B FORM LOADs can be graphically viewed on the structure in the GTMenu attheir combined and factored state while LOAD COMBINATIONS cannot beviewed graphically

C PRINT LOAD DATA shows the combined and factored state of the FORMLOAD commands and also shows the user specified loads and the load factorsused to create the form loads

D Since NONLINEAR ANALYSIS requires a FORM LOAD command usingnonlinear analysis for steel design is now much easer

E The new REFORM option gives the FORM LOAD command the power of beinga load combination and an independent load at a same time

10 A new CONVERT LOAD COMBINATIONS TO FORM LOADS command hasbeen implemented to change user specified load combinations to form loads Thisis often desired when a user intends to perform a nonlinear analysis or would like toview the combined factored load state graphically This command also has an optionto allow FORM LOADS to be converted to LOAD COMBINATIONS Thiscommand has been documented in the Section 2111322 of Volume 1 of theGTSTRUDL Reference manual

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 12

11 The LIST SUM FORCES command has been brought to release status Thiscommand is used to perform a computation of resultant forces along a cut defined byjoints which may contain members and elements The LIST SUM FORCEScommand is documented in Section 2374 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDLReference manual

12 The RUN command has been brought to release status and is now documented inSection 211217 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference manual In additionthe HIDE option has been added allowing you to prevent the appearance of the blackWindows command window when batch (bat or cmd) or console programs are run

13 The ALIGN command has been brought to release status and is now documented inSection 211216 of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference manual Thiscommand is useful for aligning members which are almost vertical so that theyconform to the ldquoSpecial Caserdquo of the Beta angle

14 The DELETE JOINTS WITHOUT JOINT COORDINATES command has beenbrought to release status and is documented in Section 2137 of Volume 1 of theGTSTRUDL Reference manual

15 AREA LOAD error checking for illegal member configurations has been improvedAn illegal member configuration is one where the areas to be loaded are not simplybounded For example X bracing should not be included in an AREA LOADrequest but declared INACTIVE before the AREA LOAD command In additionmore modeling errors including overlapping members (where some or all of twomembers centroidal axes are co-incident) are detected and reported (Note Thisfeature was added to Version 281 and is included here since not all users haveinstalled Version 281)

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 13

25 GTMenu

1 The fonts color and button sizes used in GTMenu have been changed to be moreconsistent with those used in the main GTStrudl Output Window An example of therevised GTMenu Desktop is shown below

2 The Button Bar has been revised to include new Display Load Display Model andAnnotate Model buttons in order to make these features more accessible Anexample of the new Button Bar is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 14

The new Display Load and Display Model buttons will bring up the Display Loadand Display Model dialogs which were available in previous versions only byselecting Display on the Menu Bar and then selecting either Loads or Model fromthe pulldown

The addition of these new buttons to the Button Bar makes these highly used featuresmore accessible The new Annotate Model button will bring up the dialog to labeldimensions and coordinates and joint element and member names as well asplacing comments in the Graphical Display Area In previous versions this featurewas available only by selecting the Label button and then selecting DimensionsCoordinates etc from the pulldown

The Label Settings button will bring up the revised Label Settings dialog shownbelow

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 15

This dialog has new options which allow you to ldquoLabel Structural Attributesrdquo asshown below

If the Support Status on Screen Independent Active Load or Member Release boxesare checked that information will be displayed in the Graphical Display Areapermanently That is each time the Graphical Display area is redrawn informationindicated by the check boxes shown above will also be displayed in the GraphicsWindow You may also have the support legend information displayed in a List BoxThis feature is particularly useful when you have a large number of different supportconditions such as you might have when you have an elastic foundation

3 The revised Display Model dialog now allows you to display additional modelinformation In particular you may now have member lengths KY and KZ factorsand the effective lengths LY and LZ displayed in the Graphical Display Area Therevised Display Model dialog is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 16

An example of a structure with the lengths and KZ values labeled is shown below

In the above figure the member lengths as well as the member section names and themember numbers are labeled and rotated so that they are aligned with the membersMember releases are also rotated so they are aligned with the member This featurewas requested by a number of our users at the June 2006 GTSTRUDL Users Groupmeeting

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 17

4 The Edit pulldown from the Menu Bar now includes options which will allow youto Move or Extrude all or portions of a model The revised Edit pulldown is shownbelow

5 The new Move Model option allows you to move the model based on the distancebetween two joints or by incrementing the coordinates The Move Model dialog isshown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 18

6 Another new option has been added to the Edit pulldown which will allow you toextrude a model You may extrude a planar truss or frame model to create additionalplanes and you may have members connecting the various planes You may alsoextrude one dimensional members into 2D finite elements This option is usefulwhen you want to extrude a member in a floor plane vertically but you want to haveit model a shearwall in a building The third option allows you to extrude a 2D finiteelement mesh into a mesh of 3D solids You may specify uniform or variablespacing when extruding a model using any of these options

An example of the new Extrude Model dialog is shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 19

An example illustrating the use of the Extrude Selected Joints to ConnectingMembers option is shown below

A two dimensional frame is shown above The model was extruded by selecting allof the joints except the joints on the bottom of the frame The result after extrusionis shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 20

An example illustrating the use of the Extruding 2D finite elements to 3D (solid)finite elements is shown

The two dimensional finite element model is shown above The model produced byextruding the above model to a model containing three dimensional solid finiteelements is shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 21

7 The Copy Model option under the Edit pulldown now has an option which will allowyou to create a Mirror Image of all or a portion of your model The revised CopyModel dialog and the Specify Mirror Plane dialogs are shown below

The Maintain incidence order check box in the Specify Mirror Plane dialog abovewill maintain the same incidence order for the newly created elements as the originalelements so all elements will have the same incidence order

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 22

An example of a two dimensional finite element model before and after using thenew Mirror Image option is shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 23

8 The efficiency of rotating large finite element models using the cursor has beengreatly improved Now only the boundary lines are drawn as the structure isrotating The wire frame of the model is drawn when the cursor is released Anexample showing a solid model and the boundary outline which appears when themodel is rotated are shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 24

9 The following information is now written to the Windows Registry Thisinformation will now be retained between executions of GTSTRUDL and you willnot need to respecify the information

Display Label Settings - display and labeling of points curves jointsmembersetc

Default Settings - color font and display options

Color Map

Redraw Solid options

Set Arrow Key increments

10 An option to reset all of the above items to their original settings except for theDisplay Label Settings has been added to the Set Display Options (Options - DefaultSettings - Display Options) dialog as shown below

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 25

11 Punching Shear results are now available for display under the Results pulldown asshown below

The new Punching Shear dialog is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 26

12 A check box has been added to the Results - Diagrams and Envelopes dialog whichwill allow you to automatically label the maximum and minimum values on diagramsand envelopes This feature will minimize the time required by users to label thesevalues and their locations The modified Member Forces dialog is shown below withthe box checked to ldquoLabel Max and Minrdquo

An example of a structure with the maximum and minimum values automaticallylabeled is shown on the following page

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 27

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 28

13 The Redraw Solid function in GTMenu will now draw members with variableproperties and use the length of the segments to draw the members with variableproperties This feature is particularly useful in offshore structures where memberswith variable diameter pipes are often used An example of an offshore structurewith variable properties is shown below

14 Redraw Solid will now draw I-GIRDER and PLATE GIRDER prismatic andvariable member cross sections which were specified in the Member Propertiescommand

15 For models which contain 3D solid finite elements Redraw Solid will now draw thesolid display much faster as only the exterior faces of the solid will be drawn Thiswill also improve the efficiency of the Scope Editor and Printing of the display fromRedraw Solid as a fewer number of faces must be printed or brought into the ScopeEditor The time to produce contouring results has also been greatly reduced formodels which contain 3D solid finite elements

16 The boundaries of a finite element are now also highlighted when it is selected witha right click of the mouse Previously only an ldquoxrdquo would be drawn at the centroidof the element

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 29

17 A joint member or element may now be ldquodeselectedrdquo by selecting it again in ldquoHitrdquomode When an item is initially selected a red ldquoxrdquo is drawn Now when the itemis selected again (deselected) the red ldquoxrdquo is replaced with an ldquoxrdquo drawn in the samecolor as the Global Coordinate Axes

18 The Moving Load dialog has been modified to make the Diagram option visiblewhen the dialog is opened

19 The Graphics Window is now active upon entering GTMenu This enables the userto use the HotKeys immediately without requiring a mouse click in the GraphicsWindow to activate it

20 Additional cylindrical coordinate systems are now available in GTMenu Previouslyonly a cylindrical coordinate system about the Y axis was available NowldquoCylindrical Xrdquo and ldquoCylindrical Zrdquo coordinate systems are available under theCoordinate System pulldown from the Menu Bar as shown below

21 A joint may now be used to specify the location of a plane parallel to a global planewhen selecting a domain Previously the user could enter only a coordinate valueto specify this location The revised Global Plane dialog is shown below

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 30

22 The model is no longer redrawn when selecting a filename or when entering theView menu

23 The ldquoirdquo hotkey now produces an isometric display

24 When creating a joint at a line intersection when the endpoints of the line are pointsthe user is now prompted to enter ldquoPointsrdquo

25 A right click in the Graphics Window now lists up to 20 duplicates (joints memberselements) which exist at the same location in the Inquire Output window

26 When splitting a member using the Variable option the cursor is now automaticallypositioned in the Number of Members input box

27 When labeling reactions using the ldquoAllrdquo mode the labeling is now confined to jointsin the current window

28 The output of large numbers will automatically be converted to an exponentialformat rather than trying to use a fixed format which may result in an overflow

29 The box indicating the currently active independent load on the Button Bar now hasthe title ldquoIndependent Loadrdquo

30 When creating three-dimensional solid elements the text input box for an elementrsquosthickness is now omitted

31 The structure is now immediately redrawn when the Z-up checkbox is selected in theView dialog

32 The screen layout has been adjusted to accommodate widescreen displays

33 Abbreviations have been eliminated in the output from the Check Model dialog

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 31

34 The Check Model output now includes a summary of information such as themaximum and minimum element aspect ratios and the maximum and minimummember volumes as well as the element or members associated with the maximumand minimum values An example of the Member Volume Ratio summary outputis shown below

35 The current active units are now output at the top of the output from Check Modelas also shown in the above figure

36 A right mouse click will now interrupt output from Check Model after outputting upto 500 lines of output This is particularly useful if the user selected output ofinformation such as the member volume or element aspect ratios for large modelswithout realizing the amount of output that could result Also clicking on the Cancelbutton will also interrupt the Check Model output

37 The number of members or elements now appears in the prompts when a user hasrequested the member volume or slenderness ratios or the element aspect ratios to beoutput from the Check Model dialog

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 32

38 Large numbers are now automatically output in an exponential format whenperforming a Check Model These large numbers often occur when the structuralweight or load summation information was output

39 When members with variable properties are selected by right clicking in the GraphicsWindow the Inquire Output window now shows the Property Groups and segmentlengths for each segment of the variable member as shown below

40 Member loads may now be input and displayed in the currently active coordinatesystem

41 If a Local member load is displayed as Global components and then one of the globalcomponents is edited the complete local member load is reformed when the load issubsequently stored

42 The default increments for Zoom and Pan have been changed to 002 and the defaultincrement for Rotate has been changed to 20

43 Steel Parameter information has been compressed when using Generate Input File

44 Information related to loads created using a Form Load command is now stored inGTMenu and retained when entering or exiting GTMenu A GTMenu GeneratedInput File now contains Form Load commands

45 When editing IDrsquos of joints members or elements the tab or arrow keys may nowbe used to move the cursor between names in the ID list

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 33

26 GT STRUDL Output Window

1 A new option has been added to the File menu - Launch Windows Explorer

This pick will open a new Windows Explorer starting in your Working DirectoryThis allows you to browse your computer to find or move files easily

2 The File - Save menu selection has been expanded as shown below

Three new options have been added to the above pulldown

Text Input File

This option is the same as the ldquoCreate a NEW text input filerdquo in the File menu andhas been added here for user convenience An input file based on the currentGTSTRUDL data base will be created Note that this input file is not a copy of theinput file (if any) used to create the current data base and any comments that existedwill not appear in the new input file This input file is the same as if you were inGTMenu and selected the File - Generate GT STRUDL text input option

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 34

Text Input File plus Command History

An input file based on the current GTSTRUDL data base will be created and thecurrent Command History will be appended The Command History is commandsyou have typed or created using dialogs in the current GTSTRUDL session Thisoption is useful to easily add analysis and design commands you have createdRemember to review the created file before you use it in a subsequent GTSTRUDLsession

Text Input File plus Command History and Edit

This option is the same as above plus the created input file is opened in WindowsNotepad to review and edit

3 The Analysis pulldown has been modified and you can now launch the new staticanalysis equation solvers GTSES and GTHCS as shown below

More information on the GTSES and GTHCS equations solvers may be found inSection 214

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 35

4 The Analysis problems found option in the Analysis pulldown has also beenextended to include the GTSES solver when selecting ldquoInstabilities found ldquo in thepulldown shown below

5 The Dynamic Analysis Eigenvalue dialog now has an option to use the newGTSELanczos eigensolver as shown below

Further information on the GTSELanczos eigensolver may be found in Section 22In addition the Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis dialog now has an option to ldquoUse theSparse Equation Solverrdquo

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 36

6 The Results datasheets now have an option which allows you to changes units in thedatasheets as noted below

7 Harmonic results versus frequency may now be displayed as shown in the followingdialogs and plot

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 37

8 The Steel Design Wizard has a new Advanced button which will display the variousoptions

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 38

27 Model Wizard

1 A lsquoTangentrdquo option has been added to the the Tank Wizard to allow for a smoothtransition from the circular to hemispherical portions of the tank as shown below

2 Compression Only and In-Plane springs have been added to the Rectangular TankWizard

28 Nonlinear Analysis

1 The new Commands DEFINE PLASTIC HINGE CROSS SECTION DELETEPLASTIC HINGE CROSS SECTION and PRINT PLASTIC HINGE CROSSSECTION have been implemented These new commands can be used to definegeneral customized plastic hinge cross section data structures that can be used todefine the fiber geometry and material properties for plastic hinges or plasticsegments at the start and end of members These new commands are described inSection 2522 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

2 A new BASE ISOLATION ELEMENT DATA command has been implemented forthe purpose of defining a new class of two-node global base isolation elementsincluding at this time a sliding friction bearing element where the slidingbearingsurface is flat and a friction pendulum element where the slidingbearing surface is

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 39

assumed to be concave and spherical The element supports both a constant frictionmodel and a variable friction model in which the instantaneous coefficient of frictionis a function of slider velocity and bearing pressure The base isolation elements areapplicable for both nonlinear static and dynamic analyses The BASE ISOLATIONELEMENT DATA command is described in Section 2533 of Volume 3 of theGTSTRUDL Reference Manual

29 Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis

1 Nonlinear dynamic analysis has been brought to a release status In previousversions of GTSTRUDL nonlinear dynamic analysis was a prerelease feature TheDYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEAR command is described in Section 24102of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

2 The GTSES option has been added to the DYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEARcommand an example of which is shown below

DYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEAR GTSES NEWMARK BETA 025

The GTSES options provides for the selection of an alternate equation solver thattakes maximum advantage of the sparsity of the the assembled stiffness mass anddamping matrices for the solution of the nonlinear equations of motion Comparedto the standard default equation solver larger models can be handled andsignificantly faster solution times can be realized

3 The nonlinear hysteretic spring element NLS4PH has been brought to release statusThis element was a prerelease feature in previous versions and is documented inSection 2532 in Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

210 Offshore

1 Several new parameters have been added to the FATIGUE MEMBER commandThe CHORD LENGTH FACTOR parameter provides for the specification of a chordlength factor The actual chord length that is used in the computation of SCF factorsfor a fatigue brace member is now computed by multiplying the length of the chordmember associated with the brace member by the specified CHORD LENGTHFACTOR The CHORD LENGTH FACTOR must be greater than 00 and is takenas 10 by default See Section 531 Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL ReferenceManual for more information

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 40

The CHORD FIXITY parameter has been added to the FATIGUE MEMBERcommand The CHORD FIXITY parameter is used for the computation of SCFfactors according to the Efthymiou method The value of the CHORD FIXITYparameter may vary from 05 to 10 and is taken as 07 by default See Section 531of Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual for more information

2 Offshore punching shear check results are now stored in the database There are nowthree ways to display or output the punching shear check results

A Display the Punching shear results in GTMenu as described in Section 25

B View the results using the datasheet under the SteelDesign pulldown in theGTSTRUDL Output Window

C Print the punching shear results with the LIST PUNCHING SHEAR CHECKRESULTS command (Section 211443 of Volume 1)

3 The FATIGUE MEMBER command has been enhanced to include an option to nowselect the Efthymiou equations to compute stress concentration factors for tubularjoints having T Y K and X classifications Only the Kuang andor Smedleyequations were available in Version 28 and previous versions This is described inSection 531 of Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual (Note Thisfeature was added to Version 281 and is included here since not all users haveinstalled Version 281)

4 A new and more efficient command has been implemented for fatigue analysis Thenew PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command can now be used instead of theexisting COMPUTE FATIGUE LIFE command The abbreviated syntax of the newPERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command is shown below

PERFORM FATIGUE (ANALYSIS)PSD

DISCRETE(BASE PERIOD v ) -b

⎧⎨⎩

⎫⎬⎭

(stress information) (deletions) (REPORT (SCF DIAGNOSTICS))

The complete syntax of the PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command may befound in Section 565 of Volume 8 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 41

The PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command executes the fatigue lifecomputations on a joint-by-joint basis which dramatically improves the efficiencyof the fatigue analysis computations and increases the size of the fatigue analysis jobthat can be solved (number of fatigue wave loads and number of fatigue members)The PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command performs all fatigue analysiscomputations including automatic joint classification if requested computation offatigue stresses computation of transfer functions and computation of fatiguedamage and life The PERFORM FATIGUE ANALYSIS command should not beused in conjunction with the split fatigue analysis commands described in Section56 of Volume 8

The REPORT SCF DIAGNOSTICS option causes SCF equation diagnosticinformation and joint classification information to be reported during the fatigueanalysis computations If not given this report which can be quite lengthy issuppressed All other command options are identical to those of the COMPUTEFATIGUE LIFE command described in Section 553 Volume 8 (Note This featurewas added to Version 281 and is included here since not all users have installedVersion 281)

5 For the APILRFD1 code the reduction for FYLD has been removed as it is notneeded for LRFD (Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is includedhere since not all users have installed Version 281)

211 Reinforced Concrete Design

1 A new prerelease feature has been implemented which will design the slabreinforcing steel due to flexure along a cut in a finite element mesh composed ofplate bending or plate elements The DESIGN SLAB REINFORCEMENTcommand is documented in Section 527

212 Rigid Bodies

1 The TYPE RIGID command now includes a new GLOBAL option for the RIGIDPLANE PLATE and PIN joint constraints When this option is given the planarcoordinate systems for these rigid bodies coincides with the global coordinatesystem

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 42

The important implication of being able to use the GLOBAL option is that SLAVERELEASES and JOINT RELEASES (for master joints that are also supports andhave no other incident members and finite elements) are more easily specified withrespect to the global coordinate system The revised TYPE RIGID command isdescribed in Section 26521 of Volume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

213 Scope Editor

GTSTRUDL 29 includes a new version of the Scope Editor Version 40 You willsee the new version number in the title bar of the Scope Editor In addition a muchhigher resolution for drawing is now being used You will probably not see thehigher resolution on the screen unless you zoom in but printing is greatly improvedThis means that a version 40 Scope Editor document cannot be read with previousversions (32a and earlier) although earlier Scope Editor documents can be openedwith 40 Zooming has been improved so that the ldquozoomed tordquo area will remain inthe view

1 Improved Options

You can now set margins in the Options dialog using the General page (see below)This allows you to restrict the drawing area to be inside an applied templateMargins are specified in 001 inch (025 mm) increments The Options dialog maybe reached from the View - Options menu pick In addition an equivalent dialog isavailable in GTMenu from the File - Page Setup menu pick

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 43

2 Automatic ldquoDaterdquo ldquoTimerdquo and ldquoPromptrdquo fields in Templates

You can now add automatic date and time stamps and user supplied text data toScope Editor documents when you use a template When you create the ScopeEditor document to used as a template you can add text entries that will be replacedwith the requested data The new text uses the same font and rotation as the originalso you can determine the size color etc of the inserted text

DateCreate a text entry with the characters ldquoltltDaterdquo followed with an optional integer1-7 which correspond the Date tool discussed earlier When the template is appliedto a GTMenu file or new Scope Editor document ldquoltltDaterdquo will be replaced with thecurrent date and the font of the date text will match the font of the ldquoltltDaterdquo entrySee the Tools - Date menu pick for a description of the seven available date formats

TimeCreate a text entry with the characters ldquoltltTimerdquo followed with an optional ldquo12rdquoldquoAMrdquo or ldquoPMrdquo for a 12-hour time or ldquo24rdquo for a 24-hour time When the Templateis applied to a GTMenu file or new Scope Editor document ldquoltltTimerdquo will bereplaced with the current time and the font of the time text will match the font of theldquoltltTimerdquo entry

PromptCreate a text entry with the characters ldquoltltPromptrdquo followed with an optional lsquohintrsquofor the prompt When the template is applied to a GTMenu file or new Scope Editordocument ldquoltltPromptrdquo will be replaced with what you type into the Promptwindow For example the entry ldquoltltPrompt Title of documentrdquo would bring up thisdialog box each time you print from GTMenu whether it is the ldquoPrintrdquo button or theFile - Print Preview and Edit selection

ldquoCancelrdquo will cause the prompt entry to be ignored meaning nothing will be insertedinto the Scope Editor document

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 44

Examples

If these entries were in your template

They would appear in your document as this

3 Improved Paragraph Tool

The Paragraph tool now maintains the associated text as a single block of textwhereas in previous versions the Paragraph text was separated into individual linesof text This means you can now move change the font or edit the paragraph as ablock after it has been created

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 45

214 Static Analysis

1 The STIFFNESS ANALYSIS command has been extended as follows

The new option GTSES provides for the selection of a new significantly moreefficient equation solver The large majority of problems that can be solved by thedefault solver can be solved significantly faster by the GTSES solver and manylarge problems that could not be solved previously by the default solver now can besolved very efficiently by the GTSES solver To date the GTSES solver hasdemonstrated a 10 to 50 fold increase in speed for problem sizes up to 350000degrees of freedom

The revised STIFFNESS ANALYSIS command with the new GTSES option andother new options is documented in Volume 1 - Section 21132 of the GTSTRUDLReference Manual

2 The sparse matrix solver has also been extended to the PERFORM NUMERICALINSTABILITY ANALYSIS command using a syntax similar to that of theSTIFFNESS ANALYSIS command

PERFORM NUMERICAL INSTABILITY ANALYSIS GTSES

The revised PERFORM NUMERICAL INSTABILITY command is documented inVolume 1 - Section 211314 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

3 The statistical output from the GTHCS equation solver has been improved to nowoutput information regarding the number of degrees of freedom the number of termsin the skyline and the number of hyper-columns (Note This feature was added toVersion 281 and is included here since not all users have installed Version 281)

NJP i

STIFFNESS (ANALYSIS) WITHOUT REDUCE (BAND)GTSES

⎧ ⎫⎪ ⎪⎨ ⎬⎪ ⎪⎩ ⎭

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 46

215 Steel Design

1 Three new parameters have been added to CAN97 code The new parameter namesare K U1Y and U1Z These parameter are applicable to the combined axial andbending equations of Clauses 1381(b) 1381(c) 1382(b) and 1382(c) The newparameters are described below

Table CAN97

CAN97 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Combined Stresses

K 10 Effective length factor used in the computation of the Cr inthe Clauses 1381(b) and 1382(b)

U1Y Computed Factor to account for moment gradient and for second-ordereffect of axial force acting on the deformed member Thisparameter is applicable to the combined axial and Y axisbending The default value is computed according to theClause 1383 of the 1997 CISC Seventh Edition

U1Z Computed Factor to account for moment gradient and for second-ordereffect of axial force acting on the deformed member Thisparameter is applicable to the combined axial and Z axisbending The default value is computed according to theClause 1383 of the 1997 CISC Seventh Edition

2 A new parameter called lsquoClass3 has been added to BS5950 and 00BS5950 codesThis parameter allows the user to request that the code check or design to beperformed based on the class 3 classification A user specified value of lsquoYESrsquo forthis parameter indicates that when code check or design is performed for BS5950 or00BS5950 code equations based on the Class 3 classification should be used Thismeans when user specifies a value of lsquoYESrsquo for parameter lsquoClass3 BS5950 or00BS5950 code check will assume that the member is a class 3 cross-section Thedefault value for this parameter is lsquoNOrsquo This indicates that the program computesthe classification of the member based on the cross-section properties

GT STRUDL New Features

2 - 47

3 Two new cross-sections have been added to the LRFD3 code The new cross-sections are Solid Round Bar and Solid Rectangular Bar cross-sections You maycode check or design based on axial and bending effect in these cross-sections TheLRFD3 code check parameters are discussed in the Table LRFD31-1 The LRFD3code is documented in Section 521 of this Release Guide as a prerelease feature

4 Parameter ALSTRINC has been added to the APIWSD20 and AISI89 codesALSTRINC is used to specify the 13 allowable stress increase for wind or seismicloads

5 Steel Deflection Check and Design has been brought to release status and isdocumented in Section 214 of Volume 2A of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

Three new parameters have been added to deflection check or design The newparameters set deflection limitations based on the load list The new parameters areldquoDefLimLordquo ldquoDefLimYLrdquo and ldquoDefLimZLrdquo These new parameters are similar tothe existing parameters ldquoDefLimitrdquo ldquoDefLim-Yrdquo and DefLim-Zrdquo except you cannow specify deflection limitations based on the load list rather than member listNote that parameters ldquoDefLimitrdquo ldquoDefLim-Yrdquo and DefLim-Zrdquo are for settingdeflection limitations based on the member list and the parameters ldquoDefLimLordquoldquoDefLimYLrdquo and ldquoDefLimZLrdquo are for setting deflection limitations based on theload list

6 A new warning message has been added to the LRFD codes (ie LRFD3 and LRFD2codes) to indicate that nonlinear analysis is required Load and resistance factordesign (LRFD) codes require nonlinear analysis to account for the second order (P))effects of the frame structures If linear static analysis (elastic analysis stiffnessanalysis) has been used a warning message is issued that nonlinear analysis isrequired for LRFD codes

7 Steel grades for pipe and tube cross-sections have been added to ASD9 and 78AISCcodes Steel grades are listed in the Table 21-3a in Volume 2A of the GTSTRUDLReference Manual

8 A new parameter called lsquoClass3 has been added to EC3 code This parameter allowsthe user to request that the code check or design to be performed based on the class3 classification A user specified value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates thatwhen a code check or design is performed for EC3 code equations based on theClass 3 classification should be used When a value of lsquoYESrsquo has been specified forparameter lsquoClass3 EC3 code check will assume that the member is a class 3 cross-

New Features GT STRUDL

2 - 48

section The default value for this parameter is lsquoNOrsquo This indicates that theprogram computes the classification of the member based on the cross-sectionproperties (Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is included here sincenot all users have installed Version 281)

9 The Summarize command for the critical section prints the summary results for thesection that has the highest actualallowable ratio When the KLr actualallowableratio is the highest ratio during a code check or design the Summarize command forthe critical section outputs that sectionrsquos summary results In general prismaticsections have the same KLr ratio for each loading and section Since the KLr valueis the same for all sections when the Summarize command is issued and the KLr isthe highest actualallowable ratio the summary results for the last loading and lastsection are printed In this version of GTSTRUDL the summarize output for thecritical section has been modified to also print the section with the highest stressvalue The section which has the highest stress value also has the highest KLr ratio(Note This feature was added to Version 281 and is included here since not all usershave installed Version 281)

216 Steel Tables

1 European channel (U) profiles from Table ldquoU-Stahlrdquo of the ldquoSTAHLBAU-PROFILES 21 neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck1997 have been added to GTSTRUDL

217 Utility Programs

1 A new utility program npf2ssc has been added to convert Neutral Plot Files (NPF) intoScope Editor (SSC) files This allows users who generate NPFs with PLOT commandsor through GTSelos to use the Scope Editor to view and print their files

This utility program may be found at the following location after installing Version 29

ltinstallgtUtilitiesnpf2ssc

where ltinstallgt is CProgram FilesGTStrudl by default

Please see the Readme file in the above directory for more information about optionsfor npf2ssc

GT STRUDL Error Corrections

3 - 1

CHAPTER 3

ERROR CORRECTIONS

This chapter describes changes that have been made to GTSTRUDL to correct errors Theseerrors may have produced aborts incorrect results or restricted use of a feature in previous versionsof GTSTRUDL Please note that some error corrections listed below were previously corrected inVersion 281 and noted in the Version 281 Release Guide These error corrections are also notedhere since Version 281 was not installed by all users The error corrections are discussed by the primary feature areas of GTSTRUDL

31 Dynamic Analysis

1 The FORM MISSING MASS command now functions as documented and assumes adamping ratio if the word RATIO or PERCENT is omitted after DAMPING Previously anerror message would be output and a damping ratio of 00 would be assumed This correctionwas previously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here forcompleteness (GPRF 200503)

2 The INERTIA OF JOINTS FROM LOADS command will no longer abort if memberfiniteelement loads are present in any of the loading conditions specified in the command and anyof the membersfinite elements have undefined properties This correction was previouslynoted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (GPRF200505)

3 The CREATE PSEUDO STATIC LOAD command will no longer compute a SSRS pseudostatic load for other than response spectrum modal combination types when two or moreresponse spectrum source loads are specified Incorrect member section forces no longer willbe computed for SSRS pseudo static loads computed from types of dynamic loads other thanresponse spectrum mode combinations (GPRF 200508)

4 Response spectrum mode combination stress and strain results for 2D3D finite elements arenow correct when the external file solver is used for the response spectrum analysis Thisproblem was corrected in Version 281 (GPRF 200613)

Error Corrections GT STRUDL

3 - 2

32 Finite Elements

1 Results will now be computed correctly when global temperature gradients are applied to theBPHQ BPHT SBHQ SBHQ6 SBHT and SBHT6 elements (GPRF 200604)

33 General

1 The FORM LOAD command will now copy member loads on the IPCABLE element to thenew loading condition Previously an error message would be output and member loads onthe IPCABLE element would not be copied to the new loading condition This correction waspreviously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness(GPRF 200506)

2 An abort will no longer occur if a model containing a self weight loading was saved undera version prior to Version 28 and then is subsequently restored in Version 28 and theSTIFFNESS ANALYSIS command is specified This correction was previously noted in theVersion 281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (GPRF 200507)

3 Users have reported cases where they have encountered the Scan flag being On during an

analysis and after specifying SCAN OFF a subsequent analysis still reported that Scan wasOn This problem has been corrected This correction was previously noted in the Version281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (No GPRF issued)

4 The LIST REACTIONS and LIST SUMMATION REACTIONS commands now producecorrect results when master joints of joint ties constraints are also support joints (GPRF200606)

5 Section force computation will no longer abort for pseudo static loads computed fromresponse spectrum and harmonic loads if the number of modes used to compute the responsespectrum andor harmonic analysis results is greater than the number of modes available atthe time the section force computation is attempted The conditions that cause this abort arenow detected and reported as invalid and inconsistent (GPRF 200607)

6 The specification of rigid bodies as members or finite elements in DELETIONS mode hasbeen made a valid method for deleting a rigid body and its corresponding constraint data Inprevious versions the specification of rigid bodies as members or finite elements inDELETIONS mode caused the deletion of the rigid body name and incidence data but notthe constraint data thus causing errors in subsequent analysis executions (GPRF 200611)

GT STRUDL Error Corrections

3 - 3

34 GTMenu(GPRFrsquos are not issued for GTMenu unless specifically noted below)

1 An input file is now generated correctly when an N-Point line follows a curve specification

2 A Moving Load Diagram animation no longer aborts when the animation is steppedbackwards

3 Contouring will no longer abort after the structure has been modified in GTMenu but beforeanother analysis request has been performed

4 A Beta angle may now be edited by selecting the member to be edited from the InquireOutput dialog Previously the user would enter a new Beta angle but it would not beaccepted

5 An error has been corrected in Redraw Solid for circular members such as pipes round barsand circular concrete members Previously part of the circular member would be omittedfrom the Redraw Solid display

6 Linear member load data in the input file created by GTMenu will no longer have asterisks() for the start (LA) and end (LB) of the linear member loads

7 GTMenu will now contour finite elements results including error estimates for models whichcontain a mixture of finite elements and nonlinear springs In previous versions ofGTSTRUDL contouring would stop when the first nonlinear spring or cable element wasencountered in the list of elements Now contouring will process the complete list ofelements and the nonlinear spring and cable elements will be ignored

8 Joints with springs in some directions and rigid restraints in other directions are no longerignored in the Check Model - Rigid Body Constraints check in GTMenu

9 Rotated releases are now considered correctly in the Check Model - Rigid Body Constraintscheck in GTMenu

10 In some instances triangular member loads would be translated into GTMenu incorrectly andthe resulting load display would indicate that the loads were not on the loaded member Thisoccurred in one instance where the member with the triangular load also had a membertemperature load added after the triangular load This problem has been corrected

Error Corrections GT STRUDL

3 - 4

11 The global coordinate axes are now drawn only once when entering GTMenu

12 The dialog indicating the current loads is now cleared so it will not contain a previous list ora duplicate of the current loads

13 Deleted joints are now ignored when Placing Members with the Split at Intersections optionis selected Previously erroneous members would be created and an abort could occur

14 The display of members with the same eccentricities has been corrected Previously theeccentricities could have been scaled incorrectly when several members had the sameeccentricities

15 Members with the same variable cross section properties but with different segment lengthsare now handled correctly Previously the properties including the segment lengths wereconsidered to be the same resulting in incorrect segment lengths being assigned to some ofthe members upon leaving GTMenu or when creating an input file in GTMenu

35 Model Wizard

1 The new Model Wizard discussed in the Version 28 Release Guide was inadvertently omittedfrom the Version 28 installation The Model Wizard in Version 29 includes the new featuresin Version 28 plus the additional features discussed in Chapter 2 of this Release Guide Thiscorrection was previously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here forcompleteness (No GPRF issued)

2 The cylindrical and rectangular tank options will now create correct element loads when theactive force unit is kilonewtons

36 Nonlinear Analysis

1 Nonlinear analysis or pushover analysis will no longer abort if a calculated plastichingesegment strain exceeds the strain corresponding to the last stress-strain point of a user-specified stress-strain curve for that plastic hingesegment (GPRF 200608)

2 Computation of the section force components My and Mz for nonlinear geometric framemembers has been updated to include the higher order correction for cross section rotationfor the case when non-zero shear center eccentricities are defined for the member properties(GPRF 200610)

3 Cable prestress analysis no longer aborts and executes properly when the CHORD LENGTH

GT STRUDL Error Corrections

3 - 5

parameter is not specified in one or more DEFINE CABLE NETWORK commands and thenumber of nodes vary among the cable elements identified in the DEFINE CABLENETWORK commands (GPRF 200612)

37 Offshore

1 In Version 28 the simplified fatigue analysis for standard fatigue members aborted Thesimplified fatigue analysis should ignore such members and now does so in Version 29 Thiscorrection was previously noted in the Version 281 Release Guide and is also noted here forcompleteness (No GPRF issued)

2 The SELECT command will no longer abort when the APIWSD20 offshore design code isspecified This abort was due to an uninitialized variable and did not always occur inprevious versions This was corrected in Versions 28 and 281 but was omitted from therelease guides for these versions and is noted here for completeness (GPRF 200501)

38 Reinforced Concrete Design

1 When a GIRDER was PROPORTIONED the 2nd and subsequent analysis members in thegirder were possibly rotated 90 or 180 degrees for girders that lay parallel to a global axisThis problem has been corrected (GPRF 200601)

2 A SAVE will not work correctly when MEMBER PROPERTIES were specified using aTABLE section in a reinforced concrete job and the DETAIL command was used (GPRF 200602)

3 The output for the spiral reinforcement designed with the PROPORTION command iscorrect regardless of the active units (GPRF 200605)

39 Static Analysis

1 The GTHCS static analysis solver will now produce correct results for loadings whichcontain JOINT DISPLACEMENTS (GPRF 200603)

Error Corrections GT STRUDL

3 - 6

310 Steel Design

1 Automatic K-factor computations now correctly compute the K-factors when the parameterFRLY or FRLZ has been specified This correction was previously noted in the Version281 Release Guide and is also noted here for completeness (GPRF 200504)

2 The value shown for the section location from the List Code Check Results command andthe Code Check Datasheet for metric codes (ie EC3 BS5950 etc) is now the correctvalue (GPRF 200609)

GT STRUDL Known Deficiencies

4 - 1

CHAPTER 4

KNOWN DEFICIENCIES

This chapter describes known problems or deficiencies in Version 29 Thesedeficiencies have been evaluated and based on our experience they are seldom encounteredor there are workarounds The following sections describe the known problems ordeficiencies by functional area

41 Finite Elements

1 The ELEMENT LOAD command documentation indicates that header informationsuch as type and load specs are allowed If information is given in the header andan attempt is made to override the header information a message is output indicatingan invalid command or incorrect information is stored (GPRF 9006)

2 Incorrect results (displacements stresses reactions frequencies etc) will resultif a RIGIDITY MATRIX is used to specify the material properties for the IPSLIPSQ and TRANS3D elements (GPRF 9309)

3 The CALCULATE RESULTANT command may either abort or print out anerroneous error message for cuts that appear to be parallel to the Planar Y axis(GPRF 9421)

4 If a superelement is given the same name as a member or finite element an abort willoccur in the DEVELOP STATIC PROPERTIES command (GPRF 9508)

5 The curved elements TYPE lsquoSCURVrsquo and lsquoPCURVrsquo will produce incorrect resultsfor tangential member loads (FORCE X) An example of the loading commandwhich will produce this problem is shown below

LOADING 1MEMBER LOADS1 FORCE X UNIFORM W -10

where member (element) 1 is a lsquoSCURVrsquo or lsquoPCURVrsquo element(GPRF 9913)

Known Deficiencies GT STRUDL

4 - 2

42 General InputOutput

1 An infinite loop may occur if a GENERATE MEMBERS or GENERATEELEMENTS command is followed by a REPEAT command with an incorrectformat An example of an incorrect REPEAT command is shown below by theunderlined portion of the REPEAT Command

GENERATE 5 MEM ID 1 INC 1 FROM 1 INC 1 TO 2 INC 1REPEAT 2 TIMES ID 5 FROM 7 INC 1 TO 8 INC 1

Only the increment may be specified on the REPEAT command (GPRF 9322)

2 Rigid body elements can not be deleted or inactivated as conventional finiteelements The specification of rigid body elements as conventional finite elementsin the INACTIVE command or in DELETIONS mode will cause an abort in asubsequent stiffness nonlinear or dynamic analysis (GPRF 9721)

3 The path plus file name on a SAVE or RESTORE is limited to 256 characters If thelimitation is exceeded the path plus file name will be truncated to 256 characters This is a Windows limitation on the file name including the path (No GPRF issued)

4 Object groups created by the DEFINE OBJECT command may not be used in aGROUP LIST as part of a list If the OBJECT group is the last group in the listprocessing will be correct However if individual components follow the OBJECTgroup they will fail Also you can not copy members or joints from the OBJECTgroup into a new group

(GPRF 9926)

5 Numerical precision problems will occur if joint coordinate values are specified inthe JOINT COORDINATES command with more than a total of seven digitsSimilar precision problems will occur for joint coordinate data specified in automaticgeneration commands (GPRF 200016)

6 Internal member results will be incorrect under the following conditions

1 Dynamic analysis is performed (response spectra or time history)

2 Pseudo Static Loadings are created

3 Buckling Analysis is Performed

4 Internal member results are output or used in a subsequent steel design afterthe Buckling Analysis

GT STRUDL Known Deficiencies

4 - 3

In addition the eigenvalues and eigenvectors from the Dynamic Analysis areoverwritten by the eigenvalues and eigenvectors from the Buckling Analysis

We consider this problem to be very rare since we had never encountered a jobwhich contained both a Dynamic Analysis and a Buckling Analysis prior to this errorreport

WorkaroundExecute the Buckling Analysis in a separate run which does not contain adynamic analysis

Alternatively execute the Buckling Analysis before the Dynamic Analysisand output the Buckling results and then perform a Dynamic Analysis TheDynamic Analysis results will then overwrite the buckling multiplier andmode shape which is acceptable since the buckling results have been outputand are not used in any subsequent calculations in GTSTRUDL

(GPRF 200414)

43 GTMenu

1 Gravity loads and Self-Weight loads are generated incorrectly for the TRANS3Delement

Workaround Specify the self-weight using Body Forces under Element LoadsELEMENT LOADS command is described in Section 23541 ofVolume 3 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

(GPRF 9518)

2 The Copy Model feature under Edit in the Menu Bar will generate an incorrectmodel if the model contains the TRANS3D element

Workaround Use the DEFINE OBJECT and COPY OBJECT commands inCommand Mode as described in Section 21671 and 21675 ofVolume 1 of the GTSTRUDL Reference Manual

(GPRF 9521)

4 The Load Summations option available under CHECK MODEL will produceincorrect load summations for line edge and body loads on all finite elements TheLoad Summations are also incorrect for projected loads on finite elements The load

Known Deficiencies GT STRUDL

4 - 4

summations for line and edge loadings should be divided by the thickness of theloaded elements The body force summations should be multiplied by the thicknessof the loaded elements

Workaround You can check the load summation by specifying the LIST SUMREACTIONS command after STIFFNESS ANALYSIS

(No GPRF issued)

5 Projected element loads will be displayed incorrectly when they are created or whenthey are displayed using Display Model 6 Loads

Workaround Verify that the loads are correct in the GTSTRUDL Output Windowusing the PRINT LOAD DATA command or by checking thereactions using LIST SUM REACTIONS

(No GPRF issued)

44 Rigid Bodies

1 Response spectrum analysis may abort if rigid bodies andor joint ties with slavereleases are present in the model (GPRF 9918)

2 Static and dynamic analyses will abort if member releases are specified for rigidbodies (GPRF 200502)

45 Scope Environment

1 OVERLAY DIAGRAM in the Plotter Environment produces diagrams that are muchsmaller relative to the plot size than the Scope environment does This is because thestructure plot is magnified to fill the Plotter graphics area but the height of thediagram is not increased As a work-around use the PLOT FORMAT SCALEcommand to decrease the scale factor which will increase the size of the diagramThe current value is printed with a Scope Environment OVERLAY DIAGRAMThe value printed with a Plotter Environment OVERLAY DIAGRAM is incorrectFor example if a Moment Z diagram is OVERLAYed with a scale factor of 1000on the Scope the command PLOT FORMAT SCALE MOMENT Z 50 would scalea reasonable OVERLAY DIAGRAM for the Plotter(GPRF 9619)

GT STRUDL Prerelease Features

51 - 1

CHAPTER 5

PRERELEASE FEATURES

51 Introduction

This chapter describes new features that have been added to GTSTRUDL but areclassified as prerelease features due to one or more of the following reasons

1 The feature has undergone only limited testing This limited testingproduced satisfactory results However more extensive testing is requiredbefore the feature will be included as a released feature and documented inthe GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual

2 The command formats may change in response to user feedback

3 The functionality of the feature may be enhanced in to response to userfeedback

The Prerelease features in Version 29 are subdivided into Design Analysis and Generalcategories The features in these categories are shown below

52 Design Prerelease Features

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

522 BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters

523 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800

524 ACI Code 318-99

525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables

526 ASD9-E Code

527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite ElementAnalysis (The DESIGN SLAB Command)

Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

51 - 2

53 Analysis Prerelease Features

531 Calculate Error Estimate Command

532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and NonlinearDynamic Analysis

54 General Prerelease Features

541 Rotate Load Command

542 Coutput Command

543 Reference Coordinate System Command

544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

545 GTMenu Point Coordinates and Line Incidences Commands

We encourage you to experiment with these prerelease features and provide us withsuggestions to improve these features as well as other GTSTRUDL capabilities

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

52 - 1

52 Design Prerelease Features

521 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

LRFD3 CodeAmerican Institute of Steel Construction

Load and Resistance Factor DesignAISC LRFD Third Edition

LRFD312 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

The LRFD3 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

Design for bi-axial bending and axial forcesI shapes Round BarsChannels Square BarsSingle Angles Rectangular BarsTees Plate GirdersDouble Angles

Design for bi-axial bending axial and torsional forcesRound HSS (Pipes)Rectangular and Square HSS (Structural Tubes)

The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columnsuniversal beams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles withdoubly symmetric cross-sections

The code is primarily based on the AISC ldquoLoad and Resistance Factor DesignSpecification for Structural Steel Buildingsrdquo adopted December 27 1999 with errataincorporated as of September 4 2001 The Specification is contained in the Third Editionof the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Load and Resistance Factor Design (96) TheLRFD3 code utilizes the Load and Resistance Factor design techniques of the AISCSpecification

Second order elastic analysis using factored loads is required by the GTSTRUDLLRFD3 code Second order effects may be considered by using GTSTRUDL NonlinearAnalysis (Section 25 or Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual) GTSTRUDL LRFD3code check does not consider the technique discussed in Section C12 of AISC Manual ofSteel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Third Edition for determination ofMu (B1 and B2 factors) in lieu of a second order analysis

Joan
LRFD3 Manual
Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 LRFD3 Manual 13

GT STRUDLreg

S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e U s e r M a n u a l

Volume 2 - LRFD3

Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

Rev T ii V2

This page intentionally left blank

V2 iii Rev T

GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

Revision No

DateReleased Description

T 2006

V2 iv Rev T

This page intentionally left blank

V2 v Rev T

NOTICES

GTSTRUDLreg User Reference Manual Volume 2 - LRFD3 Steel Design Codes RevisionT is applicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released 2006 and subsequent versions

GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

DISCLAIMER

NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

Commercial Software Rights Legend

Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

Copyright copy 2006

Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Printed in United States of America

V2 vi Rev T

This page intentionally left blank

V2 vii Rev T

Table of Contents

Chapter Page

NOTICES v

DISCLAIMER v

Commercial Software Rights Legend v

Table of Contents vii

LRFD31 GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code LRFD311 - 1LRFD311 Introduction LRFD311 - 1LRFD312 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters LRFD312 - 1

LRFD32 Properties used by LRFD3 LRFD32 - 1LRFD33 Parameters Used by LRFD3 LRFD33 - 1

Appendix A References A - 1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B - 1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles C - 1

List of Figures

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 LRFD312 - 2Figure LRFD32-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 LRFD32 - 2Figure LRFD33-1 Local Axis Buckling LRFD33 - 16Figure LRFD33-2 SIDESWAY Conditions LRFD33 - 20

List of Tables

Table LRFD31-1 LRFD3 Code Parameters LRFD312 - 9Table LRFD31-2 GTSTRUDL AISC Codes LRFD312 - 25Table LRFD31-3 GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the Design based

on the LRFD3 Code LRFD312 - 27Table LRFD31-4 ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based

on the 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition LRFD312 - 29Table LRFD31-5 ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based

on the 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition LRFD312 - 30

V2 viii Rev T

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code

V2 LRFD311 - 1 Rev T

LRFD31 GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code

LRFD311 Introduction

The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters and properties forthe GTSTRUDL steel design LRFD3 code This volume is only applicable to steel designLRFD3 code

GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD311 - 2 V2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 1 Rev T

LRFD3 CodeAmerican Institute of Steel Construction

Load and Resistance Factor DesignAISC LRFD Third Edition

LRFD312 LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

The LRFD3 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

Design for bi-axial bending and axial forcesI shapes Round BarsChannels Square BarsSingle Angles Rectangular BarsTees Plate GirdersDouble Angles

Design for bi-axial bending axial and torsional forcesRound HSS (Pipes)Rectangular and Square HSS (Structural Tubes)

The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columnsuniversal beams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles withdoubly symmetric cross-sections

The code is primarily based on the AISC ldquoLoad and Resistance Factor DesignSpecification for Structural Steel Buildingsrdquo adopted December 27 1999 with errataincorporated as of September 4 2001 The Specification is contained in the Third Editionof the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Load and Resistance Factor Design (96) TheLRFD3 code utilizes the Load and Resistance Factor design techniques of the AISCSpecification

Second order elastic analysis using factored loads is required by the GTSTRUDLLRFD3 code Second order effects may be considered by using GTSTRUDL NonlinearAnalysis (Section 25 or Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual) GTSTRUDL LRFD3code check does not consider the technique discussed in Section C12 of AISC Manual ofSteel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Third Edition for determination ofMu (B1 and B2 factors) in lieu of a second order analysis

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 2 V2

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 3 Rev T

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (continued)

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 4 V2

Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (Continued)

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 5 Rev T

The following assumptions are made throughout the LRFD3 code

1 Open cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) are normally not used in situations whereinsignificant torsional moments must be resisted by the member Torsionalstresses are usually small for open cross-sections when compared to axial andbending stresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion inopen cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) The designer is reminded to check the torsionalstresses for open cross-sections (I shape channels single angles doubleangles tees bars and plate girders) whenever they become significant

2 Torsional stresses are checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and squareHSS (structural tubes) based on the Section 61 on Page 162-8 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Combined torsion shear flexure andor axial forcesare also checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square HSS(structural tubes) based on the Section 72 on Page 162-10 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Closed cross-sections (HSS) are frequently used insituations wherein significant torsional moments must be resisted by themembers Generally the normal and shear stresses due to warping in closedcross-sections (HSS) are insignificant and the total torsional moment can beassumed to be resisted by pure torsional shear stresses (Saint-Venantrsquostorsion)

3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed4 Modified column slenderness for double angle member is considered

(Section E4 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition) Modified columnslenderness of the double angle member is computed based on the userspecified or designed number of the intermediate connectors

5 Double angles contain an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

The sections of the AISC LRFD Third Edition specifications (96) which areconsidered by the GTSTRUDL LRFD3 code are summarized below

Section Title

Chapter D Tension membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosSection D1 Design tensile strength

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 6 V2

Section Title

Chapter E Columns and other compression membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for unstiffened compression

elementsTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for stiffened compression

elementsSection E2 Design compressive strength for flexural bucklingSection E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional bucklingSection E4 Built-up memberSection E41 Design strength Modified column slendernessSection E42 Detailing requirements

Appendix E Columns and other compression membersAppendix E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional buckling

Appendix B Design requirementsAppendix B53a Unstiffened compression elementsAppendix B53b Stiffened compression elementsAppendix B53c Design propertiesSection B53d Design strength

Chapter F Beam and other flexural membersSection F11 YieldingSection F12 Lateral-Torsional BucklingSection F12a Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb LrSection F12b Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb gt LrSection F12c Tees and Double angles

Appendix F Beams and other flexural membersAppendix F1 Design for flexureTable A-F11 Nominal strength parameters

Appendix F2 Design for shearAppendix F22 Design shear strengthAppendix F23 Transverse stiffeners

Appendix G Plate GirdersAppendix G1 LimitationsAppendix G2 Design flexural strengthAppendix G3 Design shear strengthAppendix G4 Transverse stiffenersAppendix G5 Flexure-shear

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 7 Rev T

Section Title

Chapter H Member under combined forcesSection H1 Symmetric members subject to bending and axial forceSection H11 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and tensionSection H12 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and

compression

Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Single-Angle Members

Section Title

Section 2 TensionSection 3 ShearSection 4 CompressionSection 5 FlexureSection 51 Flexure Design StrengthSection 53 Bending About Principal AxesSection 6 Combined ForcesSection 61 Members in Flexure and Axial CompressionSection 62 Members in Flexure and Axial Tension

Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Steel Hollow StructuralSections

Section Title

Table 22-1 Limiting Wall Slenderness for Compression Elements

Section 3 Tension MembersSection 31 Design Tensile StrengthSection 4 Column and Other Compression Members Section 42 Design Compressive StrengthSection 5 Beams and Other Flexural MembersSection 51 Design Flexural StrengthSection 52 Design Shear StrengthSection 6 Torsion MembersSection 61 Design Torsional StrengthSection 7 Members Under Combined ForcesSection 71 Design for Combined Flexure and Axial Force

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 8 V2

Section Title

Section 72 Design for Combined Torsion Shear Flexure andor AxialForce

Tensile or compressive axial strengths bi-axial bending shear strengths andcombined strengths are considered for all cross-sections Parameters allowing for thechanges which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may beinvoked at the users discretion

The detailed explanation of the code parameters and cross-section properties are asfollows

1 Table LRFD31-1 Shows the parameters used by LRFD3 codeTable LRFD31-1 contains the applicableparameter names their default values and a briefdescription of the parameters

2 Section LRFD32 Describes the cross-section properties used foreach shape

3 Section LRFD33 Contains detailed discussion of the parametersused by the LRFD3 code and they are presentedin the alphabetic order in this section

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 9 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify LRFD3 for code name Secondorder elastic analysis using factored loads is required by theGTSTRUDL LRFD3 code Second order effect may beconsidered by using GTSTRUDL Nonlinear Analysis(Section 25 of Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual)See Sections LRFD32 and LRFD33 for a more detaileddescription of parameters and cross-section properties

TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table LRFD31-3 for a list ofavailable table names

CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less thanor equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

a 100000 The clear distance between transverse stiffeners This(inches) parameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the

computation of the limiting shear strength The default valueindicates that the shear check does not consider transversestiffeners

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 10 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

SECTYPE Computed Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shapeThis parameter is used to compute the value of Fr Fr is thecompressive residual stress in flangeROLLED = rolled shape Compressive residual stress is

equal to 10 ksi WELDED = welded shape Compressive residual stress

is equal to 165 ksi

Material Properties

STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5 for steel grades andtheir properties

Fy Computed Yield stress of member Computed from parameterlsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

Fu Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromparameter lsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

Fyf Fy Minimum yield stress of the flange If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFywrsquo also

Fyw Fy Minimum yield stress of the web If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFyfrsquo also

RedFy 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFyrsquo This factor timesparameter lsquoFyrsquo gives the Fy value used by the code Used toaccount for property changes at high temperatures

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 11 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Material Properties (continued)

RedFu 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFursquo Similar to parameterlsquoRedFyrsquo

REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toparameter RedFy

Slenderness Ratio

SLENCOMP 200 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to axial compression When no value isspecified for this parameter the value of 200 is used for themaximum slenderness ratio

SLENTEN 300 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for a membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

K-Factors

COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A ofthe User Reference Manual)YES = compute KY and KZ factorsKY = compute KY onlyKZ = compute KZ onlyNO = use default or specified values for KY and

KZ

K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 12 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

K-Factors (continued)

KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KY

KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KZ

Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should beprinted after the code check or select command output Thecolumn names attached to the start and end of the codechecked member is also printed This printed informationallows the user to inspect the automatic detection of thecolumns attached to the start and end of the designedmember A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values andthe names of the attached columns to the start and end of thedesigned member should not be printed

SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Y axis YES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 13 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

K-Factors (continued)

SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localZ axis YES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered as acantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automaticallyNO = member or physical member is not cantileverYES = member or physical member is cantilever

GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 14 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Buckling Length

LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the mem-ber

LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the mem-ber

FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LY is computed

FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

Flexural-Torsional Buckling

KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local X axisof the profile The default is computed as the length of themember This parameter is used in flexural-torsionalbuckling stress Fe computations

FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LX is computed

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 15 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Bending Strength

CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending strength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12aEquation F1-3)

UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange The default iscomputed as the length of the member In this parameter nodistinction is made between the unbraced length for the topor bottom flange See UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 16 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Channel Parameter

Tipping YES This is the parameter indicating that the tipping effect shouldbe considered When the load is applied to the top flange ofthe channel and the flange is not braced there is a tippingeffect that reduces the critical moment A value of YES forthis parameter indicates that the flange is unbraced and theflange is loaded as such that causes tipping effect In thiscase the reduced critical moment may be conservativelyapproximated by setting the warping buckling factor X2

equal to zero A value of NO indicates that the tipping effectdoes not happen and the warping buckling factor iscomputed based on the Equation F1-9 of the AISC LRFDThird Edition

Single Angle Parameter

Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing elastic lateral-torsionalbuckling moment Mob (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section53 on the page 163-6) for major axis bending (bendingabout the principal Y axis)

Tee Parameter

SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the tee section

Double Angle Parameters

nConnect 0 Number of connectors between individual angles The userspecified value is used during the code check When theSELECT MEMBER (design) is requested the user specifiedvalue is used unless more connectors are required If the

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 17 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Double Angle Parameters (continued)

designed number of connectors are larger than the userspecified value the computed number of connectors are usedand printed after the SELECT MEMBER result Thedefault value of zero indicates that the angles are connectedat the ends only Following are additional options that youcan specify for this parameter0 = angles are connected at the ends of the memberndash1 = requesting the number of connectors to be computed

during code checkndash2 = bypass modified column slenderness equations

This will bypass the check for the Section E41 ofthe AISC LRFD Third Edition

ConnType WELDED Type of the intermediate connectors that are used for doubleangle Choices are SNUG and WELDEDSNUG = intermediate connectors that are snug-tight

boltedWELDED = intermediate connectors that are welded or

fully tensioned bolted This is the default

L Computed Actual member length is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check connector spacing (Section E42 ofthe AISC LRFD) and also used in the computation of themodified column slenderness (KLr)m (Section E41 of theAISC LRFD) This parameter is used to compute thedistance between connectors a = L(n+1) where lsquoarsquo is thedistance between connectors lsquoLrsquo is the physical memberlength and lsquonrsquo is the number of connectors The default iscomputed as the length of the member

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 18 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Double Angle Parameters (continued)

K 10 Effective length factor for an individual component (singleangle) This parameter is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check the connector spacing (Section E42of the AISC LRFD)

SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the double anglesection

Round HSS (Pipes) Shear Check Parameters

avy Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Y axisdirection of a member This parameter is used to check theY direction shear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96)This parameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section162 of the LRFD Third Edition The default is computed asthe length of the member

avz Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Z axisdirection of a member This parameter is used to check theZ direction shear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96)This parameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section162 of the LRFD Third Edition The default is computed asthe length of the member

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 19 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Round HSS (Pipes) Torsion Check Parameter

LX Computed This parameter is to specify the distance between torsionalrestraints LX is used in the equation 61-2 on Page 162-8of AISC LRFD Third Edition (96) This parameter is similarto the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation 52-2 of the AISC LRFDHSS specification in the Section 162 of the LRFD ThirdEdition The default is computed as the length of the mem-ber

Rectangular Hollow Structural Section (HSS) Parameters

Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing limiting compressive bendingstrength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12aEquation F1-3) for minor axis bending (bending about the Y-axis)

UNLCW Computed Unbraced length of the compression web about the local Yaxis of the profile The default is taken as length of member

FRUNLCW Computed Fractional form of the parameter UNLCW allows unbracedlength to be specified as a fraction of the total length Usedonly when UNLCW is computed

Plate Girder Parameters

Fyst Fy Minimum yield stress of the transverse stiffeners materialIf not specified it is assumed equal to the parameter Fy

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 20 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

Ast 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners area Thisparameter is used to check Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd

Edition The specified transverse stiffeners area is checkedto see if it is smaller than the computed value from EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Thedefault value of 00 indicates that the transverse stiffenersarea of Appendix G4 is not checked

Ist 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners moment ofinertia This parameter is used to check Appendix F23 ofAISC LRFD 3rd Edition for the required transverse stiffenersmoment of inertia The default value of 00 indicates that thetransverse stiffeners moment of inertia according toAppendix F23 is not checked

Dstiff 24 Parameter to specify the factor D that is used in the EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Adefault value of 24 for single plate stiffeners is assumedThe value of factor D (parameter lsquoDstiffrsquo) in the Equation A-G4-1 is dependent on the type of transverse stiffeners usedin a plate girder Alternate values are as follows10 = for stiffeners in pairs This is the default value

when the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is greater than 1

18 = for single angle stiffeners24 = for single plate stiffeners This is the default

value when the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is equal to 1

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 21 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

NumBars 10 Parameter to specify a number of single plate stiffeners Thedefault value for this parameter indicates 1 single platestiffener

Stiff-H 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquos height Parameters lsquoStiff-Hrsquo lsquoStiff-Wrsquo andlsquoNumBarsrsquo are used for the automatic computation of theparameters lsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo The automatic computation of theparameters lsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo is based on the rectangular barstiffeners geometry If transverse stiffeners are notrectangular bar parameters lsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo should bespecified

Stiff-W 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquos width See parameter lsquoStiff-Hrsquo for moreinformation

Force Limitation

FXMIN 05 (lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

FYMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

FZMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 22 V2

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Force Limitation (continued)

MXMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum torsional moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

MYMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

MZMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

Output Processing and System Parameters

SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an expla-nation

PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values forlimit state and load and resistance factor codes The defaultoutput from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the section limiting values should be printedinstead of default section forces

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 23 Rev T

Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

LRFD3 Code Parameters

Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

TRACE 40 Flag indicating when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for anexplanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section

forces

VALUES 10 Flag indicating if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for the explanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 24 V2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 25 Rev T

Table LRFD31-2GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

Code ParameterName Table Application

LRFD3 LRFD31-1 Checks compliance of I shapes channels single angles teesVolume double angles round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square 2 - LRFD3 HSS (structural tubes) solid round square and rectangular

bars and plate girder profiles to the 1999 AISC LRFDThird Edition Specification (96)

ASD9-E ASD9-E1-1 Checks compliance of I shape profiles to the 1989 AISCVolume ASD Ninth Edition specification (72) with equations that 2 - ASD9-E have been modified to include the modulus of elasticity

(constant E) LRFD2 LRFD2 Checks compliance of I shapes pipes structural tubing plate

Volume 2A girders (subjected to bi-axial bending and axial force)single and double angles (subjected to axial forces only)shape profiles to the 1993 AISC LRFD Second EditionSpecification (81)

ASD9 ASD9 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2A double angles solid round bars pipes solid squares and

rectangular bars and structural tubing shape profiles to the1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition Specification (72)

78AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1978 AISC Specification (33)Eighth Edition including 1980 updates

For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 26 V2

Table LRFD31-2 (continued)GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

Code ParameterName Table Application

69AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1969 AISC Specification (16)Seventh Edition including supplements 1 2 and 3

W78AISC 2231 Similar to 78AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 78AISC code which

was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

DBLANG 2231 Checks compliance of double angle profiles to the 1969 Volume 2B AISC Specification (16) Seventh Edition including supple-

ments 1 2 and 3

W69AISC 2231 Similar to 69AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 69AISC code which

was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 27 Rev T

Table LRFD31-3GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the LRFD3 Code

Profile Shapes Reference

I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table namesfor I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universalbeam shapes universal column shapes etc

Channels See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of channel table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of tee table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

Round HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of round HSS (pipecircular hollow section) table names applicable to LRFD3 code

Rectangular HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squareHSS (structural tube rectangular and square hollow section) tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid round bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid square bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid rectangular bartable names applicable to LRFD3 codes

Plate Girders See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of plate girder tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 28 V2

Table LRFD31-4

ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and STshapes from AISC Tables

Steel GradeASTM

Designation

Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5

A36 3658

3658

3658

3658

3658

A529-G50 5065

5065

NA NA NA

A529-G55 5570

5570

NA NA NA

A572-G42 4260

4260

4260

4260

4260

A572-G50 5065

5065

5065

5065

5065

A572-G55 5570

5570

5570

5570

5570

A572-G60 6075

6075

6075

NA NA

A572-G65 6580

6580

6580

NA NA

A913-G50 5060

5060

5060

5060

5060

A913-G60 6075

6075

6075

6075

6075

A913-G65 6580

6580

6580

6580

6580

A913-G70 7090

7090

7090

7090

7090

GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

V2 LRFD312 - 29 Rev T

Table LRFD31-4 (continued)

ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and ST shapes from AISC Tables

Steel GradeASTM

Designation

Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5

A992a 5065

5065

5065

5065

5065

A242 5070

5070

46b

67b42a

63a42a

63a

A588 5070

5070

5070

5070

5070

a Applicable to W shapes onlyb Applicable to W and HP shapes onlyNA Indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel

GTSTRUDL assumes Fy and Fu to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for thesecombinations of group number and steel grade Minimum yield stresses (Fy) and minimumtensile strengths (Fu) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included in the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition specification

LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD312 - 30 V2

Table LRFD31-5

ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

Applicable Shapes Round HSS Steel Pipe and Rectangular HSS

Steel GradeASTM

Designation

Applicable Shape SeriesFy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

Round HSS Steel Pipe Rectangular HSS

A53-GB NA 3560

NA

A500-GB 4258

NA 4658

A500-GC 4662

NA 5062

A501 3658

NA 3658

A618-GIA618-GII

Thickness 34

5070 NA

5070

A618-GIA618-GII

Thickness gt 34

4667 NA

4667

A618GIII 5065

NA 5065

A242-G46 NA NA 4667

A242-G50 NA NA 5070

A588 NA NA 5070

A847 5070

NA 5070

NA Not applicable See Table LRFD31-4 for more explanation

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 1 Rev T

LRFD32 Properties Used by LRFD3

This section describes the profile properties used by the LRFD3 code Since eachshape has different properties that are required by the design code the properties of eachshape are listed separately The tables supplied with GTSTRUDL contain these propertiesrequired for design in addition to the properties required for analysis New tables createdby the user should include the same properties if the LRFD3 code is to be used Theorientation of the principal axes (Z and Y) for each shape is shown in Figure LRFD32-1

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 2 V2

Figure LRFD32-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 3 Rev T

Figure LRFD32-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (Continued)

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 4 V2

I shapes

For W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams the following propertiesare required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice

the flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided by

the flange thicknessHTW = htw assumed web depth for stability (h) divided by the web

thickness where h is the clear distance between flanges less thefillet or corner radius for rolled shapes (see AISC Manual of SteelConstruction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Third EditionDecember 1999) When htw is not specified for the cross-sectionin the GTSTRUDL or USER tables the value of INTYD dividedby the WBTK is used INTYD is the clear distance betweenflanges and WBTK is the thickness of the web

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 5 Rev T

CW = warping constant If not specified it is computed asZD3(YDndashFLTK)2(FLTK)240

ND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 10 W shapes= 11 S shapes= 12 HP shapes= 13 M shapes

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 6 V2

Channels

For Channels the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-ZC))SYS = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (from Y axis to the web extreme fiber)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice

the flange thicknessEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 20 Standard Channels (C)= 21 Miscellaneous Channels (MC)

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 7 Rev T

Single Angles

For Single Angles the properties are in principal axes the following proper-ties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y-shear area along the Y-principle axis AY is taken as a value

that will produce the maximum transverse shear from the equationFYAY where FY is the Y-shear force in the Y-principle axisdirection In this case AY is taken as the term (IZtimesTHICKQZ)where QZ is the first moment of the area above the Z-principleaxis about the Z-principle axis See SP Timoshenko and J MGere Mechanics of Materials D Von Nostrand New York 1972

AZ = Z-shear area along the Z-principle axis AZ is taken as a valuethat will produce the maximum transverse shear from the equationFZAZ where FZ is the Z-shear force in the Z-principle axisdirection In this case AZ is taken as the term (IYtimesTHICKQY)where QY is the first moment of the area above the Y-principleaxis about the Y-principle axis See SP Timoshenko and JMGere Mechanics of Materials D Von Nostrand New York 1972

IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the principal Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the principal Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the principal Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the principal Z axisSY = positive direction section modulus about the principal Y axis

(IYZC)SYS = negative direction section modulus about the principal Y axis

(IY(ZD-ZC)) (note if both legs are equal LEG1 = LEG2 thenSY = SYS)

SZ = positive direction section modulus about the principal Z axis(IZYC)

SZS = negative direction section modulus about the principal Z axis(IZ(YD-YC))

ZY = plastic section modulus about the principal Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the principal Z axisTHICK = thickness of the single angleLEG1 = length of the longer legLEG2 = length of the shorter legYD = depth parallel to principal Y axis

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 8 V2

= LEG2timescos (ALPHA)+THICKtimessin (ALPHA)YC = positive Y direction distance from the principal Z axis to the

extreme fiber along the principal Y axisZD = depth parallel to principal Z axis

= LEG1timescos (ALPHA) + LEG2timessin (ALPHA)ZC = positive Z direction distance from the principal Y axis to the

extreme fiber along the principal Z axisALPHA = angle between the longer leg of the angle and the principal Z axisEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principal Y

axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principal Z

axisCW = warping constant If not specified it is computed as

((LEG1ndashTHICK2)3 + (LEG2ndashTHICK2)3)THICK336WEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 30 single angles

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 9 Rev T

Tees

For Tees the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times web

thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis

(IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)ZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (from Z axis to top-of-flange)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus the

flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided by

the flange thicknessHTW = htw assumed web depth for stability (h) divided by the web

thickness where h is the clear distance from bottom of the stem tothe flange less the fillet or corner radius for rolled shapes (seeAISC Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance FactorDesign Third Edition December 1999) When htw is notspecified for the cross-section in the GTSTRUDL or USER tablesthe value of INTYD divided by the WBTK is used INTYD is theprofile depth minus the flange thickness and WBTK is thethickness of the web

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 10 V2

EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 40 WT shapes= 41 ST shapes= 43 MT shapes

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 11 Rev T

Double Angles

For Double Angles the following properties are required

AX = cross section areaAY = Y-axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times twice

the leg thicknessAZ = Z-axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about Y axisSZ = negative direction section modulus about Z axis (IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about Z axis (IZYC)ZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisTHICK = thickness of the flange (note the thickness of both single angles

is assumed to be the same and uniform)LEGl = length of the longer leg of each single angle which makes up the

double angleLEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle which makes up the

double angleSPACING = spacing between the single angles When each angle is in contact

SPACING equals zeroYD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axisZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axisEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 44 equal legs back-to-back double angles= 45 long legs back-to-back double angles= 46 short legs back-to-back double angles

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 12 V2

Solid Round Bars

For Solid Round Bars the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 34 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 34 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axis (diameter of bar)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (radius of bar)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (diameter of bar)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (radius of bar)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 50 solid round bars

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 13 Rev T

Round HSS (Pipes)

For Round HSS (Pipes) the following properties are required

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 12 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 12 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisOD = outside diameter of the pipeID = inside diameter of the pipeTHICK = thickness of the pipeYD = depth parallel to Y axis (OD)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (OD20)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (OD)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (OD20)ND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 51 round HSS (pipes)

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 14 V2

Square and Rectangular Bars

For Square and Rectangular Bars Both the Square and Rectangular Barsrequire the following properties

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (YD2)ZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (ZD2)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 60 square bars= 61 rectangular bars

GT STRUDL Properties Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD32 - 15 Rev T

Square and Rectangular HSS (Structural Tubing)

For Square and Rectangular HSS (Structural Tubing) the following properties arerequired

AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as twice the web thickness times the

flat width of the webAZ = Z axis shear area computed as twice the flange thickness times the

flat width of the flangeIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about Z axisSY = section modulus about Y axisSZ = section modulus about Z axisZY = plastic section modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme fiber

along the Y axis (YD2)ZD = profile widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme fiber

along the Z axis (ZD2)INTYD = flat width of the web (YD-2timesFLTK-2timesradius)INTZD = flat width of the flange (ZD-2timesWBTK-2timesradius)EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthCW = warping constant If not specified it is computedGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

= 62 structural tubing

It is assumed that the outside radius of the corners of a structural tube equals twicethe thickness of the tube

radius = 2 times FLTK

Properties Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD32 - 16 V2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 1 Rev T

LRFD33 Parameters Used by LRFD3

The parameters used by LRFD3 code may be grouped into three general categories

1 System parameters 2 Control parameters 3 Code parameters

The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT and CHECK commandresults Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checked and specifycomparison tolerances The code parameters are used to specify information and coefficientsdirectly referenced in the code With the notable exception of CODETOL parameters of thesecond group are seldom used A knowledge of the system and control parameters allowsthe user greater flexibility when using the LRFD3 code The vast majority of parameters fallinto the code category and have a direct bearing on LRFD3 code and the results it produces

For the categories described above the parameters used by LRFD3 code are present-ed below and are summarized in the Table LRFD33-1 The system and control parametersare discussed first followed by the code parameters

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 2 V2

Table LRFD331

Parameters in LRFD3

Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

a 100000 (in) Real value in active unitsAst 00 Real value in active unitsavy Member Length Real value in active unitsavz Member Length Real value in active unitsCantiMem NO YESCB Computed Real valueCby Computed Real valueCODE Required LRFD3CODETOL 00 Percent ToleranceCOMPK NO YES KY KZConnType WELDED SNUGDstiff 24 10 18FRLX 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLY 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLZ 10 Fraction of member lengthFRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member lengthFRUNLCW 10 Fraction of member lengthFu Computed Real value in active unitsFXMIN 05 (lb) Real value in active unitsFy Computed Real value in active unitsFyf Fy Real value in active unitsFYMIN 05 (lb) Real value in active unitsFyst Fy Real value in active unitsFyw Fy Real value in active unitsFZMIN 05 (lb) Real value in active unitsGAY Computed Real valueGAZ Computed Real valueGBY Computed Real valueGBZ Computed Real valueIst 00 Real value in active unitsK 10 Real valueKX 10 Real valueKY 10 Real valueKZ 10 Real valueL Member Length Real value in active units

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 3 Rev T

Table LRFD33-1 (continued)

Parameters in LRFD3

Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

LX Member Length Real value in active unitsLY Member Length Real value in active unitsLZ Member Length Real value in active unitsMXMIN 200 (in-lb) Real value in active unitsMYMIN 200 (in-lb) Real value in active unitsMZMIN 200 (in-lb) Real value in active unitsnConnect 0 -1 -2NumBars 10 Real valuePF 10 Fraction of areaPRIDTA 10 20Print-K YES NOPrintLim NO YESREDE 10 Reduction factor for ERedFu 10 Reduction factor for FuRedFy 10 Reduction factor for FySDSWAYY YES NOSDSWAYZ YES NOSECTYPE Computed ROLLED WELDEDSFYBend 10 Real valueSLENCOMP 2000 Real valueSLENTEN 3000 Real valueSTEELGRD A36 Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5Stiff-H 00 Real value in active unitsStiff-W 00 Real value in active unitsSUMMARY NO YESTBLNAM WSHAPES9 Table LRFD31-3Tipping YES NOTRACE 4 1 2 3UNLCF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFBF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFTF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCW Member Length Real value in active unitsVALUES 1 2 3 4

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 4 V2

System Parameters

PrintLim NO YES

Parameter to request to print the section limiting values for limit state andload and resistance factor design codes This parameter is applicable to the steeldesign CHECK and SELECT commands The default output from CHECK orSELECT command prints the section force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the section limiting values should be printed instead ofdefault section forces

SUMMARY NO YES

Unlike the TRACE and VALUES parameters SUMMARY does not directlyproduce output during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARYinvokes a bookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parametervalues used at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed orchecked The two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NOthe bookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specifiedall provisions and parameters in the code Summary Description (Sections 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has beenrecorded

TRACE 1 2 3 4

The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are

1 - no provisions are output2 - outputs any provisions which fail3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and4 - outputs the largest value of actualallowable ratio computed

Whenever 2 or 3 is selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 5 Rev T

acting on the member for that section and loading For each provision at that sectionand loading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio areoutput Figure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACEvalue of 3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actualexceeded the allowable are output The order in which provisions are output dependson the code being used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loadingWhen no value is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 isassumed The default output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK commandshows the member name the code name the profile name the table name theloading condition and the section location where the largest actualallowable valueoccurs the provision name corresponding to the largest actualallowable value thelargest value of actualallowable ratio computed and the internal member sectionforces at the section with the largest actualallowable ratio

VALUES 1 2 3 4

VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused while SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values areoutput The four options for VALUES are

1 - no parameter or property values is output2 - outputs only parameter values3 - outputs only property values and4 - outputs both parameter and property values

Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 6 V2

Control Parameters

CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODET-OL the user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

FXMIN 05 lb Alternate value in active units

FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force to be considered by thecode Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

FYMIN 05 lb Alternate value in active units

FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

FZMIN 05 lb Alternate value in active units

FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 7 Rev T

MXMIN 200 in-lb Alternate value in active units

MXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude X axis moment to be consideredTorsional moments about the X axis are treated as zero when their absolute valueis below MXMIN

MYMIN 200 in-lb Alternate value in active units

MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MYMIN

MZMIN 200 in-lb Alternate value in active units

MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MZMIN

NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MXMIN MYMIN and MZMINshould always be greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces andmoments are not made Forces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and lessmay be present due to numerical limitations of the computer In most structuresforces of this magnitude are negligible when compared to the forces usually foundin a member Default values for the minimums are appropriate for mostapplications

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 8 V2

Code Parameters

a 100000 in Alternate value in active units

This parameter is used to specify the clear distance between transversestiffeners This parameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in thecomputation of the limiting shear stress The default value of 100000 inchesindicates that the shear check does not consider transverse stiffeners A userspecified value for the parameter a that causes the automatic computation of theah ratio The ah ratio is computed based on the specified value for the parametera divided by h h is defined as the total depth minus twice the flange thicknessh is assumed to be equal to the property INTYD which is the clear distancebetween the flanges (see Section LRFDE32)

Ast 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Ast is used to specify the transverse stiffeners area Thisparameter is used to check Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition The specifiedtransverse stiffeners area is checked to see if it is smaller than the computed valuefrom Equation A-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition The defaultvalue of 00 indicates that the transverse stiffeners area of Appendix G4 is notchecked An alternative value in active units may be specified by the user Notethat the parameter Ast is applicable to plate girders only

avy Computed Alternate value in active units

avy is the parameter to specify the length of essentially constant shear in theY axis direction of a member This parameter is used to check the Y directionshear of a pipe cross-section This parameter is similar to the variable a in theEquation 52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section 162 of theLRFD Third Edition (96) The default is computed as the effective member lengthSee the LY parameter for a description of the effective length An alternative valuein active units may be specified by the user Note that the parameter avy isapplicable to pipes cross-sections only

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 9 Rev T

avz Computed Alternate value in active units

avz is the parameter to specify the length of essentially constant shear in theZ axis direction of a member This parameter is used to check the Z direction shearof a pipe cross-section This parameter is similar to the variable a in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section 162 of the LRFD ThirdEdition (96) The default is computed as the effective member length See the LZparameter for a description of the effective length An alternative value in activeunits may be specified by the user Note that the parameter avz is applicable topipes cross-sections only

CantiMem NO YES

This parameter indicates that a member or a physical member which is partof a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation This parameter can be used in special cases when the program cannot automatically detect that the beam connected to the column is a cantilever Thespecial case when this parameter may be used is when the beam that is connectedto the column is part of a cantilever truss system and the program automatically isnot able to detect that the beam should be considered as a cantilever beam in theK-factor computation Keep in mind that only true cantilever members or physicalmembers are detected automatically A value of YES for this parameter indicatesthat the member of physical member is cantilever

CB Computed Alternate value

CB is the coefficient Cb used in Section F12a of the 1999 AISC LRFD ThirdEdition Specification (96) Cb is a modification factor for non-uniform momentdiagram when both ends of the beam segment are braced This coefficientincreases the limiting nominal compressive flexural strength when a momentgradient exists over the unbraced length of the compression flange

LRFD Eq F1-3

where

Mmax = absolute value of maximum moment in the unbraced segmentabout the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)

MA = absolute value of moment at quarter point of the unbraced segment

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 10 V2

about the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)MB = absolute value of moment at centerline of the unbraced beam

segment about the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)MC = absolute value of moment at three-quarter point of the unbraced

beam segment about the Z axis kip-in (N-mm)

When computing the default value of Cb the compression flange is assumedto be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where theactual unbraced length is different than the eccentric member length (start to endof the member) the user should specify a value for parameter CB A value of 10is always conservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

Cby Computed Alternate value

Cby is the coefficient Cb used in Section F12a of the 1999 AISC LRFDThird Edition Specification (96) This parameter is applicable to rectangularhollow structural section HSS (structural tube) cross-section only Cby is amodification factor for non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beamsegment are braced This coefficient increases the limiting nominal compressiveflexural strength when a moment gradient exists over the unbraced length of thecompression flange Cby is used for the rectangular hollow structural section HSS(structural tube) cross-sections under Y axis bending

LRFD Eq F1-3

where

Mmax = absolute value of maximum moment in the unbraced segmentabout the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

MA = absolute value of moment at quarter point of the unbraced segmentabout the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

MB = absolute value of moment at centerline of the unbraced beamsegment about the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

MC = absolute value of moment at three-quarter point of the unbracedbeam segment about the Y axis kip-in (N-mm)

When computing the default value of Cby the compression web is assumedto be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where theactual unbraced length is different than the eccentric member length (start to end

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 11 Rev T

of the member) the user should specify a value for parameter Cby A value of 10is always conservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

CODE Required

The CODE parameter indicates the code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of LRFD3 must be specified for thisparameter to check code based on 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition LRFD3design or code check is based on the AISC LRFD Load and Resistance FactorDesign Specification for Structural Steel Buildings adopted December 27 1999with errata incorporated as of September 4 2001 (96)

COMPK NO YES KY KZ

The COMPK parameter is used to specify how the values of the effectivelength parameters KY and KZ are defined The default value of NO indicates thatthe values of KY and KZ are either specified by the user or taken as 10 by default

The value of YES indicates that the values of KY and KZ are to be computedby GTSTRUDL in the member selection and code check procedures (SELECT orCHECK command) The K-factors computed by GTSTRUDL is based on theAISC (American Institute of Steel Construction) guidelines If the value ofCOMPK is NO the values of KY and KZ are taken as either specified by the useror as 10 by default

The value of KY or KZ for the parameter COMPK indicates that only thespecified effective length factor should be computed Refer to Section 22 ofVolume 2A for more discussion of the effective length factor computation

ConnType WELDED SNUG

Type of the intermediate connectors that are used for double angle Choicesare SNUG and WELDED

SNUG = intermediate connectors that are snug-tight boltedWELDED = intermediate connectors that are welded or fully tensioned

bolted This is the default

Note that the parameter ConnType is applicable to double angles only

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 12 V2

Dstiff 24 10 18

This parameter is used to specify the factor D that is used in the Equation A-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition (96) A default value of 24 forsingle plate stiffeners is assumed The value of factor D (parameter Dstiff) in theEquation A-G4-1 is dependent on the type of transverse stiffeners used in a plategirder Alternate values are as follows

10 = for stiffeners in pairs This is the default value when the specifiedvalue for the parameter NumBars is greater than 1

18 = for single angle stiffeners24 = for single plate stiffeners This is the default value when the

specified value for the parameter NumBars is equal to 1

Note that the parameter Dstiff is applicable to plate girders only

FRLX 10 Fraction of member length

FRLX specifies the unbraced length of torsional buckling LX as a fractionof the members effective length FRLX may be less than or greater than 10 Thisoption works only when LX is computed

FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members effective length FRLY may be less than or greater than10 This option works only when LY is computed

FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members effective length FRLZ may be less than or greater than10 This option works only when LZ is computed

FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

FRUNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange UNLCFas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCF may be less than orgreater than 10 This option works only when UNLCF is computed

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 13 Rev T

FRUNLCW 10 Fraction of member length

FRUNLCW specifies the unbraced length of the compression web UNLCWas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCW may be less than orgreater than 10 This parameter works only when UNLCW is computed Notethat the parameter FRUNLCW is applicable to rectangular hollow structuralsection HSS (structural tube) only

Fu Computed Alternate value in active units

The minimum tensile strength of a member may be specified via Fu WhenFu is specified the STEELGRD and profile GRPNUM are not considered and thevalue of Fu remains constant for the member

Fy Computed Alternate value in active units

Fy may be used to specify the yield strength of a member rather than havingit computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When Fy is specified for amember its value remains constant irrespective of profile size under considerationThe value of STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it wasspecified

Fyf Fy Alternate value in active units

Parameter Fyf may be used to specify the yield strength of the flange Whenparameter Fyf is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equalto the parameter Fy When a value is specified for this parameter the member isassumed to be hybrid cross-section An alternative value in active units may bespecified by the user

Fyst Fy Alternate value in active units

Parameter Fyst may be used to specify the yield strength of the plate girderstransverse stiffeners material When parameter Fyst is not specified the value forthis parameter is assumed to be equal to the parameter Fy This parameter is usedto check the transverse stiffeners of the plate girder An alternative value in activeunits may be specified by the user Note that the parameter Fyst is applicable toplate girders only

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 14 V2

Fyw Fy Alternate value in active units

Parameter Fyw may be used to specify the yield strength of the web Whenparameter Fyw is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equalto the parameter Fy When a value is specified for this parameter the member isassumed to be hybrid cross-section An alternative value in active units may bespecified by the user

GAY Computed Alternative value

GAY is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

GAZ Computed Alternative value

GAZ is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

GBY Computed Alternative value

GBY is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

GBZ Computed Alternative value

GBZ is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

Ist 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Ist is used to specify the transverse stiffeners moment of inertiaThis parameter is used to check Appendix F23 of ASIC LRFD 3rd Edition for therequired transverse stiffeners moment of inertia The default value of 00 indicatesthat the transverse stiffeners moment of inertia according to Appendix F23 ofAISC LRFD 3rd Edition is not checked An alternative value in active units maybe specified by the user Note that the parameter Ist is applicable to plate girdersonly

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 15 Rev T

K 10 Alternate value

Effective length factor for an individual component (single angle) Thisparameter is used to design a number of connectors and to check the connectorspacing (Section E42 of the AISC LRFD 3rd Edition) Note that the parameter lsquoKrsquois applicable to double angles only

KX 10 Alternative value

KX is the effective length factor for torsional buckling This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling A default value of 10 isassumed An alternate value may be specified by the user

KY 10 Alternative value computed

KY is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local memberY axis (Figure LRFD33-1) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

(1) KY is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified bythe user if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

(2) KY is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KY Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

KZ 10 Alternative value computed

KZ is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Zaxis (Figure LRFD33-1) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

(1) KZ is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified bythe user if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

(2) KZ is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KZ Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 16 V2

Figure LRFD33-1 Local Axis Buckling

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 17 Rev T

L Computed Alternate value in active units

Actual physical member length is used to design a number of connectors andto check connector spacing (Section E42 of the AISC LRFD 3rd Edition) and alsoused in the computation of the modified column slenderness (KLr)m (Section E41of the AISC LRFD 3rd Edition) This parameter is used to compute the distancebetween connectors a = L(n+1) where lsquoarsquo is the distance between connectors lsquoLrsquois the member length and lsquonrsquo is the number of connectors The default iscomputed as the length of the member Note that the parameter lsquoLrsquo is applicableto double angles only

LX Computed Alternate value in active units

LX is the distance between torsional buckling restraints This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling The default is computedas the effective member length times the value of the FRLX parameter See theLY parameter below for a description of the effective length An alternate valuein the active units may be specified by the user

LY Computed Alternate value in active units

LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure LRFD33-1 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLY parameter The effective length of a member is the joint-to-joint distance unless eccentricities andor end joint sizes are given Wheneccentricities are given the eccentric start-to-end length of the member is usedFor end joint sizes the end joint size at both ends is subtracted from the effectivelength which would have been used LY may be specified larger or smaller thanthe members effective length and no comparisons are made between the two SeeSection 218 of Volume 1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end jointsizes

LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure LRFD33-1 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLZ parameter See the LY parameter above for a descriptionof the effective length

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 18 V2

nConnect 0 Alternate value

Number of connectors between individual angles The user specified valueis used during code check When the SELECT MEMBER (design) is requestedthe user specified value is used unless more connectors are required If thedesigned number of connectors are larger than the user specified value thecomputed number of connectors are used and printed after the SELECT MEMBERresult The default value of zero indicates that the angles are connected at the endsonly Following are additional options that you can specify for this parameter

0 = angles are connected at the ends of the memberndash1 = requesting the number of connectors to be computed during code

checkndash2 = bypass modified column slenderness equations This will bypass the

check for the Section E41 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition

Note that the parameter nConnect is applicable to double angles only

NumBars 10 Alternate value

Parameter to specify a number of single plate stiffeners The default valuefor this parameter indicates one (1) single plate stiffener An alternative value maybe specified by the user Note that the parameter NumBars is applicable to plategirders only

PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

Print-K YES NO

Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the default code checkor select command output (TRACE 4 output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the computed K-factor values should be printed after thecode check or select command output The column names attached to the start andend of the code checked member is also printed This printed information allowsthe user to inspect the automatic detection of the columns attached to the start andend of the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values andthe names of the attached columns to the start and end of the designed membershould not be printed

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 19 Rev T

REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the LRFD3 code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

RedFu 10 Reduction factor for Fu

RedFu allows a user to account for changes in the minimum tensile strengthFu of a member such as those which occur at high temperatures RedFu ismultiplied by Fu to give the value used for minimum tensile strength

RedFy 10 Reduction factor for Fy

The parameter RedFy is a reduction factor for the yield strength Fy of amember This parameter is intended to reflect the change in yield strength whichoccurs at higher temperatures An alternate use for RedFy would be to introducean additional factor of safety into the design equations The yield strength used inthe provision is equal to RedFy multiplied by Fy (RedFy times Fy)

SDSWAYY YES NO

SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented avalue of NO should be specified Figure LRFD33-2 illustrates the direction ofsway relative to the column orientation

SDSWAYZ YES NO

SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented avalue of NO should be specified Figure LRFD33-2 illustrates the direction ofsway relative to the column orientation

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 20 V2

Figure LRFD33-2 SIDESWAY Conditions

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 21 Rev T

SECTYPE Computed ROLLED WELDED

This parameter defines the type of a cross-section specified in the structuralmodel This parameter is used to compute the value of Fr Fr is the compressiveresidual stress in the flange The value of ROLLED indicates that the members arehot rolled cross-sections The compressive residual stress Fr is equal to 10 ksi formembers that are indicated as rolled cross-sections The value of WELDED forthe parameter SECTYPE indicates that the members are welded or cold-formedcross-sections The compressive residual stress Fr is equal to 165 ksi for membersthat are indicated as welded cross-sections The default value for SECTYPEparameter indicates that the plate girders are assumed to be welded and all othercross-sections are assumed to be rolled

SFYBend 10 Alternate value

Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of the limit state of Yaxis (minor axis) bending of the tee and double angle sections Note that theparameter SFYBend is applicable to tees and double angles only

SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of2000 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 3000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

STEELGRD A36 Value from Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5

STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to be madeUsing the value of STEELGRD the yield strength (Fy) can be correctlydetermined

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 22 V2

Stiff-H 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Stiff-H is used to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionsheight Parameters Stiff-H Stiff-W and NumBars are used for the automaticcomputation of the parameters Ast and Ist is based on the rectangular barstiffeners geometry If the transverse stiffeners are not rectangular bar parametersAst and Ist should be specified An alternative value may be specified by theuser Note that the parameter Stiff-H is applicable to plate girders only

Stiff-W 00 Alternate value in active units

Parameter Stiff-W is used to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionswidth Parameters Stiff-H Stiff-W and NumBars are used for the automaticcomputation of the parameters Ast and Ist The automatic computation of theparameters of the parameters Ast and Ist is based on the rectangular barstiffeners geometry If the transverse stiffeners are not rectangular bar parametersAst and Ist should be specified An alternative value may be specified by theuser Note that the parameter Stiff-W is applicable to plate girders only

Tipping YES NO

This is the parameter indicating that the tipping effect should be consideredWhen the load is applied to the top flange of the channel and the flange is notbraced there is a tipping effect that reduces the critical moment A value of YESfor this parameter indicates that the flange is unbraced and the flange is loaded assuch that causes tipping effect In this case the reduced critical moment may beconservatively approximated by setting the warping buckling factor X2 equal tozero A value of NO indicates that the tipping effect does not happen and thewarping buckling factor is computed based on the Equation F1-9 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition

UNLCF Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange which isused in computing the allowable bending stress of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression flangeshould be used The default is computed as the effective length of the membertimes the value of the FRUNLCF parameter Refer to the parameter LY for adiscussion of a members effective length

GT STRUDL Parameters Used by LRFD3

V2 LRFD33 - 23 Rev T

UNLCFBF Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCFBF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thebottom flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of amember Bottom flange is defined as the flange in the local negative Y axisdirection of a cross section as shown in Figure LRFD33-4 UNLCFBF is usedwhen negative strong axis bending (negative MZ) is acting on the member whichcauses compression on the bottom flange The maximum distance between pointsof adequate lateral support for the bottom compression flange should be usedWhen an alternate value for this parameter has not been specified the value for theparameter UNLCF is used See parameter UNLCF for the default treatment of theparameter UNLCFBF

UNLCFTF Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCFTF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thetop flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a memberTop flange is defined as the flange in the local positive Y axis direction of a crosssection as shown in Figure LRFD33-4 UNLCFTF is used when positive strongaxis bending (positive MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression onthe top flange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateral supportfor the top compression flange should be used When an alternate value for thisparameter has not been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used Seeparameter UNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFTF

UNLCW Computed Alternate value in active units

UNLCW specifies the unbraced length of the compression web which isused in computing the limiting bending capacity of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression web shouldbe used The default is computed as the effective length of the member times thevalue of the FRUNLCW parameter Refer to the parameter LY for a discussion ofa members effective length An alternative value in active units may be specifiedby the user Note that the parameter UNLCW is applicable to rectangular hollowstructural sections HSS (structural tubes) only

Parameters Used by LRFD3 GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD33 - 24 V2

Figure LRFD33-4 Unbraced length of the compression flange forthe TOP and BOTTOM flange

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 1 Rev T

APPENDIX A References

1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W Anthony Dillon CivilEngineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of TechnologyCambridge Mass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-49 September 1967

4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-56 May 1968

5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-91 November 1968

6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and Steel MemberSelection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass January 1972

7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MIT Press1967

8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR67-47 September 1967

9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTM A506-68January 1968

10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency PO Box3956 San Francisco California 94119

11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor PO Box231 Worcester Mass 01613

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 2 V 2

12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R67-58 September1967

15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1963

16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1969

17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill Book Company1967

18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering Georgia Instituteof Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science McGraw-Hill London Third Edition 1977

20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids and Structures4 1968

23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil Engineering July1970

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 3 Rev T

24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements Research ReportR71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural Design LanguageM S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September 1969

26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California at Berkeley1966

27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation in FiniteElement Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Department of CivilEngineering June 1976

28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of Technology Netherlands tobe published

29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G7337 1960

30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite Elements Proceedingsof the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods in Civil EngineeringAmerican Society of Civil Engineers Nashville Tennessee November 1969

31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE - Manualsand Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1980

34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1978

35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Edited byBruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs NewJersey 1968

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 4 V 2

37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design and BehaviorInternational Textbook Company 1971

38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston Publishing CompanyInc Reston Virginia 1977

39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design in StructuralSteel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I Gilmor CanadianInstitute of Steel Construction 1977

41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES Subsystem STRUDLCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 Users ManualCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc 1975

44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite Element AnalysisPrentice 1976

47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press 1965

48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by Matrix DecompositionJournal of the Engineering Mechanics Division American Society of CivilEngineers April 1968

49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRAN by theTridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparse butUnstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEE Conference onDecision and Control San Diego California January 1979

51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for the EigenproblemJ INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 5 Rev T

52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channels andTees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil EngineeringAtlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1977

55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures John Wileyand Sons Inc 1974

58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill 1970

59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic Stability McGraw-Hill1961

60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed Sections GTICESSystems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta Georgia June 1981

61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for Random VibrationsReport No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering Research Center Universityof California Berkeley June 1980

62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm for Reducingthe Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM Journal Numerical AnalysisVol 13 No 2 April 1976

63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse SymmetricMatrices Proceedings of the 24th National Conference Association for ComputingMachinery 1969

64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 6 V 2

65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln ArcWelding Foundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-Strain Model forConfined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114 No 8 August1988

67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding SocietyMiami Florida December 1983

68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1983

69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122 February1978

70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

71 ASCE 4-98 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and CommentaryAmerican Society of Civil Engineers New York New York 2000

72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth Edition AmericanInstitute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York 1988

75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel Institute WashingtonDC 1989

77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk Grove VillageIL 60007 January 7 1994

GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

V2 LRFD3 Appendix A - 7 Rev T

78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North American EditionNo 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street Wayne Michigan 481841993

79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS 5950 Part1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuous Construction HotRolled Sections London England 1990

80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design First EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume I SecondEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1993

82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 Section PropertiesMember Capacities 4th Edition Published by The Steel Construction Institute inassociation with the British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited BritishSteel PIC Berkshire England 1996

83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTM A6MAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories Aluminum Companyof America

85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society of Civil Engineers NewYork New York 1991

86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95 AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 Power LineSystems Inc 1995

88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Model ofOrdinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of Structural EngineeringVol 124 No 3 March 1998

89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix A - 8 V 2

90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules forbuildings (together with United Kingdom National Application Document) DDENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INSTEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS 8081989 New DelhiSeptember 1989

94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections April15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1997

95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design of rolledand welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 London England May2001

96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering Design ProvisionsInternational Conference of Building Officials Whittier California April 1997

GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

V2 LRFD3 Appendix B - 1 Rev T

Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please see Appendix Bof Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix B - 2 V 2

This page intentionally left blank

GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

V2 LRFD3 Appendix C - 1 Rev T

Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please see Appendix Cof Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tables provided withGTSTRUDL

Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

Rev T LRFD3 Appendix C - 2 V 2

End of Document

  • Title Page
  • Revision History
  • NOTICES
  • Table of Contents
  • GTSTRUDL Steel Design LRFD3 Code
    • Introduction
    • LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters
      • Properties Used by LRFD3
      • Parameters Used by LRFD3
      • Appendix A References
      • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
      • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles
        • File Attachment
          LRFD3 Manual

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 2

          Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 3

          Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (continued)

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 4

          Figure LRFD31-1 Local Axes for Design with LRFD3 (Continued)

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 5

          The following assumptions are made throughout the LRFD3 code

          1 Open cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) are normally not used in situations whereinsignificant torsional moments must be resisted by the member Torsionalstresses are usually small for open cross-sections when compared to axial andbending stresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion inopen cross-sections (I shapes channels single angles double angles teesbars and plate girders) The designer is reminded to check the torsionalstresses for open cross-sections (I shape channels single angles doubleangles tees bars and plate girders) whenever they become significant

          2 Torsional stresses are checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and squareHSS (structural tubes) based on the Section 61 on Page 162-8 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Combined torsion shear flexure andor axial forcesare also checked for round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square HSS(structural tubes) based on the Section 72 on Page 162-10 of the AISCLRFD Third Edition Closed cross-sections (HSS) are frequently used insituations wherein significant torsional moments must be resisted by themembers Generally the normal and shear stresses due to warping in closedcross-sections (HSS) are insignificant and the total torsional moment can beassumed to be resisted by pure torsional shear stresses (Saint-Venantrsquostorsion)

          3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

          4 Modified column slenderness for double angle member is considered(Section E4 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition) Modified columnslenderness of the double angle member is computed based on the userspecified or designed number of the intermediate connectors

          5 Double angles contain an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 6

          The sections of the AISC LRFD Third Edition specifications (96) which areconsidered by the GTSTRUDL LRFD3 code are summarized below

          Section TitleChapter D Tension membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosSection D1 Design tensile strength

          Chapter E Columns and other compression membersSection B7 Limiting slenderness ratiosTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for unstiffened compression elementsTable B51 Limiting width to thickness ratio for stiffened compression elementsSection E2 Design compressive strength for flexural bucklingSection E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional bucklingSection E4 Built-up memberSection E41 Design strength Modified column slendernessSection E42 Detailing requirements

          Appendix E Columns and other compression membersAppendix E3 Design compressive strength for flexural-torsional buckling

          Appendix B Design requirementsAppendix B53a Unstiffened compression elementsAppendix B53b Stiffened compression elementsAppendix B53c Design propertiesSection B53d Design strength

          Chapter F Beam and other flexural membersSection F11 YieldingSection F12 Lateral-Torsional BucklingSection F12a Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb Lr

          Section F12b Doubly symmetric shapes and channels with Lb gt Lr

          Section F12c Tees and Double angles

          Appendix F Beams and other flexural membersAppendix F1 Design for flexureTable A-F11 Nominal strength parameters

          Appendix F2 Design for shearAppendix F22 Design shear strengthAppendix F23 Transverse stiffeners

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 7

          Section Title

          Appendix G Plate GirdersAppendix G1 LimitationsAppendix G2 Design flexural strengthAppendix G3 Design shear strengthAppendix G4 Transverse stiffenersAppendix G5 Flexure-shear

          Chapter H Member under combined forcesSection H1 Symmetric members subject to bending and axial forceSection H11 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and tensionSection H12 Doubly and singly symmetric member in flexure and

          compression

          Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Single-Angle Members

          Section Title

          Section 2 TensionSection 3 ShearSection 4 CompressionSection 5 FlexureSection 51 Flexure Design StrengthSection 53 Bending About Principal AxesSection 6 Combined ForcesSection 61 Members in Flexure and Axial CompressionSection 62 Members in Flexure and Axial Tension

          Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Steel Hollow StructuralSections

          Section Title

          Table 22-1 Limiting Wall Slenderness for Compression Elements

          Section 3 Tension MembersSection 31 Design Tensile StrengthSection 4 Column and Other Compression Members Section 42 Design Compressive StrengthSection 5 Beams and Other Flexural MembersSection 51 Design Flexural Strength

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 8

          Section Title

          Section 52 Design Shear StrengthSection 6 Torsion MembersSection 61 Design Torsional StrengthSection 7 Members Under Combined ForcesSection 71 Design for Combined Flexure and Axial ForceSection 72 Design for Combined Torsion Shear Flexure andor Axial

          Force

          Tensile or compressive axial strengths bi-axial bending shear strengths andcombined strengths are considered for all cross-sections Parameters allowing for thechanges which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may beinvoked at the users discretion

          The detailed explanation of the code parameters and cross-section properties are asfollows

          1 Table LRFD31-1 Shows the parameters used by LRFD3 code TableLRFD31-1 contains the applicable parameter namestheir default values and a brief description of theparameters

          2 Section LRFD32 Describes the cross-section properties used for eachshape

          3 Section LRFD33 Contains detailed discussion of the parameters usedby the LRFD3 code and they are presented in thealphabetic order in this section

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 9

          Table LRFD31-1LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify LRFD3 for code name Secondorder elastic analysis using factored loads is required by theGTSTRUDL LRFD3 code Second order effect may beconsidered by using GTSTRUDL Nonlinear Analysis(Section 25 of Volume 3 of the User Reference Manual)See Sections LRFD32 and LRFD33 for a more detaileddescription of parameters and cross-section properties

          TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table LRFD31-3 for a list ofavailable table names

          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less thanor equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

          a 100000 The clear distance between transverse stiffeners This(inches) parameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the

          computation of the limiting shear strength The default valueindicates that the shear check does not consider transversestiffeners

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 10

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          SECTYPE Computed Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shapeThis parameter is used to compute the value of Fr Fr is thecompressive residual stress in flange

          ROLLED = rolled shape Compressive residual stress isequal to 10 ksi

          WELDED = welded shape Compressive residual stressis equal to 165 ksi

          Material Properties

          STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Tables LRFD31-4 and LRFD31-5 for steel grades andtheir properties

          Fy Computed Yield stress of member Computed from parameterlsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

          Fu Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromparameter lsquoSTEELGRDrsquo if not given

          Fyf Fy Minimum yield stress of the flange If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFywrsquo also

          Fyw Fy Minimum yield stress of the web If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter lsquoFyrsquo This parameter is usedto define a hybrid cross-section See parameter lsquoFyfrsquo also

          RedFy 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFyrsquo This factor timesparameter lsquoFyrsquo gives the Fy value used by the code Used toaccount for property changes at high temperatures

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 11

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Material Properties (continued)

          RedFu 10 Reduction factor for parameter lsquoFursquo Similar to parameterlsquoRedFyrsquo

          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toparameter RedFy

          Slenderness Ratio

          SLENCOMP 200 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for a membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 200 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

          SLENTEN 300 Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for a membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified for thisparameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

          K-Factors

          COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A ofthe User Reference Manual)

          YES = compute KY and KZ factors

          KY = compute KY only

          KZ = compute KZ only

          NO = use default or specified values for KY andKZ

          K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 12

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          K-Factors (continued)

          KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KY

          KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for GTSTRUDL computation ofeffective length factor KZ

          Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should be printedafter the code check or select command output The columnnames attached to the start and end of the code checkedmember is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columnsattached to the start and end of the designed member Avalue of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and the names ofthe attached columns to the start and end of the designedmember should not be printed

          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localY axis

          YES = sidesway permitted

          NO = sidesway prevented

          K-factor Leaning Columns Concept has not been implemented for the automatic K-factor Computation

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 13

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          K-Factors (continued)

          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localZ axis

          YES = sidesway permitted

          NO = sidesway prevented

          CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered as acantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automatically

          NO = member or physical member is not cantilever

          YES = member or physical member is cantilever

          GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual)

          GAZ ComputedG-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual)

          GBY ComputedG-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parametersCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual)

          GBZ ComputedG-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parametersCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 14

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Buckling Length

          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the member

          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile The default is computed as the length of the member

          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LY is computed

          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

          Flexural-Torsional Buckling

          KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

          LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local X axisof the profile The default is computed as the length of themember This parameter is used in flexural-torsionalbuckling stress Fe computations

          FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen LX is computed

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 15

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Bending Strength

          CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending strength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12aEquation F1-3)

          UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange The default iscomputed as the length of the member In this parameter nodistinction is made between the unbraced length for the topor bottom flange See UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

          FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

          UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

          UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFare used for this parameter

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 16

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Channel Parameter

          Tipping YES This is the parameter indicating that the tipping effect shouldbe considered When the load is applied to the top flange ofthe channel and the flange is not braced there is a tippingeffect that reduces the critical moment A value of YES forthis parameter indicates that the flange is unbraced and theflange is loaded as such that causes tipping effect In thiscase the reduced critical moment may be conservativelyapproximated by setting the warping buckling factor X2 equalto zero A value of NO indicates that the tipping effect doesnot happen and the warping buckling factor is computedbased on the Equation F1-9 of the AISC LRFD Third Edition

          Single Angle Parameter

          Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing elastic lateral-torsionalbuckling moment Mob (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section53 on the page 163-6) for major axis bending (bending aboutthe principal Y axis)

          Tee Parameter

          SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the tee section

          Double Angle Parameters

          nConnect 0 Number of connectors between individual angles The userspecified value is used during the code check When theSELECT MEMBER (design) is requested the user specifiedvalue is used unless more connectors are required If the

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 17

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Double Angle Parameters (continued)

          designed number of connectors are larger than the userspecified value the computed number of connectors are usedand printed after the SELECT MEMBER result The defaultvalue of zero indicates that the angles are connected at theends only Following are additional options that you canspecify for this parameter

          0 = angles are connected at the ends of the member

          ndash1 = requesting the number of connectors to be computedduring code check

          ndash2 = bypass modified column slenderness equationsThis will bypass the check for the Section E41 ofthe AISC LRFD Third Edition

          ConnType WELDED Type of the intermediate connectors that are used for doubleangle Choices are SNUG and WELDED

          SNUG = intermediate connectors that are snug-tightbolted

          WELDED = intermediate connectors that are welded orfully tensioned bolted This is the default

          L Computed Actual member length is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check connector spacing (Section E42 ofthe AISC LRFD) and also used in the computation of themodified column slenderness (KLr)m (Section E41 of theAISC LRFD) This parameter is used to compute the distancebetween connectors a = L(n+1) where lsquoarsquo is the distancebetween connectors lsquoLrsquo is the physical member length andlsquonrsquo is the number of connectors The default is computed asthe length of the member

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 18

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Double Angle Parameters (continued)

          K 10 Effective length factor for an individual component (singleangle) This parameter is used to design a number ofconnectors and to check the connector spacing (Section E42of the AISC LRFD)

          SFYBend 10 Parameter to specify safety factor for the computation of thelimit state of Y axis (minor axis) bending of the double anglesection

          Round HSS (Pipes) Shear Check Parameters

          avy Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Y axisdirection of a member This parameter is used to check the Ydirection shear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96)This parameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section162 of the LRFD Third Edition The default is computed asthe length of the member

          avz Computed The length of essentially constant shear in the Z axis directionof a member This parameter is used to check the Z directionshear of a round HSS (pipe) cross-section (96) Thisparameter is similar to the variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation 52-2of the AISC LRFD HSS specification in the Section 162 ofthe LRFD Third Edition The default is computed as thelength of the member

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 19

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Round HSS (Pipes) Torsion Check Parameter

          LX Computed This parameter is to specify the distance between torsionalrestraints LX is used in the equation 61-2 on Page 162-8 ofAISC LRFD Third Edition (96) This parameter is similar tothe variable lsquoarsquo in the Equation 52-2 of the AISC LRFD HSSspecification in the Section 162 of the LRFD Third EditionThe default is computed as the length of the member

          Rectangular Hollow Structural Section (HSS) Parameters

          Cby Computed Coefficient used in computing limiting compressive bendingstrength (AISC LRFD Third Edition Section F12a EquationF1-3) for minor axis bending (bending about the Y-axis)

          UNLCW Computed Unbraced length of the compression web about the local Yaxis of the profile The default is taken as length of member

          FRUNLCW Computed Fractional form of the parameter UNLCW allows unbracedlength to be specified as a fraction of the total length Usedonly when UNLCW is computed

          Plate Girder Parameters

          Fyst Fy Minimum yield stress of the transverse stiffeners material Ifnot specified it is assumed equal to the parameter Fy

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 20

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

          Ast 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners area Thisparameter is used to check Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd

          Edition The specified transverse stiffeners area is checkedto see if it is smaller than the computed value from EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Thedefault value of 00 indicates that the transverse stiffenersarea of Appendix G4 is not checked

          Ist 00 Parameter to specify the transverse stiffeners moment ofinertia This parameter is used to check Appendix F23 ofAISC LRFD 3rd Edition for the required transverse stiffenersmoment of inertia The default value of 00 indicates that thetransverse stiffeners moment of inertia according to AppendixF23 is not checked

          Dstiff 24 Parameter to specify the factor D that is used in the EquationA-G4-1 of Appendix G4 of AISC LRFD 3rd Edition Adefault value of 24 for single plate stiffeners is assumed Thevalue of factor D (parameter lsquoDstiffrsquo) in the Equation A-G4-1is dependent on the type of transverse stiffeners used in aplate girder Alternate values are as follows

          10 = for stiffeners in pairs This is the default valuewhen the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is greater than 1

          18 = for single angle stiffeners

          24 = for single plate stiffeners This is the defaultvalue when the specified value for the parameterlsquoNumBarsrsquo is equal to 1

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 21

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Plate Girder Parameters (continued)

          NumBars 10 Parameter to specify a number of single plate stiffeners Thedefault value for this parameter indicates 1 single platestiffener

          Stiff-H 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquosheight Parameters lsquoStiff-Hrsquo lsquoStiff-Wrsquo and lsquoNumBarsrsquo areused for the automatic computation of the parameters lsquoAstrsquoand lsquoIstrsquo The automatic computation of the parameters lsquoAstrsquoand lsquoIstrsquo is based on the rectangular bar stiffeners geometryIf transverse stiffeners are not rectangular bar parameterslsquoAstrsquo and lsquoIstrsquo should be specified

          Stiff-W 00 Parameter to specify the single plate stiffeners cross-sectionrsquoswidth See parameter lsquoStiff-Hrsquo for more information

          Force Limitation

          FXMIN 05 (lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

          FYMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          FZMIN 05 (lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 22

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Force Limitation (continued)

          MXMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum torsional moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MYMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MZMIN 200 (in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          Output Processing and System Parameters

          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an expla-nation

          PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values forlimit state and load and resistance factor codes The defaultoutput from CHECK or SELECT command prints the sectionforce values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicatesthat the section limiting values should be printed instead ofdefault section forces

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Code Parameters

          52 - 23

          Table LRFD31-1 (continued)

          LRFD3 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

          TRACE 40 Flag indicating when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an explanation

          1 = never

          2 = on failure

          3 = all checks

          4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and sectionforces

          VALUES 10 Flag indicating if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for the explanation

          1 = no output

          2 = output parameters

          3 = output properties

          4 = output parameters and properties

          LRFD3 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 24

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 25

          Table LRFD31-2

          GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

          Code ParameterName Table Application

          LRFD3 LRFD31-1 Checks compliance of I shapes channels single angles teesVolume double angles round HSS (pipes) rectangular and square 2 - LRFD3 HSS (structural tubes) solid round square and rectangular

          bars and plate girder profiles to the 1999 AISC LRFDThird Edition Specification (96)

          ASD9-E ASD9-E1-1 Checks compliance of I shape profiles to the 1989 AISCVolume ASD Ninth Edition specification (72) with equations that 2 - ASD9-E have been modified to include the modulus of elasticity

          (constant E) LRFD2 LRFD2 Checks compliance of I shapes pipes structural tubing plate

          Volume 2A girders (subjected to bi-axial bending and axial force)single and double angles (subjected to axial forces only)shape profiles to the 1993 AISC LRFD Second EditionSpecification (81)

          ASD9 ASD9 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2A double angles solid round bars pipes solid squares and

          rectangular bars and structural tubing shape profiles to the1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition Specification (72)

          78AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

          and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1978 AISC Specification (33)Eighth Edition including 1980 updates

          For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 26

          Table LRFD31-2 (continued)

          GTSTRUDL AISC Codes

          Code ParameterName Table Application

          69AISC 2231 Checks compliance of I shapes single angles channels teesVolume 2B solid round bars pipes solid squares and rectangular bars

          and structural tubing (use code name DBLANG for doubleangle) shape profiles to the 1969 AISC Specification (16)Seventh Edition including supplements 1 2 and 3

          W78AISC 2231 Similar to 78AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 78AISC code which

          was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

          DBLANG 2231 Checks compliance of double angle profiles to the 1969 Volume 2B AISC Specification (16) Seventh Edition including supple-

          ments 1 2 and 3

          W69AISC 2231 Similar to 69AISC code except limited to checking I shapeVolume 2B profiles This code is identical to the 69AISC code which

          was available in older versions of GTSTRUDL (ie versionV1M7 and older)

          For latest (up to date) version of this table see Table 21-1a of Volume 2A

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 27

          Table LRFD31-3

          GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the LRFD3 Code

          Profile Shapes Reference

          I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table namesfor I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universalbeam shapes universal column shapes etc

          Channels See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of channel table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

          Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

          Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of tee table namesapplicable to LRFD3 codes

          Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

          Round HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of round HSS (pipecircular hollow section) table names applicable to LRFD3 code

          Rectangular HSS See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squareHSS (structural tube rectangular and square hollow section) tablenames applicable to LRFD3 code

          Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid round bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

          Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid square bar tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

          Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of solid rectangular bartable names applicable to LRFD3 codes

          Plate Girders See Appendix C of Volume 2A for a list of plate girder tablenames applicable to LRFD3 codes

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 28

          Table LRFD31-4

          ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

          Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and STshapes from AISC Tables

          Steel GradeASTM

          DesignationGroup Number Per ASTM A6

          Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

          Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5A36 36

          583658

          3658

          3658

          3658

          A529-G50 5065

          5065

          NA NA NA

          A529-G55 5570

          5570

          NA NA NA

          A572-G42 4260

          4260

          4260

          4260

          4260

          A572-G50 5065

          5065

          5065

          5065

          5065

          A572-G55 5570

          5570

          5570

          5570

          5570

          A572-G60 6075

          6075

          6075

          NA NA

          A572-G65 6580

          6580

          6580

          NA NA

          A913-G50 5060

          5060

          5060

          5060

          5060

          A913-G60 6075

          6075

          6075

          6075

          6075

          A913-G65 6580

          6580

          6580

          6580

          6580

          A913-G70 7090

          7090

          7090

          7090

          7090

          GT STRUDL LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 29

          Table LRFD31-4 (continued)

          ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

          Applicable Shapes W M S HP L 2L C MC WT MT and ST shapes from AISC Tables

          Steel GradeASTM

          DesignationGroup Number Per ASTM A6

          Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

          Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5A992a 50

          655065

          5065

          5065

          5065

          A242 5070

          5070

          46b

          67b42a

          63a42a

          63a

          A588 5070

          5070

          5070

          5070

          5070

          a Applicable to W shapes only

          b Applicable to W and HP shapes only

          NA Indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steelGTSTRUDL assumes Fy and Fu to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for thesecombinations of group number and steel grade Minimum yield stresses (Fy) and minimumtensile strengths (Fu) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included in the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition specification

          LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters GT STRUDL

          52 - 30

          Table LRFD31-5

          ASTM Steel Grades and Associated Values of Fy and Fu Based on the1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition Specifications

          Applicable Shapes Round HSS Steel Pipe and Rectangular HSS

          Steel GradeASTM

          DesignationApplicable Shape Series

          Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)Fu Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi)

          Round HSS Steel Pipe Rectangular HSSA53-GB NA 35

          60NA

          A500-GB 4258

          NA 4658

          A500-GC 4662

          NA 5062

          A501 3658

          NA 3658

          A618-GIA618-GII

          Thickness 34

          5070 NA

          5070

          A618-GIA618-GII

          Thickness gt 34

          4667 NA

          4667

          A618GIII 5065

          NA 5065

          A242-G46 NA NA 4667

          A242-G50 NA NA 5070

          A588 NA NA 5070

          A847 5070

          NA 5070

          NA Not applicable See Table LRFD31-4 for more explanation

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

          52 - 31

          522 BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

          00BS5950 CodeBritish StandardBS 5950-12000

          00BS595012 00BS5950 Code

          The 00BS5950 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

          I shapes Subjected to bending and axial forceSingle Angles Subjected to axial force onlyCircular Hollow Sections (Pipes) Subjected to bending and axial force

          The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columns universalbeams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles with doublysymmetric cross-sections

          The code is based on the BS 5950-12000 British Standard Structural use of steelwork inbuilding Part 1 Code of practice for design rolled and welded sections amendment number13199 issued May 2001 The 00BS5950 code utilizes the limit state design techniques of theBSI (British Standard Institution) specification

          The following assumptions are made throughout the 00BS5950 code

          1 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bending stressesand may be neglected No checks are made for torsion The designer is remindedto check the torsional stresses whenever they become significant

          2 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

          Joan
          Text Box
          Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 00BS5950 Manual

          GT STRUDLreg

          S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e U s e r M a n u a l

          Volume 2 - 00BS5950

          Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

          Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

          Rev T ii V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          V2 iii Rev T

          GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

          Revision No

          DateReleased Description

          T 2006

          V2 iv Rev T

          This page intentionally left blank

          V2 v Rev T

          NOTICES

          GTSTRUDLreg User Manual Volume 2 - 00BS5950 Steel Design Codes Revision T isapplicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released 2006 and subsequent versions

          GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

          GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

          DISCLAIMER

          NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

          Commercial Software Rights Legend

          Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

          This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

          Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

          Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

          Copyright copy 2006

          Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332

          ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

          Printed in United States of America

          V2 vi Rev T

          This page intentionally left blank

          V2 vii Rev T

          Table of Contents

          Chapter Page

          NOTICES v

          DISCLAIMER v

          Commercial Software Rights Legend v

          Table of Contents vii

          00BS59501 GTSTRUDL Steel Design 00BS5950 Code 1 - 100BS595011 Introduction 11 - 100BS595012 00BS5950 Code 12 - 1

          00BS59502 Properties used by 00BS5950 2 - 100BS59503 Parameters Used by 00BS5950 3 -1

          00BS59504 Provisions of 00BS5950 4 - 100BS595041 General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 41 - 100BS595042 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes 42 - 100BS595043 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle 43 - 100BS595044 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section

          (CHS Pipe) 44 - 1

          Appendix A References A - 1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B - 1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles C - 1

          List of Figures

          Figure 00BS59501-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950 12 - 2Figure 00BS59502-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950 2 - 2Figure 00BS59503-1 Local Axis Buckling 3 - 14Figure 00BS59503-2 SIDESWAY Conditions 3 - 21Figure 00BS595042-1 Effective cross-section for determining Aeff 42 - 6Figure 00BS595042-2 Effective cross-section web fully effective for determining

          Zyeff and Zzeff 42 - 10Figure 00BS595042-3 Bending Stresses for I Shapes 42 - 32Figure 00BS595044-1 Bending Stresses for Circular Hollow Section

          (CHS Pipe) 44 - 17

          V2 viii Rev T

          List of Tables

          Table 00BS59501-1 00BS5950 Code Parameters 12 - 7Table 00BS59501-2 GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the Design based

          on the 00BS5950 Code 12 - 17Table 00BS59501-3 Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950)

          and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification 12 - 18Table 00BS59501-4 Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ for

          Nominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computationBritish Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification 12 - 20

          Table 00BS59501-5 Effective Length LE British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification 12 - 21

          Table 00BS59503-1 Parameters in 00BS5950 3 - 2Table 00BS59503-2 Effective Length LE British Standard BS 5950-1

          2000 Specification 3 - 10Table 00BS59503-3 Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ for

          Nominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computationBritish Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification 3 - 11

          Table 00BS59503-4 Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification 3 - 24

          Table 00BS595042-1 Flange Classification Provision lsquoClass-Frsquo for 00BS5950 Code 42 - 15

          Table 00BS595042-2 Web Classification Provision lsquoClass-Wrsquo for 00BS5950 Code 42 - 16

          Table 00BS595043-1 Single Angle Classification Provision lsquoClassrsquo for 00BS5950 Code 43 - 6

          Table 00BS595044-1 Classification Provision lsquoClass-Axrsquo for 00BS5950 Code 44 - 6

          Table 00BS595044-2 Classification Provision lsquoClass-Bersquo for 00BS5950 Code 44 - 7

          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes

          V2 00BS595011 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59501 GTSTRUDL Steel Design 00BS5950 Code

          00BS595011 Introduction

          The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters properties and thecode provisions for the GTSTRUDL steel design 00BS5950 code This volume is onlyapplicable to steel design 00BS5950 code

          GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595011 - 2 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code

          V2 00BS595012 - 1 Rev T

          00BS5950 CodeBritish StandardBS 5950-12000

          00BS595012 00BS5950 Code

          The 00BS5950 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of thefollowing shapes

          I shapes Subjected to bending and axial forceSingle Angles Subjected to axial force onlyCircular Hollow Sections (Pipes) Subjected to bending and axial force

          The term I shapes is used to mean rolled or welded I and H beams and columnsuniversal beams and columns joists universal bearing piles W S M and HP profiles withdoubly symmetric cross-sections

          The code is based on the BS 5950-12000 British Standard Structural use ofsteelwork in building Part 1 Code of practice for design rolled and welded sectionsamendment number 13199 issued May 2001 The 00BS5950 code utilizes the limit statedesign techniques of the BSI (British Standard Institution) specification

          The following assumptions are made throughout the 00BS5950 code

          1 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bendingstresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

          2 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

          00BS5950 Code GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 2 V2

          Figure 00BS59501-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code

          V2 00BS595012 - 3 Rev T

          The sections of the BS 5950-12000 specifications (95) that are considered by theGTSTRUDL 00BS5950 code are summarized below

          Section Title

          3 Properties of materials and section properties35 Classification of cross-sections351 General352 Classification353 Flanges of compound I- or H-sections

          Table 11 Limiting width-to-thickness ratios for sectionsother than CHS and RHS

          355 Stress ratios for classification3562 I- or H-sections with equal flanges3564 Circular hollow sections3622 Effective area3623 Effective modulus when web is fully effective364 Equal-leg angle sections365 Alternative method366 Circular hollow sections

          4 Design of structural members423 Shear capacity

          425 Moment capacity4252 Low shear4253 High shear

          43 Lateral-torsional buckling434 Destabilizing load435 Effective length for lateral-torsional buckling

          Table 13 Effective length LE for beams withoutintermediate restraint

          4362 I- H- channel and box sections with equal flanges4364 Buckling resistance moment4365 Bending strength pb

          4366 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT

          Table 18 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT forlateral-torsional buckling

          00BS5950 Code GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 4 V2

          Section Title

          4369 Ratio $W

          445 Shear buckling resistance4452 Simplified method4453 More exact method

          46 Tension members461 Tension capacity472 Slenderness

          47 Compression members472 Slenderness474 Compression resistance475 Compressive strength

          Table 23 Allocation of strut curve

          48 Members with combined moment and axial force482 Tension members with moments4822 Simplified method4823 More exact method

          483 Compression members with moments4832 Cross-section capacity

          4833 Member buckling resistance48331 Simplified method

          Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexuralbuckling

          48332 More exact method for I- or H-sections with equal flangesTable 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexural

          buckling48333 More exact method for CHS RHS or box sections with equal flanges

          Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m forflexural buckling

          49 Members with biaxial moments

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code

          V2 00BS595012 - 5 Rev T

          Section Title

          Annex B (normative)Lateral-torsional buckling of members subject to bending

          B2 Buckling resistanceB21 Bending strengthB22 Perry factor and Robertson constantB23 Uniform I H and channel sections with equal flanges

          Annex C (normative)Compressive strength

          C1 Strut formulaC2 Perry factor and Robertson constant

          Annex H (normative)Web buckling resistance

          H1 Shear buckling strength

          Annex I (normative)Combined axial compression and bending

          I2 Reduced plastic moment capacityI21 I- or H-section with equal flanges

          Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered for all cross-sections except single angles (tension or compressionaxial stresses only) Provisions for columns in simple construction are included Parametersallowing for the changes which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have beenincluded and may be invoked at the users discretion

          The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

          1 Table 00BS59501-1 Shows the parameters used by 00BS5950 codeTable 00BS59501-1 contains the applicable

          parameter names their default values and a briefdescription of the parameters

          2 Section 00BS59502 Describes the cross-section properties used foreach shape

          00BS5950 Code GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 6 V2

          3 Section 00BS59503 Contains detail discussion of the parameters usedby the 00BS5950 code and they are presented inthe alphabetic order in this section

          4 Sections 00BS59504 Describes the subsections in the Section00BS59504

          5 Section 00BS595041 Defines the symbols used in the 00BS5950 codeprovisions

          6 Section 00BS595042 Contains detailed discussion of the codeprovisions and the equations applicable to the Ishape cross-sections subjected to bending andaxial forces

          7 Section 00BS595043 Contains detailed discussion of the codeprovisions and the equations applicable to thesingle angle cross-sections subjected to axial forceonly

          8 Section 00BS595044 Contains detailed discussion of the codeprovisions and the equations applicable to thecircular hollow sections (CHS pipes) subjected tobending and axial forces

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 7 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify 00BS5950 for code nameSee Sections 00BS59502 00BS59503 and 00BS59504for a more detailed description

          TBLNAM UNIBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table 00BS59501-2 forchoices

          METHOD EXACT Identifies the design method This parameter indicates thetype of method that should be used for the shear orcombined capacity checks BOTH = Use simplified and the more exact

          methods See Sections 445 482 and483 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          EXACT = Use the more exact method SeeSections 4453 4823 48332 and48333 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          SIMPLIFY = Use simplified method See Sections4452 4822 and 4832 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          SECTYPE ROLLED Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shapeThis parameter is used to determine the equations that areapplicable to the rolled or welded shapeROLLED = Member is hot rolledWELDED = Member is weldedcoldformed

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 8 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          SHRAREAF Computed SHeaR AREA Factor is used for the computation of theshear area When an alternate value other than COM-PUTE or TABLE is specified shear area is computed asthe SHRAREAF times the cross sectional area (AV = AY= SHRAREAF times AX)COMPUTE = Compute the shear area based on the

          Section 423 of BS 5950-12000 (95)except for single and double anglesShear area for single and double anglesare extracted from GTSTRUDL or US-ER table

          TABLE = Shear area from GTSTRUDL or USERtable is used

          a 2540000(mm) Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is usedto compute ad ratio ad is the ratio of the distancebetween stiffeners to web depth An arbitrary high valueof 2540000 (mm) has been assumed as a default toindicate that the web stiffeners are absent A value isnecessary to account for web stiffeners in the shearcapacity calculation (Provisions 4452 and 4453)

          SimpSupp NO Indicates that if a member is simply supported or notThis parameter is used to determine the equations that areapplicable to the simply supported members (Provisionslsquo4252Zrsquo lsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253YrsquoNO = Member is not simply supportedYES = Member is simply supported

          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provi-sions of a code The ratio of actuallimiting must be lessthan or equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 9 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

          Material Properties

          STEELGRD S235JRG2 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member ismade See Table 00BS59501-3 for STEEL GRaDes andtheir properties

          Py Computed Design strength py (yield stress) of member Computedfrom parameter STEELGRD if not given

          REDPy 10 Reduction factor for parameter Py This factor timesparameter Py gives the design strength (py) value used bythe code Used to account for property changes at hightemperatures

          Pyf Py Design strength of the flange If not specified it isassumed equal to the parameter Py This parameter isused to define a hybrid cross-section see parameter Pywalso

          Pyw Py Design strength of the web If not specified it is assumedequal to the parameter Py This parameter is used todefine a hybrid cross-section see parameter Pyf also

          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similarto REDPy

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 10 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Slenderness Ratio

          SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) fora member subjected to axial compression The defaultvalue for maximum compression slenderness ratio isequal to 180

          SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for amember subjected to axial tension Only a user-specifiedvalue will initiate the slenderness ratio check for a tensionmember

          Effective Length for a Compression Member

          EFLEY 10 Effective factor value used for the computation ofnominal effective length LEy = EFLEY times LY for acompression member Nominal effective length LEY isused in the computation of maximum slenderness ratioabout the local Y axis of the profile See Table00BS59501-4 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 ofBS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEY values

          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of thecross-section This parameter is used to compute nominaleffective length LEy for a compression member (LEy =EFLEY times LY) The default value is computed as a lengthof the member

          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used forparameter LY (LY = FRLY times Member Length)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 11 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Effective Length for a Compression Member (continued)

          EFLEZ 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of nominaleffective length LEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compressionmember Nominal effective length LEZ is used in the com-putation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Z axisof the profile See Table 00BS59501-4 or Sections 472473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEZvalues

          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of thecross-section This parameter is used to compute nominaleffective length LEz for a compression member (LEz = EFLEZtimes LZ) The default value is computed as a length of themember

          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ allows unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used onlywhen default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LZ(LZ = FRLZ times Member Length)

          Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling

          LE LLT Effective length of a member for lateral torsional bucklingof a beam with restraints at the ends Default value is theeffective length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling of a member under bending see parameter LLT(LE = EFLE times LLT) See Table 00BS59501-5 foralternative values and also see Table 13 and 14 of theBS5950-12000 (95)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 12 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling (continued)

          EFLE 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of theeffective length LE of a member under bending Used onlywhen default value of LLT is used for parameter LE (LE =EFLE times LLT see Table 00BS59501-5 and parameter LE)

          LLT Computed Segment length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling (unbraced length) This parameter generally usedto specify the segment length of the compression flangerestraint against lateral-torsional buckling (unbraced lengthof the compression flange) Computed as length of member

          FRLLT 10 Fractional value used for the computation of the unbracedlateral-torsional buckling length of a member LLT Usedonly when default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameterLLT (LLT = FRLLT times Member Length)

          Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors

          mLT Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsionalbuckling (mLT) which is used in the member bucklingresistance equations This parameter modifies Z axisbending buckling capacity in combined axial and bendingcapacity equations See Section 00BS59503 for moreexplanation

          my Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling(my) which is used in the member buckling resistanceequations This parameter modifies Y axis bending capacityin combined axial and bending capacity equations SeeSection 00BS59503 for more explanation

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 13 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

          mz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling(mz) which is used in the member buckling resistanceequations This parameter modifies Z axis bending capacityin combined axial and bending capacity equations SeeSection 00BS59503 for more explanation

          myz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexuralbuckling (myz) which is used in the member out-of-planebuckling resistance equations This parameter modifies Yaxis bending capacity in combined axial and bendingcapacity equations See Section 00BS59503 for moreexplanation

          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about thelocal Y axisYES = Sidesway permittedNO = Sidesway prevented

          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about thelocal Z axisYES = Sidesway permittedNO = Sidesway prevented

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 14 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

          DESTLDY YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Y axisdirection (and possibly rotation about the member local Yaxis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load isapplied in the local Z axis direction of a member and boththe load and the member are free to deflect laterally (andpossibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember This parameter is only applicable to LOADS listor ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERS commandYES = Destabilizing loadNO = Normal load

          DESTLDZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Z axisdirection (and possibly rotation about the member local Zaxis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load isapplied to the top flange (local Y axis load) of a member andboth the load and the flange are free to deflect laterally (andpossibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember This parameter is only applicable to LOADS listor ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERS commandYES = Destabilizing loadNO = Normal load

          Force Limitation

          FXMIN 2224 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero Units are in newtons (N)

          FYMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 15 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Force Limitation (continued)

          FZMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

          Output Processing

          MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles inmost tables

          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an expla-nation

          PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values forlimit state and load and resistance factor codes Thisparameter is applicable to the steel design CHECK andSELECT commands The default output from CHECK orSELECT command prints the section force values A valueof lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that the section limitingvalues should be printed instead of default section forces

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 16 V2

          Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters

          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

          Output Processing (continued)

          TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for theexplanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section

          forces

          VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of theUser Reference Manual for the explanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 17 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-2

          GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the 00BS5950 Code

          Profile Shapes Reference

          I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of ApplicableTable names for universal beams universal columnsjoists universal bearing piles I shapes W S M HPshapes wide flange shapes etc

          Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angletable names applicable to 00BS5950 code

          Circular Hollow Sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of circular hollowsection (pipe round HSS) table names applicable to00BS5950 code

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 18 V2

          Table 00BS59501-3

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S185 185 175 290

          S235JR 235 225 340

          S235JRG1 235 225 340

          S235JRG2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J0 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G3 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G4 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S275JR 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J0 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G3 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G4 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275N 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          S275NL 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 19 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-3 (continued)

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S355JR 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J0 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355N 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S355NL 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S420N 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S420NL 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S460N 460 440 430 410 400 550

          S460NL 460 440 430 410 400 550

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 20 V2

          Table 00BS59501-4

          Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ forNominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computation

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          a) non-sway mode

          Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of structure EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition at both ends

          Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 07Partially restrained in direction at both ends 085Restrained in direction at one end 085Not restrained in direction at either end 10

          b) sway mode

          One end Other end EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition and restrainedin direction

          Not held inposition

          Effectively restrained in direction 12Partially restrained in direction 15Not restrained in direction 20

          Excluding angle channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with Section4710 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          EFLEY 15 MEMBER 1 $ LEy = 15LY for member 1EFLEZ 12 MEMBER 25 $ LEz = 12LZ for member 25

          LY and LZ are the unbraced length for buckling about the local Y and Z axis of the cross-section (see parameter LY and LZ)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code Parameters

          V2 00BS595012 - 21 Rev T

          Table 00BS59501-5

          Effective Length LE

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          Conditions of restraint at supports Alternate values forParameter LE

          Loading conditions

          Normal

          DESTLDZ = NO

          Destabilizing

          DESTLDZ = YES

          Default value for parameter LE LLT EFLLTtimesLLT EFLLTtimesLLT

          Compression flange laterally restrained Nominal torsional restraint against rotation about longitudinal axis

          Both flanges fully restrained againstrotation on plan

          A1 07LLT 085LLT

          Compression flange fully restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A2 075LLT 09LLT

          Both flanges partially restrained againstrotation on plan

          A3 08LLT 095LLT

          Compression flange partially restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A4 085LLT 10LLT

          Both flanges free to rotate on plan A5 10LLT 12LLT

          Compression flange laterally unrestrained Both flanges free to rotate on plan

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided byconnection of bottom flange to supports

          A6 10LLT + 2D 12LLT + 2D

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided only bypressure of bottom flange onto supports

          A7 12LLT + 2D 14LLT + 2D

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          DESTLDZ NO LOAD 2DESTLDZ YES LOAD 5LE A3 MEMBER 1 $ LE = 08LLT for load 2 and

          $ LE = 095LLT for load 5LE A7 MEMBER 8 $ LE = 12LLT+2D for load 2 and

          $ LE = 14LLT+2D for load 5

          1 D is the depth of cross-section (table property YD)2 Default value for parameter EFLLT is equal to 103 For cantilevers and other types of beams not in Table 00BS59501-6 use parameter EFLLT to specify the effective length

          factor (LE = EFLLTtimesLLT)

          00BS5950 Code Parameters GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595012 - 22 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59502 Properties used by 00BS5950

          This section describes the profile properties used by the 00BS5950 code Since eachshape has different properties that are required by the design code the properties of eachshape are listed separately The tables supplied with GTSTRUDL contain these propertiesrequired for design in addition to the properties required for analysis New tables created bythe user should include the same properties if the 00BS5950 code is to be used Theorientation of the principle axes (Z and Y) for each shape is shown in Figure 00BS59502-1

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 2 V2

          Figure 00BS59502-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 3 Rev T

          I Shapes

          For universal shapes W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams thefollowing properties are required

          AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the total profile depth (YD)

          times the web thickness (WBTK)AZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = total profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Y axis (half of the total profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = web depth (clear depth of the web) This is the property d in

          the BS 5950-12000 Specification (95) and GTSTRUDL Britishtables contain this value in the database Web depth (cleardepth of the web) is computed as cross-section depth minustwice the flange thickness and minus twice the connectioncurve radius between the web and the flange This property inother tables like AISC tables have slightly different definitionFor example INTYD in the AISC tables are defined as the totalprofile depth (YD) minus twice the flange thickness (FLTK)This property for welded section is defined as the total profiledepth (YD) minus twice the flange thickness (FLTK)

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 4 V2

          BF2TF = this is the property taken from the table database The bT ratioof the flange computed as frac12 the flange width (property lsquoZDrsquo)divided by the flange thickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo) If thisproperty is not available frac12 the flange width (property lsquoZDrsquo)divided by the flange thickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo) is used

          EY = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the Yaxis

          EZ = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the Zaxis

          H or CW = warping constantND = nominal depthX = torsional index (corresponds to x in BS 5950-12000) If not

          specified the torsional index is computed based on the equationgiven in the Annex B23 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          U = buckling parameter (corresponds to u in BS 5950-12000) Ifnot specified the buckling parameter is computed based on theequation given in the Annex B23 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

          WEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

          = 10 I shapes= 12 H shapes

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 5 Rev T

          Single Angles

          For single angles the properties are defined with respect to the principleaxes the following properties are required

          AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y-shear area along the Y-principle axis AY is taken as a value

          that will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FYAY where FY is the Y-shear force in the Y-principle axis direction In this case AY is taken as the term(IZtimesTHICKQZ) where QZ is the first moment of the areaabove the Z-principle axis about the Z-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and JM Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

          AZ = Z-shear area along the Z-principle axis AZ is taken as a valuethat will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FZAZ where FZ is the Z-shear force in the Z-principle axis direction In this case AZ is taken as the term(IYtimesTHICKQY) where QY is the first moment of the areaabove the Y-principle axis about the Y-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and JM Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

          IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-

          ZC)) (note if both legs are equal LEG1 = LEG2 then SY =SYS)

          SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZ(YD-

          YC))THICK = thickness of the single angleLEG1 = length of the longer leg

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 6 V2

          LEG2 = length of the shorter legYD = depth parallel to the Y axis

          = LEG2timescos (ALPHA)+THICKtimessin (ALPHA)YC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Y axisZD = depth parallel to the principle Z axis

          = LEG1timescos (ALPHA) + LEG2timessin (ALPHA)ZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

          fiber along the Z axisALPHA = angle between the longer leg of the angle and the principle Z

          axisEY = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the

          principle Y axisEZ = distance from the centroid to the shear center parallel to the

          principle Z axisWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

          = 30 single angles

          GT STRUDL Properties used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59502 - 7 Rev T

          Circular Hollow Sections (Pipes)

          For circular hollow sections (pipes) the following properties are required

          AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as frac12 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as frac12 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisZY = plastic modulus about the Y axisZZ = plastic modulus about the Z axisOD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (pipe)ID = inside diameter of the circular hollow section (pipe)THICK = thickness of the circular hollow section (pipe)YD = depth parallel to the Y axis (OD)YC = distance to the extreme fiber in the positive Y direction

          (OD20)ZD = depth parallel to the Z axis (OD)ZC = distance to the extreme fiber in the positive Z direction

          (OD20)ND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

          = 51 circular hollow section (pipe)

          Properties Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59502 - 8 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59503 Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          The parameters used by 00BS5950 code may be grouped into three generalcategories

          1 System parameters2 Control parameters3 Code parameters

          The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT and CHECK commandresults Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checked and specifycomparison tolerances The third group referred to as code parameters are used to specifyinformation and coefficients directly referenced in the code With the notable exception ofCODETOL parameters of the second group are seldom used A knowledge of the systemand control parameters allows the user greater flexibility when using the 00BS5950 codeThe vast majority of parameters fall into the code category and have a direct bearing on00BS5950 code and the results it produces

          For the categories described above the parameters used by 00BS5950 code arepresented below and are summarized in the Table 00BS59503-1 The system and controlparameters are discussed first followed by the code parameters

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 2 V2

          Table 00BS59503-1

          Parameters in 00BS5950

          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

          a 2540000 (mm) Real value in active unitsCODE Required 00BS5950CODETOL 00 Percent ToleranceDESTLDY YES NODESTLDZ YES NOEFLE 10 Real valueEFLEY 10 Real valueEFLEZ 10 Real valueFRLLT 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLY 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLZ 10 Fraction of member lengthFXMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFYMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFZMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsLE LY Real value in active unitsLLT Member Length Real value in active unitsLY Member Length Real value in active unitsLZ Member Length Real value in active unitsMETHOD EXACT BOTH SIMPLIFYmLT Computed Real valuemy Computed Real valueMYMIN 22600 (Nndashmm) Real value in active unitsmyz Computed Real value in active unitsmz Computed Real value in active unitsMZMIN 22600 (ndashmm) Real value in active unitsPF 10 Fraction of areaPRIDTA 10 20PrintLim NO YESPy Computed Real value in active unitsPyf Py Real value in active units

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 3 Rev T

          Table 00BS59503-1 (continued)

          Parameters in 00BS5950

          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

          Pyw Py Real value in active unitsREDE 10 Reduction factor for EREDPy 10 Reduction factor for FYSDSWAYY YES NOSDSWAYZ YES NOSECTYPE ROLLED WELDEDSHRAREAF Computed COMPUTE TABLE Real valueSimpSupp NO YESSLENCOMP 1800 Real valueSLENTEN Computed Real valueSTEELGRD S235JRG2 Table 00BS59503-4SUMMARY NO YESTBLNAM UNIBEAMS Table 00BS59501-3TRACE 4 1 2 3VALUES 1 2 3 4

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 4 V2

          System Parameters

          PRIDTA 1 2

          The PRIDTA parameter may be used to monitor the selection procedurewhich is used during a SELECT Its output is of minimal use in a productionenvironment and is therefore not recommended to the user The two options are (1)for no output and (2) for output monitoring the flow through the selection procedureThe primary use of PRIDTA is to compare the different selection procedures and itis listed here only for completeness CHECK commands are not affected byPRIDTA

          PrintLim NO YES

          Parameter to request to print the section limiting values for limit state andload and resistance factor codes This parameter is applicable to the steel designCHECK and SELECT commands The default output from CHECK or SELECTcommand prints the section force values A value of YES for this parameterindicates that the section limiting values should be printed instead of default sectionforces

          SUMMARY NO YES

          Unlike the preceding parameters SUMMARY does not directly produceoutput during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARY invokes abookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parameter valuesused at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed or checkedThe two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NO thebookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specified allprovisions and parameters in the code Summary Description (Sections 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has been recorded

          TRACE 1 2 3 4

          The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 5 Rev T

          1 - no provisions are output2 - outputs any provisions which fail3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and4 - outputs the two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed

          Whenever 2 or 3 is selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces actingon the member for that section and loading For each provision at that section andloading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio are outputFigure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACE value of3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actual exceeded theallowable are output The order in which provisions are output depends on the codebeing used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loading When novalue is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 is assumed Thedefault output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK command shows themember name the code name the profile name the table name the loadingconditions and the section locations where the two largest actualallowable valuesoccur the provision names corresponding to the two largest actualallowable valuesthe two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed and the internal membersection forces at the section with the largest actualallowable ratio

          VALUES 1 2 3 4

          VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused while SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values are outputThe four options for VALUES are

          1 - no parameter or property values is output2 - outputs only parameter values3 - outputs only property values and4 - outputs both parameter and property values

          Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 6 V2

          Control Parameters

          CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

          CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

          With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODETOLthe user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

          FXMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

          FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force which is considered bythe code Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

          FYMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

          FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

          FZMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

          FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 7 Rev T

          MYMIN 22600 Nndashmm Alternate value in active units

          MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MYMIN

          MZMIN 22600 Nndashmm Alternate value in active units

          MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MZMIN

          NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MYMIN and MZMIN shouldalways be greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces andmoments are not made Forces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and lessmay be present due to numerical limitations of the computer In most structuresforces of this magnitude are negligible when compared to the forces usuallyfound in a member Default values for the minimums are appropriate for mostapplications

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 8 V2

          Code Parameters

          a 2540000 mm Alternate value in active units

          Parameter a is the clear distance between transverse stiffeners Thisparameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the computation of thelimiting shear stress The default value indicates that the shear check does notconsider transverse stiffeners A user-specified value for parameter a causes theautomatic computation of the ah ratio lsquohrsquo is defined as the total depth minus twicethe flange thickness for I-shapes lsquohrsquo is the same as the table property INTYDINTYD is the clear distance between flanges (see Section 00BS59502)

          CODE Required

          The CODE parameter indicates the code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of 00BS5950 must be specified for thisparameter to check code based on 1997 CISC Seventh Edition 00BS5950 designor code check is based on the Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh EditionCanadian Institute of Steel Construction November 1997 The 00BS5950 code isbased on the Limit State Design

          DESTLDY YES NO

          This parameter indicates the presence or absence of a destabilizing load whichcauses movement in the member local Y axis direction (and possibly rotation aboutthe member local Y axis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load is appliedin the local Z axis direction of a member and both the load and the member are freeto deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember The default value of YES for this parameter indicates that the user-specified loads applied to the members are destabilizing loads which causesmovement in the members local Y axis direction (and possibly rotation about themember local Y axis) A user-specified value of NO for this parameter indicates thatthe specified loads are normal loads and do not cause movement or rotation Thisparameter is only applicable to LOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERScommand

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 9 Rev T

          DESTLDZ YES NO

          This parameter indicates the presence or absence of a destabilizing load whichcauses movement in the member local Z axis direction (and possibly rotation aboutthe member local Z axis) Destabilizing load conditions exist when a load is appliedin the local Y axis direction of a member and both the load and the member are freeto deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also) relative to the centroid of themember The default value of YES for this parameter indicates that the user-specified loads applied to the members are destabilizing loads which causesmovement in the members local Z axis direction (and possibly rotation about themember local Z axis) A user-specified value of NO for this parameter indicates thatthe specified loads are normal loads and do not cause movement or rotation Thisparameter is only applicable to LOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERScommand

          EFLE 10 Alternate value

          EFLE specified the effective factor value used for the computation of theeffective length LE for lateral-torsional buckling of a member under bending Thisparameter is used only when default value of LLT is used for parameter LE (LE =EFLE times LLT see Table 00BS59503-2 and parameter LE also see Table 13 and 14of the BS 5950-12000 (95)) EFLE may be less than or greater than 10

          EFLEY 10 Alternative value

          Effective factor value used for the computation of nominal effective lengthLEy = EFLEY times LY for a compression member Nominal effective length LEY isused in the computation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Y axis of theprofile See Table 00BS59503-3 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEY values

          EFLEZ 10 Alternative value

          Effective factor value used for the computation of nominal effective lengthLEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compression member Nominal effective length LEZ is usedin the computation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Z axis of theprofile See Table 00BS59503-3 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEY values

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 10 V2

          Table 00BS59503-2

          Effective Length LE

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          Conditions of restraint at supports Alternate values forParameter LE

          Loading conditions

          Normal

          DESTLDZ = NO

          Destabilizing

          DESTLDZ = YES

          Default value for parameter LE LLT EFLLTtimesLLT EFLLTtimesLLT

          Compression flange laterally restrained Nominal torsional restraint against rotation about longitudinal axis

          Both flanges fully restrained againstrotation on plan

          A1 07LLT 085LLT

          Compression flange fully restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A2 075LLT 09LLT

          Both flanges partially restrained againstrotation on plan

          A3 08LLT 095LLT

          Compression flange partially restrainedagainst rotation on plan

          A4 085LLT 10LLT

          Both flanges free to rotate on plan A5 10LLT 12LLT

          Compression flange laterally unrestrained Both flanges free to rotate on plan

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided byconnection of bottom flange to supports

          A6 10LLT + 2D 12LLT + 2D

          Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided only bypressure of bottom flange onto supports

          A7 12LLT + 2D 14LLT + 2D

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          DESTLDZ NO LOAD 2DESTLDZ YES LOAD 5LE A3 MEMBER 1 $ LE = 08LLT for load 2 and

          $ LE = 095LLT for load 5LE A7 MEMBER 8 $ LE = 12LLT+2D for load 2 and

          $ LE = 14LLT+2D for load 5

          1 D is the depth of cross-section (table property YD)2 Default value for parameter EFLLT is equal to 103 For cantilevers and other types of beams not in Table 00BS59503-2 use parameter EFLLT to specify the effective length

          factor (LE = EFLLTtimesLLT)

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 11 Rev T

          Table 00BS59503-3

          Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ forNominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computation

          British Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

          a) non-sway mode

          Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of structure EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition at both ends

          Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 07Partially restrained in direction at both ends 085Restrained in direction at one end 085Not restrained in direction at either end 10

          b) sway mode

          One end Other end EFLEYand

          EFLEZEffectively held inposition and restrainedin direction

          Not held inposition

          Effectively restrained in direction 12Partially restrained in direction 15Not restrained in direction 20

          Excluding angle channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with Section4710 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

          ExamplePARAMETERS

          EFLEY 15 MEMBER 1 $ LEy = 15LY for member 1EFLEZ 12 MEMBER 25 $ LEz = 12LZ for member 25

          LY and LZ are the unbraced length for buckling about the local Y and Z axis of the cross-section(see parameter LY and LZ)

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 12 V2

          FRLLT 10 Fraction of member length

          This parameter specifies the fractional value used for the computation of theunbraced lateral-torsional buckling length of a member LLT FRLLT is used onlywhen default value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LLT (LLT = FRLLT timesMember Length) FRLLT may be less than or greater than 10

          FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

          FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members flexible length FRLY may be less than or greater than 10This parameter is used only when LY is computed (LY = FRLY Member Length)

          FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

          FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members flexible length FRLZ may be less than or greater than 10This parameter is used only when LZ is computed (LZ = FRLZ Member Length)

          LE LLT Alternate value in active units

          LE specifies the effective length of a member for lateral-torsional bucklingof a beam with restraints at the ends Default value is the effective length betweenrestraints against lateral-torsional buckling of a member under bending seeparameter LLT (LE = EFLE times LLT) See Table 00BS59503-2 for alternative valuesand also see Tables 13 and 14 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) See the LLT parameterbelow for a description of the lateral-torsional buckling length (unbraced length ofthe compression flange) An alternate value in the active units may be specified bythe user

          LLT Computed Alternate value in active units

          LLT specifies the segment length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling (unbraced length) This parameter generally is used to specify the segmentlength of the compression flange restraint against lateral-torsional buckling (unbracedlength of the compression flange) The default is computed as the flexible memberlength times the value of the FRLLT parameter See the LY parameter below fora description of the flexible member length

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 13 Rev T

          LY Computed Alternate value in active units

          LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure 00BS59503-1 This parameter is used to compute the nominal effectivelength LEy = EFLEY times LY for a compression member The default is computed asthe flexible member length times the value of the FRLY parameter The flexiblelength of a member is the joint-to-joint distance unless eccentricities andor end jointsizes are given When eccentricities are given the eccentric start-to-end length of themember is used For end joint sizes the end joint size at both ends is subtracted fromthe actual joint-to-joint length LY may be specified larger or smaller than themembers flexible length and no comparisons are made between the two SeeSection 218 of Volume 1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end jointsizes

          LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

          LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure 00BS59503-1 This parameter is used to compute the nominal effectivelength LEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compression member The default is computed asthe flexible member length times the value of the FRLZ parameter See the LYparameter above for a description of the flexible member length

          METHOD EXACT SIMPLIFY BOTH

          This parameter is to specify the design method that should be used for thecode check or design of a member There are two design method available for00BS5950 code simplify and exact method A user-specified method for thisparameter indicates the type of equations that should be used for the shear orcombined capacity checks The default value of EXACT for this parameter indicatesthat the exact method discussed in the Sections 4453 4823 48332 and48333 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) should be used The user-specified value ofSIMPLIFY indicates that the simplified method in the Sections 4452 4822 and4832 of BS 5950-12000 (95) should be used The value of BOTH for thisparameter indicates that both the exact and simplified method equations of BS 5950-12000 (95) should be used (see Sections 445 482 and 483 of BS 5950-12000)

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 14 V2

          Figure 00BS59503-1 Local Axis Buckling

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 15 Rev T

          mLT Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomLTrsquo corresponds to the factor mLT and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for lateral-torsional buckling used in the member buckling resistanceequations mLT is a modification factor for a non-uniform moment diagram whenboth ends of the beam segment are braced mLT is calculated based on the major axismoments over the segment length LLT LLT is the segment length between restraintsagainst lateral-torsional buckling (see parameter lsquoLLTrsquo) Factor mLT is used in thelateral-torsional buckling equations mLT is discussed in the Section 4366 and Table18 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

          mLT = 0 2015 05 015

          0 442 3 4

          max

          ++ +

          geM M M

          MmLTbut

          mLT = 10 for cantilever member

          mLT = 10 for the destabilizing load

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum major axis moment (Z axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = absolute value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at quarter

          point of the unbraced segmentM3 = absolute value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at

          centerline of the unbraced beam segmentM4 = absolute value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at three-

          quarter point of the unbraced beam segment

          When computing the default value of mLT the compression flange is assumedto be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where theactual unbraced length is different than the eccentric member length (start to end ofthe member) the user should specify a value for the parameter lsquomLTrsquo A value of10 is always conservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specifiedvalue for the parameter lsquoLLTrsquo is not equal to the eccentric memberlength a value of 10 is assumed

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 16 V2

          my Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomyrsquo corresponds to the factor my and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for flexural buckling used in the member buckling resistanceequations Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) my is a modification factorfor non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beam segment are braced

          my is calculated based on the minor axis moments over the segment length Ly Ly isthe segment length between restraints against flexural buckling about the minor axis(see parameter lsquoLYrsquo) Factor my is used in the combined buckling resistanceequations (Section 4833 and Table 26 of the BS 5950-12000)

          my = 0 201 0 6 01 082 3 4 24

          max max+

          + +ge

          M M MM

          mM

          Mybut

          mdash if sway mode (sidesway) permitted about the Y axis my $ 085see parameter SDSWAYY A value of YES for parameter SDSWAYYindicates that sidesway is permitted

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at quarter point of

          the unbraced segmentM3 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at centerline of the

          unbraced beam segmentM4 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at three-quarter

          point of the unbraced beam segmentM24 = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)

          in the central half of the segment (maximum moment between M2

          (quarter point) and M4 (three-quarter point) location)

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 are all lie on the same side of the axis (all moments arepositive or negative) their value all taken as positive

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 lie both sides of the axis (some positive and somenegative moments) the side leading to the larger value of my is taken asthe positive side

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 17 Rev T

          When computing the default value of my the member is assumed to besupported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where the actual unbracedlength is different than the eccentric member length (start to end of the member) theuser should specify a value for the parameter lsquomyrsquo A value of 10 is alwaysconservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specified valuefor the parameter lsquoLYrsquo is not equal to the eccentric member length a valueof 10 is assumed

          myz Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomyzrsquo corresponds to the factor myz and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for lateral flexural buckling used in the member out-of-plane bucklingresistance equations Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) myz is amodification factor for non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beamsegment are braced myz is calculated based on the minor axis moments over thesegment length Lz Lz is the segment length between restraints against flexuralbuckling about the major axis (see parameter lsquoLZrsquo) Factor myz is used in thecombined buckling resistance equations (Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000)

          myz = 0 201 0 6 01 082 3 4 24

          max max+

          + +ge

          M M MM

          mM

          Myzbut

          mdash if sway mode (sidesway) permitted about the Z axis (in-plane)myz $ 085see parameter SDSWAYZ A value of YES for parameter SDSWAYZindicates that sidesway is permitted

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at quarter point of

          the unbraced segmentM3 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at centerline of the

          unbraced beam segmentM4 = value of minor axis moment (Y axis moment) at three-quarter

          point of the unbraced beam segment

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 18 V2

          0 201 0 6 01 082 3 4 24

          max max+

          + +ge

          M M MM

          mM

          Mzbut

          M24 = absolute value of maximum minor axis moment (Y axis moment)in the central half of the segment (maximum moment between M2

          (quarter point) and M4 (three-quarter point) location)

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 are all lie on the same side of the axis (all moments arepositive or negative) their value all taken as positive

          mdash if M2 M3 and M4 lie both sides of the axis (some positive and somenegative moments) the side leading to the larger value of my is taken asthe positive side

          When computing the default value of myz the member is assumed to besupported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where the actual unbracedlength is different than the eccentric member length (start to end of the member) theuser should specify a value for the parameter lsquomyzrsquo A value of 10 is alwaysconservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specified valuefor the parameter lsquoLZrsquo is not equal to the eccentric member length avalue of 10 is assumed

          mz Computed Alternative value

          Parameter lsquomzrsquo corresponds to the factor mz and is the equivalent uniformmoment factor for flexural buckling used in the member buckling resistanceequations Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000 (95) mz is a modification factorfor non-uniform moment diagram when both ends of the beam segment are bracedmz is calculated based on the major axis moments over the segment length Lz Lz isthe segment length between restraints against flexural buckling about the major axis(see parameter lsquoLZrsquo) Factor mz is used in the combined buckling resistanceequations (Section 4833 of the BS 5950-12000)

          mz =

          mdash if sway mode (sidesway) permitted about the Z axis (in-plane)mz $ 085see parameter SDSWAYZ A value of YES for parameter SDSWAYZindicates that sidesway is permitted

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 19 Rev T

          whereMmax = absolute value of maximum major axis moment (Z axis moment)

          in the unbraced segmentM2 = value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at quarter point of

          the unbraced segmentM3 = value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at centerline of the

          unbraced beam segmentM4 = value of major axis moment (Z axis moment) at three-quarter

          point of the unbraced beam segmentM24 = absolute value of maximum major axis moment (Z axis moment)

          in the central half of the segment (maximum moment between M2

          (quarter point) and M4 (three-quarter point) location)mdash if M2 M3 and M4 are all lie on the same side of the axis (all moments are

          positive or negative) their value all taken as positivemdash if M2 M3 and M4 lie both sides of the axis (some positive and some

          negative moments) the side leading to the larger value of mz is taken asthe positive side

          When computing the default value of mz the member is assumed to besupported (ie braced) only at the member ends In cases where the actual unbracedlength is different than the eccentric member length (start to end of the member) theuser should specify a value for the parameter lsquomzrsquo A value of 10 is alwaysconservative and may be used in either of the preceding cases

          NOTE when no value is specified for this parameter and the user-specified valuefor the parameter lsquoLZrsquo is not equal to the eccentric member length avalue of 10 is assumed

          PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

          PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

          Py Computed Alternate value in active units

          FY may be used to specify the design strength of a member rather thanhaving it computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When FY is specified for amember its value remains constant irrespective of profile size under consideration

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 20 V2

          The value of STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it wasspecified

          Pyf Py Alternate value in active units

          Parameter Pyf may be used to specify the design strength of the flange WhenPyf is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equal to theparameter Py When a value is specified for this parameter the member is assumedto be a hybrid cross-section

          Pyw Py Alternate value in active units

          Parameter Pyw may be used to specify the design strength of the web WhenPyw is not specified the value for this parameter is assumed to be equal to theparameter Py When a value is specified for this parameter the member is assumedto be a hybrid cross-section

          REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

          The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the 00BS5950 code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

          REDPy 10 Reduction factor for Py

          REDFU allows a user to account for changes in the minimum tensile(ultimate) strength FU of a member such as those which occur at high temperaturesREDFU is multiplied by FU to give the value used for minimum tensile (ultimate)strength

          SDSWAYY YES NO

          SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure 00BS59503-2 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 21 Rev T

          Figure 00BS59503-2 SIDESWAY Conditions

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 22 V2

          SDSWAYZ YES NO

          SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure 00BS59503-2 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

          SECTYPE ROLLED WELDED

          This parameter defines the type of a cross-section specified in the structuralmodel The default value of ROLLED indicates that the members are hot rolledcross-sections An alternative value of WELDED for the parameter SECTYPEindicates that the members are welded or cold-formed cross-sections

          SHRAREAF Computed COMPUTE TABLE

          This parameter is used to specify shear area factor for the computation of theshear area The default or user-specified value of COMPUTE indicates that the sheararea should be computed based on the Section 423 of BS 5950-12000 (95) exceptfor single and double angles Shear area for single and double angles are extractedfrom GTSTRUDL or USER table database A use specified value of TABLE for thisparameter indicates that the shear area from GTSTRUDL or USER table should beused When an alternate value other than COMPUTE or TABLE is specified sheararea is computed as the SHRAREAF times the cross sectional area (Avy = Avz = SHRAREAF times AX)

          SimpSupp NO YES

          This parameter is used to specify the support condition of the member Toavoid irreversible deformation under serviceability loads the value of Mc should belimited to 12pyZ in the case of a simply supported beam This parameter is used todetermine if the 12pyZ limitation is applicable to the provisions lsquo4252Zrsquolsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo (see Section 4251 of the BS 5950-12000)The default value of NO for this parameter indicates that the member is not simplysupported A user-specified value of YES for this parameter indicates that themember is simply supported and the equations in the provisions lsquo4252Zrsquolsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo are limited to 12pyZ

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 23 Rev T

          SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

          SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of2000 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

          SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

          SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 3000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

          STEELGRD S235JRG2 Value from Table 00BS59503-4

          STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to be madeUsing the value of STEELGRD the design strength (Py) can be correctly determinedThis is particularly important for the higher strength steels since the design strengthdecrease when the thickness t is larger than 16 mm as shown in Table 00BS59503-4

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 24 V2

          Table 00BS59503-4

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S185 185 175 290

          S235JR 235 225 340

          S235JRG1 235 225 340

          S235JRG2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J0 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G3 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S235J2G4 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

          S275JR 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J0 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G3 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275J2G4 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

          S275N 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          S275NL 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          V2 00BS59503 - 25 Rev T

          Table 00BS59503-4 (continued)

          Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

          Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

          t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

          S355JR 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J0 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355J2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355K2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

          S355N 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S355NL 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

          S420N 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S420NL 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

          S460N 460 440 430 410 400 550

          S460NL 460 440 430 410 400 550

          Parameters Used by 00BS5950

          Rev T 00BS59503 - 26 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Provisions of 00BS5950

          V2 00BS5950 4 - 1 Rev T

          00BS59504 Provisions of 00BS5950

          This section presents the equations used in 00BS5950 code to determine theacceptability of a profile The equations have been divided into provisions where eachprovision represents a comparison which may be output with the TRACE parameter andorstored with the SUMMARY parameter Provision names used in SUMMARY and TRACEoutput are given and then the equations used in the particular provision are followed Eachprovision is accompanied by a brief description of the check being made and the section ofthe BS 5950-12000 (95) specification on which it is based Conditions which determinewhether or not a provision is to be checked are described before each provision Symbolsparameters and properties used in the provisions have been described in the precedingsections

          A special provision ldquoNotCheckrdquo is used to indicate that no profile is available for thedesired grade of steel (STEELGRD) which is large enough to carry the forces acting on themember When this condition occurs no other provisions are checked for the member

          The remainder of this section is divided into three (3) subsections Since each shapehas a unique design procedure they are presented in separate subsections as shown below

          Shape Subsection

          I shapes 00BS595042

          Single Angles 00BS595043

          Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) 00BS595044

          Provisions of 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS59504 - 2 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595041 General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          This section defines the symbols used in describing the provisions of the 00BS5950code To minimize confusion the notation of the British Standard BS 5950-12000 (95)specification is used whenever possible Symbols that are determined from parameters areidentified in this section When appropriate the units of a symbol are shown after itsdefinition

          A = cross-section area (mm2)= AX

          Ae = effective net cross-sectional area (mm2)= (PF) AX

          Aeff = effective cross-sectional area (see provisionlsquoAeffrsquo) (mm2)

          Ag = AX = gross cross-sectional area (mm2)Avy = shear area in the Y direction (mm2)Avz = shear area in the Z direction (mm2)AX = Ag = cross-sectional area (see property lsquoAXrsquo Section

          00BS59502) (mm2)AY = cross-sectional shear area in Y direction (see

          property lsquoAYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm2)AZ = cross-sectional shear area in Z direction (mm2)a = stiffener spacing Clear distance between

          transverse stiffeners (see parameter lsquoarsquo) (mm)B = flange width (mm)

          = ZDBF2TF = bT = section property (see Section 00BS59502)b = ZD 2 = flange width (mm)b = LEG2 = length of the shorter leg (mm)bT = BF2TF = ratio of frac12 flange width to flange thickness (ie I

          shape)D = overall depth (see property lsquoYDrsquo) (mm)D = OD = outside diameter circular hollow section (CHS

          pipe) (mm)d = INTYD = web depth (see provision lsquodTrsquo) (mm)d = LEG1 = length of the longer leg (mm)dt = dt = if this property is not available in the table

          database d divided by lsquoWBTKrsquo is used

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 2 V2

          E = modulus of elasticity of steel (see parameterREDE (E = REDEtimes(the analysis constant E)))(MPa)

          F = axial tension force (N)= FX

          Fc = axial compression (N)FLTK = T = flange thickness (mm)FRLEY = factor used to compute nominal effective

          unbraced length about the member Y axisDefault value is equal to 10 (see ParameterlsquoFRLEYrsquo)

          FRLEZ = factor used to compute nominal effectiveunbraced length about the member Z axisDefault value is equal to 10 (see ParameterlsquoFRLEYrsquo)

          FRLY = fractional form of the parameter lsquoLYrsquo allowsunbraced length to be specified as fractions of thetotal length Used only when lsquoLYrsquo is computed

          FRLZ = fractional form of the parameter lsquoLZrsquo allowsunbraced length to be specified as fractions of thetotal length Used only when lsquoLZrsquo is computed

          Ft = actual tension force at a section (N)FX = axial section force (positive represents a tensile

          force negative represents a compressive force)(N)

          FXMIN = smallest magnitude axial force which will beconsidered by the code (see parameter FXMIN)(N)

          FY = shear force in member Y direction (N)FYMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Y

          direction which will be considered by the code(see parameter FYMIN) (N)

          Fvy = actual shear force in member Y direction (N)= FY

          Fvz = actual shear force in member Z direction (N)= FZ

          FZ = shear force in member Z direction (N)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 3 Rev T

          FZMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Zdirection which will be considered by the code(see parameter FZMIN) (N)

          ff = mean longitudinal stress in the smaller flange dueto moment andor axial force (Nmm2)

          =FXAX

          MZSZ

          +

          G = shear modulus of steel (see Parameter REDE (G = REDEtimes(the analysis constant G)) (Nmm2)

          hs = distance between the shear centers of the flanges(mm)

          = YD - FLTKINTYD = section property (see Section 00BS59502) (mm)Ix = IX = J = torsional constant (mm4)Iy = IY = moment of inertia about the member Y axis

          (mm4)Iz = IZ = moment of inertia about the member Z axis

          (mm4)J = IX = torsional constant (mm4)KLr = Klr = controlling slenderness ratioKy = KY = effective length factor about the member Y axis

          (see parameter KY)Kz = KZ = effective length factor about the member Z axis

          (see parameter KZ)Lr = limiting slenderness ratio for tension memberLE = effective length for lateral-torsional buckling (see

          provision lsquoLErsquo) (mm)LEG1 = length of the single angle longer leg (see property

          lsquoLEG1rsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)LEG2 = length of the single angle shorter leg (see property

          lsquoLEG2rsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the

          member local Y axis (mm)= FRLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about themember local Z axis (mm)

          = FRLEZ timesLz

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 4 V2

          Lx = LX = unbraced length for torsional buckling about themember X axis (mm)

          Ly = LY = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis(see parameters LY and FRLY) (mm)

          Lz = LZ = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis(see parameters LZ and FRLZ) (mm)

          lr = actual slenderness ratio for tension memberMb = buckling resistance moment (see provision

          lsquo4364) (Nndashmm)Mcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in

          the absence of axial load (see provisionslsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253Yrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          Mcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) inthe absence of axial load (see provisionslsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          MLT = maximum major axis (Z axis) moment in thesegment length Lx governing Mb (Nndashmm)

          Mpf = plastic moment capacity of the smaller flangeabout its own equal area axis perpendicular to theplane of the web determined using pyf (Nndashmm)

          = pyf ( FLTK times ZD2 2 )Mpw = plastic moment capacity of the smaller web about

          its own equal area axis perpendicular to the planeof the web determined using pyw (Nndashmm)

          = pyw ( INTYD times WBTK2 4 )Mry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment

          capacity in the presence of axial force (seeprovision lsquoMryrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          Mrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic momentcapacity in the presence of axial force (seeprovision lsquoMrzrsquo) (Nndashmm)

          My = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) atthe section (Nndashmm)

          = MYMY = actual moment about the member Y axis (Nndashmm)MYMIN = smallest magnitude member Y axis moment

          which will be considered by the code (see param-eter MYMIN) (Nndashmm)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 5 Rev T

          Mz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at thesection (Nndashmm)

          = MZMZ = actual moment about the member Z axis

          (Nndashmm)Mzmax = maximum major axis (Z axis) moment in the

          segment (Nndashmm)MZMIN = smallest magnitude member Z axis moment which

          will be considered by the code (see parameterMZMIN) (Nndashmm)

          mLT = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsional buckling (see parameter lsquomLTrsquo)

          my = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Yaxis (minor axis) (see parameter lsquomyrsquo)

          myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateralflexural buckling (see parameter lsquomyzrsquo)

          mZ = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Zaxis (major axis) (see parameter lsquomzrsquo)

          OD = outside diameter circular hollow section (CHSpipe) (see property lsquoODrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm)

          Pc = smaller value of Pcy and Pcz (see provision lsquoC1Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo) (N)

          PF = factor to compute the net area for memberssubject to axial tension default value equal to 10(see parameter lsquoPFrsquo)

          Pt = limiting tension capacity (N)Pv = shear capacity (see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo) (N)

          = 06 py AvPvy = shear capacity (see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo) (N)Pvz = shear capacity (see provision lsquo423 Zrsquo) (N)Py = py = this is the parameter lsquoPyrsquo for specifying the

          design strength of steel (Nmm2)Pyf = pyf = this is the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo for specifying the

          design strength of the flange If a value for theparameter lsquoPyfrsquo is not specified value ofparameter lsquoPyrsquo is used (Nmm2)

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 6 V2

          Pyw = pyw = this is the parameter lsquoPywrsquo for specifying thedesign strength of the web If a value for theparameter lsquoPywrsquo is not specified value ofparameter lsquoPyrsquo is used (Nmm2)

          pb = bending strength for resistance to lateral-torsionalbuckling (see provision lsquoB21) (Nmm2)

          pcy = compressive strength about the Y axesComputation of compression resistance pcy isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcz = compressive strength about the Z axesComputation of compression resistance pcz isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pczrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcsy = value of pcy for a reduced slenderness of8(AeffAg)05 in which 8y is based on the radius ofgyration ry of the gross cross-sectionComputation of compression resistance pcy isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcsz = value of pcz for a reduced slenderness of8(AeffAg)05 in which 8z is based on the radius ofgyration rz of the gross cross-sectionComputation of compression resistance pcz isshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pczrsquo (Nmm2)

          pcyr = compressive strength about principal Y axesThis value is computed for unequal leg singleangle with class 4 slender cross-section Reduceddesign strength pyr is used for the computation ofthe pcyr Computation of compression resistancepcy is shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo

          pczr = compressive strength about principal Z axes Thisvalue is computed for unequal leg single anglewith class 4 slender cross-section Reduceddesign strength pzr is used for the computation ofthe pczr Computation of compression resistancepcz is shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          pE = (B2 E 8LT2)

          py = Py = design strength of steel This is the parameterlsquoPyrsquo (Nmm2)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 7 Rev T

          pyf = Pyf = design strength of the flange This is theparameter lsquoPyfrsquo (Nmm2)

          pyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section thathas a class 4 slender web (see provision lsquoPyrrsquo)(Nmm2)

          pyrAxial = reduced design strength for a member under axialcompression with a class 4 slender cross-section(see provision lsquoPyrAxialrsquo) (Nmm2)

          pyrBending = reduced design strength for a member undercompression due to bending with a class 4 slendercross-section (see provision lsquoPyrBendrsquo)

          pyw = Pyw = design strength of the web This is the parameterlsquoPywrsquo (Nmm2)

          qw = shear buckling strength of the web (Annex H1 ofBS 5950-12000) (Nmm2)

          ry = RY = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (seeproperty lsquoRYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          rz = RZ = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (seeproperty lsquoRZrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          SECTYPE = parameter to indicate that the cross-section isrolled or welded shape (see parameter SECTYPE)

          SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) formember subjected to axial tension

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) formember subjected to axial compression Defaultvalue is 180

          Srz = reduced plastic modulus about the major axes (Zaxis) (mm3)

          SY = Zy = section modulus about the member local Y axis(see property lsquoSYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          SZ = Zz = section modulus about the member local Z axis(see property lsquoSZrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Sy = ZY = plastic modulus about the minor axis (local Y axis(see property lsquoZYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Syeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about theY axis (see provision lsquoSyeffrsquo) (mm3)

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 8 V2

          Sz = ZZ = plastic modulus about the major axis (local Zaxis) (see property lsquoZZrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm3)

          Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about theZ axis (see provision lsquoSzeffrsquo) (mm3)

          Svz = plastic modulus of the shear area in Z direction(mm3)

          = (D2 t) 4 for rolled I and H sections= (d2 t) 4 for welded I and H sections

          T = FLTK = flange thickness (see property lsquoFLTKrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          THICK = thickness of the single angle (see propertylsquoTHICKrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          THICK = thickness circular hollow section (CHS pipe) (seeproperty lsquoTHICKrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm)

          t = WBTK = web thickness (see property lsquoWBTKrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          t = THICK = thickness of the single angle (mm)t = THICK = thickness circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          (mm)u = buckling parameter of a cross-section (see

          provision lsquoursquo)Vw = shear buckling resistance based on simplified

          method see provision 4452 (Section 4452 ofBS 5950-12000) (N)

          = d t qw

          v = slenderness factor for a beam (see provision lsquovrsquo)WBTK = t = web thickness (see property lsquoWBTKrsquo Section

          00BS59502) (mm)x = torsional index of a cross-section (see provision

          lsquoxrsquo)YC = centroid of the cross-section The positive Y

          direction distance from the local Z axis to theextreme fiber along the local Y axis (half of theprofile depth) (see property lsquoYCrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          YD = cross-section depth ( see property lsquoYDrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for 00BS5950

          V2 00BS595041 - 9 Rev T

          ZC = positive member Z direction distance from themember Y axis to the extreme fiber along themember Z axis (see property lsquoZCrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          ZD = flange width (see property lsquoZDrsquo Section00BS59502) (mm)

          ZY = Sy = plastic modulus about the member local Y axis(see property lsquoZYrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Zy = SY = section modulus about the minor axis (local Yaxis) (see property lsquoSYrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm3)

          Zyeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about theY axis (see provision lsquoZyeffrsquo) (mm3)

          ZZ = Sz = plastic modulus about the member local Z axis(see property lsquoZZrsquo Section 00BS59502) (mm3)

          Zz = SZ = section modulus about the major axis (local Zaxis) (see property lsquoSZrsquo Section 00BS59502)(mm3)

          Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about theZ axis (see provision lsquoZzeffrsquo) (mm3)

          LT = robertson constant$W = see provision lsquoBetaWrsquo for this ratio$ = Dt$1 = dt$2 = (b+d)t$3 = limiting value for Dt for a class 3 semi-compact

          cross-section$31 = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact$32 = limiting value for (b+d)t for a class 3 semi-

          compact$2f = limiting value for bT for a class 2 compact flange$3f = limiting value for bT for a class 3 semi-compact

          flange$2w = limiting value for dt for a class 2 compact web$3w = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact

          web( = (1 IyIz)

          General Nomenclature for 00BS5950 GT STRUDL

          Rev T -00BS595041 - 10 V2

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          = ( )2750 5

          p y

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by100

          0LT = Perry factor coefficient for lateral torsionalbuckling (see provision lsquoB22)

          8L0 = limiting equivalent slenderness8LT = equivalent slenderness (see provision lsquoLamdaLTrsquo)8y = LE ry

          B = constant pi value of 31415927 is used hereDy = shear reduction factorDz = shear reduction factor

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595042 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          Section Classification - I shapes

          bT (Limiting flange width to thickness ratio bT BS 5950-12000 Section35 and Table 11)

          The bT section classification for I-shapes is done using the following tables

          For SECTYPE = ROLLED

          bTRolled Sections

          Flange ClassificationRolled Sections

          bT 9g Class 1 Plastic

          bT 10g Class 2 Compact

          bT 15g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          bT gt 15g Class 4 Slender

          For SECTYPE = WELDED

          bTWelded Sections

          Flange ClassificationWelded Sections

          bT 8g Class 1 Plastic

          bT 9g Class 2 Compact

          bT 13g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          bT gt 13g Class 4 Slender

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 2 V2

          WherebT = BF2TF (Property from Table)BF2TF = this is the property taken from the table database

          The bT ratio of the flange computed as frac12 theflange width (property lsquoZDrsquo) divided by the flangethickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo) If this property is notavailable frac12 the flange width (property lsquoZDrsquo)divided by the flange thickness (property lsquoFLTKrsquo)is used

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquopyf = design strength of the flange This is the parameter

          lsquoPyfrsquo If a value for the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo is notspecified value of parameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          SECTYPE = parameter to indicate that the cross-section is rolledor welded shape

          T = flange thickness= FLTK (Property from Table)

          ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 3 Rev T

          dt (Limiting web width to thickness ratio dt BS 5950-12000 Section 35and Table 11)

          The dt section classification for I-shapes is done using the following table

          dt Web ClassificationNeutral axis at mid-depth

          dt but $ 40g80

          1 1

          ε+ r

          Class 1 Plastic

          dt but $ 40g100

          1 15 1

          ε+ r

          Class 2 Compact

          dt but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Class 3 Semi-Compact

          dt gt but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Class 4 Slender

          WhereFor member under axial compression

          FX is negative and FX $ FXMIN

          r1 = but -1 lt r1 1| |F

          dt pc

          yw

          r2 =| |F

          A pc

          g yw

          For member under tension or pure bending (no axial force)FX is positive and FX $ FXMIN orFX lt FXMIN and MY $ MYMIN or MZ $ MZMIN

          r1 = r2 = 00

          Ag = gross cross-sectional area= AX (Property from Table)

          d = web depthdt = INTYD WBTKFc = axial compression

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 4 V2

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)INTYD = web depth (clear depth of the web) This is the property d

          in the BS 5950-12000 code and GTSTRUDL Britishtables contain this value in the database Web depth (cleardepth of the web) is computed as cross-section depthminus twice the flange thickness and minus twice theconnection curve radius between the web and the flangeThis property in other tables like AISC tables have slightlydifferent definition For example INTYD in the AISCtables are defined as the total profile depth (YD) minustwice the flange thickness (FLTK) This property forwelded section is defined as the total profile depth (YD)minus twice the flange thickness (FLTK)

          (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquopyf = design strength of the flange This is the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo

          If a value for the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo is not specified value ofparameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          pyw = design strength of the web This is the parameter lsquoPywrsquoIf a value for the parameter lsquoPywrsquo is not specified valueof parameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          t = web thickness= WBTK (Property from Table)

          WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 5 Rev T

          Aeff (Effective cross-sectional area Aeff BS 5950-12000 Section 3622)

          The effective cross-sectional area is computed when eighter the flange (provisionslsquobTrsquo and lsquoClass-Frsquo) or web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is a class 4 slender Theeffective cross-section area Aeff is computed based on the effective cross-section as shownin Figure 00BS595042-1

          When Provision Class-F = 40 or Class-W = 40

          FX is negative compression forceFX $ FXMIN

          For Rolled and Welded I-sectiondeff = 2times20tg but dAeff = Ag (d deff) t

          For Rolled H-sectionbeff = 2times15Tg but ZDAeff = Ag 2times(ZD beff)T

          For Welded H-sectionbeff = 2times13Tg + t but ZDAeff = Ag 2times(ZD beff)T

          WhereAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)d = web depth See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanation

          = INTYD (Property from Table)FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)T = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 6 V2

          00BS595042-1 Effective cross-section for determining Aeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 7 Rev T

          ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          Syeff (Effective plastic modulus about the minor axis (local Y axis) Syeff BS 5950-12000 Section 3562)

          The effective plastic modulus about the minor axis (local Y axis) is computed wheneither the flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo and lsquoClass-Frsquo) or web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) isless than or equal to class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-F 3 and Class-W 3One of the Class-F or Class-W has to be equal to 3

          MY $ MYMIN

          Syeff = ( )Z S Zb T

          y y y

          f

          f

          f

          + minusminus

          minus

          β

          β

          β

          3

          3

          2

          1

          1

          Whereb = flange outstand

          = ZD 2py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquopyf = design strength of the flange This is the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo

          If a value for the parameter lsquoPyfrsquo is not specified valueof parameter lsquoPyrsquo is used

          SECTYPE = parameter to indicate that the cross-section is rolled orwelded shape

          Sy = plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)= ZY (Property from Table)

          T = flange thicknessZy = section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = SY (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 8 V2

          $2f = limiting value for bT for a class 2 compact flange= 10g for rolled section (parameter SECTYPE =

          ROLLED)= 9g for welded section (parameter SECTYPE =

          WELDED)$3f = limiting value for bT for a class 3 semi-compact flange

          = 15g for rolled section (parameter SECTYPE =ROLLED)

          = 13g for welded section (parameter SECTYPE =WELDED)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          Szeff (Effective plastic modulus about the major axis (local Z axis) Szeff BS5950-12000 Section 3562)

          The effective plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis) is computed when eitherthe flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo and lsquoClass-Frsquo) or web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is lessthan or equal to class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-F 3 and Class-W 3One of the Class-F or Class-W has to be equal to 3

          MZ $ MZMIN

          Szeff = ( )Z S Zd t

          z z z

          w

          w

          w

          + minus

          minus

          minus

          β

          ββ

          32

          3

          2

          2

          1

          1

          but

          Szeff ( )Z S Zb T

          z z z

          f

          f

          f

          + minusminus

          minus

          β

          β

          β

          3

          3

          2

          1

          1

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 9 Rev T

          Whered = web depth See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationSz = plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)Zz = section modulus about the major axis (Z axis)$2w = limiting value for dt for a class 2 compact web

          = but $ 40g100

          1 15 1

          ε+ r

          $3w = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact web

          = but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Symbols b py pyf SECTYPE T $2f $3f and g are defined in the provisionlsquoSyeffrsquo

          Symbols r1 and r2 are defined in the provision lsquodtrsquo

          Zyeff (Effective minor axis section modulus Zyeff about the local Y axis forrolled and welded H-sections BS 5950-12000 Section 3623)

          The effective section modulus is computed when the flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo andlsquoClass-Frsquo) is a class 4 slender and the web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is not a class 4slender The provision is applicable to rolled and welded H-sections only The effectiveminor axis (Y axis) section modulus Zyeff for the H-section is computed based on theeffective cross-section as shown in Figure 00BS595042-2

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Compute centroid of the cross-section Zceff based on the effective cross-sectionproperty

          beff = 15Tg for Rolled H-section= 13Tg + t2 for Welded H-section

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 10 V2

          00BS595042-2 Effective cross-section web fully effective for determining Zyeff andZzeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 11 Rev T

          A1 = 2 times beff times FLTK times (beff2)A2 = (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK times beff

          A3 = 2 times (ZD2) times FLTK times ((ZD4) + beff)A4 = 2 times beff times FLTK + (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK + 2 times (ZD2) times

          FLTK

          Zceff =A A A

          A1 2 3

          4

          + +

          Compute effective minor axis moment of inertia about the Y axis

          B1 =2

          3

          3times timesFLTK beff

          bt = ZD Zceff ((ZD2) beff)

          B2 =2

          3

          3times timesFLTK bt

          B3 = ( )INTYD WBTKINTYD WBTK ZD bt

          times+ times minus

          32

          122( )

          IYeff = B1 + B2 + B3

          Compute effective minor axis section modulus about the Y axis

          Zyeff =IYZ

          eff

          c eff

          WhereFLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)T = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)YC = centroid of the cross-section The positive Y direction

          distance from the local Z axis to the extreme fiber along thelocal Y axis (half of the profile depth)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 12 V2

          YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          Zzeff (Effective major axis section modulus Zzeff about the local Z axis forrolled and welded H-sections BS 5950-12000 Section 3623)

          The effective section modulus is computed when the flange (provisions lsquobTrsquo andlsquoClass-Frsquo) is a class 4 slender and the web (provision lsquodtrsquo and lsquoClass-Wrsquo) is not a class 4slender The provision is applicable to rolled and welded H-sections only The effectivemajor axis (local Z axis) section modulus Zzeff for the H-section is computed based on theeffective cross-section as shown in Figure 00BS595042-2

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Compute centroid of the cross-section Yceff based on the effective cross-sectionproperty

          ZDeff = 2times15Tg for Rolled H-section= 2times13Tg + t for Welded H-section

          A1 = ZDeff times FLTK times (FLTK2)A2 = (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK times (FLTK + (YD 2timesFLTK) 2)A3 = ZD times FLTK times (YD FLTK2)A4 = ZDeff times FLTK + (YD 2timesFLTK) times WBTK + ZD times FLTK

          Yceff =A A A

          A1 2 3

          4

          + +

          Compute effective major axis moment of inertia about the local Z axis

          B1 =ZD FLTK

          ZD FLTK Y FLTKeffeff c eff

          times+ times times minus

          32

          122( )

          B2 =ZD FLTK

          ZD FLTK YC Y FLTKc eff

          times+ times times minus minus

          32

          122(( ) )

          B3 =WBTK Y FLTKc efftimes minus( )

          3

          3

          B4 =WBTK YD Y FLTKc efftimes minus minus(( ) )

          3

          3

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 13 Rev T

          IZeff = B1 + B2 + B3 + B4

          Compute effective major axis section modulus about the local Z axis

          Zzeff =IZY

          eff

          c eff

          WhereFLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)T = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)YC = centroid of the cross-section The positive Y direction

          distance from the local Z axis to the extreme fiber along thelocal Y axis (half of the profile depth)

          YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          pyf

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 14 V2

          Pyr (Reduced design strength pyr when web is class 4 slender BS 5950-12000 Section 365)

          When the web of a cross-section is a class 4 slender a reduced design strength pyr iscomputed at which the web of the cross-section would be a class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-W = 40

          pyr = ( )β β3

          2py

          Whered = web depth See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationt = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)$ = dt$3 = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact web

          = but $ 40g120

          1 2 2

          ε+ r

          Symbols py r2 and g are defined in the provision lsquodtrsquo

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 15 Rev T

          Class-F (Section classification of the flange BS 5950-12000 Section 35Table 11)

          The lsquoClass-Frsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the flange width tothickness ratio bT check (see provision lsquobTrsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Frsquo indicates theclassification of the flange The Table 00BS595042-1 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595042-1

          Flange Classification Provision lsquoClass-Frsquo for 00BS5950 Code

          Value of lsquoClass-Frsquo 00BS5950 Flange Classifications

          1 Class 1 Plastic

          2 Class 2 Compact

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 16 V2

          Class-W (Section classification of the web BS 5950-12000 Section 35 andTable 11)

          The lsquoClass-Wrsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the web width tothickness ratio dt check (see provision lsquodtrsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Wrsquo indicates theclassification of the web The Table 00BS595042-2 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595042-2

          Web Classification Provision lsquoClass-Wrsquo for 00BS5950 code

          Value of lsquoClass-Wrsquo 00BS5950 Web Classifications

          1 Class 1 Plastic

          2 Class 2 Compact

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 17 Rev T

          Axial Tension - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX $ FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr BS 5950-12000)

          Actual lr = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          y

          y

          z

          z

          Limiting Lr = SLENTEN If user specifies a value forSLENTEN this provision ischecked

          WhereLy = actual unbraced length about the member local Y axis (see

          parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)Lz = actual unbraced length about the member local Z axis (see

          parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (see property

          lsquoRYrsquo)rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (see property

          lsquoRZrsquo)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ration (Lr) for

          member subjected to axial tension This is the parameterlsquoSLENTENrsquo

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 18 V2

          461 T (Tension capacity of a member for gross area BS 5950-12000Section 461)

          Actual Tension Force Ft = FX

          Limiting Tension Capacity Pt = py Ae

          WhereAe = (PF) AXAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)Ft = actual tension force at a sectionFX = actual axial section force Positive value represents a tensile forcePF = parameter default value equal to 10Pt = limiting tension capacitypy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 19 Rev T

          Axial Compression - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX $FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          LEr (Maximum slenderness ratio LEr BS 5950-12000 Section 472)

          Actual 8 = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          Ey

          y

          Ez

          z

          Limiting 8 = SLENCOMP default value is 180

          WhereEFLEY = parameter effective factor value used to compute

          nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis Default value is equal to 10

          EFLEZ = parameter effective factor value used to computenominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis Default value is equal to 10

          LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis

          = EFLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis

          = EFLEZ timesLz

          Ly = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (seeparameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)

          Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (seeparameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)

          ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (seeproperty lsquoRYrsquo)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 20 V2

          rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (seeproperty lsquoRZrsquo)

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) formember subjected to axial compression This is theparameter lsquoSLENCOMPrsquo

          474 (Compression resistance Pc BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          Actual Compression Force Fc = FX

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact or class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcy Ag pcz)

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Aeff pcsy Aeff pcsz)

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)AX = gross cross-sectional area property from tableFX = actual axial section force Negative value represents a

          compressive forcepcy pcz = compressive strength about Y and Z axes respectively

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are shownin the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          pcsy pcsz = value of pcy and pcz for a reduced slenderness of 8(AeffAg)05 inwhich 8 is based on the radius of gyration r of the gross cross-section Computation of compression resistance pcy and pczare shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 21 Rev T

          C1 Pcy (Computation of compression resistance about the Y and Z axes pcy

          C1 Pcz and pcz BS 5950-12000 Section 475 and Annex C1)

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are as follows

          Step 1 When maximum thickness of a cross-section is between 40 mm and 50mm the value of the pcy and pcz are computed as the average of the valuesfor thicknesses up to 40 mm and over 40 mm for the relevant value of py

          40 mm lt Maximum thickness 50 mm

          Maximum thickness = maximum of ( FLTK WBTK )FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)

          a Compute pcy and pcz based on the thickness less than and equal to 40mm This is steps 2 to 8 for thickness less than and equal to 40mmI Design strength py is computed according to the thickness less

          than or equal to 40 mmii Robertson constant is computed based on the thickness less

          than or equal to 40 mm (see step 7)

          b Compute pcy and pcz based on the thickness greater than 40 mmThis is steps 2 to 8 for thickness greater than 40 mmI Design strength py is computed according to the thickness

          greater than 40 mmii Robertson constant is computed based on the thickness

          greater than 40 mm (see step 7)

          c Average between the pcy computed from the a and b above

          pcy =( ) ( )p pcy t mm from a cy t mm from ble gt

          +40 40

          2

          d Average between the pcz computed from the a and b above

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 22 V2

          pcz =( ) ( )p pcz t mm from a cz t mm from ble gt

          +40 40

          2

          Step 2 Compute reduced slenderness for class 4 slender cross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class-F = 4

          8y = 8y(AeffAg)05

          8z = 8z(AeffAg)05

          When provision Class-W = 4

          py = pyr

          Step 3 For welded I or H sections reduce value of py (design strength) by 20Nmm2 (BS 5950-12000 Section 475) This reduction is applicableonly to this provision

          If parameter SECTYPE = WELDED

          py = py 200

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 23 Rev T

          Step 4 Compute Euler compressive strength (BS 5950-12000 Annex C1)

          pEy =π

          λ

          2

          2E

          y

          pEz = π

          λ

          2

          2E

          z

          Step 5 Compute limiting slenderness 80 (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          80 = 02 (B2 E py)05

          Step 6 Compute the Robertson Constant (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          For Rolled I-sectionsWhen maximum thickness 40 mm

          y = 35 curve bz = 20 curve a

          When maximum thickness gt 40 mmy = 55 curve cz = 35 curve b

          For Rolled H-sectionsWhen maximum thickness 40 mm

          y = 55 curve cz = 35 curve b

          When maximum thickness gt 40 mmy = 80 curve dz = 55 curve c

          For Welded I or H-sectionsWhen maximum thickness 40 mm

          y = 55 curve cz = 35 curve b

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 24 V2

          When maximum thickness gt 40 mmy = 80 curve dz = 35 curve b

          Step 7 Compute the Perry factor (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          0y = y (8y 80) 1000 but 0y $ 0

          0z = z (8z 80) 1000 but 0z $ 0

          Where y and z are the Robertson Constant shown in the Step 6 above

          Step 8 Compute the compressive strength pcy and pcz (BS 5950-12000 AnnexC1)

          pcy =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ey y

          y y Ey yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          pcz =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ez y

          z z Ez yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          Where

          Ny =p py y Ey+ +( )η 1

          2

          Nz =p py z Ez+ +( )η 1

          2Aeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)E = modulus of elasticity of steelpy = design strength of steel

          Symbols LEy LEz ry rz 8y and 8z are defined in the provision lsquoLEr

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 25 Rev T

          Shear Stresses - I shapes

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Y direction ispresent ie FY $ FYMIN

          423 Y (Shear capacity in Y direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          Limiting shear capacity Pvy = 06 py Avy

          WhereAvy = shear area in the Y directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avy = t D for rolled I and H sections= t d for welded I and H sections

          D = overall depth= YD (Property from Table)

          d = depth of the web= INTYD (Property from Table)

          FY = shear force in member Y directionINTYD = clear depth of the web (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvy = AYAY = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquoAvy = SHRAREAF times Ag

          Ag = gross cross-sectional area= AX (Property from Table)

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 26 V2

          4452 (Shear buckling check Simplified method BS 5950-12000 Section4452 and Annex H1)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          When dt gt 70 g = 70 (275 py)05 for rolled I and H sections

          dt gt 62 g = 62 (275 py)05 for welded I and H sections

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          Limiting shear buckling capacity Vb = Vw = d t qw

          Whered = depth of the web See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationFY = shear force in member Y directionpy = design strength of steelqw = shear buckling strength of the web (Annex H1 of BS 5950-

          12000)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          Shear buckling strength qw is calculated as follows (Annex H1 of BS 5950-12000)

          For Rolled I and H-SectionsIf 8w 09

          qw = pv

          If 8w gt 09qw = 09 pv 8w

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 27 Rev T

          For Welded I and H-SectionsIf 8w 08

          qw = pv

          If 08 lt 8w lt 125qw = [(1348 56 8w)9] pv

          If 8w $ 125qw = 09 pv 8w

          Wherepv = 06 pyw

          8w = [ pv qe ]05

          If ad 1

          qe =( )

          0 751 1000

          2

          2

          +

          a d d t

          If ad gt 1

          qe = ( )1

          0 75 10002

          2

          +

          a d d t

          Wherea = stiffener spacing

          = parameter lsquoarsquod = depth of the web See provision lsquodTrsquo for more

          explanationpyw = design strength of the web

          = parameter lsquoPywrsquot = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 28 V2

          4453 (Shear buckling check More exact method BS 5950-12000Sections 4453 4452 and Annex H1)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          When dt gt 70 g = 70 (275 py)05 for rolled I and H sections

          dt gt 62 g = 62 (275 py)05 for welded I and H sections

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          If the flange of the panel are fully stressed (ff = pyf)

          Limiting shear buckling capacity Vb = Vw = d t qw

          If the flanges are not fully stressed (ff lt pyf)

          Limiting shear buckling capacity Vb = Vw + Vf but Vb Pv

          Where

          Vf =( ) ( )

          ( )P d a f p

          M M

          v f yf

          pw pf

          1

          1 015

          2minus

          +

          If ff gt pyf then Vf = 00a = stiffener spacing

          = parameter lsquoarsquoAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)d = depth of the web See provision lsquodTrsquo for more explanationff = mean longitudinal stress in the smaller flange due to moment

          andor axial force

          =FXAX

          MZSZ

          +

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 29 Rev T

          FX = actual axial section forceINTYD = clear depth of the web (Property from Table)Mpf = plastic moment capacity of the smaller flange about its own

          equal area axis perpendicular to the plane of the webdetermined using pyf

          = pyf ( FLTK times ZD2 2 )Mpw = plastic moment capacity of the smaller web about its own

          equal area axis perpendicular to the plane of the webdetermined using pyw

          = pyw ( INTYD times WBTK2 4 )MZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPv = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo

          = 06 py Avy

          pyf = design strength of the flange= parameter lsquoPyfrsquo

          pyw = design strength of the web= parameter lsquoPywrsquo

          qw = shear buckling strength (see provision 4452)SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (Property from Table)Vw = shear buckling resistance based on simplified method see

          provision 4452 (Section 4452 of BS 5950-12000)= d t qw

          WBTK = web thickness (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 30 V2

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Z direction ispresent ie FZ $ FZMIN

          423 Z (Shear capacity in Z direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvz = FZ

          Limiting shear capacity Pvz = 06 py Avz

          WhereAvz = shear area in the Z directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avz = 20 timesFLTKtimesZDFLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvz = AZAZ = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameterlsquoSHRAREAFrsquo This option only applicable to shear area in the Y direction(see provision lsquo423 Yrsquo)

          Avz = AZ

          FZ = shear force in the member Z directionpy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 31 Rev T

          Z Axis Bending - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to strong axis bending moment (about the Z axis) ie MZ$ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension flangeFigures 00BS595042-3 (a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

          4252Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvy Fvy 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Sz but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zz or= py Szeff

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zzeff

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 32 V2

          Figure 00BS595042-3 Bending Stresses for I Shapes

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 33 Rev T

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = pyr Zz

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = Minimum of (pyr Zz py Zzeff)

          WhereFvy = actual shear force in member Y direction

          = FYMZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoSz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 34 V2

          4253Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvyFvy gt 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Sz Dz Svz)

          but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zz Dz Svz 15) or= py (Szeff Dz Svz)

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zzeff Dz Svz 15)

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = pyr (Zz Dz Svz 15)

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment CapacityMcz = Minimum of [pyr (Zz Dz Svz 15) py (Zzeff Dz Svz 15)]

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 35 Rev T

          WhereD = overall depth

          = YD (Property from Table)d = depth of the web

          = INTYD (Property from Table)Fvy = shear force in member Y directionINTYD = clear depth of the web (Property from Table)MZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoqw = shear buckling strength (see provision 4452)Sz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoSvz = plastic modulus of the shear area in Z direction

          = (D2 t) 4 for rolled I and H sections= (d2 t) 4 for welded I and H sections

          t = web thickness= WBTK (Property from Table)

          Vw = shear buckling resistance based on simplified method seeprovision 4452 (Section 4452 of BS 5950-12000)

          = d t qw

          YD = cross-section depth (Property from Table)Zz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquo

          Dz = shear reduction factor This is the maximum of the next twoequations below

          = [2(Fvy Pvy) 1]2 Fvy gt 06Pvy

          = [2(Fvy Vw) 1]2 Fvy gt 06Vw

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 36 V2

          Y Axis Bending - I shapes

          For I shapes subjected to weak axis bending moment (about the Y axis) ie MY$ MYMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension flangeFigures 00BS595042-3 (c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

          4252Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvz Fvz 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Sy but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zy or= py Syeff

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zyeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 37 Rev T

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = pyr Zy

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = Minimum of (pyr Zy py Zyeff)

          WhereFvz = actual shear force in member Z direction

          = FZMY = actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Syeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoSyeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)Zyeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoZyeffrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 38 V2

          4253Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvzFvz gt 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Sy Dy Svy)

          but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zy Dy Svy 15) or= py (Syeff Dy Svy)

          For when the flange is a class 4 slender and the web is not a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-F = 40 and Class-W 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zyeff Dy Svy 15)

          For when the web is a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F 30

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = pyr (Zy Dy Svy 15)

          When Provisions Class-W = 40 and Class-F = 40

          Limiting Moment Capacity

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 39 Rev T

          Mcy = Minimum of [pyr (Zy Dy Svy 15) py (Zyeff Dy Svy 15)]

          WhereFvz = shear force in member Z directionMY = the actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Syeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoSyeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)Zyeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis see

          provision lsquoZyeffrsquoDy = shear reduction factor

          = [2(Fvz Pvz) 1]2

          Svy = plastic modulus of the shear area in Y direction = (ZD x ZD x FLTK) 2

          FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)ZD = flange width (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 40 V2

          Lateral Torsional Buckling - I shapes

          4362 (Lateral-torsional buckling resistance check BS 5950-12000Section 4362)

          Actual Moment Mz = MZ

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = Mb mLT

          WhereMb = buckling resistance moment see provision lsquo4364Mz = major axis (Z axis) moment at the section being code checkedX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          4364 (Buckling resistance moment Mb BS 5950-12000 Section 4364)

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          Mb = pb Sz

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Mb = pb Zz or alternativelyMb = pb Szeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 41 Rev T

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          Mb = pb Zzeff

          Wherepb = bending strength for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling see

          provision lsquoB21Sz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquo

          B21 (bending strength pb for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling BS 5950-12000 Annex B21)

          The bending strength pb for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling is calculated as thesmaller root of

          (pE pb)(py pb) = 0LT pE pb

          From which the value of pb may be obtained using

          pb =( )

          p p

          p p

          E y

          LT LT E yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 42 V2

          WherepE = (B2 E 8LT

          2)py = design strength

          NLT =( )p py LT E+ +η 1

          20LT = Perry factor coefficient for lateral torsional buckling see

          provision lsquoB228LT = equivalent slenderness see provision lsquoLamdaLTrsquo

          B22 (Perry factor 0LT BS 5950-12000 Annex B22)

          For rolled sections (parameter SECTYPE = ROLLED)

          0LT = LT(8LT 8L0) 1000 but 0LT $ 0

          For welded sections (parameter SECTYPE = WELDED)

          If 8LT 8L0

          0LT = 0

          If 8L0 lt 8LT lt 28L0

          0LT = 2LT(8LT 8L0) 1000

          If 28L0 8LT 38L0

          0LT = 2LT8L0 1000

          If 8LT gt 38L0

          0LT = LT(8LT 8L0) 1000

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 43 Rev T

          WhereLT = Robertson constant

          = 708L0 = limiting equivalent slenderness

          = 04(B2 E py)05

          8LT = equivalent slenderness see provision lsquoLamdaLTrsquopy = design strength of steel

          = pyr for class 4 slender webpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquo

          LamdaLT (Equivalent slenderness 8LT BS 5950-12000 Annex B23)

          8LT = uv y Wλ β

          WhereLE = effective length for lateral-torsional buckling see provision lsquoLErsquory = radius of gyration about the Y axis (minor axis)u = buckling parameter of a cross-section see provision lsquoursquov = slenderness factor for a beam see provision lsquovrsquox = torsional index of a cross-section see provision lsquoxrsquo$W = see provision lsquoBetaWrsquo for this ratio8y = LE ry

          LE (Effective length LE of a member BS 5950-12000 Section 43 Table 13)

          The effective length of a member is calculated based on one of the following userspecified approaches

          (1) DefaultLE = EFLE times LLT

          WhereLLT = Parameter lsquoLLTrsquo

          (2) User specified option

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 44 V2

          LE is obtained from 00BS59501-6 based on the user specified value of A1to A7 for parameter lsquoLErsquo Table 00BS59501-6 is based on the Table 13 ofBS 5950-12000 Section 43Also see parameters lsquoLErsquo lsquoEFLErsquo lsquoLLTrsquo and lsquoFRLLTrsquo

          u (Buckling parameter of a cross-section u BS 5950-12000 Annex B23)

          u =4 2

          2 2

          0 25S

          A hz

          s

          γ

          WhereA = cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)hs = distance between the shear centers of the flanges

          = YD - FLTKSz = plastic modulus about the Z axis (major axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)YD = total depth (Property from Table)( = (1 IyIz)

          v (Slenderness factor for a beam v BS 5950-12000 Annex B23)

          v =( )

          1

          1 0 052 0 25

          +

          λy x

          WhereLE = effective length for lateral-torsional buckling see provision lsquoLErsquory = radius of gyration about the Y axis (minor axis)x = torsional index of a cross-section see provision lsquoxrsquo8y = LE ry

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 45 Rev T

          x (Torsional index of a cross-section x BS 5950-12000 Appendix B23)

          x = 0566hs(AJ)05

          WhereA = cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)FLTK = flange thickness (Property from Table)hs = distance between the shear centers of the flanges

          = YD - FLTKJ = torsion constant

          = IX (Property from Table)YD = total depth (Property from Table)

          BetaW (Ratio $W BS 5950-12000 Section 4369)

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          $W = 10For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          If Mb = pb Zz $W = Zz Sz

          If Mb = pb Szeff $W = Szeff Sz

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          $W = Zzeff Sz

          Wherepb = bending strength for resistance to lateral-torsional buckling see

          provision lsquoB21Sz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Szeff = effective plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoSzeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis see

          provision lsquoZzeffrsquo

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 46 V2

          Combined Axial and Bending - I shapes

          Axial Tension and Bending Moment - I shapes

          The next provisions are considered when axial tension and bending momentabout one or both axes is present

          4822T (Combined axial tension and bending moment Simplified methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4822)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo This provision is also checked when the parameterlsquoMETHODrsquo is equal to lsquoEXACTrsquo and the member is a class 3 semi-compact or class4 slender cross-section

          WhereFt = axial tension force at the section

          = FXMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253ZrsquoPt = axial tension capacity see provision lsquo461 TrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 47 Rev T

          4823T (Combined axial tension and bending moment More exact methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMM

          z

          rzle +10

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XMM

          y

          ryle +10

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XMM

          MM

          z

          rz

          zy

          ry

          z

          +

          le +

          1 2

          10

          WhereMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquopy = the design strengthz1 = 20z2 = 10X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 48 V2

          Mrz (Major Axis (Z axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mrz BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mrz = py Srz

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSrz = reduced plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis) The value

          of the Srz is computed based on the value of the axial force ration

          n =F

          A py

          If n t(D 2T)A Srz = SA

          tnz minus

          22

          4

          If n gt t(D 2T)A Srz =AB

          BDA

          n n2

          42

          1 1

          minus

          +

          minus( )

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)B = flange width

          = ZD (Property from Table)D = overall depth

          = YD (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXT = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)Sz = plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 49 Rev T

          Mry (Minor Axis (Y axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mry BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mry = py Sry

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSry = reduced plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis) The value

          of the Sry is computed based on the value of the axial force ration

          n =F

          A py

          If n tDA Sry = SAD

          ny minus

          22

          4

          If n gt tDA Sry =AT

          BTA

          n n2

          84

          1 1

          minus

          +

          minus( )

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)B = flange width

          = ZD (Property from Table)D = overall depth

          = YD (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXT = flange thickness

          = FLTK (Property from Table)t = web thickness

          = WBTK (Property from Table)Sy = plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = ZY (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 50 V2

          Axial Compression and Bending Moment - I shapes

          The next provisions are considered when axial compression and bendingmoment about one or both axes is present

          4832a (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 1 plasticClass 2 compact and Class 3 semi-compact cross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(a))

          This provision is checked for class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compact cross-section

          WhereAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)Fc = axial compression force at a sectionMy = bending moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at a section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = bending moment about the major axis (Z axis) at a section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquopy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 51 Rev T

          4832b (Combined axial compression and bending moment More exact4823C method Class 1 plastic and Class 2 compact cross-section BS 5950-

          12000 Sections 4832(b) 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMM

          z

          rzle +10

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XMM

          Y

          ryle +10

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XMM

          MM

          z

          rz

          zy

          ry

          z

          +

          le +

          1 2

          10

          WhereMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZpy = design strength of steelz1 = 20z2 = 10X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 52 V2

          4832c (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 4 slendercross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(c))

          This provision is checked for class 4 slender cross-sections

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoSymbols Fc My Mcy Mz Mcz py and X are defined in the provision lsquo4832arsquo

          48331_a (Member buckling resistance check Simplified method48331_b BS 5950-12000 Section 48331)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Following equations are both checked

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compact

          X 48331_aFP

          m Mp Z

          m Mp Z

          c

          c

          z z

          y z

          y y

          y y+ + le +10

          X 48331_bFP

          m MM

          m Mp Z

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b

          y y

          y y+ + le +10

          For class 4 slender

          X 48331_aFP

          m Mp Z

          m Mp Z

          c

          c

          z z

          y z eff

          y y

          y y eff+ + le +

          10

          X 48331_bFP

          m MM

          m Mp Z

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b

          y y

          y y eff+ + le +

          10

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 53 Rev T

          WhereFc = axial compression force at a section

          = FXMb = buckling resistance moment capacity (about major axis Z axis)

          see provision lsquo4364rsquoMLT = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lx governing

          Mb Major axis moment at the section being code checkedMy = minor axis (Y axis) moment in the segment length Ly governing

          Pcy Minor axis moment at the section being code checkedMz = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lz governing

          Pcz Major axis moment at the section being code checkedmLT = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsional buckling

          see parameter lsquomLTrsquomy = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Y axis (minor axis)

          see parameter lsquomyrsquomZ = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Z axis (major axis)

          see parameter lsquomzrsquoPc = smaller value of Pcy and Pcz see provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1

          PczrsquoPcy = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo considering

          buckling about the minor axis (Y axis) onlyPcz = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pczrsquo considering

          buckling about the major axis (Z axis) onlypy = design strength of steel

          = pyr for class 4 slender webpyr = reduced design strength for a cross-section that has a class 4

          slender web See provision lsquoPyrrsquoZy = elastic section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = SY (Property from Table)Zyeff = effective elastic section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          see provision lsquoZyeffrsquoZz = elastic section modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = SZ (Property from Table)Zzeff = effective elastic section modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          see provision lsquoZzeffrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 54 V2

          48332a_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48332a_2 moments about the major axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48332(a))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          For major axis (Z axis) in-plane buckling

          X 48332a_1FP

          m MM

          FP

          c

          cz

          z z

          cz

          c

          cz+ +

          le +1 05 10

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48332a_2FP

          m MM

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b+ le +10

          WhereMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo

          and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          48332b_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48332b_2 moments about the minor axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48332(b))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          For minor axis (Y axis) in-plane buckling

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes

          V2 00BS595042 - 55 Rev T

          ( )( )( )

          ( )( )

          m M F P

          M F P

          m M F P

          M F Pz z c cz

          cz c cz

          y y c cy

          cy c cy

          1 05

          1

          1

          110

          +

          minus+

          +

          minusle +

          X 48332b_1FP

          m MM

          FP

          c

          cy

          y y

          cy

          c

          cy+ +

          le +1 10

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48332b_2FP

          m MM

          c

          cz

          yz y

          cy+ le +05 10

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo

          and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural buckling

          see parameter lsquomyzrsquoOther symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          48332c_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48332c_2 moments about both axes BS 5950-12000 Section 48332(c))48332c_3

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Member with moments about both axes MZ $ MZMIN and MY gt MYMIN

          For buckling with moments about both axes

          X 48332c_1FP

          m MM

          FP

          m MM

          c

          cz

          z z

          cz

          c

          cz

          yz y

          cy+ +

          + le +1 05 05 10

          For lateral-torsional buckling

          X 48332c_2FP

          m MM

          m MM

          FP

          c

          cy

          LT LT

          b

          y y

          cy

          c

          cy+ + +

          le +1 10

          For interactive buckling

          X 48332c_3

          00BS5950 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595042 - 56 V2

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo

          and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural buckling

          see parameter lsquomyzrsquoMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo

          and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595043 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          Section Classification - Single Angle

          bt (Limiting width to thickness ratio bt BS 5950-12000 Section 35 andTable 11)

          The bt section classification for single angle is done using the following table

          bt Classification

          bt 15g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          bt gt 15g Class 4 Slender

          Whereb = length of the shorter leg

          = LEG2 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 2 V2

          dt (Limiting width to thickness ratio dt BS 5950-12000 Section 35 andTable 11)

          The dt section classification for single angle is done using the following table

          dt Classification

          dt 15g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          dt gt 15g Class 4 Slender

          Whered = length of the longer leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 3 Rev T

          (b+d)t (Limiting sum of the widths to thickness ratio (b+d)t BS 5950-12000 Section 35 and Table 11)

          The (b+d)t section classification for single angle is done using the following table

          (b+d)t Classification

          (b+d)t 24g Class 3 Semi-Compact

          (b+d)t gt 24g Class 4 Slender

          Whereb = length of the shorter leg

          = LEG2 (Property from Table)d = length of the longer leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 4 V2

          Aeff (Effective cross-sectional area Aeff for equal leg single angle BS5950-12000 Section 364)

          The effective cross-sectional area for the hot rolled equal leg single angle is computedwhen the bt dt or (b+d)t checks indicate that the cross-section is a class 4 slender

          Aeff is computed when LEG1 = LEG2 (equal leg single angle)

          When Provision Class = 40

          Aeff = ( )12εb t

          A

          WhereA = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)b = length of the leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)t = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 5 Rev T

          Pyr (Reduced design strength pyr for unequal leg single angle with the class4 slender cross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 365)

          When a unequal leg single angle is a class 4 slender a reduced design strength pyr iscomputed at which the cross-section would be a class 3 semi-compact

          pyr is computed when LEG1 Ouml LEG2 (unequal leg single angle)

          When Provision Class = 40

          pyr1 = ( )β β31 1

          2py

          pyr2 = ( )β β32 22

          py

          pyr = Minimum of ( pyr1 pyr2 )

          Whered = length of the longer leg

          = LEG1 (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquot = thickness of the single angle

          = THICK (Property from Table)$1 = dt$2 = (b+d)t$31 = limiting value for dt for a class 3 semi-compact

          = 15g$32 = limiting value for (b+d)t for a class 3 semi-compact

          = 24g

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 6 V2

          Class (Section classification of the single angle BS 5950-12000 Section35 Table 11)

          The lsquoClassrsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the bt dt and (b+d)tchecks (see provisions lsquobtrsquo lsquodtrsquo and lsquo(b+d)trsquo) The value of lsquoClassrsquo indicates theclassification of the single angle The Table 00BS595043-1 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595043-1

          Single Angle ClassificationProvision lsquoClassrsquo for 00BS5950 Code

          Value of lsquoClassrsquo 00BS5950 Classifications

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 7 Rev T

          Axial Tension - Single Angle

          For Single Angles subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX $ FXMINthe following provisions are checked

          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr BS 5950-12000)

          Actual lr = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          y

          y

          z

          z

          Limiting Lr = SLENTEN If user specifies a value forSLENTEN this provision ischecked

          WhereLy = actual unbraced length about the member principal Y axis

          (see parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)Lz = actual unbraced length about the member principal Z axis

          (see parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)ry = radius of gyration about the member principal Y axis (see

          property lsquoRYrsquo)rz = radius of gyration about the member principal Z axis (see

          property lsquoRZrsquo)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for member

          subjected to axial tension This is the parameterlsquoSLENTENrsquo

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 8 V2

          461 T (Tension capacity of a member for gross area BS 5950-12000Section 461)

          Actual Tension Force Ft = FX

          Limiting Tension Capacity Pt = py Ae

          WhereAe = (PF) AXAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)Ft = actual tension force at a sectionFX = actual axial section force Positive value represents a tensile forcePF = parameter default value equal to 10Pt = limiting tension capacitypy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 9 Rev T

          Axial Compression - Single Angle

          For single angles subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX $FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          LEr (Maximum slenderness ratio LEr BS 5950-12000 Section 472)

          Actual 8 = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          Ey

          y

          Ez

          z

          Limiting 8 = SLENCOMP default value is 180

          WhereEFLEY = parameter effective factor value used to compute

          nominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Y axis Default value is equal to 10

          EFLEZ = parameter effective factor value used to computenominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Z axis Default value is equal to 10

          LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Y axis

          = EFLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about the memberprincipal Z axis

          = EFLEZ timesLz

          Ly = actual unbraced length about the member principal Yaxis (see parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)

          Lz = actual unbraced length about the member principal Zaxis (see parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)

          ry = radius of gyration about the member principal Y axis(see property lsquoRYrsquo)

          rz = radius of gyration about the member principal Z axis(see property lsquoRZrsquo)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 10 V2

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) formember subjected to axial compression This is theparameter lsquoSLENCOMPrsquo

          474 (Compression resistance Pc BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          Actual Compression Force Fc = FX

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcy Ag pcz)

          For class 4 slender equal leg single angle cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Aeff pcsy Aeff pcsz)

          For class 4 slender unequal leg single angle cross-sections

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcyr Ag pczr)

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)AX = gross cross-sectional area property from tableFX = actual axial section force Negative value represents a

          compressive forcepcy pcz = compressive strength about principal Y and Z axes

          respectively Computation of compression resistance pcy andpcz are shown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 11 Rev T

          pcsy pcsz = value of pcy and pcz for a reduced slenderness of 8(AeffAg)05 inwhich 8 is based on the radius of gyration r of the gross cross-section These values are computed for equal leg singleangles with class 4 slender cross-section Computation ofcompression resistance pcy and pcz are shown in theprovisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          pcyr pczr = compressive strength about principal Y and Z axesrespectively These values are computed for unequal legsingle angle with class 4 slender cross-section Reduceddesign strength pyr is used for the computation of the pcyr andpczr Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz areshown in the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          C1 Pcy (Computation of compression resistance about the Y and Z axes pcy

          C1 Pcz and Pcz BS 5950-12000 Section 475 and Annex C1)

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are as follows

          Step 1 Compute reduced slenderness for equal leg single angle class 4 slendercross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class = 4Equal leg single angle LEG1 = LEG2

          8y = 8y(AeffAg)05

          8z = 8z(AeffAg)05

          Step 2 Compute reduced design strength for unequal leg single angle class 4slender cross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class = 4Unequal leg single angle LEG1 Ouml LEG2

          py = pyr

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 12 V2

          Step 3 Compute Euler compressive strength (BS 5950-12000 Annex C1)

          pEy =π

          λ

          2

          2E

          y

          pEz = π

          λ

          2

          2E

          z

          Step 4 Compute limiting slenderness 80 (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          80 = 02 (B2 E py)05

          Step 5 Compute the Robertson Constant (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          y = 55 curve cz = 55 curve c

          Step 6 Compute the Perry factor (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          0y = y (8y 80) 1000 but 0y $ 0

          0z = z (8z 80) 1000 but 0z $ 0

          Where y and z are the Robertson Constant shown in the Step 5 above

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle

          V2 00BS595043 - 13 Rev T

          Step 7 Compute the compressive strength pcy and pcz (BS 5950-12000 AnnexC1)

          pcy =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ey y

          y y Ey yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          pcz =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ez y

          z z Ez yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          Where

          Ny =p py y Ey+ +( )η 1

          2

          Nz =p py z Ez+ +( )η 1

          2Aeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)E = modulus of elasticity of steelpy = design strength of steel

          = pyr for unequal leg single angle class 4 slenderpyr = reduced design strength see provision lsquoPyrrsquo

          Symbols LEy LEz ry rz 8y and 8z are defined in the provision lsquoLEr

          00BS5950 Provisions for Single Angle GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595043 - 14 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 1 Rev T

          00BS595044 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section(CHS Pipe)

          Section Classification - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          DtAxia (Limiting outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a memberunder axial compression BS 5950-12000 Section 35 and Table12)

          The Dt section classification for circular hollow section (CHS pipe) is done usingthe following tables

          Dt Classification

          Dt 80g2 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          Dt gt 80g2 Class 4 Slender

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = OD (Property from Table)t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = THICK (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquo

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 2 V2

          DtBend (Limiting outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a memberunder compression due to bending BS 5950-12000 Section 35and Table 12)

          The Dt section classification for circular hollow section (CHS pipe) is done usingthe following tables

          Dt Classification

          Dt 40g2 Class 1 Plastic

          Dt 50g2 Class 2 Compact

          Dt 140g2 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          Dt gt 140g2 Class 4 Slender

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = OD (Property from Table)t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = THICK (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquo

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 3 Rev T

          366 (Check maximum overall diameter D BS 5950-12000 Section 366)

          Actual D = OD

          Limiting D = 240tg2

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS

          pipe)= OD (Property from Table)

          t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= THICK (Property from Table)

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          Aeff (Effective cross-sectional area Aeff BS 5950-12000 Section 366)

          The effective cross-sectional area is computed for a circular hollow section (CHSPipe) member under axial compression with a class 4 slender

          When Provision Class-Ax = 40

          FX is negative compression forceFX $ FXMIN

          When D 240tg2

          Aeff = AD t p y

          80 2750 5

          WhereA = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 4 V2

          D = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= OD (Property from Table)

          t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= THICK (Property from Table)

          py = design strength of steel

          g = ( )2750 5

          p y

          Seff (Effective plastic modulus Seff BS 5950-12000 Section 3564)

          The effective plastic modulus is computed for a circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)member under compression due to bending with a class 3 semi-compact

          When Provision Class-Be $ 3

          Seff = ( )ZD t p

          S Zy

          +

          minus

          minus1485 140 275 10 5

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS

          pipe)= OD (Property from Table)

          t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)= THICK (Property from Table)

          py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquoS = plastic modulus

          = ZY or ZZ (Property from Table)Z = section modulus

          = SY or SZ (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 5 Rev T

          Zeff (Effective section modulus Zeff BS 5950-12000 Section 366)

          The effective section modulus is computed for a circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)member under compression due to bending with a class 4 slender

          When Provisions Class-Be = 40

          Zeff = ZD t p y

          140 2750 25

          WhereD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = OD (Property from Table)t = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS pipe)

          = THICK (Property from Table)py = design strength of steel This is the parameter lsquoPyrsquoZ = section modulus

          = SY or SZ (Property from Table)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 6 V2

          Class-Ax (Section classification for a member under axial compression BS5950-12000 Section 35 Table 12)

          The lsquoClass-Axrsquo provision is used to summarize the results of the outside diameter tothickness ratio Dt check (see provision lsquoDtAxiarsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Axrsquo indicates theclassification of the outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a member under axialcompression The Table 00BS595044-1 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595044-1

          Classification Provision lsquoClass-Axrsquo for 00BS5950 Code

          Value of lsquoClass-Axrsquo 00BS5950 Classifications

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 7 Rev T

          Class-Be (Section classification of the outside diameter to thickness ratio Dtfor a member under compression due to bending BS 5950-12000Section 35 and Table 12)

          The lsquoClass-Bersquo provision is used to summarize the results of the outside diameter tothickness ratio dt check (see provision lsquoDtBendrsquo) The value of lsquoClass-Bersquo indicates theclassification of the outside diameter to thickness ratio Dt for a member under compressiondue to bending The Table 00BS595044-2 shows the classification values

          Table 00BS595044-2

          Classification Provision lsquoClass-Bersquo for 00BS5950 code

          Value of lsquoClass-Bersquo 00BS5950 Classifications

          1 Class 1 Plastic

          2 Class 2 Compact

          3 Class 3 Semi-Compact

          4 Class 4 Slender

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 8 V2

          Axial Tension - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) subjected to axial tension ie FX is positiveand FX $ FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr BS 5950-12000)

          Actual lr = Maximum Lr

          Lr

          y

          y

          z

          z

          Limiting Lr = SLENTEN If user specifies a value forSLENTEN this provision ischecked

          WhereLy = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (see

          parameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (see

          parameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (see property

          lsquoRYrsquo)rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (see property

          lsquoRZrsquo)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ration (Lr) for

          member subjected to axial tension This is the parameterlsquoSLENTENrsquo

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 9 Rev T

          461 T (Tension capacity of a member for gross area BS 5950-12000Section 461)

          Actual Tension Force Ft = FX

          Limiting Tension Capacity Pt = py Ae

          WhereAe = (PF) AXAX = gross cross-sectional area (Property from Table)Ft = actual tension force at a sectionFX = actual axial section force Positive value represents a tensile forcePF = parameter default value equal to 10Pt = limiting tension capacitypy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 10 V2

          Axial Compression - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) subjected to axial compression ie FX isnegative and FX $ FXMIN the following provisions are checked

          LEr (Maximum slenderness ratio LEr BS 5950-12000 Section 472)

          Actual 8 = Maximum λ λyEy

          yz

          Ez

          z

          Lr

          Lr

          = =

          Limiting 8 = SLENCOMP default value is 180

          WhereEFLEY = parameter effective factor value used to compute

          nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis Default value is equal to 10

          EFLEZ = parameter effective factor value used to computenominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis Default value is equal to 10

          LEy = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Yaxis

          = EFLEY timesLy

          LEz = nominal effective unbraced length about the member Zaxis

          = EFLEZ timesLz

          Ly = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (seeparameters lsquoLYrsquo and lsquoFRLYrsquo)

          Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (seeparameters lsquoLZrsquo and lsquoFRLZrsquo)

          ry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (seeproperty lsquoRYrsquo)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 11 Rev T

          rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (seeproperty lsquoRZrsquo)

          SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) formember subjected to axial compression This is theparameter lsquoSLENCOMPrsquo

          474 (Compression resistance Pc BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          Actual Compression Force Fc = FX

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact or class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Ax = 1 2 or 3

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Ag pcy Ag pcz)

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Ax = 4

          Limiting Compression Capacity Pc = Minimum (Aeff pcy Aeff pcz)

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquoAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)AX = gross cross-sectional area property from tableFX = actual axial section force Negative value represents a

          compressive forcepcy pcz = compressive strength about Y and Z axes respectively

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are shownin the provisions lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1 Pczrsquo

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 12 V2

          C1 Pcy (Computation of compression resistance about the Y and Z axes pcy

          C1 Pcz and Pcz BS 5950-12000 Section 475 and Annex C1)

          Computation of compression resistance pcy and pcz are as follows

          Step 1 Compute reduced slenderness for class 4 slender cross-section (BS 5950-12000 Section 474)

          When provision Class-Ax = 4

          8y = 8y(AeffAg)05

          8z = 8z(AeffAg)05

          Step 2 Compute Euler compressive strength (BS 5950-12000 Annex C1)

          pEy =π

          λ

          2

          2E

          y

          pEz = π

          λ

          2

          2E

          z

          Step 3 Compute limiting slenderness 80 (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          80 = 02 (B2 E py)05

          Step 4 Compute the Robertson Constant (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          For Rolled hollow sectionsy = 20 curve az = 20 curve a

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 13 Rev T

          For Cold-formed (welded) hollow sectionsy = 55 curve cz = 55 curve c

          Step 5 Compute the Perry factor (BS 5950-12000 Annex C2)

          0y = y (8y 80) 1000 but 0y $ 0

          0z = z (8z 80) 1000 but 0z $ 0

          Where y and z are the Robertson Constant shown in the Step 4 above

          Step 6 Compute the compressive strength pcy and pcz (BS 5950-12000 AnnexC1)

          pcy =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ey y

          y y Ey yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          pcz =( )

          p p

          p p

          Ez y

          z z Ez yφ φ+ minus2 0 5

          Where

          Ny =p py y Ey+ +( )η 1

          2

          Nz =p py z Ez+ +( )η 1

          2E = modulus of elasticity of steelpy = design strength of steel

          Symbols LEy LEz ry rz 8y and 8z are defined in the provision lsquoLEr

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 14 V2

          Shear Stresses - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Y direction ispresent ie FY $ FYMIN

          423 Y (Shear capacity in Y direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvy = FY

          Limiting shear capacity Pvy = 06 py Avy

          WhereAvy = shear area in the Y directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avy = 06 AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)FY = shear force in member Y direction

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvy = AYAY = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquoAvy = SHRAREAF times AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)py = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 15 Rev T

          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Z direction ispresent ie FZ $ FZMIN

          423 Z (Shear capacity in Z direction BS 5950-12000 Section 423)

          Actual shear force Fvz = FZ

          Limiting shear capacity Pvz = 06 py Avz

          WhereAvz = shear area in the Z directionWhen value of the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to default value oflsquoComputedrsquo or lsquoCOMPUTErsquo

          Avz = 06 AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)FZ = shear force in member Z direction

          When value for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquo is equal to lsquoTABLErsquoAvz = AZAZ = shear area from Table (Property from Table)

          When a value (a number) has been specified for the parameter lsquoSHRAREAFrsquoAvz = SHRAREAF times AA = area of the cross-section

          = AX (Property from Table)py = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 16 V2

          Z Axis Bending - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) subjected to strong axis bending moment(about the Z axis) ie MZ $ MZMIN the following provisions are checked Figures00BS595044-1 (a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

          4252Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvy Fvy 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Sz but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zz or= py Seff

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py Zeff

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 17 Rev T

          Figure 00BS595044-1 Bending Stresses for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 18 V2

          WhereFvy = actual shear force in member Y direction

          = FYMZ = actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Zeff = effective elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          4253Z (Moment capacity about the Z axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvy exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvyFvy gt 06 Pvy

          Actual Moment Mcz = MZ

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Sz Dz Svz)

          but 15 py Zz

          or 12 py Zz for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 19 Rev T

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zz Dz Svz 15) or= py (Seff Dz Svz)

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcz = py (Zeff Dz Svz 15)

          WhereFvy = shear force in member Y directionMZ = the actual moment at a section about the member Z axisPvy = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Yrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSz = plastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = ZZ (Property from Table)Zeff = elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZz = elastic modulus of the section about the Z axis

          = SZ (Property from Table)Dz = shear reduction factor

          = [2(Fvy Pvy) 1]2 Fvy gt 06Pvy

          Svz = plastic modulus of the shear area in Z direction Shear area isassumed as 06A (06AX) based on the Section 423 of BS5950-12000 Plastic modulus of the shear area is computedbased on 60 of the thickness

          = (d13 d2

          3) 6d1 = outside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = OD 04timesTHICKd2 = inside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = ID + 04timesTHICK

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 20 V2

          OD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)This is a property from the table database

          ID = inside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)This is a property from the table database

          THICK = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) This isa property from the table database

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 21 Rev T

          Y Axis Bending - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          For circular hollow section (CHS pipe) subjected to weak axis bending moment(about the Y axis) ie MY $ MYMIN the following provisions are checked Figures00BS595044-1 (c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

          4252Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with low shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4252)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz does not exceed 60 of the shearcapacity Pvz Fvz 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Sy but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zy or= py Seff

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py Zeff

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 22 V2

          WhereFvz = actual shear force in member Z direction

          = FZMY = actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Zeff = effective elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 23 Rev T

          4253Y (Moment capacity about the Y axis with high shear force BS 5950-12000 Section 4253)

          This provision is checked when the shear force Fvz exceed 60 of the shear capacityPvzFvz gt 06 Pvz

          Actual Moment Mcy = MY

          For class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Sy Dy Svy)

          but 15 py Zy

          or 12 py Zy for a simply supportedbeam or a cantileverbeam

          For class 3 semi-compact cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 3

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zy Dy Svy 15) or= py (Seff Dy Svy )

          For class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Be = 4

          Limiting Moment Capacity Mcy = py (Zeff Dy Svy 15)

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 24 V2

          WhereFvz = shear force in member Z directionMY = the actual moment at a section about the member Y axisPvz = shear capacity see provision lsquo423 Zrsquopy = design strength of steelSeff = effective plastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoSeffrsquoSy = plastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = ZY (Property from Table)Zeff = effective elastic modulus of the section see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZy = elastic modulus of the section about the Y axis

          = SY (Property from Table)Dy = shear reduction factor

          = [2(Fvz Pvz) 1]2

          Svy = plastic modulus of the shear area in Y direction Shear area isassumed as 06A (06AX) based on the Section 423 of BS5950-12000 Plastic modulus of the shear area is computedbased on 60 of the thickness

          = (d13 d2

          3) 6d1 = outside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = OD 04timesTHICKd2 = inside diameter based on 60 of the thickness

          = ID + 04timesTHICKOD = outside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)

          This is a property from the table databaseID = inside diameter of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe)

          This is a property from the table databaseTHICK = thickness of the circular hollow section (CHS Pipe) This is

          a property from the table databaseX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 25 Rev T

          Combined Axial and Bending - Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          Axial Tension and Bending Moment - Circular Hollow Section (CHSPipe)

          The next provisions are considered when axial tension and bending momentabout one or both axes is present

          4822T (Combined axial tension and bending moment Simplified methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4822)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo This provision is also checked when the parameterlsquoMETHODrsquo is equal to lsquoEXACTrsquo and the member is a class 3 semi-compact or class4 slender cross-section

          WhereFt = axial tension force at the section

          = FXMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253ZrsquoPt = axial tension capacity see provision lsquo461 TrsquoX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 26 V2

          4823T (Combined axial tension and bending moment More exact methodBS 5950-12000 Section 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMzMrz

          10le +

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XM yMry

          10le +

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XMzMrz

          z

          M yMry

          z

          10 1 2

          + le +

          WhereMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquopy = the design strengthz1 = 20z2 = 20X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 27 Rev T

          Mrz (Major Axis (Z axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mrz BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mrz = py Srz

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSrz = reduced plastic modulus about the major axes (Z axis) The value

          of the Srz is computed based on the value of the axial force ration

          n =F

          A py

          Srz = S nz cos π

          2

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXSz = plastic modulus about the major axis (Z axis)

          = ZZ (Property from Table)

          Mry (Minor Axis (Y axis) Reduced Plastic Moment Capacity of a class 1 plasticor class 2 compact Mry BS 5950-12000 Annex I21)

          Mry = py Sry

          Wherepy = design strength of steelSry = reduced plastic modulus about the minor axes (Y axis) The

          value of the Sry is computed based on the value of the axial forceratio n

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 28 V2

          n =F

          A py

          Sry = S ny cos π

          2

          WhereA = cross-section area

          = AX (Property from Table)F = axial tension force

          = FXSy = plastic modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = ZY (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 29 Rev T

          Axial Compression and Bending Moment - Circular Hollow Section (CHSPipe)

          The next provisions are considered when axial compression and bendingmoment about one or both axes is present

          4832a (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 1 plasticClass 2 compact and Class 3 semi-compact cross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(a))

          This provision is checked for class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compact cross-section

          When Provision Class-Ax 3 and Class-Be 3

          WhereAg = gross cross-sectional area

          = AX (Property from Table)Fc = axial compression force at a sectionMy = bending moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at a section

          = MYMcy = moment capacity about the minor axis (Y axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Yrsquo or lsquo4253YrsquoMz = bending moment about the major axis (Z axis) at a section

          = MZMcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absence of

          axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquopy = design strength of steelX = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 30 V2

          4832b (Combined axial compression and bending moment More exact4823C method Class 1 plastic and Class 2 compact cross-section BS 5950-

          12000 Sections 4832(b) 4823 and Annex I21)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo and the member is a class 1 plastic or class 2 compact cross-section

          When Provision Class-Be = 1 or 2

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          XMzMrz

          10le +

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          XMYMry

          10le +

          Major and minor axis moment MZ $ MZMIN and MY $ MYMIN

          XM zM rz

          z

          M yM ry

          z

          10 1 2

          + le +

          WhereMry = minor axis (Y axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMryrsquoMy = actual moment about the minor axis (Y axis) at the section

          = MYMrz = major axis (Z axis) reduced plastic moment capacity in the

          presence of axial force see provision lsquoMrzrsquoMz = actual moment about the major axis (Z axis) at the section

          = MZpy = design strength of steelz1 = 20z2 = 20X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 31 Rev T

          4832c (Combined axial compression and bending moment Class 4 slendercross-section BS 5950-12000 Section 4832(c))

          This provision is checked for class 4 slender cross-sections

          When Provision Class-Ax = 4 or Class-Be = 4

          WhereAeff = effective cross-sectional area see provision lsquoAeffrsquo

          Symbols Fc My Mcy Mz Mcz py and X are defined in the provision lsquo4832arsquo

          48331_a (Member buckling resistance check Simplified method48331_b BS 5950-12000 Section 48331)

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoSIMPLIFYrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Following equations are both checked

          For class 1 plastic class 2 compact and class 3 semi-compactWhen Provision Class-Ax 3 and Class-Be 3

          X 48331_aFcPc

          mz MzpyZz

          my M ypyZy

          10+ + le +

          X 48331_bFcPcy

          mLT M LT

          Mb

          my M ypyZy

          10 + + le +

          For class 4 slenderWhen Provision Class-Ax = 4 or Class-Be = 4

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 32 V2

          X 48331_aFcPc

          mz MzpyZeff

          my M ypyZeff

          10 + + le +

          X 48331_bFcPcy

          mLT M LTMb

          my M ypyZeff

          10+ + le +

          WhereFc = axial compression force at a section

          = FXMb = Mcz

          Mcz = moment capacity about the major axis (Z axis) in the absenceof axial load see provisions lsquo4252Zrsquo or lsquo4253Zrsquo

          MLT = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lx

          governing Mb Major axis moment at the section being codechecked

          My = minor axis (Y axis) moment in the segment length Ly

          governing Pcy Minor axis moment at the section being codechecked

          Mz = major axis (Z axis) moment in the segment length Lz

          governing Pcz Major axis moment at the section being codechecked

          mLT = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsionalbuckling see parameter lsquomLTrsquo

          my = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Y axis (minoraxis Y axis) see parameter lsquomyrsquo

          mZ = equivalent uniform moment factor about the Z axis (majoraxis) see parameter lsquomzrsquo

          Pc = smaller value of Pcy and Pcz see provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo and lsquoC1Pczrsquo

          Pcy = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pcyrsquo consideringbuckling about the minor axis (Y axis) only

          Pcz = compression resistance from provision lsquoC1 Pczrsquo consideringbuckling about the major axis (Z axis) only

          py = design strength of steelZeff = effective elastic section modulus see provision lsquoZeffrsquoZy = elastic section modulus about the minor axis (Y axis)

          = SY (Property from Table)

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 33 Rev T

          Zz = elastic section modulus about the major axis = SZ (Property from Table)

          X = value of the parameter lsquoCODETOLrsquo divided by 100

          48333a_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48333a_2 moment about the major axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48333(a))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Major axis (Z axis) moment only MZ $ MZMIN and MY lt MYMIN

          For major axis (Z axis) in-plane buckling

          X 48333a_1FcPcz

          mz MzMcz

          1 05FcPcz

          10 + +

          le +

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48333a_2FcPcy

          05mLT M LT

          Mcz 10 + le +

          WhereMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Zrsquo and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 34 V2

          48333b_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48333b_2 moments about the minor axis only BS 5950-12000 Section

          48333(b))

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Minor axis (Y axis) moment only MY $ MYMIN and MZ lt MZMIN

          For minor axis (Y axis) in-plane buckling

          X 48333b_1FcPcy

          my M yMcy

          1 05FcPcy

          10 + + le +

          For out-of-plane buckling

          X 48333b_2FcPcz

          05myz M y

          Mcy + le +10

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural

          buckling see parameter lsquomyzrsquoOther symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          48333c_1 (Member buckling resistance More exact method Member with48333c_2 moment about both axes BS 5950-12000 Section 48333(c))48333c_3

          This provision is checked when the value for the parameter lsquoMETHODrsquo is equal tolsquoEXACTrsquo or lsquoBOTHrsquo

          Member moments about both axes MZ $ MZMIN and MY gt MYMIN

          GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)

          V2 00BS595044 - 35 Rev T

          For major axis buckling

          X 48333c_1FcPcz

          mz MzMcz

          1 05FcPcz

          05myz My

          Mcy10 + + + le +

          For minor axis lateral-torsional buckling (no lateral-torsional buckling check isneeded)

          X 48333c_2FcPcy

          05mLT M LT

          Mcz

          my M yMcy

          1 05FcPcy

          10 + + + le +

          For interactive buckling

          X 48333c_3( )( )

          ( )( )( )

          ( )mz Mz 1 05 Fc Pcz

          Mcz 1 Fc Pcz

          my My 1 05 Fc Pcy

          Mcy 1 Fc Pcy10

          +

          minus+

          +

          minusle +

          WhereMcy = minor axis (Y axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo)myz = equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural

          buckling see parameter lsquomyzrsquoMcz = major axis (Z axis) moment capacity (see provisions

          lsquo4252Zrsquo and lsquo4253Zrsquo)Other symbols are defined in provision lsquo48331_a

          00BS5950 Provisions for Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe) GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS595044 - 36 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 1 Rev T

          APPENDIX A References

          1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

          2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W Anthony Dillon CivilEngineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology CambridgeMass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

          3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-49 September 1967

          4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-56 May 1968

          5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-91 November 1968

          6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and Steel MemberSelection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass January 1972

          7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MIT Press1967

          8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR67-47 September 1967

          9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTM A506-68January 1968

          10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency PO Box3956 San Francisco California 94119

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 2 V 2

          11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor PO Box231 Worcester Mass 01613

          12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

          13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

          14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R67-58 September1967

          15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1963

          16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1969

          17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill Book Company1967

          18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering Georgia Instituteof Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

          19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science McGraw-Hill London Third Edition 1977

          20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

          21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 3 Rev T

          22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids and Structures4 1968

          23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil Engineering July1970

          24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements Research ReportR71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

          25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural Design LanguageM S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September 1969

          26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California at Berkeley1966

          27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation in FiniteElement Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Department of CivilEngineering June 1976

          28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of Technology Netherlands tobe published

          29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G7337 1960

          30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite Elements Proceedingsof the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods in Civil EngineeringAmerican Society of Civil Engineers Nashville Tennessee November 1969

          31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

          32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE - Manualsand Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 4 V 2

          33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1980

          34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1978

          35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Edited byBruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

          36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs NewJersey 1968

          37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design and BehaviorInternational Textbook Company 1971

          38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston Publishing CompanyInc Reston Virginia 1977

          39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design in StructuralSteel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

          40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I Gilmor CanadianInstitute of Steel Construction 1977

          41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES Subsystem STRUDLCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

          42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 Users ManualCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

          43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc 1975

          44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

          45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

          46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite Element AnalysisPrentice 1976

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 5 Rev T

          47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press 1965

          48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by Matrix DecompositionJournal of the Engineering Mechanics Division American Society of CivilEngineers April 1968

          49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRAN by theTridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

          50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparse butUnstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEE Conference onDecision and Control San Diego California January 1979

          51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for the EigenproblemJ INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

          52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

          53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channels andTees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil EngineeringAtlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

          54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1977

          55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

          56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

          57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures John Wiley andSons Inc 1974

          58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill 1970

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 6 V 2

          59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic Stability McGraw-Hill1961

          60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed Sections GTICESSystems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta Georgia June 1981

          61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for Random VibrationsReport No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering Research Center Universityof California Berkeley June 1980

          62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm for Reducingthe Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM Journal Numerical AnalysisVol 13 No 2 April 1976

          63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse Symmetric MatricesProceedings of the 24th National Conference Association for Computing Machinery1969

          64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

          65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln Arc WeldingFoundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

          66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-Strain Model forConfined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114 No 8 August1988

          67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding Society MiamiFlorida December 1983

          68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1983

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V 2 00BS5950Appendix A - 7 Rev T

          69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122 February1978

          70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

          71 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary onStandard for Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures ASCESTANDARD American Society of Civil Engineers New York New YorkSeptember 1986

          72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth Edition AmericanInstitute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

          73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

          74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York 1988

          75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

          76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel Institute WashingtonDC 1989

          77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk Grove VillageIL 60007 January 7 1994

          78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North American EditionNo 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street Wayne Michigan 481841993

          79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS 5950 Part1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuous Construction HotRolled Sections London England 1990

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 8 V2

          80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design First EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

          81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume I SecondEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1993

          82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 Section PropertiesMember Capacities 4th Edition Published by The Steel Construction Institute inassociation with the British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited BritishSteel PIC Berkshire England 1996

          83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTM A6MAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

          84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories Aluminum Companyof America

          85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society of Civil Engineers NewYork New York 1991

          86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95 AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

          87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 Power LineSystems Inc 1995

          88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Model ofOrdinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of Structural EngineeringVol 124 No 3 March 1998

          89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

          90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules for buildings(together with United Kingdom National Application Document) DD ENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

          V2 00BS5950Appendix A - 9 Rev T

          91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

          92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INSTEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

          93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS 8081989 New DelhiSeptember 1989

          94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections April15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1997

          95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design of rolledand welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 London England May2001

          96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

          97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering Design ProvisionsInternational Conference of Building Officials Whittier California April 1997

          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix A - 10 V2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

          V2 00BS5950Appendix B - 1 Rev T

          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix B of Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix B - 2 V 2

          This page intentionally left blank

          GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

          V2 00BS5950Appendix C - 1 Rev T

          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix C of Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tablesprovided with GTSTRUDL

          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

          Rev T 00BS5950Appendix C - 2 V 2

          End of Document

          • Title Page
          • Manual Revision History
          • Notices
          • Table of Contents
          • GTSTRUDL Steel Design 00BS5950 Code
            • Introduction
            • 00BS5950 Code
              • Properties used by 00BS5950
                • I Shapes
                • Single Angles
                • Circular Hollow Sections (Pipes)
                  • Parameters used by 00BS5950
                    • Parameters in 00BS5950
                    • System Parameters
                    • Control Parameters
                    • Code Parameters
                      • Provisions of 00BS5950
                        • General Nomenclature for 00BS5950
                        • I shapes
                        • Single Angle
                        • Circular Hollow Section (CHS Pipe)
                          • Appendix A References
                          • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
                          • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles
                              1. File Attachment
                                00BS5950 Manual

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 32

                                Figure 00BS59501-1 Local Axes for Design with 00BS5950

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 33

                                The sections of the BS 5950-12000 specifications (95) that are considered by theGTSTRUDL 00BS5950 code are summarized below

                                Section Title

                                3 Properties of materials and section properties35 Classification of cross-sections351 General352 Classification353 Flanges of compound I- or H-sections

                                Table 11 Limiting width-to-thickness ratios for sections otherthan CHS and RHS

                                355 Stress ratios for classification3562 I- or H-sections with equal flanges3564 Circular hollow sections3622 Effective area3623 Effective modulus when web is fully effective364 Equal-leg angle sections365 Alternative method366 Circular hollow sections

                                4 Design of structural members423 Shear capacity

                                425 Moment capacity4252 Low shear4253 High shear

                                43 Lateral-torsional buckling434 Destabilizing load435 Effective length for lateral-torsional buckling

                                Table 13 Effective length LE for beams without intermediaterestraint

                                4362 I- H- channel and box sections with equal flanges4364 Buckling resistance moment4365 Bending strength pb4366 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT

                                Table 18 Equivalent uniform moment factor mLT for lateral-torsional buckling

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 34

                                Section Title

                                4369 Ratio $W

                                445 Shear buckling resistance4452 Simplified method4453 More exact method

                                46 Tension members461 Tension capacity472 Slenderness

                                47 Compression members472 Slenderness474 Compression resistance475 Compressive strength

                                Table 23 Allocation of strut curve

                                48 Members with combined moment and axial force482 Tension members with moments4822 Simplified method4823 More exact method

                                483 Compression members with moments4832 Cross-section capacity

                                4833 Member buckling resistance48331 Simplified method

                                Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexuralbuckling

                                48332 More exact method for I- or H-sections with equal flangesTable 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexural

                                buckling48333 More exact method for CHS RHS or box sections with equal flanges

                                Table 26 Equivalent uniform moment factor m for flexuralbuckling

                                49 Members with biaxial moments

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 35

                                Section Title

                                Annex B (normative)Lateral-torsional buckling of members subject to bending

                                B2 Buckling resistanceB21 Bending strengthB22 Perry factor and Robertson constantB23 Uniform I H and channel sections with equal flanges

                                Annex C (normative)Compressive strength

                                C1 Strut formulaC2 Perry factor and Robertson constant

                                Annex H (normative)Web buckling resistance

                                H1 Shear buckling strength

                                Annex I (normative)Combined axial compression and bending

                                I2 Reduced plastic moment capacityI21 I- or H-section with equal flanges

                                Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered for all cross-sections except single angles (tension or compression axialstresses only) Provisions for columns in simple construction are included Parameters allowingfor the changes which occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and maybe invoked at the users discretion

                                The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

                                1 Table 00BS59501-1 Shows the parameters used by 00BS5950 code Table00BS59501-1 contains the applicable parameternames their default values and a brief description ofthe parameters

                                2 Section 00BS59502 Describes the cross-section properties used for eachshape

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 36

                                3 Section 00BS59503 Contains detail discussion of the parameters used by the00BS5950 code and they are presented in the alphabeticorder in this section

                                4 Sections 00BS59504 Describes the subsections in the Section 00BS59504

                                5 Section 00BS595041 Defines the symbols used in the 00BS5950 codeprovisions

                                6 Section 00BS595042 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions andthe equations applicable to the I shape cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                7 Section 00BS595043 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions andthe equations applicable to the single angle cross-sections subjected to axial force only

                                8 Section 00BS595044 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions andthe equations applicable to the circular hollow sections(CHS pipes) subjected to bending and axial forces

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 37

                                Table 00BS59501-100BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking or memberselection Specify 00BS5950 for code name See Sections00BS59502 00BS59503 and 00BS59504 for a more detaileddescription

                                TBLNAM UNIBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table 00BS59501-2 for choices

                                METHOD EXACT Identifies the design method This parameter indicates the typeof method that should be used for the shear or combinedcapacity checks

                                BOTH = Use simplified and the more exact methods See Sections 445 482 and 483 of BS5950-12000 (95)

                                EXACT = Use the more exact method See Sections 4453 4823 48332 and 48333 of BS5950-12000 (95)

                                SIMPLIFY = Use simplified method See Sections 44524822 and 4832 of BS 5950-12000 (95)

                                SECTYPE ROLLED Indicates that the cross-section is rolled or welded shape Thisparameter is used to determine the equations that are applicableto the rolled or welded shape

                                ROLLED = Member is hot rolled

                                WELDED = Member is weldedcoldformed

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 38

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                SHRAREAF Computed SHeaR AREA Factor is used for the computation of the sheararea When an alternate value other than COMPUTE orTABLE is specified shear area is computed as theSHRAREAF times the cross sectional area (AV = AY =SHRAREAF times AX)

                                COMPUTE = Compute the shear area based on the Section423 of BS 5950-12000 (95) except forsingle and double angles Shear area forsingle and double angles are extracted fromGTSTRUDL or USER table

                                TABLE = Shear area from GTSTRUDL or USER tableis used

                                a 2540000(mm) Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is used tocompute ad ratio ad is the ratio of the distance betweenstiffeners to web depth An arbitrary high value of 2540000(mm) has been assumed as a default to indicate that the webstiffeners are absent A value is necessary to account for webstiffeners in the shear capacity calculation (Provisions 4452and 4453)

                                SimpSupp NO Indicates that if a member is simply supported or not Thisparameter is used to determine the equations that are applicableto the simply supported members (Provisions lsquo4252Zrsquolsquo4253Zrsquo lsquo4252Yrsquo and lsquo4253Yrsquo

                                NO = Member is not simply supported

                                YES = Member is simply supported

                                CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of actuallimiting must be less than orequal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 39

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject to axialtension

                                Material Properties

                                STEELGRD S235JRG2 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is made See Table 00BS59501-3 for STEEL GRaDes and theirproperties

                                Py Computed Design strength py (yield stress) of member Computed fromparameter STEELGRD if not given

                                REDPy 10 Reduction factor for parameter Py This factor times parameterPy gives the design strength (py) value used by the code Usedto account for property changes at high temperatures

                                Pyf Py Design strength of the flange If not specified it is assumedequal to the parameter Py This parameter is used to define ahybrid cross-section see parameter Pyw also

                                Pyw Py Design strength of the web If not specified it is assumedequal to the parameter Py This parameter is used to define ahybrid cross-section see parameter Pyf also

                                REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDPy

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 40

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Slenderness Ratio

                                SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (LEr KLr) for amember subjected to axial compression The default value formaximum compression slenderness ratio is equal to 180

                                SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for a membersubjected to axial tension Only a user-specified value willinitiate the slenderness ratio check for a tension member

                                Effective Length for a Compression Member

                                EFLEY 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of nominaleffective length LEy = EFLEY times LY for a compressionmember Nominal effective length LEY is used in thecomputation of maximum slenderness ratio about the local Yaxis of the profile See Table 00BS59501-4 or Sections 472473 and Table 22 of BS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEYvalues

                                LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of thecross-section This parameter is used to compute nominaleffective length LEy for a compression member (LEy = EFLEYtimes LY) The default value is computed as a length of the mem-ber

                                FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbraced length tobe specified as fractions of the total length Used only whendefault value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LY (LY =FRLY times Member Length)

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 41

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Effective Length for a Compression Member (continued)

                                EFLEZ 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of nominal effec-tive length LEz = EFLEZ times LZ for a compression member Nominal effective length LEZ is used in the computation ofmaximum slenderness ratio about the local Z axis of the profile See Table 00BS59501-4 or Sections 472 473 and Table 22 ofBS 5950-12000 (95) for the EFLEZ values

                                LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of the cross-section This parameter is used to compute nominal effectivelength LEz for a compression member (LEz = EFLEZ times LZ) Thedefault value is computed as a length of the member

                                FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ allows unbraced length to bespecified as fractions of the total length Used only when defaultvalue of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LZ (LZ = FRLZ timesMember Length)

                                Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling

                                LE LLT Effective length of a member for lateral torsional buckling of abeam with restraints at the ends Default value is the effectivelength between restraints against lateral-torsional buckling of amember under bending see parameter LLT (LE = EFLE times LLT) See Table 00BS59501-5 for alternative values and also see Table13 and 14 of the BS5950-12000 (95)

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 42

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Effective Length for Lateral-Torsional Buckling (continued)

                                EFLE 10 Effective factor value used for the computation of the effectivelength LE of a member under bending Used only when defaultvalue of LLT is used for parameter LE (LE = EFLE times LLT seeTable 00BS59501-5 and parameter LE)

                                LLT Computed Segment length between restraints against lateral-torsionalbuckling (unbraced length) This parameter generally used tospecify the segment length of the compression flange restraintagainst lateral-torsional buckling (unbraced length of thecompression flange) Computed as length of member

                                FRLLT 10 Fractional value used for the computation of the unbraced lateral-torsional buckling length of a member LLT Used only whendefault value of lsquoComputedrsquo is used for parameter LLT (LLT =FRLLT times Member Length)

                                Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors

                                mLT Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral-torsional buckling(mLT) which is used in the member buckling resistance equations This parameter modifies Z axis bending buckling capacity incombined axial and bending capacity equations See Section00BS59503 for more explanation

                                my Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling (my)which is used in the member buckling resistance equations Thisparameter modifies Y axis bending capacity in combined axialand bending capacity equations See Section 00BS59503 formore explanation

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 43

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

                                mz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for flexural buckling (mz)which is used in the member buckling resistance equations Thisparameter modifies Z axis bending capacity in combined axialand bending capacity equations See Section 00BS59503 formore explanation

                                myz Computed Equivalent uniform moment factor for lateral flexural buckling(myz) which is used in the member out-of-plane bucklingresistance equations This parameter modifies Y axis bendingcapacity in combined axial and bending capacity equations SeeSection 00BS59503 for more explanation

                                SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about the localY axis

                                YES = Sidesway permitted

                                NO = Sidesway prevented

                                SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of SiDeSWAY about the localZ axis

                                YES = Sidesway permitted

                                NO = Sidesway prevented

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 44

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Equivalent Uniform Moment Factors (continued)

                                DESTLDY YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Y axis direction(and possibly rotation about the member local Y axis) Destabi-lizing load conditions exist when a load is applied in the local Zaxis direction of a member and both the load and the member arefree to deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also) relative tothe centroid of the member This parameter is only applicable toLOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERS command

                                YES = Destabilizing load

                                NO = Normal load

                                DESTLDZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of a DESTabilizing LoaDwhich causes movement in the member local Z axis direction(and possibly rotation about the member local Z axis) Destabi-lizing load conditions exist when a load is applied to the topflange (local Y axis load) of a member and both the load and theflange are free to deflect laterally (and possibly rotationally also)relative to the centroid of the member This parameter is onlyapplicable to LOADS list or ALL LOADS of the PARAMETERScommand

                                YES = Destabilizing load

                                NO = Normal load

                                Force Limitation

                                FXMIN 2224 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anything lessin magnitude is taken as zero Units are in newtons (N)

                                FYMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 45

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Force Limitation (continued)

                                FZMIN 2224 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the(mm-N) code anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                Output Processing

                                MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles in mosttables

                                SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO see Sections 29 and 72 ofVolume 2A of the User Reference Manual for an explanation

                                PrintLim NO Parameter to request to print the section limiting values for limitstate and load and resistance factor codes This parameter isapplicable to the steel design CHECK and SELECT commands The default output from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the section limiting values should be printed insteadof default section forces

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 46

                                Table 00BS59501-1 (continued)

                                00BS5950 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Output Processing (continued)

                                TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should be outputduring design or code checking See Section 72 of Volume 2A ofthe User Reference Manual for the explanation

                                1 = never

                                2 = on failure

                                3 = all checks

                                4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section forces

                                VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to be outputwhen retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A of the UserReference Manual for the explanation

                                1 = no output

                                2 = output parameters

                                3 = output properties

                                4 = output parameters and properties

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Design Code and Parameters

                                52 - 47

                                Table 00BS59501-2GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the

                                Design based on the 00BS5950 Code

                                Profile Shapes Reference

                                I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of Applicable Tablenames for universal beams universal columns joists universalbearing piles I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flangeshapes etc

                                Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle tablenames applicable to 00BS5950 code

                                Circular Hollow Sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of circular hollowsection (pipe round HSS) table names applicable to 00BS5950code

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 48

                                Table 00BS59501-3

                                Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

                                Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

                                t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

                                S185 185 175 290

                                S235JR 235 225 340

                                S235JRG1 235 225 340

                                S235JRG2 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S235J0 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S235J2G3 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S235J2G4 235 225 215 215 215 195 185 175 340 340 320

                                S275JR 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275J0 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275J2G3 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275J2G4 275 265 255 245 235 225 215 205 410 400 380

                                S275N 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

                                S275NL 275 265 255 245 235 225 370 350

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code and Parameters

                                52 - 49

                                Table 00BS59501-3 (continued)

                                Steel Grades Based on the BS 5950-12000 (00BS5950) and 1993 Eurocode (EC3) Specification

                                Steel GradeNominal Yield Strength fy (Nmm2) Ultimate Tensile Strength fu

                                t 16 16lt t 40 40lt t 63 63lt t 80 80lt t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 200 200lt t 250 t 100 100lt t 150 150lt t 250

                                S355JR 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355J0 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355J2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355J2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355K2G3 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355K2G4 355 345 335 325 315 295 285 275 490 470 450

                                S355N 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

                                S355NL 355 345 335 325 315 295 470 450

                                S420N 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

                                S420NL 420 400 390 370 360 340 520 500

                                S460N 460 440 430 410 400 550

                                S460NL 460 440 430 410 400 550

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 50

                                Table 00BS59501-4Effective Factor Values EFLEY and EFLEZ for

                                Nominal Effective Length LEy and LEz computationBritish Standard BS 5950-12000 Specification

                                a) non-sway mode

                                Restraint (in the plane under consideration) by other parts of structure EFLEYand

                                EFLEZEffectively held inposition at both ends

                                Effectively restrained in direction at both ends 07Partially restrained in direction at both ends 085Restrained in direction at one end 085Not restrained in direction at either end 10

                                b) sway mode

                                One end Other end EFLEYand

                                EFLEZEffectively held inposition and restrainedin direction

                                Not held inposition

                                Effectively restrained in direction 12Partially restrained in direction 15Not restrained in direction 20

                                Excluding angle channel or T-section struts designed in accordance with Section4710 of the BS 5950-12000 (95)

                                ExamplePARAMETERS

                                EFLEY 15 MEMBER 1 $ LEy = 15LY for member 1EFLEZ 12 MEMBER 25 $ LEz = 12LZ for member 25

                                LY and LZ are the unbraced length for buckling about the local Y and Z axis of thecross-section (see parameter LY and LZ)

                                GT STRUDL 00BS5950 Code and Parameters

                                52 - 51

                                Table 00BS59501-5Effective Length LE

                                British Standard BS 5950-12000 SpecificationConditions of restraint at supports Alternate values for

                                Parameter LELoading conditions

                                Normal

                                DESTLDZ = NO

                                Destabilizing

                                DESTLDZ = YES

                                Default value for parameter LE LLT EFLLTtimesLLT EFLLTtimesLLT

                                Compression flange laterally restrained Nominal torsional restraint against rotation about longitudinal axis

                                Both flanges fully restrained againstrotation on plan

                                A1 07LLT 085LLT

                                Compression flange fully restrainedagainst rotation on plan

                                A2 075LLT 09LLT

                                Both flanges partially restrained againstrotation on plan

                                A3 08LLT 095LLT

                                Compression flange partially restrainedagainst rotation on plan

                                A4 085LLT 10LLT

                                Both flanges free to rotate on plan A5 10LLT 12LLT

                                Compression flange laterally unrestrained Both flanges free to rotate on plan

                                Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided byconnection of bottom flange to supports

                                A6 10LLT + 2D 12LLT + 2D

                                Partial torsional restraint against rotationabout longitudinal axis provided only bypressure of bottom flange onto supports

                                A7 12LLT + 2D 14LLT + 2D

                                ExamplePARAMETERS

                                DESTLDZ NO LOAD 2DESTLDZ YES LOAD 5LE A3 MEMBER 1 $ LE = 08LLT for load 2 and

                                $ LE = 095LLT for load 5LE A7 MEMBER 8 $ LE = 12LLT+2D for load 2 and

                                $ LE = 14LLT+2D for load 5

                                1 D is the depth of cross-section (table property YD)2 Default value for parameter EFLLT is equal to 103 For cantilevers and other types of beams not in Table 00BS59501-6 use parameter EFLLT to specify the effective

                                length factor (LE = EFLLTtimesLLT)

                                Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                52 - 52

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                52 - 53

                                523 GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                A new steel design code named IS800 has been added

                                IS800 CodeIndian Standard

                                IS800-1984

                                IS80012 IS800 Code

                                The IS800 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

                                I shapes Round BarsChannels PipesSingle angles Square Bars Tees Rectangular BarsDouble angles Structural Tubing

                                The term I shapes is used to mean ROLLED I beams and columns universal beams andcolumns W S M and HP profiles with doubly symmetric cross-sections

                                The code is based on the Indian Standard ldquoCode of Practice for General Construction inSteel (Second Revision)rdquo adopted April 25 1984 (Twelfth Reprint December 1995incorporating Amendments No 1 and 2) IS800-1984 The IS800 code utilizes the allowablestress design techniques of the Indian Standard IS800-1984 code

                                Design criteria for the above shapes are presented in Section IS8004 A detaileddiscussion is presented on the allowable stresses for each of these shapes in Sections IS80052through IS800510

                                The following assumptions are made throughout the IS800 code

                                1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel

                                2 The modulus of elasticity of the steel is 200000 MPa This is of particularimportance since the computation of several constants appearing in the equationsof the IS800-1984 Specification (92) is based on this value

                                3 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bending stressesand may be neglected No checks are made for torsion The designer is remindedto check the torsional stresses whenever they become significant

                                Text Box
                                Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 IS800 Manual

                                GT STRUDLreg

                                S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e s U s e r M a n u a l

                                Volume 2 - IS800

                                Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

                                Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                V2 ii Rev T

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                V2 iii Rev T

                                GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

                                Revision No

                                DateReleased Description

                                T 122006 New Indian Standard IS800 Steel design code added toGTSTRUDL

                                V2 iv Rev T

                                NOTICES

                                GTSTRUDLreg Users Manual Volume 2 - IS800 Steel Design Code Revision T isapplicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released December 2006 and subsequent versions

                                GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

                                GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

                                DISCLAIMER

                                NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

                                Commercial Software Rights Legend

                                Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

                                This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

                                Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

                                Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                Copyright copy 2006

                                Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                                Printed in United States of America

                                V2 v Rev T

                                Table of Contents

                                Chapter Page

                                GTSTRUDL Users Reference Manual Revision History iii

                                Notices iv

                                Disclaimer iv

                                Commercial Software Rights Legend iv

                                Table of Contents v

                                IS8001 GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes 11 - 1IS80011 Introduction 11 - 1IS80012 IS800 Code 11 - 3

                                IS8002 Properties Used by IS800 2 - 1IS8003 Parameters Used by IS800 3 - 1IS8004 Provisions of IS800 4 - 1

                                IS80041 General Nomenclature for IS800 41 - 1IS80042 IS800 Provisions for I shapes 42 - 1IS80043 IS800 Provisions for Channels 43 - 1IS80044 IS800 Provisions for Single Angles 44 - 1IS80045 IS800 Provisions for Tees 45 - 1IS80046 IS800 Provisions for Double Angles 46 - 1IS80047 IS800 Provisions for Round Bars 47 - 1IS80048 IS800 Provisions for Pipes 48 - 1IS80049 IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars 49 - 1IS800410 IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing 410 - 1

                                APPENDICES

                                Appendix A References A-1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B-1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles C-1

                                LIST OF FIGURES

                                Figure IS8001-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes 11 - 4Figure IS8002-1 Local Axes for Design with IS800 2 - 2Figure IS8003-1 Computation of CMY and CMZ 3 - 10Figure IS8003-2 Local Axis Buckling 3 - 14Figure IS8003-3 SIDESWAY Conditions 3 - 17Figure IS8003-4 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the TOP

                                and BOTTOM flange 3 - 19

                                V2 vi Rev T

                                Figure IS80042-1 Effective cross-section Properties for I shapes 42 - 3Figure IS80042-2 Bending Stresses for I Shapes 42 - 19Figure IS80043-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Channels 43 - 2Figure IS80043-2 Bending Stresses for Channels 43 - 10Figure IS80044-2 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Single Angles 44 - 2Figure IS80044-2 Compressive Bending Stress for Single Angles 44 - 8Figure IS80044-3 QY and QZ Computation for Single Angles 44 - 21Figure IS80045-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Tees 45 - 2Figure IS80045-2 Bending Stresses for Tees 45 - 10Figure IS80046-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Equal and Long

                                Legs back-to-back Double Angles 46 - 2Figure IS80046-2 Effective Cross-section Properties for Short Legs back-

                                to-back Double Angles 46 - 3Figure IS80046-3 Compressive Bending Stresses for Double Angles 46 - 12Figure IS80047-1 Bending Stresses for Round Bars 47 - 5Figure IS80048-1 Bending Stresses for Pipes 48 - 6Figure IS80049-1 Bending Stresses for Square and Rectangular Bars 49 - 5Figure IS800410-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Structural Tubing 410 - 2Figure IS800410-2 Bending Stresses for Structural Tubing 410 - 10

                                LIST OF TABLES

                                Table IS8001-1 IS800 Code Parameters 11 - 11Table IS8001-2 GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Code(s) 11 - 18Table IS8001-3 GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for the Design based on the

                                IS800 Codes 11 - 19Table IS8001-4 Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1993 AISC LRFD Second

                                Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition and 1978 AISCSpecification 11 - 20

                                Table IS8003-1 Parameters in IS800 3 - 2

                                GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8001 GTSTRUDL Steel Design Code

                                IS80011 Introduction

                                The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters properties and thecode provisions for the GTSTRUDL steel design IS800 code This volume is only applicableto steel design IS800 code

                                GTSTRUDL Steel Design Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 2 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 3 Rev T

                                IS800 CodeIndian Standard

                                IS800-1984

                                IS80012 IS800 Code

                                The IS800 code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check any of the followingshapes

                                I shapes Round BarsChannels PipesSingle angles Square Bars Tees Rectangular BarsDouble angles Structural Tubing

                                The term I shapes is used to mean ROLLED I beams and columns universal beamsand columns W S M and HP profiles with doubly symmetric cross-sections

                                The code is based on the Indian Standard ldquoCode of Practice for General Constructionin Steel (Second Revision)rdquo adopted April 25 1984 (Twelfth Reprint December 1995incorporating Amendments No 1 and 2) IS800-1984 The IS800 code utilizes theallowable stress design techniques of the Indian Standard IS800-1984 code

                                Design criteria for the above shapes are presented in Section IS8004 A detaileddiscussion is presented on the allowable stresses for each of these shapes in SectionsIS80052 through IS800510

                                The following assumptions are made throughout the IS800 code

                                1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel2 The modulus of elasticity of the steel is 200000 MPa This is of particular

                                importance since the computation of several constants appearing in theequations of the IS800-1984 Specification (92) is based on this value

                                3 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bendingstresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 4 V2

                                Figure IS8001-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 5 Rev T

                                Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 6 V2

                                Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 7 Rev T

                                4 Double angle contains an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

                                5 The IS800 code assumes all shapes are hot rolled In the case of a weldedplate shape the user must be certain that the section properties contained ina user created table of welded plate shapes are consistent with therequirements of the IS800-1984 Specification (92) For example in the caseof a welded plate I-shape section the shear area AY used for both analysisand shear stress checks must be equal to the web thickness times the interiordistance between flanges (ie WBTK times INTYD)

                                6 In the case of welded plates if the welded plates are not stress relieved avalue of lsquoNOrsquo should be specified for the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo For moreexplanation see parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo and Section 3522 of IS800-1984

                                Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by IS800 code Parameters allowing for the changes which occur instructural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invoked at the usersdiscretion

                                The sections of the IS800-1984 Specifications (92) which are considered by theGTSTRUDL IS800 code are summarized below

                                Section Title

                                35 Geometrical Properties3521 Plate Thickness3522 Plate thickness

                                37 Maximum Slenderness Ratio371 The maximum slenderness ratio

                                41 Axial Stresses411 The permissible stress in axial tension511 The permissible stress in axial compression

                                6 Design of Members Subjected to Bending621 Maximum Bending Stresses623 Maximum Permissible Bending Compressive Stress in Beams624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength626 Angles and Tees

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 8 V2

                                64 Shear Stresses641 Maximum Shear Stress642 Average Shear Stress624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength

                                71 Combined of Direct Stresses711 Combined Axial Compression and Bending712 Combined Axial Tension and Bending713 Symbols714 Bending and Shear

                                The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

                                1 Table IS8001-1 Shows the parameters used by the IS800 code TableIS8001-1 contains the applicable parameter namestheir default values and a brief description of theparameters

                                2 Section IS8002 Describes the cross-section properties used for eachshape

                                3 Section IS8003 Contains detail discussion of the parameters used bythe IS800 code and they are presented in alphabeticorder in this section

                                4 Section IS8004 Describes the subsections in the Section IS80045 Section IS80041 Defines the symbols used in the IS800 code

                                provisions6 Section IS80042 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions

                                and the equations applicable to the I shape cross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                7 Section IS80043 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Channel cross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                8 Section IS80044 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Single Anglecross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 9 Rev T

                                9 Section IS80045 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Tee cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                10 Section IS80046 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Double Anglecross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                11 Section IS80047 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Round Bar cross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                12 Section IS80048 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Pipe cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                13 Section IS80049 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Square andRectangular Bar cross-sections subjected to bendingand axial forces

                                14 Section IS800410 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisionsand the equations applicable to the Structural Tubingcross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 10 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 11 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify IS800 for code name See TableIS8001-2 and Sections IS8002 IS8003 and IS8004 for amore detailed description

                                TBLNAM ISBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table IS8001-3 for choices

                                CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisionsof a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less than orequal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject to axialtension

                                a 2540000 Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is used to(mm) compute ah ratio The ah ratio is the ratio of the distance

                                between stiffeners to the web depth An arbitrary high valueof 2540000 (mm) has been assumed as a default to indicatethat web stiffeners are absent A value is necessary to accountfor web stiffeners in the allowable shear stress calculation(Provision lsquo642 Yrsquo and lsquo642 Zrsquo)

                                STRERELI YES Parameter to specify if the welded plates are stress relieved ornot This parameter is used for the computationof theeffective clear depth of the web (see Section 3522 ofIS800-1984 and Section IS80042 of Volume 2 - IS800) Avalue of NO indicates that when the effective clear depth ofthe web is being computed assume that the welded plates arenot stress relieved The default value of lsquoYESrsquo indicates thatthe cross-section is stress relieved

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 12 V2

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Material Properties

                                STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Table IS8001-4 for steel grades and their properties

                                FY Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if notgiven

                                REDFY 10 Reduction factor for FY This factor times FY gives the fyvalue used by the code Used to account for property changesat high temperatures

                                REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFY

                                Slenderness Ratio

                                SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 180 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified for thisparameter the value of 400 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                K-Factors

                                COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Section 22 of Volume 2A)YES = Compute KY and KZ factors KY = Compute KY onlyKZ = Compute KZ onlyNO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 13 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                K-Factors (continued)

                                KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis ofthe profile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDLcomputation of effective length factor KY

                                KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDLcomputation of effective length factor KZ

                                Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should be printedafter the code check or select command output The columnnames attached to the start and end of the code checkedmember is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columnsattached to the start and end of the designed member A valueof lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and the names of theattached columns to the start and end of the designed membershould not be printed

                                SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localY axisYES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

                                SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the localZ axisYES = sidesway permittedNO = sidesway prevented

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 14 V2

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered as acantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automaticallyNO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                Buckling Length

                                LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 15 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Buckling Length (continued)

                                FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY Allows the unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LY is computed

                                FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

                                Bending Stress

                                UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed aslength of member In this parameter no distinction is madebetween the unbraced length for the top or bottom flange SeeUNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

                                FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF Allows theunbraced length to be specified as a fraction of the totallength Used only when UNLCF is computed

                                UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the top flangeWhen no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCF is usedfor this parameter

                                UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 16 V2

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Combined Stresses

                                AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of theaxial stress which is to be deducted from a correspondingbending stress acting in the opposite direction (see ProvisionslsquoAXC TBENrsquo and lsquoAXT CBENrsquo for Channels SectionIS80043)

                                CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                Force Limitation

                                FXMIN 22 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                FYMIN 22 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                FZMIN 22 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 17 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                IS800 Code Parameters

                                Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                Output Processing and System Parameters

                                MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles in mosttables

                                PRIDTA 10 Flag for requesting output from selection procedure1 = no output2 = output parameters

                                SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A for explanation

                                PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section actual and allowablevalues for allowable stress design codes The default outputfrom CHECK or SELECT command prints the section forcevalues A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that thesection actual and allowable values should be printed insteadof default section forces

                                TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section

                                forces

                                VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 18 V2

                                Table IS8001-2

                                GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Code(s)

                                Code ParameterName Table Application

                                IS800 IS8002-1 Checks compliance of I shape Single angle Channel TeeDouble angles Solid Round bar Pipe Solid Square andRectangular bar and Structural tubing shape profiles to theIndian Standard IS800-1984 Specification (92)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Code

                                V2 IS80011 - 19 Rev T

                                Table IS8001-3

                                GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the IS800 Codes

                                Profile Shapes Reference

                                I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table namesfor I shapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universalbeam shapes universal column shapes etc

                                Channels for list of channel cross-section table names applicable to IS800code

                                Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of tee cross-section tablenames applicable to IS800 code

                                Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A list of solid round bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Pipes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of pipe (round HSScircular hollow section) cross-section table names applicable toIS800 code

                                Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid square bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid rectangular barcross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                Structural Tubes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squarestructural tube (rectangular and square HSS rectangular andsquare hollow section) cross-section table names applicable toIS800 code

                                IS800 Code GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80011 - 20 V2

                                Table IS8001-4

                                Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1993 AISC LRFD Second Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition

                                and 1978 AISC Specification

                                Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                Steel GradeASTM

                                Designation

                                Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                1 2 3 4 5

                                A36 3658

                                3658

                                3658

                                3658

                                3658

                                A529 4260

                                NA NA NA NA

                                A441 5070

                                5070

                                4667

                                4263

                                4263

                                A572-G42 4260

                                4260

                                4260

                                4260

                                4260

                                A572-G50 5065

                                5065

                                5065

                                5065

                                5065

                                A572-G60 6075

                                6075

                                NA NA NA

                                A572-G65 6580

                                NA NA NA NA

                                A242 5070

                                5070

                                4675

                                4263

                                4263

                                A588 5070

                                5070

                                5070

                                5070

                                5070

                                NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy andFts to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yieldstrengths (Fy) and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included inthe 1993 AISC LRFD Second Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition and the 1978 AISC specification

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8002 Properties Used by IS800

                                This section describes the profile properties used by the IS800 code Since eachshape has different properties that are required by the design code the properties of eachshape are listed separately The tables supplied with GTSTRUDL contain these propertiesrequired for design in addition to the properties required for analysis New tables created bythe user should include the same properties if the IS800 code is to be used The orientationof the principal axes (Z and Y) for each shape is shown in Figure IS8002-1

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS8002-1 Local Axes for Design with IS800

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 3 Rev T

                                Figure IS8002-1 Local Axes for Design with IS800 (Continued)

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 4 V2

                                I shapes

                                For W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams the followingproperties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

                                thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided

                                by the flange thickness EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 10 W shapes= 11 S shapes= 12 HP shapes= 13 M shapes

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 5 Rev T

                                Channels

                                For Channels the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times the web

                                thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-

                                ZC))SYS = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SZ = section modulus about the Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (from Y axis to the web extreme fiber)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as the total flange width

                                divided by the flange thicknessEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 20 Standard Channels (C)= 21 Miscellaneous Channels (MC)

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 6 V2

                                Single Angles

                                For Single Angles the properties are in principal axes the following proper-ties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y-shear area along the Y-principle axis AY is taken as a value

                                that will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FYAY where FY is the Y-shear force in the Y-principle axis direction In this case AY is taken as the term(IZtimesTHICKQZ) where QZ is the first moment of the areaabove the Z-principle axis about the Z-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and J M Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

                                AZ = Z-shear area along the Z-principle axis AZ is taken as valuethat will produce the maximum transverse shear from theequation FZAZ where FZ is the Z-shear force in the Z-principle axis direction In this case AZ is taken as the term(IYtimesTHICKQY) where QY is the first moment of the areaabove the Y-principle axis about the Y-principle axis See SPTimoshenko and JM Gere Mechanics of Materials D VonNostrand New York 1972

                                IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis (IYZC)SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis (IY(ZD-

                                ZC)) (note if both legs are equal LEG1 = LEG2 then SY =SYS)

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZ(YD-

                                YC))THICK = thickness of the single angleLEG1 = length of the longer legLEG2 = length of the shorter leg

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 7 Rev T

                                YD = depth parallel to principal Y axis= LEG2timescos (ALPHA)+THICKtimessin (ALPHA)

                                YC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extremefiber along the Y axis

                                ZD = depth parallel to principal Z axis= LEG1timescos (ALPHA) + LEG2timessin (ALPHA)

                                ZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extremefiber along the Z axis

                                ALPHA = angle between the longer leg of the angle and the principal Zaxis

                                EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principalY axis

                                EZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the principalZ axis

                                WEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 30 single angles

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 8 V2

                                Tees

                                For Tees the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times

                                web thicknessAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis

                                (IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis (IZYC)FLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thicknessYD = profile depthYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (from Z axis to top-of-flange)ZD = flange widthZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus the

                                flange thicknessBF2TF = bt ratio of the flange computed as 12 the flange width divided

                                by the flange thicknessEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthWEIGHT = weight per unit lengthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 40 WT shapes= 41 ST shapes= 43 MT shapes

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 9 Rev T

                                Double Angles

                                For Double Angles the following properties are required

                                AX = cross section areaAY = Y-axis shear area computed as 23 of the profile depth times

                                twice the leg thicknessAZ = Z-axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange areaIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axis RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axis SY = section modulus about Y axis SZ = negative direction section modulus about Z axis (IZ(YD-YC))SZS = positive direction section modulus about Z axis (IZYC)THICK = thickness of the flange (note the thickness of both single angles

                                is assumed to be the same and uniform)LEGl = length of the longer leg of each single angle which makes up

                                the double angleLEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle which makes up

                                the double angleSPACING = spacing between the single angles When each angle is in

                                contact SPACING equals zero YD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axisZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axisEY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 44 equal legs back-to-back double angles= 45 long legs back-to-back double angles= 46 short legs back-to-back double angles

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 10 V2

                                Solid Round Bars

                                For Solid Round Bars the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional areaAY = Y axis shear area computed as 34 of AXAZ = Z axis shear area computed as 34 of AXIX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axis (diameter of bar)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (radius of bar)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (diameter of bar)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (radius of bar)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 50 solid round bars

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 11 Rev T

                                Pipes

                                For Pipes the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional area AY = Y axis shear area computed as 12 of AX AZ = Z axis shear area computed as 12 of AX IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axis RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axisSY = section modulus about the Y axis SZ = section modulus about the Z axis OD = outside diameter of the pipe ID = inside diameter of the pipeTHICK = thickness of the pipe YD = depth parallel to Y axis (OD)YC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (OD20)ZD = depth parallel to Z axis (OD)ZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (OD20)ND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 51 pipes

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 12 V2

                                Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars Both the Square and Rectangular Barsrequire the following properties

                                AX = cross-sectional area AY = Y axis shear area computed as 23 of AX AZ = Z axis shear area computed as 23 of AX IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about the Y axis RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axis SY = section modulus about the Y axisSZ = section modulus about the Z axisYD = depth parallel to Y axisYC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Y direction (YD2)ZD = depth parallel to Z axisZC = distance to extreme fiber in positive Z direction (ZD2)GRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 60 square bars= 61 rectangular bars

                                GT STRUDL Properties Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8002 - 13 Rev T

                                Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing the following properties are required

                                AX = cross-sectional area AY = Y axis shear area computed as twice the web thickness times

                                the flat width of the webAZ = Z axis shear area computed as twice the flange thickness times

                                the flat width of the flange IX = torsional moment of inertiaIY = moment of inertia about the Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the Z axisRY = radius of gyration about Y axisRZ = radius of gyration about Z axisSY = section modulus about Y axisSZ = section modulus about Z axisFLTK = flange thicknessWBTK = web thickness YD = profile depth YC = positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Y axis (YD2)ZD = profile width ZC = positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extreme

                                fiber along the Z axis (ZD2)INTYD = flat width of the web (YD-2timesFLTK-2timesradius)INTZD = flat width of the flange (ZD-2timesWBTK-2timesradius)EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axisEZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axisND = nominal depthGRPNUM = 10SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                = 62 structural tubing

                                It is assumed that the outside radius of the corners of a structural tube equals twicethe thickness of the tube

                                radius = 2 times FLTK

                                Properties Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8002 - 14 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8003 Parameters Used by IS800

                                The parameters used by IS800 code may be grouped into three general categories

                                1 System parameters 2 Control parameters 3 Code parameters

                                The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT and CHECK commandresults Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checked and specifycomparison tolerances The code parameters are used to specify information and coefficientsdirectly referenced in the code With the notable exception of CODETOL parameters of thesecond group are seldom used A knowledge of the system and control parameters allowsthe user greater flexibility when using the IS800 code The vast majority of parameters fallinto the code category and have a direct bearing on IS800 code and the results it produces

                                For the categories described above the parameters used by IS800 code are presentedbelow and are summarized in the Table IS8003-1 The system and control parameters arediscussed first followed by the code parameters

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 2 V2

                                Table IS80031

                                Parameters in IS800

                                Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                a 2540000 (mm) Real value in active unitsAXEFF 00 Real valueCantiMem NO YESCMY Computed Real valueCMZ Computed Real valueCODE Required IS800CODETOL 00 Percent ToleranceCOMPK NO YES KY KZFRLY 10 Fraction of member lengthFRLZ 10 Fraction of member lengthFRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member lengthFXMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFY Computed Real value in active unitsFYMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsFZMIN 22 (N) Real value in active unitsGAY Computed Real valueGAZ Computed Real valueGBY Computed Real valueGBZ Computed Real valueKY 10 Real valueKZ 10 Real valueLY Member Length Real value in active unitsLZ Member Length Real value in active unitsMYMIN 22600 (N-mm) Real value in active unitsMZMIN 22600 (N-mm) Real value in active unitsPF 10 Fraction of areaPRIDTA 10 20Print-K YES NOPrintStr NO YESREDE 10 Reduction factor for EREDFY 10 Reduction factor for FYSDSWAYY YES NOSDSWAYZ YES NO

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 3 Rev T

                                Table IS8003-1 (continued)

                                Parameters in IS800

                                Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                SLENCOMP 1800 Real valueSLENTEN 4000 Real valueSTEELGRD A36 Table IS8001-3STRERELI YES NOSUMMARY NO YESTBLNAM ISBEAMS Table IS8001-2TRACE 4 1 2 3UNLCF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFBF Member Length Real value in active unitsUNLCFTF Member Length Real value in active unitsVALUES 1 2 3 4

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 4 V2

                                System Parameters

                                PRIDTA 1 2

                                The PRIDTA parameter may be used to monitor the selection procedurewhich is used during a SELECT Its output is of minimal use in a productionenvironment and is therefore not recommended to the user The two options are (1)for no output and (2) for output monitoring the flow through the selection procedureThe primary use of PRIDTA is to compare the different selection procedures and itis listed here only for completeness CHECK commands are not affected byPRIDTA

                                PrintStr NO YES

                                Parameter to request to print the section stress values for allowable stressdesign codes This parameter is applicable to the steel design CHECK and SELECTcommands The default output from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of YES for this parameter indicates that the sectionstress values should be printed instead of default section forces

                                SUMMARY NO YES

                                Unlike the preceding parameters SUMMARY does not directly produceoutput during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARY invokes abookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parameter valuesused at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed or checkedThe two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NO thebookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specified allprovisions and parameters in the code Summary Description (Sections 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has been recorded

                                TRACE 1 2 3 4

                                The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are 1 - no provisions are output

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 5 Rev T

                                2 - outputs any provisions which fail

                                3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and

                                4 - outputs the largest value of actualallowable ratio computed

                                Whenever 2 or 3 is selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces actingon the member for that section and loading For each provision at that section andloading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio are outputFigure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACE value of3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actual exceeded theallowable are output The order in which provisions are output depends on the codebeing used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loading When novalue is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 is assumed Thedefault output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK command shows themember name the code name the profile name the table name the loadingcondition and the section location where the largest actualallowable value occursthe provision name corresponding to the largest actualallowable value the largestvalue of actualallowable ratio computed and the internal member section forces atthe section with the largest actualallowable ratio

                                VALUES 1 2 3 4

                                VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused while SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values are outputThe four options for VALUES are

                                1 - no parameter or property values is output

                                2 - outputs only parameter values

                                3 - outputs only property values and

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 6 V2

                                4 - outputs both parameter and property values

                                Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 7 Rev T

                                Control Parameters

                                CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

                                CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

                                With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODETOLthe user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

                                FXMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

                                FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force to be considered by thecode Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

                                FYMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

                                FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

                                FZMIN 22 N Alternate value in active units

                                FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 8 V2

                                MYMIN 22600 N-mm Alternate value in active units

                                MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MYMIN

                                MZMIN 22600 N-mm Alternate value in active units

                                MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment to be consideredBending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when their absolute value isbelow MZMIN

                                NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MYMIN and MZMIN should alwaysbe greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces and moments are not madeForces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and less may be present due to numericallimitations of the computer In most structures forces of this magnitude are negligible whencompared to the forces usually found in a member Default values for the minimums areappropriate for most applications

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 9 Rev T

                                Code Parameters

                                a 2540000 mm Alternate value in active units

                                Parameter a is the clear distance between transverse stiffeners Thisparameter is used to compute ah ratio which is used in the computation of thelimiting shear stress The default value indicates that the shear check does notconsider transverse stiffeners A user specified value for parameter a causes theautomatic computation of the ah ratio h is defined as the total depth minus twice theflange thickness for I-shapes h is the same as the table property INTYD INTYDis the clear distance between flanges (see Section IS8002)

                                AXEFF 00 Alternate value

                                AXEFF is the fraction of the axial stress which is deducted from bendingstress in the opposite direction This is done when combined tensile bending stressis checked for a member in axial compression or when combined compressivebending stress is checked for a member in axial tension (see Provisions lsquoAXCTBENrsquo and lsquoAXT CBENrsquo for Channels Section IS80043)

                                CantiMem NO YES

                                This parameter indicates that a member or a physical member which is partof a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation This parameter can be used in special cases when the program can notautomatically detect that the beam connected to the column is a cantilever Thespecial case when this parameter may be used is when the beam that is connected tothe column is part of a cantilever truss system and the program automatically is notable to detect that the beam should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation Keep in mind that only true cantilever members or physical membersare detected automatically A value of YES for this parameter indicates that themember of physical member is cantilever

                                CMY Computed Alternate value

                                CMY is the moment reduction factor used in Section 711 of the IS800-1984(92) for Y axis bending Computation of the default value for CMY is shown inFigure IS8003-1 A member is considered to be restrained unless a FORCE Z orMOMENT Y release is specified for one or both ends of the member If a memberload causes Y axis bending the member is considered to be transversely loadedExamples of such loadings would include MEMBER LOAD Z direction forces andY axis moments or MEMBER DISTORTION displacements in the Z direction androtations about the Y axis Member loads which are described as GLOBAL orPROJECTED are rotated into the members local axis directions before they areexamined

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS8003-1 Computation of CMY and CMZ

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 11 Rev T

                                CMZ Computed Alternate value

                                CMZ is the moment reduction factor used in Section 711 of the IS800-1984 (92) for Z axis bending Computation of the default value for CMZ is shownin Figure IS8003-1 A member is considered to be restrained unless a FORCE Y orMOMENT Z release is specified for one or both ends of the member If a memberload causes Z axis bending the member is considered to be transversely loadedExamples of such loadings would include MEMBER LOAD Y direction forces andZ axis moments or MEMBER DISTORTION displacements in the Y direction androtations about the Z axis Member loads which are applied as GLOBAL orPROJECTED are rotated into the members local axis directions before they areexamined

                                CODE Required

                                The CODE parameter indicates the code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of IS800 must be specified for thisparameter to check code based on IS800-1984 IS800 design or code check is basedon the Indian Standard ldquoCode of Practice for General Construction in Steel (SecondRevision)rdquo adopted April 25 1984

                                COMPK NO YES KY KZ

                                The COMPK parameter is used to specify how the values of the effectivelength parameters KY and KZ are defined The default value of NO indicates thatthe values of KY and KZ are either specified by the user or taken as 10 by default

                                The value of YES indicates that the values of KY and KZ are to be computedby GTSTRUDL in the member selection and code check procedures (SELECT orCHECK command) The K-factors computed by GTSTRUDL is based on the AISC(American Institute of Steel Construction) guidelines If the value of COMPK is NOthe values of KY and KZ are taken as either specified by the user or as 10 by default

                                The value of KY or KZ for the parameter COMPK indicates that only thespecified effective length factor should be computed Refer to Section 22 of Volume2A for more discussion of the effective length factor computation

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 12 V2

                                FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

                                FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members effective length FRLY may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LY is computed

                                FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

                                FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members effective length FRLZ may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LZ is computed

                                FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

                                FRUNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange UNLCFas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCF may be less than or greaterthan 10 This option works only when UNLCF is computed

                                FY Computed Alternate value in active units

                                FY may be used to specify the yield strength of a member rather than havingit computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When FY is specified for a memberits value remains constant irrespective of profile size under consideration The valueof STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it was specified

                                GAY Computed Alternative value

                                GAY is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                GAZ Computed Alternative value

                                GAZ is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                GBY Computed Alternative value

                                GBY is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 13 Rev T

                                GBZ Computed Alternative value

                                GBZ is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                KY 10 Alternative value computed

                                KY is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Yaxis (Figure IS8003-2) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                (1) KY is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                (2) KY is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KY Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

                                KZ 10 Alternative value computed

                                KZ is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Zaxis (Figure IS8003-2) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                (1) KZ is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                (2) KZ is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES or KZ Refer toSection 22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of theeffective length factor computation

                                LY Computed Alternate value in active units

                                LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure IS8003-2 The default is computed as the effective member length times thevalue of the FRLY parameter The effective length of a member is the joint-to-jointdistance unless eccentricities andor end joint sizes are given When eccentricitiesare given the eccentric start-to-end length of the member is used For end joint sizesthe end joint size at both ends is subtracted from the effective length which wouldhave been used LY may be specified larger or smaller than the members effectivelength and no comparisons are made between the two See Section 218 of Volume1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end joint sizes

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 14 V2

                                Figure IS8003-2 Local Axis Buckling

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 15 Rev T

                                LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

                                LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure IS8003-2 The default is computed as the effective member length times thevalue of the FRLZ parameter See the LY parameter above for a description of theeffective length

                                PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

                                PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

                                Print-K YES NO

                                Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the default code checkor select command output (TRACE 4 output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the computed K-factor values should be printed after thecode check or select command output The column names attached to the start andend of the code checked member is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columns attached to the start and endof the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and thenames of the attached columns to the start and end of the designed member shouldnot be printed

                                REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

                                The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the IS800 code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

                                REDFY 10 Reduction factor for FY

                                The parameter REDFY is a reduction factor for the yield strength FY of amember This parameter is intended to reflect the change in yield strength whichoccurs at higher temperatures An alternate use for REDFY would be to introducean additional factor of safety into the design equations The yield strength used in theprovision is equal to REDFY multiplied by FY (REDFY times FY)

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 16 V2

                                SDSWAYY YES NO

                                SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure IS8003-3 illustrates the direction of sway relativeto the column orientation

                                SDSWAYZ YES NO

                                SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure IS8003-3 illustrates the direction of sway relativeto the column orientation

                                SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

                                SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of1800 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

                                SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

                                SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 4000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

                                STEELGRD A36 Value from Table IS8001-4

                                STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to be madeUsing the value of STEELGRD the yield strength (FY) can be correctly determined

                                STRERELI YES NO

                                This parameter is to specify if the welded plates are stress relieved or notThis parameter is used for the computation of the effective clear depth of theweb (see Section 3522 of IS800-1984) Equations for this computation areshown in Provisions lsquoINTYDecrsquo and lsquoYDcrsquo in Section IS80042 for Ishapes Section IS80043 FOR CHANNELS Section IS80045 for teesSection IS80046 for double angles and Section IS800410 for structuraltube cross-sections A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that when the effective cleardepth of the web is being computed assume that the welded plates are notstress relieved The default value of lsquoYESrsquo indicates that the cross-sectionis stress relieved

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 17 Rev T

                                Figure IS8003-3 SIDESWAY Conditions

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 18 V2

                                UNLCF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                UNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange which isused in computing the allowable bending stress of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression flange shouldbe used The default is computed as the effective length of the member times thevalue of the FRUNLCF parameter Refer to the parameter LY for a discussion of amembers effective length

                                UNLCFBF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                UNLCFBF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thebottom flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a memberBottom flange is defined as the flange in the local negative Y axis direction of a crosssection as shown in Figure IS8003-4 UNLCFBF is used when negative strong axisbending (negative MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression on thebottom flange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateral supportfor the bottom compression flange should be used When an alternate value for thisparameter has not been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used Seeparameter UNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFBF

                                UNLCFTF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                UNLCFTF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a member Topflange is defined as the flange in the local positive Y axis direction of a cross sectionas shown in Figure IS8003-4 UNLCFTF is used when positive strong axis bending(positive MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression on the top flangeThe maximum distance between points of adequate lateral support for the topcompression flange should be used When an alternate value for this parameter hasnot been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used See parameterUNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFTF

                                GT STRUDL Parameters Used by IS800

                                V2 IS8003 - 19 Rev T

                                Figure IS8003-4 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the TOP andBOTTOM flange

                                Parameters Used by IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8003 - 20 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Provisions of IS800

                                V2 IS8004 - 1 Rev T

                                IS8004 Provisions of IS800

                                This section presents the equations used in IS800 code to determine the acceptabilityof a profile The equations have been divided into provisions where each provisionrepresents a comparison which may be output with the TRACE parameter andor stored withthe SUMMARY parameter Provision names used in SUMMARY and TRACE output aregiven and then the equations used in the particular provision are followed Each provisionis accompanied by a brief description of the check being made and the section of the IndianStandard IS800-1984 Specification (92) on which it is based Conditions which determinewhether or not a provision is to be checked are described before each provision Symbolsparameters and properties used in the provisions have been described in the precedingsections

                                The remainder of this section is divided into nine (9) subsections Since each shapehas a unique design procedure they are presented in separate subsections as shown below

                                Shape Subsection

                                I shapes IS80042

                                Channels IS80043

                                Single Angles IS80044

                                Tees IS80045

                                Double Angles IS80046

                                Round Bars IS80047

                                Pipes IS80048

                                Square and Rectangular Bars IS80049

                                Structural Tubes IS800410

                                Provisions of IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS8004 - 2 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for IS800

                                V2 IS80041 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80041 General Nomenclature for IS800

                                This section defines the symbols used in describing the provisions of the IS800 codeTo minimize confusion the notation of the Indian Standard IS800-1984 Specification (92)is used whenever possible Symbols that are determined from parameters are identified inthis section When appropriate the units of a symbol are shown after its definition

                                a = clear distance between transverse stiffeners (mm)Ae = effective cross-sectional area (mm2)AX = A = cross-sectional area (mm2)AXEFF = fraction of the axial stress which is deducted from the

                                bending stress in the opposite direction (see ParameterAXEFF)

                                b = width of stiffened or unstiffened compression element(mm)

                                be = effective width of stiffened compression element(mm)

                                bf = ZD = flange width (mm)CMYCMZ = CmyCmz = coefficients applied to bending terms in interaction

                                formula (see Parameters CMY and CMZrespectively)

                                d = h = INTYD= clear distance between flanges of I shaped sections or

                                channels (mm)E = modulus of elasticity of steel ((MPa) see the parameter

                                REDE (E = REDEtimes(the analysis constant E))) = value of the parameter CODETOL divided by 100accal = actual axial compressive stress (MPa)ac = allowable axial compressive stress (MPa)bcycal = actual compressive bending stress about member Y

                                axis (MPa)bcy = allowable compressive bending stress about member Y

                                axis (MPa)bczcal = actual compressive bending stress about member Z

                                axis (MPa)bcz = allowable compressive bending stress about member Z

                                axis (MPa)btycal = actual tensile bending stress about member Y axis

                                (MPa)bty = allowable tensile bending stress about member Y axis

                                (MPa)

                                General Nomenclature for IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80041 - 2 V2

                                btzcal = actual tensile bending stress about member Z axis(MPa)

                                btz = allowable tensile bending stress about member Z axis(MPa)

                                Fe = fcb = flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress (MPa)FLTK = tf = flange thickness (mm)atcal = actual tensile stress (MPa)at = allowable tensile stress in the absence of bending

                                moment (Mpa)vacal = actual average shear stress in the member Y axis

                                direction (MPa)va = allowable average shear stress in the member Y axis

                                direction (MPa)vmcal = actual maximum shear stress (MPa)vm = allowable maximum shear stress (MPa)FX = axial load (N) (positive represents a tensile load

                                negative represents a compressive load)FXMIN = smallest magnitude axial force which will be consid-

                                ered by the code see Parameter FXMIN (MPa)FY = shear force in member Y direction (N)FY = fy = yield strength of steel (MPa) (see Parameters FY and

                                REDFY)FYMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Y direc-

                                tion which will be considered by the code (N) (seeParameter FYMIN)

                                FZ = shear force in member Z direction (N)FZMIN = smallest magnitude shear force in the member Z direc-

                                tion which will be considered by the code (N) (seeParameter FZMIN)

                                INTYD = d = section properties (see Section IS8002)IY = moment of inertia about the member Y axis (mm4)IZ = moment of inertia about the member Z axis (mm4)KLr = = controlling slenderness ratioKY = effective length factor about the member Y axis (see

                                Parameter KY)KZ = effective length factor about the member Z axis (see

                                Parameter KZ)ly = effective unbraced length about the member Y axis

                                (mm)

                                GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for IS800

                                V2 IS80041 - 3 Rev T

                                lz = effective unbraced length about the member Z axis(mm)

                                LY = Ly = actual unbraced length about the member Y axis (mm)(see Parameters LY and FRLY)

                                LZ = Lz = actual unbraced length about the member Z axis (mm)(see Parameters LZ and FRLZ)

                                MY = actual moment about the member Y axis (N-mm)MYMIN = smallest magnitude member Y axis moment which will

                                be considered by the code (N-mm) (see ParameterMYMIN)

                                MZ = actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)MZMIN = smallest magnitude member Z axis moment which will

                                be considered by the code (N-mm) (see ParameterMZMIN)

                                = constant pi value of 31415927 is used herePF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to

                                axial tensionry = radius of gyration about the member Y axis (mm)rz = radius of gyration about the member Z axis (mm)SLENTEN = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for

                                member subjected to axial tension Default value is400

                                SLENCOMP = maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) formember subjected to axial compression Default valueis 180

                                SY = effective section modulus about member Y axis (mm3)SZ = effective section modulus about member Z axis (mm3)tf = FLTK = flange thickness (mm)tw = WBTK = web thickness (mm)WBTK = tw = web thickness (mm)YD = profile depth (mm)

                                General Nomenclature for IS800 GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80041 - 4 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80042 IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                Effective Cross-section Properties Computation - I shapes

                                ZDeffc (Computation of effective flange width ZDeffc for when the flange isunder compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axis bending(Figure IS80042-1)

                                If ZDeffc lt ZD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective flangewidth (ZDeffc) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRZeffrsquo)

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section in the Y direction based on theeffective cross-section dimensions Computed when Z axisbending exist (see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo and Figures IS80042-1(c) and (d))

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis Computed whenZ axis bending exist (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 2 V2

                                SZeffc = effective compression side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see ProvisionlsquoSZeffcrsquo)

                                SZefft = effective tension side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see ProvisionlsquoSZefftrsquo)

                                If ZDeffc ZD

                                ZDeffc = ZD

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft for when the flange isunder tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension force or Z axis bending(Figure IS80042-1)

                                ZDefft = 2 times 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective flangewidth (ZDefft) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member undertension axial force (see Provision lsquoAXefftrsquo)

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when themember is under axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when themember is under axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRZeffrsquo)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 3 Rev T

                                Figure IS80042-1 Effective cross-section Properties for I shapes

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 4 V2

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section in the Y direction based on theeffective cross-section dimensions Computed when Z axisbending exist (see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo and Figures IS80042-1(c)and (d))

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis Computed when Zaxis bending exist (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                SZeffc = effective compression side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see Provision lsquoSZeffcrsquo)

                                SZefft = effective tension side section modulus about the Z axisComputed when Z axis bending exist (see Provision lsquoSZefftrsquo)

                                If ZDefft ZD

                                ZDefft = ZD

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec for when theYDc web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984 Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS80042-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 5 Rev T

                                For other plates when the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquoThis is the default treatment

                                If INTYDec lt INTYD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective cleardepth of the web (INTYDec) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when themember is under axial compression force (see ProvisionlsquoRZeffrsquo

                                If INTYDec INTYD

                                INTYDec = INTYD

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice theflange thickness (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 6 V2

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than the above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDet for when theYDt web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS80042-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                If INTYDet lt INTYD

                                New cross-section properties are computed based on the new effective clear depthof the web (INTYDet) The new computed cross-section properties are

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis for when the member isunder axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRYeffrsquo)

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis for when the member isunder axial tension force (see Provision lsquoRZeffrsquo)

                                If INTYDet INTYD

                                INTYDet = INTYD

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 7 Rev T

                                t = WBTK

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus twice theflange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failed codecheck member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                RYeff (Computation of effective radius of gyration about the Y axis RYeff for whenAXefft the member is under axial force IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                RYeff is computed for when the flange is under axial force

                                When member is under axial compression

                                ZDeff = ZDeffc

                                INTYDe = INTYDec

                                When member is under axial tension

                                ZDeff = ZDefft

                                INTYDe = INTYDet

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 8 V2

                                AXeff = 2 times ZDeff times FLTK + INTYDe times WBTK

                                but RYeff RY

                                When member is under axial tension AXefft = AXeff

                                Where

                                AXeff = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under axial force

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under tension axialforce

                                IYeff = effective moment of inertia about the Y axis based on the member underaxial force

                                RZeff (Computation of effective radius of gyration about the Z axis RZeff for whenAXefft the member is under axial force IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                RZeff is computed for when the flange is under axial force

                                When member is under axial compression

                                ZDeff = ZDeffc

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 9 Rev T

                                INTYDe = INTYDec

                                When member is under axial tension

                                ZDeff = ZDefft

                                INTYDe = INTYDet

                                IZeff = 2 times B1 + B2 - B3

                                AXeff = 2 times ZDeff times FLTK + INTYDe times WBTK

                                When member is under axial tension AXefft = AXeff

                                Where

                                AXeff = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under axial force

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under tension axialforce

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis based on the member underaxial force

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 10 V2

                                YCeff (Computation of centroid of the cross-section YCeff based on the effectivecross-section property IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                This Provision is considered when the member is under Z axis bending momentYCeff is the distance from the centroid to the extreme fiber of the compression flange alongthe Y axis (Figures IS80042-1(c) and (d)

                                A1 = ZDeffc times FLTK times (FLTK2)

                                A2 = INTYD times WBTK times (FLTK + INTYD2)

                                A3 = ZDefft times FLTK times (YD - FLTK2)

                                A4 = ZDeffc times FLTK times INTYD times WBTK + ZDefft times FLTK

                                Where

                                ZDeffc = effective flange width of the compression side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDeffcrsquo)

                                ZDefft = effective flange width of the tension side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDefftrsquo)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 11 Rev T

                                IZeff (Computation of effective moment of inertia about the Z axis IZeff IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                This Provision is considered when the member is under Z axis bending moment

                                IZeff = B1 + B2 + B3 + B4

                                Where

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section based on the effective cross-section property(see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo)

                                ZDeffc = effective flange width of the compression side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDeffcrsquo)

                                ZDefft = effective flange width of the tension side bending (see ProvisionlsquoZDefftrsquo)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 12 V2

                                SZeffc (Computation of effective compression side section modulus about the Zaxis SZeffc IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                This Provision is considered when the member is under Z axis bending moment

                                Where

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section based on the effective cross-section property(see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo)

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                SZefft (Computation of effective tension side section modulus about the Z axisSZefft IS800-1984 Sections 3521 and 3522)

                                Where

                                YCeff = centroid of the cross-section based on the effective cross-section property(see Provision lsquoYCeffrsquo)

                                IZeff = effective moment of inertia about the Z axis (see Provision lsquoIZeffrsquo)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 13 Rev T

                                Axial Tensions - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Where

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo and lsquoRZeffrsquo for the computation of RYeff and RZeff

                                properties

                                Note

                                When the Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo or lsquoRZeffrsquo are not shown in the summarizeoutput (see SUMMARIZE command) it means that RYeff and RZeff did notneed to be computed In this case properties RYeff and RZeff are assumed tobe equal to RY and RZ of the cross-section

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 14 V2

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal =

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                Where

                                AXefft = effective cross-sectional area based on the member under tensionaxial force (see Provision ltAXefft rsquo ltRYeff rsquo or lt RZeff rsquo)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 15 Rev T

                                Axial Compression - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                Where

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo and lsquoRZeffrsquo for the computation of RYeff andRZeff properties

                                Note

                                When the Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo or lsquoRZeffrsquo are not shown in thesummarize output (see SUMMARIZE command) it means that RYeff

                                and RZeff did not need to be computed In this case properties RYeff

                                and RZeff are assumed to be equal to RY and RZ of the cross-section

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 16 V2

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =

                                Allowable acy =

                                Allowable acz =

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative representsa compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                fccy = is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling aboutthe Y axis

                                fccz = is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling aboutthe Z axis

                                y =

                                z =

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 17 Rev T

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                RYeff = effective radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                RZeff = effective radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo and lsquoRZeffrsquo for the computation of RYeff and RZeff

                                properties

                                Note

                                When the Provisions lsquoRYeffrsquo or lsquoRZeffrsquo are not shown in the summarizeoutput (see SUMMARIZE command) it means that RYeff and RZeff did notneed to be computed In this case properties RYeff and RZeff are assumed tobe equal to RY and RZ of the cross-section

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 18 V2

                                Z Axis Bending - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMINthe following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses FiguresIS80042-2(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                Allowable btz = 066 fy

                                Where

                                SZefft = effective tension side section modulus about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provision lsquoSZefftrsquo for the computation of SZefft property

                                Note

                                When the Provision lsquoSZefftrsquo is not shown in the summarize output (seeSUMMARIZE command) it means that SZefft did not need to be computedIn this case property SZefft is assumed to be equal to SZ of the cross-section

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 19 Rev T

                                Figure IS80042-2 Bending Stresses for I Shapes

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 20 V2

                                623 (Maximum permissible bending compressive stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 623 and Section 621)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZeffc = effective compression side section modulus about the Z axis

                                Otherwise

                                See Provision lsquoSZeffcrsquo for the computation of SZeffc property

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 21 Rev T

                                Note

                                When the Provision lsquoSZeffcrsquo is not shown in the summarize output(see SUMMARIZE command) it means that SZeffc did not need to becomputed In this case property SZeffc is assumed to be equal to SZof the cross-section

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (mm3)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 22 V2

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X =

                                Y =

                                k1 = 10 for double symmetric I shapes

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 23 Rev T

                                INTYD = depth of web (Table Property)= YD- 2timesFLTK

                                k2 = 00 for double symmetric I shapes

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers c2c1 = 10 fordouble symmetric I shapes

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 24 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - I shapes

                                For I shapes subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMINthe following provision is checked for the compression and tension side stresses FiguresIS80042-2(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 25 Rev T

                                Shear Stresses - I shapes

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal =

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QY =

                                QZ =

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal =

                                vazcal =

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 26 V2

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                =

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                x1 = the lesser of c and d

                                x2 = the greater of c and d

                                c = the distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)= a (Parameter)

                                d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)= INTYD

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for I shapes

                                V2 IS80042 - 27 Rev T

                                Combined Stresses - I shapes

                                Axial Compression and Bending - I shapes

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711a)

                                When

                                When

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                IS800 Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80042 - 28 V2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - I shapes

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one or bothaxes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                Bending and Shear - I shapes

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80043 IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                Effective Cross-section Properties Computation - Channels

                                Effective cross-section properties for channel are checked and if they are greater thanthe actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code check member

                                ZDeffc (Computation of effective flange width ZDeffc for when the flangeis under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axis bending(Figure IS80043-1)

                                If ZDeffc lt ZDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDeffc ZD

                                The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80043-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Channels

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 3 Rev T

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft of the tension sidebending IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending

                                (Figure IS80043-1)

                                ZDefft = 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDefft ZDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec for YDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS80043-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 4 V2

                                If INTYDec lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minustwice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 5 Rev T

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDet for YDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS80043-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                If INTYDet lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)

                                t = WBTK

                                INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minustwice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failed codecheck member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 6 V2

                                Axial Tensions - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal =

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 7 Rev T

                                Axial Compression - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = Maximum y z =

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =

                                Allowable acy =

                                Allowable acz =

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 8 V2

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative representsa compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                fccy = is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingabout the Y axis

                                fccz = is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingabout the Z axis

                                y =

                                z =

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 9 Rev T

                                Z Axis Bending - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMI-N the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigures IS80043-2(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                Allowable btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                623 (Maximum permissible bending compressive stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 623 and Section 621)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS80043-2 Bending Stresses for Channels

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 11 Rev T

                                FLTKWBTK

                                2 0

                                INTYDWBTK

                                13440fy

                                MZ = the actual moment about the Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (mm3)

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X Y 1120

                                UNLCF FLTKRY YD

                                2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RY

                                5

                                2

                                k1 = 10 for double symmetric Channels

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 12 V2

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                INTYD = depth of web (Table Property)= YD- 2timesFLTK

                                k2 = 00 for double symmetric about the Z axis

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from the sectionneutral axis to the extreme fibers c2c1 = 10 for doublesymmetric about the Z axis

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 13 Rev T

                                Y Axis Bending - Channels

                                Positive Y Axis Bending - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMI-N the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80053-2(c) illustrates positive Y axis bending stress

                                625 C (Maximum compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                Where

                                SY = the negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY(ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                625 T (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual btycal = MYSYS

                                Allowable bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                Where

                                SYS = the positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY ZC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 14 V2

                                Negative Y Axis Bending - Channels

                                For Channels subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMI-N the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80043-2(d) illustrates negative Y axis bending stress

                                625 C (Maximum compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = MYSYS

                                Allowable bcy = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                Where

                                SYS = the positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY ZC (Table Property)

                                625 T (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual btycal = MYSY

                                Allowable bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                Where

                                SY = the negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY (ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 15 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                FZAZ

                                FZ QYIY 2 FLTK

                                FY

                                AY

                                FY QZ

                                IZ WBTK

                                Shear Stresses - Channels

                                The following provisions are checked when a shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal =

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 mzcal

                                vm

                                v

                                Where

                                QY 2ZD2

                                FLTKZD4

                                QZ ZD FLTKYD2

                                FLTK2

                                INTYD2

                                WBTKINTYD

                                4

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal =

                                vazcal =

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 16 V2

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                = Minimum 04f 04f 13f

                                xt

                                4000 1xx

                                y y

                                y1

                                w

                                12

                                1

                                2

                                2

                                13

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                x1 = the lesser of c and d

                                x2 = the greater of c and d

                                c = distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)= a (Parameter)

                                d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)= INTYD

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Channels

                                V2 IS80043 - 17 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Channels

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Channels

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Channels GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80043 - 18 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Channels

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section712)

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f 066f 066f10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Channels

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80044 IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                Effective Cross-section Properties Computation - Single Angles

                                Effective cross-section properties for single angle are checked and if they are greaterthan the actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code checkmember

                                LEGeffc (Computation of effective leg width LEGeffc for when the memberis under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGeffc is computed for when the member is under axial compression (FigureIS80044-1)

                                LEG Minimum of

                                256 Tf

                                or

                                16Teffc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                If LEGeffc lt LEG2Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGeffc LEG2The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80044-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Single Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 3 Rev T

                                LEGefft (Computation of effective leg width LEGefft for when the memberis under tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension (Figure IS80044-1)

                                LEGefft = 20T1

                                If LEGefft lt LEG2Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGefft LEG2The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 4 V2

                                Maximum y z Maximum Lr

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Axial Tensions - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = =

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 5 Rev T

                                Maximum y z

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative andFX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = =

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 6 V2

                                2

                                y2

                                E

                                2

                                z2

                                E

                                K Lr

                                y y

                                y

                                K L

                                rz z

                                z

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                fccy = is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling about the Y axis

                                fccz = is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingabout the Z axis

                                y =

                                z =

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                MZSZS

                                MZSZ

                                MZSZ

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Z Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                Positive Z Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to weak axis bending (positive Z axis bending) ieMZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Analysis and design for the single angles are based on the principal axis of thesingle angles Figure IS80044-2(a) illustrates positive Z axis bending stress

                                621 TZ (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam621 CZ IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                bczcal =

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Where

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                623 CZ (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam623 TZ IS800-1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 8 V2

                                Figure IS80044-2 Compressive Bending Stress for Single Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 9 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                MZSZS

                                Minimum 066f 066f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                btzcal =

                                The legs are in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                The allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision lt624 Zrsquo forequation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYD (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 10 V2

                                Y 11

                                20

                                UNLCF THICK

                                RY LEG1

                                2

                                265 10

                                UNLCFRY

                                5

                                2

                                624 Z (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt = 10 20

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X =

                                Y =

                                k1 = 10 for single angles

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                THICK = thickness of the single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 11 Rev T

                                k2 = -10 for single angles

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = YC(YD - YC)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 12 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                MZSZ

                                MZSZ

                                Negative Z Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to weak axis bending (negative Z axis bending) ieMZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Analysis and design for the single angles are based on the principal axis of thesingle angles Figure IS80044-2(b) illustrates negative Z axis bending stress

                                621 TZ (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam621 CZ IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =

                                bczcal =

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 13 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                MZSZS

                                MZSZ

                                623 CZ (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam623 TZ IS800-1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal =

                                btzcal =

                                Allowable bcz = btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                SZ = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                SZS = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 14 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                MYSY

                                MYSYS

                                MYSYS

                                MYSY

                                Y Axis Bending - Single Angles

                                For Single Angles subjected to strong axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesAnalysis and design for the single angles are based on the principal axis of the single anglesFigures IS80044-2(c) and (d) illustrate Y axis bending stresses

                                621 TY (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam621 CY IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                Actual btycal =

                                bcycal =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                Actual btycal =

                                bcycal =

                                Allowable bty = bcy = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                Where

                                SY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IYZC (Table Property)

                                SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY(ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 15 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btycal

                                bty

                                MYSYS

                                MYSY

                                MYSY

                                MYSYS

                                623 CY (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam623 TY IS800-1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                Actual bcycal =

                                btycal =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                Actual bcycal =

                                btycal =

                                A leg of the angle is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984code the allowable stress is

                                Allowable bcy =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The allowable tensile stress is

                                bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision lt624 Yrsquo for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MY = the actual moment about the member Y axis (N-mm)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 16 V2

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SY = positive direction section modulus about the Y axis= IYZD (Table Property)

                                SYS = negative direction section modulus about the Y axis= IY(ZD - ZC) (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 17 Rev T

                                Y 1 120

                                UNLCF THICKRZ LEG1

                                2

                                Y 1 120

                                UNLCF THICKRZ LEG2

                                2

                                624 Y (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt = 10 20

                                and

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                d1t =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                Positive Y Axis Bending

                                X =

                                Negative Y Axis Bending

                                X =

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 18 V2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RZ

                                5

                                2

                                k1 = 10 for single angles

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RZ = radius of gyration about the Z axis (Table Property)

                                THICK = thickness of the single angle (Table Property)

                                LEG1 = length of the longer leg (Table Property)

                                LEG2 = length of the short leg (Table Property)

                                k2 = -10 for single angles

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = ZC(ZD - ZC)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 19 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                u LEG1 (LEG2 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                v LEG2 (LEG1 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                ActualFZ QY

                                IY THICKvmzcal

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Single Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal = FY QZ

                                IZ THICK

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QY Computation (see Figure IS80044-3)

                                H1 = LEG1 - u + v Tan ()

                                A1 = H1 times THICKA2 = 05 times THICK times THICK times Tan ()QY1 = A1 times 05 times H1 times Cos () -

                                A2 times (H1 - (THICK times Tan ()3)) Cos()

                                H2 = LEG2 - v -(u - THICK) Tan ()A3 = LEG2 times THICKA4 = 05 times THICK times THICK times Tan ()

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 20 V2

                                v - THICK

                                Tan ( )

                                u LEG1 (LEG2 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                v LEG2 (LEG1 THICK) THICK

                                2 (LEG1 LEG2 THICK)

                                2

                                QY2 = A3 times 05 times (u-(v times Tan ())) times Cos () -A2 times (H2 times Sin ()) - (THICK times Cos ())3

                                QY = Maximum of (QY1 QY2)

                                QZ Computation (see Figure IS80044-3)

                                H1 = LEG1 - u -

                                A1 = H1 times THICKA2 = 05 times THICK times THICK Tan ()QZ1 = A1 times 05 times H1 times Sin () -

                                A2 times (H1 times Sin () - THICK times Cos ()3)

                                H2 = LEG2 - v -(u- THICK) Tan ()A3 = H2 times THICKA4 = 05 times THICK times THICK times Tan ()QZ2 = A3 times 05 times H2 times Cos () - A4 times (H2 times Cos () -

                                THICK times Sin ()3)QZ = Maximum of (QZ1 QZ2)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 21 Rev T

                                Figure IS80044-3 QY and QZ Computation for Single Angles

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 22 V2

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FY

                                AY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Single Angles

                                V2 IS80044 - 23 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Single Angles

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Single Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Single Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80044 - 24 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Single Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984Section 712)

                                atcal

                                06fy

                                btzcal

                                066fy

                                btycal

                                066fy 10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Single Angles

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 1 Rev T

                                ZD Minimum of 2

                                256Tf

                                or

                                2 16Teffc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                IS80045 IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                Effective Cross-Section Properties Computation - Tees

                                Effective cross-section properties for Tee are checked and if they are greater than theactual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code check member

                                ZDeffc (Computation of effective flange width ZDeffc for when the flange isunder compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axis bending(Figure IS80045-1)

                                If ZDeffc lt ZD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDeffc ZD The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft for when the flange isunder tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending(Figure IS80045-1)

                                ZDefft = 2 times 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80045-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Tees

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 3 Rev T

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                560Tf

                                or

                                35Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                800Tf

                                or

                                50Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                If ZDefft ZDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec forYDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS80045-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                If INTYDec lt INTYD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYD The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 4 V2

                                YD Minimum of

                                1440Tf

                                or

                                90Tc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYD et forYDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS80045-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                If INTYDet lt INTYD Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYD The effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)t = WBTKINTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 5 Rev T

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failedcode check member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 6 V2

                                Maximum Lr

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Axial Tensions - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 8 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 9 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Z Axis Bending - Tees

                                Positive Z Axis Bending - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to strong axis bending (positive Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80045-2(a) illustrates positive Z axis bending stress

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =MZSZ

                                bczcal = MZSZS

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZS

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS80045-2 Bending Stresses for Tees

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 11 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Minimum 066f 066f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                btzcal = MZSZ

                                The flange is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                The web is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 12 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Negative Z Axis Bending - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to strong axis bending (negative bending) ie MZ MZMINthe following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses FigureIS80045-2(b) illustrates negative Z axis bending stress

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = MZSZS

                                bczcal = MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZ

                                btzcal = MZSZS

                                The web is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable compressive stress is

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 13 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The flange is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 forequation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 14 V2

                                FLTKWBTK

                                2 0

                                INTYDWBTK

                                13440fy

                                Y 11

                                20

                                UNLCF FLTK

                                RY YD

                                2

                                265 105

                                UNLCFRY

                                2

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X =

                                Y =

                                k1 = 10 for Tees

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis(Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 15 Rev T

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                INTYD = depth of web (Table Property)= YD - FLTK

                                when flange is in compression

                                k2 = 05

                                when web is in compression

                                k2 = -10

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = YC(YD - YC)

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 16 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Tees

                                For Tees subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY MYMIN thefollowing provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses FiguresIS80045-2(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 17 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                ActualFZ QY

                                IY FLTKvmzcal

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Tees

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual FY QZ

                                IZ WBTKvmycal

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QYZD2

                                FLTKZD4

                                QZ ZD FLTKYD2

                                FLTK2

                                INTYD2

                                WBTKINTYD

                                4

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 18 V2

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                = Minimum 04f 04f 13f

                                xt

                                4000 1xx

                                y y

                                y1

                                w

                                12

                                1

                                2

                                2

                                13

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)

                                x1 = the lesser of c and d

                                x2 = the greater of c and d

                                c = distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)= a (Parameter)

                                d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)= INTYD

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Tees

                                V2 IS80045 - 19 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Tees

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Tees

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac

                                015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side BendingIS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Tees GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80045 - 20 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Tees

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section712)

                                atcal

                                06fy

                                btzcal

                                066fy

                                btycal

                                066fy 10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Tees

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 1 Rev T

                                LEG Minimum of 256T

                                f or

                                16Teffc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                IS80046 IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                Effective Cross-Section Properties Computation - Double Angles

                                Effective cross-section properties for Double Angle are checked and if they aregreater than the actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code checkmember

                                LEGeffc (Computation of effective flange width LEGeffc for when theflange is under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGeffc is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axisbending (Figures IS80046-1 and IS80046-2)

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf LEGeffc lt LEG2

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGeffc LEG2 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf LEGeffc lt LEG1

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGeffc LEG1 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS80046-1 Effective Cross-section Properties for Equal and Long Legs back-to-back Double Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 3 Rev T

                                Figure IS80046-2 Effective Cross-section Properties for Short Legs back-to-backDouble Angles

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 4 V2

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                LEGefft (Computation of effective flange width LEGefft for when the flangeis under tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                LEGefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending(Figures IS80046-1 and IS80046-2)

                                LEGefft = 20T1

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf LEGefft lt LEG2

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGefft LEG2 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf LEGefft lt LEG1

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If LEGefft LEG1 The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 5 Rev T

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                560Tf

                                or

                                35Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                800Tf

                                or

                                50Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec forYDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression seeFigures IS80046-1(a) and IS80046-2(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf INTYDec lt INTYD = LEG1 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYD = LEG1 - THICKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf INTYDec lt INTYD = LEG2 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDec INTYD = LEG2 - THICKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 6 V2

                                YD Minimum of

                                1440Tf

                                or

                                90Tc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYD et forYDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FiguresIS80046-1(b) and IS80046-2(b)

                                INTYDet = 60t

                                For Equal and Long Legs back-to-backIf INTYDet lt INTYD = LEG1 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYD = LEG1 - THICKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                For Short Legs back-to-backIf INTYDet lt INTYD = LEG2 - THICK

                                Member is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYD = LEG2 - THICK

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 7 Rev T

                                The effective cross-section property check is passed No reductionfor the cross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)t = THICK anglersquos thickness (Table Property)LEG1 = length of the longer leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)LEG2 = length of the shorter leg of each single angle

                                (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 100T1 This means that if the totalcross-section depth YD is larger than 100T1 the member will be marked as a failedcode check member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 8 V2

                                Axial Tensions - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 9 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Double Angles

                                For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 10 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 11 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Z Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                Positive Z Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to Z axis bending (positive Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Figure IS80046-3(a) illustrates positive Z axis bending stress

                                Double angles are assumed to have an adequate number of intermediate connection(stitch plates) which make the two angles act as one Double Angle-like sections

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =MZSZ

                                bczcal = MZSZS

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 12 V2

                                Figure IS80046-3 Compressive Bending Stresses for Double Angles

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 13 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZS

                                btzcal = MZSZ

                                The flange is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The web is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 14 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Negative Z Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to Z axis bending (negative bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigure IS80046-3(b) illustrates negative Z axis bending stress

                                Double angles are assumed to have an adequate number of intermediate connection(stitch plates) which make the two angles act as one Double Angle-like section

                                621 T (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stress in a beam IS800-621 C 1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = MZSZS

                                bczcal = MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Where

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                623 C (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-623 T 1984 Sections 623 and 626)

                                Actual bczcal = MZSZ

                                btzcal = MZSZS

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 15 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                The web is in compression Based on the Section 626 of IS800-1984 code theallowable compressive stress is

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                The flange is in tension and the allowable tensile stress is

                                btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 for equation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                MZ = the actual moment about the member Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = negative direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZ(YD - YC) (Table Property)

                                SZS = positive direction section modulus about the Z axis= IZYC (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 16 V2

                                LEG1 - THICKTHICK

                                13440fy

                                LEG2 - THICKTHICK

                                13440fy

                                THICK2 THICK

                                2 0

                                X Y 1120

                                UNLCF THICKRY YD

                                2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RY

                                5

                                2

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                Equal Legs or Long Legs back-to-back

                                d1t =

                                Short Legs back-to-back

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                k1 = 10 for Double Angles

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 17 Rev T

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                THICK = thickness of an angle (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                when flange is in compression

                                k2 = 05

                                when web is in compression

                                k2 = -10

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from the sectionneutral axis to the extreme fibers

                                c2c1 = YC(YD - YC)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 18 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Double Angles

                                For Double Angles subjected to Y axis bending ie MY MYMIN the followingprovisions are checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80046-3(c)illustrates member Y axis bending stress

                                Double angles are assumed to have an adequate number of intermediate connection(stitch plates) which make the two angles act as one Double Angle-like sections

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 19 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                ActualFZ QY

                                IY THICKvmzcal

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Double Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual FY QZ

                                IZ 2 THICKvmycal

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                QYZD2

                                THICKZD4

                                Equal Legs or Long Legs back-to-back

                                QZ D THICKYD2

                                THICK2

                                LEG1- THICK2

                                THICKLEG1- THICK

                                4

                                Z 2

                                Short Legs back-to-back

                                QZ D THICKYD2

                                THICK2

                                LEG2 - THICK2

                                THICKLEG2 - THICK

                                4

                                Z 2

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 20 V2

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FY

                                AY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                For unstiffened web and shear in Z direction

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                For stiffened web (shear in Y direction)

                                Allowable vay

                                = Minimum 04f 04f 13f

                                x2 THICK

                                4000 1xx

                                y y

                                y1

                                12

                                1

                                2

                                2

                                13

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in Y direction (Table Property)AZ = shear area in Z direction (Table Property)x1 = the lesser of c and dx2 = the greater of c and dc = distance between vertical stiffeners (see Parameter a)

                                = a (Parameter)d = clear distance between the flanges (Table Property)

                                = LEG1 - THICK Equal and Long Leg back-to-back= LEG2 - THICK Short Leg back-to-back

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Double Angles

                                V2 IS80046 - 21 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                ( AXEFF) 10 accal

                                ac

                                btzcal

                                btz

                                btycal

                                bty

                                Combined Stresses - Double Angles

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Double Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984Section 711b)

                                AXC TBEN (Combined Axial Compression and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984Section 71)

                                IS800 Provisions for Double Angles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80046 - 22 V2

                                ( AXEFF) 10 atcal

                                at

                                bczcal

                                b z

                                b ycal

                                b y

                                c

                                c

                                c

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Double Angles

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Tension Side Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                atcal

                                06fy

                                btzcal

                                066fy

                                btycal

                                066fy 10

                                AXT CBEN (Combined Axial Tension and Compression Side Bending IS800-1984Section 71)

                                Bending and Shear - Double Angles

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 1 Rev T

                                Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                IS80047 IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                Axial Tensions - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) ==

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal =FX

                                AX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 2 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 3 Rev T

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for buckling f E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 4 V2

                                Z Axis Bending - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to Z axis bending ie MZ MZMIN the followingprovision is checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80047-1(a)illustrates member Z axis bending stress

                                621 (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 5 Rev T

                                Figure IS80047-1 Bending Stresses for Round Bars

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 6 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Round Bars

                                For Round Bars subjected to Y axis bending ie MY MYMIN the followingprovision is checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80047-1(b)illustrates member Y axis bending stress

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                4 FY3 AX

                                Shear Stresses - Round Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal =

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 mzcal

                                vm

                                v

                                Where

                                AX = cross sectional area (Table Property)

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vm = 040 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                4 FZ3 AX

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 8 V2

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                2 2

                                Combined Stresses - Round Bars

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Round Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending aboutone or both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compressionexists or when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                13

                                13

                                2 2

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                2 2

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Round Bars

                                V2 IS80047 - 9 Rev T

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f

                                066f

                                2

                                066f

                                2

                                10

                                bcycal2

                                bczcal2

                                vmycal2

                                vmzcal2

                                y3 f ( ) 0 9

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Round Bars

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one or bothaxes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                Bending and Shear - Round Bars

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                IS800 Provisions for Round Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80047 - 10 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80048 IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                Axial Tensions - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN thefollowing provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                Lr

                                y

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negative represents a compressive load

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 2 V2

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 3 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 4 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 5 Rev T

                                Z Axis Bending - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to Z axis bending ie MZ MZMIN the following provisionis checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80048-1(a) illustratesmember Z axis bending stress

                                621 (Maximum tensile and compressive bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 6 V2

                                Figure IS80048-1 Bending Stresses for Pipes

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 7 Rev T

                                Y Axis Bending - Pipes

                                For Pipes subjected to Y axis bending ie MY MYMIN the following provisionis checked for the compression and tension side stresses Figure IS80048-1 (b) illustratesmember Y axis bending stress

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 8 V2

                                ActualFY QZ

                                IY 2 THICKvmycal

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Pipes

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 641)641 Z

                                ActualFY QZ

                                IZ 2 THICKvmycal

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 mzcal

                                vm

                                v

                                Where

                                QY QZ23

                                OD2

                                ID2

                                3 3

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 642)642 Z

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Pipes

                                V2 IS80048 - 9 Rev T

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                2 2

                                Combined Stresses - Pipes

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Pipes

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                13

                                13

                                2 2

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                2 2

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                IS800 Provisions for Pipes GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80048 - 10 V2

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                06f

                                066f

                                066f 10

                                2 2

                                bcycal2

                                bczcal2

                                vmycal2

                                vmzcal2

                                y3 f ( ) 0 9

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Pipes

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one or bothaxes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                Bending and Shear - Pipes

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 1 Rev T

                                IS80049 IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                Axial Tensions - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive andFX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum L

                                r

                                L

                                ry

                                y

                                z

                                z

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 2 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to axial compression ie FX is negativeand FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 3 Rev T

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 4 V2

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                Z Axis Bending -Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending)ie MZ MZMIN the following provision is checked for the compression and tensionside stresses Figures IS80049-1(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile and compression bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal = bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = bcz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 5 Rev T

                                Figure IS80049-1 Bending Stresses for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 6 V2

                                Y Axis Bending - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                For Square and Rectangular Bars subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending)ie MY MYMIN the following provision is checked for the compression and tensionside stresses Figures IS80049-1(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984 Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vmycal

                                vm

                                QY

                                ZD8

                                YD2

                                QZ

                                YD8

                                ZD2

                                ActualFZ QYIY YDvmzcal

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10

                                vmzcal

                                vm

                                Shear Stresses - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal = FY QZIZ ZD

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Where

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 8 V2

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                Combined Stresses -Square and Rectangular Bars

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section711b)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars

                                V2 IS80049 - 9 Rev T

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provisions are checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f 066f 066f 10

                                Bending and Shear - Square and Rectangular Bars

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Zdirections respectively

                                IS800 Provisions for Square and Rectangular Bars GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS80049 - 10 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 1 Rev T

                                IS800410 IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                Effective Cross-Section Properties Computation - Structural Tubing

                                Effective cross-section properties for Structural Tubing are checked and if they aregreater than the actual cross-section properties the member is marked as a failed code checkmember

                                The following effective cross-section properties provisions are checked when theratio of the widthdepth is less than or equal to 02

                                When ZD YD 02 following provisions are checked

                                INTZDec (Computation of effective internal flange width INTZDec for whenthe flange is under compression IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                INTZDec is computed for when the flange is under axial compression or Z axisbending (Figure IS800410-1)

                                INTZDec = 2 times 20T1

                                If INTZDec lt ZD - 2 times WBTKMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTZDec ZD - 2 times WBTKThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                Where

                                T1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)

                                ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 2 V2

                                Figure IS800410-1 Effective Cross-Section Properties for Structural Tubing

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 3 Rev T

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                2 560Tf

                                or

                                2 35Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                ZDefft (Computation of effective flange width ZDefft for when the flangeis under tension IS800-1984 Section 3521)

                                ZDefft is computed for when the flange is under axial tension or Z axis bending(Figure IS800410-1)

                                ZDefft = 2 times 20T1

                                If ZDefft lt ZDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If ZDefft ZDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = FLTK flange thickness (Table Property)ZD = flange width (Table Property)

                                INTYDec (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYDec forYDc when the web is under uniform compression force IS800-1984

                                Section 3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial compression see FigureIS800410-1(a)

                                For welded plates that are not stress relieved the value of parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo isequal to lsquoNOrsquo

                                For Other plates the value of the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo is equal to lsquoYESrsquo This isthe default treatment

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 4 V2

                                INTYD Minimum of

                                2 800Tf

                                or

                                2 50Tec

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                YD Minimum of

                                2 1440Tf

                                or

                                2 90Tc

                                1

                                y

                                1

                                If INTYDec lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to the following equation

                                YD YDc

                                This means that if the total cross-section depth YD is larger than above YDc

                                limitation the member will be marked as a failed code check member

                                INTYDet (Computation of effective clear depth of the web INTYD et forYDt when the web is under uniform tension force IS800-1984 Section

                                3522)

                                This provision is considered when the member is under axial tension see FigureIS800410-1(b)

                                INTYDet = 2 times 60t

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 5 Rev T

                                If INTYDet lt INTYDMember is marked as a failed code check member

                                If INTYDet INTYDThe effective cross-section property check is passed No reduction for thecross-section properties is needed

                                WhereT1 = WBTK web thickness (Table Property)t = WBTK (Table Property)INTYD = clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minus

                                twice the flange thickness (Table Property)

                                Also total cross-section depth YD is limited to 2 times 100T1 This means that if thetotal cross-section depth YD is larger than 2 times 100T1 the member will be markedas a failed code check member

                                YDt = 100T1

                                YD YDt

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 6 V2

                                Axial Tensions - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 T (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (Lr) = = Maximum y z Maximum Lyr y

                                Lzrz

                                Allowable (Lr) = SLENTEN default value is 400

                                Actual Allowable

                                10

                                411 (Tension stress check for net effective area IS800-1984 Section 411)

                                Actual atcal = FXAX(PF)

                                Allowable at = 06 fy

                                ActualAllowable

                                10 atcal

                                at

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                PF = factor to compute the net area for members subject to axialtension

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 7 Rev T

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acz

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 accal

                                acy

                                Axial Compression - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX

                                FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                371 C (Maximum slenderness ratio IS800-1984 Section 371)

                                Actual (KLr) = = Maximum y z Maximum K L

                                r K L

                                ry y

                                y

                                z z

                                z

                                Allowable (KLr) = SLENCOMP default value is 180

                                ActualAllowable

                                10

                                511 Y (Compression Check for gross area IS800-1984 Section 511)511 Z

                                Actual accal =FXAX

                                Allowable acy =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccy y

                                ccyn

                                yn 1n

                                Allowable acz =

                                Minimum 06f 06

                                f f

                                f fy

                                ccz y

                                cczn

                                yn 1n

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 8 V2

                                yy y

                                y =

                                K Lr

                                zz z

                                z =

                                K Lr

                                Where

                                AX = cross-sectional area (mm2)

                                FX = axial load (N) Positive represents a tensile load negativerepresents a compressive load

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingf E

                                ccy

                                2

                                y2

                                about the Y axis

                                is the elastic critical stress in compression for bucklingfE

                                ccz

                                2

                                z2

                                about the Z axis

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 9 Rev T

                                Z Axis Bending - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sidestresses Figures IS800410-2(a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                621 (Maximum tensile bending stress in a beam IS800-1984 Section 621)

                                Actual btzcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable btz = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 btzcal

                                btz

                                623 (Maximum permissible bending compressive stress in a beam IS800-1984Section 623 and Section 621)

                                Actual bczcal =MZSZ

                                Allowable bcz =

                                Minimum 066f 066

                                f f

                                f fy

                                cb y

                                cbn

                                yn 1n

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bczcal

                                bcz

                                Where

                                fcb = elastic critical stress in bending See Provision 624 forequation

                                fy = yield stress of steel (MPa)= Fy (Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 10 V2

                                Figure IS800410-2 Bending Stresses for Structural Tubing

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 11 Rev T

                                FLTKWBTK

                                2 0

                                INTYDWBTK

                                13440fy

                                MZ = the actual moment about the Z axis (N-mm)

                                n = a factor assumed as 14= 14

                                SZ = section modulus about the Z axis (mm3)

                                624 (Elastic critical stress IS800-1984 Section 624)

                                f k X k Ycccb 1 2

                                2

                                1

                                When

                                Tt =

                                and

                                d1t =

                                fcb shall be increased by 20 percent

                                fcb = 12 fcb

                                Where

                                X Y 1120

                                UNLCF FLTKRY YD

                                2

                                Y

                                265 10UNLCF

                                RY

                                5

                                2

                                k1 = 10 for structural tubing

                                UNLCF = unbraced length of the compression flange(Parameter)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 12 V2

                                RY = radius of gyration about the Y axis (Table Property)

                                FLTK = flange thickness (Table Property)

                                WBTK = web thickness (Table Property)

                                YD = profile depth (Table Property)

                                INTYD = flat width of the web (Table Property)= YD - 2 times FLTK - 2 times radius

                                radius = 2 times FLTK

                                k2 = 00 for structural tubing

                                c2c1 = respectively the lesser and greater distances from thesection neutral axis to the extreme fibers c2c1 = 10for structural tubing

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 13 Rev T

                                Y Axis Bending - Structural Tubing

                                For Structural Tubing subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY

                                MYMIN the following provision is checked for the compression and tension side stressesFigures IS800410-2(c) and (d) illustrate member Y axis bending stresses

                                625 (Maximum compressive and tensile bending stresses in a beam IS800-1984Section 625)

                                Actual bcycal = btycal =MYSY

                                Allowable bcy = bty = 066 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 bcycal

                                bcy

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 14 V2

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmycal

                                vm

                                QZ

                                INTYD4

                                WBTK ZD FLTKYD2

                                2

                                FZ QYIY 2 FLTK

                                Shear Stresses - Structural Tubing

                                The following provisions are checked when shear forces are present ie FZ FZMIN or FY FYMIN

                                641 Y (Maximum shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section641 Z 641)

                                Actual vmycal = FY QZ

                                IZ 2 WBTK

                                Actual vmzcal =

                                Allowable vm = 045 fy

                                Actual

                                Allowable 10 vmzcal

                                vm

                                Where

                                QY

                                ZD4

                                FLTK INTYD WBTKZD2

                                2

                                642 Y (Average shear stresses in Y and Z directions IS800-1984 Section 642 Z 642)

                                Actual vaycal = FYAY

                                vazcal =FZAZ

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 15 Rev T

                                Allowable vay = vaz = 04 fy

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vaycal

                                vay

                                Actual Allowable

                                10 vazcal

                                vaz

                                Where

                                AY = shear area in the Y axis direction (Table Property)

                                AZ = shear area in the Z axis direction (Table Property)

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 16 V2

                                accal

                                y

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcyf10

                                0 6

                                Combined Stresses - Structural Tubing

                                Axial Compression and Bending - Structural Tubing

                                The following provisions are checked when axial compression and bending about oneor both axes are present These provisions also are checked if only axial compression existsor when only bending moments are present

                                711a (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711a)

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                mz bczcal

                                accal

                                cczbcz

                                my bcycal

                                accal

                                ccybcy

                                C

                                106f

                                C

                                106f

                                10

                                When

                                accal

                                ac 015

                                accal

                                ac

                                bczcal

                                bcz

                                bcycal

                                bcy10

                                711b (Combined Axial Compression and Bending IS800-1984 Section 711b)

                                GT STRUDL IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing

                                V2 IS800410 - 17 Rev T

                                btycal btzcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Axial Tension and Bending - Structural Tubing

                                The following provision is checked when axial tension and bending about one orboth axes are present

                                712 (Combined Axial Tension and Bending IS800-1984 Section 712)

                                atcal

                                y

                                btzcal

                                y

                                btycal

                                y06f 066f 066f 10

                                Bending and Shear - Structural Tubing

                                The following provision is checked when shear and bending about one or both axesare present

                                714 (Combined Bending and Shear IS800-1984 Section 714)

                                bcycal bczcal2

                                vmycal vmzcal y3 09 f ( )2

                                Where

                                bcycal and bczcal = the numerical values of the co-existent compressivebending stresses in Y and Z directions respectively

                                vmycal and vmzcal = calculated maximum shear stress in Y and Z directionsrespectively

                                IS800 Provisions for Structural Tubing GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800410 - 18 V2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 1 Rev T

                                Appendix A References

                                1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

                                2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W AnthonyDillon Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

                                3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology CambridgeMass Research Report No R67-49 September 1967

                                4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R68-56 May 1968

                                5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R68-91 November 1968

                                6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and SteelMember Selection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass January 1972

                                7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MITPress 1967

                                8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering SystemsLaboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-47 September 1967

                                9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTMA506-68 January 1968

                                10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency POBox 3956 San Francisco California 94119

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 2 V 2

                                11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor POBox 231 Worcester Mass 01613

                                12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

                                13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

                                14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research ReportNo R67-58 September 1967

                                15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute ofSteel Construction Inc New York 1963

                                16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute ofSteel Construction Inc New York 1969

                                17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill BookCompany 1967

                                18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering GeorgiaInstitute of Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

                                19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering ScienceMcGraw- Hill London Third Edition 1977

                                20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

                                21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 3 Rev T

                                22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids andStructures 4 1968

                                23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringJuly 1970

                                24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements ResearchReport R71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

                                25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural DesignLanguage M S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September1969

                                26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California atBerkeley 1966

                                27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation inFinite Element Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Departmentof Civil Engineering June 1976

                                28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of TechnologyNetherlands to be published

                                29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G73371960

                                30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite ElementsProceedings of the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods inCivil Engineering American Society of Civil Engineers Nashville TennesseeNovember 1969

                                31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 4 V 2

                                32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE -Manuals and Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

                                33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute ofSteel Construction Inc New York 1980

                                34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Instituteof Steel Construction Inc New York 1978

                                35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Editedby Bruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

                                36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood CliffsNew Jersey 1968

                                37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design andBehavior International Textbook Company 1971

                                38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston PublishingCompany Inc Reston Virginia 1977

                                39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design inStructural Steel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

                                40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I GilmorCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

                                41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES SubsystemSTRUDL Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 UsersManual Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc1975

                                44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

                                45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 5 Rev T

                                46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite ElementAnalysis Prentice 1976

                                47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press1965

                                48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by MatrixDecomposition Journal of the Engineering Mechanics Division AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers April 1968

                                49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRANby the Tridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

                                50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparsebut Unstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEEConference on Decision and Control San Diego California January 1979

                                51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for theEigenproblem J INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

                                52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

                                53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channelsand Tees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of CivilEngineering Atlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

                                54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Constructionof Nuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF ComponentSupports July 1 1977

                                55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

                                56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

                                57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures JohnWiley and Sons Inc 1974

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 6 V 2

                                58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill1970

                                59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic StabilityMcGraw-Hill 1961

                                60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed SectionsGTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta GeorgiaJune 1981

                                61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for RandomVibrations Report No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering ResearchCenter University of California Berkeley June 1980

                                62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm forReducing the Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM JournalNumerical Analysis Vol 13 No 2 April 1976

                                63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse SymmetricMatrices Proceedings of the 24th National Conference Association forComputing Machinery 1969

                                64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

                                65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln ArcWelding Foundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

                                66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-StrainModel for Confined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114No 8 August 1988

                                67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding SocietyMiami Florida December 1983

                                68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Constructionof Nuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF ComponentSupports July 1 1983

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 7 Rev T

                                69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122February 1978

                                70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

                                71 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary onStandard for Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures ASCESTANDARD American Society of Civil Engineers New York New YorkSeptember 1986

                                72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

                                73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American NationalStandards Institute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

                                74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCEManuals and Reports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York1988

                                75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American NationalStandards Institute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

                                76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel InstituteWashington DC 1989

                                77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk GroveVillage IL 60007 January 7 1994

                                78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North AmericanEdition No 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street WayneMichigan 48184 1993

                                79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS5950 Part 1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuousConstruction Hot Rolled Sections London England 1990

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 8 V 2

                                80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design FirstEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

                                81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume ISecond Edition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc ChicagoIllinois 1993

                                82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 SectionProperties Member Capacities 4th Edition Published by The SteelConstruction Institute in association with the British Constructional SteelworkAssociation Limited British Steel PIC Berkshire England 1996

                                83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTMA6M American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

                                84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories AluminumCompany of America

                                85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCEManuals and Reports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society ofCivil Engineers New York New York 1991

                                86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95American Society of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

                                87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 PowerLine Systems Inc 1995

                                88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Modelof Ordinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of StructuralEngineering Vol 124 No 3 March 1998

                                89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

                                90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules forbuildings (together with United Kingdom National Application Document)DD ENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

                                91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                V2 IS800 Appendix A - 9 Rev T

                                92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTIONIN STEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

                                93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAMCOLUMN CHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS8081989 New Delhi September 1989

                                94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural SectionsApril 15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc ChicagoIllinois 1997

                                95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design ofrolled and welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 LondonEngland May 2001

                                96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

                                97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering DesignProvisions International Conference of Building Officials WhittierCalifornia April 1997

                                APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix A - 10 V 2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                V2 IS800 Appendix B - 1 Rev T

                                Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix B of Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

                                Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix B - 2 V 2

                                This page intentionally left blank

                                GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                V2 IS800 Appendix C - 1 Rev T

                                Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix C of Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tablesprovided with GTSTRUDL

                                Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

                                Rev T IS800 Appendix C - 2 V 2

                                End of Document

                                • Title Page
                                • Revision History
                                • Notices amp Disclaimer
                                • Table of Contents
                                • IS800 Code
                                  • Introduction
                                  • Code Parameters
                                    • IS800 Code Parameters
                                    • Indian Standard Code(s)
                                        • Properties Used by IS800
                                        • Parameters Used by IS800
                                          • System Parameters
                                          • Control Parameters
                                          • Code Parameters
                                            • Provisions of IS800
                                              • General Nomenclature
                                              • I shapes
                                              • Channels
                                              • Single Angles
                                              • Tees
                                              • Double Angles
                                              • Round Bars
                                              • Pipes
                                              • Square and Rectangular Bars
                                              • Structural Tubing
                                                • Appendices
                                                  • Appendix A References
                                                  • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
                                                  • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Table of Steel Profiles
                                                        1. File Attachment
                                                          IS800 Manual

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 54

                                                          Figure IS8001-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 55

                                                          Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 56

                                                          Figure IS8001-1 (continued) Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled Shapes

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 57

                                                          4 Double angle contains an adequate number of intermediate connectors (stitchplates) which make the two angles act as one Tee-like section

                                                          5 The IS800 code assumes all shapes are hot rolled In the case of a welded plateshape the user must be certain that the section properties contained in a usercreated table of welded plate shapes are consistent with the requirements of theIS800-1984 Specification (92) For example in the case of a welded plate I-shape section the shear area AY used for both analysis and shear stress checksmust be equal to the web thickness times the interior distance between flanges(ie WBTK times INTYD)

                                                          6 In the case of welded plates if the welded plates are not stress relieved a value oflsquoNOrsquo should be specified for the parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo For more explanation see parameter lsquoSTRERELIrsquo and Section 3522 of IS800-1984

                                                          Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by IS800 code Parameters allowing for the changes which occur instructural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invoked at the usersdiscretion

                                                          The sections of the IS800-1984 Specifications (92) which are considered by theGTSTRUDL IS800 code are summarized below

                                                          Section Title

                                                          35 Geometrical Properties3521 Plate Thickness3522 Plate thickness

                                                          37 Maximum Slenderness Ratio371 The maximum slenderness ratio

                                                          41 Axial Stresses411 The permissible stress in axial tension511 The permissible stress in axial compression

                                                          6 Design of Members Subjected to Bending621 Maximum Bending Stresses623 Maximum Permissible Bending Compressive Stress in Beams624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength626 Angles and Tees

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 58

                                                          64 Shear Stresses641 Maximum Shear Stress642 Average Shear Stress624 Elastic Critical Stress625 Beams Bent About the Axis of Minimum Strength

                                                          71 Combined of Direct Stresses711 Combined Axial Compression and Bending712 Combined Axial Tension and Bending713 Symbols714 Bending and Shear

                                                          The detailed explanation of the code parameters cross-section properties generalnomenclature and code equations are as follows

                                                          1 Table IS8001-1 Shows the parameters used by the IS800 code TableIS8001-1 contains the applicable parameter names theirdefault values and a brief description of the parameters

                                                          2 Section IS8002 Describes the cross-section properties used for each shape

                                                          3 Section IS8003 Contains detail discussion of the parameters used by theIS800 code and they are presented in alphabetic order inthis section

                                                          4 Section IS8004 Describes the subsections in the Section IS8004

                                                          5 Section IS80041 Defines the symbols used in the IS800 code provisions

                                                          6 Section IS80042 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the I shape cross-sections subjectedto bending and axial forces

                                                          7 Section IS80043 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Channel cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          8 Section IS80044 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Single Angle cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 59

                                                          9 Section IS80045 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Tee cross-sections subjected tobending and axial forces

                                                          10 Section IS80046 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Double Angle cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          11 Section IS80047 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Round Bar cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          12 Section IS80048 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Pipe cross-sections subjected tobending and axial forces

                                                          13 Section IS80049 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Square and Rectangular Barcross-sections subjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          14 Section IS800410 Contains detailed discussion of the code provisions and theequations applicable to the Structural Tubing cross-sectionssubjected to bending and axial forces

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 60

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 61

                                                          Table IS8001-1

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking or memberselection Specify IS800 for code name See Table IS8001-2 andSections IS8002 IS8003 and IS8004 for a more detaileddescription

                                                          TBLNAM ISBEAMS Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selection(SELECT command) See Table IS8001-3 for choices

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provisions of acode The ratio of ActualAllowable must be less than or equal to[10 + CODETOL100]

                                                          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject to axialtension

                                                          a 2540000 Distance between web stiffeners This parameter is used to(mm) compute ah ratio The ah ratio is the ratio of the distance

                                                          between stiffeners to the web depth An arbitrary high value of2540000 (mm) has been assumed as a default to indicate that webstiffeners are absent A value is necessary to account for webstiffeners in the allowable shear stress calculation (Provision lsquo642Yrsquo and lsquo642 Zrsquo)

                                                          STRERELI YES Parameter to specify if the welded plates are stress relieved or not This parameter is used for the computationof the effective cleardepth of the web (see Section 3522 of IS800-1984 and SectionIS80042 of Volume 2 - IS800) A value of NO indicates thatwhen the effective clear depth of the web is being computedassume that the welded plates are not stress relieved The defaultvalue of lsquoYESrsquo indicates that the cross-section is stress relieved

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 62

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Material Properties

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is made SeeTable IS8001-4 for steel grades and their properties

                                                          FY Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if not given

                                                          REDFY 10 Reduction factor for FY This factor times FY gives the fy valueused by the code Used to account for property changes at hightemperatures

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFY

                                                          Slenderness Ratio

                                                          SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 180 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                                          SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified for thisparameter the value of 400 is used for the maximum slendernessratio

                                                          K-Factors

                                                          COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective length factorsKY and KZ (Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          YES = Compute KY and KZ factors

                                                          KY = Compute KY only

                                                          KZ = Compute KZ only

                                                          NO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 63

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          K-Factors (continued)

                                                          KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDL computa-tion of effective length factor KY

                                                          KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile See Section 22 of Volume 2A for GTSTRUDL computa-tion of effective length factor KZ

                                                          Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the defaultcode check or select command output (TRACE 4 output) Thedefault value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that thecomputed K-factor values should be printed after the code check orselect command output The column names attached to the startand end of the code checked member is also printed This printedinformation allows the user to inspect the automatic detection ofthe columns attached to the start and end of the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and the names ofthe attached columns to the start and end of the designed membershould not be printed

                                                          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the local Yaxis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about the local Zaxis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 64

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical member which ispart of a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever in theK-factor computation True cantilever members or physicalmembers are detected automatically

                                                          NO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                                          YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                                          GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPKKY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPKKZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPKKY and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPKKZ and Section 22 of Volume 2A)

                                                          Buckling Length

                                                          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of the profile Computed as length of member

                                                          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of the profile Computed as length of member

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 65

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Buckling Length (continued)

                                                          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY Allows the unbraced lengthto be specified as fractions of the total length Used only when LYis computed

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Used onlywhen LZ is computed

                                                          Bending Stress

                                                          UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed as lengthof member In this parameter no distinction is made between theunbraced length for the top or bottom flange See UNLCFTF orUNLCFBF

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF Allows the unbracedlength to be specified as a fraction of the total length Used onlywhen UNLCF is computed

                                                          UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the top flange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCF is used forthis parameter

                                                          UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottom flange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCF is used forthis parameter

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 66

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Combined Stresses

                                                          AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of the axialstress which is to be deducted from a corresponding bending stressacting in the opposite direction (see Provisions lsquoAXC TBENrsquo andlsquoAXT CBENrsquo for Channels Section IS80043)

                                                          CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interactionequation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                                          CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interactionequation (IS800-1984 Second Ed Section 7 (92))

                                                          Force Limitation

                                                          FXMIN 22 (N) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anything less inmagnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FYMIN 22 (N) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FZMIN 22 (N) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MYMIN 22600 Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MZMIN 22600 Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the code(mm-N) anything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 67

                                                          Table IS8001-1 (continued)

                                                          IS800 Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Output Processing and System Parameters

                                                          MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles in mosttables

                                                          PRIDTA 10 Flag for requesting output from selection procedure

                                                          1 = no output2 = output parameters

                                                          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation

                                                          PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section actual and allowablevalues for allowable stress design codes The default output fromCHECK or SELECT command prints the section force values Avalue of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that the section actualand allowable values should be printed instead of default sectionforces

                                                          TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should be outputduring design or code checking See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation1 = never2 = on failure3 = all checks4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and section forces

                                                          VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to be outputwhen retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A for explanation1 = no output2 = output parameters3 = output properties4 = output parameters and properties

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 68

                                                          Table IS8001-2

                                                          GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Code(s)

                                                          Code ParameterName Table Application

                                                          IS800 IS8002-1 Checks compliance of I shape Single angle Channel TeeDouble angles Solid Round bar Pipe Solid Square andRectangular bar and Structural tubing shape profiles to the IndianStandard IS800-1984 Specification (92)

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800

                                                          52 - 69

                                                          Table IS8001-3

                                                          GTSTRUDL Profile Tables for theDesign based on the IS800 Codes

                                                          Profile Shapes Reference

                                                          I shapes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of applicable table names for Ishapes W S M HP shapes wide flange shapes universal beamshapes universal column shapes etc

                                                          Channels See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of channel cross-section tablenames applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Single Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of single angle cross-sectiontable names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Tees See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of tee cross-section table namesapplicable to IS800 code

                                                          Double Angles See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of double angle cross-sectiontable names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Solid Round Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A list of solid round bar cross-sectiontable names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Pipes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of pipe (round HSS circularhollow section) cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Solid Square Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid square bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Solid Rectangular Bars See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of solid rectangular bar cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Structural Tubes See Appendix C of Volume 2A for list of rectangular and squarestructural tube (rectangular and square HSS rectangular and squarehollow section) cross-section table names applicable to IS800 code

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 70

                                                          Table IS8001-4

                                                          Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1993 AISC LRFD Second Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition

                                                          and 1978 AISC Specification

                                                          Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                                          Steel GradeASTM

                                                          Designation

                                                          Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                                          Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                                          1 2 3 4 5

                                                          A36 3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          A529 4260

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A441 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4667

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A572-G42 4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          A572-G50 5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          A572-G60 6075

                                                          6075

                                                          NA NA NA

                                                          A572-G65 6580

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A242 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4675

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A588 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy and Fts tobe zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yield strengths (Fy)and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included in the 1993 AISC LRFDSecond Edition 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition and the 1978 AISC specification

                                                          GT STRUDL ACI Code 318-99

                                                          52 - 71

                                                          524 ACI Code 318-99

                                                          Design of beams and columns by the 1999 ACI code has been added Only membersdesignated as TYPE BEAM or TYPE COLUMN in a DESIGN DATA command can bePROPORTIONed when the METHOD is set to ACI318-99 When you specify ACI318-99you will be reminded that it is a pre-release feature by a message (see the Example below)Note that CHECK is not available for codes after ACI318-77 including ACI318-99

                                                          ExampleMETHOD ACI318-99 INFO_MET ndash 318-99 is a pre-release feature

                                                          DESIGN DATA FOR MEMBER 1 TYPE BEAM RECTPROPORTION MEMBER 1

                                                          ACTIVE CODE = ACI 318-99

                                                          (the rest of the output is the same format as previouscodes)

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 72

                                                          The table of CONSTANTS and assumed values for ACI 318-99 is shown below

                                                          TABLE 24-1 CONSTANTS and Assumed Values for ACI 318-99CONSTANT Explanation ACI 318-99 Assumed Value

                                                          FCP Compressive strength of concrete fc 4000 psi

                                                          FY Yield strength of reinforcement fy 60000 psi

                                                          WC Unit weight of plain concrete 145 pcf

                                                          DENSITY Unit weight of reinforced concrete (1) 150 pcf

                                                          FC Allow compr stress in concrete Fc A31 045(FCP)

                                                          VU Ult shear stress in beam with web reinf (2) 11569(5)

                                                          V Allow shear stress in beam with web reinf A31(b)

                                                          RFSP Splitting ratio fct (3) 9523 67

                                                          FYST Yield strength of stirrups 60000 psi

                                                          FYSP Yield strength of spiral 60000 psi

                                                          FS Allowable tension stress in primary reinf 20000 psi for

                                                          FSC Allowable compressive stress in column reinf (4) A32 Grades 40 50

                                                          FV Allowable tension stress in stirrups (5) 24000 psi for

                                                          Grade 60

                                                          PHIFL Flexure capacity reduction factor 932 09

                                                          PHISH Shear capacity reduction factor 932 085

                                                          PHIBO Bond capacity reduction factor 932 085

                                                          PHITO Torsion capacity reduction factor 932 085

                                                          PHISP Spiral column capacity reduction factor 932 075

                                                          PHITI Tied column capacity reduction factor 932 07

                                                          BLFR Ratio of max p (p - p) or (pw - pf) to pbal 1033 075

                                                          PMAXCO Maximum allowable reinforced ratio in columns 1091 008

                                                          PMINCO Minimum allowable reinforced ratio in columns 1091 001

                                                          PMINFL Minimum allowable reinforced ratio in flexuralmembers

                                                          1051 200FY

                                                          ES Modulus of elasticity for reinf steel 852 29x106psi

                                                          EC Modulus of elasticity for concrete 851 33(WC)15

                                                          EU Ult strain in concrete at extreme comp fiber 1023 0003

                                                          GT STRUDL ACI Code 318-99

                                                          52 - 73

                                                          Notes

                                                          1 The constant DENSITY is the GTSTRUDL constant of the same namewhich has been set to a value of 150 pcf for reinforced concrete

                                                          2 VU is multiplied by PHISH internally

                                                          3 Calculations for Vc and Tc are modified by replacing with RFSP67( ) as per Section 11211

                                                          4 The assumed value of FSC is also limited to 30000 psi maximum

                                                          5 This value is defined only at the time of stirrup design

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 74

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables

                                                          52 - 75

                                                          525 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables

                                                          New tables have been added for rectangular and circular concrete cross sections Thenew table for rectangular sections is called CONRECT and the new table for circularsections is called CONCIR These tables are added to facilitate the modeling and analysisof concrete cross sections but may not be used in the design of concrete cross sections Inorder to design concrete sections the MEMBER DIMENSION command must be used (seeSection 25 of Volume 4 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual)

                                                          The profiles in the CONCIR table are shown below where the name CIRxx indicatesa circular cross section and xx is the diameter in inches Thus CIR12 is a 12 inch diametercircular cross section

                                                          CIR12 CIR24CIR14 CIR26CIR16 CIR28CIR18 CIR30CIR20 CIR32CIR22 CIR34

                                                          CIR36

                                                          The profiles in the CONRECT table are shown below where the name RECYYXZZindicates a rectangular cross section with a width of YY inches and a depth of ZZ inchesThus REC16X24 is 16 inch wide and 24 inch deep rectangular cross section

                                                          REC6X12 REC8X12 REC10X12 REC12X12 REC14X12 REC16X12

                                                          REC6X14 REC8X14 REC10X14 REC12X14 REC14X14 REC16X14

                                                          REC6X16 REC8X16 REC10X16 REC12X16 REC14X16 REC16X16

                                                          REC6X18 REC8X18 REC10X18 REC12X18 REC14X18 REC16X18

                                                          REC6X20 REC8X20 REC10X20 REC12X20 REC14X20 REC16X20

                                                          REC6X22 REC8X22 REC10X22 REC12X22 REC14X22 REC16X22

                                                          REC6X24 REC8X24 REC10X24 REC12X24 REC14X24 REC16X24

                                                          REC6X26 REC8X26 REC10X26 REC12X26 REC14X26 REC16X26

                                                          REC6X28 REC8X28 REC10X28 REC12X28 REC14X28 REC16X28

                                                          REC6X30 REC8X30 REC10X30 REC12X30 REC14X30 REC16X30

                                                          REC6X32 REC8X32 REC10X32 REC12X32 REC14X32 REC16X32

                                                          REC6X34 REC8X34 REC10X34 REC12X34 REC14X34 REC16X34

                                                          REC6X36 REC8X36 REC10X36 REC12X36 REC14X36 REC16X36

                                                          Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                          52 - 76

                                                          REC18X12 REC20X12 REC22X12 REC24X12 REC26X12 REC28X12

                                                          REC18X14 REC20X14 REC22X14 REC24X14 REC26X14 REC28X14

                                                          REC18X16 REC20X16 REC22X16 REC24X16 REC26X16 REC28X16

                                                          REC18X18 REC20X18 REC22X18 REC24X18 REC26X18 REC28X18

                                                          REC18X20 REC20X20 REC22X20 REC24X20 REC26X20 REC28X20

                                                          REC18X22 REC20X22 REC22X22 REC24X22 REC26X22 REC28X22

                                                          REC18X24 REC20X24 REC22X24 REC24X24 REC26X24 REC28X24

                                                          REC18X26 REC20X26 REC22X26 REC24X26 REC26X26 REC28X26

                                                          REC18X28 REC20X28 REC22X28 REC24X28 REC26X28 REC28X28

                                                          REC18X30 REC20X30 REC22X30 REC24X30 REC26X30 REC28X30

                                                          REC18X32 REC20X32 REC22X32 REC24X32 REC26X32 REC28X32

                                                          REC18X34 REC20X34 REC22X34 REC24X34 REC26X34 REC28X34

                                                          REC18X36 REC20X36 REC22X36 REC24X36 REC26X36 REC28X36

                                                          REC30X12 REC32X12 REC34X12 REC36X12

                                                          REC30X14 REC32X14 REC34X14 REC36X14

                                                          REC30X16 REC32X16 REC34X16 REC36X16

                                                          REC30X18 REC32X18 REC34X18 REC36X18

                                                          REC30X20 REC32X20 REC34X20 REC36X20

                                                          REC30X22 REC32X22 REC34X22 REC36X22

                                                          REC30X24 REC32X24 REC34X24 REC36X24

                                                          REC30X26 REC32X26 REC34X26 REC36X26

                                                          REC30X28 REC32X28 REC34X28 REC36X28

                                                          REC30X30 REC32X30 REC34X30 REC36X30

                                                          REC30X32 REC32X32 REC34X32 REC36X32

                                                          REC30X34 REC32X34 REC34X34 REC36X34

                                                          REC30X36 REC32X36 REC34X36 REC36X36

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          52 - 77

                                                          526 ASD9-E Code

                                                          A special Ninth Edition AISC allowable stress design code for W shapes has beenimplemented The code name is ASD9-E This code is based on the Ninth Edition AISCASD except the equations have been modified to include modulus of elasticity (constant E)ASD9-E is applicable to W shapes only This code is useful for structures where E andpossibly other material data must be modified to account for high temperature Parametersfor the ASD9-E Code are shown below

                                                          ASD9-E12 ASD9-E Code

                                                          The ASD9-E Code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check I shape cross-section The term I shapes is used to mean W S M and HP profiles This code is primarilybased on the AISC Specification for Structural Steel buildings Allowable Stress Designand Plastic Design adopted June 1 1989 The Specification is contained in the NinthEdition of the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design (72) TheASD9-E code utilizes the allowable stress design techniques of the AISC Specification Theequations of the AISC have been modified to include constant E (modulus of elasticity)ASD9-E is similar to ASD9 code but it is only applicable to I shape cross-sections

                                                          The purpose of this code is to be able to code check structures that experience hightemperature or when ever the modulus of elasticity of the steel is different than standardvalue of 29000 ksi ( 200 kNmm2) Equations in the AISC ASD specification have beensimplified by assuming the modulus of elasticity of the steel is equal to 29000 ksi ( 200kNmm2) The equations in the GTSTRUDL ASD9-E code are the original equations thatcontains the modulus of elasticity

                                                          Design criteria for the I shape cross-section are presented in Section ASD9-E4 Adetailed discussion is presented on the allowable stresses for I shape cross-section in SectionASD9-E42 The following assumptions are made throughout the ASD9-E Code

                                                          1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel

                                                          2 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bendingstresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

                                                          3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

                                                          Text Box
                                                          Double click the red tag13 to view complete13 ASD9-E Manual
                                                          Joan
                                                          Note
                                                          Marked set by Joan

                                                          GT STRUDLreg

                                                          S t e e l D e s i g n C o d e U s e r M a n u a l

                                                          Volume 2 - ASD9-E

                                                          Computer Aided Structural Engineering CenterSchool of Civil and Environmental Engineering

                                                          Georgia Institute of TechnologyAtlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                                          Rev T ii V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          V2 iii Rev T

                                                          GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History

                                                          Revision No

                                                          DateReleased Description

                                                          T 2006

                                                          V2 iv Rev T

                                                          NOTICES

                                                          GTSTRUDLreg User Manual Volume 2 - ASD9-E Steel Design Code Revision T isapplicable to Version 29 of GTSTRUDL released 2006 and subsequent versions

                                                          GTSTRUDLreg computer program is proprietary to and a trade secret of the Georgia TechResearch Corporation Atlanta Georgia 30332

                                                          GTSTRUDLreg is a registered service mark of the Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia USA

                                                          DISCLAIMER

                                                          NEITHER GEORGIA TECH RESEARCH CORPORATION NOR GEORGIA INSTITUTEOF TECHNOLOGY MAKE ANY WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THEDOCUMENTATION FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAMDESCRIBED HEREIN AND THE USERS OF THE PROGRAM ARE EXPECTED TOMAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE PROGRAM INTHEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT

                                                          Commercial Software Rights Legend

                                                          Any use duplication or disclosure of this software by or for the US Government shall berestricted to the terms of a license agreement in accordance with the clause at DFARS2277202-3 (June 2005)

                                                          This material may be reproduced by or for the US Government pursuant to the copyrightlicense under the clause at DFARS 252227-7013 September 1989

                                                          Georgia Tech Research CorporationGeorgia Institute of Technology

                                                          Atlanta Georgia 30332-0355

                                                          Copyright copy 2006

                                                          Georgia Tech Research CorporationAtlanta Georgia 30332

                                                          ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

                                                          Printed in United States of America

                                                          V2 v Rev T

                                                          Table of Contents

                                                          Chapter Page

                                                          NOTICES iv

                                                          DISCLAIMER iv

                                                          Commercial Software Rights Legend iv

                                                          Table of Contents v

                                                          ASD9-E1 GTSTRUDL Steel Design ASD9-E Code 11-1ASD9-E11 Introduction 11-1ASD9-E12 ASD9-E Code 12-1

                                                          ASD9-E2 Properties Used by ASD9-E 2-1ASD9-E3 Parameters Used by ASD9-E 3-1ASD9-E4 Provisions of ASD9-E 4-1

                                                          ASD9-E41 General Nomenclature for ASD9-E 41-1ASD9-E42 ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes 42-1

                                                          Appendix A References A-1Appendix B Use of GTTABLE B-1Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Tables C-1

                                                          Figures

                                                          Figure ASD9-E1-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction 12-2Figure ASD9-E2-1 Local Axes for Design with ASD9-E 2-2Figure ASD9-E3-1 Computation of CB 3-10Figure ASD9-E3-2 Computation of CMY and CMZ 3-11Figure ASD9-E3-3 Local Axis Buckling 3-16Figure ASD9-E3-4 SIDESWAY Conditions 3-19Figure ASD9-E3-5 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the

                                                          TOP and BOTTOM flange 3-21Figure ASD9-E42-1 Bending Stresses for W Shapes 42-11

                                                          Tables

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 ASD9-E Code Parameters 12-5Table ASD9-E1-2 GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the Design based on

                                                          the ASD9-E Code 12-13Table ASD9-E1-3 Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD Ninth

                                                          Edition Specification 12-16Table ASD9-E3-1 Parameters in ASD9-E 3-2Table ASD9-E42-1 The Compactness Provision COMPACT for ASD9-E Code 42-9

                                                          V2 vi Rev T

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E11 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E1 GTSTRUDL Steel Design ASD9-E Code

                                                          ASD9-E11 Introduction

                                                          The purpose of this volume is to discuss in detail the parameters properties and thecode provisions for the GTSTRUDL steel design ASD9-E code This volume is onlyapplicable to steel design ASD9-E Code

                                                          GTSTRUDL Steel Design Codes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E11 - 2 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E12 ASD9-E Code

                                                          The ASD9-E Code of GTSTRUDL may be used to select or check I shape cross-section The term I shapes is used to mean W S M and HP profiles This code is primarilybased on the AISC Specification for Structural Steel buildings Allowable Stress Design andPlastic Design adopted June 1 1989 The Specification is contained in the Ninth Editionof the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design (72) The ASD9-E codeutilizes the allowable stress design techniques of the AISC Specification The equations ofthe AISC have been modified to include constant E (modulus of elasticity) ASD9-E issimilar to ASD9 code but it is only applicable to I shape cross-sections

                                                          The purpose of this code is to be able to code check structures that experience hightemperature or when ever the modulus of elasticity of the steel is different than standardvalue of 29000 ksi ( 200 kNmm2) Equations in the AISC ASD specification have beensimplified by assuming the modulus of elasticity of the steel is equal to 29000 ksi ( 200kNmm2) The equations in the GTSTRUDL ASD9-E code are the original equations thatcontains the modulus of elasticity

                                                          Design criteria for the I shape cross-section are presented in Section ASD9-E4 Adetailed discussion is presented on the allowable stresses for I shape cross-section in SectionASD9-E42 The following assumptions are made throughout the ASD9-E Code

                                                          1 The member under consideration is made of one grade of steel2 Torsional stresses are usually small when compared to axial and bending

                                                          stresses and may be neglected No checks are made for torsion Thedesigner is reminded to check the torsional stresses whenever they becomesignificant

                                                          3 Web stiffeners are considered for web shear stress but they are not designed

                                                          ASD9-E Code GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 2 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E1-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled I Shape

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 3 Rev T

                                                          Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by ASD9-E Provisions for slender compression elements AppendixB of AISC Specification are included when necessary Parameters allowing for the changeswhich occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invokedat the users discretion

                                                          The properties used for I shape cross-section is defined under Section ASD9-E2The parameters used by ASD9-E are discussed in detail in Table ASD9-E1-1 and SectionASD9-E3 Section ASD9-E41 defines the general nomenclature used in describing theASD9-E Code The equations used in ASD9-E to determine the acceptability of a profile aredescribed in detail for I shape cross-section in Section ASD9-E42

                                                          ASD9-E Code GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 4 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 5 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify ASD9-E for code name

                                                          TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selectionSee Table ASD9-E1-2 for choices

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provi-sions of a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be lessthan or equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                                          PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

                                                          AH 100000 Ratio of clear span between transverse stiffeners to cleardistance between flanges Used in computing allowableshear stress Default approximates infinity

                                                          ALSTRINC 00 Allowable stress increase value This parameter can beused to specify the 13 allowable stress increase for thewind or seismic loads The user specified value for thisparameter must be followed by the load list An examplefor this parameter is to specify a value of 333333 followedby a load list

                                                          Material Properties

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Table ASD9-E1-3 for steel grades and their properties

                                                          FYLD Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if notgiven

                                                          FTS Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromSTEELGRD if not given

                                                          REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD This factor times FYLD givesthe FY value used by the code Used to account for proper-ty changes at high temperatures

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 6 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Material Properties (continued)

                                                          REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS Similar to REDFYLD

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFYLD

                                                          Slenderness Ratio

                                                          SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 200 is used for the maxi-mum slenderness ratio

                                                          SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                                          K-Factors

                                                          COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          YES = Compute KY and KZ factors

                                                          KY = Compute KY only

                                                          KZ = Compute KZ only

                                                          NO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                                          KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axisof the profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KY

                                                          KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axis ofthe profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KZ

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 7 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          K-Factors (continued)

                                                          Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should beprinted after the code check or select command output Thecolumn names attached to the start and end of the codechecked member is also printed This printed informationallows the user to inspect the automatic detection of thecolumns attached to the start and end of the designedmember A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor valuesand the names of the attached columns to the start and endof the designed member should not be printed

                                                          SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Y axis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Z axis

                                                          YES = sidesway permitted

                                                          NO = sidesway prevented

                                                          CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered asa cantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automatically

                                                          NO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                                          YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                                          GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 8 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          K-Factors (continued)

                                                          GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                          Buckling Length

                                                          LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                          LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                          FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LY is computed

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLY Usedonly when LZ is computed

                                                          Flexural-Torsional Buckling

                                                          FLTORBUK YES Indicates the consideration of flexural-torsional bucklingcheck

                                                          YES = check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                          NO = do not check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 9 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Flexural-Torsional Buckling (continued)

                                                          KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

                                                          LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local Xaxis of the profile Computed as length of member Thisparameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fecomputations

                                                          FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LX is computed

                                                          Bending Stress

                                                          CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending stress (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F13)

                                                          UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed aslength of member In this parameter no distinction is madebetween the unbraced length for the top or bottom flangeSee UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

                                                          UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                          UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 10 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Combined Stresses

                                                          AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of theaxial stress which is to be deducted from a correspondingbending stress acting in the opposite direction

                                                          CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                          CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                          Force Limitation

                                                          FXMIN 05(lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the code anythingless in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FYMIN 05(lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          FZMIN 05(lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MYMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          MZMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                          Output Processing and System Parameters

                                                          MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles inmost tables

                                                          SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A for explanation

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 11 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                          Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

                                                          PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section stress values forallowable stress design codes The default output fromCHECK or SELECT command prints the section forcevalues A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates thatthe section stress values should be printed instead of defaultsection forces

                                                          TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation

                                                          1 = never

                                                          2 = on failure

                                                          3 = all checks

                                                          4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and sectionforces

                                                          VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation

                                                          1 = no output

                                                          2 = output parameters

                                                          3 = output properties

                                                          4 = output parameters and properties

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 12 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 13 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-2

                                                          GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for theDesign based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                          (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                          Table Name Reference

                                                          AISC Tables (American Institute of Steel Construction)

                                                          W-LRFD3 W shapes from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                          MSHPL3 M S and HP shape profiles from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                          WSHAPES9 W shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                          MSHP9 M S and HP shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                          WBEAM9 W shapes commonly used as beams from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition(72)

                                                          WCOLUMN9 W shapes commonly used as columns from 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition (72)

                                                          WSHAPESM W shape from AISC Metric ldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          MSHPM M S and HP shape profiles from AISC Metric ldquoM SHAPES SSHAPES and HP SHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          WBEAMM W shape profiles commonly used as beams from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          WCOLUMNM W shape profiles commonly used as columns from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                          STEELW78 W shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                          HPSM HP S and M shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                          W78BEAM W shapes commonly used as beams from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                          W78COLUM W shapes commonly used as columns from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                          STEELW W shapes from 1969 AISC ASD Seventh Edition (16)

                                                          WCOLUMN W shapes commonly used as columns from 1969 AISC ASD SeventhEdition (16)

                                                          See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 14 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                          GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for theDesign based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                          (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                          Table Name Reference

                                                          Brazilian Standard Tables NBR 5884 2000

                                                          CS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                          CVS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                          VS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                          British Standard Tables BS 5950

                                                          UNIBEAMS British Universal Beam profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties4th Edition (82)

                                                          UNICOL British Universal Column profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties4th Edition (82)

                                                          JOISTS British Joist profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties 4th Edition(82)

                                                          UBPILES I shape profiles from British ldquoUNIVERSAL BEARING PILESrdquo table(82)

                                                          European Tables

                                                          HEA H shaped (HE-A) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-A Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          HEB H shaped (HE-B) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-B Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          HEM H shaped (HE-M) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-M Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                          V2 ASD9-E12 - 15 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                          GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the Design based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                          (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                          Table Name Reference

                                                          European Tables (Continued)

                                                          IPE I shaped (IPE) profiles from Mittelbreite I-Traumlger IPE-Reihe Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          EUROPEAN This table contains profiles from IPE HEA HEB and HEM tables

                                                          Indian Standard Tables from IS8081989

                                                          ISBEAMS I shape beam sections (medium flange beams junior and light weightbeams) from Tables 21 and 22 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                          ISCOLUMN I shape columnheavy weight beam sections (column and heavy weightbeams) from Table 31 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                          See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                          ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E12 - 16 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition Specification

                                                          Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                                          Steel GradeASTM

                                                          Designation

                                                          Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                                          Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                                          1 2 3 4 5

                                                          A36 3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          3658

                                                          A529 4260

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A441 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4667

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A572-G42 4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          4260

                                                          A572-G50 5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          5065

                                                          A572-G60 6075

                                                          6075

                                                          NA NA NA

                                                          A572-G65 6580

                                                          NA NA NA NA

                                                          A242 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          4667

                                                          4263

                                                          4263

                                                          A588 5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          5070

                                                          NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy andFts to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yieldstrengths (Fy) and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included inthe 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition specification

                                                          GT STRUDL Properties Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E2 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E2 Properties Used by ASD9-E

                                                          This section describes the profile properties used by the ASD9-E Code The tablessupplied with GTSTRUDL contain these properties required for design in addition to theproperties required for analysis New tables created by the user should include the sameproperties if the ASD9-E Code is to be used The orientation of the principal axes (Z and Y)for each shape is shown in Figure ASD9-E2-1

                                                          Properties Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E2 - 2 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E2-1 Local Axes for Design with ASD9-E

                                                          GT STRUDL Properties Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E2 - 3 Rev T

                                                          I Shapes

                                                          For W shapes and other doubly symmetric I beams the following propertiesare required

                                                          AX = the cross-sectional area

                                                          AY = the Y axis shear area computed as the profile depth times theweb thickness

                                                          AZ = the Z axis shear area computed as 23 of the total flange area

                                                          IX = the torsional moment of inertia

                                                          IY = the moment of inertia about the Y axis

                                                          IZ = the moment of inertia about the Z axis

                                                          RY = the radius of gyration about the Y axis

                                                          RZ = the radius of gyration about the Z axis

                                                          RT = the radius of gyration for the flange and 13 of the compressionweb area about an axis in the plane of the web for these shapes13 of the compression web area is 16 of the total web area

                                                          SY = the section modulus about the Y axis

                                                          SZ = the section modulus about the Z axis

                                                          FLTK = the flange thickness

                                                          WBTK = the web thickness

                                                          YD = the profile depth

                                                          YC = the positive Y direction distance from the Z axis to the extremefiber along the Y axis (half of the profile depth)

                                                          ZD = the flange width

                                                          ZC = the positive Z direction distance from the Y axis to the extremefiber along the Z axis (half of the flange width)

                                                          Properties Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E2 - 4 V2

                                                          INTYD = the clear depth of the web computed as the profile depth minustwice the flange thickness

                                                          BF2TF = the bt ratio of the flange computed as frac12 the flange widthdivided by the flange thickness

                                                          DTW = the profile depth divided by the web thickness

                                                          YDAFL = the profile depth over the area of one flange

                                                          EY = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Y axis

                                                          EZ = distance from centroid to shear center parallel to the Z axis

                                                          CW = the warping constant

                                                          ND = the nominal depth

                                                          WEIGHT = the weight per unit length

                                                          GRPNUM = the profile group number taken from Table 1 and 2 of the AISCASD Manual of Steel Construction Ninth Edition (72)

                                                          SHAPE = a number that indicates the profile shape

                                                          = 10 W shapes

                                                          = 11 S shapes

                                                          = 12 HP shapes

                                                          = 13 M shapes

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E3 Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          The parameters used by ASD9-E may be grouped into three general categories

                                                          1 System parameters The system parameters are used to monitor the SELECT andCHECK Command results

                                                          2 Control parameters Control parameters decide which provisions are to be checkedand specify comparison tolerances

                                                          3 Code parameters Code parameters are used to specify information and coefficientsdirectly referenced in the code

                                                          With the notable exception of CODETOL parameters of the second group are seldom usedA knowledge of the system and control parameters allows the user greater flexibility whenusing the ASD9-E code The vast majority of parameters fall into the code category and havea direct bearing on ASD9-E and the results it produces

                                                          For the categories described above the parameters used by ASD9-E are presentedbelow and are summarized in Table ASD9-E3-1 The control parameters are discussed firstfollowed by the code parameters

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 2 V2

                                                          Table ASD9-E3-1

                                                          Parameters in ASD9-E

                                                          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                                          AH 100000 Real value

                                                          ALSTRINC 00 Real value

                                                          AXEFF 00 Real value

                                                          CantiMem NO YES

                                                          CB Computed Real value

                                                          CMY Computed Real value

                                                          CMZ Computed Real value

                                                          CODE Required ASD9-E

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent Tolerance

                                                          COMPK NO YES KY KZ

                                                          FLTORBUK YES NO

                                                          FRLX 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FTS Computed Real value in active units

                                                          FXMIN 05 lbs Real value in active units

                                                          FYLD Computed Real value in active units

                                                          FYMIN 05 lbs Real value in active units

                                                          FZMIN 05 lbs Real value in active units

                                                          GAY Computed Real value

                                                          GAZ Computed Real value

                                                          GBY Computed Real value

                                                          GBZ Computed Real value

                                                          KX 10 Real value

                                                          KY 10 Real value

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          1A complete parameter description is given in the Section 72

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 3 Rev T

                                                          Table ASD9-E3-1 (Continued)

                                                          Parameters in ASD9-E

                                                          Parameter Default Alternate Name Value Values

                                                          KZ 10 Real value

                                                          LX Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          LY Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          LZ Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          MYMIN 200 in-lbs Real value in active units

                                                          MZMIN 200 in-lbs Real value in active units

                                                          PF 10 Fraction of area

                                                          Print-K YES NO

                                                          PrintStr NO YES

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for E

                                                          REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS

                                                          REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD

                                                          SDSWAYY YES NO

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES NO

                                                          SLENCOMP 2000 Real value

                                                          SLENTEN 3000 Real value

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          SUMMARY1 NO YES

                                                          TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Table ASD9-E1-2

                                                          TRACE1 4 1 2 3

                                                          UNLCF Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          UNLCFBF Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          UNLCFTF Member Length Real value in active units

                                                          VALUES1 1 2 3 4

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 4 V2

                                                          System Parameters

                                                          PrintStr NO YES

                                                          Parameter to request to print the section stress values for allowable stressdesign codes This parameter is applicable to the steel design CHECK and SELECTcommands The default output from CHECK or SELECT command prints thesection force values A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates that the sectionstress values should be printed instead of default section forces

                                                          SUMMARY NO YES

                                                          Unlike the preceding parameters SUMMARY does not directly produceoutput during a SELECT or CHECK command Instead SUMMARY invokes abookkeeping system which monitors and records provision and parameter valuesused at each section and loading for which the member is to be designed or checkedThe two options for SUMMARY are NO or YES With the default of NO thebookkeeping system is bypassed and no data are stored When YES is specified allprovisions and parameters in the code ldquoSummary Descriptionrdquo (Section 29 and2105 of Volume 2A) are recorded Information recorded during a SELECT orCHECK can be output using the SUMMARIZE command of Section 29 of Volume2A By using SUMMARY the user is able to selectively output the same dataavailable through TRACE and VALUES at any time after the data has been recorded

                                                          TRACE 1 2 3 4

                                                          The TRACE parameter is used to monitor the evaluation of code provisionsduring a SELECT or CHECK command The four options are

                                                          1 - no provisions are output

                                                          2 - outputs any provisions which fail

                                                          3 - outputs all provisions that are considered and

                                                          4 - outputs the two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed

                                                          Whenever 2 or 3 as selected a heading indicating the case for which theprovision is being evaluated is output before the provision values are listed Thisheading identifies the member the profile and table being used the code and itsinternal units the loading and section location being considered and the forces actingon the member for that section and loading For each provision at that section andloading the allowable and actual values and the actualallowable ratio are outputFigure 72-1 of Volume 2A illustrates the information output by a TRACE value of3 For a TRACE value of 2 only those provisions for which the actual exceeded theallowable are output The order in which provisions are output depends on the code

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 5 Rev T

                                                          being used and on the forces acting at the particular section and loading When novalue is specified for the parameter TRACE the default value of 4 is assumed Thedefault output generated for the SELECT or the CHECK command shows themember name the code name the profile name the table name the loadingconditions and the section locations where the two largest actualallowable valuesoccur the provision names corresponding to the two largest actualallowable valuesthe two largest values of actualallowable ratios computed and the internal membersection forces at the section with the largest actualallowable ratio

                                                          VALUES 1 2 3 4

                                                          VALUES allows for the inspection of the parameters andor properties valuesused with SELECTing or CHECKing a member Each time a parameter or propertyis retrieved for use by the code or selection procedure its name and values are outputThe four options for VALUES are

                                                          1 - no parameter or property values is output

                                                          2 - outputs only parameter values

                                                          3 - outputs only property values and

                                                          4 - outputs both parameter and property values

                                                          Unlike TRACE no headings are output when the 2 3 or 4 option ofVALUES is selected Practical use of VALUES requires simultaneous use of theTRACE 3 option An example of VALUES 2 with TRACE 3 is shown in Figure 72-2 of Volume 2A

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 6 V2

                                                          Control Parameters

                                                          CODETOL 00 Percent tolerance

                                                          CODETOL allows the user to permit a reasonable tolerance in checks of thecode provisions Checks of code provisions are made by comparing the ratio ofactual to allowable against an upper limit of 10 If the limit is exceeded theprovision is failed CODETOL specifies the percentage by which the ratio mayexceed the limit and still be acceptable The general form of this comparison isshown here

                                                          With a CODETOL of 00 the default an actual over allowable of 10001would be unacceptable and marked as a fail By specifying a value for CODETOLthe user is able to account for such cases when appropriate A negative value forCODETOL would bring the upper limit below 10

                                                          FXMIN 05 lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          FXMIN specifies the smallest magnitude axial force which is considered bythe code Thus any axial force whose absolute value is below the specified value forFXMIN is treated as zero This lower limit applies to both axial tension andcompression

                                                          FYMIN 05 lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          FYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Y direction to beconsidered Any Y shear force that is shear through the web whose absolute valueis below the specified value of FYMIN is treated as zero

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 7 Rev T

                                                          FZMIN 05 lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          FZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude shear force in the Z direction to beconsidered Any Z shear force whose absolute value is less than the specified valueof FZMIN is treated as zero

                                                          MYMIN 20 in-lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          MYMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Y axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Y axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MYMIN

                                                          MZMIN 20 in-lbs Alternate value in active units

                                                          MZMIN specifies the smallest magnitude Z axis moment which is consideredby the code Bending moments about the Z axis are treated as zero when theirabsolute value is below MZMIN

                                                          NOTE Values given for FXMIN FYMIN FZMIN MYMIN and MZMIN should alwaysbe greater than zero so that checks of extremely small forces and moments are not madeForces and moments with magnitudes of 0001 and less may be present due to numericallimitations of the computer In most structures forces of this magnitude are negligible whencompared to the forces usually found in a member Default values for the minimums areappropriate for most applications

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 8 V2

                                                          Code Parameters

                                                          AH 100000 Actual ah ratio

                                                          This parameter is used to specify the ah ratio of a beam where a is theclear distance between transverse stiffeners and h is the clear distance between theflanges The default value of 100000 for parameter AH was chosen to represent thecase of no stiffeners An alternate ah ratio may be specified

                                                          ALSTRINC 00 Alternate value

                                                          This parameter can be used to specify the 13 allowable stress increase valuepermitted by the Section A52 of the AISC ASD Ninth Edition for the wind orseismic loading acting alone or in combination with the design dead and live loadsThis parameter is based on the load names this means that the user specified valuefor this parameter must be followed by load list An example for this parameter isto specify a value of 33333 followed by load list The load list may contain windseismic andor load combinations containing wind or seismic loads

                                                          AXEFF 00 Alternate value

                                                          AXEFF is the fraction of the axial stress which is deducted from bendingstress in the opposite direction This is done when combined tensile bending stressis checked for a member in axial compression or when combined compressivebending stress is checked for a member in axial tension

                                                          CantiMem NO YES

                                                          This parameter indicates that a member or a physical member which is partof a cantilever truss should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation This parameter can be used in special cases when the program can notautomatically detect that the beam connected to the column is a cantilever Thespecial case when this parameter may be used is when the beam that is connected tothe column is part of a cantilever truss system and the program automatically is notable to detect that the beam should be considered as a cantilever beam in the K-factorcomputation Keep in mind that only true cantilever members or physical membersare detected automatically A value of YES for this parameter indicates that themember of physical member is cantilever

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 9 Rev T

                                                          CB Computed Alternate value

                                                          CB is the coefficient Cb used in Section F13 of the 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition Specification (72) This coefficient increases the allowable compressivebending stress when a moment gradient exists over the unbraced length of thecompression flange When computing the default value of CB the compressionflange is assumed to be laterally supported (ie braced) only at the member endsUsing the formula below CB is computed with M1 being the smaller member endmoment and M2 being the larger member end moment

                                                          CB = 175 + 105 (M1M2) + 03 (M1M2)2 lt 23

                                                          The sign of M1M2 is positive for reverse curvature bending and negative forsingle curvature bending If the bending moment at each section under considerationexceeds both member end moments CB is taken as unity Only the sectionsidentified by the user are considered See the SELECT and CHECK commandsSection 26 and 28 of Volume 2A for a discussion of which sections are consideredIn cases where the actual unbraced length is less than the member length or whenmultiple inflection points are present in the moment diagram the user should specifya value for CB A value of 10 is always conservative and may be used in either ofthe preceding cases Figure ASD9-E3-1 illustrates the computation of CB

                                                          CMY Computed Alternate value

                                                          CMY is the moment reduction factor used in Equation H1-1 of the 1989AISC ASD Ninth Edition Specification (72) for Y axis bending Computation of thedefault value for CMY is shown in Figure ASD9-E3-2 A member is considered tobe restrained unless a FORCE Z or MOMENT Y release is specified for one or bothends of the member If a member load causes Y axis bending the member is consid-ered to be transversely loaded Examples of such loadings would include MEMBERLOAD Z direction forces and Y axis moments or MEMBER DISTORTION dis-placements in the Z direction and rotations about the Y axis Member loads whichare described as GLOBAL or PROJECTED are rotated into the members local axisdirections before they are examined

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 10 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-1 Computation of CB

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 11 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-2 Computation of CMY and CMZ

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 12 V2

                                                          CMZ Computed Alternate value

                                                          CMZ is the moment reduction factor used in Equation H1-1 of the 1989 AISCASD Ninth Edition Specification (72) for Z axis bending Computation of thedefault value for CMZ is shown in Figure ASD9-E3-2 A member is considered tobe restrained unless a FORCE Y or MOMENT Z release is specified for one or bothends of the member If a member load causes Z axis bending the member isconsidered to be transversely loaded Examples of such loadings would includeMEMBER LOAD Y direction forces and Z axis moments or MEMBERDISTORTION displacements in the Y direction and rotations about the Z axisMember loads which are applied as GLOBAL or PROJECTED are rotated into themembers local axis directions before they are examined

                                                          CODE Required

                                                          The CODE parameter indicates the Code procedure which should be used fordesigning or checking a member A value of ASD9-E must be specified for thisparameter to check Code based on 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition ASD9-E designor Code check is based on the AISC ASD Specification for Structural SteelAllowable Stress Design and Plastic Design adopted June 1 1989 Thespecification is contained in the Ninth Edition of the AISC ASD Manual of SteelConstruction (72)

                                                          COMPK NO YES KY KZ

                                                          The COMPK parameter is used to specify how the values of the effectivelength parameters KY and KZ are defined The default value of NO indicates thatthe values of KY and KZ are either specified by the user or taken as 10 by default

                                                          The value of YES indicates that the values of KY and KZ are to be computedby GTSTRUDL in the member selection and code check procedures (SELECT orCHECK command) If the value of COMPK is equal to NO the values of KY andKZ are taken as either specified by the user or as 10 by default

                                                          The value of KY or KZ for the parameter COMPK indicates that only thespecified effective length factor should be computed Refer to Section 22 of Volume2A for more discussion of the effective length factor computation

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 13 Rev T

                                                          FLTORBUK YES NO

                                                          Flexural-torsional buckling of symmetric and unsymmetric shapes is a failuremode that can be considered in the design of compression members A value of YESfor parameter FLTORBUK initiates the effective slenderness ratio computation basedon the flexural-torsional buckling failure (Chapter E Section E3 and Commentaryfor Chapter E Section E3 of 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition) If the computation ofthe effective slenderness ratio based on the flexural-torsional buckling failure is notdesired a value of NO should be specified for the parameter FLTORBUK

                                                          FRLX 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLX specifies the unbraced length of torsional buckling LX as a fractionof the members effective length FRLX may be less than or greater than 10 Thisoption works only when LX is computed

                                                          FRLY 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis LY as afraction of the members effective length FRLY may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LY is computed

                                                          FRLZ 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRLZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis LZ as afraction of the members effective length FRLZ may be less than or greater than 10This option works only when LZ is computed

                                                          FRUNLCF 10 Fraction of member length

                                                          FRUNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange UNLCFas a fraction of the members effective length FRUNLCF may be less than or greaterthan 10 This option works only when UNLCF is computed

                                                          FTS Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          The minimum tensile strength of a member may be specified via FTS WhenFTS is specified the STEELGRD and profile GRPNUM are not considered and thevalue of FTS remains constant for the member

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 14 V2

                                                          FYLD Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          FYLD may be used to specify the yield strength of a member rather thanhaving it computed from STEELGRD and GRPNUM When FYLD is specified fora member its value remains constant irrespective of profile size under considerationThe value of STEELGRD is not considered for such members even if it wasspecified

                                                          GAY Computed Alternative value

                                                          GAY is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                                          GAZ Computed Alternative value

                                                          GAZ is the G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                                          GBY Computed Alternative value

                                                          GBY is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KY (see parameter COMPK and KY)

                                                          GBZ Computed Alternative value

                                                          GBZ is the G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of the effective length factor KZ (see parameter COMPK and KZ)

                                                          KX 10 Alternative value

                                                          KX is the effective length factor for torsional buckling This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling A default value of 10 isassumed An alternate value may be specified by the user

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 15 Rev T

                                                          KY 10 Alternative value computed

                                                          KY is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Yaxis (Figure ASD9-E3-3) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                                          (1) KY is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                                          (2) KY is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES Refer to Section22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of the effective lengthfactor computation

                                                          KZ 10 Alternative value computed

                                                          KZ is the effective length factor used for buckling about the local member Zaxis (Figure ASD9-E3-3) and its value is determined according to the followingprovisions

                                                          (1) KZ is taken either as 10 by default or as the alternative value specified by theuser if the value of the COMPK parameter is equal to NO

                                                          (2) KZ is computed if the value of COMPK is equal to YES Refer to Section22 of Volume 2A for more discussion and an example of effective lengthfactor computation

                                                          LX Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          LX is the distance between torsional buckling restraints This parameter isused in the computation of flexural-torsional buckling The default is computed asthe effective member length times the value of the FRLX parameter See the LYparameter below for a description of the effective length An alternate value in theactive units may be specified by the user

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 16 V2

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-3 Local Axis Buckling

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 17 Rev T

                                                          LY Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          LY specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Y axis as shown inFigure ASD9-E3-3 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLY parameter The effective length of a member is the joint-to-joint distance unless eccentricities andor end joint sizes are given Wheneccentricities are given the eccentric start-to-end length of the member is used Forend joint sizes the end joint size at both ends is subtracted from the effective lengthwhich would have been used LY may be specified larger or smaller than themembers effective length and no comparisons are made between the two SeeSection 218 of Volume 1 for a discussion of member eccentricities and end jointsizes

                                                          LZ Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          LZ specifies the unbraced length for buckling about the Z axis as shown inFigure ASD9-E3-3 The default is computed as the effective member length timesthe value of the FRLZ parameter See the LY parameter above for a description ofthe effective length

                                                          PF 10 Fraction of cross-sectional area

                                                          PF is used to compute the net area for members subject to axial tension Byspecifying a value for PF the user is able to account for holes which make the netarea less than the full cross-sectional area

                                                          Print-K YES NO

                                                          Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after the default code checkor select command output (TRACE 4 output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for thisparameter indicates that the computed K-factor values should be printed after thecode check or select command output The column names attached to the start andend of the code checked member is also printed This printed information allows theuser to inspect the automatic detection of the columns attached to the start and endof the designed member A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor values and thenames of the attached columns to the start and end of the designed member shouldnot be printed

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 18 V2

                                                          REDE 10 Reduction factor for the constant E

                                                          The modulus of elasticity for a member is multiplied by this factor before usein the design equations of the ASD9-E Code The value of E specified in theCONSTANTS command is not altered when used in analysis commands

                                                          REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS

                                                          REDFTS allows a user to account for changes in the minimum tensilestrength FTS of a member such as those which occur at high temperaturesREDFTS is multiplied by FTS to give the value used for minimum tensile strength

                                                          REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD

                                                          The parameter REDFYLD is a reduction factor for the yield strength FYLDof a member This parameter is intended to reflect the change in yield strength whichoccurs at higher temperatures An alternate use for REDFYLD would be to introducean additional factor of safety into the design equations The yield strength used in theprovision is equal to REDFYLD multiplied by FYLD (REDFYLD times FYLD)

                                                          SDSWAYY YES NO

                                                          SDSWAYY indicates the presence of sidesway about the Y axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure ASD9-E3-4 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

                                                          SDSWAYZ YES NO

                                                          SDSWAYZ indicates the presence of sidesway about the Z axis of themember A value of YES indicates that sidesway is permitted this is often referredto as an unbraced frame For braced frames in which sidesway is prevented a valueof NO should be specified Figure ASD9-E3-4 illustrates the direction of swayrelative to the column orientation

                                                          SLENCOMP Computed Alternate value

                                                          SLENCOMP is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Klr) for amember subjected to the axial compression The default is computed as a value of2000 for compression members An alternate value may be specified by the user

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 19 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-4 SIDESWAY Conditions

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 20 V2

                                                          SLENTEN Computed Alternate value

                                                          SLENTEN is the maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Klr) for membersubjected to the axial tension The default is computed as a value of 3000 fortension members An alternate value maybe specified by the user

                                                          STEELGRD A36 Value from Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          STEELGRD specifies the grade of steel from which a member is to bemadeUsing the value of STEELGRD and the group number (the propertyGRPNUM) of the profile the yield strength (FYLD) and the minimum tensilestrength (FTS) can be correctly determined This is particularly important for thehigher strength steels since the yield strength and the tensile strength decrease for thehigher group numbers as shown in Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                          UNLCF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          UNLCF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange which isused in computing the allowable bending stress of a member The maximumdistance between points of adequate lateral support for the compression flange shouldbe used The default is computed as the effective length of the member times thevalue of the FRUNLCF parameter Refer to the parameter LY for a discussion of amembers effective length

                                                          UNLCFBF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          UNLCFBF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for thebottom flange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a memberBottom flange is defined as the flange in the local negative Y axis direction of a crosssection as shown in Figure ASD9-E3-5 UNLCFBF is used when negative strongaxis bending (negative MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression onthe bottom flange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateralsupport for the bottom compression flange should be used When an alternate valuefor this parameter has not been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is usedSee parameter UNLCF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFBF

                                                          GT STRUDL Parameters Used by ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E3 - 21 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E3-5 Unbraced length of the compression flange for the TOP andBOTTOM flange

                                                          Parameters Used by ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E3 - 22 V2

                                                          UNLCFTF Computed Alternate value in active units

                                                          UNLCFTF specifies the unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange which is used in computing the allowable bending stress of a member Topflange is defined as the flange in the local positive Y axis direction of a cross sectionas shown in Figure ASD9-E3-5 UNLCFTF is used when positive strong axisbending (positive MZ) is acting on the member which causes compression on the topflange The maximum distance between points of adequate lateral support for the topcompression flange should be used When an alternate value for this parameter hasnot been specified the value for the parameter UNLCF is used See parameterUNLCFF for the default treatment of the parameter UNLCFTF

                                                          GT STRUDL Provisions of ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E4 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E4 Provisions of ASD9-E

                                                          This section presents the equations used in ASD9-E to determine the acceptabilityof a profile The equations have been divided into provisions where each provisionrepresents a comparison which may be output with the TRACE parameter andor stored withthe SUMMARY parameter Provision names used in SUMMARY and TRACE output aregiven followed by the equations used in the particular provision Each provision isaccompanied by a brief description of the check being made and the section of the AISCSpecification on which it is based Conditions which decide if a provision is to be checkedor not are described before each provision Symbols parameters and properties used in theprovisions have been described in the preceding sections

                                                          A special provision NOTUSE is used to indicate that no profile is available for thedesired grade of steel (STEELGRD) which is large enough to carry the forces acting on themember Combinations of the parameter STEELGRD and the property GRPNUM showingNA in Table ASD9-E1-3 will cause this provision to be used When this condition occursno other provisions are checked for the member

                                                          Provisions of ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E4 - 2 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E41 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E41 General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          This section defines the symbols used in describing the provisions of the ASD9-ECode To minimize confusion the notation of the AISC Specification is used wheneverpossible Symbols that are determined from parameters are identified in this section Whenappropriate the units of a symbol are shown after its definition

                                                          a = Clear distance between transverse stiffeners (in)Af = Area of flange (in2)AH = ah = Clear distance between transverse stiffeners over

                                                          clear distance between flange (see parameterAH)

                                                          AX = A = The cross-sectional area (in2)AXEFF = The fraction of the axial stress which is deducted

                                                          from the bending stress in the opposite direction(see parameter AXEFF)

                                                          AY = The cross-sectional shear area in Y direction(in2)

                                                          AZ = The cross-sectional shear area in Z direction (in2)b = The width of stiffened or unstiffened compression

                                                          element (in)be = The effective width of stiffened compression

                                                          element (in)bf = ZD = Flange width (in)

                                                          = BF2TF = Flange width to flange thickness ratio (see sectionproperty BF2TF)

                                                          BF2TF = bt = Section properties (see Section ASD9-E2)CB = Cb = Bending coefficient dependent on moment

                                                          gradient (see the parameter CB)

                                                          Cc = Column slenderness ratio equal to

                                                          CMYCMZ = Cmy Cmz = Coefficients applied to bending terms in inter-action formula (see the parameters CMY andCMZ respectively)

                                                          General Nomenclature for ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E41 - 2 V2

                                                          Cv = The ratio of critical web stress according to the linearbuckling theory to the shear yield stress of webmaterial

                                                          CW = Cw = Warping constant (in6)d = YD = The depth profile (in)dAf = YDAFL

                                                          = The depth of profile divided by the area of flange (in-1)(see section property YDAFL)

                                                          DTW = htw = Section properties (see Section ASD9-E2)E = The modulus of elasticity of steel ((ksi) see the

                                                          parameter REDE (E = REDEtimes(the analysis constantE)))

                                                          = The value of the parameter CODETOL divided by100

                                                          fa = The actual axial compressive stress (ksi)Fa = The allowable axial compressive stress (ksi)fbcy = The actual compressive bending stress about member

                                                          Y axis (ksi)Fbcy = The allowable compressive bending stress about

                                                          member Y axis (ksi)fbcz = The actual compressive bending stress about member

                                                          Z axis (ksi)Fbcz = The allowable compressive bending stress about

                                                          member Z axis (ksi)fbty = The actual tensile bending stress about member Y axis

                                                          (ksi)Fbty = The allowable tensile bending stress about member Y

                                                          axis (ksi)fbtz = The actual tensile bending stress about member Z axis

                                                          (ksi)Fbtz = The allowable tensile bending stress about member Z

                                                          axis (ksi)Fe = Flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress (ksi)Fex = Elastic torsional buckling stress about the member X

                                                          axis (ksi)Fey = Elastic flexural buckling stress about the member Y

                                                          axis (ksi)Fez = Elastic flexural buckling stress about the member Z

                                                          axis (ksi)

                                                          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E41 - 3 Rev T

                                                          =

                                                          FLTK = tf = The flange thickness (in)ft = The actual tensile stress (ksi)Ft = The allowable tensile stress in the absence of bending

                                                          moment (ksi)FTS = Fu = The minimum tensile strength of the steel (ksi) (see the

                                                          parameters FTS and REDFTS)Fu = FTS = The minimum tensile strength of the steel (ksi) (see

                                                          parameter FTS and REDFTS)fv = The actual shear stress (ksi)Fv = The allowable shear stress (ksi)FX = The axial load (kip) (positive represents a tensile load

                                                          negative represents a compressive load)FXMIN = The smallest magnitude axial force which will be

                                                          considered by the code see the parameter FXMIN(ksi)

                                                          FY = The shear force in member Y direction (kip)FYLD = Fy = The yield strength of steel (ksi) (see the parameters

                                                          FYLD and REDFYLD)FYMIN = The smallest magnitude shear force in the member Y

                                                          direction which will be considered by the code (kip)(see the parameter FYMIN)

                                                          FZ = The shear force in member Z direction (kip)FZMIN = The smallest magnitude shear force in the member Z

                                                          direction which will be considered by the code (kip)see the parameter FZMIN

                                                          G = The shear modulus of steel (ksi) (see the parameterREDE (G = REDEtimes(the analysis constant G)))

                                                          h = INTYD= Clear distance between flanges of I shaped sections

                                                          (in)INTYD = h = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)IX = J = Torsional constant (in4)IY = Moment of inertia about the member Y axis (in4)

                                                          General Nomenclature for ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E41 - 4 V2

                                                          IZ = Moment of inertia about the member Z axis (in4)J = IX = Torsional constant (in4)kc = Compression element restraint coefficientKLr = Klr = The controlling slenderness ratiokv = Shear buckling coefficientKX = Kx = Effective length factor for torsional bucklingKY = Ky = The effective length factor about the member Y axis

                                                          (see the parameter KY)KZ = Kz = The effective length factor about the member Z axis

                                                          (see the parameter KZ)lb = Lb = The actual unbraced length of the compression flange

                                                          to prevent against twist or lateral displacement (seeparameter UNLCF and FRUNLCF)

                                                          Lc = Maximum unbraced length of the compression flange(in)

                                                          LX = Lx = Unbraced length for torsional buckling about themember X axis (in)

                                                          LY = Ly = The actual unbraced length about the member Y axis(in) (see the parameter LY and FRLY)

                                                          LZ = Lz = The actual unbraced length about the member Z axis(in) (see the parameters LZ and FRLZ)

                                                          MY = The actual moment about the member Y axis (kip-in)MYMIN = The smallest magnitude member Y axis moment which

                                                          will be considered by the code (in-kip) (see the param-eter MYMIN)

                                                          MZ = The actual moment about the member Z axis (kip-in)MZMIN = The smallest magnitude member Z axis moment which

                                                          will be considered by the code (in-kip) (see the param-eter MZMIN)

                                                          B = The constant pi value of 31415927 is used herePF = Factor to compute the net area for members subject to

                                                          axial tensionQa = The ratio of effective profile to its actual areaQs = The stress reduction factor for unstiffened compression

                                                          elementsRT = rT = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)RY = ry = The radius of gyration about the member Y axis (in)RZ = rz = The radius of gyration about the member Z axis (in)SLENTEN = Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for

                                                          member subjected to axial tension Default value is300

                                                          GT STRUDL General Nomenclature for ASD9-E

                                                          V2 ASD9-E41 - 5 Rev T

                                                          SLENCOMP = Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) formember subjected to axial compression Default valueis 200

                                                          SY = The section modulus about the member Y axis (in3)SZ = The section modulus about the member Z axis (in3)t = The thickness of stiffened or unstiffened compression

                                                          element thickness of a table member (in)tf = FLTK = Flange thickness (in)tw = WBTK = Web thickness (in)UNLCFBF = The unbraced length of the compression flange for the

                                                          bottom flange (see parameter UNLCFBF)UNLCF = Lb lb = The unbraced length of the compression flange to

                                                          prevent twist or lateral displacement (in) (see theparameter UNLCF and FRUNLCF)

                                                          UNLCFTF = The unbraced length of the compression flange for thetop flange (see parameter UNLCFTF)

                                                          WBTK = tw = The web thickness (in)YDAFL = dAf = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)YD = d = The profile depth (in)ZC = The positive member Z direction distance from the

                                                          member Y axis to the extreme fiber along the memberZ axis (in)

                                                          ZD = bf = Section properties (see section ASD9-E2)

                                                          General Nomenclature for ASD9-E GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E41 - 6 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 1 Rev T

                                                          ASD9-E42 ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          Axial Tensions - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to axial tension ie FX is positive and FX $ FXMINthe following provisions are checked

                                                          Lr (Maximum slenderness ratio Lr AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section B7)

                                                          Actual lr =

                                                          Allowable Lr = SLENTEN default value is 300

                                                          D1 GROSS (Tension stress for gross area AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section D1)

                                                          Actual ft =

                                                          Allowable Ft = 06 Fy

                                                          D1 NET (Tension stress for net area AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section D1)

                                                          Actual ft =

                                                          Allowable Ft = 05 Fu

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 2 V2

                                                          Axial Compression - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to axial compression ie FX is negative and FX $FXMIN the following provisions are checked

                                                          KLr (Maximum slenderness ratio Klr AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section B7)

                                                          Actual Klr =

                                                          Allowable KLr = SLENCOMP default value is 200

                                                          B51UNST (bt for unstiffened elements AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          Actual bt =

                                                          Allowable bt = (based on non-compact section)

                                                          If Qs is computed as provided for in Appendix Bof the AISC ASD Ninth Ed Specification(72) A discussion of how Qs is computed foraxial compression is shown in provision QS-COMP at the end of this section

                                                          Otherwise Qs = 10

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 3 Rev T

                                                          B51STIF (bt for stiffened elements supported along two edges AISC ASDNinth Ed Table B51)

                                                          Actual htw =

                                                          Allowable htw =

                                                          If Qa is computed as provided for in Appendix Bof the AISC ASD Ninth Ed Specification(72) A discussion of how Qa is computed foraxial compression is shown in provision QA-COMP at the end of this section

                                                          Otherwise Qa = 10

                                                          C-E2-2 (Computation of effective slenderness ratio AISC ASD

                                                          Ninth Ed Section E3 Commentary Section E3)

                                                          When parameter FLTORBUK = YES and CW warping constant is greaterthen 00

                                                          ASD Eq C-E2-2

                                                          Where

                                                          E = modulus of elasticity

                                                          Fe = flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress (see Provision FE-FTEBS)

                                                          Note Provision C-E2-2 created for completeness The computed value for theASD Equation C-E2-2 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 4 V2

                                                          FE-FTEBS (Computation of flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress Fe fordoubly symmetric shapes AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section E3 Com-mentary Section E3 and AISC LRFD First Ed Appendix E)

                                                          When parameter FLTORBUK = YES and CW warping constant is greaterthan 00

                                                          LRFD Eq A-E3-5

                                                          Where

                                                          CW = warping constantE = modulus of elasticityG = shear modulusJ = torsional constant (property IX)IY = moment of inertia about the member Y axisIZ = moment of inertia about the member Z axisKX = effective length factor for torsional buckling (parameter KX)LX = unbraced length for torsional buckling about the member X axis

                                                          (parameter LX)

                                                          Note Provision FE-FTEBS created for the completeness The computed value forthe LRFD Equation A-E3-5 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          E2-1 (Compression check AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section E2 Eq E2-1Appendix B Eq A-B5-11)

                                                          When Klr lt CNc =

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 5 Rev T

                                                          Actual fa =

                                                          Where

                                                          Allowable Fa =

                                                          ASD Eq E2-1ASD Eq A-B5-11

                                                          Where

                                                          Klr =

                                                          Q = Qs Qa

                                                          E2-2 (Compression check AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section E2 Eq E2-2)

                                                          When Klr $ CNc = or

                                                          Klr gt 2000 (see Section B7)

                                                          Actual fa =

                                                          Allowable Fa =

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 6 V2

                                                          Where

                                                          Klr =

                                                          Q = Qs Qa

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 7 Rev T

                                                          Compactness - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to strong or weak axis bending (Z or Y axis bending)ie MY $ MYMIN or MZ $ MZMIN the following provisions are checked

                                                          B51 BT (Flange bt AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          Actual bt =

                                                          Allowable bt =

                                                          If the flange is noncompact

                                                          B51DTA (Web dt AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          This provision is checked if

                                                          Actual dtw = DTW

                                                          Allowable dtw =

                                                          Where

                                                          fa =

                                                          If the web is noncompact

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 8 V2

                                                          B51DTB (Web dt AISC ASD Ninth Ed Table B51)

                                                          This provision is checked if

                                                          Actual dtw = DTW

                                                          Allowable dtw =

                                                          Where

                                                          fa =

                                                          If the web is noncompact

                                                          F1-2 (The laterally unsupported length of the compression flange AISC ASDNinth Ed Section F11 Eq F1-2)

                                                          If MZ $ 00

                                                          Actual Lb = UNLCFTF

                                                          If MZ lt 00

                                                          Actual Lb = UNLCFBF

                                                          Allowable Lc =

                                                          ASD Eq F1-2

                                                          If the laterally unsupported length check failed

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 9 Rev T

                                                          COMPACT (Compactness AISC ASD Ninth Ed Chapter F and Table B51)

                                                          The COMPACT provision is used to summarize the results of the precedingprovisions The allowable value for COMPACT is always 10 The actual value forCOMPACT indicates which of the compactness provisions failed if any An actual valueof 00 indicates that all provisions passed Non-zero values in Table ASD9-E42-1 indicatewhich provision failed If more than one provision failed COMPACT is equal to the sumof their values

                                                          COMPACT and the provisions it summarizes determine how allowable bendingstresses are computed However failure of one or more provisions does not make the profileunder consideration unsatisfactory

                                                          Table ASD9-E42-1

                                                          The Compactness Provision COMPACT for ASD9-E Code

                                                          Value of COMPACT Meaning to the profile

                                                          0 Compact Section

                                                          1 Fail bt ratio

                                                          4 Fail dtw ratio

                                                          8 Fail unsupported length check

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 10 V2

                                                          Z Axis Bending - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to strong axis bending (Z axis bending) ie MZ $MZMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tensionflange Figures ASD9-E42-1 (a) and (b) illustrate member Z axis bending stresses

                                                          F1-1 C Z and F1-1 T Z (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress forcompact profile AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F11Eq F1-1)

                                                          If COMPACT = 0

                                                          Fy 650 ksi

                                                          Actual fbcz = fbtz =

                                                          Allowable Fbcz = Fbtz = 066 Fy ASD Eq F1-1

                                                          F1-3 C Z and F1-3 T Z (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress fornoncompact flanges profile AISC ASD Ninth EdSection F12 Eq F1-3)

                                                          For I shape with noncompact flanges ie COMPACT = 1 but the followingrequirements are met

                                                          Fy 650 ksi

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 11 Rev T

                                                          Figure ASD9-E42-1 Bending Stresses for W Shapes

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 12 V2

                                                          Actual fbcz = fbtz =

                                                          ASD Eq F1-3

                                                          F1-5 C Z (Allowable compressive bending stress for noncompact profileAISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F12 Eq F1-5)

                                                          If MZ $ 00 then Lb = UNLCFTF

                                                          If MZ lt 00 then Lb = UNLCFBF

                                                          Allowable Fbcz = 06 Fy (Qs) ASD Eq F1-5

                                                          F1-5 T Z (Allowable tensile bending stress for compact noncompact orprofile with unbraced length greater than Lc AISC ASD Ninth EdSection F13 Eq F1-5)

                                                          Fy gt 650

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 13 Rev T

                                                          Allowable Fbtz = 06 Fy ASD Eq F1-5

                                                          F13 C Z F1-6 C Z F1-7 C Z or F1-8 C Z (Allowable compressive bendingstress for compact or noncompact profile with unbraced length ofcompression flange greater than Lc AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F13Eq F1-6 F1-7 and F1-8)

                                                          If MZ $ 00Lb = UNLCFTF

                                                          If MZ lt 00Lb = UNLCFBF

                                                          Following Eq F1-2 should be satisfied

                                                          ASD Eq F1-2

                                                          When

                                                          ASD Eq F1-6

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 14 V2

                                                          When

                                                          ASD Eq F1-7

                                                          For any value of LbrT

                                                          ASD Eq F1-8

                                                          The controlling Allowable Fbcz = Max [(Eq F1-6 or Eq F1-7) Eq F1-8]ASD Section F13

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 15 Rev T

                                                          Y Axis Bending - I shapes

                                                          For I shapes subjected to weak axis bending (Y axis bending) ie MY $MYMIN the following provisions are checked for the compression and tension sideFigure ASD9-E42-1 (c) and (d) illustrate Y axis bending stresses

                                                          F2-1 C Y and F2-1 T Y (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress forcompact or compact flanges profile AISC ASD NinthEd Section F21 Eq F2-1)

                                                          If COMPACT = 0 ie if flanges are compact and Fy 650 ksi

                                                          Allowable Fbcy = Fbty = 075 Fy ASD Eq F2-1

                                                          F2-2 C Y and F2-2 T Y (Allowable compressive and tension bending stressfor noncompact profile AISC ASD Ninth Ed SectionF22 Eq F2-2)

                                                          Noncompact or Fy gt 650 ksi

                                                          Allowable Fbcy = 06 Fy (Qs) ASD Eq F2-2

                                                          Allowable Fbty = 06 Fy ASD Eq F2-2

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 16 V2

                                                          F2-3 C Y and F2-3 T Y (Allowable compressive and tensile bending stress fornoncompact flanges profile AISC ASD Ninth EdSection F22 Eq F2-3)

                                                          For I shapes with noncompact flanges ie COMPACT = 1 but the followingrequirements are met

                                                          ASD Eq F2-3

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 17 Rev T

                                                          Shear Stresses - I shapes

                                                          The following provision is checked when a shear force in the member Zdirection is present ie FZ $ FZMIN

                                                          F4-1 Z (Shear in Z direction AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F4 Eq F4-1)

                                                          Allowable Fv = 04 Fy ASD Eq F4-1

                                                          The following provisions are checked when a shear force in the member Ydirection is present ie FY $ FYMIN

                                                          F4-1 Y (Shear in Y direction AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F4 Eq F4-1)

                                                          When

                                                          Allowable Fv = 04 Fy ASD Eq F4-1

                                                          F4-2 Y (Shear in Y direction AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F4 Eq F4-2)

                                                          When

                                                          ASD Eq F4-2

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 18 V2

                                                          Where

                                                          when Cv is less than 08

                                                          when Cv is more than 08

                                                          when ah is less than 10

                                                          when ah is more than 10

                                                          ah = ratio of clear distance between transverse stiffeners to clear distancebetween flanges (parameter AH)

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 19 Rev T

                                                          Combined Stresses - I shapes

                                                          Axial Tension and Bending

                                                          The next two provisions are considered when axial tension and bending aboutone or both axis are present These provisions also are checked if only axial tensionexists or when only bending moments are present

                                                          H2-1 TEN (Axial tension and the tension side bending AISC ASD Ninth EdSection H2 Eq H2-1)

                                                          ASD Eq H2-1

                                                          AXT CBEN (Axial tension and the compression side bending AISC ASDNinth Ed Section H2)

                                                          Axial Compression and Bending

                                                          The next provisions are considered when axial compression and bendingabout one or both axis are present These provisions also are checked if only axialcompression exists or when only bending moments are present

                                                          H1-1 COM and H1-2 COM (Axial compression and the compression sidebending AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1 EqH1-1 and H1-2)

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 20 V2

                                                          ASD Eq H1-1

                                                          Note The Fbcz in the above equation is computed by using Cb = 10 unless SDSWAYZ =YES when the computed value of Cb is used See AISC ASD Ninth Ed SpecificationSection F13

                                                          ASD Eq H1-2

                                                          C-H1-2 Y (Axial compression and bending AISC ASD Ninth Ed Com-mentary Section H1 Eq C-H1-2)

                                                          ASD Eq C-H1-2

                                                          Note Provision C-H1-2Y created for completeness The computed value for theASD Equation C-H1-2 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          C-H1-2 Z (Axial compression bending AISC ASD Ninth Ed CommentarySection H1 Eq C-H1-2)

                                                          ASD Eq C-H1-2

                                                          Note Provision C-H1-2Z created for completeness The computed value for theASD Equation C-H1-2 may be printed by the SUMMARIZE command

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 21 Rev T

                                                          H1-3 COM (Axial compression and the compression side bending AISC ASDNinth Ed Section H1 Eq H1-3)

                                                          ASD Eq H1-3

                                                          AXC TBEN (Axial compression and the tension side bending AISC ASDNinth Ed Section H1)

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 22 V2

                                                          Qs and Qa Computation - I shapes

                                                          The following provisions detail how the stress reduction factors Qs and Qa arecomputed for axial and bending compressive stresses

                                                          QS-COMP (Qs for axial compression and bending AISC ASD Ninth EdAppendix B Section B52a)

                                                          bt = BF2TF

                                                          ht = INTYD FLTK

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-3

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-4

                                                          QA-COMP (Qa for axial compression only AISC ASD Ninth Ed Appendix BSection B52b and B52c)

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-8

                                                          ASD Eq A-B5-10

                                                          GT STRUDL ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes

                                                          V2 ASD9-E42 - 23 Rev T

                                                          Where

                                                          b = INTYD

                                                          t = WBTK

                                                          f = [FX AX] + [MZ SZ] + [MY SY]

                                                          ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-E42 - 24 V2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 1 Rev T

                                                          APPENDIX A References

                                                          1 Connor Jerome J Analysis of Structural Member Systems The Ronald PressCompany New York 1976

                                                          2 ICES Programmers Reference Manual 2nd Ed Edited by W Anthony Dillon CivilEngineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology CambridgeMass Research Report No R71-33 August 1971

                                                          3 ICES System General Description Edited by Daniel Roos Civil EngineeringSystems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge MassResearch Report No R67-49 September 1967

                                                          4 ICES Subsystem Development Primer Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-56 May 1968

                                                          5 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 1 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR68-91 November 1968

                                                          6 MIT ICES360 STRUDL II Documentation for Stiffness Analysis and Steel MemberSelection Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology Cambridge Mass January 1972

                                                          7 Roos Daniel ICES System Design 2nd Ed Cambridge Mass The MIT Press1967

                                                          8 Schumacher Betsy An Introduction to ICES Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR67-47 September 1967

                                                          9 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Structural Strand ASTM A506-68January 1968

                                                          10 The ICES STRUDL Swap Enhancements ICES Distribution Agency PO Box3956 San Francisco California 94119

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 2 V 2

                                                          11 ICES JOURNAL ICES Users Group Inc Frederick E Hajjar Editor PO Box231 Worcester Mass 01613

                                                          12 Logcher Robert D et al ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design LanguageEngineering Users Manual Volume 2 Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report NoR70-77 2nd Edition December 1973

                                                          13 ICES STRUDL-II The Structural Design Language Engineering Users ManualVolume 3 Structures Division and Civil Engineering Systems LaboratoryMassachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge Mass June 1970

                                                          14 Logcher Robert D et al ICES TABLE-I An ICES File Storage SubsystemEngineering Users Manual Civil Engineering Systems Laboratory MassachusettsInstitute of Technology Cambridge Mass Research Report No R67-58 September1967

                                                          15 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Sixth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1963

                                                          16 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Seventh Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1969

                                                          17 King Reno C Piping Handbook 5th ed page 4-51 McGraw-Hill Book Company1967

                                                          18 GTICES TOPOLOGY Users Manual School of Civil Engineering Georgia Instituteof Technology Atlanta Georgia 1976

                                                          19 Zienkiewicz O C The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science McGraw-Hill London Third Edition 1977

                                                          20 Connor J J and Will G T Triangular Flat Plate Bending Element ReportTR68-3 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1968

                                                          21 Connor J J and Will G T Computer-Aided Teaching of the Finite ElementDisplacement Method Report 69-23 MIT Department of Civil EngineeringFebruary 1969

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 3 Rev T

                                                          22 Ergatoudis I Irons B M and Zienkiewicz O C Curved IsoparametricQuadrilateral Elements for Finite Element Analysis Int J Solids and Structures4 1968

                                                          23 Aparicia L E and Connor J J Isoparametric Finite Element DisplacementModels Research Report R70-39 MIT Department of Civil Engineering July1970

                                                          24 Britten S S and Connor J J A New Family of Finite Elements Research ReportR71-14 MIT Department of Civil Engineering February 1971

                                                          25 Aparicia L E Finite Element Implementation for the Structural Design LanguageM S Thesis MIT Department of Civil Engineering September 1969

                                                          26 Felippa C D Refined Finite Element Analysis of Linear and Nonlinear TwoDimensional Structures SESM Report 66-22 University of California at Berkeley1966

                                                          27 Caramanlian C Selby K A and Will G T Plane Stress Formulation in FiniteElement Method Publication 76-06 University of Toronto Department of CivilEngineering June 1976

                                                          28 Kok A W M and Vrijman C F A New Family of Reissner-ElementsDepartment of Civil Engineering Delft University of Technology Netherlands tobe published

                                                          29 Adini A and Clough R W Analysis of Plate Bending by the Finite ElementMethod Report submitted to the National Science Foundation Grant G7337 1960

                                                          30 Clough R W Comparison of Three Dimensional Finite Elements Proceedingsof the Symposium on Application of Finite Element Methods in Civil EngineeringAmerican Society of Civil Engineers Nashville Tennessee November 1969

                                                          31 Szilard R Theory and Analysis of Plates Classical and Numerical MethodsPrentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey 1974

                                                          32 Arena J R et al Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers ASCE - Manualsand Reports on Engineering Practice - No 52 1971

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 4 V 2

                                                          33 Manual of STEEL CONSTRUCTION Eighth Edition American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1980

                                                          34 Dimensions and Properties New W HP and WT Shapes American Institute of SteelConstruction Inc New York 1978

                                                          35 Guide to Stability Design Criteria for Metal Structures Third Edition Edited byBruce G Johnston John Wiley and Sons Inc 1976

                                                          36 McGuire William Steel Structures Prentice-Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs NewJersey 1968

                                                          37 Salmon Charles G and Johnson John E Steel Structures Design and BehaviorInternational Textbook Company 1971

                                                          38 Marcus Samuel H Basics of Structural Steel Design Reston Publishing CompanyInc Reston Virginia 1977

                                                          39 Adams P F Krentz H A and Kulak G L Limit States Design in StructuralSteel Canadian Institute of Steel Construction 1977

                                                          40 Limit States Design Steel Manual First Edition Edited by M I Gilmor CanadianInstitute of Steel Construction 1977

                                                          41 Gilmor Michael I Implementation of CSA S16-1969 in ICES Subsystem STRUDLCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                                          42 Gilmore Michael I and Selby Kenneth A STRUDL II - CSA S16 Users ManualCanadian Institute of Steel Construction 1970

                                                          43 Clough R W and Penzien J Dynamics of Structures McGraw-Hill Inc 1975

                                                          44 Biggs J M Structural Dynamics McGraw-Hill Inc 1964

                                                          45 Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems inEngineering John Wiley and Sons 1974

                                                          46 Bathe K J and Wilson E L Numerical Methods in Finite Element AnalysisPrentice 1976

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 5 Rev T

                                                          47 Wilkinson J H The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem Oxford Univeristy Press 1965

                                                          48 Rosen R and Rubinstein M F Dynamic Analysis by Matrix DecompositionJournal of the Engineering Mechanics Division American Society of CivilEngineers April 1968

                                                          49 Newman Malcolm and Flanagan Paul Eigenvalue Extraction in NASTRAN by theTridiagonal Reduction (FEER) Method NASA CR-2731 1971

                                                          50 Cullum J A and Willoughby R A Fast Modal Analysis of Large Sparse butUnstructured Symmetric Matrices Proceedings of the 17th IEEE Conference onDecision and Control San Diego California January 1979

                                                          51 Paige C C Computational Variants of the Lanczos Method for the EigenproblemJ INST MATH APPL 10 373-381

                                                          52 API Recommended Practice for Planning Designing and Constructing FixedOffshore Platforms Eleventh Edition January 1980

                                                          53 Wong Lung-Chun Implementation of AISC Design for W shapes Channels andTees in GTSTRUDL GTICES Systems Laboratory School of Civil EngineeringAtlanta Georgia unpublished research report March 1980

                                                          54 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1977

                                                          55 Heins C P and Seaburg P A Torsional Analysis of Rolled Steel SectionsBethlehem Steel Corporation 1963

                                                          56 Heins C P Bending and Torsional Design in Structural Members LexingtonBooks 1975

                                                          57 Megson T H G Linear Analysis of Thin-Walled Elastic Structures John Wiley andSons Inc 1974

                                                          58 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elasticity McGraw-Hill 1970

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 6 V 2

                                                          59 Timoshenko S P and Goodier J N Theory of Elastic Stability McGraw-Hill1961

                                                          60 Wong L C and Thurmond M W Warping in Open and Closed Sections GTICESSystems Laboratory School of Civil Engineering Atlanta Georgia June 1981

                                                          61 Der Kiureghian Armen A Response Spectrum Method for Random VibrationsReport No VCBEERC-8015 Earthquake Engineering Research Center Universityof California Berkeley June 1980

                                                          62 Gibbs N E Poole W G Jr and Stockmeyer P K An Algorithm for Reducingthe Bandwidth and Profile of a Sparse Matrix SIAM Journal Numerical AnalysisVol 13 No 2 April 1976

                                                          63 Cuthill E and McKee J Reducing the Bandwidth of Sparse Symmetric MatricesProceedings of the 24th National Conference Association for Computing Machinery1969

                                                          64 Combining Modal Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic ResponseAnalysis Regulatory Guide US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office ofStandards Development Section 192 February 1976

                                                          65 Blodgett Omer W Design of Welded Structures The James F Lincoln Arc WeldingFoundation Cleveland Ohio June 1966

                                                          66 Mander J B Priestley M J N and Park R ldquoTheoretical Stress-Strain Model forConfined Concreterdquo Journal of Structural Engineering Vol 114 No 8 August1988

                                                          67 Structural Welding Code - Steel (AWS D11-83) American Welding Society MiamiFlorida December 1983

                                                          68 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III Rules for Construction ofNuclear Power Plant Components Division 1 - Subsection NF Component SupportsJuly 1 1983

                                                          69 Development of Floor Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design ofFloor-Supported Equipment or Components Regulatory Guide US NuclearRegulatory Commision Office of Standards Development Section 1122 February1978

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 7 Rev T

                                                          70 Hughes T Cohen M The Heterosis Finite Element for Plate BendingComputers and Structures Vol 9 1978 pp 445-450

                                                          71 Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures and Commentary onStandard for Seismic Analysis of Safety-Related Nuclear Structures ASCESTANDARD American Society of Civil Engineers New York New YorkSeptember 1986

                                                          72 Manual of Steel Construction Allowable Stress Design Ninth Edition AmericanInstitute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1989

                                                          73 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS D11-90 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1990

                                                          74 Guide for Design of Steel Transmission Towers Second Edition ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 52 New York New York 1988

                                                          75 Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSIAWS DI1-94 American National StandardsInstitute American Welding Society Miami Florida 1994

                                                          76 Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual American Iron and Steel Institute WashingtonDC 1989

                                                          77 UNISTRUT Corporation Notes 1994 Notes covering a copy of UNISTRUTSection Properties UNISTRUT Northern Area 1500 Greenleaf Elk Grove VillageIL 60007 January 7 1994

                                                          78 General Engineering Catalog UNISTRUT Metal Framing North American EditionNo 12 UNISTRUT Corporation 35660 Clinton Street Wayne Michigan 481841993

                                                          79 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building British Standards Institution BS 5950 Part1 1990 Part 1 Code of Practice for Design in simple continuous Construction HotRolled Sections London England 1990

                                                          80 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design First EditionAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1986

                                                          81 Manual of Steel Construction Load amp Resistance Factor Design Volume I SecondEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1993

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 8 V 2

                                                          82 Steelwork Design Guide to BS 5950 Part 1 1990 Volume 1 Section PropertiesMember Capacities 4th Edition Published by The Steel Construction Institute inassociation with the British Constructional Steelwork Association Limited BritishSteel PIC Berkshire England 1996

                                                          83 Metric Properties of Structural Shapes with Dimensions According to ASTM A6MAmerican Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1992

                                                          84 Batterman RH Computer Program for Cable Sag and Tension Calculations Engineering Design Division ALCOA Research Laboratories Aluminum Companyof America

                                                          85 Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Structural Loading ASCE Manuals andReports on Engineering Practice No 74 American Society of Civil Engineers NewYork New York 1991

                                                          86 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ASCE 7-95 AmericanSociety of Civil Engineers New York New York 1996

                                                          87 Peyrot Alain PLS-CADD Users Manuals PLS-CADD Version 30 Power LineSystems Inc 1995

                                                          88 Balan Toader A Filippou Filip C and Popov Egor P ldquoHysteretic Model ofOrdinary and High Strength Reinforcing Steelrdquo Journal of Structural EngineeringVol 124 No 3 March 1998

                                                          89 Handbook of Steel Construction Seventh Edition Canadian Institute of SteelConstruction Ontario Canada 1997

                                                          90 Eurocode 3 Design of steel structures Part 11 General rules and rules for buildings(together with United Kingdom National Application Document) DD ENV 1993-1-11992 British Standards Institution

                                                          91 STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                          92 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INSTEEL Second Revision IS800-1984 New Delhi December 1995

                                                          93 Indian Standard DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision IS 8081989 New DelhiSeptember 1989

                                                          GT STRUDL APPENDIX A References

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix A - 9 Rev T

                                                          94 AISC LRFD Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections April15 1997 American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1997

                                                          95 Structural Use of Steelwork in Building Part 1 Code of practice for design of rolledand welded sections British Standard BS 5950-1 2000 London England May2001

                                                          96 Manual of Steel Construction AISC Load and Resistance Factor Design ThirdEdition American Institute of Steel Construction Inc Chicago Illinois 1999

                                                          97 1997 Uniform Building Code Volume 2 Structural Engineering Design ProvisionsInternational Conference of Building Officials Whittier California April 1997

                                                          APPENDIX A References GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix A - 10 V 2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix B - 1 Rev T

                                                          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE

                                                          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please see Appendix Bof Volume 2A for a summary of the Use of GTTABLE

                                                          Appendix B Use of GTTABLE GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix B - 2 V 2

                                                          This page intentionally left blank

                                                          GT STRUDL Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                                          V2 ASD9-EAppendix C - 1 Rev T

                                                          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles

                                                          This appendix has been discussed in detail in Volume 2A Please seeAppendix C of Volume 2A for a summary of the major steel profile (section) tablesprovided with GTSTRUDL

                                                          Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles GT STRUDL

                                                          Rev T ASD9-EAppendix C - 2 V 2

                                                          End of Document

                                                          • Title Page
                                                          • GTSTRUDL Users Manual Revision History
                                                          • Notices amp Disclaimer
                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                          • GTSTRUDL Steel Design ASD9-E Code
                                                            • Introduction
                                                              • ASD9-E Code
                                                                • ASD9-E Code Parameters
                                                                • GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the13Design based on the ASD9-E Code1313
                                                                • Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD Ninth13Edition Specification
                                                                  • Properties Used by ASD9-E
                                                                    • I Shapes
                                                                      • Parameters Used by ASD9-E
                                                                        • System Parameters
                                                                        • Control Parameters
                                                                        • Code Parameters
                                                                          • Provisions of ASD9-E
                                                                            • General Nomenclature for ASD9-E
                                                                            • ASD9-E Provisions for I shapes
                                                                              • Appendix A References
                                                                              • Appendix B Use of GTTABLE
                                                                              • Appendix C GTSTRUDL Tables of Steel Profiles
                                                                                  1. File Attachment
                                                                                    ASD9-E Manual

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 78

                                                                                    Figure ASD9-E1-1 Assumed Local Axes Direction for Hot Rolled I Shape

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 79

                                                                                    Tensile or compressive axial stresses bi-axial bending shear stresses and combinedstresses are considered by ASD9-E Provisions for slender compression elements AppendixB of AISC Specification are included when necessary Parameters allowing for the changeswhich occur in structural steel at high temperatures have been included and may be invokedat the users discretion

                                                                                    The properties used for I shape cross-section is defined under Section ASD9-E2The parameters used by ASD9-E are discussed in detail in Table ASD9-E1-1 and SectionASD9-E3 Section ASD9-E41 defines the general nomenclature used in describing theASD9-E Code The equations used in ASD9-E to determine the acceptability of a profileare described in detail for I shape cross-section in Section ASD9-E42

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 80

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 81

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    CODE Required Identifies the code to be used for member checking ormember selection Specify ASD9-E for code name

                                                                                    TBLNAM WSHAPES9 Identifies the table of profiles to be used during selectionSee Table ASD9-E1-2 for choices

                                                                                    CODETOL 00 Percent variance from 10 for compliance with the provi-sions of a code The ratio of ActualAllowable must be lessthan or equal to [10 + CODETOL100]

                                                                                    PF 10 Area reduction factor for holesout in members subject toaxial tension

                                                                                    AH 100000 Ratio of clear span between transverse stiffeners to cleardistance between flanges Used in computing allowableshear stress Default approximates infinity

                                                                                    ALSTRINC 00 Allowable stress increase value This parameter can beused to specify the 13 allowable stress increase for thewind or seismic loads The user specified value for thisparameter must be followed by the load list An examplefor this parameter is to specify a value of 333333 followedby a load list

                                                                                    Material Properties

                                                                                    STEELGRD A36 Identifies the grade of steel from which a member is madeSee Table ASD9-E1-3 for steel grades and their properties

                                                                                    FYLD Computed Yield stress of member Computed from STEELGRD if notgiven

                                                                                    FTS Computed Minimum tensile strength of member Computed fromSTEELGRD if not given

                                                                                    REDFYLD 10 Reduction factor for FYLD This factor times FYLD givesthe FY value used by the code Used to account for proper-ty changes at high temperatures

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 82

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Material Properties (continued)

                                                                                    REDFTS 10 Reduction factor for FTS Similar to REDFYLD

                                                                                    REDE 10 Reduction factor for E the modulus of elasticity Similar toREDFYLD

                                                                                    Slenderness Ratio

                                                                                    SLENCOMP Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (KLr) for membersubjected to axial compression When no value is specifiedfor this parameter the value of 200 is used for the maxi-mum slenderness ratio

                                                                                    SLENTEN Computed Maximum permissible slenderness ratio (Lr) for membersubjected to axial tension When no value is specified forthis parameter the value of 300 is used for the maximumslenderness ratio

                                                                                    K-Factors

                                                                                    COMPK NO Parameter to request the computation of the effective lengthfactors KY and KZ (Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    YES = Compute KY and KZ factors

                                                                                    KY = Compute KY only

                                                                                    KZ = Compute KZ only

                                                                                    NO = Use default or specified values for KY and KZ

                                                                                    KY 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Y axisof the profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KY

                                                                                    KZ 10 Effective length factor for buckling about the local Z axisof the profile See Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A forGTSTRUDL computation of effective length factor KZ

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 83

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    K-Factors (continued)

                                                                                    Print-K YES Parameter to print the computed K-factor values after thedefault code check or select command output (TRACE 4output) The default value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameterindicates that the computed K-factor values should beprinted after the code check or select command output Thecolumn names attached to the start and end of the codechecked member is also printed This printed informationallows the user to inspect the automatic detection of thecolumns attached to the start and end of the designedmember A value of lsquoNOrsquo indicates that K-factor valuesand the names of the attached columns to the start and endof the designed member should not be printed

                                                                                    SDSWAYY YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Y axis

                                                                                    YES = sidesway permitted

                                                                                    NO = sidesway prevented

                                                                                    SDSWAYZ YES Indicates the presence or absence of sidesway about thelocal Z axis

                                                                                    YES = sidesway permitted

                                                                                    NO = sidesway prevented

                                                                                    CantiMem NO Parameter to indicate that a member or a physical memberwhich is part of a cantilever truss should be considered asa cantilever in the K-factor computation True cantilevermembers or physical members are detected automatically

                                                                                    NO = member of physical member is not cantilever

                                                                                    YES = member of physical member is cantilever

                                                                                    GAY Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAY is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 84

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    K-Factors (continued)

                                                                                    GAZ Computed G-factor at the start joint of the member GAZ is used inthe calculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    GBY Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBY is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KY (see parameterCOMPK KY and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    GBZ Computed G-factor at the end joint of the member GBZ is used in thecalculation of effective length factor KZ (see parameterCOMPK KZ and Sections 22 and 23 of Volume 2A)

                                                                                    Buckling Length

                                                                                    LY Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Y axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                                                    LZ Computed Unbraced length for buckling about the local Z axis of theprofile Computed as length of member

                                                                                    FRLY 10 Fractional form of the parameter LY allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LY is computed

                                                                                    FRLZ 10 Fractional form of the parameter LZ similar to FRLYUsed only when LZ is computed

                                                                                    Flexural-Torsional Buckling

                                                                                    FLTORBUK YES Indicates the consideration of flexural-torsional bucklingcheck

                                                                                    YES = check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                                                    NO = do not check flexural-torsional buckling

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 85

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Flexural-Torsional Buckling (continued)

                                                                                    KX 10 Effective length factor for torsional buckling about the localX axis of the profile This parameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fe computations

                                                                                    LX Computed Unbraced length for torsional buckling about the local Xaxis of the profile Computed as length of member Thisparameter is used in flexural-torsional buckling stress Fecomputations

                                                                                    FRLX 10 Fractional form of the parameter LX allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when LX is computed

                                                                                    Bending Stress

                                                                                    CB Computed Coefficient used in computing allowable compressivebending stress (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section F13)

                                                                                    UNLCF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange Computed aslength of member In this parameter no distinction is madebetween the unbraced length for the top or bottom flangeSee UNLCFTF or UNLCFBF

                                                                                    FRUNLCF 10 Fractional form of the parameter UNLCF allows unbracedlength to be specified as fractions of the total length Usedonly when UNLCF is computed

                                                                                    UNLCFTF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the topflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                                                    UNLCFBF Computed Unbraced length of the compression flange for the bottomflange When no value is specified UNLCF and FRUNLCFis used for this parameter

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 86

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Combined Stresses

                                                                                    AXEFF 00 Axial stress reduction factor indicating the amount of theaxial stress which is to be deducted from a correspondingbending stress acting in the opposite direction

                                                                                    CMY Computed Coefficient which modifies Y axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                                                    CMZ Computed Coefficient which modifies Z axis bending stress in interac-tion equation (AISC ASD Ninth Ed Section H1)

                                                                                    Force Limitation

                                                                                    FXMIN 05(lb) Minimum axial force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    FYMIN 05(lb) Minimum Y-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    FZMIN 05(lb) Minimum Z-shear force to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    MYMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Y-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    MZMIN 200(in-lb) Minimum Z-bending moment to be considered by the codeanything less in magnitude is taken as zero

                                                                                    Output Processing and System Parameters

                                                                                    MXTRIALS 5000 Maximum number of profiles to be tried when designing amember Default is larger than the number of profiles inmost tables

                                                                                    SUMMARY NO Indicates if SUMMARY information is to be saved for themember Choices are YES or NO See Sections 29 and 72of Volume 2A for explanation

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 87

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-1 (continued)ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    Parameter Default Name Value Meaning

                                                                                    Output Processing and System Parameters (continued)

                                                                                    PrintStr NO Parameter to request to print the section stress values forallowable stress design codes The default output fromCHECK or SELECT command prints the section forcevalues A value of lsquoYESrsquo for this parameter indicates thatthe section stress values should be printed instead of defaultsection forces

                                                                                    TRACE 40 Flag indication when checks of code provisions should beoutput during design or code checking See Section 72 ofVolume 2A for explanation

                                                                                    1 = never

                                                                                    2 = on failure

                                                                                    3 = all checks

                                                                                    4 = controlling ActualAllowable values and sectionforces

                                                                                    VALUES 10 Flag indication if parameter or property values are to beoutput when retrieved See Section 72 of Volume 2A forexplanation

                                                                                    1 = no output

                                                                                    2 = output parameters

                                                                                    3 = output properties

                                                                                    4 = output parameters and properties

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 88

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 89

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-2GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the

                                                                                    Design based on the ASD9-E Code(I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                                                    Table Name Reference

                                                                                    AISC Tables (American Institute of Steel Construction)

                                                                                    W-LRFD3 W shapes from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                                                    MSHPL3 M S and HP shape profiles from 1999 AISC LRFD Third Edition (96)

                                                                                    WSHAPES9 W shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                                                    MSHP9 M S and HP shapes from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition (72)

                                                                                    WBEAM9 W shapes commonly used as beams from 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition(72)

                                                                                    WCOLUMN9 W shapes commonly used as columns from 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition (72)

                                                                                    WSHAPESM W shape from AISC Metric ldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    MSHPM M S and HP shape profiles from AISC Metric ldquoM SHAPES SSHAPES and HP SHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    WBEAMM W shape profiles commonly used as beams from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    WCOLUMNM W shape profiles commonly used as columns from AISC MetricldquoWSHAPESrdquo table (83)

                                                                                    STEELW78 W shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                                                    HPSM HP S and M shapes from 1978 AISC ASD Eighth Edition (33)

                                                                                    W78BEAM W shapes commonly used as beams from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                                                    W78COLUM W shapes commonly used as columns from 1978 AISC ASD EighthEdition (33)

                                                                                    STEELW W shapes from 1969 AISC ASD Seventh Edition (16)

                                                                                    WCOLUMN W shapes commonly used as columns from 1969 AISC ASD SeventhEdition (16)

                                                                                    See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 90

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                                                    GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for theDesign based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                                                    (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                                                    Table Name Reference

                                                                                    Brazilian Standard Tables NBR 5884 2000

                                                                                    CS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                                                    CVS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                                                    VS I shapes from Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 58842000

                                                                                    British Standard Tables BS 5950

                                                                                    UNIBEAMS British Universal Beam profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties4th Edition (82)

                                                                                    UNICOL British Universal Column profiles from 1996 BS 5950 SectionProperties 4th Edition (82)

                                                                                    JOISTS British Joist profiles from 1996 BS 5950 Section Properties 4th Edition(82)

                                                                                    UBPILES I shape profiles from British ldquoUNIVERSAL BEARING PILESrdquo table(82)

                                                                                    European Tables

                                                                                    HEA H shaped (HE-A) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-A Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    HEB H shaped (HE-B) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-B Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    HEM H shaped (HE-M) profiles from Breite I-Traumlger Reihe HE-M Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ASD9-E Code Parameters

                                                                                    52 - 91

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-2 (continued)

                                                                                    GTSTRUDL I shape Profile Tables for the Design based on the ASD9-E Code

                                                                                    (I shapes Universal Beams Universal Columns Joists Piles etc)

                                                                                    Table Name Reference

                                                                                    European Tables (Continued)

                                                                                    IPE I shaped (IPE) profiles from Mittelbreite I-Traumlger IPE-Reihe Theprofiles are from STAHLBAU-PROFILE 21 neu bearbeitete underweiterte Auflage uumlberarbeiteter Nachdruck 1997

                                                                                    EUROPEAN This table contains profiles from IPE HEA HEB and HEM tables

                                                                                    Indian Standard Tables from IS8081989

                                                                                    ISBEAMS I shape beam sections (medium flange beams junior and light weightbeams) from Tables 21 and 22 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                                                    ISCOLUMN I shape columnheavy weight beam sections (column and heavy weightbeams) from Table 31 of the Indian Standard IS 8081989DIMENSIONS FOR HOT ROLLED STEEL BEAM COLUMNCHANNEL AND ANGLE SECTIONS Third Revision (93)

                                                                                    See design code for applicable cross-sections See Appendix C of Volume 2A for Table description and profile names Also see Appendix C of Volume 2A for additional Table names

                                                                                    ASD9-E Code Parameters GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 92

                                                                                    Table ASD9-E1-3

                                                                                    Permissible Steel Grade Based on 1989 AISC ASD NinthEdition Specification

                                                                                    Assumed Value of Yield Stress Fy and Minimum Tensile Strength Fts

                                                                                    Steel GradeASTM

                                                                                    Designation

                                                                                    Group Number Per ASTM A6Fy Minimum Yield Stress (ksi)

                                                                                    Fu Fts Tensile Stress (ksi)

                                                                                    1 2 3 4 5

                                                                                    A36 3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    3658

                                                                                    A529 4260

                                                                                    NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    A441 5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    4667

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    A572-G42 4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    4260

                                                                                    A572-G50 5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    5065

                                                                                    A572-G60 6075

                                                                                    6075

                                                                                    NA NA NA

                                                                                    A572-G65 6580

                                                                                    NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    A242 5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    4667

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    4263

                                                                                    A588 5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    5070

                                                                                    NA indicates that shapes in the corresponding group are not produced for that grade of steel GTSTRUDL assumes Fy andFts to be zero in such cases and will not select profiles for these combinations of group number and steel grade Yieldstrengths (Fy) and minimum tensile strengths (Fts) were obtained from the summary of ASTM specifications included inthe 1989 AISC ASD Ninth Edition specification

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 93

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB (REINFORCEMENT) (USING)

                                                                                    WOOD (AND) (ARMER)AVERAGE

                                                                                    MAXIMUMCALCULATE (RESULTANT) (ELEMENT) (FORCES)

                                                                                    (ALONG)

                                                                                    (CUT ai )

                                                                                    JOINTSNODES list ELEMENT list (TABLE

                                                                                    ASTM UNESCO

                                                                                    TOP (FACE) (BARS i ) (SPACING v )BOTTOM (FACE) (BARS i ) (SPACING v )BOTH (FACES) (BARS i ) (SPACING v )

                                                                                    11 2

                                                                                    2 1

                                                                                    3 2

                                                                                    4 3

                                                                                    minusrarr⎛

                                                                                    ⎝⎜⎞⎠⎟

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪minus

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭minus

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    )

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪minus

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minusINNER (LAYER)

                                                                                    OUTER (LAYER) (COVER v ) (LINEAR (TOLERANCE) v )

                                                                                    (TORSIONAL (MOMENT) (WARNING) v )

                                                                                    4 5

                                                                                    6

                                                                                    527 Design of Flat Plates Based on the Results of Finite ElementAnalysis (The DESIGN SLAB Command)

                                                                                    The goal of the DESIGN SLAB command is to select reinforcing steel for concreteflat plate systems using finite elements as a tool for the determination of design moments

                                                                                    Instead of dealing with results on an element-by-element basis the user will be ableto design the reinforcing steel for slab systems based on cuts Here the term cut refers tothe cross-section of a strip at a particular location to be designed A cut is defined by twonodes identifying the start and end of the cut and by an element in the plane of the cut

                                                                                    Once the definition of the cut has been determined the resultant forces along the cutare computed using either moment resultants (otherwise known as the Wood and Armermethod) or element force results (using the CALCULATE RESULTANT command asdescribed in Section 2373 of Volume 3 of the Reference Manuals) The final designmoment is determined by computing the resultant moment acting on the cut for each loadingcondition and reducing these moments to a design envelope

                                                                                    Once the design envelope is computed the cross-section is designed according toACI 318-05 either using default design parameter or with certain user specified designparameters such as the bar size or spacing

                                                                                    An important distinction is to note that each cut is designed independently from allother cuts That is a cut specified in one region is independent with respect to a design inanother region As such if the user wishes to use the same bar size over multiple adjacentcuts this information must be specified for each cut

                                                                                    The form of the command is as follows

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 94

                                                                                    where

                                                                                    lsquoarsquo or i1 refer to an optional alphanumeric or integer cut name

                                                                                    list1 = list containing IDrsquos of the start and end node of the cut

                                                                                    list2 = list containing the ID of an element in the plane of the cut

                                                                                    i2 = bar size to be used for bars on the top surface of the slab

                                                                                    i3 = bar size to be used for bars on the bottom surface of the slab

                                                                                    i4 = bar size to be used for both the top and bottom surfaces of the slab

                                                                                    v1 = reinforcing bar spacing to be used on the top surface of the slab

                                                                                    v2 = reinforcing bar spacing to be used on the bottom surface of the slab

                                                                                    v3 = reinforcing bar spacing to be used on both surfaces of the slab

                                                                                    v4 = optional user-specified cover distance for reinforcing bars

                                                                                    v5 = linear tolerance used in element selection rules for momentcomputation

                                                                                    v6 = optional ratio of torsion to bending moment allowed on the cross-section

                                                                                    TOP = element surface with +ZPLANAR coordinate

                                                                                    BOTTOM = element surface with -ZPLANAR coordinate

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The DESIGN SLAB command allows the user to communicate all data necessary forthe reinforcing steel design This information is processed and a design is calculated basedon the input The command is designed to provide varying levels of control for the user soas to make the command as broadly applicable as possible

                                                                                    The user must first define the cut A cut is defined by a start and end node ID andan element ID in the plane of the cut The user has the option of giving each cut analphanumeric name for organizational purposes The purpose of the required element ID isto determine the appropriate plane to design in the event that multiple planes of finiteelements intersect along the cut as defined by the start and end node An example wherethis might occur is the intersection of a slab with a shear wall In this case a misleadingdesign could be generated if the slab was designed using the forces in the shear wall Thecut definition constitutes all information required to compute the resultant forces actingalong the cut

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 95

                                                                                    The total moment acting on a cut cross-section is computed using one of twomethods The use of moment resultants also known as the Wood and Armer method isimplemented as the default method In this method the moment resultants MXX MYY andMXY are resolved on a per node basis along the cut and either the average effect or themaximum effect on the cut is applied to the entire cross-section

                                                                                    The other option for moment computation is based on the use of element forces Inthis method the total resultant moment acting on the cross-section is computed using theCALCULATE RESULTANT command and the element force nodal moments are resolvedfor each node of each element adjacent to the cut

                                                                                    Once the cut has been defined the user may indicate parameters to be used to designthe system The user may constrain the bar size or spacing to a certain value either for thetop face bottom face or for both faces In this case the final design will utilize theinformation provided If the bar size is constrained the appropriate spacing of bars isdetermined If the bar spacing is constrained the appropriate bar size is determined In thecase that the user supplies a bar size and spacing for the cut the application will simplycheck the strength of the cross-section against the computed design envelope according toACI 318 If the user specifies no design constraints the application assumes a bar size anddesigns the section to satisfy ACI 318 As such the user maintains explicit control over thefunction of the application

                                                                                    The user may also specify which layer of bars to be designed using the modifierINNER or OUTER These refer to the location of reinforcing bars on each surface At mostslab locations reinforcement is placed in two perpendicular directions on both surfaces ofthe slab Since each layer of reinforcement cannot occupy the same space one layer mustbe placed on top of the other OUTER refers to the layer closest to the surface whileINNER refers to the layer nearest the center of the slab

                                                                                    All user-specified constraints such as concrete compressive strength yield strengthcover and spacing are checked against ACI minimummaximum values as specified in ACI318-02 The thickness of the cross-section is determined internally based on the modeledthickness of the user-specified element

                                                                                    With respect to the interpretation of results ldquotoprdquo always refers to the face of the slabon the +ZPLANAR side of the element and ldquobottomrdquo always refers to the face of the slabon the -ZPLANAR side of the element ldquoPositive bendingrdquo refers to bending that producestension on the bottom face of the slab and compression on the top face as definedpreviously ldquoNegative bendingrdquo produces tension on the top face and compression on thebottom face as defined previously

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 96

                                                                                    Requirements

                                                                                    The MATERIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE command must be specified beforethe DESIGN SLAB The MATERIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE command initializesthe RC capabilities of GT STRUDL and sets the relevant material and design quantities totheir default values for design At this point the user can issue the CONSTANTS commandto modify any material properties to be used in the design The default values are

                                                                                    ECU = 0003ES = 29000000 psiFCP = 4000 psiFY = 60000 psiPHIFL = 09

                                                                                    The STIFFNESS command must be issued prior to the DESIGN SLAB commandThe STIFFNESS command solves the global equilibrium equation and computes thequantities required for the determination of the bending moments that the DESIGN SLABcommand uses

                                                                                    Only elements known to appropriately model the behavior of slab systems areincluded in the computation of design forces For a flat plate system only plate bending andplate elements are used Thus if the user models the system using plane stress plane strainelements and then issues the DESIGN SLAB command a warning message is output andthe command is ignored

                                                                                    Plate bending elements supported include the BPHT BPR BPHQ CPT and IPBQQfinite elements General plate elements supported include the SBCT SBCR SBHQSBHQCSH SBHT SBHT6 AND SBHQ6 finite elements

                                                                                    Usage

                                                                                    Studies have shown that the CALCULATE RESULTANT ELEMENT FORCEoption of the DESIGN SLAB command is only applicable in regions where the cutorientation is generally orthogonal to the directions of principle bending If the geometryof a region dictates that a cut be oriented non-orthogonally to the principal bendingdirections a significant torsional effect may occur In this case the Wood and Armermethod must be employed due to its ability to correctly compute the ultimate moment in astrong torsion field In the DESIGN SLAB command the user is warned if the element forceimplementation computes a resultant torsion greater than 10 of the resultant bendingmoment on a particular cross-section The user may modify the torsion warning thresholdvia the modifiers TORSIONAL MOMENT WARNING If there is any question of theorientation of the cut with respect to the directions of principal bending the user shouldinvestigate the behavior in the finite element results section of GTMENU

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 97

                                                                                    Usage Example Description of Example Structure

                                                                                    The example structure is a rectangular slab system shown in Figure 527-1 The clear spanof the structure is thirty feet and the slab strip has a width of ten feet The two ends of theslab are fully fixed while the thirty foot sides are free resembling a fixed-fixed beam Theslab is one foot thick and constructed of normal strength concrete with FCP = 4000 psi Theexample structure can be idealized as a subset of a larger slab system perhaps the designstrip running between two column faces in an interior region The structure is loaded witha distributed surface pressure of 150 psf over the entire surface of the slab

                                                                                    Figure 527-1 Example Flat Plate Structure (PLAN)

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 98

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Finite Element Model

                                                                                    The example structure was modeled in GT STRUDL using PLATE BENDING finiteelements The BPHQ element was utilized and the configuration modeled corresponded toa mesh of ten elements by thirty elements The model contained 300 finite elements and 341nodes The material properties were the default values associated with the MATERIALREINFORCED CONCRETE command All 6 degrees of freedom were restrained at eachnode along the supported ends of the slab system Each element was loaded with a surfacepressure of 150 psf resulting in a confirmed summation of vertical reaction of 45000 lb

                                                                                    Figure 527-2 Example Finite Element Model

                                                                                    Definition of Cut Cross-Sections

                                                                                    Two ldquocutsrdquo are considered for the verification example as shown in Figure 527-1

                                                                                    Cut 1-1

                                                                                    The cross-section Cut 1-1 is defined along the fixed support at the end of the slab strip andrepresents the maximum ldquonegative momentrdquo section in the slab where top reinforcing steelwould be required Cut 1-1 originates at node 1 and terminates at node 11 The elementsalong Cut 1-1 are elements 1-10 The command given for Cut 1-1 is

                                                                                    ldquodesign slab using calculate resultant joi 1 11 ele 1 top bar 5

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 99

                                                                                    In this case the user requests that a slab cross-section beginning at node 1 ending at node11 and in the plane of element 1 be reinforced according to the section moment computedusing the CALCULATE RESULTANT command The user has specified that 5 bars areto be used on the top surface indicating that spacing is to be computed The results of theDESIGN SLAB command are shown in the following table

                                                                                    Calculation Surface Bar Spacing Area Prov Moment Strength Moment Required

                                                                                    in sq in lb-in lb-in

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Top 5 130 2862 15610064 13543815

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Bottom NA NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    The GTSTRUDL output for this example is as follows

                                                                                    FLAT PLATE SLAB DESIGN BASED ON THE RESULTS OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

                                                                                    PROBLEM - VFE103 TITLE - DESIGN SLAB VERIFICATION - VERIFY DESIGN CALCULATIONS

                                                                                    RELEVANT ACTIVE UNITS INCH LB

                                                                                    NUMBER OF ACTIVE LOADINGS 1

                                                                                    REINFORCEMENT ORIENTATION PERPENDICULAR TO A CUT BEGINNING AT NODE 1 AND TERMINATING AT NODE 11 AND IN THE PLANE OF ELEMENT 1

                                                                                    ELEMENT FORCE IMPLEMENTATION

                                                                                    DESIGN MOMENT ENVELOPE

                                                                                    NEGATIVE MOMENT = -135438148 DUE TO LOAD 150psf POSITIVE MOMENT = 000 DUE TO LOAD (none)

                                                                                    NOTE - Negative moment produces tension on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiring TOPbars - Positive moment produces compression on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiringBOTTOM bars

                                                                                    SLAB CROSS-SECTION

                                                                                    Width Depth FCP FY Cover Layer ________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    12000 1200 400000 6000000 0750 Inner

                                                                                    DESIGN RESULTS (per ACI 318-05)

                                                                                    Face Bar Spacing AS PROVD MOMENT STRENGTH MOMENT REQD STATUS _________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    TOP 5 13000 2862 15610064280 13543814844 PASSES

                                                                                    BOTTOM ( Reinforcement Not Required )

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 100

                                                                                    Cut 2-2

                                                                                    The cross-section Cut 2-2 is defined along the center line in the middle region of theslab strip and represents the maximum ldquopositive momentrdquo section in the slab wherebottom reinforcing steel would be required Cut 2-2 originates at node 166 andterminates at node 176 The elements along Cut 2-2 are elements 141-150 on oneside and 151-160 on the other side The command given for Cut 2-2 Case 1 is

                                                                                    ldquodesign slab wood and armer joi 166 176 ele 141 table unesco bottom spacing10 outer layer

                                                                                    In this case the user requests that a slab cross-section beginning at node 166 endingat node 176 and in the plane of element 141 be reinforced according to the averageeffect produced by the Wood and Armer method The user has specified thatUNESCO metric reinforcing bars are to be used The bottom reinforcement spacinghas been constrained to 10 inches and the reinforcement to be designed is located inthe outer layer The results of the DESIGN SLAB command are shown in thefollowing table

                                                                                    Calculation Surface Bar Spacing Area Prov Moment Strength Moment Required

                                                                                    in sq in lb-in lb-in

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Bottom M14 100 2864 16649207 6713582

                                                                                    DESIGN SLAB Top NA NA NA NA NA

                                                                                    The GTSTRUDL output for this example is as follows

                                                                                    FLAT PLATE SLAB DESIGN BASED ON THE RESULTS OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

                                                                                    PROBLEM - VFE103 TITLE - DESIGN SLAB VERIFICATION - VERIFY DESIGN CALCULATIONS

                                                                                    RELEVANT ACTIVE UNITS INCH LB

                                                                                    NUMBER OF ACTIVE LOADINGS 1

                                                                                    REINFORCEMENT ORIENTATION PERPENDICULAR TO A CUT BEGINNING AT NODE 166 AND TERMINATING AT NODE 176 AND IN THE PLANE OF ELEMENT 141

                                                                                    WOOD amp ARMER IMPLEMENTATION

                                                                                    Design using average result acting on section

                                                                                    DESIGN MOMENT ENVELOPE

                                                                                    NEGATIVE MOMENT = 000 DUE TO LOAD 150psf POSITIVE MOMENT = 67135819 DUE TO LOAD 150psf

                                                                                    GT STRUDL DESIGN SLAB Command

                                                                                    52 - 101

                                                                                    NOTE - Negative moment produces tension on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiring TOPbars - Positive moment produces compression on the positive PLANAR Z surface requiringBOTTOM bars

                                                                                    SLAB CROSS-SECTION

                                                                                    Width Depth FCP FY Cover Layer ________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    12000 1200 400000 6000000 0750 Outer

                                                                                    DESIGN RESULTS (per ACI 318-05)

                                                                                    Face Bar Spacing AS PROVD MOMENT STRENGTH MOMENT REQD STATUS _________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                                                    TOP ( Reinforcement Not Required )

                                                                                    BOTTOM M14 10000 2864 16649207190 6713581875 PASSES

                                                                                    Design Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    52 - 102

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command

                                                                                    53 - 1

                                                                                    ( ) ( )e e eσ σ σL2

                                                                                    = dT

                                                                                    Ω

                                                                                    Ωint⎛

                                                                                    ⎜⎜

                                                                                    ⎟⎟

                                                                                    1 2

                                                                                    53 Analysis Prerelease Features

                                                                                    531 The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command

                                                                                    The form of the command is as follows

                                                                                    CALCULATE ERROR (ESTIMATE) (BASED ON) -

                                                                                    The results from this command provide an estimate of the errors in the finite elementdiscretization of the problem Energy norm (L2 norm) and nodal error estimates are available

                                                                                    The L2 norm is given by

                                                                                    where is the error in stress and is the domain of the element The error stresseσΩ

                                                                                    is the difference between the average stress and element stress at the nodes σ σThe stress norm is obtained by using the shape functions used for displacements thus

                                                                                    where N is the shape functions used for the assumed displacement field of the element

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 2

                                                                                    ( ) ( )σ σ σL2

                                                                                    = N N dT

                                                                                    T

                                                                                    Ω

                                                                                    Ωint sdot⎛

                                                                                    ⎜⎜

                                                                                    ⎟⎟

                                                                                    1 2

                                                                                    ησ

                                                                                    σ

                                                                                    σ =

                                                                                    ee

                                                                                    100+

                                                                                    times

                                                                                    The stress norm uses the average stresses and is given by

                                                                                    The relative percentage error which is output for each element is given by

                                                                                    The nodal error estimates estimate the accuracy of the data in a selected nodal output vectorSix nodal error estimation methods are available

                                                                                    C Maximum Difference

                                                                                    C Difference from Average

                                                                                    C Percent Maximum Difference

                                                                                    C Percent Difference from Average

                                                                                    C Normalized Percent Maximum Difference

                                                                                    C Normalized percent Difference from Average

                                                                                    These error estimates look at the variations in stresses at the nodes An error estimateof nodal output data will be based on the gradients that data produces in each element Thatis how the data varies across that node based on the different data values from the elementsconnected at that node The calculation of error estimates for nodal output is fairlystraightforward the values at each node connected at an element are simply compared Thesix nodal error measures are outlined in more detail below

                                                                                    GT STRUDL The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command

                                                                                    53 - 3

                                                                                    Value - ValueValue

                                                                                    100Max Min

                                                                                    Avgtimes

                                                                                    ( )MAX Value - Value Value - Value

                                                                                    Value 100

                                                                                    Max Avg Min Avg

                                                                                    Avg

                                                                                    times

                                                                                    Value - ValueValue

                                                                                    100Max Min

                                                                                    VectorMaxtimes

                                                                                    ( )MAX Value - Value Value - Value

                                                                                    Value 100

                                                                                    Max Avg Min Avg

                                                                                    VectorMax

                                                                                    times

                                                                                    Maximum Difference Method

                                                                                    Difference from Average Method

                                                                                    Percent Maximum Difference Method

                                                                                    Percent Difference from Average Method

                                                                                    Normalized Percent Maximum Difference

                                                                                    Normalized Percent Difference from Average Method

                                                                                    In each of these calculations the ldquoMinrdquo ldquoMaxrdquo and ldquoAvgrdquo values refer to theminimum maximum and average output values at the node The ldquoVector Maxrdquo values referto the maximum value for all nodes in the output vector All error estimates are either zero orpositive since all use the absolute value of the various factors

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 4

                                                                                    The choice of an appropriate error estimation method largely depends on the conditionsin the model As many error estimates as required may be calculated In general the MaxDifference method is good at pointing out the largest gradients in the portions of your modelwith the largest output values The Difference from Average Method will also identify areaswith the largest output values In this case however areas where only one or a few values aresignificantly different will be accentuated The Max Difference method will identify thesteepest gradients in the most critical portions of your model The Difference from AverageMethod will identify just the steepest non-uniform gradients the ones that vary in only a singledirection The two percentage methods identify the same type of gradients but do not makeany distinction between large and small output values These methods are to be used only ifthe magnitude of the output is less important than the changes in output The two percentagemethods estimate the error as a percent of the average stress However at nodes where thereis a change in sign of the stress the average stress becomes very small and often close to zeroAs a result the value of the error becomes enormous In order to quantify this error the errorat such nodes is given a value of 1000 percent The final two normalized percentage methodsare usually the best at quantifying overall errors in area with peak stress values

                                                                                    The results produced by the CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE command may alsobe contoured in GTMenu To produce a contour of the error estimate in GTMenu follow thesteps below after performing a STIFFNESS ANALYSIS for a static loading

                                                                                    1 Enter GTMenu

                                                                                    2 Select Results Finite Element Contours and then Energy amp Stress ErrorEstimates

                                                                                    3 Select the Estimate Method including Value Surface and Stress Component

                                                                                    4 Select the Loading

                                                                                    5 Select Display (solid colors or lines) to produce a contour of the error estimate

                                                                                    6 Select Legend to place a legend on the screen indicating the type of errorestimate loading and surface

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 5

                                                                                    532 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and NonlinearDynamic Analysis

                                                                                    The Sections shown below are numbered as they will appear when added to Volume 3of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual

                                                                                    2437 The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and NonlinearDynamic Analysis

                                                                                    This section describes the commands that are used to incorporate the viscous damperelement (dash pot) into a structural model that is used for linear and nonlinear dynamicanalysis by the direct integration procedure The commands that are used for this purposeinclude

                                                                                    1 DAMPER ELEMENT DATA described in Section 24371

                                                                                    2 PRINT DAMPER ELEMENT DATA described in Section 24372

                                                                                    3 DELETE DAMPER ELEMENT DATA described in Section 24373

                                                                                    24371 The DAMPER ELEMENT DATA Command

                                                                                    Tabular form

                                                                                    DAMPER ELEMENT (DATA)

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    INCIDENCESi a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    GLOBAL LOCAL

                                                                                    [CTX] v [CTY] v [CTZ] v [CRX] v [CRY] v [CRZ] v

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    INCIDENCESi a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    GLO

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus

                                                                                    bullbullbull

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr

                                                                                    ( )

                                                                                    ( )BAL

                                                                                    LOCAL [CTX] v [CTY] v [CTZ] v [CRX] v [CRY] v [CRZ] v

                                                                                    END (OF DAMPER ELEMENT DATA)

                                                                                    CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 6

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    iDrsquoaDrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of the new damper element The name mustbe unique among all previously defined damper elements and is restrictedto no more than eight digits or alphanumeric characters

                                                                                    iSrsquoaSrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of a previously defined joint to be thestarting incident joint of the new damper element

                                                                                    iErsquoaErsquo = optional integer or alphanumeric name of the previously defined joint to bethe ending incident joint of the new damper element The starting joint andending joint names must be different

                                                                                    vCTX = decimal value for the damper force coefficient corresponding to translationvelocity in the LOCAL or GLOBAL X direction Active force length andtime units apply [force(lengthtime)]

                                                                                    vCTY = decimal value for the damper force coefficient corresponding to translationvelocity in the LOCAL or GLOBAL Y direction Active force length andtime units apply [force(lengthtime)]

                                                                                    vCTZ = decimal value for the damper force coefficient corresponding to translationvelocity in the LOCAL or GLOBAL Z direction Active force length andtime units apply [force(lengthtime)]

                                                                                    vCRX = decimal value for the damper moment coefficient corresponding to angularvelocity about the LOCAL or GLOBAL X axis Active force lengthangle and time units apply [force-length(angletime)]

                                                                                    vCRY = decimal value for the damper moment coefficient corresponding to angularvelocity about the LOCAL or GLOBAL X axis Active force lengthangle and time units apply [force-length(angletime)]

                                                                                    vCRZ = decimal value for the damper moment coefficient corresponding to angularvelocity about the LOCAL or GLOBAL X axis Active force lengthangle and time units apply [force-length(angletime)]

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 7

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    INCIDENCESi a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    GLOBAL LOCAL

                                                                                    [CTX] v [CTY] v [CTZ] v [CRX] v [CRY] v [CRZ] v

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    E

                                                                                    CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    rarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus( )

                                                                                    INCIDENCES ia

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    S

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ia

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The DAMPER ELEMENT DATA command is used to create new viscousdamper elements and define their joint connectivity and damping force and momentproperties The viscous damper element data are entered by giving the DAMPERELEMENT DATA command header first followed by one or more tabular element dataentry lines of the form

                                                                                    for each new damper element This data entry line consists of the element name theelement incidences the element orientation and the element viscous dampingcoefficients which are described in greater detail as follows

                                                                                    Element name

                                                                                    Each new damper element must be given an integer or alphanumeric name that isunique among all other existing damper element names The name may not exceedeight digits or alphabetic characters The name may be a duplicate of a previouslydefined member or finite element name

                                                                                    The damper element connectivity is defined by one or two incident joints The firstincident joint iSrsquoaSrsquo defines the start of the element The second incident jointiErsquoaErsquo is optional and defines the end of the element If only one joint is given thesecond joint is taken as a totally fixed support joint it is fictitious and invisibleThe specified joints must have been previously defined and if two are specifiedthey must be different However they may be coincident The only restriction onthe selection of incident joints is that they may not be slave joints

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 8

                                                                                    GLOBAL LOCALrarr⎧⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    ( )

                                                                                    CTX 0 0 0 0 0CTY 0 0 0 0

                                                                                    CTZ 0 0 0sym CRX 0 0

                                                                                    CRY 0CRZ

                                                                                    ⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢

                                                                                    ⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥

                                                                                    The GLOBAL and LOCAL options are used to specify the coordinate referenceframe for the damper element The GLOBAL option which is the defaultmeans that the element is a global element and that the six element dampingdegrees-of-freedom are defined with respect to the global coordinate systemThe LOCAL option means that the element damping degrees-of-freedom aredefined with respect to the element local coordinate system which is identicalto the local joint-to-joint coordinate system for frame members The onlydifference between the frame member and damper element local coordinatesystems is that the damper element does not support the Beta angle If theLOCAL option is specified but the joint-to-joint length of the element is equalto 0 ( 10-5 inches) then GLOBAL is assumed In addition GLOBAL isautomatically assumed for any damper element for which only one incident jointis specified

                                                                                    [CTX] vCTX [CTY] vCTY [CTZ] vCTZ [CRX] vCRX [CRY] vCRY [CRZ] vCRZ

                                                                                    These decimal data values represent the damping coefficient values on thediagonal of the uncoupled element damping matrix which has the followingform

                                                                                    These values refer to the element damping translational and rotational degrees-of-freedom with respect to the specified coordinate system GLOBAL thedefault or LOCAL Only non-zero values need be specified

                                                                                    Command processing is completed when the END option is given

                                                                                    The damping properties from the viscous damper elements are assembled into the totalglobal system damping matrix of the equations of motion that are solved using the directintegration methods executed by the DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PHYSICAL andDYNAMIC ANALYSIS NONLINEAR commands The viscous damper element dataare used only by the execution of these two commands

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 9

                                                                                    Modifications

                                                                                    The DAMPER ELEMENT DATA command operates only in the ADDITIONS modeIf the command is given when the active input mode is CHANGES or DELETIONS then thecommand execution is terminated and the command data are ignored If it is necessary tochange the data for an existing damper element then use the DELETE DAMPER ELEMENTcommand described in Section 24373 to delete the damper element to be changed followedby the re-specification of the new data in the DAMPER ELEMENT DATA command All ofthese steps are performed in ADDITIONS mode

                                                                                    Example

                                                                                    The following example illustrates the creation of two damper elements DAMP1 andDAMP2 DAMP1 spans from joint 2 to joint 10 and has one damping coefficient equal to 107

                                                                                    kips(inchessecond) corresponding to translation in the local y direction of the elementDAMP2 spans from joint 1 to joint 2 and has global damping factors CTX = 100kips(inchessecond) and CRZ = 1000 kip-inches(radianssecond) The damping coefficientsfor element DAMP2 are referenced with respect to the global coordinate system because theGLOBALLOCAL option was not given The execution of this example depends on DAMP1and DAMP2 not having been previously defined and joints 1 2 and 10 being valid joints

                                                                                    UNITS KIPS INCHES RADIANSDAMPING ELEMENT DATA DAMP1 INC 2 10 LOCAL CTY 1E7 DAMP2 INC 1 2 CTX 1000 CRZ 10000END

                                                                                    Errors

                                                                                    1 When two or more damper elements are defined with the same name the followingwarning message is printed Command processing is terminated for the offendingelement and continues for subsequent elements

                                                                                    10 gt DAMPING ELEMENT DATA 11 gt DAMP1 INC 1 2 LOCAL CTX 1000 CRZ 10000 12 gt DAMP1 INC 2 4 GLOBAL CTY 1E7

                                                                                    WARNING_STDELD -- Damper element DAMP1 previously definedCommand ignored

                                                                                    13 gt DAMP3 INC 3 3 GLOBAL CTY 1E7 14 gt END

                                                                                    Element DAMP1 is successfully created by the first tabular command entry The warningmessage for DAMP1 is printed for the second tabular entry for DAMP1 Commandprocessing continues with the tabular entry for DAMP3

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 10

                                                                                    2 The following warning message is printed if one or both of the specified element incidencejoints are not defined Command processing continues with the tabular entry for the nextelement

                                                                                    10 gt DAMPING ELEMENT DATA 11 gt DAMP1 INC 2 10 LOCAL CTY 1E7

                                                                                    WARNING_STDELD -- Damper element incidence joint not defined Command ignored

                                                                                    12 gt DAMP2 INC 1 2 LOCAL CTX 1000 CRZ 10000 13 gt END

                                                                                    The warning message indicates that one or both of the specified element incidences forelement DAMP1 are not defined

                                                                                    3 The following warning message is printed when the starting and ending element incidencejoints are the same Command processing continues with the tabular entry for the nextelement

                                                                                    10 gt DAMPING ELEMENT DATA 12 gt DAMP1 INC 1 2 LOCAL CTX 1000 CRZ 10000 13 gt DAMP2 INC 2 4 GLOBAL CTY 1E7 14 gt DAMP3 INC 3 3 GLOBAL CTY 1E7

                                                                                    WARNING_STDELD -- Damper element starting and ending incident joints are the same Command ignored

                                                                                    15 gt DAMP4 INC 4 5 CTY 1E7 16 gt END

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 11

                                                                                    24372 The PRINT DAMPER ELEMENT DATA Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    PRINT DAMPER (ELEMENT DATA)

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The PRINT DAMPER ELEMENT DATA is used to print a table of the damperelement data for all existing damper elements The following is an example of the printedoutput from this command

                                                                                    Example

                                                                                    The following example illustrates the format for the output from the PRINT DAMPERELEMENT command

                                                                                    17 gt PRINT DAMPING ELEMENT DATA RESULTS FROM LATEST ANALYSIS

                                                                                    ACTIVE UNITS (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME FEET LB RAD DEGF SEC

                                                                                    Damping Element Data ==================== Element Start Jnt End Jnt CTX CTY CTZ CRX CRY CRZ ------- --------- ------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----

                                                                                    DAMP1 LOC 1 2 1000 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00 1000 DAMP2 GLO 2 4 00000E+00 01000E+08 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00 00000E+00

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 12

                                                                                    Errors

                                                                                    The following warning message is printed when no damper element data exists

                                                                                    9 gt PRINT DAMPING ELEMENT DATA RESULTS FROM LATEST ANALYSIS

                                                                                    ACTIVE UNITS (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) LENGTH WEIGHT ANGLE TEMPERATURE TIME FEET LB RAD DEGF SEC

                                                                                    Damping Element Data ==================== Element Start Jnt End Jnt CTX CTY CRZ ------- --------- ------- ----- ----- -----

                                                                                    INFO_STPDED -- Damper element data have not been defined

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Viscous Damper Element

                                                                                    53 - 13

                                                                                    DELETE DAMPER (ELEMENT DATA)i a

                                                                                    i a

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    D

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    24373 The DELETE DAMPER ELEMENT DATA Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    iDrsquoaDrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of damper element to be deleted The nameis limited to no more that eight digits or characters

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    This command is used to delete previously defined damper elements The namesof the elements to be deleted are given in the list of individually named damper elementsNo other list construct such as ldquo1 TO 10 is permitted Specified damper elements thatare not defined are ignored

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    53 - 14

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ROTATE Load Command

                                                                                    54 - 1

                                                                                    [ ] [ ] [ ]ROTATE LOADING i

                                                                                    a ( ANGLES ) T1 r T2 r T3 r

                                                                                    R

                                                                                    R

                                                                                    1 2 3

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    54 General Prerelease Features

                                                                                    541 ROTATE LOAD Command

                                                                                    The ROTATE LOAD command will rotate an existing loading and create a newloading condition in order to model a different orientation of the structure or the loading TheROTATE command is described below and is numbered as it will appear when added to Volume1 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual

                                                                                    211146 The ROTATE LOAD Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    iRrsquoaRrsquo = integer or alphanumeric name of the existing independent loadingcondition whose global components are to be rotated

                                                                                    r1 r2 r3 = values in current angle units of the load component rotation angles 21 2223 as shown in Figure 217-1 Volume 1 GTSTRUDL User ReferenceManual

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    In many instances loading conditions are defined for a structure having a givenorientation in space but then the same structure may need to be analyzed for differentadditional orientations Applied loading components that are defined with respect tolocal member or element coordinate systems remain unchanged regardless of thestructurersquos orientation However loading components that are defined with respect tothe global coordinate system may need to be rotated in order to properly reflect a neworientation for the structure This is particularly true for self-weight loads buoyancyloads etc

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 2

                                                                                    The ROTATE LOADING command is used to take the global applied loadingcomponents from an existing loading condition rotate them through a set of rotationangles and copy the new rotated global components to a new or modified differentdestination loading condition The existing independent loading condition the ROTATEload from which the rotated global load components are computed is specified by theloading name iRrsquoaRrsquo The angles of rotation are specified by the values r1 r2 r3 Theserotation angles are defined according to the same conventions as those that define thelocal support release directions in the JOINT RELEASE command described in Section2172 Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manual and illustrated in Figure217-1

                                                                                    The ROTATE LOADING command is always used in conjunction with one ofthe following loading definition commands LOADING DEAD LOAD and FORMLOAD These commands will define the name (and title) of a new or existingdestination loading condition into which the ROTATE LOADING results are copiedThe ROTATE LOADING command may be given with any additional applied loadingcommands such as JOINT LOADS MEMBER LOADS ELEMENT LOADS etc

                                                                                    Taking the specified loading iRrsquoaRrsquo the ROTATE LOADING commandperforms the following operations and copies the results into the destination loadingcondition

                                                                                    1 Rotate all joint loads including applied joint support displacements

                                                                                    2 Rotate all member force and moment loads defined with respect to theglobal coordinate system Member force and moment loads defined withrespect to the member local coordinate system are simply copied withoutrotation

                                                                                    3 Rotate all element force loads defined with respect to the globalcoordinate system Element force loads defined with respect to anyapplicable local or planar coordinate systems are copied without rotation

                                                                                    4 All other types of loads such as member temperature loads memberdistortions joint temperatures etc are copied without changes

                                                                                    GT STRUDL ROTATE LOAD Command

                                                                                    54 - 3

                                                                                    Examples

                                                                                    1 UNITS DEGREESLOADING 2 lsquoROTATED LOADINGrsquoMEMBER DISTORTIONS

                                                                                    1 TO 10 UNIFORM FR LA 00 LB 10 DISPL X 0001ROTATE LOADING 1 ANGLES T1 450

                                                                                    The applied loads from previously defined loading 1 will be processed according toSteps 1 to 4 above and copied into the new destination loading 2 which includes thespecified member distortion loads applied to members 1 to 10

                                                                                    2 UNITS DEGREESCHANGESLOADING 3ADDITIONSROTATE LOAD 4 ANGLES T2 -300

                                                                                    Previously defined loading 3 is specified in CHANGES mode followed by a return toADDITIONS mode The ROTATE LOAD command is then given to add thecomponents of load 4 including appropriate rotations to loading 3

                                                                                    Error Messages

                                                                                    Incorrect data given in the ROTATE LOADING command will cause the following errorconditions to be identified and error messages printed

                                                                                    1 The following error message is printed if the ROTATE loading name is identical to thename of the destination load An example of the commands that produce this error arealso included

                                                                                    114 gt LOADING 201 115 gt ROTATE LOAD 201 T1 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash The ROTATE loading is illegally the same as thedestination loadingCommand ignored

                                                                                    Loading 201 is illegally named as both the destination load and the loading whosecomponents are rotated

                                                                                    2 In the following error example loading 51 is undefined

                                                                                    111 gt LOADING 201 112 gt ROTATE LOAD 51 T1 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash Loading to be rotated undefinedCommand ignored

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 4

                                                                                    3 The following error message is produced because loading 4 specified as the ROTATEload is a load combination or dependent loading condition The ROTATE load mustbe an independent loading condition

                                                                                    141 gt LOADING 108 142 gt ROTATE LOADING 4 T3 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash Rotated Loading 4 is an illegal dependent loadCommand ignored

                                                                                    4 This error condition and message is caused by the fact that the destination load 108 isdefined as a loading combination

                                                                                    144 gt LOAD COMB 108 lsquoALLrsquo COMBINE 1 15 2 10 3 10 145 gt ROTATE LOADING 1 T3 450

                                                                                    ERROR_STROLO ndash Destination independent loading not definedRotated load components not computed

                                                                                    GT STRUDL COUTPUT Command

                                                                                    54 - 5

                                                                                    542 COUTPUT Command

                                                                                    The COUTPUT command now can replace (overwrite) an existing output file Previously anexisting file could be appended only

                                                                                    where

                                                                                    file_name is a new or existing text file file_name is limited to 256 characters and mustbe enclosed in quotes (apostrophes)

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    APPEND is the default action so COUTPUT file1 and COUTPUT APPEND file1are equivalent APPEND tells GTSTRUDL to add subsequent output to the end of thespecified file If APPEND is requested file_name must be given

                                                                                    REPLACE tells GTSTRUDL to delete the contents of the specified file and the writesubsequent output to the specified file If REPLACE is requested file_name must begiven

                                                                                    APPEND and REPLACE act identically when file_name does not already exist WhileGTSTRUDL is in the APPEND or REPLACE state only input (commands) are echoprinted in the text window - all generated output will be placed in the specified output file

                                                                                    STANDARD tells GTSTRUDL to stop writing to the specified output file and directsubsequent output to the text window This is the output state when GTSTRUDL starts

                                                                                    Usage

                                                                                    COUTPUT APPEND file1

                                                                                    All subsequent output from PRINT LIST etc will be written to file1 and will notappear in the text window although the actual command will be displayed in the textwindow If file1 existed previously to this COUTPUT request the new output will appearat the end of the existing contents

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 6

                                                                                    COUTPUT REPLACE file2

                                                                                    All subsequent output from PRINT LIST etc will be written to file2 and will notappear in the text window although the actual command will be displayed in the textwindow If file2 existed previously to this COUTPUT request the existing contents willbe deleted and only the new output will appear in file2

                                                                                    COUTPUT STANDARD

                                                                                    Stop writing output to an output file and write all output to the text window

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    54 - 7

                                                                                    REFERENCE (COORDINATE) (SYSTEM) ia

                                                                                    1

                                                                                    1

                                                                                    ⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    minus

                                                                                    ORIGIN [ X ] vx [ ] vy [ Z ] vz ) ROTATION [ R1] v1 [ R2 ] v2 [ R3] v3)

                                                                                    JOINT i

                                                                                    a2

                                                                                    X v4 Y v5 Z v6

                                                                                    JOINT i

                                                                                    a2

                                                                                    X v4 Y v5 Z v6

                                                                                    JOINT i

                                                                                    a2

                                                                                    X v4 Y v5

                                                                                    2 2 2

                                                                                    ( (Y

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    Z v6

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    ⎪⎪⎪⎪

                                                                                    543 Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM is a right-handed three-dimensionalCartesian coordinate system The Reference Coordinate Systemrsquos origin may be shiftedfrom the origin (X=00 Y=00 Z=00) of the overall global coordinate system TheReference Coordinate System axes may also be rotated from the corresponding orthogonalaxes of the overall global coordinate system

                                                                                    At the present time this command is used to specify additional coordinate systemswhich may be used in GTMenu (see Volume 2 of the GTSTRUDL Release Guide) tofacilitate the creation of the structural model Reference Coordinate systems created usingthe above command will be available as Local systems in GTMenu In a future releasethe user will be able to output results such as joint displacements and reactions in aReference Coordinate System

                                                                                    There are two optional means of specifying a Reference Coordinate System

                                                                                    (1) Define the origin and rotation of coordinate axes of the reference systemwith respect to the global coordinate system and

                                                                                    (2) define three joints or the coordinates of three points in space

                                                                                    In either case i1 or lsquoa1rsquo is the integer or alphanumeric identifier of the referencecoordinate system For the first option vx vy and vz are the magnitude of translations inactive length units of the origin of this system from the origin of the overall globalcoordinate system The translations vx vy and vz are measured parallel to the orthogonalaxes X Y and Z respectively of the global system and are positive in the positivedirections of these axes v1 v2 and v3 are the rotation angles R1 R2 and R3 in activeangular units between the orthogonal axes of this system and the axes of the overall globalcoordinate system The description of these angles is the same as given in Section 2172of Volume 1 of the GTSTRUDL User Reference Manuals for rotated joint releases (21 22and 23)

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 8

                                                                                    In the second case three joints are required Each of the three joints may be definedeither by a joint identifier using the JOINT option of the command or by its global X Yand Z coordinates If the joint identifier option is used however the coordinates of thejoint must be specified previously by the JOINT COORDINATES command The firsttime (i2 or lsquoa2rsquo or v4 v5 and v6) defines the origin of the reference system the X-axis ofthe reference system is determined by the first and second joints (i3 or lsquoa3rsquo or v7 v8 and v9)The positive X-axis is directed from the first to the second joint The third joint (i4 or lsquoa4rsquoor v10 v11 and v12) is used to define the XY-plane of the reference system The positiveY-axis is directed toward the third joint The Z-axis then is determined by the right-handrule

                                                                                    Only one reference system can be specified in one command but the command maybe used any number of times

                                                                                    Modifications of Reference Systems

                                                                                    In the changes mode the translations of the origin andor the rotations of the axes of thereference system from those of the overall global system can be changed Only thatinformation supplied in the command is altered The other data that might be supplied inthe command remains unchanged The CHANGES mode however does not work for thesecond option discussed above (ie define a reference coordinate system by three jointsor the coordinate of three points in space) The reason is that data for these joints are notstored permanently in GTSTRUDL When this option is used a reference system iscreated and its definitions of the system origin rotation angles as well as thetransformation matrix between the global coordinate system and the reference system aregenerated and stored as would be for the first option Therefore if any of the coordinatesfor the joints used to specify a reference system is changed after the REFERENCECOORDINATE SYSTEM command has been given the definition of the reference systemremains unchanged For this reason care must be taken in using the three joints option inconjunction with the changes of joint coordinates The reference system should be deletedfirst if any of the coordinates of the joints used to define the reference system are to bechanged Under the DELETIONS mode the complete definition of the referencecoordinate system is destroyed

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    54 - 9

                                                                                    Examples

                                                                                    a) UNITS DEGREES REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM lsquoFLOOR2rsquo -

                                                                                    ORIGIN 00 150 00 R1 30

                                                                                    This command creates a Reference Coordinate System called FLOOR2 at Y=15 with theaxes rotated 30 degrees about global Z

                                                                                    b) REF COO 1 -X 120 Y 120 Z -120 -X 120 Y 240 Z 0 -X -120 Y 120 Z 0

                                                                                    This command creates Reference Coordinate System 1 with its origin at 120 120 -120 andits X-axis from this origin to 120 240 0 and its Y axis is the plane defined by the two previouscoordinates and the third coordinate -120 120 0 with the positive Y-axis directed toward thethird coordinate

                                                                                    c) REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM 2 -JOINT 10 JOINT 20 JOINT 25

                                                                                    This command creates Reference Coordinate System 2 with its origin located at Joint 10and its X-axis directed from Joint 10 toward Joint 20 The XY plane is defined by Joints 10 20and 25 with the positive Y-axis directed toward Joint 25

                                                                                    d) CHANGESREFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM lsquoFLOOR2rsquo -

                                                                                    ORIGIN 10 20 30ADDITIONS

                                                                                    The above commands change the origin of the Reference System FLOOR2 defined in a)above The rotation RI = 30 remains unchanged

                                                                                    e) DELETIONSREFERENCE SYSTEM 2ADDITIONS

                                                                                    The above command deletes Reference System 2

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 10

                                                                                    PRINT REFERENCE (COORDINATE) (SYSTEM) ALL

                                                                                    listrarr⎧⎨⎩

                                                                                    ⎫⎬⎭

                                                                                    543-1 Printing Reference Coordinate System Command

                                                                                    General form

                                                                                    Explanation

                                                                                    The PRINT REFERENCE COORDINATE SYSTEM command will output theReference Systems The origin and rotation angles will be output

                                                                                    GT STRUDL Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

                                                                                    54 - 11

                                                                                    SET ELEMENTS HASHED

                                                                                    SEQUENTIAL

                                                                                    ⎨⎪

                                                                                    ⎩⎪

                                                                                    ⎬⎪

                                                                                    ⎭⎪

                                                                                    544 Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing

                                                                                    An advanced data-structuring technique called HASHING can now be used when storingand searching lists of joints andor elements The command to control this feature is as follows

                                                                                    The following points concern HASHING

                                                                                    1) The benefit of HASHING is that it GENERATES large structures faster Thedisadvantage is that it is more complex internally

                                                                                    2) HASHING is disabled by GTMenu The GTSTRUDL database is usually notmodified extensively in GTSTRUDL after invoking GTMenu so this has minimalaffect However the SET ELEMENTS HASHED command when given with anexisting database builds hashing data structures for the existing database

                                                                                    3) The order of a joint andor element listing is the same for HASHED andSEQUENTIAL unless the structural database has been edited in DELETIONS modeand then in ADDITIONS mode again Then SEQUENTIAL will place the latestaddition in the deleted slot whereas HASHING will append the addition to the endof the list

                                                                                    General Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 12

                                                                                    This page intentionally left blank

                                                                                    GT STRUDL GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands

                                                                                    54 - 13

                                                                                    545 GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands

                                                                                    GTMenu can now write construction geometry commands to an input file which can beread later into GTSTRUDL in order to initialize the construction geometry of GTMenu Thetwo commands written are ldquoGTMenu POINT COORDINATESrdquo and ldquoGTMenu LINEINCIDENCESrdquo

                                                                                    (1) GTMenu POINT COORDINATES

                                                                                    General Form

                                                                                    GTMenu POINT COORDINATES

                                                                                    A A A

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    coordinate-specs = [X] v1 [Y] v2 [Z] v3

                                                                                    Where

                                                                                    i1 i2 in = unsigned integer Point identifiers

                                                                                    lsquoa1 lsquoa2 lsquoanrsquo = 1 to 8 character alphanumeric Point identi-fiers

                                                                                    v1 v2 v3 = Cartesian Point coordinates (integer or real)

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 14

                                                                                    (2) GTMenu LINE INCIDENCES

                                                                                    General Form

                                                                                    GTMenu LINE INCIDENCES

                                                                                    A A A

                                                                                    Elements

                                                                                    GT STRUDL GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands

                                                                                    54 - 15

                                                                                    Where

                                                                                    i1 i2 in = unsigned integer LineCurve identifiers

                                                                                    lsquoa1rsquo lsquoa2rsquo lsquoanrsquo = 1 to 8 character alphanumeric LineCurveidentifiers

                                                                                    i1 i2 ip = unsigned integer Point identifiers used

                                                                                    lsquoa1rsquo lsquoa2rsquo lsquoaprsquo = 1 to 8 character alphanumeric Point identifiers

                                                                                    v1 = positive number (integer or real)

                                                                                    k2 = integer between 2 and the number of incidences

                                                                                    1 2 p = Point subscripts for a LineCurve The followingtable gives the number of Points used to specifydifferent types of LineCurve

                                                                                    type number of incidences

                                                                                    LINE 2 - 500

                                                                                    POLYNOMIAL CURVE 2 - 10

                                                                                    ARC TEMPLATE 3

                                                                                    CENTERED ARC 3

                                                                                    BEZIER CURVE 2 - 10

                                                                                    SPLINE CURVE 2 - 10

                                                                                    Analysis Prerelease Features GT STRUDL

                                                                                    54 - 16

                                                                                    End of Document

                                                                                    • Title Page
                                                                                    • NOTICES
                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                    • Chapter 1 - Introduction
                                                                                    • Chapter 2 - New Features in Version 29
                                                                                      • Data Base Exchange (DBX)
                                                                                      • Dynamics
                                                                                      • Elastic Buckling
                                                                                      • General
                                                                                      • GTMenu
                                                                                      • GT STRUDL Output Window
                                                                                      • Model Wizard
                                                                                      • Nonlinear Analysis
                                                                                      • Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis
                                                                                      • Offshore
                                                                                      • Reinforced Concrete Design
                                                                                      • Rigid Bodies
                                                                                      • Scope Editor
                                                                                      • Static Analysis
                                                                                      • Steel Design
                                                                                      • Steel Tables
                                                                                      • Utility Programs
                                                                                        • CHAPTER 3 - ERROR CORRECTIONS
                                                                                          • Dynamic Analysis
                                                                                          • Finite Elements
                                                                                          • General
                                                                                          • GTMenu
                                                                                          • Model Wizard
                                                                                          • Nonlinear Analysis
                                                                                          • Offshore
                                                                                          • Reinforced Concrete Design
                                                                                          • Static Analysis
                                                                                          • Steel Design
                                                                                            • CHAPTER 4 - KNOWN DEFICIENCIES
                                                                                              • Finite Elements
                                                                                              • General InputOutput
                                                                                              • GTMenu
                                                                                              • Rigid Bodies
                                                                                              • Scope Environment
                                                                                                • CHAPTER 5 - Prerelease Features
                                                                                                  • Introduction
                                                                                                  • Design Prerelease Features
                                                                                                    • LRFD3 Steel Design Code and Parameters
                                                                                                    • GTSTRUDL BS5950 Steel Design Code and Parameters
                                                                                                    • GTSTRUDL Indian Standard Design Code IS800
                                                                                                    • ACI Code 318-99
                                                                                                    • Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross-Section Tables
                                                                                                    • ASD9-E Code
                                                                                                    • The DESIGN SLAB Command1313
                                                                                                        • Analysis Prerelease Features
                                                                                                          • The CALCULATE ERROR ESTIMATE Command
                                                                                                          • The Viscous Damper Element for Linear and Nonlinear Dynamic
                                                                                                            • General Prerelease Features
                                                                                                              • ROTATE LOAD Command
                                                                                                              • COUTPUT Command
                                                                                                              • Reference Coordinate System Command
                                                                                                                • Printing Reference Coordinate System Command
                                                                                                                    • Hashing Algorithm to Accelerate Input Processing
                                                                                                                    • GTMenu Point and Line Incidences Commands
Page 4: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 5: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 6: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 7: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 8: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 9: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 10: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 11: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 12: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 13: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 14: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 15: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 16: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 17: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 18: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 19: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 20: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 21: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 22: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 23: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 24: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 25: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 26: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 27: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 28: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 29: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 30: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 31: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 32: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 33: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 34: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 35: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 36: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 37: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 38: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 39: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 40: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 41: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 42: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 43: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 44: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 45: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 46: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 47: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 48: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 49: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 50: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 51: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 52: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 53: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 54: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 55: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 56: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 57: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 58: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 59: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 60: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 61: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 62: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 63: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 64: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 65: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 66: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 67: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 68: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 69: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 70: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 71: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 72: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 73: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 74: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 75: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 76: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 77: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 78: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 79: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 80: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 81: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 82: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 83: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 84: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 85: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 86: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 87: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 88: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 89: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 90: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 91: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 92: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 93: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 94: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 95: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 96: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 97: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 98: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 99: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 100: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 101: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 102: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 103: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 104: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 105: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 106: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 107: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 108: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 109: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 110: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 111: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 112: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 113: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 114: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 115: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 116: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 117: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 118: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 119: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 120: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 121: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 122: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 123: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 124: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 125: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 126: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 127: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 128: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 129: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 130: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 131: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 132: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 133: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 134: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 135: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 136: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 137: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 138: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 139: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 140: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 141: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 142: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 143: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 144: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 145: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 146: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 147: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 148: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 149: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 150: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 151: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 152: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 153: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 154: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 155: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 156: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 157: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 158: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 159: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 160: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 161: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 162: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 163: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 164: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 165: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 166: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 167: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 168: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 169: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 170: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 171: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 172: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 173: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 174: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 175: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 176: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 177: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 178: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 179: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 180: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 181: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 182: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 183: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 184: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 185: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 186: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 187: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 188: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 189: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 190: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 191: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 192: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 193: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 194: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 195: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 196: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 197: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 198: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 199: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 200: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 201: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 202: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 203: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 204: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 205: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 206: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 207: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 208: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 209: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 210: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 211: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 212: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 213: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 214: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 215: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 216: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 217: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 218: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 219: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 220: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 221: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 222: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 223: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 224: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 225: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 226: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 227: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 228: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 229: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 230: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 231: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 232: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 233: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 234: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 235: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 236: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 237: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 238: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 239: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 240: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 241: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 242: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 243: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 244: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 245: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 246: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 247: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 248: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 249: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 250: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 251: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 252: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 253: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 254: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 255: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 256: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 257: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 258: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 259: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 260: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 261: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 262: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 263: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 264: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 265: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 266: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 267: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 268: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 269: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 270: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 271: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 272: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 273: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 274: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 275: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 276: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 277: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 278: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 279: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 280: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 281: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 282: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 283: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 284: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 285: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 286: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 287: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 288: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 289: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 290: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 291: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 292: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 293: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 294: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 295: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 296: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 297: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 298: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 299: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 300: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 301: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 302: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 303: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 304: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 305: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 306: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 307: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 308: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 309: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 310: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 311: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 312: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 313: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 314: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 315: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 316: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 317: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 318: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 319: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 320: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 321: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 322: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 323: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 324: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 325: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 326: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 327: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 328: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 329: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 330: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 331: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 332: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 333: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 334: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 335: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 336: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 337: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 338: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 339: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 340: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 341: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 342: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 343: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 344: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 345: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 346: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 347: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 348: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 349: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 350: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 351: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 352: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 353: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 354: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 355: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 356: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 357: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 358: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 359: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 360: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 361: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 362: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 363: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 364: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 365: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 366: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 367: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 368: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 369: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 370: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 371: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 372: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 373: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 374: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 375: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 376: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 377: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 378: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 379: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 380: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 381: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 382: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 383: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 384: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 385: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 386: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 387: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 388: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 389: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 390: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 391: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 392: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 393: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 394: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 395: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 396: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 397: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 398: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 399: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 400: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 401: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 402: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 403: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 404: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 405: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 406: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 407: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 408: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 409: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 410: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 411: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 412: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 413: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 414: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 415: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 416: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 417: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 418: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 419: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 420: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 421: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 422: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 423: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 424: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 425: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 426: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 427: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 428: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 429: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 430: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 431: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 432: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 433: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 434: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 435: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 436: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 437: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 438: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 439: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 440: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 441: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 442: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 443: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 444: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 445: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 446: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 447: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 448: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 449: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 450: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 451: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 452: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 453: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 454: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 455: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 456: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 457: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 458: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 459: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 460: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 461: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 462: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 463: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 464: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 465: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 466: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 467: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 468: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 469: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 470: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 471: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 472: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 473: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 474: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 475: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 476: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 477: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 478: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 479: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 480: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 481: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 482: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 483: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 484: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 485: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 486: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 487: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 488: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 489: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 490: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 491: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 492: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 493: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 494: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 495: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 496: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 497: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 498: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 499: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 500: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 501: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 502: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 503: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 504: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 505: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 506: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 507: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 508: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 509: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 510: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 511: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 512: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 513: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 514: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 515: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 516: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 517: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 518: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 519: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 520: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 521: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 522: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 523: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 524: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 525: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 526: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 527: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 528: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 529: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 530: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 531: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 532: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 533: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 534: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 535: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 536: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 537: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 538: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 539: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 540: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 541: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 542: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 543: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 544: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 545: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 546: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 547: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 548: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 549: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 550: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 551: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 552: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 553: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 554: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 555: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 556: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 557: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 558: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 559: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 560: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 561: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 562: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 563: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 564: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 565: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 566: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 567: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 568: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 569: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 570: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 571: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 572: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 573: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 574: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 575: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 576: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 577: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 578: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 579: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 580: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 581: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 582: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 583: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 584: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 585: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 586: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 587: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 588: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 589: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 590: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 591: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 592: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 593: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 594: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 595: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 596: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 597: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 598: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 599: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 600: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 601: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 602: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 603: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 604: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 605: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 606: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 607: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 608: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 609: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 610: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 611: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 612: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 613: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 614: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 615: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 616: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 617: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 618: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 619: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 620: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 621: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 622: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 623: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 624: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 625: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 626: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 627: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 628: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 629: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 630: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 631: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 632: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 633: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 634: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 635: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 636: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 637: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 638: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 639: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 640: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 641: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 642: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 643: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 644: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 645: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 646: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 647: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 648: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 649: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 650: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 651: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 652: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 653: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 654: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 655: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 656: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 657: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 658: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 659: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 660: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 661: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 662: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 663: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 664: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 665: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 666: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 667: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 668: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 669: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 670: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 671: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 672: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 673: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 674: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 675: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 676: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 677: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 678: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 679: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 680: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 681: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 682: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 683: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 684: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 685: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 686: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 687: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 688: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 689: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 690: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 691: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 692: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 693: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 694: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 695: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 696: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 697: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 698: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 699: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 700: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 701: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 702: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 703: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 704: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 705: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 706: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 707: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 708: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 709: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 710: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 711: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 712: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 713: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 714: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 715: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 716: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 717: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 718: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 719: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 720: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 721: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 722: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 723: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 724: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 725: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 726: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 727: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 728: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 729: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 730: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 731: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 732: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 733: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 734: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 735: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 736: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 737: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 738: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 739: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 740: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 741: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 742: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 743: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 744: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 745: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 746: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 747: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 748: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 749: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 750: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 751: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 752: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 753: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 754: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 755: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 756: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 757: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 758: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 759: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 760: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 761: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 762: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 763: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 764: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 765: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 766: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 767: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 768: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 769: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 770: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 771: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 772: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 773: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 774: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 775: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 776: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 777: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 778: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 779: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 780: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 781: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 782: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 783: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 784: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 785: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 786: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 787: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 788: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 789: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 790: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 791: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 792: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 793: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 794: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 795: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 796: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 797: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 798: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 799: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 800: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 801: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 802: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 803: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 804: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 805: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 806: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 807: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 808: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 809: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 810: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 811: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 812: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 813: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 814: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 815: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 816: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 817: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 818: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 819: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 820: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 821: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 822: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 823: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 824: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 825: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7
Page 826: Release Guide Volume 1...5.2.3 Steel Design by Indian Standard Code IS800 5.2.4 ACI Code 318-99 5.2.5 Rectangular and Circular Concrete Cross Section Tables 5.2.6 ASD9-E Code 5.2.7